summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-doc
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2005-12-29 00:35:50 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2005-12-29 00:35:50 +0000
commit949fbfdbc7dc88fba337c1482683f13518b43a5e (patch)
treeb8a8fdc6333dde937d7770be34d77d34bba7a69f /Master/texmf-doc
parent86f6ad0f8431ad33548e4b843418630365dcd7cb (diff)
doc/english/t-w
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@23 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-doc')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-figures.pdfbin0 -> 251330 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-src.tar.gz.pdfbin0 -> 90625 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1.pdfbin0 -> 472320 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-figures.pdfbin0 -> 112131 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-src.tar.gz.pdfbin0 -> 108758 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2.pdfbin0 -> 283951 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-figures.pdfbin0 -> 96627 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-src.tar.gz.pdfbin0 -> 116376 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3.pdfbin0 -> 257378 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-figures.pdfbin0 -> 226899 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-src.tar.gzbin0 -> 178139 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4.pdfbin0 -> 364625 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-figures.pdfbin0 -> 164453 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-src.tar.gz.pdfbin0 -> 111380 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5.pdfbin0 -> 415984 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-figures.pdfbin0 -> 247411 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-src.tar.gz.pdfbin0 -> 149137 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6.pdfbin0 -> 430441 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-figures.pdfbin0 -> 307267 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-src.tar.gzbin0 -> 136213 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7.pdfbin0 -> 529793 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/CHANGES9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/Makefile44
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/README12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/idxstyle.ist39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/local.bib132
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdfbin0 -> 910956 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.ps.gzbin0 -> 429694 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec1.tex570
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec2.tex672
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec3.tex749
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec4.tex841
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec5.tex179
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.tex145
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_style.sty130
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/ChangeLog312
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/Makefile44
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/README17
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/index.html1
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html1997
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.pdfbin0 -> 195357 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.sed14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.tex1585
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds2texi.el577
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tdsguide.cls845
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/README61
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css124
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.html14590
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.css133
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.html5433
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.pdfbin0 -> 771118 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/tex-live.css44
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-1.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-2.ltx250
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-3.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-4.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-5.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-1.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-10.ltx46
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-11.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-12.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-13.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-14.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-15.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-16.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-17.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-18.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-19.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-2.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-20.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-21.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-22.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-23.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-24.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-25.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-26.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-27.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-3.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-4.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-5.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-6.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-7.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-8.ltx50
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-9.ltx257
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-1.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-10.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-11.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-12.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-13.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-14.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-15.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-2.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-3.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-4.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-5.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-6.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-7.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-8.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-9.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-1.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-10.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-11.ltx87
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-12.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-2.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-3.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-4.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-5.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-6.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-7.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-8.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-9.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-1.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-2.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-3.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-4.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-1.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-2.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-3.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-1.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-10.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-11.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-12.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-13.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-14.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-2.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-3.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-4.ltx61
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-5.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-6.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-7.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-8.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-9.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-1.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-10.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-11.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-12.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-13.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-14.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-15.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-16.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-17.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-18.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-19.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-2.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-20.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-21.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-22.ltx44
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-23.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-24.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-25.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-26.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-27.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-3.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-4.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-5.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-6.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-7.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-8.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-9.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-1.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-2.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-3.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-4.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-5.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-6.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-7.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-8.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-1.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-10.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-11.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-12.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-13.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-14.ltx47
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-15.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-16.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-17.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-18.ltx45
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-19.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-2.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-20.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-21.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-22.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-23.ltx47
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-24.ltx241
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-25.ltx238
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-26.ltx238
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-27.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-28.ltx40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-29.ltx245
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-3.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-30.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-31.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-32.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-33.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-34.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-35.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-36.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-37.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-38.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-39.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-4.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-40.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-41.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-42.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-43.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-44.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-45.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-46.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-47.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-48.ltx79
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-49.ltx136
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-5.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-6.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-7.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-8.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-9.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-1.ltx260
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-10.ltx47
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-2.ltx56
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-3.ltx248
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-4.ltx250
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-5.ltx247
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-6.ltx252
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-7.ltx46
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-8.ltx47
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-9.ltx47
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-1.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-2.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-1.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-2.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-3.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-4.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-5.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-6.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-7.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-1.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-2.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-1-1.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-1.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-10.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-11.ltx48
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-12.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-13.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-14.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-15.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-16.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-17.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-18.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-19.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-2.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-20.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-21.ltx239
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-22.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-3.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-4.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-5.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-6.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-7.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-8.ltx40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-9.ltx51
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-1.ltx248
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-10.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-11.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-12.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-13.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-14.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-2.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-3.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-4.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-5.ltx53
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-6.ltx54
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-7.ltx46
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-8.ltx250
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-9.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-1.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-2.ltx46
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-3.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-4.ltx241
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-5.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-6.ltx245
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-7.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-8.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-9.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-1.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-10.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-11.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-12.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-13.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-14.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-15.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-16.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-17.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-18.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-19.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-2.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-20.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-21.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-22.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-23.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-24.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-25.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-26.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-27.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-28.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-29.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-3.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-30.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-31.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-32.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-33.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-34.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-35.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-36.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-37.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-38.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-39.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-4.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-40.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-41.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-42.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-43.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-44.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-45.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-46.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-47.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-48.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-49.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-5.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-50.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-51.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-52.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-53.ltx996
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-6.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-7.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-8.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-9.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-1.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-10.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-11.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-12.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-13.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-14.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-15.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-16.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-17.ltx232
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-18.ltx240
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-19.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-2.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-20.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-21.ltx238
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-22.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-23.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-24.ltx238
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-25.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-26.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-27.ltx43
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-28.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-3.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-4.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-5.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-6.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-7.ltx230
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-8.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-9.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-1.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-10.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-11.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-12.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-13.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-14.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-15.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-16.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-17.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-18.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-19.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-2.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-20.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-21.ltx40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-22.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-23.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-24.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-25.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-26.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-27.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-28.ltx47
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-29.ltx45
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-3.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-30.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-4.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-5.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-6.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-7.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-8.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-9.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-1.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-10.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-11.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-12.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-13.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-14.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-15.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-16.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-17.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-18.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-19.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-2.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-20.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-21.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-22.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-23.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-24.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-25.ltx43
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-26.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-27.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-28.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-29.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-3.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-30.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-31.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-32.ltx45
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-33.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-34.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-35.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-36.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-37.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-38.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-39.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-4.ltx43
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-40.ltx45
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-41.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-42.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-5.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-6.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-7.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-8.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-9.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-1.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-10.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-11.ltx40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-12.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-13.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-14.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-15.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-16.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-17.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-18.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-19.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-2.ltx40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-20.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-3.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-4.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-5.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-6.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-7.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-8.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-9.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-1-1.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-1.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-10.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-11.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-12.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-13.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-2.ltx50
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-3.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-4.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-5.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-6.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-7.ltx40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-8.ltx237
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-9.ltx240
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-1.ltx236
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-2.ltx231
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-3.ltx239
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-1.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-10.ltx251
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-11.ltx239
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-12.ltx245
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-13.ltx245
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-14.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-15.ltx247
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-2.ltx40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-3.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-4.ltx240
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-5.ltx250
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-6.ltx249
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-7.ltx254
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-8.ltx252
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-9.ltx255
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-1.ltx235
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-2.ltx235
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-1.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-2.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-3.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-4.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-1.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-10.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-11.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-12.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-13.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-2.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-3.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-4.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-5.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-6.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-7.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-8.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-9.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-1.ltx43
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-2.ltx46
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-3.ltx46
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-4.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-5.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-6.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-1.ltx285
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-2.ltx287
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-3.ltx288
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-4.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-5.ltx239
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-6.ltx240
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-1.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-2.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-1.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-2.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-3.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-4.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-5.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-6.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-7.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-8.ltx43
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-1.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-2.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-3.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-4.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-5.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-6.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-7.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-8.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-1.ltx43
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-2.ltx56
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-1.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-2.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-3.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-4.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-5.ltx48
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-6.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-1.ltx63
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-2.ltx67
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-3.ltx55
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-4.ltx241
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-5.ltx53
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-6.ltx236
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-7.ltx238
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-1.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-2.ltx45
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-3.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-4.ltx43
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-5.ltx243
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-6.ltx247
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-7.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-8.ltx46
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-1.ltx54
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-10.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-11.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-12.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-13.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-14.ltx246
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-15.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-16.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-17.ltx43
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-18.ltx255
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-2.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-3.ltx40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-4.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-5.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-6.ltx44
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-7.ltx249
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-8.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-9.ltx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-10-1.ltx53
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-12-1.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-1.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-2.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-3.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-4.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-5.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-6.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-7.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-8.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-1.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-2.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-3.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-4.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-5.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-1.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-10.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-11.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-12.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-13.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-14.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-15.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-16.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-17.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-2.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-3.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-4.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-5.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-6.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-7.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-8.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-9.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-1.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-10.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-11.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-12.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-2.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-3.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-4.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-5.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-6.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-7.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-8.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-9.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-1.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-10.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-11.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-12.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-13.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-14.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-15.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-16.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-17.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-18.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-19.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-2.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-20.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-21.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-22.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-23.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-24.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-25.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-26.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-27.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-28.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-29.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-3.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-4.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-5.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-6.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-7.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-8.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-9.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-1.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-10.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-11.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-12.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-13.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-14.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-15.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-16.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-17.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-18.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-19.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-2.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-20.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-21.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-22.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-3.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-4.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-5.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-6.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-7.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-8.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-9.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-1.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-2.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-1.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-10.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-11.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-12.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-13.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-14.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-15.ltx43
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-16.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-17.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-18.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-19.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-2.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-20.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-21.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-22.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-23.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-24.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-25.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-26.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-27.ltx46
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-28.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-29.ltx40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-3.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-4.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-5.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-6.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-7.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-8.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-9.ltx43
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-1.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-10.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-11.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-12.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-13.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-14.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-15.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-16.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-17.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-18.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-19.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-2.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-20.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-21.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-22.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-23.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-24.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-25.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-26.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-27.ltx75
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-28.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-29.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-3.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-30.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-31.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-32.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-33.ltx53
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-34.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-35.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-36.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-37.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-38.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-39.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-4.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-5.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-6.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-7.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-8.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-9.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-1.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-10.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-11.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-12.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-13.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-14.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-2.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-3.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-4.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-5.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-6.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-7.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-8.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-9.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-1.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-2.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-3.ltx44
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-4.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-1.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-2.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-3.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-4.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-1.ltx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-2.ltx40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-3.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-4.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-5.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-6.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-7.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-1.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-10.ltx71
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-11.ltx70
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-12.ltx70
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-13.ltx70
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-14.ltx70
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-15.ltx70
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-16.ltx73
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-17.ltx70
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-18.ltx70
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-19.ltx73
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-2.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-20.ltx74
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-21.ltx73
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-22.ltx73
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-23.ltx70
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-24.ltx73
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-25.ltx74
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-3.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-4.ltx56
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-5.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-6.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-7.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-8.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-9.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-1.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-2.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-3.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-4.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-5.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-6.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-7.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-8.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-1.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-2.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-3.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-4.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-5.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-6.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-7.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-8.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-1.ltx66
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-10.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-11.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-12.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-13.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-14.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-15.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-16.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-17.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-18.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-19.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-2.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-20.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-21.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-22.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-23.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-24.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-25.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-26.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-27.ltx78
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-28.ltx37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-29.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-3.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-30.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-31.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-32.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-33.ltx53
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-34.ltx38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-35.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-36.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-37.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-38.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-39.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-4.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-5.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-6.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-7.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-8.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-9.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-1.ltx52
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-2.ltx54
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-3.ltx45
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-4.ltx69
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-5.ltx51
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-5-1.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-1.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-10.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-11.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-12.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-13.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-14.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-15.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-16.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-17.ltx50
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-2.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-3.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-4.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-5.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-6.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-7.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-8.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-9.ltx40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-1.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-10.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-11.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-12.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-13.ltx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-14.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-15.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-16.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-17.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-18.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-19.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-2.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-20.ltx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-21.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-3.ltx27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-4.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-5.ltx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-6.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-7.ltx35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-8.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-9.ltx32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-1.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-10.ltx28
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-11.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-2.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-3.ltx36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-4.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-5.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-6.ltx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-7.ltx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-8.ltx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-9.ltx232
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/B-3-1.ltx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/Escher.ps63
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/cat.ps305
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/elephant.ps639
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/indexexa.ltx42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/jura.bib40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/rosette.ps31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/tex.bib119
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexa.cls86
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexamargin.cls106
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexareport.cls70
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.eps13
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.ps13
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/Makefile47
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/config.vagrounded2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/fonts.bib32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img1.gifbin0 -> 135 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img2.gifbin0 -> 3016 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/index.html617
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.ps1357
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.tex7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.pdfbin0 -> 5266 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.ps1350
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.tex8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.css30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.html617
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.pdfbin0 -> 384262 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.tex444
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf2type113
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.map2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.sty9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/README23
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg.6228
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg6.mps228
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.css60
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.html874
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.pdfbin0 -> 170365 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.ps.gzbin0 -> 133652 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.tex615
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide0x.gifbin0 -> 4993 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/GPL.txt341
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2LaTeX.txt8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2latex.html117
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/index.html137
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktalk.txt36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.html100
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.txt39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/la2mml.html52
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/laola.html50
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/latex2rtf.html131
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf.html79
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf3.html352
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2word.html67
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mathtype.html66
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mswordview.html68
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/nb4latex.html68
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pc2txtbl.html163
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pctotex.html439
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pubcomp.html112
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/readme.txt12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex.html97
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex2e.html52
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtflatex.html47
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/sciword.html51
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tex2rtf.html71
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texcnv.html56
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texperf.html94
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texport.html91
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/textopc.html345
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tx2pctbl.html134
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/w2latex.html57
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/winw2ltx.html81
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/word2x.html78
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wp2latex.html59
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wvlib.html92
982 files changed, 72171 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-figures.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fdbdd36b70a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-figures.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-src.tar.gz.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..677d2b422f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1-src.tar.gz.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b2dc525cb0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap1.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-figures.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5ff942b28ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-figures.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-src.tar.gz.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6587e858eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2-src.tar.gz.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..edfdd969e94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-figures.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8cda651c2e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-figures.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-src.tar.gz.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..29c39397e2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3-src.tar.gz.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..614c6697a01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-figures.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..18d745a3753
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-figures.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-src.tar.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-src.tar.gz
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..988ca08961e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4-src.tar.gz
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..50791295936
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap4.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-figures.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e6783ac7529
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-figures.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-src.tar.gz.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5eb05a68620
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5-src.tar.gz.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1d50235d697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap5.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-figures.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8c59b2dd782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-figures.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-src.tar.gz.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-src.tar.gz.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..33f61b9e0ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6-src.tar.gz.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3ec3f3bc109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap6.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-figures.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-figures.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a105766db1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-figures.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-src.tar.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-src.tar.gz
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0f185bde1a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7-src.tar.gz
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9b1db20c6c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/pstricks-tutorial/chap7.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/CHANGES
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..68397e16ec3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/CHANGES
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+v1.00 2004/07/21 First release on CTAN.
+v1.01 2004/08/15 Corrected two related errors in sec3
+ (about left brace and @preamble)
+v1.10 2005/03/06 Some corrections.
+ Added hyperref.
+v1.20 2005/06/10 Added LPPL licence notes
+ Minor corrections and additions
+v1.30 2005/10/16 Corrected many typos (thanks to Roger Jeurissen
+ and Maarten Grachten)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/Makefile b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..647f51b3333
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+## Makefile
+## Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey
+#
+# This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+# conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+# of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+# The latest version of this license is in
+# http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+# and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+# version 2003/12/01 or later.
+#
+# This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+# The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey
+#
+# This work consists of the files
+# ttb_en.tex
+# ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex
+# ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty
+# local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile
+# and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf
+
+all:
+ LATEX=latex make tex
+ dvips ttb_en -o
+
+pdf:
+ LATEX=pdflatex make tex
+
+tex: *.tex
+ ${LATEX} ttb_en.tex
+ makeindex -s idxstyle.ist bibtex
+ makeindex -s idxstyle.ist latex
+ bibtex ttb_en
+ ${LATEX} ttb_en.tex
+ ${LATEX} ttb_en.tex
+
+clean:
+ rm -f *.aux ttb_en.log ttb_en.blg *.ilg *.ind *.idx \
+ ttb_en.bbl ttb_en.toc ttb_en.dvi ttb_en.out \
+ ttb_en.ptc* ttb_en.mtc* ttb_en.bmt *~
+
+tgz:
+ tar zcvf ttb_en.tgz Makefile ttb_*.tex ttb_*.sty local.bib \
+ idxstyle.ist README CHANGES
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e39177d4fad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/README
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Tame the BeaST -- The B to X of BibTeX
+========================================
+ Nicolas MARKEY
+ <markey@lsv.ens-cachan.fr>
+ v1.3 2005/10/16
+
+
+This is an (as complete as possible) documentation
+about bibliographies in LaTeX, thus mainly about
+BibTeX.
+
+Comments welcome!
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/idxstyle.ist b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/idxstyle.ist
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d93f54269f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/idxstyle.ist
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%% idxstyle.ist
+%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work consists of the files
+% ttb_en.tex
+% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex
+% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty
+% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile
+% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf
+%
+%
+% This file is derived from fridx1.ist:
+% FICHIER fridx1.ist
+% Personnalisation Numero 1 d'un index (faire makeindex -s fridx1.ist)
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+headings_flag 1
+heading_prefix "{\\large \\bf \\hfil--\\ "
+heading_suffix " --\\ \\hfil}\\nopagebreak\n"
+symhead_negative "symbols"
+symhead_positive "Symbols"
+
+delim_0 " \\dotfill \ "
+delim_1 " \\dotfill \ "
+delim_2 " \\dotfill \ "
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/local.bib b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/local.bib
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f24ffb664cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/local.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+%% local.bib
+%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work consists of the files
+% ttb_en.tex
+% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex
+% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex
+% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile
+% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf
+
+@book{latex:dps,
+ author = "Lamport, Leslie",
+ title = "{{\LaTeX}}: a Document Preparation System",
+ publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
+ year = 1997,
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@book{latex:lc,
+ title = "The {{\LaTeX}} Companion",
+ author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Frank and Samarin,
+ Alexander",
+ publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
+ year = 1993,
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@book{latex:lc2,
+ title = "The {{\LaTeX}} Companion~--- Second Edition",
+ author = "Mittelbach, Frank and Goossens, Michel and
+ Braams, Johannes and Carlisle, David and Rowley, Chris",
+ publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
+ year = 2004,
+ month = apr,
+}
+
+
+@manual{natbib,
+ author = "Daly, Patrick W.",
+ title = "Natural Sciences Citations and References",
+ year = 1999,
+ month = may,
+ }
+
+@manual{bibentry,
+ author = "Daly, Patrick W.",
+ title = "A {{\LaTeX}} Package to Place Bibliography Entries in Text",
+ year = 1999,
+ month = feb,
+ }
+
+@manual{multibib,
+ author = "Hansen, Thorsten",
+ title = "The {\textbf{multibib}} package",
+ year = 2000,
+ month = jan,
+}
+
+@manual{bibunit,
+ author = "Hansen, Thorsten",
+ title = "The {\textbf{bibunits}} package",
+ year = 2000,
+ month = oct,
+}
+
+@manual{footbib,
+ author = "Dommenjoud, {\'E}ric",
+ title = "The {\textbf{footbib}} package",
+ year = 1997,
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@manual{merlin,
+ author = "Daly, Patrick W.",
+ title = "A Master Bibliographic Style File",
+ year = 1999,
+ month = may,
+ }
+
+@manual{splitbib,
+ author = "Markey, Nicolas",
+ title = "The {\textbf{splitbib}} package",
+ year = 2005,
+ month = feb,
+}
+
+@manual{jurabib,
+ author = "Berger, Jens",
+ title = "The {\textbf{jurabib}} package",
+ year = 2002,
+ month = sep,
+}
+
+@manual{jmpl,
+ author = "Bayart, Benjamin",
+ title = "Joli Manuel pour {{\LaTeX}}",
+ year = 1995,
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@book{desg,
+ title = "{{\LaTeX}}~: Apprentissage, Guide et R{\'e}f{\'e}rences",
+ author = "Desgraupes, Bernard",
+ publisher = "Vuibert",
+ year = 2000,
+ month = nov,
+ }
+
+@manual{btxdoc,
+ author = "Patashnik, Oren",
+ title = "{\textsc{Bib}}{{\TeX}}ing",
+ year = 1988,
+ month = feb,
+}
+
+@manual{btxhak,
+ author = "Patashnik, Oren",
+ title = "Designing {\textsc{Bib}}{{\TeX}} styles",
+ year = 1988,
+ month = feb,
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a5a89966c1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.ps.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.ps.gz
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..56748003dc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.ps.gz
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6d40692260c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
+%% ttb_en.sec1.tex
+%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work consists of the files
+% ttb_en.tex
+% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex
+% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty
+% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile
+% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf
+
+\mypart{Basic bibliography with \LaTeX}\label{part1}
+\parttoc
+\mtcskip
+
+\bt is often seen as something magical, as well as \LaTeX
+bibliography-related commands in general. Many users simply copy and paste
+classical examples without trying to understand how it works. But in
+fact, a bibliography in \LaTeX is nothing but a \emph{list} of
+\emph{references} mentioned in a document. If we had to do it ``by
+hand'',
+without knowing anything about the \env{thebibliography} environment,
+it could look like this:
+
+\medskip
+\begin{verbatim}
+This is the main matter of the document, mentioning
+[\ref{doc1}] and [\ref{doc2}], for instance.
+\section*{References}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \renewcommand\labelenumi{[\theenumi]} %% numbers are surronded with brackets
+ \item \label{doc1} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and Alexander
+ Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993.
+ \item \label{doc2} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation
+ System}, Addison Wesley, 1997.
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{verbatim}
+\noindent which, when compiled, gives
+\begin{myex}
+This is the main matter of the document, mentioning
+[\ref{doc1}] and [\ref{doc2}], for instance.
+\section*{References}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \renewcommand\labelenumi{[\theenumi]} %% numbers are between brackets
+ \item \label{doc1} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and Alexander
+ Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993.
+ \item \label{doc2} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation
+ System}, Addison Wesley, 1997.
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{myex}
+
+This is mostly what the \env{thebibliography} environment does (it
+starts a \env{list} environment, similar to~\env{enumerate}),
+\cmd{bibitem} corresponding
+to the \cmd{item} commands. One major difference is that \cmd{bibitem}
+allows for more general cross-references than \cmd{item} and
+\cmd{label} (for example, one can cite~\cite{latex:lc}).
+
+
+This is what this part deals with: ``Writing a bibliography
+\emph{without} \bt''. This is not the main goal of this manual, but
+it is a cornerstone for understanding the sequel.
+
+
+\mysection{The \nienv{thebibliography} environment}
+
+
+%%
+%% Fin trad.
+%%
+
+The \env{thebibliography} environment is not defined in \LaTeX
+itself (neither is it in \TeX\footnote{\bt may be used with plain \TeX,
+you'll simply have to input the \sty[tex]{btxmac} package}, of course). It has
+to be defined by the
+class file used in the document (\emph{e.g.} \cls{article} or
+\cls{book}). As mentioned earlier, it is a \env{list}-like
+environment inside a new \cmd{section} (or \cmd{chapter}, depending on
+the document class\footnote{This is the reason why \env{thebibliography}
+has to be defined in the class files. The
+other bibliographic commands are defined in the standard \LaTeX format.}).
+This list has to be set up carefully, however, in order to avoid indentation
+problems. For instance, if we put ``alphanumerical'' labels in the previous
+example, we would get:
+\begin{myex}
+\section*{References}
+\begin{enumerate}
+\renewcommand\labelenumi{[\theenumi]}
+\item[{[GMS93]}] Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander
+Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993.
+\item[{[Lam97]}] Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation
+System}, Addison Wesley, 1997.
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{myex}
+
+In order to avoid this problem, \env{thebibliography} has a mandatory
+argument, which should be the largest label occurring in the list. This will
+allow to set up margins properly.
+
+\medskip
+Let's now have a look at the precise definition of the
+\env{thebibliography} environment (as defined in the \cls{article}
+class, for instance):
+\begin{listing}{1}
+\newenvironment{thebibliography}[1]
+ {\section*{\refname
+ \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\refname}{\MakeUppercase\refname}}%
+\end{listing}
+As mentioned earlier, \env{thebibliography} starts a new
+section\footnote{It is in fact a \cmd{section*}, so that it won't
+ appear in the table of contents. In order to cleanly insert the
+ bibliography in your table of contents, use the \sty{tocbibind}
+ package. Other methods you can think of will probably lead to wrong
+ page numbers.}. The environment also sets the page headers\footnote{The
+ standard
+ \sty{apalike} package hard-codes the headers to ``REFERENCES'' or
+ ``BIBLIOGRAPHY'', depending on the class file.
+ But another package (with the same name, unfortunately) correctly sets
+ the headers to \cmd{refname} or \cmd{bibname}. Simply check in the sources if you have
+ problems for redefining the headers with that package.}.
+
+\begin{listingcont}
+ \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%
+ {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%
+\end{listingcont}
+This is not surprising either: We start a new \env{list}
+environment\footnote{The \cmd{list} command is equivalent to a
+ \texttt{\bs begin\{list\}}, and has to be followed with a
+ \cmd{endlist}.}. It takes two mandatory arguments:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item the first one (\texttt{\bs\at biblabel\{...\}}) defines the format of
+the default command for
+ generating labels. Here it is defined with the \verb+enumiv+
+ counter, using \cmdat{biblabel}{}\footnote{\cmdat{biblabel} is
+ defined in \LaTeX. It outputs its argument surrounded with
+ brackets. The precise definition is:
+\texttt{\bs def\bs\at biblabel\#1\{[\#1]\}}.}.
+ Thus we have [1], [2], ... Since \cmd{bibitem} is a sort of
+ \cmd{item}, it may have an optional argument for modifying this
+ default label.
+\item The second argument(lines~5 above to~11 below) is a set of commands that
+ are run at the
+ beginning of the environment. They set the values
+ of different lengths and parameters of the \env{list} environment.
+ This is where we need the longest label (which the mandatory
+ argument of the \env{thebibliography} environment should be set to),
+ in order to correctly indent the whole list.
+ People often write \verb+\begin{thebibliography}{99}+, but this is
+ correct only if there are between $10$ and $99$ cited references
+ (assuming all digits have the same length, which is the case with
+ the \textsf{cmr} fonts).
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+The rest of the definition of \env{thebibliography} contains some
+borderline definitions for the list environment and the use of the
+\verb+enumiv+ counter:
+\begin{listingcont}
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \@openbib@code
+ \usecounter{enumiv}%
+ \let\p@enumiv\@empty
+ \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%
+\end{listingcont}
+\cmdat{openbib\at code}, which is empty by default, allows
+to modify some parameters if necessary. Option \texttt{openbib} of
+classical style files uses this command for resetting some parameters.
+Line~9 to~11 set the list counter.
+
+Last, within the reference list, spacing rules as well as some special
+penalties are used:
+\begin{listingcont}
+ \sloppy
+ \clubpenalty4000
+ \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty
+ \widowpenalty4000%
+ \sfcode`\.\@m}
+\end{listingcont}
+
+
+That's it for the initialization of this environment. Ending the
+\env{thebibliography} is much easier:
+we just echo a warning if no reference has been included, and we close
+the \env{list} environment:
+\begin{listingcont}
+ {\def\@noitemerr
+ {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}%
+ \endlist}
+\end{listingcont}
+
+
+
+\mysection{The \protect\nicmd{bibitem} command}\label{bibitem}
+
+Inside the \env{list} environment described above, we have to insert
+\cmd{item}{}s, as is usual. It will be a special \cmd{item}, though, in
+order to have a correct rendering of each bibliographical item. The
+adequate command is named \cmd{bibitem}, and has two roles: Writing
+the new entry in the list, and defining the cross-reference to be used
+when citing this entry, which defaults to
+\verb+\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}+. The result is [1] for instance,
+but of course can be modified into [GMS94], say,
+with an optional argument,
+exactly in the same way as for an \cmd{item}.
+Here is the precise definition of \cmd{bibitem}:
+\begin{listing}{1}
+\def\bibitem{\@ifnextchar[\@lbibitem\@bibitem}
+\end{listing}
+\cmd{bibitem} calls \cmdat{lbibitem} if
+there is an optional argument, and \cmdat{bibitem} otherwise.
+Those auxiliary commands are defined as follows:
+%
+\begin{listing}{1}
+\def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{\item[\@biblabel{#1}\hfill]\if@filesw
+ {\let\protect\noexpand
+ \immediate
+ \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{#2}{#1}}}\fi\ignorespaces}
+\end{listing}
+%
+Let's take an example in order to see how it works: Assume we wrote
+\verb+\bibitem[GMS94]{companion}+.
+The command first creates an item having the same optional argument,
+which will be surrounded with brackets by \cmdat{biblabel} and flushed
+to the left by \cmd{hfill}.\label{biblabel}
+It then write a \cmd{bibcite} command, with two arguments, into the
+\ext{aux} file\footnote{More precisely, the file pointed to by
+the \cmdat{auxout} command, but this generally is the \ext{aux}
+file.}.
+\cmd{bibcite} is simply defined as follows:
+\label{bibcite}
+\begin{listing}{1}
+\def\bibcite{\@newl@bel b}
+\end{listing}
+
+The \cmdat{newl\at bel} command requires three arguments, \texttt{\#1},
+ \texttt{\#2} and \texttt{\#3}, and defines a command named
+ \texttt{\#1\at\#2} (with of course \texttt{\#1} and \texttt{\#2} being
+ replaced by their values) whose value is the third argument \texttt{\#3}.
+
+This behavior is the same as when defining a cross reference (with
+\cmd{label}) in the document: when the \ext{aux} file is read by
+\LaTeX (namely at the \verb+\begin{document}+ and
+\verb+\end{document}+), those \cmdat{newl\at bel} commands are
+executed, and a \verb+\b@companion+ command is defined, containing,
+in our case, \texttt{GMS93}.
+
+When there is no optional argument, it is quite similar:
+%
+\begin{listing}{1}
+\def\@bibitem#1{\item\if@filesw \immediate\write\@auxout
+ {\string\bibcite{#1}{\the\value{\@listctr}}}\fi\ignorespaces}
+\end{listing}
+%
+The new \cmd{item} is created, and the \cmd{bibcite} command is
+output in the \ext{aux} file. The only new thing to know here is that
+\cmdat{listctr} is the list counter, and points to \verb+enumiv+ as requested
+by the \cmd{usecounter} command in the definition of \env{thebibliography}.
+Everything after the \cmd{bibitem} (and its argument(s)) is
+output in the document, within the recently created item of the
+list, until the next \cmd{bibitem} or the end of the
+\env{thebibliography} environment\footnote{Some packages redefine
+ \cmd{bibitem} and could not meet this last rule. See
+ section~\ref{redefbibitem} on this topic.}.
+
+\medskip
+To conclude, here is a small example of a bibliography, having two
+entries, as it could be defined in a document:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{GMS93} %% GMS93 is the longest label.
+\bibitem[GMS93]{companion} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and Alexander
+ Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993.
+\bibitem[Lam97]{lamport} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation
+ System}, Addison Wesley, 1997.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+And here is the result:
+
+\begin{myex}
+\begin{thebibliography}{GMS93}
+\bibitem[GMS93]{companion1} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and Alexander
+ Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993.
+\bibitem[Lam97]{lamport1} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation
+ System}, Addison Wesley, 1997.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{myex}
+
+
+\mysection{The \protect\nicmd{cite} command}\label{cite}
+
+When considering a bibliography as a list of cross-references,
+\cmd{cite} is the equivalent for \cmd{ref}. It has one mandatory
+argument, which is the internal label to be cited. It also has an
+optional argument, that can be used to add some comments to the
+reference. For instance, a good reference concerning \bt is
+\cite[Chap.~13]{latex:lc}, which is obtained by entering
+\verb+\cite[Chap.~13]{companion}+.\label{citeopt}
+
+
+Here is how it is defined\footnote{Details about
+ \cmd{DeclareRobustCommand} are given at page~\pageref{DRC}. If you
+ don't know what it is, you can see it as a simple
+ \cmd{newcommand}.}:
+%
+\begin{listing}{1}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\cite{%
+ \@ifnextchar [{\@tempswatrue\@citex}{\@tempswafalse\@citex[]}}
+\end{listing}
+%
+If there is an optional argument, the boolean variable \cmdat{tempswa}
+is set to true (we need to remember that an optional argument was provided),
+and \cmdat{citex} is called. Otherwise, \cmdat{tempswa} is false, and
+\cmdat{citex} is called with an empty optional argument.
+
+
+Before explaining \cmdat{citex}, we first have a quick look at
+\cmdat{cite}, which will be used by \cmdat{citex}. This will help
+understand how \cmdat{tempswa} is used:
+%
+\begin{listing}{1}
+\def\@cite#1#2{[{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}]}
+\end{listing}
+This is the command used for outputting the reference in the
+document. The second argument is used only if \cmdat{tempswa} has been
+set to true. Together with the first argument, they are put into
+brackets, and output in the document.
+
+Now \cmdat{citex}~will be the ``bridge'' between \cmd{cite} and \cmdat{cite}:
+\label{citex}
+%
+\begin{listing}{1}
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{%
+ \let\@citea\@empty
+ \@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+\end{listing}
+
+This calls \cmdat{cite}. Its first argument will be computed by the
+\cmdat{for} command, in case several references are cited at one
+time.\index{latex}{citea@\texttt{\protect\bs\protect\at citea}}
+%
+\begin{listingcont}
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }%
+\end{listingcont}
+%
+Starting from the second run through the \cmdat{for}-loop, we add a
+comma, and a penalty for a line break not to occur between references.
+The default is to never have a line break inside a set of references.
+%
+\begin{listingcont}
+ \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb\@empty}%
+\end{listingcont}
+%
+This redefines \cmdat{citeb}, the variable used in the loop. The
+\cmdat{for} command successively sets \cmdat{citeb} to all the values
+that have been cited, and \cmdat{citeb} is redefined here in order to
+remove extra spaces. This is somewhat tricky, but it works.
+\label{citation}
+
+\begin{listingcont}
+ \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi
+\end{listingcont}
+%
+This writes a \cmd{citation} command in the \ext{aux} file, indicating
+that \cmdat{citeb} has been cited in the document. This is not useful
+here, but will be crucial for \bt to generate the bibliography (see
+section~\ref{bibtex}).
+
+\begin{listingcont}
+ \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{\mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}%
+ \G@refundefinedtrue
+ \@latex@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+\end{listingcont}
+%
+This handles cases where the requested reference does not exist yet. In
+that case, the reference is replaced by a boldface question mark. A
+warning is also echoed in the \ext{log} file.
+
+\begin{listingcont}
+ {\@cite@ofmt{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}}{#1}}
+\end{listingcont}
+If the reference exists, it is written here, using the
+\nicmd{b\at...} command created when reading the \ext{aux} file (\cf
+page~\pageref{bibcite}).
+\cmdat{cite\protect\at ofmt} is equivalent to~\cmd{hbox}\footnote{The
+command~\cmdat{citex} is defined with \cmd{hbox} in old (before 2003) versions
+of \LaTeX.}.
+The loop is executed for all the requested
+references, and the whole result is then passed to \cmdat{cite},
+together with the optional second argument, which is \verb+#1+ here.
+
+\medskip
+This may look intricate, but it is really easy to use: You simply
+enter \verb+\cite{companion, lamport}+ in order to get \cite{latex:lc,
+ latex:dps}, with the bibliographic items shown at the end of the previous
+ section.
+
+
+
+\mysection{Some more little tricks}\label{truc1}
+
+\mysubsection{What is \protect\nicmd{DeclareRobustCommand}?}
+\label{DRC}
+
+A command having an optional argument, such as \cmd{cite}, is said to
+be \emph{fragile}: Generally speaking, they cannot be directly used
+in the argument of other commands (for instance, \cmd{cite} in the
+argument of a \cmd{section}). These problems can be overcome by preceding
+the fragile command by a \cmd{protect}, but this is annoying. The
+other solution is to declare the command as robust, by defining it
+with \cmd{DeclareRobustCommand} instead of \cmd{newcommand}.
+
+
+\mysubsection{Changing the name of the bibliography}
+
+This is obvious from the definition of the \env{thebibliography}
+environment: We simply have to redefine \cmd{refname}, which defaults
+to \emph{\refname}. However, this
+only works with the \cls{report} class. The \cls{book} and
+\cls{article} classes use \cmd{bibname} instead, which defaults to
+\emph{\bibname}.
+
+For instance, when using \cls{report}, you'll write:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\refname}{Some references}
+\end{verbatim}
+while with \cls{book} or \cls{article}, it should be:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\bibname}{Some references}
+\end{verbatim}
+As mentioned earlier, \sty{apalike} does not use \cmd{refname} and hard-codes
+the reference name in the page headers.
+
+\mysubsection{Adding text before the first reference}
+
+Putting text just after the beginning of the \env{thebibliography}
+environment raises an error, since the \env{list} environment demands
+an \cmd{item} command. Thus we will put a real \cmd{item}, then add
+some negative horizontal space back to the left margin, and write our
+text within a \env{minipage} environment (in order to avoid
+indentation due to the list):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{GMS93}
+\item[]
+\hskip-\leftmargin
+\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+Here are some useful references about \LaTeX. They are
+available in every worthy bookshop. Many other good documentations
+might be found on the web (the FAQ of \textsf{comp.text.tex} for
+instance).
+\end{minipage}
+\bigskip
+\bibitem[GMS93]{companion} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and
+ Alexander
+ Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993.
+\bibitem[Lam97]{lamport} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation
+ System}, Addison Wesley, 1997.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+This code gives:
+
+\begin{myex}
+\begin{thebibliography}{AAA00}
+\item[]
+\hskip-\leftmargin
+\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+Here are some useful references about \LaTeX. They are
+available in every worthy bookshop. Many other good documentations
+might be found on the web (the FAQ of \textsf{comp.text.tex} for
+instance).
+\end{minipage}
+
+\bigskip
+\bibitem[GMS93]{companion2} Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach and
+ Alexander
+ Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993.
+\bibitem[Lam97]{lamport2} Leslie Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation
+ System}, Addison Wesley, 1997.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{myex}
+
+
+\mysubsection{Redefining \protect\nicmd{bibitem}}\label{redefbibitem}
+
+
+Some style files need redefining the \cmd{bibitem} command, or in
+fact \cmdat{bibitem} and \cmdat{lbibitem}, so that an entry has to
+end with a \cmd{par} command (or an empty line). \sty{backref} is an
+example of such a style file. Some other will turn the optional
+argument of \cmd{bibitem} into a mandatory one. \sty{apalike} does
+so.
+
+I've nothing to add about that, but it is useful to know this to
+avoid spending too much time on debugging...
+
+
+
+\mysubsection{Turning brackets into parentheses}
+
+
+As we saw earlier, \cmd{biblabel} is in charge of adding brackets
+around reference labels, in the reference list. It is easy
+to redefine it in order to get parentheses:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\makeatletter % @ is now a letter
+\def\bibleftdelim{(}
+\def\bibrightdelim{)}
+\def\@biblabel#1{\bibleftdelim #1\bibrightdelim}
+\makeatother % @ is a symbol
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This does the trick, and it is now easy to change parentheses into
+anything else, by redefining \nicmd{bibleftdelim} and
+\nicmd{bibrightdelim}.
+
+However, this won't change the behavior of \cmdat{cite}, which will
+still write brackets around cited reference labels. Thus we also have
+to redefine \cmdat{cite}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\makeatletter
+\def\@cite#1#2{\bibleftdelim{#1\if@tempswatrue , #2\fi}\bibrightdelim}
+\makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\mysubsection{... and more}
+
+Several packages have been written for modifying the look
+of bibliographies and citations. For instance,
+the package \sty{cite} allows to modify the result of the
+\cmd{cite} command: turning brackets into parentheses, but also
+sorting and compressing a set of numeric references.
+The package \sty{overcite} allows, moreover, to get references
+displayed as superscript.
+
+The package \sty{splitbib} changes the output of the list of
+references: it allows to split the bibliography into several
+categories, and\slash or reordering that list. See the
+documentation~\cite{splitbib} for more details.
+
+\mysubsection{Can the symbol \$ be used in an internal key?}
+
+Probably not, but I don't know exactly which character may or may not
+be used. Obviously, any letter and digit can be used, and my opinion
+is that it is quite enough. On the other hand, commas, curly brackets
+and backslashes are clearly forbidden. For the other ones, I don't
+know, just give it a try and you'll know.
+
+
+\mysection*{Conclusion}
+
+Well... It could be over right now, since we know how to write a
+bibliography. However, typesetting all references by hand is long and
+annoying. Moreover, when writing several articles on related areas,
+we often cite the same sets of references, but possibly with different styles.
+It would be interesting to have a \emph{database} containing a large
+set of references, some of which would be picked up, formatted and typeset by
+\LaTeX. This does exist, and is described in the sequel.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ac324feb8ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+%% ttb_en.sec2.tex
+%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work consists of the files
+% ttb_en.tex
+% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex
+% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty
+% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile
+% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf
+
+
+\mypart{How to use \bt?}
+\parttoc
+\mtcskip
+
+\mysection{How does it work?} \label{bibtex}
+
+As mentioned earlier, \bt can be seen as a general database manager:
+It extracts items from a database, sorts them, and exports the
+result, generally as a \LaTeX{}able \env{thebibliography}
+environment.
+
+This description is a somewhat optimistic view, however, and reality
+is a little more complex: In order to tell \bt which entries have to
+be extracted, you have to first run \LaTeX on your document. And once
+\bt has finished its job, you have to run \LaTeX anew in order to take
+the resulting bibliography into account. Here are some more precisions:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item At the very first stage, you run \LaTeX on your document. Since this is
+ the first time you compile it, no bibliographic
+ information is included, and references are left
+ empty. Nevertheless, each time \LaTeX encounters a bibliographic reference
+ in the document, it writes the key of the reference in the \ext{aux}
+ file\footnote{This is the role of the \cmd{citation} command issued
+ by the \cmd{cite} command (\cf page~\pageref{citation}).}. During
+ the compilation, \LaTeX also indicates in the \ext{aux} file which
+ databases have to be used, and which bibliography style has
+ to be applied for typesetting the bibliography;
+
+\item \bt can now be executed: It takes the \ext{aux} file as
+ argument, which contains all the relevant informations
+ for extracting the bibliography: The style (\ext{bst} file) to be
+ applied to the
+ bibliography, the database (\ext{bib} file) to be used, and the
+ entries to be extracted from the database. With this stuff, \bt
+ will then extract the \cmd{cite}{}d references
+ and write the bibliography in a \ext{bbl}
+ file. Logs of this operation are written in a \ext{blg} file;
+
+\item The next step is to rerun \LaTeX. The \ext{bbl} file will then
+ be included, and its \cmd{bibitem} commands executed. This writes
+ the necessary bibliographic cross references in the \ext{aux}
+ file. However, this does not define the cross references for the
+ current compilation, and bibliographic references still won't be
+ defined;
+
+\item We then run \LaTeX a third time: When reading the \ext{aux} file
+ at the beginning of the compilation, \LaTeX will store the
+ references of the bibliographic citations, and those references
+ will be correct in the document.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+It follows that, in the best case, we need to compile the file three
+times, and to run \bt once. There are some cases where this is still
+not sufficient: If, for instance, a bibliographic entry cites another
+one, another run of both \bt and \LaTeX is needed. And so on.
+Finally, here is the global pattern to be applied:
+\begin{center}
+\LaTeX (\bt {} \LaTeX )$^+$ \LaTeX.
+\end{center}
+
+
+Everything else works as in part~\ref{part1}, since \bt generally creates the
+complete \env{thebibliography} environments with all the \cmd{bibitem}{}s of
+the references that are cited in your document.
+There are two new \LaTeX commands, however: Those
+defining the style file to consider and bibliographic database(s):
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \cmd{bibliographystyle} is the command to be used to declare the
+ bibliography style to be used by \bt. Here is how it is defined:
+\begin{listing}{1}
+\def\bibliographystyle#1{%
+ \ifx\@begindocumenthook\@undefined\else
+ \expandafter\AtBeginDocument
+ \fi
+ {\if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\bibstyle{#1}}%
+ \fi}}
+\end{listing}
+
+
+This simply writes a \cmd{bibstyle} command in the \ext{aux} file,
+whose argument is the name of the style. \cmd{bibstyle} itself is a
+command that has one argument, but does nothing. Indeed, the
+name of the bibliography style is only needed by \bt, and \LaTeX doesn't
+care about it.
+
+\item \cmd{bibliography} is the command for defining the bibliographic
+ database to be used. Contrary to the previous command, the argument
+ of \cmd{bibliography} might be a comma-separated list of
+ bibliographic databases. Note that ``comma-separated'' is strict
+ here: No space and no line break are allowed. Apart from this, the
+ behavior of this command is similar to the behavior of the previous
+ one: It writes its argument in the \ext{aux} file, as the
+ argument of
+ a command named \cmd{bibdata} (which is then read by \bt,
+ but does nothing in \LaTeX). Last, this
+ \cmd{bibliography} command includes the \ext{bbl} file,
+ which writes
+ the bibliography. Here is the precise definition:
+\begin{listing}{1}
+\def\bibliography#1{%
+ \if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\bibdata{#1}}%
+ \fi
+ \@input@{\jobname.bbl}}
+\end{listing}
+
+You've probably already understood that \cmd{jobname} returns the name
+of the file being compiled.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+Last precision: The \ext{aux} file also contains the list of keys of
+the entries to be extracted. This is achieved by the \cmd{citation}
+commands echoed by \cmd{cite} in the \ext{aux} file. \cmd{citation}
+does the same thing as \cmd{bibstyle} and \cmd{bibdata}: Nothing.
+
+
+\mysection{Some bibliography styles...}
+
+There exist quite a bunch
+of bibliography styles, since each publisher has his own
+needs
+and preferences. I'll present some generic styles here, together with their
+specificities.
+
+\mysubsection{Classical bibliography styles}
+
+The following four styles were originally written by Oren
+\textsc{Patashnik}, whom I forgot to introduce but is in fact the
+author of \bt. The styles are named \bst{plain}, \bst{alpha},
+\bst{unsrt} and \bst{abbrv}. If you want to use the
+\bst{plain}~style, you'll write \verb+\bibliographystyle{plain}+
+(anywhere) in your document.
+
+
+Globally speaking, the bibliography style has to manage
+everything. ``Everything'' here can be decomposed into three points:
+Defining the available entry types, with their relevant
+fields\footnote{I insist that entry types and field names depend
+on the bibliography style, and are not fixed by \bt.};
+Extracting and sorting
+bibliographic items; And typesetting the bibliography.
+
+
+So the first role of the style file is to define entry types, such as
+\ent{book}, \ent{article} or \ent{inproceedings} in classical styles,
+and for each of them, the relevant fields that will be
+either mandatory or optional or just ignored\footnote{The following
+ rule applies: A field that is neither mandatory nor optional, is
+ ignored. Thus you can add any comment or personal field in your
+ bibliography, even if they're not in the list below. Some other
+ fields might of course be used by other, non classical styles.}.
+The table below describes the role of the fields that are used in
+classical style files. Descriptions are short, but more details can be
+easily found in any \LaTeX book.\label{champ}
+
+\begin{center}
+%\centerline{%
+\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height8pt depth0pt width 0pt\noindent\bgroup\bfseries}p{.17\textwidth}<{\egroup}>{\noindent}p{.77\textwidth}<{\vrule height0pt depth7pt width 0pt}|}
+\hline\endfirsthead
+\hline\endhead
+\hline\endfoot
+\hline\endlastfoot
+address & Generally the city or complete address of the publisher.
+\\
+author & For author names. The input format is quite special, since
+\bt
+has to be able to distinguish between the first and last
+names. Section~\ref{author} and~\ref{noms-start} are completely
+dedicated to this topic.
+\\
+booktitle & For the title of a book one part of which is cited.
+\\
+chapter & The number of the chapter (or any part) of a book being
+cited. If not a chapter, the \texttt{type} field might be used for
+precising the type of sectioning.
+\\
+crossref & This one is quite peculiar. It's used to cross-reference
+within the bibliography. For instance, you might cite a
+document, and a part of it. In that case, the second one
+can reference
+the first one, or at least inherit some of its fields from the first
+one. This deserves some more comments, see section~\ref{crossref}.
+\label{cetaitla} \\
+edition & The edition number. Or in fact its ordinal, for instance
+\texttt{edition = "First"}. This might raise
+problems when trying to export a bibliography into another language.
+\\
+editor & The name of the editor(s) of the entry. The format is the
+same as for authors.
+\\
+howpublished & Only used in rare cases where the document being cited
+is not a classical type such as a \ent{book}, an \ent{article} or an
+\ent{inproceedings} publication.
+\\
+institution & For a technical report, the name of the institution that
+published it.
+\\
+journal & The name of the journal in which the cited article has
+been published.
+\\
+key & Used for defining the label, in case it cannot be computed by
+\bt. It does not force the label, but defines the label when
+\bt needs one but can't compute it.
+\\
+month & Well... The month during which the document has been
+published. This also raises the problem of the translation of the
+bibliography: It's better having a numerical value, or an abbreviation,
+instead of the
+complete name of the month. Having the number would also allow \bt
+to sort the entries more precisely (even though, as far as I know, no
+bibliography style does this at the present time).
+\\
+note & For any additional data you would want to add. Since classical
+styles were written in 1985, they don't have a \texttt{url} field, and
+\texttt{note} is often used for this purpose, together with the
+\sty{url} package.
+\\
+number & A number... Not whichever, but the number of a report. For
+volume numbers, a special
+\texttt{volume} field exists.
+\\
+organization & The organizing institution of a conference.
+\\
+pages & The relevant pages of the document. Useful for the reader when
+you cite a huge book; Note that such a precision could be added
+through the optional argument of \cmd{cite} (see
+page~\pageref{citeopt}), in which case it would appear in the document
+but not in the bibliography.
+\\
+publisher & The institution that published the document.
+\\
+school & For theses, the name of the school the thesis has been
+prepared in.
+\\
+series & The name of a collection of series or books.
+\\
+title & The title of the document being cited. There are some rules to
+be observed when entering this field, see section~\ref{title}.
+\\
+type & The type. Which type? It depends... The type of publication, if
+needed. For thesis, for instance, in order to distinguish between
+a masters thesis and a PhD. Or the type of section being cited (see
+\texttt{chapter} above).
+\\
+volume & The volume number in a series or collection of books.
+\\
+year & The publication year.
+\\
+%\hline
+%\caption{ }\label{chp}
+\end{longtable}
+\end{center}
+\label{fin-champ}
+
+
+The table below describes the different entry types. Once again, you
+can find more details in any \LaTeX documentation, so I won't go deep
+into the details. \label{type}
+{%
+\hfuzz=50pt%
+\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height11pt depth0pt width 0pt}p{.45\textwidth}
+%>{\noindent}p{.27\textwidth}
+>{\noindent\raggedright\relax}p{.22\textwidth}
+>{\noindent\raggedright\relax}p{.25\textwidth}<{\vrule height0pt depth9pt width 0pt}|}
+\hline\endfoot
+\hline\endlastfoot
+\hline
+\vrule depth7pt height 10pt width 0pt\normalfont Entry type &
+Mandatory fields & Optional fields \tabularnewline\hline\endhead
+\hline\vrule depth7pt height 10pt width 0pt\normalfont Entry type &
+Mandatory fields & Optional fields \tabularnewline\hline\endfirsthead
+
+\ent{article} : An article published in a journal. &
+\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{year}, \chp{journal}. &
+\chp{volume}, \chp{number}, \chp{pages}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline
+
+\ent{book} : Well... A book. &
+\chp{author} or \chp{editor}, \chp{title}, \chp{publisher}, \chp{year}.&
+\chp{volume} or \chp{number}, \chp{series}, \chp{address}, \chp{edition}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline
+
+\ent{booklet} : A \emph{small} book, that has no \chp{publisher} field.&
+\chp{title}.&
+\chp{author}, \chp{howpublished}, \chp{address}, \chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{year}, \chp{note}. \tabularnewline
+
+\ent{conference} : Article that appeared in the proceedings of a
+conference, a meeting... &
+\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{booktitle}, \chp{year}.&
+\chp{editor}, \chp{volume} or \chp{number}, \chp{series}, \chp{pages},
+\chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{organization}, \chp{publisher}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline
+
+\ent{inbook} : Part (generally a chapter) of a book.&
+\chp{author} or \chp{editor}, \chp{title}, \chp{chapter} or \chp{pages}.&
+\chp{volume}, \chp{number}, \chp{series}, \chp{type}, \chp{address},
+\chp{edition}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline
+
+\ent{incollection} : Part of a book having its own title. &
+\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{booktitle}, \chp{publisher}, \chp{year}.&
+\chp{editor}, \chp{volume} or \chp{number}, \chp{series}, \chp{type},
+\chp{chapter}, \chp{pages}, \chp{address},
+\chp{edition}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}. \tabularnewline
+
+\ent{inproceedings} & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Same as \ent{conference}.}
+\tabularnewline
+
+\ent{manual} : A little manual, such as this one for instance. &
+\chp{title}.&
+\chp{author}, \chp{organization}, \chp{year}, \chp{address},
+\chp{edition}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline
+
+\ent{mastersthesis} : Masters thesis, or something equivalent. &
+\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{school}, \chp{year}.&
+\chp{type}, \chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline
+
+\ent{misc} : When nothing else fits...&
+at least one of the optional fields. &
+\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{howpublished}, \chp{year}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.
+\tabularnewline
+
+\ent{phdthesis} : PhD dissertation, or similar. &
+\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{school}, \chp{year}.&
+\chp{type}, \chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.\tabularnewline
+
+\ent{proceedings} : Conference proceedings. &
+\chp{title}, \chp{year}.&
+\chp{editor}, \chp{volume} or \chp{number}, \chp{series},
+\chp{address}, \chp{month}, \chp{organization}, \chp{publisher}, \chp{note}.
+\tabularnewline
+
+\ent{techreport} : Technical report, published by a laboratory, a
+research center, ... &
+\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{institution}, \chp{year}.&
+\chp{type}, \chp{address}, \chp{number}, \chp{month}, \chp{note}.
+\tabularnewline
+
+\ent{unpublished} : A document that has not been published. Very
+close to \ent{misc}, but \texttt{author} and \texttt{title} are needed
+here. &
+\chp{author}, \chp{title}, \chp{note}.&
+\chp{month}, \chp{year}.\tabularnewline
+%\hline
+\end{longtable}
+%\end{center}
+}
+
+
+Concerning the order and typesetting of all this stuff, it's similar
+in all the classical style files. Of course it depends on the entry
+type, but it generally begins with the author names and the
+title. Then the references of the journal or of the proceedings...
+The best thing to do if you need more details is to give it a try, or
+have a look directly in the style files (but read Part~\ref{bst} before if
+you don't know how \bt style files are built).
+\medskip
+
+
+Up to now, there are no differences between the four standard
+style files.
+The only possible difference now can only be related to labelling and
+typesetting method to be used.
+
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item the \bst{plain} style sorts the entries according to the name of
+ their authors (using the alphabetical order\footnote{The standard
+alphabetical order with $26$~letters. Unfortunately, some language
+have a different alphabet, for instance Swedish, in which
+``\texttt{\aa}'' and~``\texttt{\"o}'' are considered as letters and placed
+after~``\texttt{z}''.}, of course), and, for
+ papers by the same author(s), the year they have been published
+(the
+ older first). The last criterion in case of equality is the title,
+ being a little bit modified. If two references can't be
+ distinguished with the above, the first one being cited in the
+ document appears first. Labels are numbers,
+ starting with $1$.
+
+\item the \bst{alpha} style file is named \emph{alpha} because it uses
+ alphanumerical labels: Those labels are computed by \bt using the
+ first three letters of the author name
+ (or initials of the author names
+ if multiple authors), followed by the last two digits of the
+ publication year. Sorting the entries is done according to the label
+ first, and then to the same criteria as for \bst{plain},
+ in case several
+ publication have the same label\footnote{You certainly don't want
+ that several publications have the same labels. Thus computing the
+ labels is done in two phases: First computing the label with the
+ standard method, and then adding a supplementary letter (``a'',
+ ``b'',~...) for multiple labels. And sorting is done just between
+ those two phases...};
+\item you probably understood what \bst{unsrt} does:
+It does not sort
+ its references, which appears in the order they are cited in the
+ document. Everything else is done as in \bst{plain};
+\item \bst{abbrv} abbreviates first names
+ of the authors and the names of predefined journal and month names.
+I forgot to mention that bibliography styles historically
+ predefine some shorthands for computer science journal names (Oren
+ \textsc{Patashnik} is a computer scientist...). Those shorthands are
+ abbreviated journal names in this style file. These are the only
+ difference between \bst{abbrv} and \bst{plain}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+That's all for classical styles. Those styles suffer from several
+problems, for instance not having a \texttt{url} field, or not being
+multilingual, or sorting in a weird way... Moreover, publishers
+often impose precise
+typographic rules for bibliographies. This entails that many other
+styles have been proposed. Let's have a look at some of them.
+
+
+
+
+\mysubsection{Some other bibliography styles}
+
+%There are numerous other bibliography style files. I really can't
+%describe all of them, just mentionning some of them together with
+%their main characteristics.
+
+\mysubsubsection{The \protect\nibst{apalike} style}
+
+\bst{apalike} was (also) written by Oren \textsc{Patashnik}. It uses a
+special construction for labels, generally called \emph{author-year}.
+I think the best way to understand is with some examples:
+
+\begin{myex}
+\makeatletter
+\def\@cite#1#2{(#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi)}
+\def\@biblabel#1{}
+\makeatother
+
+On page~$384$ of \cite{latex:lcici}, you'll find a complete example of
+what \bst{apalike} does.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{}
+\bibitem[Goossens et~al., 1993]{latex:lcici}
+Goossens, M., Mittelbach, F., and Samarin, A. (1993).
+\newblock {\em the \LaTeX{} Companion}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley.
+
+\bibitem[Lamport, 1997]{latex:dpsici}
+Lamport, L. (1997).
+\newblock {\em \LaTeX{}: A Document Preparation System}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{myex}
+
+Don't forget to include the \sty{apalike} package when using
+the \bst{apalike} style: Indeed, if you remember how \cmdat{biblabel}
+and \cmd{cite} are defined, you should have seen why...
+Moreover, labels created
+by \bst{apalike} might be long, and you probably will accept that
+\LaTeX hyphenates them if necessary, which the default
+\cmd{cite} won't do (\cf section~\ref{cite}).
+
+%Last, I always like to quote the following comments
+%written in the \bst{apalike} file:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%% Many journals require a style like `apalike', but I recommend that you
+%% not use it if you have a choice---use something like `plain' instead.
+%\end{verbatim}
+
+Also: There are some other \emph{author-year} style files, named
+\bst{authordate1}, \bst{authordate2}, \bst{authordate3},
+\bst{authordate4}, and that slightly differ from \bst{apalike}.
+They must be used together with the
+\sty{authordate1-4} package.
+
+Very last important thing: \sty{apalike} redefined \cmd{bibitem}
+so that the optional argument becomes mandatory (but must still be
+within square brackets). But you probably don't care since, of course,
+the bibliography style file tells \bt to always output it.
+
+
+\mysubsubsection{The \protect\nisty{natbib} package}
+
+The \sty{natbib} package, written by Patrick~W. \textsc{Daly},
+goes a bit further: It mainly redefines \cmd{cite} so that you can
+get \emph{author-year} or numerical labels, in a very elegant way.
+
+Classical bibliography styles have been ported to \sty{natbib},
+except \bst{alpha} since it already was an \emph{author-year}
+style. The names of the ports are
+\bst{plainnat}, \bst{abbrvnat} et \bst{unsrtnat}.
+Moreover, those styles have a \texttt{url} field for adding reference
+to articles on the web. Also note that \sty{natbib} can be used with
+\bst{apalike} or \bst{authordate1} to \bst{authordate4}.
+
+Last interesting remark: There is a very clean
+documentation~\cite{natbib} for
+\sty{natbib}, it's really worth reading.
+
+\mysubsubsection{The \protect\nisty{jurabib} package}
+
+The package \sty{jurabib}, by Jens Berger, is another
+package for adapting
+the output to the typographic rules used in legal studies.
+It is associated to a bibliography style \bst{jurabib}, and
+rests on a very special format for the optional argument
+of~\cmd{bibitem}. It also redefines \cmd{cite}, and defines
+many flavors of that command.
+See~\cite{jurabib} for detailed comments on \sty{jurabib}.
+
+\mysubsubsection{\textsf{custom-bib}}
+
+Since there are many possible criteria for defining a bibliographic
+style,
+Patrick~W. \textsc{Daly} decided to write a little piece of software
+for automatically generating customized bibliography styles. It asks
+you about $20$~questions and produces a pretty ready-to-use
+bibliography style file.
+
+As usual with Patrick~\textsc{Daly},
+the documentation~\cite{merlin} is excellent, and I
+won't go any further in the details. I just mention how to create your
+\ext{bst}-file:
+Simply type
+\verb+latex makebst.tex+, and answer the questions. All along the
+execution, the style file is being created. It's really easy and
+intuitive.
+
+
+
+\mysection{Questions and answers}
+
+This section ends the \LaTeX part of this manual with some
+frequently asked questions. We'll then tackle the \bt part, which was
+intended to be the central topic...
+
+
+
+\mysubsection{How to get several bibliographies?}
+
+I did not insist on that, but it is of course recommended that you
+only have one occurrence of each
+\cmd{bibliography} and \cmd{bibliographystyle} commands.
+\LaTeX won't mind if it is not the case, but \bt won't appreciate,
+since it can't choose which style or bibliographic file to use.
+
+
+Thus the only possible thing is to write several \ext{aux} files, each
+of them containing a complete set of data for one bibliography.
+This is precisely what
+\sty{multibib}, \sty{chapterbib} and \sty{bibunit} do.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \sty{multibib}, written by
+Thorsten \textsc{Hansen},
+allows for precising in which bibliography a document lies.
+This is achieved by using different \cmd{cite} commands, one for each
+bibliography.
+For this manual, I could have used \sty{multibib} to define special
+\nicmd{citelatex} and \nicmd{citebibtex} commands defining two
+separate bibliographies\footnote{For those who know the \sty{multind}
+ package for getting multiple indexes, the idea is similar.}.
+Of course, this requires that you run \bt against each of the
+\ext{aux} files created. For more details, refer to the
+documentation~\cite{multibib}, which (also) is really worth
+reading. The doc also mentions the main issue with such a method: The
+same label could be used in several bibliographies for different
+references. And you can't easily avoid this problem...
+
+\item The \sty{chapterbib} package, mainly written by
+Donald \textsc{Arseneau}, provides a way to get
+one bibliography for each
+chapter or part of a (long) document (short documents won't need
+several bibliographies). Indeed, a long document will be
+made of several files \cmd{include}{}d by a main file.
+\sty{chapterbib} creates one \ext{aux} file for each of those included
+files, each of which being intended to contain the
+necessary \cmd{bibstyle}, \cmd{bibdata} and
+\cmd{citation} commands.
+Documentation for this package may be found at the end of the package
+file itself.
+
+\item The \sty{bibunit} package, also written by
+Thorsten \textsc{Hansen}, is pretty similar to \sty{chapterbib}:
+it allows to create one bibliography for each ``unit'', a unit
+being any part of the document beginning with
+\verb+\begin{bibunit}+ and ending with
+\verb+\end{bibunit}+.
+
+
+Inside such a unit, all occurrences of \cmd{cite} refer to the
+bibliography of the current unit. \cite{bibunit} gives many
+details of how it works.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+There are some other packages for creating several bibliographies:
+\sty{camel}, \sty{bibtopic}... I can't detail everything since it is
+not the aim of this manual.
+
+
+\mysubsection{How to have references closer to where they are cited?}
+
+There are two solutions to this problem, depending on what you
+precisely want: The first solution consists in putting references in
+footnotes. This might be practical for the reader, since he has the
+complete references without always going back and forth to the end of
+the book. There is a package just designed to this purpose:
+\sty{footbib}. It's quite well documented~\cite{footbib}.
+
+
+The second solution is to write the complete references in the
+text. Instead of citing~\cite{latex:lc}, you cite
+Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach et Alexander
+ Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX Companion}, Addison Wesley, 1993.
+This may enhance your document, but can sometimes become
+annoying for the reader. However, just have a look a the package \sty{bibentry}, and
+its documentation~\cite{bibentry}, if you want some more details.
+
+
+Note that both of these packages might conflict with some other ones,
+such as \sty{hyperref}. This is due to the fact that each of them
+wants to impose its own definition of the \env{thebibliography}
+environment or of the \cmd{bibitem} command. The last one being included
+will win, but the other ones will eventually complain. There is no
+simple solution to avoid this, the only way, if any, is to merge all
+the definitions by hand.
+
+
+\mysubsection{How to add entries in the reference list without
+ citing them in the document?}
+
+This is achieved by the \cmd{nocite} command. It works exactly like
+\cmd{cite}, but writes nothing in the document. It just includes the
+\cmd{citation} command in the \ext{aux} file.
+
+
+A variant of this command is \verb+\nocite{*}+: it
+amounts to \cmd{nocite}-ing the whole bibliography at one time.
+Those references are included in the same order as they appear in the
+\ext{bib} file, except for those having been cited earlier.
+Note that \verb+\cite{*}+ is also correct, but I'm not sure it has
+any interest...
+
+
+\bigskip
+
+
+Well... That's all for this part.
+We now forget \LaTeX, and go closer to the core of the problem. The
+next section explains how to create a clean \ext{bib} file.
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d1459a7616a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,749 @@
+%% ttb_en.sec3.tex
+%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work consists of the files
+% ttb_en.tex
+% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex
+% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty
+% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile
+% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf
+
+
+\mypart{The \protect\niext{bib} file}\label{part3}
+\parttoc
+\mtcskip
+
+The \ext{bib} file is the database. Its contents heavily
+depends on the style being applied to it, even though
+bibliography styles are generally ``compatible'' with each w.r.t.\ the
+database. I will only describe here
+the case of standard styles\footnote{Thus using entry types
+and fields as described at pages~\pageref{champ}
+to~\pageref{fin-champ}.}.
+But remember that
+\bt can do many other things, we'll see some examples in
+section~\ref{autres}.
+
+\mysection{Structure of the \protect\niext{bib} file}
+
+We start with an example:
+
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+@book{companion,
+ author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander",
+ title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion",
+ publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
+ year = 1993,
+}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+We just consider the structure of this entry for the moment, not its
+contents. The general form is the following\footnote{The
+outermost braces can be replaced by parentheses:
+ \texttt{\at{\itshape entry\_type}({\itshape internal\_key}, ...)}.}:
+\bigskip
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+\obeylines
+\ttfamily \at{\itshape entry\_type}\{internal\_key,
+\ \ {\bfseries field\_1}\ \ \ \ \ \ \ = "value\_1",
+\ \ {\bfseries field\_2}\ \ \ \ \ \ \ = "value\_2",
+\ \ ...
+\ \ {\bfseries field\_n}\ \ \ \ \ \ \ = "value\_n"
+\}
+\end{minipage}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\noindent Some basic remarks:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item New entries always start with \texttt\at. Anything outside
+ the ``argument'' of a ``command'' starting with an \texttt\at{} is
+ considered as a comment. This gives an easy way to comment a given
+ entry: just remove the initial \texttt\at.
+ As usual when a language allows comments: Don't hesitate to use
+ them, so that you have a clean, ordered, and easy-to-maintain
+ database. Conversely, anything starting with an \texttt\at{} is
+ considered as being a new entry\footnote{There is a special entry
+ type named \ent{comment}. The main use of such an
+ entry type is to comment a large part of the bibliography easily,
+since anything outside an entry is already a comment, and commenting
+out one entry may be achieved by just removing its
+initial~\texttt{\at}.}.
+
+\item \bt does not distinguish between normal and capital
+ letters in entry and field names. \bt will complain if two entries
+ have the same internal key, even if they aren't capitalized in the
+ same way. For instance, you cannot have two entries named
+ \texttt{Example} and \texttt{example}.
+
+ In the same way, if you cite both \texttt{example} and
+ \texttt{Example}, \bt will complain. Indeed, it would have to
+ include the same entry twice, which probably is not what you want;
+
+
+\item Spaces and line breaks are not important, except for
+ readability. On the contrary, commas are compulsory between any two
+ fields;
+
+
+\item Values (\emph{i.e.} right hand sides of each assignment) can be either
+ between curly braces or between double quotes. The main difference
+ is that you can write double quotes in the first case, and not in
+ the second case. For citing
+ \emph{Comments on ``Filenames and Fonts''} by Franck
+\textsc{Mittelbach}, you can use one of the following solutions:
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ title = "Comments on {"}Filenames and Fonts{"}",
+ title = {Comments on "Filenames and Fonts"},
+\end{verbatimtab}
+
+Curly braces have to match, since they will appear in the output to be
+compiled by \LaTeX.
+A problem occurs if you need to write a (left-, say) brace in an entry. You
+could of course write \verb+\{+, but the entry will have to also include the
+corresponding right brace. To include a left brace without its
+corresponding right brace, you'll have use a \LaTeX~function having no
+brace in its name. \cmd{leftbrace} is the right choice here. Another solution
+is to add an extra \cmd{bgroup} in the entry, so that both \LaTeX and \bt will
+find the correct number of ``braces''.
+
+\item For numerical values, curly braces and double quotes can be
+ omitted.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+As I already mentioned, you can define fields even if they aren't
+used by the style being applied. For instance, the following can be
+used for the \LaTeX Companion:
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+@book{companion,
+ author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander",
+ title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion",
+ booktitle = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion",
+ publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
+ year = 1993,
+ month = "December",
+ ISBN = "0-201-54199-8",
+ library = "Yes",
+}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+It gives complementary information about the book\footnote{Filling
+ both \nichp{title} and \nichp{booktitle} for a book may be of real
+ interest, as we will see in the section dedicated to cross
+ references (see section~\ref{crossref} for some more details).},
+for
+ instance the fact that it is available in your local library.
+You really
+ should not hesitate to use auxiliary, personal fields, giving them
+ explicit names in order to be sure that no bibliography style
+will
+ use them incidentally\footnote{You'll ask ``Is it really
+ useful?''. First of all, it is not that long to add those
+ informations each time you add a new entry, and it is much longer
+to
+ add a field to several entries. Moreover, we'll see later how to
+ design bibliography styles, and you'll be able to write styles
+ that take those new fields into account.}.
+
+
+\mysection{The \protect\nient{string} and \protect\nient{preamble}
+ entries}\label{strpre}
+
+These are not really entry types: \ent{string}
+entries can be used in order to define abbreviations. For instance,
+we've cited two books published by Addison-Wesley. It might be useful
+to define a shortcut for this publisher. Thus we write:
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+@string{AW = "Addison-Wesley"}
+
+@book{companion,
+ author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander",
+ title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion",
+ booktitle = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion",
+ publisher = AW,
+ year = 1993,
+ month = "December",
+ ISBN = "0-201-54199-8",
+ library = "Yes",
+}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+
+This does not only spare some time, but most importantly, it ensures that
+you won't misspell it, and helps you maintain an homogeneous database.
+I find this really interesting for author names, so that you're sure
+to always write them correctly (or always incorrectly, but it would
+be easy to detect and correct a global mistake anyway).
+
+
+As regards \ent{preamble}, it may be used for inserting commands or
+text in the file created by \bt. Anything declared in a \ent{preamble}
+command will be concatenated and put in a variable named
+\fn{preamble}, for being used in the bibliography style and,
+generally, inserted at the beginning of the \ext{bbl} file, just
+before the \env{thebibliography} environment. This is useful for
+defining new commands used in the bibliography. Here is a small
+example:
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+@preamble{ "\makeatletter" }
+@preamble{ "\@ifundefined{url}{\def\url#1{\texttt{#1}}}{}" }
+@preamble{ "\makeatother" }
+\end{verbatimtab}
+This way, you may safely use the \nicmd{url} command in your
+entries. If it is not defined at the beginning of the bibliography, the
+default command defined in the \ent{preamble} will be used.
+
+Please note that you should never define style settings
+in the \ent{preamble} of a bibliography database,
+since it would be applied to
+any bibliography built from this database.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\mysection{The \nichp{title} field}\label{title}
+
+Let's see how to fill the ``title'' field. We start by studying how I entered
+the title field for the
+\emph{\LaTeX Companion} :
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion"
+\end{verbatimtab}
+
+We'll need several definitions before going further.
+The \emph{brace depth} of an item is the number of braces surrounding
+it. This is not a very formal definition, but for instance, in
+the title above, \verb+\LaTeX+ has brace depth $2$, the \verb+C+ has
+brace depth $1$, and everything else has depth $0$\footnote{Of course,
+surrounding the field with braces instead of quotes does not modify
+the brace depth.}.
+A~\emph{special character} is a part of a field starting with a left
+brace
+being at brace depth $0$ immediately
+followed with a backslash, and ending
+with the corresponding right brace.
+For instance, in the above example, there is
+no special character, since \verb+\LaTeX+ is at depth~$2$. It should
+be noticed that anything in a special character is considered as being at
+brace depth~$0$, even if it is placed between another pair of braces.
+
+That's it for the definitions.
+Generally speaking, several modifications can be applied to the
+title by the bibliography style:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item first of all, the title might be used for sorting. When sorting,
+ \bt computes a string, named \fn{sort.key}, for each
+ entry. The \fn{sort.key} string is an (often long)
+ string defining the order in which
+ entries will be sorted. To avoid any ambiguity, \fn{sort.key} should
+ only contain alphanumeric characters. Classical non-alphanumeric
+ characters\footnote{Except hyphens and tildes
+ that are replaced
+ by spaces. Spaces are preserved. The precise behavior of
+ \fn{purify} is explain on page~\pageref{purify}.},
+ except special characters, will be removed by
+ a \bt function named \fn{purify}. For special characters, \fn{purify}
+ removes spaces and
+ \LaTeX commands (strings beginning with a backslash), even those
+ placed between brace pairs. Everything else is left unmodified. For
+ instance,
+ \verb+t\^ete+, \verb+t{\^e}te+ and \verb+t{\^{e}}te+
+are transformed into \verb+tete+,
+while \texttt{t\^ete} gives \texttt{t\^ete};
+\verb+Bib{\TeX}+ gives \verb+Bib+ and
+\verb+Bib\TeX+ becomes \verb+BibTeX+.
+There are thirteen \LaTeX commands that won't follow the above rules:
+\verb+\OE+, \verb+\ae+, \verb+\AE+, \verb+\aa+, \verb+\AA+,
+\verb+\o+, \verb+\O+, \verb+\l+, \verb+\L+, \verb+\ss+.
+Those commands correspond to \i, \j, \oe,
+\OE, \ae, \AE, \aa, \AA, \o, \O,
+\l, \L, \ss, and \fn{purify} transforms them (if they are in a special
+character,
+in \verb+i+, \verb+j+,
+ \verb+oe+,
+\verb+OE+, \verb+ae+, \verb+AE+, \verb+aa+, \verb+AA+, \verb+o+,
+ \verb+O+,
+\verb+l+, \verb+L+, \verb+ss+, respectively.
+
+
+\item the second transformation applied to a title is to be turned to
+ lower case (except the first character).
+ The function named
+ \fn{change.case} does this job. But it only applies to letters that
+ are a brace depth~$0$, except within a special character. In a
+ special character, brace depth is always $0$, and letters are
+ switched to lower case, except \LaTeX commands, that
+ are left unmodified.
+\end{itemize}
+Both transformations might be applied to the \chp{title} field by
+standard styles, and you must ensure that your title will be treated correctly
+in all cases.
+
+Let's try to apply it now,
+for instance to \emph{the \LaTeX Companion}.
+Several solutions might be tried:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \verb+ title = "The \LaTeX Companion"+: This won't work, since
+ turning it to lower case will produce \verb+The \latex companion+,
+ and
+ \LaTeX won't accept this...
+\item \verb+ title = "The {\LaTeX} {C}ompanion"+ : This ensures that
+ switching to lower case will be correct. However, applying
+ \fn{purify} gives \verb+The Companion+. Thus sorting could be
+ wrong;
+\item \verb+ title = "The {\csname LaTeX\endcsname} {C}ompanion"+:
+ This won't work since \texttt{LaTeX} will be turned to \texttt{latex};
+\item \verb+ title = "The { \LaTeX} {C}ompanion"+ : In this case,
+ \verb+{ \LaTeX}+ is \emph{not} a special character, but a set of
+ letters at depth~$1$. It won't be modified by
+ \fn{change.case}. However, \fn{purify} will leave both spaces, and
+ produce \verb+The LaTeX Companion+, which could result in wrong
+ sorting;
+\item \verb+ title = "The{ \LaTeX} {C}ompanion"+: This solution also
+ works, but is not as elegant as the next one;
+\item \verb+ title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion"+ : This is the
+ solution I used. It solves the problems mentioned above.
+\end{itemize}
+
+For encoding an accent in a title, say \emph{\'E} (in upper case) as
+in the French word \emph{\'Ecole}, we'll write
+\verb+{\'{E}}cole+, \verb+{\'E}cole+ or \verb+{{\'E}}cole+,
+depending on whether we want it to be turned to lower case (the first
+two solutions) or not (the last one). \fn{purify} will give the same
+result in the three cases.
+However, it should be noticed that the third one is not a special
+character. If you ask \bt to extract the first character of each
+string using \fn{text.prefix}, you'll get \verb+{\'{E}}+ in the first case,
+\verb+{\'E}+ in the second case and
+\verb+{{\}}+ in the third case.
+
+
+That's all for subtleties of titles. Let's have a look at author
+names, which is even more tricky.
+
+
+\mysection{The \nichp{author} field}\label{author}
+
+
+We still begin with the entry for the \emph{\LaTeX Companion}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ author = "Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander"
+\end{verbatim}
+The first point to notice is that two authors are separated with the
+keyword \texttt{and}\index{bibtex}{and}. The format of the names is
+the second important point: The last name first, then the first name,
+with a separating comma. In fact, \bt understands other formats.
+
+Before going further, we remark an important point: \bt will have to
+\emph{guess} which part is the first name and which part is the last
+name. It also has to distinguish a possible ``von'' part (as in John
+von Neumann) and a possible ``Jr'' part.
+
+The following explanation is somewhat technical. The first name will
+be called \verb+First+, the last name is denoted by \verb+Last+, the
+``von'' with \verb+von+ and the ``Jr'' part, \verb+Jr+.
+
+
+So, \bt must be able to distinguish between the different parts of the
+\chp{author} field. To that aim, \bt recognizes three
+possible formats:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \verb+First von Last+;
+\item \verb+von Last, First+;
+\item \verb+von Last, Jr, First+.
+\end{itemize}
+
+The format to be considered is obtained by counting the number of
+commas in the name.
+ Here are the characteristics of these formats:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \verb+First von Last+: Suppose you entered
+\verb+Jean de La Fontaine+. There is no comma, hence the format is
+\verb+First von Last+. The \verb+Last+ name cannot be empty, unless
+the whole field is. It should then contain at least \verb+Fontaine+.
+\bt then looks at the first character\footnote{In the sequel, the
+ first character means ``the first non-brace character that at brace depth
+ $0$, if
+ any, characters of a special character being
+ at depth $0$, even if there are $15$ braces around.'' If there is
+ no
+ character at depth $0$, then the item will go with its neighbour,
+ first and foremost with the \texttt{First}, then with the \texttt{Last}. It
+ will be in the \texttt{von} if, and only if, it is surrounded with
+ two \texttt{von} items. Moreover, two words in the same group
+ (in \LaTeX sense) will go to the same place. Last, for a
+ \LaTeX command outside a special character, the backslash is removed
+ and \bt considers the remaining word. If you did not understand,
+ please take a while for reading this note anew, since it will be
+ used
+ in the sequel.} of each remaining word. If some
+of them are lower cases alphabetic letters,
+anything between the first and the last ones
+(beginning with lower cases) is considered as being in the
+\verb+von+. Anything before the
+\verb+von+ is in the \verb+First+, anything after is in the
+\verb+Last+. If no first letter is in lower case, then everything
+(except the part already put in the \verb+Last+) is put in the
+\verb+First+.
+
+\verb+Jean de La Fontaine+ will then give \verb+La Fontaine+ as the
+\verb+Last+, \verb+Jean+ for the \verb+First+ and \verb+de+ for the
+\verb+von+.
+
+Here is what it gives for several other combinations. This is for you
+to check if you understood:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height 4mm depth 2mm width 0pt}p{.3\textwidth}|p{.15\textwidth}|p{.15\textwidth}|p{.18\textwidth}|}
+\hline
+Name & \verb+First+ & \verb+von+ & \verb+Last+ \endfirsthead
+\hline
+Name & \verb+First+ & \verb+von+ & \verb+Last+ \endhead
+\hline
+\verb+jean de la fontaine+ & \verb++ & \verb+jean de la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\
+\hline
+\verb+Jean de la fontaine+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+de la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\
+\hline
+\verb+Jean {de} la fontaine+ & \verb+Jean de+ & \verb+la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\
+\hline
+\verb+jean {de} {la} fontaine+ & \verb++ & \verb+jean+ & \verb+de la fontaine+ \\
+\hline
+\verb+Jean {de} {la} fontaine+ & \verb+Jean de la+ & \verb++ & \verb+fontaine+ \\
+\hline
+\verb+Jean De La Fontaine+ & \verb+Jean De La+ & \verb++ & \verb+Fontaine+ \\
+\hline
+\verb+jean De la Fontaine+ & \verb++ & \verb+jean De la+ & \verb+Fontaine+ \\
+\hline
+\verb+Jean de La Fontaine+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+de+ & \verb+La Fontaine+ \\
+\hline
+\end{longtable}
+\end{center}
+The last line is the only one (in this table) that is correct.
+Of course, some of you will have a counter example where the
+\verb+von+ has to begin with an upper case letter. We'll see this at section~\ref{trucsbib}.
+
+\item \verb+von Last, First+: The idea is similar, but identifying
+ the \verb+First+ is easier: It's everything after the comma. Before
+ the comma, the last word is put in the \verb+Last+ (even if it
+ starts with a lower case). If any other word begins with a lower
+ case, anything from the first word to the last one starting with a
+ lower case is in the \verb+von+, and what remains is in the
+ \verb+Last+.
+Once again, an example should make everything clear:
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height 4mm depth 2mm width 0pt}p{.3\textwidth}|p{.15\textwidth}|p{.15\textwidth}|p{.18\textwidth}|}
+\hline
+Name & \verb+First+ & \verb+von+ & \verb+Last+ \endfirsthead
+\hline
+Name & \verb+First+ & \verb+von+ & \verb+Last+ \endhead
+\hline
+\verb+jean de la fontaine,+\footnotemark & \verb++ & \verb+jean de la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\
+\noalign{\footnotetext{This case raises an error message from \bt, complaining
+ that a name ends with a comma.
+It is a common error to separate names with commas instead of ``\texttt{and}''.}}%
+\hline
+\verb+de la fontaine, Jean + & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+de la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\
+\hline
+\verb+De La Fontaine, Jean+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb++ & \verb+De La Fontaine+ \\
+\hline
+\verb+De la Fontaine, Jean+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+De la+ & \verb+fontaine+ \\
+\hline
+\verb+de La Fontaine, Jean+ & \verb+Jean+ & \verb+de+ & \verb+La Fontaine+ \\
+\hline
+\end{longtable}
+\end{center}
+%\medskip
+
+\item \verb+von Last, Jr, First+: Well... It's still the same, except
+ that anything between the commas is put in the \verb+Jr+.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Names are separated by spaces above, but it may occur that two
+first names are separated by a hyphen, as in ``Jean-Fran\c cois''
+for instance. \bt splits that string, and if both parts are in the
+\verb+First+, the abbreviated surnames is ``J.-F.'' as (generally)
+wanted. A tilde is also seen as a string separator. This all boils
+down to the fact that, if you enter \verb+Jean-baptiste Poquelin+,
+the string \verb+baptiste+ will be in the \verb+von+ part of the
+name, since it erroneously begins with a lower case letter.
+\medskip
+
+I think it's a good place for coming back to abbreviations: You probably agree
+that names are something not that easy to enter, and are
+error-prone. I personally advise defining an abbreviation for each
+author. You'll then concatenate them with \verb+``and''+ using
+\verb+#+\index{bibtex}{\#@\texttt{\#}(concatenation)}\index{bibtex}{concatenation@concatenation (\texttt{\#})}.
+
+For instance, I always include a \ext{bib} file containing the
+following lines:
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+@string{goossens = "Goossens, Michel"}
+@string{mittelbach = "Mittelbach, Franck"}
+@string{samarin = "Samarin, Alexander"}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+another one containing:
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+@string{AW = "Addison-Wesley"}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+and my main bibliographic file contains\footnote{This is not quite
+ true, since \texttt{September} still depends on the language, and I
+ prefer using \texttt{9} and letting the style file translate that
+ into the corresponding month in the correct language.}:
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+@book{companion,
+ author = goossens #" and "# mittelbach #" and "# samarin,
+ title = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion",
+ booktitle = "The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion",
+ year = 1993,
+ publisher = AW,
+ month = "December",
+ ISBN = "0-201-54199-8",
+ library = "Yes",
+}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+This makes adding an entry much easier when you're used to such an
+encoding. Moreover, you can easily recover self-contained entries by using
+\texttt{bibexport.sh}~tool (see section~\ref{bibexport}).
+
+
+
+\mysection{Cross-references (\protect\nichp{crossref})}\label{crossref}
+As mentioned earlier (can't remember where... Oh, yes, on
+page~\pageref{cetaitla}), \bt allows for cross-referencing. This is
+very useful, for instance, when citing a part of a book, or an article
+in conference proceedings. For instance, for citing chapter~$13$ of
+the \LaTeX~Companion:
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+@incollection{companion-bib,
+ crossref = "companion",
+ title = "Bibliography Generation",
+ chapter = 13,
+ pages = "371-420",
+}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+This shows why having defined the \chp{booktitle} field
+of the \verb+companion+~entry is useful: It is not used in the \ent{book} entry,
+but
+it is inherited in the above \ent{incollection} entry. We could of
+course have added it by hand, but we should have added it in each
+chapter we cite.
+
+The other possible interesting feature is that, when cross-referencing
+several times an entry that is not cited by itself, \bt can
+``factor'' it, \emph{i.e.} add it in the list of references and
+explicitly \cmd{cite} it in each entry. On the other hand, if the cross
+reference appears only once, it inherits from the fields of the
+reference, which is not included in the bibliography.
+Here is an example of both behaviours:
+
+\medskip
+\begin{myex}
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+
+\bibitem{bib}
+Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin.
+\newblock Bibliography generation.
+\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion\/} \cite{companion4}, chapter~13,
+ pages 371--420.
+
+\bibitem{math}
+Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin.
+\newblock Higher mathematics.
+\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion\/} \cite{companion4}, chapter~8,
+ pages 215--258.
+
+\bibitem{ind}
+Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin.
+\newblock Index generation.
+\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion\/} \cite{companion4}, chapter~12,
+ pages 345--370.
+
+\bibitem{companion4}
+Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin.
+\newblock {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, December 1993.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{myex}
+
+\medskip \noindent or\medskip
+
+\begin{myex}
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+
+\bibitem{bib2}
+Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin.
+\newblock Bibliography generation.
+\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion}, chapter~13, pages 371--420.
+ Addison-Wesley, December 1993.
+
+\bibitem{math2}
+Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin.
+\newblock Higher mathematics.
+\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion}, chapter~8, pages 215--258.
+ Addison-Wesley, December 1993.
+
+\bibitem{ind2}
+Michel Goossens, Franck Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin.
+\newblock Index generation.
+\newblock In {\em The {{\LaTeX}} {C}ompanion}, chapter~12, pages 345--370.
+ Addison-Wesley, December 1993.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{myex}
+
+In order to have one presentation or the other, we can tell \bt the
+number of cross-references needed for an entry to be explicitly
+\cmd{cite}{}'d. We use the \verb+-min-crossrefs+ command line argument
+of \bt for that.
+For the first example above, I used
+\verb+bibtex biblio+,
+while the second example was obtained with
+\verb+bibtex -min-crossrefs=5 biblio+.
+
+
+One other important remark is that cross-referenced entries must be
+defined \emph{after} entries containing the corresponding
+\chp{crossref} field. And you can't embed
+cross-references, that is, you cannot \chp{crossref} an entry that
+already contains a \chp{crossref}.
+
+
+Last, the \chp{crossref} field has a particular behaviour: it always
+exists, whatever the bibliography style. If a \chp{crossref}{}'ed entry
+is included (either by a \cmd{cite} command or by \bt if there are
+sufficiently many \chp{crossref}{}s), then the entries cross-referencing
+it have their original \chp{crossref} field. Otherwise, that field is
+empty.
+
+
+
+\mysection{Quick tricks}\label{trucsbib}
+
+\mysubsection{How to get \emph{Christopher} abbreviated as \emph{Ch.}?}
+
+First names abbreviation is done when extracting names from the \chp{author}
+field. If the function is asked to abbreviate the first name (or any other part
+of it), it will return the first character of each ``word'' in that part.
+Thus \emph{Christopher} gets abbreviated into \emph{C.} Special characters
+ provide a solution against this problem: If you enter
+ \verb+{\relax Ch}ristopher+, the abbreviated version would be
+ \verb+{\relax Ch}.+, which gives \emph{Ch.}, while the long version is
+ \verb+{\relax Ch}ristopher+, \emph{i.e.} \emph{{Ch}ristopher}.
+
+\mysubsection{How to get caps in \texttt{von}?}
+
+Note: This part is somewhat technical. You should probably read and understand
+how \bt extracts names, which is explained at pages~\pageref{noms-start}
+and~\pageref{noms-end}.
+
+It may occur that the \verb+von+ part of a name begins with a capital letter.
+For some reason, the standard example is \emph{Maria De La Cruz}.
+
+The basic solution is to write
+\verb+"{\uppercase{d}e La} Cruz, Maria"+. When analyzing this name, \bt will
+place \verb+Cruz+ in the
+\verb+Last+ part, then \verb+Maria+ as the \verb+First+ name. Then
+\verb+{\uppercase{d}e La}+ is a special character,
+whose first letter is \verb+d+, and is thus placed in the \verb+von+ part.
+
+In that case, however, if you use an ``alphanumeric'' style such as
+\bst{alpha}, \bt will use the first character of the
+\verb+von+ part in the label\footnote{It could be argued \texttt{von} parts
+should not be used when computing the label, but classical style file do use
+it.}. But the first character here is
+\verb+{\uppercase{d}e La}+, and the label would be
+\verb+{\uppercase{d}e La}C+, and you'll get \texttt{[{\uppercase{d}e La}C]}.
+You'd probably prefer \texttt{[DLC]} or \texttt{[Cru]}. The second solution
+would then be
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ author = {\uppercase{d}}e {\uppercase{l}}a Cruz, Maria.
+\end{verbatimtab}
+The label would be \verb+{\uppercase{d}}{\uppercase{l}}C+, which is correct.
+Another (easier) proposal would be
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ author = {D}e {L}a Cruz, Maria.
+\end{verbatimtab}
+This also solves the problem, because \bt only considers characters at level~0 when
+determining which part a word belongs to, but takes all letters into account
+when extracting the first letter.
+
+
+\mysubsection{How to get lowercase letters in the \texttt{Last}?}
+
+This is precisely the reverse problem, but the solution will be different.
+Assume you cite a paper by the famous Spanish scientist
+\emph{Juan de la Cierva y Codorn\'\i u}. The basic ideas are
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ author = de la Cierva {\lowercase{Y}} Codorn{\'\i}u, Juan
+\end{verbatimtab}
+or
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ author = de la Cierva {y} Codorn{\'\i}u, Juan
+\end{verbatimtab}
+However, these solutions yields labels such as \verb+CYC+ or \verb+CyC+, where
+we would prefer \verb+CC+.
+
+Several solutions are possible:
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ author = de la Cierva{ }y Cordon{\'\i}u, Juan
+\end{verbatimtab}
+or
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ author = de la {Cierva y} Cordon{\'\i}u, Juan
+\end{verbatimtab}
+Both solutions work: In the first case, \bt won't see the space, and
+considers that the \verb+y+ belongs to the previous word. In the second case,
+\verb+Cierva y+ is at brace-level~$1$, and thus goes into the \verb+Last+ part,
+which has priority over the \verb+von+ part.
+
+\mysubsection{How to remove space between \texttt{von} and \texttt{Last}?}
+
+Here the example will be \emph{Jean d'Ormesson}.
+The best way to encode this appears to be
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ author = "d'\relax Ormesson, Jean"
+\end{verbatimtab}
+Indeed, the \nicmd{relax} commands will gobble spaces until the next
+non-space character.
+
+\mysubsection{How to get \emph{et al.} in the author list?}
+
+Some special bibliography styles will automatically replace long lists of
+authors with the name of the first author, followed by \emph{et al.}
+However, standard \bt styles won't. You can however get the same result by
+using the special name \verb+others+. For instance, if you enter
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ author = "Dupont, Jean and others"
+\end{verbatimtab}
+you get "Jean Dupont \emph{et al.}" in the resulting bibliography.
+
+\mysubsection{The \protect\nichp{key} field}
+
+It may happen that no author is given for a document. In that case,
+bibliography styles such as \bst{alpha}, when computing the ``label'' of such
+an entry, will use the \chp{key} field (the first three letters for
+\bst{alpha}, but the entire field for \bst{apalike}, for instance).
+When no \texttt{key} is given, the first three letters of the internal
+citation key are used.
+
+\bigskip
+
+Is it ok with everyone? Yes ?!
+Right, we can go to the next, most exciting part of
+this doc: How to create or modify a bibliography style...
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec4.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c6d81e4d574
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec4.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,841 @@
+%% ttb_en.sec4.tex
+%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work consists of the files
+% ttb_en.tex
+% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex
+% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty
+% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile
+% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf
+
+
+\mypart{Bibliography style (\protect\niext{bst}) files}\label{bst}
+\parttoc
+\mtcskip
+
+\mysection{What's that?}
+
+The \ext{bst} file is responsible for building the reference list. It is
+crucial to distinguish between the role of \bt and the role of \LaTeX, and,
+inside the role of \bt,
+between what is done by the style file and what should be done in the
+\ext{bib} file.
+
+Roughly speaking, \bt reads three files, in the following order: The \ext{aux}
+file first, where it finds the name of the style file to be used, the name of
+the database(s), and the list of cited entries. The \ext{bst} file is read
+next, and the \ext{bib} file last.
+
+The \ext{bst} file tell \bt what to do with each cited entry. Namely:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Which entry-type are defined;
+\item Which fields are mandatory, or just allowed, depending on the entry;
+\item And, mainly, how to handle all that stuff in order to produce a clean,
+ \LaTeX-able bibliography.
+\end{itemize}
+
+In view of this, \bt uses a language with two types of instructions: The
+so-called \emph{commands}\index{bibtex}{command}, first, and the
+\emph{internal functions}\index{bibtex}{internal function}. The following section
+deals with commands, and the other ones with internal functions.
+
+
+\mysection{The structure of a \protect\niext{bst} file}
+
+Here is, roughly speaking, the structure of a \ext{bst} file:
+
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ENTRY
+ { ... }
+ { ... }
+ { ... }
+
+INTEGERS { ... }
+STRINGS { ... }
+
+MACRO { ... }{ ... }
+FUNCTION { ... }{ ... }
+
+READ
+EXECUTE { ... }
+ITERATE { ... }
+SORT
+ITERATE { ... }
+REVERSE { ... }
+EXECUTE { ... }
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv}
+
+This example shows all the
+commands\index{bibtex}{command} understood by \bt.
+Here is their meaning:
+\begin{description}
+\item[\texttt{ENTRY}]\index{bibtex}{entry@\texttt{ENTRY}}: This command defines
+ the list of all possible fields. More precisely, it takes three arguments
+ (between braces), defining the list of possible ``external'' (string)
+ entries\footnote{Except the \chp{crossref} field, which is added
+ automatically by \bt.}, the list of ``internal'' integer variables, and a
+ list of ``internal'' string variables. Those variables are used for internal
+ computations of \bt, for instance when building the label with the
+ \bst{alpha} style.
+
+ Inside braces, variable names are
+ separated with spaces. I shall also mention that \bt does not distinguish
+ between upper- and lowercase in the names of functions and variables. I will
+ generally write command names in uppercase, and everything else in lowercase.
+
+ For instance, \bst{plain} starts with:
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ ...
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label }
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv}
+\noindent This defines the classical fields, plus an internal
+string variable for the label. In fact, \bst{plain} uses numbers as labels,
+but remember that the length of the longest label has to be evaluated and
+given as argument to the \env{thebibliography} environment. This is the only
+reason why this \verb+label+ variable is defined.
+
+Note that \texttt{ENTRY} must appear once and only once in each style file.
+
+\item[\texttt{INTEGERS}]\index{bibtex}{integers@\texttt{INTEGERS}}: This command
+ declares integer variables\footnote{Those variables are not linked with any
+ entry, contrary to variables defined in the second argument of
+ \texttt{ENTRY}.}. The argument of this command is a space-separated
+ list of names.
+
+\item[\texttt{STRINGS}]\index{bibtex}{strings@\texttt{STRINGS}}: This commands
+ defines string variables in the same way as \texttt{INTEGERS} defines
+ integer variables. Contrary to integer variables, string variables are very
+ ``expensive'', and \bt limits the number of such variables to twenty. You
+ should really spare string variables if you plan to develop a large style
+ file.
+
+\item[\texttt{MACRO}]\index{bibtex}{macro@\texttt{MACRO}}: This command defines
+ abbreviations, in the same way as \ent{string} does\footnote{Note that
+ \ent{string} has nothing to do with
+ \texttt{STRINGS}\index{bibtex}{strings@\texttt{STRINGS}}...}.
+ If an abbreviation is defined in both the \ext{bst} and in the
+ \ext{bib} file, the definition in the \ext{bib} file is used. Also note that
+ you can define \ent{string} definitions involving \texttt{MACRO}
+ definitions. But this is probably not a good advice...
+
+ As regards the syntax, \texttt{MACRO} requires two arguments, the first one
+ being the name of the abbreviation to be defined, the second one being the
+ definition itself. It must be a string surrounded with double-quotes.
+ As an example, standard style files define the following:
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+...
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv}
+\item[\texttt{FUNCTION}]\index{bibtex}{function@\texttt{FUNCTION}}: The most useful
+ command: It allows to define macro functions that will be executed later on.
+ The first argument is the name of the function, the second one is its
+ definition. No example for the moment since there will be numerous ones in
+ the following.
+\item[\texttt{READ}]\index{bibtex}{read@\texttt{READ}}: As for \texttt{ENTRY},
+ this command must occur exactly once in any \ext{bst} style file. This is
+ not surprising since it tells \bt to read the \ext{bib} file: Reading it
+ several time would not change anything, and not reading it would seriously limit the
+ interest of the bibliography style. So, that command extracts from the
+ \ext{bib}-file the entries that are cited in the \ext{aux} file. Commands
+ \texttt{ENTRY} and \texttt{MACRO} should appear before \texttt{READ}, while
+ \texttt{ITERATE} and \texttt{REVERSE} may only appear after.
+\item[\texttt{EXECUTE}]\index{bibtex}{execute@\texttt{EXECUTE}}: This executes
+ the function whose name is given as argument. Note that the function must
+ have been defined earlier. The argument could also be a sequence of \bt
+ internal functions. For some more comments, see the
+ description of \texttt{ITERATE} below.
+\item[\texttt{ITERATE}]\index{bibtex}{iterate@\texttt{ITERATE}}:
+This commands also execute the function given in the argument, but contrary to
+\texttt{EXECUTE}, the function is executed as many times as the number of
+entries imported by \texttt{READ}. The function may use the fields of
+each entry. \texttt{EXECUTE} only executes its argument once, and it can not
+use any field of any entry.
+\item[\texttt{SORT}]\index{bibtex}{sort@\texttt{SORT}}:
+This command sorts the entries according to the variable \fn{sort.key}. That
+special variable is a string variable, implicitly declared for each entry,
+and that can be set by \texttt{ITERATE}{}ing a function. The entries are then
+sorted alphabetically according to that string. Of course, some styles won't
+sort the entries, in which case they will appear in the same order as in the
+document.
+\item[\texttt{REVERSE}]\index{bibtex}{reverse@\texttt{REVERSE}}:
+Like \texttt{ITERATE}, but from the last entry to the first one.
+\end{description}
+
+That's all for the list of commands. You probably can imagine how this will be
+set up. It remains to define the relevant \texttt{FUNCTION}{}s... This is the
+subject of the next two sections: We will first see the notation used by \bt,
+and then how to define functions.
+
+\mysection{Reverse Polish Notation}
+
+\bt uses the so-called Reverse Polish Notation. This is the main reason why
+people say that \bt language is hard to understand. It is a stack-based
+language: You put arguments on a stack (think of a stack of plates), and each
+function takes as many arguments as necessary on the top of the stack, and
+replace them with its result. Addition, for instance, will take the first two
+elements on the stack, add them, and put the result on the top of the stack.
+Another example\footnote{This part is crucial, that's why I insist on it.
+ But if you really understood how it works,
+ you can skip the explanation.}: \verb/ 1 3 5 + 2 3 * - / is executed as
+follows:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \verb+1+ is put on the stack. Assuming the stack was initially empty, it
+ now contains \verb+1+;
+\item \verb+3+ is then put on the stack, which now contains
+\verb+1+ and \verb+3+ (\verb+3+ being on the top of the stack);
+\item \verb+5+ is added on the stack, which now contains \verb+1+, \verb+3+
+ and \verb+5+;
+\item \verb/+/ is a binary operator: it reads (and removes) the topmost two
+ elements on the
+ stack, which are \verb+5+ and \verb+3+, adds them, and put the resulting
+ value, \verb+8+, on the top of the stack. The stack is now \verb+1+,
+ \verb+8+, with \verb+8+ being on the top;
+\item \verb+2+ is put on the top of the stack;
+\item \verb+3+ is put on the stack. It now contains \verb+1+, \verb+8+,
+ \verb+2+ and \verb+3+.
+\item \verb+*+ is applied to the topmost two elements, which are removed.
+The resulting value\footnote{We assume that $\mathtt *$ is the
+ multiplication in that example, but it is not the case in \bt. In fact,
+ there is no multiplication operator in \bt, as we will see later, and
+ $\mathtt{*}$ is the concatenation on strings.}~$3\times 2=6$
+is put on top of the stack, which is now made of \verb+1+, \verb+8+ and
+\verb+6+.
+\item \verb+-+ is now applied to \verb+6+ and \verb+8+. As defined in
+ \bt\footnote{This operator is not commutative, and it could have been
+ defined in the other way.}, the
+ first value, \verb+6+, is subtracted to the second one, \verb+8+.
+ Finally, the stack contains \verb+1+ and \verb+2+.
+\end{itemize}
+
+If you did not understand this example, you'd better re-read it, or try to
+find more informations somewhere. This is really the core of \bt language, and
+you'll probably won't understand anything below if you did not understand
+this example.
+
+But for most of you, it should be ok, and we can tackle the most exciting part.
+
+
+\mysection{Internal functions}
+
+The table below describes all internal functions\index{bibtex}{internal function}.
+For each of them, I give
+\begin{itemize}
+\item on the left, the items it requires to be present on the top of the
+stack, the rightmost item being the uppermost on the stack;
+\item on the right, what the function puts on the top of the stack.
+\end{itemize}
+I will use the following conventions: \el I represents an integer, \el S is a
+string, \el F is a function, \el N is a variable name\footnote{A variable name
+ is a name that has been declared with \texttt{STRINGS} or \texttt{INTEGERS},
+ or with \texttt{ENTRY}.
+ Moreover, it must be preceded with a single quote, so that \bt understands
+ that you mean the name of the variable and not its value. For instance,
+ \texttt{'label}.}, \el C is the name of a field declared with
+\texttt{ENTRY}\footnote{It could also be \chp{crossref}, which is implicitly
+ declared by \bt.}, and \el E is an item that can be either a string or an integer..
+
+\begin{longtable}{|>{\vrule height9pt depth5pt width0pt}rlr|p{.58\textwidth}<{\vrule height5pt depth7pt width0pt}|}
+\hline\endhead
+\hline\endfirsthead
+\hline\endfoot
+\hline\endlastfoot
+\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt+ & (\eli I1$+$\el I2) &
+integer addition\footnotemark; \\
+\noalign{\footnotetext{Integers must be preceded with a
+\texttt\#. For instance, if you want to compute $2+5$, you'll enter
+\texttt{\#2 \#5 +}. Negative numbers are entered with \texttt{\#-3}, for
+instance. }}
+\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt- & (\eli I1$-$\eli I2) &
+integer subtraction; \\
+\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt> & \el I &
+returns $1$ if \eli I1 is strictly greater than \eli I2, and~$0$
+otherwise\footnotemark;\\
+\noalign{\footnotetext{There is no boolean type in \bt, because integers are
+ sufficient. Negative numbers (including $0$) mean \texttt{false}, and
+ strictly positive mean \texttt{true}.}}
+\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt< & \el I & returns $1$ if \eli I2 is strictly
+greater than \eli I1, and $0$ otherwise; \\
+\eli I1 \eli I2 & \texttt= & \el I & returns $1$ if both integers are equal,
+and $0$ otherwise;\\
+\eli S1 \eli S2 & \texttt = & \el I & returns $1$ if both strings are equal,
+and $0$ otherwise;\\
+\eli S1 \eli S2 & \texttt* & (\eli S1\eli S2) & concatenates both strings\footnotemark; \\
+\noalign{\footnotetext{As mentioned earlier, there is not multiplication in
+ \bt{}\footnotemark.}}%
+\noalign{\footnotetext{We will define one later, since it may be useful.}}
+\el E \el N & \texttt{:=} & & assignment operation. Provided that variable \el
+N has the same type as item \el E, it is set to that value; \\
+\el S & \fn{add.period} & \el S & adds a period at the end of string \el S,
+except if \el S already ends with a period, or an exclamation or question
+mark (after removing right braces); \\
+& \fn{call.type} && executes the function whose name is the type of the
+current entry. For instance, for an entry \nient{book}, it runs the function
+\texttt{book}. Of course, this command cannot be executed through an
+\texttt{EXECUTE} command, it can only be called with \texttt{ITERATE} or
+\texttt{REVERSE}.
+This explains how to add new entry-types: you simply have to define a function
+whose name is the entry-type. If an entry-type is used and the
+corresponding function has not been defined before the \texttt{READ} command,
+ \bt will complain; \\
+\el S \texttt{"t"} & \fn{change.case} & \el S &
+turns \el S to lower case, except for the first letter and for letters that
+appear at brace-depth strictly positive. Remember that special characters are
+at depth~0; \\
+\el S \texttt{"l"} & \fn{change.case} & \el S &
+turns \el S to lower case, except parts that are at strictly positive
+brace-depth; \\
+\el S \texttt{"u"} & \fn{change.case} & \el S &
+turns \el S to upper case, except... \\
+\el S & \fn{chr.to.int} & \el I &
+if \el S contains only one character (in the classical sense, \emph{i.e.} not
+considering special characters), returns its ASCII code; \\
+& \fn{cite} & \el S & puts on the stack the internal key of the current entry.
+Only meant to be used with \texttt{ITERATE} or \texttt{REVERSE}, of course;\\
+\el E & \fn{duplicate} & \el E \el E &
+adds a copy of the first item on the top of the stack;\\
+\el E & \fn{empty} & \el I & adds $1$ on the top of the stack if \el E is an
+empty string or an empty (but defined) field, and $0$ otherwise; \\
+\eli S1 \el I \eli S2 & \fn{format.name} & \el S &
+extract the \el I-th name of string \eli S1 (in which names are separated by
+\texttt{and}), and formats it according to specification given by string \eli
+S2. I can't explain all that here, see the next section for more details; \\
+& \fn{global.max} & \el I &
+put on the stack the maximal length allowed for strings. This is useful to
+ensure that a string obtained by concatenation is not too long, but the value
+is generally quite high (5000~characters); \\
+\el I \eli F1 \eli F2 & \fn{if} && execute \eli F1 if \el I is strictly
+positive, and \eli F2 otherwise; \\
+\el I & \fn{int.to.chr} & \el S & turns \el I to its corresponding character
+in the ASCII table. \el I must be between $0$ and $127$; \\
+\el I & \fn{int.to.str} & \el S & turns an integer to the equivalent
+string\footnotemark; \\
+\noalign{\footnotetext{Scientists would remark that I did not define the
+ equivalence relation I deal with. I think an example will be sufficient:
+ if \el I is 147, the equivalent string is \texttt{"147"}.}}
+\el C & \fn{missing} & \el I & returns $1$ if field \el C has been defined in
+the current entry, and $0$ otherwise;\\
+& \fn{newline} & & flushes the output buffer to the \ext{bbl} file, and
+ starts a new line; \\
+\el S & \fn{num.names} & \el I & returns the number of names in string \el S.
+This is done by counting the number of occurrences of \texttt{and}, surrounded
+with spaces and at level~$0$, and adding~$1$; \\
+\el E & \fn{pop} & & removes the topmost item on the stack; \\
+& \fn{preamble} & \el S & puts on the stack a string made of the concatenation
+of all \chp{preamble} declarations found in the \ext{bib} file; \\
+\el S & \fn{purify} & \el S &
+removes all non-alphanumeric characters of string~\el S. More precisely, this
+functions preserves letters and numbers and spaces, replaces each tabulation,
+hyphen and tilde with a space, and removes other standard characters, namely
+characters not listed above and appearing in the table given in appendix~C of
+the \TeX{}book. Special characters are an exception: \LaTeX commands are
+removed, as well as spaces, tabulations, hyphens and tildes. Only numbers and
+letters appearing outside \LaTeX command names are preserved.%
+\label{purify}
+
+Practically, this commands is used for cleaning strings before comparing them,
+when sorting entries. This is why it is important to keep only ``known''
+characters. I insists on the fact that ``\texttt{\bs'e}'' and ``\texttt{\'e}''
+are different, from this point of view, since the first one will be
+transformed into an \texttt e, while the second one will be unchanged, but,
+when sorting, will be put after the standard 26~letters. \\
+& \fn{quote} & \el S & adds the 1-character string
+ \verb+"+ on the stack;\\
+& \fn{skip} && does nothing; \\
+& \fn{sort.key} & \el S & this function is in fact a string variable,
+implicitly declared for each entry, and that is used by \texttt{SORT}. It
+must therefore be defined accordingly before sorting; \\
+... \el E \el E& \fn{stack} && clears the stack, and prints its contents on
+standard output (not in the output file); \\
+\el S \eli I1 \eli I2 & \fn{substring} & \el S & extracts from \el S the
+string of length \eli I2 starting at position~\eli I1. By convention, the
+first character is at position~$1$. Note that special characters and braces
+are not considered here, so that the substring of \verb+{\LaTeX}+ of length~3
+starting at position~2 is \verb+\LaT+; \\
+\eli E1 \eli E2 & \fn{swap} & \eli E2 \eli E1 &
+swaps both topmost items on the stack; \\
+\el S & \fn{text.length} & \el I & returns the number of characters of \el S,
+special characters being considered as only one character, and braces being
+omitted; \label{textlength} \\
+\el S \el I & \fn{text.prefix} & \el S &
+returns the first \el I characters of \el S, still considering special
+characters as only one character, and omitting braces. Braces are output,
+however. For instance, the prefix of length~3 of \verb+{{\LaTeX}}1234+ is
+\verb+{{\LaT}}+, while it is \verb+{\LaTeX}12+ for \verb+{\LaTeX}1234+; \\
+\el E & \fn{top} && echoes the first item of the stack on standard output (not
+in the output file) and removes it from the stack; \\
+& \fn{type} & \el S & adds on the stack the type of the current entry; \\
+\el S & \fn{warning} && writes \el S in a warning message on the standard
+output; \\
+\eli F1 \eli F2 & \fn{while} & &
+successively executes \eli F1 and \eli F2 while \eli F1 returns a strictly
+positive value. \eli F1 has to return an integer; \\
+\el S & \fn{width} &\el I& returns the length of string \el S, in hundredths
+of a point, when written using font \emph{cmr}10 of June 1987. You probably
+don't mind the details... This function is used for comparing widths of
+labels, the longest label being passed as the argument of the
+\env{thebibliography} environment; \\
+\el S & \fn{write} && write \el S in the output \ext{bbl} file.
+\end{longtable}
+
+We're done. This should be sufficient for defining plenty of functions for
+managing entries, sorting them, label them and typeset them. Before using
+them, I promised to explain how \fn{format.name} works.
+
+
+\mysection{The \protect\nifn{format.name} function}\label{noms-start}
+
+This function is quite complicated. The syntax is as follows:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth}
+\eli S1 \el I \eli S2 \ \fn{format.name}\ \el S
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+
+The first argument \eli S1 is generally the content of fields \chp{author} or
+\chp{editor}. It is a list of names separated
+with \verb+and+. If names are in one of the three formats recognized by \bt
+(see section~\ref{author}), \bt will be able to detect the last name, first
+name, ``von'' and ``complement''. String \eli S2 defines the output format.
+Here is an example:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+"{ff }{vv }{ll}{, jj}"
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+The format of such a specification is defined as follows:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item globally, it is a list of strings, each one being surrounded with
+ braces;
+\item \verb+ff+ represents the \verb+First+ part, \emph{i.e.} the first name;
+ \verb+ll+ is the \verb+Last+ part, \emph{i.e.} the last name, and \verb+vv+ and
+ \verb+jj+ are the \verb+von+ and \verb+jr+ part of the name;
+\item \fn{format.name} replaces, in each string of list \el S2, strings
+ \verb+ff+, \verb+ll+, \verb+vv+ and \verb+jj+, with their respective values.
+ If a value is empty, the complete string is removed. Otherwise, the other
+ characters in the string are output. In the example above, for instance, if
+ the \verb+jr+ part is empty, the comma won't be output, and if the
+ \verb+First+ part is not empty, it will be followed with a space.
+\end{itemize}
+
+This should be almost clear, now. I just mention, but you've probably already
+understood, that the integer \el I indicates that we are working on the \el
+I-th name of \eli S1.
+
+Last, there exists abbreviated forms for name formats. They are used to
+extract the first letter of first names, for instance. It suffices to replace
+\verb+{ff }+ with \verb+{f }+. For multiple names in one part
+(several first names, for instance), the first
+letter of each name is written, followed with a period. Different names must
+be separated with a space, a tabulation, a tilde or an hyphen. Tabulations
+are turned to spaces, tildes and hyphens are preserved. Note that there is no
+period at the end, and it must be specified by hand by writing \verb+{f. }+.
+For instance
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+"Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Franck and Samarin, Alexander"
+#2 "{f. }{vv }{ll}{, jj}" format.name$
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv} %$
+\noindent returns \textit{F. Mittelbach}.
+Let's have a look at several other interesting examples:
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+"Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas de La Vall{\'e}e Poussin"
+#1 "{vv }{ll}{, f}" format.name$
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv} %$
+\noindent
+yields \emph{de La Vall\'ee Poussin, C.J.G.N}
+without the final period, since we did not ask for it.
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+"Doppler, {\relax Ch}ristian Andreas"
+#1 "{f. }{vv }{ll}" format.name$
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv} %$
+\noindent gives \emph{Ch.~A. Doppler}.
+Last,
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+"Jean-Baptiste Poquelin" #1 "{f. }{vv }{ll}" format.name$
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv} %$
+\noindent outputs \emph{J.-B. Poquelin}.
+
+You probably remarked that one problem is still unsolved: For creating
+labels from author names, we will of course use \fn{format.name}, and we'd
+like to get \verb+LVP+, say, for a book by
+La Vall\'ee Poussin. The first idea, of course, is:
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+"Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas de La Vall{\'e}e Poussin"
+#1 "{l}" format.name$
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv} %$
+\noindent
+which unfortunately gives \emph{L. V. P}, which would look awful as a label.
+But in fact, the period added between names is a default value, but can be
+explicitly given. In our case, we would like to replace the period with empty strings:
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+"Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas de La Vall{\'e}e Poussin"
+#1 "{l{}}" format.name$
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv} %$
+\noindent
+which gives the expected \emph{LVP}.
+Braces following \verb+l+ mean that nothing should be put between names or
+letters. It is also possible to add some text only once, before or after
+the names. Spaces can be entered directly, while text and commands should be
+put between braces, so that \bt distinguished them with \verb+ff+,
+\verb+ll+,~... specifications. An example should make this clear:
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+"Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas de La Vall{\'e}e Poussin"
+#1 "{{\scshape\bgroup}ff{ }{\egroup}" format.name$
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv} %$
+\noindent gives
+\verb+{\scshape\bgroup}Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas{\egroup}+, and thus
+<<~{\scshape\bgroup}Charles Jean Gustave Nicolas{\egroup}~>>.
+Note that we had to trick \bt and \LaTeX regarding the \cmd{bgroup}: braces,
+which are necessary in \bt name specifications, are copied verbatim in the
+output...
+\label{noms-end}
+
+\medskip
+Well... Once again, I could stop here, since you know everything, at least
+from the theoretical point of view. But this would not be a good
+idea. So the next sections are devoted to some examples and tricks that could
+be useful.
+
+\clearpage
+\mysection{Some practical tricks}
+
+In fact, the main trick to know is how to build a minimal file, in order to
+test \bt{}'s behavior, for instance for testing the encoding of a name. This
+basic style file will simply output its result on the standard output.
+Assume you want to see how \bt cuts the following name:
+%\begin{myexv}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+de la Cierva y Codorn{\'\i}u, Juan
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+%\end{myexv} %$
+
+The minimal \ext{bst} file must contain
+\texttt{ENTRY}\index{bibtex}{entry@\texttt{ENTRY}} and
+\texttt{READ}\index{bibtex}{read@\texttt{READ}}
+commands, even if we won't use any entry. It must also compute the desired
+result. Our style file, \verb+min.bst+, will be:
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+ENTRY {}{}{}
+
+FUNCTION {test}
+{"de la Cierva y Codorn{\'\i}u, Juan"
+#1 "{ff - }{vv - }{ll}" format.name$ top$}
+
+READ
+
+EXECUTE{test}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv}
+\noindent This will split the name and write the different parts, separated
+with hyphens.
+
+The \ext{aux} file now: it will simply define the style file to be used:
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+\bibstyle{min}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv}
+
+This file, called \verb+min.aux+, contains neither the \cmd{bibdata}
+precising the \ext{bib} file to use, nor the \cmd{citation}{}s declaring the
+entries to be extracted. \bt will, of course, complain about that, but will
+continue the execution anyway.
+
+The result is as follows:
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+% bibtex min
+This is BibTeX, Version 0.99c (Web2C 7.4.5)
+The top-level auxiliary file: min.aux
+The style file: min.bst
+I found no \citation commands---while reading file min.aux
+I found no \bibdata command---while reading file min.aux
+Warning--I didn't find any fields--line 1 of file min.bst
+Juan - de~la Cierva~y - Codorn{\'\i}u
+(There were 2 error messages)
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv}
+
+We get the error messages, but also the result, showing that our encoding is
+not correct (since the \verb+von+ part should only contain \verb+de la+).
+As regards unbreakable spaces: \bt automatically adds unbreakable spaces
+instead of the first and last spaces.
+
+This provides you with a way to test all your future \bt functions, which can
+be quite useful since \bt error messages are generally difficult to understand.
+You can also try to test if \fn{purify} behaves as I said previously.
+
+
+\mysection{Some small simple functions}
+
+\mysubsection{Boolean functions}
+
+As you know, \bt does not know about booleans. In particular, there is no
+negation, conjunction or disjunction, while it would be quite useful.
+Those operations are defined on figure~\ref{fig1}.
+
+\begin{figure}[!htbp]
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv} %$
+\caption{Basic boolean functions}\label{fig1}
+\end{figure}
+Let me just explain the first two: For negation, you assume there is a boolean
+(\emph{i.e.} an integer) on the top of the stack. Function \fn{if} will test that
+boolean. If it evaluates to \verb+true+, the function returns \verb+#0+ (\emph{i.e.}
+\verb+false+), and otherwise it returns \verb+#1+ (\emph{i.e.} \verb+true+).
+This is precisely what we wanted.
+
+For the conjunction: we have two booleans on the stack. Function \fn{if} tests
+the first one. If it is \verb+true+, then we do nothing (thus leaving the
+second boolean on the top of the stack, it's value being the result of the
+conjunction). If it is \verb+false+, the conjunction is false: We remove the
+second argument and put \verb+#0+ on the top of the stack.
+
+\mysubsection{Multiplication}
+
+Figure~\ref{fig2} shows how to compute the multiplication of two integers.
+I won't enter into the details, comments should be sufficient. In the same
+way, you can try to define integer division, gcd, primality testing,~...
+But I'm not sure if it is useful. Multiplication can be, as you'll see below.
+
+\begin{figure}[!htbp]
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+INTEGERS { a b }
+
+FUNCTION {mult}
+{
+ 'a := %% we store the first value
+ 'b := %% we store the second value
+
+ b #0 < %% We remember the sign of b, and
+ {#-1 #0 b - 'b :=} %% then consider its absolute value.
+ {#1} %%
+ if$ %%
+
+ #0 %% Put 0 on the stack.
+ {b #0 >} %% While b is strictly positive,
+ { %% we add a to the value on the stack
+ a + %% and decrement b.
+ b #1 - 'b := %%
+ } %%
+ while$ %%
+
+ swap$ %% Last, we take the opposite
+ 'skip$ %% if b was negative.
+ {#0 swap$ -} %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv}
+\caption{The ``multiplication'' function}\label{fig2}
+\end{figure}
+
+
+\mysubsection{Converting a string to an integer}
+
+There is no direct way for converting a string (made of digits) to the
+corresponding integer. We will define a function achieving this, and returning
+an error message whenever the string is not a number.
+This is done recursively, as shown on figure~\ref{fig3}.
+
+\begin{figure}[!htbp]
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+FUNCTION {chr.to.value} %% The ASCII code of a character
+{
+ chr.to.int$ #48 - %% ASCII value of "0" -> 48
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ %% "1" -> 49
+ #0 < swap$ #9 > or %% ...
+ { %% "9" -> 57
+ #48 + int.to.chr$
+ " is not a number..." *
+ warning$ %% Return 0 if it is not a number
+ pop$ #0 %%
+ }
+ {}
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {str.to.int.aux} %% The auxiliary function
+{
+ {duplicate$ empty$ not} %% While the string is not empty
+ { %% consider its first char
+ swap$ #10 mult 'a := %% and ``add'' it at the end of
+ duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ %% the result.
+ chr.to.value a +
+ swap$
+ #2 global.max$ substring$
+ }
+ while$
+ pop$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {str.to.int}
+{ %% Handling negative values
+ duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ {#1 swap$ #2 global.max$ substring$}
+ {#0 swap$}
+ if$
+ %% Initialization, and then
+ #0 swap$ str.to.int.aux %% call to the aux. funtion
+ swap$
+ {#0 swap$ -} %% And handle the sign.
+ {}
+ if$
+}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv} %$
+\caption{Converting a string to an integer}\label{fig3}
+\end{figure}
+
+There are several interesting points: first, it requires boolean functions,
+and multiplications. Those functions must thus be added before the above
+definitions. Moreover, function \verb+chr.to.value+ emphasizes an important
+rule of thumb: A function must always behave in the same way as regards the
+stack: Same type and numbers of inputs, same type and number of outputs. For
+instance, here, if the character is not an integer, we complain, but we return
+an integer, as if everything was ok. This rule is very important unless you
+want to spend some time in debugging.
+
+
+\mysubsection{Counting the number of characters in a string}
+
+As we saw on page~\pageref{textlength}, \fn{text.length} counts the number of
+characters in a string, but assuming \bt's meaning of ``character''.
+In fact, the only function that assumes the standard definition of a character
+is \fn{substring}. We will use it repeatedly for counting the number of
+characters of a string, by computing the successive prefixes until they equal
+the original string.
+
+\begin{figure}[!htbp]
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+INTEGERS{ l }
+FUNCTION{ string.length }
+{
+ #1 'l :=
+ {duplicate$ duplicate$ #1 l substring$ = not}
+ {l #1 + 'l :=}
+ while$
+ pop$ l
+}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv} %$
+\caption{A function for counting the \emph{real} number of characters}\label{fig4}
+\end{figure}
+
+As an exercise, the reader can try to implement another algorithm: removing
+one after the other the first characters of the string until the resulting
+string is empty.
+
+\mysubsection{A ``search-and-replace'' function}
+
+With the function above, we can now design an algorithm for searching and
+replacing the occurrences of a string in a given text. Once again, we cannot
+use \fn{text.length} and \fn{text.prefix} since they assume a special
+definition of a character. We only use the function \verb+string.length+ and
+\fn{substring}. The idea is to successively extract the first $n$ characters
+of the text, compare them with the pattern, and replace it or drop the first
+character, depending on the result of the comparison.
+
+\begin{figure}[!htbp]
+\begin{myexv}
+\begin{verbatimtab}
+STRINGS{replace find text}
+INTEGERS{find_length}
+FUNCTION{find.replace}
+{ 'replace :=
+ 'find :=
+ 'text :=
+ find string.length 'find_length :=
+ ""
+ { text empty$ not }
+ { text #1 find_length substring$ find =
+ {
+ replace *
+ text #1 find_length + global.max$ substring$ 'text :=
+ }
+ { text #1 #1 substring$ *
+ text #2 global.max$ substring$ 'text :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+\end{verbatimtab}
+\end{myexv} %$
+\caption{Search-and-replacing with \bt}\label{fig5}
+\end{figure}
+
+This function replaces all the occurrences of the pattern, but it can easily be
+adapted for replacing only the first occurrence. As an exercise, the reader can
+try to implement the same algorithm using only two string
+variables\footnote{Hint: try to leave \texttt{find} on the stack.} (it may be
+important to spare string variables since their number is very limited).
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec5.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..83bc4f6e3eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.sec5.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+%% ttb_en.sec5.tex
+%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work consists of the files
+% ttb_en.tex
+% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex
+% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty
+% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile
+% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf
+
+
+\mypart{Other use of \bt}\label{autres}
+\parttoc
+\mtcskip
+
+Here are some general extensions, showing how to use \bt for other purposes.
+I'm developing some of those extensions, and you can get the latest news on my web
+page:
+\begin{center}
+\url{http://www.lsv.ens-cachan.fr/~markey/bibla.php}.
+\end{center}
+Don't hesitate to give me your comments and ideas.
+
+\mysection{A publication list}
+
+This is not really a wide extension of the use of \bt, since it still deals
+with bibliography. In this example, we use classical \ext{bib} files in order
+to extract only publications by one single person, indicating the names of the
+possible other authors. This gives, for instance:
+\begin{myex}
+\def\refname{Books by Michel \textsc{Goossens}}
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+\bibitem{companion}
+{\em the \LaTeX{} Companion}.
+Addison-Wesley, 1993.
+Joint work with Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin.
+
+\bibitem{graphics}
+{\em the \LaTeX{} Graphics Companion}.
+Addison-Wesley, 1999.
+Joint work with Sebastian Rahtz and Frank Mittelbach.
+
+\bibitem{webc}
+{\em the \LaTeX{} Web Companion}.
+Addison-Wesley, 1999.
+Joint work with Sebastian Rahtz.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{myex}
+
+There are three important points here:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item In this case, the entries to be cited are extracted by the style file;
+\item Typesetting of names is a little bit different.
+\end{itemize}
+
+The third difference consists in the way the style is configured: Instead of
+asking the user to modify the \ext{bst} file, which is rarely desirable, we
+add a new entry-type, named \nient{config}. A \nient{config} entry will define
+the name of the author whose publications are to be extracted, as well as some
+other configuration variables.
+
+\mysection{An addressbook}
+
+A list of addresses is a database, that has to be sorted, grouped and typeset.
+\bt should be able to do that...
+
+To that aim, we have to completely redefine the fields, entry-types, and
+functions. Fields include names, addresses, phone numbers, e-mail
+addresses,~... Here is an example of the output:
+
+\bigskip
+\makeatletter
+\font\lettre=cmssdc10 at 20pt
+\def\at{@}
+\ifx\sautepage\@undefined%
+\def\sautepage{\null\cleardoublepage}\fi
+\ifx\ecritlettre\@undefined%
+\def\ecritlettre#1#2#3#4#5{
+\vbox to 0pt{
+\vspace{#3mm}\hspace{#1mm}
+\smash{\colorbox[rgb]{.8,.8,.8}{\lettre \ \
+\vrule height #2mm depth #2mm width 0pt%
+\vrule height 8mm depth 0mm width 0pt%
+\hbox to #4mm{#5\hfil\null}%
+}}
+\vspace{-#3mm}\hspace{-#1mm}}}\fi
+\small
+\makeatother
+\ecritlettre{157}{5}{10}{20}{mn}
+\noindent
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{|p{.30\textwidth}|p{.4\textwidth}p{.18\textwidth}|}
+\hline
+{\vrule height 5mm width 0mm
+{\normalsize \textsc{Markey} Nicolas
+}} \vrule height 0mm depth 5mm width 0mm &
+\vrule height 5mm width 0mm
+LSV -- ENS Cachan\endgraf
+61, avenue du Pr\'esident Wilson\endgraf
+94235 \textsc{Cachan} C\'edex\vrule depth 3mm width 0mm
+& \vrule height 5mm width 0mm
+\Telefon \hfill01.47.40.75.32\endgraf
+\Faxmachine \hfill01.47.40.24.64\endgraf
+\\ &
+\multicolumn{2}{l|}{\texttt{markey\at lsv.ens-cachan.fr}} \vrule depth 2mm
+ width 0mm
+\\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+As in the previous example, I defined a \nient{config} entry-type in order to
+define how letters should be grouped together,~...
+
+\mysection{Exporting, extracting and cleaning bibliographic entries}
+\label{bibexport}
+
+It sometimes occurs that you have to extract a part of your bibliographic
+database, for instance for sending it together with a \LaTeX~document. Several
+tools already exist for doing this, but they generally can't handle crossrefs,
+macros, string abbreviations,~... If fact, \bt can do this on its own: You
+simply have to ask the bibliography style to format its output as a
+\ext{bib} database (The result will be named \ext{bbl}, since there is no way
+to tell \bt to write somewhere else). This technique has many advantages: It
+ensures that the fields are treated exactly as \bt would treat them with
+another style file; abbreviations are automatically expanded; It is easy to
+extract all the references by one author (remember that names could be encoded
+in many different manners inside a \ext{bib} database),~...
+The package \verb+bibexport+ implements these techniques:
+\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/bibexport/}
+
+\mysection{Using several languages in one bibliography}
+
+Classical bibliography style only handle one language, generally English.
+Handling several languages is quite tricky: First, when filling the \ext{bib}
+file, you must ensure not to write language-dependant data. Namely, for
+instance, months should be entered numerically. Moreover, \bt adds some words
+while processing the entries, such as the ``and'' before the last author name.
+
+There are several solution for handling several languages:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Designing one style file per language. This is somewhat tiring to do,
+ but not really complicated, and many such translations already exist.
+
+ French styles are available on
+ \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/bib-fr/}. In
+ those styles, I put every translated word at the beginning of the file, so
+ that it is easy to adapt the translation.
+
+\item Another solution is to replace language-dependant words with a \LaTeX
+ command. This is done in \textsf{babelbib}
+ (\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/babelbib/}),
+ developed by Harald Harders.
+ Those style files require that you use the package \sty{babel}, and allows
+ you to define one language for each entry (and thus to use the right
+ hyphenation patterns).
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\mysection{A glossary}
+
+A glossary is a dictionary defining technical terms that appear in a
+document. Glossaries are generally made using the index mechanisms of \LaTeX.
+But \bt can also do that (and even better than with \nicmd{index}, since it
+could extract definitions from a general dictionary). Moreover, it is
+possible to add reference to pages where the term is used by using the
+\sty{backref} package. See for instance the package \sty{gloss}, developed by
+Jose Luis Diaz de Arriba and Javier Bezos.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e7a7feac9b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_en.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+%% ttb_en.tex
+%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work consists of the files
+% ttb_en.tex
+% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex
+% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty
+% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile
+% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf
+
+\def\ttbversion{1.3}
+\def\ttbdate{16/10/2005}
+
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{lmodern}
+\fi
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[english]{babel}
+\usepackage{moreverb}
+\usepackage{url}
+\usepackage[margin=3cm,bottom=2.5cm,top=3cm]{geometry}
+\usepackage{multind}
+\usepackage{array}
+\usepackage{longtable}
+\usepackage{marvosym}
+\usepackage{color}
+\usepackage{ttb_style}
+\usepackage{xcolor}
+\usepackage[colorlinks,breaklinks]{hyperref}
+\makeatletter
+\def\@citecolor{green!50!black}
+\def\@linkcolor{red!80!black}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{advdate}
+\makeatletter
+\let\save@ssect\@ssect
+\usepackage{minitoc}
+\expandafter\ifx\csname mtcskip\endcsname\relax
+ \def\mtcskip{}
+ \message{WARNING -- Please update your minitoc package.}
+\fi
+
+\makeindex{latex}
+\makeindex{bibtex}
+
+
+
+\begin{document}
+\SetDate[\ttbdate]
+\setcounter{parttocdepth}{3}
+\doparttoc
+
+%% Title page
+\begin{center}
+{\Huge\bfseries Tame the BeaST}
+\par\bigskip
+{\large The B to X of \bt}
+\par\bigskip
+Nicolas \textsc{Markey}
+\par
+\url{markey@lsv.ens-cachan.fr}
+\end{center}
+\widowpenalty10000
+\vfil\vfil
+\begin{center}
+\fbox{Version \ttbversion{} -- \today}
+\vfil
+\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth}
+This \pageref{lastpage}-page tutorial presents and explains, as clearly and
+exhaustively as possible, what \bt can do.
+Indeed, \bt manuals, essentially two documents by its
+author~\cite{btxdoc,btxhak} and chapters in some \LaTeX
+books~\cite[...]{latex:dps,latex:lc,latex:lc2}, are often
+short and incomplete.
+
+The capital letters ``BST'' in the title represent the standard extension of
+\bt style files. ``B~to~X'' means that I tried to be as complete as
+possible. Don't hesitate to e-mail me you \TeX{}nical as well as
+(mis)spelling remarks.
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+\vfil\vfil
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{.8\textwidth}
+\tableofcontents
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+\vfil
+
+\include{ttb_en.sec1}
+\include{ttb_en.sec2}
+\include{ttb_en.sec3}
+\include{ttb_en.sec4}
+\include{ttb_en.sec5}
+
+
+%\nocite{merlin}
+\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}
+\cleardoublepage
+\bibliographystyle{alpha}
+\bibliography{local}
+\printindex{latex}{\LaTeX}
+\clearpage
+\let\oldendindex\endtheindex
+\def\copyright{\vfill
+\null\hfill\begin{minipage}{.5\textwidth}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\obeyspaces
+Copyright \textcopyright{} 2003-\the\year{} Nicolas \textsc{Markey}
+
+This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in\par
+\hfil\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}\par
+and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+version 2003/12/01 or later.
+
+This work has the LPPL status "maintained".\par
+The current maintainer of this work is Nicolas \textsc{Markey}.
+ \end{minipage}}
+
+
+\def\endtheindex{\label{lastpage}\copyright\oldendindex}
+\printindex{bibtex}{\bt}
+%\leavevmode\label{lastpage}
+
+
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_style.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_style.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7f9eef5356b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tamethebeast/ttb_style.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+%% ttb_style.sty
+%% Copyright 2003-2005 Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicolas Markey
+%
+% This work consists of the files
+% ttb_en.tex
+% ttb_en.sec1.tex ttb_en.sec2.tex ttb_en.sec3.tex
+% ttb_en.sec4.tex ttb_en.sec5.tex ttb_style.sty
+% local.bib idxstyle.ist Makefile
+% and the derived ttb_en.dvi, ttb_en.ps and ttb_en.pdf
+
+
+\RequirePackage{xspace}
+\RequirePackage{boxedminipage}
+
+%\let\nospaceTeX\TeX
+%\def\TeX{\nospaceTeX\xspace}
+\def\bt{Bib\TeX\xspace}
+\let\nospaceLaTeX\LaTeX
+\def\LaTeX{\nospaceLaTeX\xspace}
+\def\gomo{\emph{grosso modo}\xspace}
+\def\ie{ie.\xspace}
+\def\cf{cf. }
+\catcode`\*=0
+*catcode`*\=11
+*def*bs{\}
+*catcode`*\=0
+\catcode`\*=12
+\def\at{@}
+\catcode`\$=11
+\def\dol{$}
+\catcode`\$=3 %$
+\def\cmd#1{\index{latex}{#1@\texttt{\protect\bs #1}}{\ttfamily \bs #1}\xspace}
+\def\cmdat#1{\index{latex}{#1@\texttt{\protect\bs\protect\at #1}}{\ttfamily \bs\at #1}\xspace}
+\def\env#1{\index{latex}{#1@\texttt{#1}}{\ttfamily #1}\xspace}
+\def\ext#1{{\ttfamily .#1}\xspace}
+
+\def\sty{\@ifnextchar[{\@sty}{\@sty[sty]}}
+\def\@sty[#1]#2{\index{latex}{#2@\textsf{#2.#1}}{\sffamily #2.#1}\xspace}
+
+\def\cls#1{\index{latex}{#1@\textsf{#1.cls}}{\sffamily #1.cls}\xspace}
+\def\bst#1{\index{bibtex}{#1@\textsf{#1.bst}}{\sffamily #1.bst}\xspace}
+\def\chp#1{\index{bibtex}{#1@\texttt{#1}}{\ttfamily #1}\xspace}
+\def\ent#1{\index{bibtex}{#1@\protect\at #1}{\bfseries \at #1}\xspace}
+\def\fn#1{\index{bibtex}{#1@\texttt{#1\protect\dol}}{\ttfamily #1\dol}\xspace}
+
+\def\el#1{$\cal #1$}
+\def\eli#1#2{$\mathcal{#1}_{#2}$}
+
+\def\nicmd#1{{\ttfamily \bs #1}\xspace}
+\def\nienv#1{{\ttfamily #1}\xspace}
+\def\niext#1{{\ttfamily .#1}\xspace}
+\def\nisty#1{{\sffamily #1.sty}\xspace}
+\def\nicls#1{{\sffamily #1.cls}\xspace}
+\def\nibst#1{{\sffamily #1.bst}\xspace}
+\def\nichp#1{{\ttfamily #1}\xspace}
+\def\nient#1{{\bfseries \at #1}\xspace}
+\def\nifn#1{{\ttfamily #1\dol}\xspace}
+
+\newenvironment{myex}{\bigskip\par
+ \noindent\begin{boxedminipage}{\textwidth}}{%
+ \end{boxedminipage}\bigskip\par}
+\newenvironment{myexv}{\bigskip\par
+ \noindent\begin{center}\begin{boxedminipage}{.8\textwidth}}{%
+ \end{boxedminipage}\end{center}
+ \bigskip\par}
+
+%\AtBeginDocument{%
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{0}%
+\def\thepart{\arabic{part}}%
+\def\mypart{\clearpage\part}%
+\def\@part[#1]#2{ \ifnum\c@secnumdepth>\m@ne\relax
+ \refstepcounter{part}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ {\parindent \z@ \raggedleft
+ \interlinepenalty \@M
+ \normalfont
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne\relax
+ \Large\sffamily\bfseries \partname\nobreakspace\thepart
+ \par\nobreak
+ \fi
+ \huge \sffamily \bfseries #2%
+ \markboth{}{}\par}%
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip 12ex%
+ \@afterheading}%
+\renewcommand*\l@part[2]{%
+ \ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2\relax
+ \addpenalty\@secpenalty
+ \addvspace{2.25em \@plus\p@}%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{3em}%
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ {\leavevmode
+ \large \sffamily #1
+ \leaders\hbox{$\m@th
+ \mkern 2mu\hbox{\small.}\mkern 2mu$}\hfill
+ \hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par
+ \nobreak
+ \if@compatibility
+ \global\@nobreaktrue
+ \everypar{\global\@nobreakfalse\everypar{}}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ \fi}
+\let\mysection\section
+\def\mysubsection{\subsection}
+\def\mysubsubsection{\subsubsection}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.8}
+
+\def\section{\let\@ssect\save@ssect\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+%}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..90d726e479c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+2004-06-23 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds.tex: version 1.1.
+ * tds.tex: make that june 2004.
+
+2004-06-08 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds.tex: type3, version 1.096.
+
+2004-06-06 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds.tex: 1.095 (still draft).
+
+2004-06-04 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds2texi.el [ ] doesn't make sense; changed to "\s ".
+ * tds.tex: use \TeX{} uniformly, not \TeX\ , since that's what
+ tds2texi.el handles. We ended up with "Inputs for, TeX".
+ Report from: Hans Fredrik Nordhaug,
+ 2 Jun 2004 23:01:15 +0200.
+
+ * tds2texi.el (tds2texi-fixup-texinfo): fix the reference to the
+ "Non-font Metafont" node here instead.
+ * tds.sed: no non-font special case.
+
+ * tds.tex: specify opentype and truetype under fonts.
+
+2004-06-03 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds2texi.el (tds2texi-logos-alist): Metafont instead of
+ METAFONT.
+
+2004-05-15 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds.tex: doc/ subtree improvements from Chris Rowley, and more.
+
+2004-05-14 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * 1.094.
+ * tds.tex: clarify description of enc & map, maybe.
+
+2004-05-08 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds.tex: fixes from Staszek.
+ * tds.tex: check in.
+
+2004-04-03 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * Makefile (packages.zip): new target.
+ (dist): depend on it, and include it in
+ distribution tar file.
+
+ * tds.tex: wording improvement from vojta, 1.093.
+
+2004-03-28 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tdsguide.cls (\tdsSummary): \let\obeylines=\relax after we set
+ it, so url.sty v3.0's usage of \obeylines does not cause errors.
+
+ * tds.tex (etex): fix in tds example.
+
+2004-03-27 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds.tex: 1.092, move extension input files within tex. also
+ check in from previous changes, notably new scripts/ dir.
+
+2004-02-11 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds.tex: pfm text, etc., from feb03.
+
+2003-02-02 <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds.tex: 1.0
+
+2003-01-18 <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * Version 0.9998.
+
+ * tds.tex: force line breaks in references, add Downs reference.
+ * tds2texi.el: handle \\ in references section.
+ * Makefile (tds.texi.tmp): don't read emacs init files.
+
+2003-01-17 <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds2texi.el: doc fixes, @tie.
+ * tds.tex: enc/maps vs fontname clarification, removal of some
+ history.
+
+2003-01-12 <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds.tex: first cut at fonts/enc and fonts/map, version 0.9997.
+ * Makefile: clean up directory for dist, and remake everything.
+ * Makefile: use makeinfo --no-split.
+
+Mon Jul 19 16:54:37 1999 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds2texi.el (tds2texi-fixup-texinfo): Don't need to do this with
+ Emacs 20.4, at least.
+
+Sun Jul 11 12:55:53 1999 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * tds.tex: I have a new address.
+
+Wed Apr 21 15:30:34 1999 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
+
+ * version 0.9996.
+
+ * tds2texi.el: @ifnottex, not @ifinfo.
+
+ * Grammar fixes (Demitrios Athens).
+ Non-font METAFONT section title (Reinhard Kotucha).
+ Mention Kpathsea as a sample implementation (Paul Abrahams).
+ Allow discretion for single-file packages of all kinds (Matthew Swift).
+
+ * fancyhdr.sty: get latest version.
+
+1998-01-26 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * tds.tex: Version 0.9995: add extension section.
+
+ * tdsguide.cls (\TeXinfo): Remove unused and incorrect name.
+ (\parsep): Decrease slightly.
+ (\l@section): Decrease section spacing for toc slightly.
+ (\@maketitle): Remove word `draft'.
+
+Fri Jan 23 17:14:01 1998 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * tds.tex: checkin 0.9994.
+
+Sun Jul 20 16:29:37 1997 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * Version 0.9994.
+
+ * tds2texi.el: We can do @ss.
+
+ * tds2texi.el: Texinfo @url is now @uref.
+
+Fri Feb 7 15:47:17 1997 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * tds2texi.el: @detailmenu, other fixes, from Ulrik.
+
+ * tdsguide.cls: Fix : in tdsSummary, more doc.
+
+Tue Feb 4 16:27:56 1997 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * Version 0.9992.
+
+ * tds.tex: Replace gsftopk/ps2pk/etc. with just `modeless'.
+
+Tue Nov 19 01:24:46 1996 Ulrik Vieth <vieth@thphy.uni-duesseldorf.de>
+
+ * tds.tex: Fix up indentation in `tdsSummary' environments
+ for the sake of Texinfo, should be consistent everywhere now.
+
+ * tds2texi.el: Fix bug when combining multiple @file tags.
+ Added some missing functionality from tds.sed and tds.awk.
+
+ * tds.sed: Handle a few translations in Elisp where possible.
+ Only leave those that are specific to document context.
+
+ * tds.awk: File made redundant.
+
+ * Makefile: Eliminate unnecessary gawk translation step.
+
+Sat Nov 16 07:16:03 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * tds.tex: Version 0.991.
+
+ * tds2texi.el: More logos; no extra blank lines after sections;
+ handle \url and \email like \path.
+
+ * tds.awk, tds.sed: New files.
+
+ * url.sty, mflogo.sty, Ulogo.fd: Get latest versions.
+
+ * tdsguide.cls: Changes for 0.9991.
+
+Tue Nov 12 17:16:54 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * tdsguide.cls: Saving version as of 0.999.
+
+Sun Nov 10 17:36:36 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * Mention texmf/ini loses.
+ * Say that the mode/ level is not optional.
+
+ * Mention the possibility of doc/<language>.
+ From Sebastian.
+
+ * Include AmiWeb2c 2.0 summary.
+ From: <Scherer@physik.rwth-aachen.de>
+
+ * Allow distribution of modified versions as long they don't
+ pretend to be the TDS.
+
+ * tds.tex: 0.999.
+
+Thu Nov 30 11:41:58 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * tds.tex: pnr10.tfm should be pnr10.mf. From Pierre.
+
+Wed Nov 22 11:46:51 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * tds.tex: Some periods after capital letters end sentences, and
+ some periods after lowercase don't. From bb.
+ Remove make uninstall text.
+
+Tue Nov 21 19:56:35 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * Version 0.999 sent to TUGboat (well, not really).
+
+Wed Nov 15 19:50:37 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * Version 0.104. Public release.
+
+ * tds.tex: Add tex/generic/images to the figure.
+
+Sat Nov 11 11:47:16 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * tds.tex: Mention the possibility of multiple texmf's. Fix
+ non-sentence. From Paul Abrahams.
+
+ * Version 0.103.
+
+ * Move filename constraints to an appendix; we don't require this.
+
+Fri Oct 27 14:04:09 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * Version 0.102.
+
+ * Include package subdirectories under bibtex.
+
+ * Version 0.101.
+
+Tue Oct 17 13:22:08 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ - Mention what `texmf' stands for.
+ - Info documents might be stored outside the tree.
+ - Recommend PK specials, rather require them.
+ - Try to define format and package a bit more clearly.
+ - Explicitly unspecify when something is local.
+ These things from Paul Abrahams.
+
+Sat Oct 14 16:07:16 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * Version 0.100.
+
+Fri Oct 13 16:23:34 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * tdsguide.cls (\textwidth): Make a little larger. Don't bother
+ reading tdsguide.cfg just to get mflogo.
+
+ - Mention that a format author doesn't have to have a <format>
+ directory.
+ - Don't use makeindx as an example.
+
+Thu Oct 12 14:19:25 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ - Add Christian Spieler to the author list.
+ - Reserve tex/images for eps files etc.
+ - Remove implication the texmf/tex/plain has no subdirectories.
+ - More implementation-specific stuff, this time under
+ `program'. From Alex Kok et al.
+ - Expound on texmf/source a bit. From Alex Kok.
+ - Tell people to go read if we're talking about mysteries
+ - Remove all instances of the confusing word `application'.
+ - Mention that examples are documentation, and move discussion of
+ the alternative to an appendix.
+
+Tue Oct 10 15:45:32 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ - New section on duplicate filenames.
+ - Image files are likely to go under texmf/tex.
+ - Printers can have multiple resolutions. From Bernard Gaulle.
+ - Reference the level 0 DVI standard.
+ - Define `dpi' better. From Nelson Beebe, David Kastrup.
+ - Document the reasons for not using modeless/. From David Kastrup.
+ - Mention the (presently impractical) possibility of \input
+ latex2e/file.tex. From Paul Vojta.
+ - make uninstall or an equivalent is desirable. From Alan Dunwell.
+ - Remove `files are...' text. From Doug Waud.
+ - /opt is another likely root. From Jeff Gealow.
+ - Use dpiNNN, not just dpi. From Bart Childs.
+ - Slightly improved description of MP. From Bart.
+ - Recommend . at beginning of search paths. From DEK via Sebastian.
+ - Include musictex as an example generic/ directory.
+
+Mon Oct 9 17:36:27 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ - mft/ is no longer a special case under tex/.
+ - Move `package distribution' to an appendix section.
+
+Fri Oct 6 17:23:15 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ - Remove \protect. From Ulrik.
+
+Wed Oct 4 15:08:01 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * Version 0.99.
+ - Don't hardwire version number in more than place.
+ - Use TUG instead of O'Reilly for postal mail.
+ - texmf/tex// does not suffice in general.
+ - Incorporate `subdirectory searching syntax' section into main
+ subdir searching section, and `Expeding the Process' into
+ `Adoption of the TDS'.
+ - Move bin/ out of the main text.
+ - Reserve `local' at every level.
+ - Top-level directories should be a chapter, and
+ implementation-specific files need more discussion.
+ - Make macros, fonts, etc. sections under the top-level
+ directories chapter.
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/Makefile b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..802f45b97c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# $Id: Makefile,v 1.5 2004/04/04 00:14:59 karl Exp karl $
+# Makefile for tds, by Karl Berry.
+# Public domain.
+
+default all: tds.info tds.html tds.dvi tds.pdf
+
+tds.dvi: tds.tex tdsguide.cls
+ latex '\nonstopmode \input tds'
+
+tds.pdf: tds.tex tdsguide.cls
+ pdflatex '\nonstopmode \input tds'
+
+tds.texi: tds.texi.tmp tds.sed
+ sed -f tds.sed $< >$@
+
+tds.texi.tmp: tds.tex tds2texi.el
+ emacs -q --no-site -batch -l tds2texi.el -f tds2texi-convert --eval '(write-file "$@")'
+
+tds.info: tds.texi
+ makeinfo --no-split $<
+
+tds_toc.html: tds.texi /usr/local/gnu/bin/texi2html
+ texi2html -split_node -menu $<
+
+tds.html: tds.texi
+ makeinfo --number-sections --html --no-split $<
+
+check:
+ dw <tds.tex
+# chkdelim <tds.tex
+ ispell -t -l <tds.tex | sort -u
+
+# so that when we're mirrored on CTAN, we don't show up as a good place
+# to get these packages.
+packages.zip: Ulogo.fd fancyhdr.sty mflogo.sty url.sty
+ zip $@ $^
+
+dist: all packages.zip
+# -rcsdiff -c tds.tex >/tmp/diff
+ rm -f tds.texi* *~
+ rm -f tds.cp tds.fn tds.ky tds.pg tds.tp tds.vr tds.log tds.toc
+ tar cvvzf /tmp/tds.tar.gz C* M* tds* index.html packages.zip
+# shar -z tds.dvi >/tmp/shar
+# @echo "Now ci -l -m'version' tds.tex and increment the tdsVersion."
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d961e75efc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/README
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+This is the TeX Directory Structure (TDS) document, describing a runtime
+layout of TeX-related files intended to be portable,
+implementation-independent, etc. Most TeX distributions have adopted
+this in some form.
+
+If any questions, comments, or suggestions, email twg-tds@tug.org.
+Mailing list archives available at: http://tug.org/mail-archives/twg-tds/
+
+tds.tex is the master source file. A few extra LaTeX packages that it
+uses are in packages.zip, in the unlikely event that you don't already
+have them.
+
+http://tug.org/tds/ contains the current released version. For older
+versions, see ftp://tug.org/historic/docs/tds. For the current
+development sources, see http://tds.sarovar.org.
+
+Happy installing.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/index.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a9be53d8abf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<meta http-equiv="refresh" content="0; url=tds.html">
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..49da35a2f5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1997 @@
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+<title>A Directory Structure for TeX Files</title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html">
+<meta name="description" content="A Directory Structure for TeX Files">
+<meta name="generator" content="makeinfo 4.7">
+<link title="Top" rel="top" href="#Top">
+<link href="http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/" rel="generator-home" title="Texinfo Homepage">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
+<style type="text/css"><!--
+ pre.display { font-family:inherit }
+ pre.format { font-family:inherit }
+ pre.smalldisplay { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller }
+ pre.smallformat { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller }
+ pre.smallexample { font-size:smaller }
+ pre.smalllisp { font-size:smaller }
+ span.sc { font-variant:small-caps }
+ span.roman { font-family:serif; font-weight:normal; }
+--></style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 class="settitle">A Directory Structure for TeX Files</h1>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Top"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#dir">(dir)</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h2 class="unnumbered">A Directory Structure for TeX Files</h2>
+
+<p>Copyright &copy; 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2003, 2004
+TeX Users Group.
+
+ <p>Permission to use, copy, and distribute this document <em>without
+modification</em> for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that this notice appears in all copies. It is provided &ldquo;as
+is&rdquo; without expressed or implied warranty.
+
+ <p>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+document under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+modifications are clearly marked and the document is not represented as
+the official one.
+
+ <p>This document is available on any CTAN host
+(see Appendix&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a>).
+Please send questions or suggestions by email to
+<a href="mailto:tds@tug.org">tds@tug.org</a>. We welcome all comments. This is version
+1.1.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a>
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#General">General</a>
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Summary">Summary</a>
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#Unspecified-pieces">Unspecified pieces</a>
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#Implementation-issues">Implementation issues</a>
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#Is-there-a-better-way_003f">Is there a better way?</a>
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#Related-references">Related references</a>
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#Contributors">Contributors</a>
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+
+<p>Introduction
+
+</p>
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a href="#History">History</a>
+<li><a href="#The-role-of-the-TDS">The role of the TDS</a>
+<li><a href="#Conventions">Conventions</a>
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>General
+
+</p>
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a href="#Subdirectory-searching">Subdirectory searching</a>
+<li><a href="#Rooting-the-tree">Rooting the tree</a>
+<li><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>
+<li><a href="#Duplicate-filenames">Duplicate filenames</a>
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>Top-level directories
+
+</p>
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a href="#Macros">Macros</a>
+<li><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>
+<li><a href="#Non_002dfont-Metafont-files">Non-font Metafont files</a>
+<li><a href="#MetaPost">MetaPost</a>
+<li><a href="#BibTeX">BibTeX</a>
+<li><a href="#Scripts">Scripts</a>
+<li><a href="#Documentation">Documentation</a>
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>Macros
+
+</p>
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a href="#Extensions">Extensions</a>
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>Fonts
+
+</p>
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a href="#Font-bitmaps">Font bitmaps</a>
+<li><a href="#Valid-font-bitmaps">Valid font bitmaps</a>
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>Summary
+
+</p>
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a href="#Documentation-tree-summary">Documentation tree summary</a>
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>Unspecified pieces
+
+</p>
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a href="#Portable-filenames">Portable filenames</a>
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>Implementation issues
+
+</p>
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a href="#Adoption-of-the-TDS">Adoption of the TDS</a>
+<li><a href="#More-on-subdirectory-searching">More on subdirectory searching</a>
+<li><a href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a>
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>Example implementation-specific trees
+
+</p>
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a href="#AmiWeb2c-2_002e0">AmiWeb2c 2.0</a>
+<li><a href="#Public-DECUS-TeX">Public DECUS TeX</a>
+<li><a href="#Web2c-7">Web2c 7</a>
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>Is there a better way?
+
+</p>
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a href="#Macro-structure">Macro structure</a>
+<li><a href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a>
+<li><a href="#Documentation-structure">Documentation structure</a>
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>Font structure
+
+</p>
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a href="#Font-file-type-location">Font file type location</a>
+<li><a href="#Mode-and-resolution-location">Mode and resolution location</a>
+<li><a href="#Modeless-bitmaps">Modeless bitmaps</a>
+
+ </ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Introduction"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#General">General</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Top">Top</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h2 class="chapter">1 Introduction</h2>
+
+<p>TeX is a powerful, flexible typesetting system used by many people
+around the world. It is extremely portable and runs on virtually all
+operating systems. One unfortunate side effect of TeX's flexibility,
+however, is that there has been no single &ldquo;right&rdquo; way to install it.
+This has resulted in many sites having different installed arrangements.
+
+ <p>The primary purpose of this document is to describe a standard TeX
+Directory Structure (TDS): a directory hierarchy for macros,
+fonts, and the other implementation-independent TeX system files. As
+a matter of practicality, this document also suggests ways to
+incorporate the rest of the TeX files into a single structure. The
+TDS has been designed to work on all modern systems. In
+particular, the Technical Working Group (TWG) believes it is usable
+under MacOS, MS-DOS, OS/2, Unix, VMS, and
+Windows NT. We hope that administrators and developers of both
+free and commercial TeX implementations will adopt this standard.
+
+ <p>This document is intended both for the TeX system administrator at a
+site and for people preparing TeX distributions&mdash;everything from a
+complete runnable system to a single macro or style file. It may also
+help TeX users find their way around systems organized this way. It
+is not a tutorial: we necessarily assume knowledge of the many parts of
+a working TeX system. If you are unfamiliar with any of the programs
+or file formats we refer to, consult the references in
+Appendix&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a>.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#History">History</a>
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#The-role-of-the-TDS">The role of the TDS</a>
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Conventions">Conventions</a>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="History"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#The-role-of-the-TDS">The role of the TDS</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">1.1 History</h3>
+
+<p>Version 1.0 of the TDS was released in February 2003.
+
+ <p>Version 1.1 was released in June 2004, with the following non-editorial
+changes:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>Inputs for TeX extensions included under <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp>, instead
+ of in their own top-level directories (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Extensions">Extensions</a>)
+<li>New top-level directory <samp><span class="file">scripts</span></samp> (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Scripts">Scripts</a>).
+<li>New subdirectories <samp><span class="file">lig</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">opentype</span></samp>,
+ <samp><span class="file">truetype</span></samp>, and <samp><span class="file">type3</span></samp> under <samp><span class="file">fonts</span></samp>
+ (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>).
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">enc</span></samp>',
+<samp><span class="file">lig</span></samp>, and <samp><span class="file">map</span></samp> all use
+ <samp><var>syntax</var><span class="file">/</span><var>package</var></samp> subdirectories
+ (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>).
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">pfm</span></samp>' files specified to go under <samp><span class="file">type1</span></samp>,
+and
+ <samp><span class="file">inf</span></samp> files under <samp><span class="file">afm</span></samp> (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>).
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="The-role-of-the-TDS"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Conventions">Conventions</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#History">History</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">1.2 The role of the TDS</h3>
+
+<p>The role of the TDS is to stabilize the organization of
+TeX-related software packages that are installed and in use, possibly
+on multiple platforms simultaneously.
+
+ <p>At first glance, it may seem that the Comprehensive TeX Archive
+Network (CTAN) fulfills at least part of this role, but this is
+not the case. The role of CTAN is to simplify archiving and
+distribution, not installation and use.
+
+ <p>In fact, the roles of the TDS and CTAN are frequently in
+conflict, as we will see. For distribution, many different types of
+files must be combined into a single unit; for use, it is traditional to
+segregate files (even similar files) from a single package into
+separate, occasionally distant, directories.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Conventions"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#The-role-of-the-TDS">The role of the TDS</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">1.3 Conventions</h3>
+
+<p>In this document, <samp><span class="file">/</span></samp> is used to separate filename components;
+for example, <samp><span class="file">texmf/fonts</span></samp>. This is the Unix convention but the
+ideas are in no way Unix-specific.
+
+ <p>In this document, &ldquo;TeX&rdquo; generally means the TeX system, including
+Metafont, DVI drivers, utilities, etc., not just the TeX
+program itself.
+
+ <p>The word &ldquo;package&rdquo; in this document has its usual meaning: a set of
+related files distributed, installed, and maintained as a unit. This is
+<em>not</em> a LaTeX2e package, which is a style file supplementing
+a document class.
+
+ <p>We use the following typographic conventions:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">literal</span></samp>'
+Literal text such as <samp><span class="file">filename</span></samp> is
+typeset in typewriter type.
+
+ <li>`<samp><var>replaceable</var></samp>'
+Replaceable text such as
+<samp><var>package</var></samp>, identifying a class of things, is typeset in
+italics inside angle brackets.
+
+ </ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="General"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h2 class="chapter">2 General</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes common properties throughout the TDS tree.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Subdirectory-searching">Subdirectory searching</a>
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Rooting-the-tree">Rooting the tree</a>
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Duplicate-filenames">Duplicate filenames</a>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Subdirectory-searching"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Rooting-the-tree">Rooting the tree</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#General">General</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">2.1 Subdirectory searching</h3>
+
+<p>Older TeX installations store large numbers of related files in single
+directories, for example, all <samp><span class="file">TFM</span></samp> files and/or all TeX
+input files.
+
+ <p>This monolithic arrangement hinders maintenance of a TeX system: it
+is difficult to determine what files are used by what packages, what
+files need to be updated when a new version is installed, or what files
+should be deleted if a package is removed. It is also a source of error
+if two or more packages happen to have input files with the same name.
+
+ <p>Therefore, the TWG felt each package should be in a separate
+directory. But we recognized that explicitly listing all directories to
+be searched would be unbearable. A site may wish to install dozens of
+packages. Aside from anything else, listing that many directories would
+produce search paths many thousands of characters long, overflowing the
+available space on some systems.
+
+ <p>Also, if all directories are explicitly listed, installing or removing a
+new package would mean changing a path as well as installing or removing
+the actual files. This would be a time-consuming and error-prone
+operation, even with implementations that provide some way to specify
+the directories to search at runtime. On systems without runtime
+configuration, it would require recompiling software, an intolerable
+burden.
+
+ <p>As a result, the TWG concluded that a comprehensive TDS
+requires implementations to support some form of implicit subdirectory
+searching. More precisely, implementations must make it possible to
+specify that TeX, Metafont, and their companion utilities search in both
+a specified directory and recursively through all subdirectories of that
+directory when looking for an input file. Other forms of subdirectory
+searching, for example recursive-to-one-level searches, may also be
+provided. We encourage implementors to provide subdirectory searching
+at the option of the installer and user for all paths.
+
+ <p>The TDS does not specify a syntax for specifying recursive
+searching, but we encourage implementors to provide interoperability
+(see Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#More-on-subdirectory-searching">More on subdirectory searching</a>).
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Rooting-the-tree"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Subdirectory-searching">Subdirectory searching</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#General">General</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">2.2 Rooting the tree</h3>
+
+<p>In this document, we shall designate the root TDS directory by
+<samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> (for &ldquo;TeX and Metafont&rdquo;). We recommend using that name
+where possible, but the actual name of the directory is up to the
+installer. On PC networks, for example, this could map to a
+logical drive specification such as <samp><span class="file">T:</span></samp>.
+
+ <p>Similarly, the location of this directory on the system is
+site-dependent. It may be at the root of the file system; on Unix
+systems, <samp><span class="file">/usr/local/share</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">/usr/local</span></samp>,
+<samp><span class="file">/usr/local/lib</span></samp>, and <samp><span class="file">/opt</span></samp> are common choices.
+
+ <p>The name <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> was chosen for several reasons: it reflects the fact
+that the directory contains files pertaining to an entire TeX system
+(including Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX, etc.), not just TeX itself; and it
+is descriptive of a generic installation rather than a particular
+implementation.
+
+ <p>A site may choose to have more than one TDS hierarchy installed
+(for example, when installing an upgrade). This is perfectly legitimate.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Local-additions"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Duplicate-filenames">Duplicate filenames</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Rooting-the-tree">Rooting the tree</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#General">General</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">2.3 Local additions</h3>
+
+<p>The TDS cannot specify precisely when a package is or is not a
+&ldquo;local addition&rdquo;. Each site must determine this according to its own
+conventions. At the two extremes, one site might wish to consider
+&ldquo;nonlocal&rdquo; all files not acquired as part of the installed TeX
+distribution; another site might consider &ldquo;local&rdquo; only those files
+that were actually developed at the local site and not distributed
+elsewhere.
+
+ <p>We recognize two common methods for local additions to a distributed
+<samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> tree. Both have their place; in fact, some sites employ
+both simultaneously:
+
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+
+ <li>A completely separate tree which is a TDS structure
+itself; for example, <samp><span class="file">/usr/local/umbtex</span></samp> at the University of
+Massachusetts at Boston. This is another example of the multiple
+<samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> hierarchies mentioned in the previous section.
+
+ <li>A directory named <samp><span class="file">local</span></samp> at any appropriate level, for
+example, in the <samp><var>format</var></samp>, <samp><var>package</var></samp>, and
+<samp><var>supplier</var></samp> directories discussed in the following sections.
+The TDS reserves the directory name <samp><span class="file">local</span></samp> for this
+purpose.
+
+ <p>We recommend using <samp><span class="file">local</span></samp> for site-adapted configuration files,
+such as <samp><span class="file">language.dat</span></samp> for the Babel package or <samp><span class="file">graphics.cfg</span></samp>
+for the graphics package. Unmodified configuration files from a package
+should remain in the package directory. The intent is to separate
+locally modified or created files from distribution files, to ease
+installing new releases.
+
+ </ol>
+
+ <p>One common case of local additions is dynamically generated files, e.g.,
+PK fonts by the <samp><span class="file">mktexpk</span></samp> script (which originated in
+Dvips as <samp><span class="file">MakeTeXPK</span></samp>). A site may store the
+generated files directly in any of:
+ <ul>
+<li>their standard location in the main TDS tree (if it can be
+made globally writable);
+
+ <li>an alternative location in the main TDS tree (for
+example, under <samp><span class="file">texmf/fonts/tmp</span></samp>);
+
+ <li>a second complete TDS tree (as outlined above);
+
+ <li>any other convenient directory (perhaps under
+<samp><span class="file">/var</span></samp>, for example <samp><span class="file">/var/spool/fonts</span></samp>).
+
+ </ul>
+
+ <p>No one solution will be appropriate for all sites.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Duplicate-filenames"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#General">General</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">2.4 Duplicate filenames</h3>
+
+<p>Different files by the same name may exist in a TDS tree. The
+TDS generally leaves unspecified which of two files by the same
+name in a search path will be found, so generally the only way to
+reliably find a given file is for it to have a unique name. However,
+the TDS requires implementations to support the following
+exceptions:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>Names of TeX input files must be unique within each first-level
+subdirectory of <samp><span class="file">texmf/tex</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">texmf/tex/generic</span></samp>, but not
+within all of <samp><span class="file">texmf/tex</span></samp>; i.e., different TeX formats may have
+files by the same name. (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Macros">Macros</a> discusses this
+further.) Thus, no single format-independent path specification, such
+as a recursive search beginning at <samp><span class="file">texmf/tex</span></samp> specifying no other
+directories, suffices. So implementations must provide format-dependent
+path specifications, for example via wrapper scripts or configuration
+files.
+
+ <li>Many font files will have the same name (e.g., <samp><span class="file">cmr10.pk</span></samp>),
+as discussed in Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Valid-font-bitmaps">Valid font bitmaps</a>. Implementations
+must distinguish these files by mode and resolution.
+
+ </ul>
+
+ <p>All implementations we know of already have these capabilities.
+
+ <p>One place where duplicate names are likely to occur is not an exception:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>Names of Metafont input files (as opposed to bitmaps) must be unique
+within all of <samp><span class="file">texmf/fonts</span></samp>. In practice, this is a problem with
+some variants of Computer Modern which contain slightly modified files
+named <samp><span class="file">punct.mf</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">romanl.mf</span></samp>, and so on. We believe the only
+feasible solution is to rename the derivative files to be
+unique.
+
+ </ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Top_002dlevel-directories"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Summary">Summary</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#General">General</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h2 class="chapter">3 Top-level directories</h2>
+
+<p>The directories under the <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> root identify the major components of
+a TeX system (see Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Summary">Summary</a> for a summary). A site
+may omit any unneeded directories.
+
+ <p>Although the TDS by its nature can specify precise locations only
+for implementation-independent files, we recognize that installers may
+well wish to place other files under <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> to simplify administration
+of the TeX tree, especially if it is maintained by someone other than
+the system administrator. Therefore, additional top-level directories
+may be present.
+
+ <p>The top-level directories specified by the TDS are:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">tex</span></samp>'
+for TeX files (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Macros">Macros</a>).
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">fonts</span></samp>'
+for font-related files (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>).
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">metafont</span></samp>'
+for Metafont files which are not fonts (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Non_002dfont-Metafont-files">Non-font Metafont files</a>).
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">metapost</span></samp>'
+for MetaPost files (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#MetaPost">MetaPost</a>).
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">bibtex</span></samp>'
+for BibTeX files (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#BibTeX">BibTeX</a>).
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">scripts</span></samp>'
+for platform-independent executables (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Scripts">Scripts</a>).
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">doc</span></samp>'
+for user documentation (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Documentation">Documentation</a>).
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">source</span></samp>'
+for sources. This includes both traditional
+program sources (for example, Web2C sources go in
+<samp><span class="file">texmf/source/web2c</span></samp>) and, e.g., LaTeX <samp><span class="file">dtx</span></samp> sources (which
+go in <samp><span class="file">texmf/source/latex</span></samp>). The TDS leaves unspecified any
+structure under <samp><span class="file">source</span></samp>.
+
+ <p><samp><span class="file">source</span></samp> is intended for files which are not needed at runtime by
+any TeX program; it should not be included in any search path. For
+example, <samp><span class="file">plain.tex</span></samp> does not belong under <samp><span class="file">texmf/source</span></samp>,
+even though it is a &ldquo;source file&rdquo; in the sense of not being derived
+from another file. (It goes in <samp><span class="file">texmf/tex/plain/base</span></samp>, as explained
+in Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Macros">Macros</a>).
+
+ <li>`<samp><var>implementation</var></samp>'
+for implementations (examples:
+<samp><span class="file">emtex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">vtex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">web2c</span></samp>), to be used for whatever
+purpose deemed suitable by the implementor or TeX administrator.
+That is, files that cannot be shared between implementations, such as
+pool files (<samp><span class="file">tex.pool</span></samp>) and memory dump files (<samp><span class="file">plain.fmt</span></samp>) go
+here, in addition to implementation-wide configuration files. See
+Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a> for examples of
+real <samp><var>implementation</var></samp> trees.
+
+ <p>Such implementation-specific configuration files should <em>not</em>
+be located using the main TeX input search path (e.g.,
+<samp><span class="file">TEXINPUTS</span></samp>). This must be reserved for files actually read by a
+TeX engine. See Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Extensions">Extensions</a>.
+
+ <li>`<samp><var>program</var></samp>'
+for program-specific input and
+configuration files for any TeX-related programs (examples:
+<samp><span class="file">mft</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">dvips</span></samp>). In fact, the <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">metafont</span></samp>,
+<samp><span class="file">metapost</span></samp>, and <samp><span class="file">bibtex</span></samp> items above may all be seen as
+instances of this case.
+
+ </ul>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Macros">Macros</a>
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Non_002dfont-Metafont-files">Non-font Metafont files</a>
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#MetaPost">MetaPost</a>
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#BibTeX">BibTeX</a>
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#Scripts">Scripts</a>
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#Documentation">Documentation</a>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Macros"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">3.1 Macros</h3>
+
+<p>TeX macro files shall be stored in separate directories, segregated
+by TeX format and package name (we use `format' in its traditional
+TeX sense to mean a usefully <samp><span class="file">\dump</span></samp>-able package):
+<pre class="example"> texmf/tex/<var>format</var>/<var>package</var>/
+</pre>
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><var>format</var></samp>'
+is a format name (examples: <samp><span class="file">amstex</span></samp>,
+<samp><span class="file">latex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">plain</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">texinfo</span></samp>).
+
+ <p>The TDS allows distributions that can be used as either formats or
+packages (e.g., Texinfo, Eplain) to be stored at either level, at the
+option of the format author or TeX administrator. We recommend that
+packages used as formats at a particular site be stored at the
+<samp><var>format</var></samp> level: by adjusting the TeX inputs search path,
+it will be straightforward to use them as macro packages under another
+format, whereas placing them in another tree completely obscures their
+use as a format.
+
+ <p>The TDS reserves the following <samp><var>format</var></samp> names:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">generic</span></samp>',
+for input files that are useful across a wide
+range of formats (examples: <samp><span class="file">null.tex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">path.sty</span></samp>).
+Generally, this means any format that uses the category codes of Plain
+TeX and does not rely on any particular format. This is in contrast
+to those files which are useful only with Plain TeX (which go under
+<samp><span class="file">texmf/tex/plain</span></samp>), e.g., <samp><span class="file">testfont.tex</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">plain.tex</span></samp>
+itself.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>',
+for local additions. See Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>.
+
+ </ul>
+
+ <p>Thus, for almost every format, it is necessary to search at least the
+<samp><var>format</var></samp> directory and then the <samp><span class="file">generic</span></samp> directory (in
+that order). Other directories may need to be searched as well,
+depending on the format. When using AMS-TeX, for example, the
+<samp><span class="file">amstex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">plain</span></samp>, and <samp><span class="file">generic</span></samp> directories should be
+searched, because AMS-TeX is compatible with Plain.
+
+ <li>`<samp><var>package</var></samp>'
+is a TeX package name (examples:
+<samp><span class="file">babel</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">texdraw</span></samp>).
+
+ <p>In the case where a format consists of only a single file and has no
+auxiliary packages, that file can simply be placed in the
+<samp><var>format</var></samp> directory, instead of
+<samp><var>format</var><span class="file">/base</span></samp>. For example, Texinfo may go in
+<samp><span class="file">texmf/tex/texinfo/texinfo.tex</span></samp>, not
+<samp><span class="file">texmf/tex/texinfo/base/texinfo.tex</span></samp>.
+
+ <p>The TDS reserves the following <samp><var>package</var></samp> names:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">base</span></samp>',
+for the base distribution of each format,
+including files used by INITEX when dumping format files. For
+example, in the standard LaTeX distribution, the <samp><span class="file">ltx</span></samp> files
+created during the build process. Another example: the <samp><span class="file">.ini</span></samp>
+driver files for formats used by TeX Live and other distributions.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">hyphen</span></samp>',
+for hyphenation patterns, including the original
+American English <samp><span class="file">hyphen.tex</span></samp>. These are typically used only by
+INITEX. In most situations, this directory need exist only under the
+<samp><span class="file">generic</span></samp> format.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">images</span></samp>',
+for image input files, such as Encapsulated
+PostScript figures. Although it is somewhat non-intuitive for these to
+be under a directory named <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp>, TeX needs to read these
+files to glean bounding box or other information. A mechanism for
+sharing image inputs between TeX and other typesetting programs
+(e.g., Interleaf, FrameMaker) is beyond the scope of the
+TDS. In most situations, this directory need exist only under
+the <samp><span class="file">generic</span></samp> format.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>',
+for local additions and configuration files. See
+Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">misc</span></samp>',
+for packages that consist of a single file. An
+administrator or package maintainer may create directories for
+single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using <samp><span class="file">misc</span></samp>.
+
+ </ul>
+
+ </ul>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Extensions">Extensions</a>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Extensions"></a>Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Macros">Macros</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">3.1.1 Extensions</h4>
+
+<p>TeX has spawned many companion and successor programs (&ldquo;engines&rdquo;),
+such as PDFTeX, Omega, and others. The TDS specifies
+that the input files for such programs (using a TeX-like syntax) be
+placed within the top-level <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp> directory, either at the top
+level or within a format subdirectory, even though the original TeX
+program may not be able to read them. For example:
+
+<pre class="example"> texmf/tex/aleph
+ texmf/tex/enctex
+</pre>
+ <p>This is a change from TDS&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->1.0, which specified top-level
+<samp><var>extension</var></samp> directories for each such program. We felt the
+new approach is preferable, because:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>Authors of relevant packages typically make their code detect the
+engine being used, and issue error messages or adapt to circumstances
+appropriately. Furthermore, as a package matures, it may support
+multiple engines. Thus, a package could conceivably be placed in any of
+several top-level directories, at different times. Putting all packages
+under the top-level <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp> directory provides a stable location over
+time.
+
+ <li>Users need to be able to switch between engines, and configuring
+different search paths for each engine is difficult and error-prone.
+
+ </ul>
+
+ <p>Thus, in practice, having different top-level directories caused
+difficulties for everyone involved&mdash;users, package authors, site
+administrators, and system distributors.
+
+ <p>Please contrast this approach with the <samp><var>implementation</var></samp>
+top-level subdirectory (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>), which
+is to be used for configuration files that (presumably) do not use
+TeX syntax and in any case should not be found along the main TeX
+input search path.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Fonts"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Non_002dfont-Metafont-files">Non-font Metafont files</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Macros">Macros</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">3.2 Fonts</h3>
+
+<p>Font files are stored in separate directories, segregated by file type,
+and then (in most cases) font supplier and typeface. PK and
+GF files need additional structure, as detailed in the next
+section.
+
+<pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/<var>type</var>/<var>supplier</var>/<var>typeface</var>/
+ texmf/fonts/enc,lig,map/<var>subpath</var>/
+</pre>
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><var>type</var></samp>'
+is the type of font file. The TDS
+reserves the following <samp><var>type</var></samp> names for common TeX file
+types:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">afm</span></samp>',
+for Adobe font metrics, and <samp><span class="file">inf</span></samp> files.
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">gf</span></samp>',
+for generic font bitmap files.
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">opentype</span></samp>',
+for OpenType fonts.
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">pk</span></samp>',
+for packed bitmap files.
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">source</span></samp>',
+for font sources (Metafont files, property lists, etc.).
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">tfm</span></samp>',
+for TeX font metric files.
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">truetype</span></samp>',
+for TrueType fonts.
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">type1</span></samp>',
+for PostScript Type 1 fonts (in <samp><span class="file">pfa</span></samp>,
+ <samp><span class="file">pfb</span></samp>, or any other format), and <samp><span class="file">pfm</span></samp> files.
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">type3</span></samp>',
+for PostScript Type 3 fonts.
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">vf</span></samp>',
+for virtual fonts.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>The TDS also reserves the names <samp><span class="file">enc</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">lig</span></samp>, and
+<samp><span class="file">map</span></samp> for font encoding, ligature, and mapping files, respectively.
+All of these directories are structured the same way, with
+<samp><var>syntax</var></samp> subdirectories, and then <samp><var>package</var></samp>
+subsubdirectories. Each of these file types is intended to be searched
+along its own recursively-searched path. The names of the actual files
+must be unique within their subtree, as usual. Examples:
+ <pre class="example"> fonts/map/dvipdfm/updmap/dvipdfm.map
+ fonts/map/dvips/lm/lm.map
+ fonts/enc/dvips/base/8r.enc
+ </pre>
+ <p>The Fontname and Dvips packages have more examples of the <samp><span class="file">enc</span></samp> and
+<samp><span class="file">map</span></samp> types. The <samp><span class="file">afm2pl</span></samp> program uses <samp><span class="file">lig</span></samp> files.
+
+ <p><samp><span class="file">pfm</span></samp> files are included in the <samp><span class="file">type1</span></samp> directory, instead of
+being given their own directory, for two reasons: 1)&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->a <samp><span class="file">.pfm</span></samp> file
+is always an adjunct to a given <samp><span class="file">.pfb</span></samp> file; 2)&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->they must be
+installed from the same directory for Windows programs other than TeX
+to use them.
+
+ <p><samp><span class="file">inf</span></samp> files are included in the <samp><span class="file">afm</span></samp> directory, since
+an <samp><span class="file">inf</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">afm</span></samp> file can be used to generate a <samp><span class="file">pfm</span></samp>.
+(Unfortunately, Adobe Type Manager and perhaps other software requires
+that the <samp><span class="file">pfb</span></samp> be in the same directory as <samp><span class="file">afm</span></samp> and
+<samp><span class="file">inf</span></samp> for installation.)
+
+ <p>As usual, a site may omit any of these directories that are unnecessary.
+<samp><span class="file">gf</span></samp> is a particularly likely candidate for omission.
+
+ <li>`<samp><var>supplier</var></samp>'
+is a name identifying font source
+(examples: <samp><span class="file">adobe</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">ams</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">public</span></samp>). The TDS
+reserves the following <samp><var>supplier</var></samp> names:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">ams</span></samp>',
+for the American Mathematical Society's AMS-fonts
+collection.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>',
+for local additions. See Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">public</span></samp>',
+for freely redistributable fonts where the supplier
+neither (1)&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->requested their own directory (e.g., <samp><span class="file">ams</span></samp>), nor
+(2)&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->also made proprietary fonts (e.g., <samp><span class="file">adobe</span></samp>). It does not
+contain all extant freely distributable fonts, nor are all files therein
+necessarily strictly public domain.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">tmp</span></samp>',
+for dynamically-generated fonts, as is traditional on
+some systems. It may be omitted if unnecessary, as usual.
+
+ </ul>
+
+ <li>`<samp><var>typeface</var></samp>'
+is the name of a typeface family
+(examples: <samp><span class="file">cm</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">euler</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">times</span></samp>). The TDS
+reserves the following <samp><var>typeface</var></samp> names:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">cm</span></samp>' (within <samp><span class="file">public</span></samp>),
+for the 75 fonts defined in
+<cite>Computers and Typesetting, Volume&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->E</cite>.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">latex</span></samp>' (within <samp><span class="file">public</span></samp>),
+for those fonts distributed
+with LaTeX in the base distribution.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>',
+for local additions. See Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>.
+
+ </ul>
+
+ </ul>
+
+ <p>Some concrete examples:
+<pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/source/public/pandora/pnr10.mf
+ texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm
+ texmf/fonts/type1/adobe/utopia/putr.pfa
+</pre>
+ <p>For complete supplier and typeface name lists, consult
+<cite>Filenames for TeX fonts</cite> (see Appendix&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a>).
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Font-bitmaps">Font bitmaps</a>
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Valid-font-bitmaps">Valid font bitmaps</a>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Font-bitmaps"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Valid-font-bitmaps">Valid font bitmaps</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">3.2.1 Font bitmaps</h4>
+
+<p>Font bitmap files require two characteristics in addition to the above
+to be uniquely identifiable: (1)&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->the type of device (i.e., mode) for
+which the font was created; (2)&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->the resolution of the bitmap.
+
+ <p>Following common practice, the TDS segregates fonts with
+different device types into separate directories. See <samp><span class="file">modes.mf</span></samp>
+in Appendix&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a> for recommended mode names.
+
+ <p>Some printers operate at more than one resolution (e.g., at 300<span class="dmn">dpi</span> and
+600<span class="dmn">dpi</span>), but each such resolution will necessarily have a different
+mode name. Nothing further is needed, since implicit in the TeX
+system is the assumption of a single target resolution.
+
+ <p>Two naming strategies are commonly used to identify the resolution of
+bitmap font files. On systems that allow long filenames (and in the
+original Metafont program itself), the resolution is included in the
+filename (e.g., <samp><span class="file">cmr10.300pk</span></samp>). On systems which do not support
+long filenames, fonts are generally segregated into directories by
+resolution (e.g., <samp><span class="file">dpi300/cmr10.pk</span></samp>).
+
+ <p>Because the TDS cannot require long filenames, we must use the
+latter scheme for naming fonts. So we have two more subdirectory
+levels under <samp><span class="file">pk</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">gf</span></samp>:
+
+<pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/pk/<var>mode</var>/<var>supplier</var>/<var>typeface</var>/dpi<var>nnn</var>/
+ texmf/fonts/gf/<var>mode</var>/<var>supplier</var>/<var>typeface</var>/dpi<var>nnn</var>/
+</pre>
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><var>mode</var></samp>'
+is a name which identifies the device type
+(examples: <samp><span class="file">cx</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">ljfour</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">modeless</span></samp>). Usually, this is
+the name of the Metafont mode used to build the PK file. For fonts
+rendered as bitmaps by a program that does not distinguish between
+different output devices, the <samp><var>mode</var></samp> name shall be simply
+<samp><span class="file">modeless</span></samp>. The <samp><var>mode</var></samp> level shall not be omitted,
+even if only a single mode happens to be in use.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">dpi</span><var>nnn</var></samp>'
+specifies the resolution of the font
+(examples: <samp><span class="file">dpi300</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">dpi329</span></samp>). <samp><span class="file">dpi</span></samp> stands for
+dots per inch, i.e., pixels per inch. We recognize that pixels per
+millimeter is used in many parts of the world, but dpi is too
+traditional in the TeX world to consider changing now.
+
+ <p>The integer <samp><var>nnn</var></samp> is to be calculated as if using Metafont
+arithmetic and then rounded; i.e., it is the integer Metafont uses in its
+output <samp><span class="file">gf</span></samp> filename. We recognize small differences in the
+resolution are a common cause of frustration among users, however, and
+recommend implementors follow the level&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->0 DVI driver standard
+(see Appendix&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a>) in bitmap font searches by
+allowing a fuzz of +-0.2% (with a minimum of 1) in the
+<samp><var>dpi</var></samp>.
+
+ </ul>
+
+ <p>Implementations may provide extensions to the basic naming scheme, such
+as long filenames (as in the original Metafont) and font library files (as
+in emTeX's <samp><span class="file">.fli</span></samp> files), provided that the basic scheme is also
+supported.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Valid-font-bitmaps"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Font-bitmaps">Font bitmaps</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">3.2.2 Valid font bitmaps</h4>
+
+<p>The TWG recognizes that the use of short filenames has many
+disadvantages. The most vexing is that it results in the creation of
+dozens of different files with the same name. At a typical site,
+<samp><span class="file">cmr10.pk</span></samp> will be the filename for Computer Modern Roman 10<span class="dmn">pt</span> at
+5&ndash;10 magnifications for 2&ndash;3 modes. (Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Duplicate-filenames">Duplicate filenames</a> discusses duplicate filenames in general.)
+
+ <p>To minimize this problem, we strongly recommend that PK files
+contain enough information to identify precisely how they were created:
+at least the mode, base resolution, and magnification used to create the
+font.
+
+ <p>This information is easy to supply: a simple addition to the local modes
+used for building the fonts with Metafont will automatically provide the
+required information. If you have been using a local modes file derived
+from (or that is simply) <samp><span class="file">modes.mf</span></samp> (see Appendix&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a>), the required information is already in your PK
+files. If not, a simple addition based on the code found in
+<samp><span class="file">modes.mf</span></samp> can be made to your local modes file and the PK
+files rebuilt.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Non_002dfont-Metafont-files"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MetaPost">MetaPost</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">3.3 Non-font Metafont files</h3>
+
+<p>Most Metafont input files are font programs or parts of font programs and
+are thus covered by the previous section. However, a few non-font input
+files do exist. Such files shall be stored in:
+
+<pre class="example"> texmf/metafont/<var>package</var>/
+</pre>
+ <p><samp><var>package</var></samp> is the name of a
+Metafont package (for example, <samp><span class="file">mfpic</span></samp>).
+
+ <p>The TDS reserves the following <samp><var>package</var></samp> names:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">base</span></samp>',
+for the standard Metafont macro files as described in
+<cite>The Metafontbook</cite>, such as <samp><span class="file">plain.mf</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">expr.mf</span></samp>.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>',
+for local additions. See Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">misc</span></samp>',
+for Metafont packages consisting of only a single file
+(for example, <samp><span class="file">modes.mf</span></samp>). An administrator or package maintainer
+may create directories for single-file packages at their discretion,
+instead of using <samp><span class="file">misc</span></samp>.
+
+ </ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="MetaPost"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#BibTeX">BibTeX</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Non_002dfont-Metafont-files">Non-font Metafont files</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">3.4 MetaPost</h3>
+
+<p>MetaPost is a picture-drawing language developed by John Hobby, derived
+from Knuth's Metafont. Its primary purpose is to output Encapsulated PostScript
+instead of bitmaps.
+
+ <p>MetaPost input files and the support files for MetaPost-related utilities
+shall be stored in:
+
+<pre class="example"> texmf/metapost/<var>package</var>/
+</pre>
+ <p><samp><var>package</var></samp> is the name of a MetaPost package. At the present
+writing none exist, but the TWG thought it prudent to leave room
+for contributed packages that might be written in the future.
+
+ <p>The TDS reserves the following <samp><var>package</var></samp> names:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">base</span></samp>',
+for the standard MetaPost macro files, such as
+<samp><span class="file">plain.mp</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">mfplain.mp</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">boxes.mp</span></samp>, and
+<samp><span class="file">graph.mp</span></samp>. This includes files used by INIMP when dumping mem
+files containing preloaded macro definitions.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>',
+for local additions. See Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">misc</span></samp>',
+for MetaPost packages consisting of only a single file.
+An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for
+single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using <samp><span class="file">misc</span></samp>.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">support</span></samp>',
+for additional input files required by MetaPost
+utility programs, including a font map, a character adjustment table,
+and a subdirectory containing low-level MetaPost programs for rendering
+some special characters.
+
+ </ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="BibTeX"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Scripts">Scripts</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MetaPost">MetaPost</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">3.5 BibTeX</h3>
+
+<p>BibTeX-related files shall be stored in:
+
+<pre class="example"> texmf/bibtex/bib/<var>package</var>/
+ texmf/bibtex/bst/<var>package</var>/
+</pre>
+ <p>The <samp><span class="file">bib</span></samp> directory is for BibTeX database (<samp><span class="file">.bib</span></samp>) files,
+the <samp><span class="file">bst</span></samp> directory for style (<samp><span class="file">.bst</span></samp>) files.
+
+ <p><samp><var>package</var></samp> is the name of a BibTeX package. The
+TDS reserves the following <samp><var>package</var></samp> names (the same
+names are reserved under both <samp><span class="file">bib</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">bst</span></samp>):
+
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">base</span></samp>',
+for the standard BibTeX databases and styles, such
+as <samp><span class="file">xampl.bib</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">plain.bst</span></samp>.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>',
+for local additions. See Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">misc</span></samp>',
+for BibTeX packages consisting of only a single
+file. An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for
+single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using <samp><span class="file">misc</span></samp>.
+
+ </ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Scripts"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Documentation">Documentation</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#BibTeX">BibTeX</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">3.6 Scripts</h3>
+
+<p>The top-level <samp><span class="file">scripts</span></samp> directory is for platform-independent
+executables, such as Perl, Python, and shell scripts, and Java class
+files. Subdirectories under <samp><span class="file">scripts</span></samp> are package names. This
+eases creating distributions, by providing a common place for such
+platform-independent programs.
+
+ <p>The intent is not for all such directories to be added to a user's
+command search path, which would be quite impractical. Rather, these
+executables are primarily for the benefit of wrapper scripts in whatever
+executable directory a distribution may provide (which is not specified
+by the TDS).
+
+ <p>Truly auxiliary scripts which are invoked directly by other programs,
+rather than wrapper scripts, may also be placed here. That is,
+<samp><span class="file">scripts</span></samp> also serves as a platform-independent analog of the
+standard Unix <samp><span class="file">libexec</span></samp> directory.
+
+ <p>We recommend using extensions specifying the language (such as
+<samp><span class="file">.pl</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">.py</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">.sh</span></samp>) on these files, to help uniquely
+identify the name. Since the intent of the TDS is for programs
+in <samp><span class="file">scripts</span></samp> not to be invoked directly by users, this poses no
+inconvenience.
+
+ <p>For example, in the TeX Live distribution, the ConTeXt user-level
+program <samp><span class="file">texexec</span></samp> can exist as a small wrapper script in each
+<samp><span class="file">bin/</span><var>platform</var><span class="file">/texexec</span></samp> (which is outside the
+<samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> tree), which merely finds and calls
+<samp><span class="file">texmf/scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl</span></samp>.
+
+ <p>Examples:
+<pre class="example"> scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl
+ scripts/context/ruby/examplex.rb
+ scripts/thumbpdf/thumbpdf.pl
+</pre>
+ <p>The TDS does not specify a location for platform-dependent
+binary executables, whether auxiliary or user-level.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Documentation"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Scripts">Scripts</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">3.7 Documentation</h3>
+
+<p>Most packages come with some form of documentation: user manuals,
+example files, programming guides, etc. In addition, many independent
+files not part of any macro or other package have been created to
+describe various aspects of the TeX system.
+
+ <p>The TDS specifies that these additional documentation files shall
+be stored in a structure that parallels to some extent the
+<samp><span class="file">fonts</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp> directories, as follows:
+
+<pre class="example"> texmf/doc/<var>category</var>/...
+</pre>
+ <p><samp><var>category</var></samp> identifies the general topic of documentation
+that resides below it; for example, a TeX format name (<samp><span class="file">latex</span></samp>),
+program name (<samp><span class="file">bibtex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">tex</span></samp>), language (<samp><span class="file">french</span></samp>,
+<samp><span class="file">german</span></samp>), a file format (<samp><span class="file">info</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">man</span></samp>), or other system
+components (<samp><span class="file">web</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">fonts</span></samp>).
+
+ <p>One possible arrangement is to organize <samp><span class="file">doc</span></samp> by language, with all
+the other category types below that. This helps users find
+documentation in the language(s) in which they are fluent. Neither this
+nor any other particular arrangement is required, however.
+
+ <p>Within each <samp><var>category</var></samp> tree for a TeX format, the
+directory <samp><span class="file">base</span></samp> is reserved for base documentation distributed by
+the format's maintainers.
+
+ <p>The TDS reserves the following category names:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>`<samp><span class="samp">general</span></samp>',
+for standalone documents not specific to any
+particular program (for example, Joachim Schrod's <cite>Components
+of TeX</cite>).
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">help</span></samp>',
+for meta-information, such as FAQ's,
+the TeX Catalogue, etc.
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">info</span></samp>',
+for processed Texinfo documents. (Info files, like
+anything else, may also be stored outside the TDS, at the
+installer's option.)
+
+ <li>`<samp><span class="samp">local</span></samp>',
+for local additions. See Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a>.
+
+ </ul>
+
+ <p>The <samp><span class="file">doc</span></samp> directory is intended for implementation-independent and
+operating system-independent documentation
+files. Implementation-dependent files are best stored elsewhere, as
+provided for by the implementation and/or TeX administrator (for
+example, VMS help files under <samp><span class="file">texmf/vms/help</span></samp>).
+
+ <p>The documentation directories may contain TeX sources, DVI
+files, PostScript files, text files, example input files, or any other useful
+documentation format(s).
+
+ <p>See Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Documentation-tree-summary">Documentation tree summary</a> for a summary.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Summary"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Unspecified-pieces">Unspecified pieces</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Top_002dlevel-directories">Top-level directories</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h2 class="chapter">4 Summary</h2>
+
+<p>A skeleton of a TDS <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> directory tree. This is not to
+imply these are the only entries allowed. For example, <samp><span class="file">local</span></samp> may
+occur at any level.
+
+<pre class="example"> bibtex/ BibTeX input files
+ bib/ BibTeX databases
+ base/ base distribution (e.g., <samp><span class="file">xampl.bib</span></samp>)
+ misc/ single-file databases
+ &lt;package&gt;/ name of a package
+ bst/ BibTeX style files
+ base/ base distribution (e.g., <samp><span class="file">plain.bst</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">acm.bst</span></samp>)
+ misc/ single-file styles
+ &lt;package&gt;/ name of a package
+ doc/ see Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Documentation">Documentation</a> and the summary below
+ fonts/ font-related files
+ &lt;type&gt;/ file type (e.g., <samp><span class="file">pk</span></samp>)
+ &lt;mode&gt;/ type of output device (for <samp><span class="file">pk</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">gf</span></samp> only)
+ &lt;supplier&gt;/ name of a font supplier (e.g., <samp><span class="file">public</span></samp>)
+ &lt;typeface&gt;/ name of a typeface (e.g., <samp><span class="file">cm</span></samp>)
+ dpi&lt;nnn&gt;/ font resolution (for <samp><span class="file">pk</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">gf</span></samp> only)
+ &lt;implementation&gt;/ TeX implementations, by name (e.g., <samp><span class="file">emtex</span></samp>)
+ local/ files created or modified at the local site
+ metafont/ Metafont (non-font) input files
+ base/ base distribution (e.g., <samp><span class="file">plain.mf</span></samp>)
+ misc/ single-file packages (e.g., <samp><span class="file">modes.mf</span></samp>)
+ &lt;package&gt;/ name of a package (e.g., <samp><span class="file">mfpic</span></samp>)
+ metapost/ MetaPost input and support files
+ base/ base distribution (e.g., <samp><span class="file">plain.mp</span></samp>)
+ misc/ single-file packages
+ &lt;package&gt;/ name of a package
+ support/ support files for MetaPost-related utilities
+ mft/ <samp><span class="file">MFT</span></samp> inputs (e.g., <samp><span class="file">plain.mft</span></samp>)
+ &lt;program&gt;/ TeX-related programs, by name (e.g., <samp><span class="file">dvips</span></samp>)
+ source/ program source code by name (e.g., <samp><span class="file">latex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">web2c</span></samp>)
+ tex/ TeX input files
+ &lt;engine&gt;/ name of an engine (e.g., <samp><span class="file">aleph</span></samp>); can also be lower
+ &lt;format&gt;/ name of a format (e.g., <samp><span class="file">plain</span></samp>)
+ base/ base distribution for format (e.g., <samp><span class="file">plain.tex</span></samp>)
+ misc/ single-file packages (e.g., <samp><span class="file">webmac.tex</span></samp>)
+ local/ local additions to or local configuration files for <samp><var>format</var></samp>
+ &lt;package&gt;/ name of a package (e.g., <samp><span class="file">graphics</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">mfnfss</span></samp>)
+ generic/ format-independent packages
+ hyphen/ hyphenation patterns (e.g., <samp><span class="file">hyphen.tex</span></samp>)
+ images/ image input files (e.g., Encapsulated PostScript)
+ misc/ single-file format-independent packages (e.g., <samp><span class="file">null.tex</span></samp>).
+ &lt;package&gt;/ name of a package (e.g., <samp><span class="file">babel</span></samp>)
+</pre>
+ <ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Documentation-tree-summary">Documentation tree summary</a>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Documentation-tree-summary"></a>Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Summary">Summary</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">4.1 Documentation tree summary</h3>
+
+<p>An example skeleton of a TDS directory tree under
+<samp><span class="file">texmf/doc</span></samp>. This is not to imply these are the only entries
+allowed, or that this structure must be followed precisely for the
+entries listed.
+
+ <p>As mentioned, the <samp><span class="file">texmf/doc</span></samp> tree may be organized by language, so
+that all documentation in French, say, is in a <samp><span class="file">french</span></samp>
+subdirectory. In that case, the example structure here would be in a
+given language directory.
+
+<pre class="example"> ams/
+ amsfonts/ <samp><span class="file">amsfonts.faq</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">amfndoc</span></samp>
+ amslatex/ <samp><span class="file">amslatex.faq</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">amsldoc</span></samp>
+ amstex/ <samp><span class="file">amsguide</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">joyerr</span></samp>
+ bibtex/ BibTeX
+ base/ <samp><span class="file">btxdoc.tex</span></samp>
+ fonts/
+ fontname/ <cite>Filenames for TeX fonts</cite>
+ oldgerm/ <samp><span class="file">corkpapr</span></samp>
+ &lt;format&gt;/ name of a TeX format (e.g., <samp><span class="file">generic</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">latex</span></samp>)
+ base/ for the base distribution
+ misc/ for contributed single-file package documentation
+ &lt;package&gt;/ for <em>package</em>
+ general/ across programs, generalities
+ errata/ <samp><span class="file">errata</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">errata[1-8]</span></samp>
+ texcomp/ <cite>Components of TeX</cite>
+ help/ meta-information
+ ctan/ info about CTAN mirror sites
+ faq/ FAQs of <samp><span class="file">comp.text.tex</span></samp>, etc.
+ info/ GNU Info files, made from Texinfo sources
+ latex/ example of <samp><var>format</var></samp>
+ base/ <samp><span class="file">ltnews*</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">*guide</span></samp>, etc.
+ graphics/ <samp><span class="file">grfguide</span></samp>
+ local/ site-specific documentation
+ man/ Unix man pages
+ &lt;program&gt;/ TeX-related programs, by name (examples follow)
+ metafont/ <samp><span class="file">mfbook.tex</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">metafont-for-beginners</span></samp>, etc.
+ metapost/ <samp><span class="file">mpman</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">manfig</span></samp>, etc.
+ tex/ <samp><span class="file">texbook.tex</span></samp>, <cite>A Gentle Introduction to TeX</cite>, etc.
+ web/ <samp><span class="file">webman</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">cwebman</span></samp>
+</pre>
+ <div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Unspecified-pieces"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Implementation-issues">Implementation issues</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Summary">Summary</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h2 class="appendix">Appendix A Unspecified pieces</h2>
+
+<p>The TDS cannot address the following aspects of a functioning
+TeX system:
+
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+
+ <li>The location of executable programs: this is too site-dependent
+even to recommend a location, let alone require one. A site may place
+executables outside the <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> tree altogether (e.g.,
+<samp><span class="file">/usr/local/bin</span></samp>), in a platform-dependent directory within
+<samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp>, or elsewhere.
+
+ <li>Upgrading packages when new releases are made: we could find no
+way of introducing version specifiers into <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> that would do more
+good than harm, or that would be practical for even a plurality of
+installations.
+
+ <li>The location of implementation-specific files (e.g., TeX
+<samp><span class="file">.fmt</span></samp> files): by their nature, these must be left to the
+implementor or TeX maintainer. See Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a>.
+
+ <li>Precisely when a package or file should be considered &ldquo;local&rdquo;,
+and where such local files are installed. See Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Local-additions">Local additions</a> for more discussion.
+
+ </ol>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Portable-filenames">Portable filenames</a>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Portable-filenames"></a>Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Unspecified-pieces">Unspecified pieces</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">A.1 Portable filenames</h3>
+
+<p>The TDS cannot require any particular restriction on filenames in
+the tree, since the names of many existing TeX files conform to no
+standard scheme. For the benefit of people who wish to make a portable
+TeX distribution or installation, however, we outline here the
+necessary restrictions. The TDS specifications themselves are
+compatible with these.
+
+ <p>ISO-9660 is the only universally acceptable file system format
+for CD-ROMs. A subset thereof meets the stringent limitations of
+all operating systems in use today. It specifies the following:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>File and directory names, not including any directory path or
+extension part, may not exceed eight characters.
+
+ <li>Filenames may have a single extension. Extensions may not exceed
+three characters. Directory names may not have an extension.
+
+ <li>Names and extensions may consist of <em>only</em> the characters
+<samp><span class="file">A</span></samp>&ndash;<samp><span class="file">Z</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">0</span></samp>&ndash;<samp><span class="file">9</span></samp>, and underscore.
+Lowercase letters are excluded.
+
+ <li>A period separates the filename from the extension and is always
+present, even if the name or extension is missing (e.g.,
+<samp><span class="file">FILENAME.</span></samp> or <samp><span class="file">.EXT</span></samp>).
+
+ <li>A version number, ranging from 1&ndash;32767, is appended to the file
+extension, separated by a semicolon (e.g., <samp><span class="file">FILENAME.EXT;1</span></samp>).
+
+ <li>Only eight directory levels are allowed, including the top-level
+(mounted) directory (see Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Rooting-the-tree">Rooting the tree</a>). Thus, the
+deepest valid ISO-9660 path is:
+ <pre class="example"> texmf/L2/L3/L4/L5/L6/L7/L8/FOO.BAR;1
+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+ </pre>
+ <p>The deepest TDS path needs only seven levels:
+ <pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/pk/cx/public/cm/dpi300/cmr10.pk
+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+ </pre>
+ </ul>
+
+ <p>Some systems display a modified format of ISO-9660 names,
+mapping alphabetic characters to lowercase, removing version numbers and
+trailing periods, etc.
+
+ <p>Before the December 1996 release, LaTeX used mixed-case names for
+font descriptor files. Fortunately, it never relied on case alone to
+distinguish among the files. Nowadays, it uses only monocase names.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Implementation-issues"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Is-there-a-better-way_003f">Is there a better way?</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Unspecified-pieces">Unspecified pieces</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h2 class="appendix">Appendix B Implementation issues</h2>
+
+<p>We believe that the TDS can bring a great deal of order to the
+current anarchic state of many TeX installations. In addition, by
+providing a common frame of reference, it will ease the burden of
+documenting administrative tasks. Finally, it is a necessary part of
+any reasonable system of true &ldquo;drop-in&rdquo; distribution packages for
+TeX.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Adoption-of-the-TDS">Adoption of the TDS</a>
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#More-on-subdirectory-searching">More on subdirectory searching</a>
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Adoption-of-the-TDS"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#More-on-subdirectory-searching">More on subdirectory searching</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Implementation-issues">Implementation issues</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">B.1 Adoption of the TDS</h3>
+
+<p>[This section is retained for historical purposes; the TDS
+is now quite firmly entrenched in most TeX distributions.]
+
+ <p>We recognize that adoption of the TDS will not be immediate or
+universal. Most TeX administrators will not be inclined to make the
+final switch until:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>Clear and demonstrable benefits can be shown for the TDS.
+<li>TDS-compliant versions of all key programs are available
+in ported, well-tested forms.
+<li>A &ldquo;settling&rdquo; period has taken place, to flush out problems. The
+public release of the first draft of this document was the first step in
+this process.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>Consequently, most of the first trials of the TDS will be made by
+members of the TDS committee and/or developers of TeX-related
+software. This has already taken place during the course of our
+deliberations (see Appendix&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Related-references">Related references</a> for a sample
+tree available electronically). They will certainly result in the
+production of a substantial number of TDS-compliant packages.
+Indeed, the teTeX and TeX Live
+distributions are TDS-compliant and in use now at many sites.
+
+ <p>Once installable forms of key TDS-compliant packages are more
+widespread, some TeX administrators will set up TDS-compliant
+trees, possibly in parallel to existing production directories. This
+testing will likely flush out problems that were not obvious in the
+confined settings of the developers' sites; for example, it should help
+to resolve system and package dependencies, package interdependencies, and
+other details not addressed by this TDS version.
+
+ <p>After most of the dust has settled, hopefully even conservative TeX
+administrators will begin to adopt the TDS. Eventually, most
+TeX sites will have adopted the common structure, and most packages
+will be readily available in TDS-compliant form.
+
+ <p>We believe that this process will occur relatively quickly. The
+TDS committee spans a wide range of interests in the TeX
+community. Consequently, we believe that most of the key issues
+involved in defining a workable TDS definition have been covered,
+often in detail. TeX developers have been consulted about
+implementation issues, and have been trying out the TDS
+arrangement. Thus, we hope for few surprises as implementations mature.
+
+ <p>Finally, there are several (current or prospective) publishers of TeX
+CD-ROMs. These publishers are highly motivated to work out
+details of TDS implementation, and their products will provide
+inexpensive and convenient ways for experimentally-minded TeX
+administrators to experiment with the TDS.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="More-on-subdirectory-searching"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Adoption-of-the-TDS">Adoption of the TDS</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Implementation-issues">Implementation issues</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">B.2 More on subdirectory searching</h3>
+
+<p>Recursive subdirectory searching is the ability to specify a search not
+only of a specified directory <samp><var>d</var></samp>, but recursively of all
+directories below <samp><var>d</var></samp>.
+
+ <p>Since the TDS specifies precise locations for most files, with no
+extra levels of subdirectories allowed, true recursive searching is not
+actually required for a TDS-compliant implementation. We do,
+however, strongly recommend recursive searching as the most
+user-friendly and natural approach to the problem, rather than
+convoluted methods to specify paths without recursion.
+
+ <p>This feature is already supported by many implementations of TeX and
+companion utilities, for example DECUS TeX for VMS,
+Dvips(k), emTeX (and its drivers),
+PubliC TeX, Web2C, Xdvi(k),
+and Y&amp;YTeX. The Kpathsea library is a reusable
+implementation of subdirectory searching for TeX, used in a number of
+the above programs.
+
+ <p>Even if your TeX implementation does not directly support
+subdirectory searching, you may find it useful to adopt the structure if
+you do not use many fonts or packages. For instance, if you only use
+Computer Modern and AMS fonts, it would be feasible to store them
+in the TDS layout and list the directories individually in
+configuration files or environment variables.
+
+ <p>The TWG recognizes that subdirectory searching places an extra
+burden on the system and may be the source of performance bottlenecks,
+particularly on slower machines. Nevertheless, we feel that
+subdirectory searching is imperative for a well-organized TDS,
+for the reasons stated in Section&nbsp;<!-- /@w --><a href="#Subdirectory-searching">Subdirectory searching</a>.
+Implementors are encouraged to provide enhancements to the basic
+principle of subdirectory searching to avoid performance problems, e.g.,
+the use of a filename cache (this can be as simple as a recursive
+directory listing) that is consulted before disk searching begins. If a
+match is found in the database, subdirectory searching is not required,
+and performance is thus independent of the number of subdirectories
+present on the system.
+
+ <p>Different implementations specify subdirectory searching differently.
+In the interest of typographic clarity, the examples here do not use the
+<samp><var>replaceable</var></samp> font.
+
+ <ul>
+<li>Dvips:
+via a separate
+<samp><span class="file">TEXFONTS_SUBDIR</span></samp> environment variable.
+
+ <li>emTeX:
+<samp><span class="file">t:\subdir!!</span></samp>; <samp><span class="file">t:\subdir!</span></samp> for
+a single level of searching.
+
+ <li>Kpathsea:
+<samp><span class="file">texmf/subdir//</span></samp>
+
+ <li>VMS:
+<samp><span class="file">texmf:[subdir...]</span></samp>
+
+ <li>Xdvi (patchlevel 20):
+<samp><span class="file">texmf/subdir/**</span></samp>;
+<samp><span class="file">texmf/subdir/*</span></samp> for a single level of searching. Version 20.50
+and above support the <samp><span class="file">//</span></samp> notation.
+
+ <li>Y&amp;Y TeX:
+<samp><span class="file">t:/subdir//</span></samp> or
+<samp><span class="file">t:\subdir\\</span></samp>.
+
+ </ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#More-on-subdirectory-searching">More on subdirectory searching</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Implementation-issues">Implementation issues</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">B.3 Example implementation-specific trees</h3>
+
+<p>The TDS cannot specify a precise location for
+implementation-specific files, such as <samp><span class="file">texmf/ini</span></samp>, because a site
+may have multiple TeX implementations.
+
+ <p>Nevertheless, for informative purposes, we provide here the default
+locations for some implementations. Please contact us with additions or
+corrections. These paths are not definitive, may not match anything at
+your site, and may change without warning.
+
+ <p>We recommend all implementations have default search paths that start
+with the current directory (e.g., <samp><span class="file">.</span></samp>). Allowing users to
+include the parent directory (e.g., <samp><span class="file">..</span></samp>) is also helpful.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#AmiWeb2c-2_002e0">AmiWeb2c 2.0</a>
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Public-DECUS-TeX">Public DECUS TeX</a>
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Web2c-7">Web2c 7</a>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="AmiWeb2c-2_002e0"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Public-DECUS-TeX">Public DECUS TeX</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">B.3.1 AmiWeb2c 2.0</h4>
+
+<p>(Email <a href="mailto:scherer@physik.rwth-aachen.de">scherer@physik.rwth-aachen.de</a> to contact the maintainer
+of this implementation.)
+
+ <p>AmiWeb2c 2 is compatible with Web2c 7 to the greatest possible
+extent, so only the very few differences are described in this
+section. Detailed information about the basic concepts is given in
+the section for Web2c 7 below.
+
+ <p>Thanks to the <samp><span class="file">SELFAUTO</span></samp> mechanism of Kpathsea 3.0 no specific
+location for the installation of AmiWeb2c is required as long as the
+general structure of the distribution is preserved.
+
+ <p>In addition to Kpathsea's <samp><span class="file">//</span></samp> notation recursive path search may
+also be started by <samp><var>DEVICE</var><span class="file">:/</span></samp>, e.g., <samp><span class="file">TeXMF:/</span></samp>
+will scan this specific device completely.
+
+ <p>Binaries coming with the AmiWeb2c distribution are installed in the
+directory <samp><span class="file">bin/amiweb2c/</span></samp> outside the common TDS tree
+<samp><span class="file">share/texmf/</span></samp>. In addition to the set of AmiWeb2c binaries
+you will find two subdirectories <samp><span class="file">local/</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">pastex/</span></samp>
+with auxiliary programs.
+
+ <p>A stripped version of the PasTeX system (used by kind permission of
+Georg He&szlig;mann) is coming with AmiWeb2c, pre-installed in its own
+<samp><span class="file">share/texmf/amiweb2c/pastex/</span></samp> directory. If you want to use
+PasTeX you have to <samp><span class="file">assign</span></samp> the name <samp><span class="file">TeX:</span></samp> to this place.
+
+ <p>Documentation files in AmigaGuide format should be stored at
+<samp><span class="file">doc/guide/</span></samp> similar to <samp><span class="file">doc/info/</span></samp>.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Public-DECUS-TeX"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Web2c-7">Web2c 7</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#AmiWeb2c-2_002e0">AmiWeb2c 2.0</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">B.3.2 Public DECUS TeX</h4>
+
+<p>If another VMS implementation besides Public DECUS TeX
+appears, the top level implementation directory name will be modified to
+something more specific (e.g., <samp><span class="file">vms_decus</span></samp>).
+
+<pre class="example"> texmf/
+ vms/ VMS implementation specific files
+ exe/ end-user commands
+ common/ command procedures, command definition files, etc.
+ axp/ binary executables for Alpha AXP
+ vax/ binary executables for VAX
+ formats/ pool files, formats, bases
+ help/ VMS help library, and miscellaneous help sources
+ mgr/ command procedures, programs, docs, etc., for system management
+</pre>
+ <div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Web2c-7"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Public-DECUS-TeX">Public DECUS TeX</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Example-implementation_002dspecific-trees">Example implementation-specific trees</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">B.3.3 Web2c 7</h4>
+
+<p>All implementation-dependent TeX system files (<samp><span class="file">.pool</span></samp>,
+<samp><span class="file">.fmt</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">.base</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">.mem</span></samp>) are stored by default directly
+in <samp><span class="file">texmf/web2c</span></samp>. The configuration file <samp><span class="file">texmf.cnf</span></samp> and
+various subsidiary <samp><span class="file">MakeTeX...</span></samp> scripts used as subroutines are
+also stored there.
+
+ <p>Non-TeX specific files are stored following the GNU coding
+standards. Given a root directory <samp><var>prefix</var></samp>
+(<samp><span class="file">/usr/local</span></samp> by default), we have default locations as follows:
+
+<pre class="example"> &lt;prefix&gt;/ installation root (<samp><span class="file">/usr/local</span></samp> by default)
+ bin/ executables
+ man/ man pages
+ info/ info files
+ lib/ libraries (<samp><span class="file">libkpathsea.*</span></samp>)
+ share/ architecture-independent files
+ texmf/ TDS root
+ web2c/ implementation-dependent files (<samp><span class="file">.pool</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">.fmt</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">texmf.cnf</span></samp>, etc.)
+</pre>
+ <p>See <a href="http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards_toc.html">http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards_toc.html</a> for the
+rationale behind and descriptions of this arrangement. A site may of
+course override these defaults; for example, it may put everything under
+a single directory such as <samp><span class="file">/usr/local/texmf</span></samp>.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Is-there-a-better-way_003f"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Related-references">Related references</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Implementation-issues">Implementation issues</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h2 class="appendix">Appendix C Is there a better way?</h2>
+
+<p>Defining the TDS required many compromises. Both the overall
+structure and the details of the individual directories were arrived at
+by finding common ground among many opinions. The driving forces were
+feasibility (in terms of what could technically be done and what could
+reasonably be expected from developers) and regularity (files grouped
+together in an arrangement that &ldquo;made sense&rdquo;).
+
+ <p>Some interesting ideas could not be applied due to implementations
+lacking the necessary support:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>Path searching control at the TeX level. If documents could
+restrict subdirectory searching to a subdirectory via some portable
+syntax in file names, restrictions on uniqueness of filenames could be
+relaxed considerably (with the cooperation of the formats), and the
+TeX search path would not need to depend on the format.
+
+ <li>Multiple logical <samp><span class="file">texmf</span></samp> trees. For example, a site might have
+one (read-only) location for stable files, and a different (writable)
+location for dynamically-created fonts or other files. It would be
+reasonable for two such trees to be logically merged when searching.
+See Michael Downes' article in the references for how this can work in
+practice with Web2C.
+
+ </ul>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Macro-structure">Macro structure</a>
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a>
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Documentation-structure">Documentation structure</a>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Macro-structure"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Is-there-a-better-way_003f">Is there a better way?</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">C.1 Macro structure</h3>
+
+<p>The TWG settled on the
+<samp><var>format</var><span class="file">/</span><var>package</var></samp> arrangement after long
+discussion about how best to arrange the files.
+
+ <p>The primary alternative to this arrangement was a scheme which reversed
+the order of these directories:
+<samp><var>package</var><span class="file">/</span><var>format</var></samp>. This reversed
+arrangement has a strong appeal: it keeps all of the files related to a
+particular package in a single place. The arrangement actually adopted
+tends to spread files out into two or three places (macros,
+documentation, and fonts, for example, are spread into different
+sections of the tree right at the top level).
+
+ <p>Nevertheless, the <samp><var>format</var><span class="file">/</span><var>package</var></samp>
+structure won for a couple of reasons:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>It is closer to current practice; in fact, several members of the
+TWG have already implemented the TDS hierarchy. The
+alternative is not in use at any known site, and the TWG felt it
+wrong to mandate something with which there is no practical experience.
+
+ <li>The alternative arrangement increases the number of top-level
+directories, so the files that must be found using subdirectory
+searching are spread out in a wide, shallow tree. This could have a
+profound impact on the efficiency of subdirectory searching.
+
+ </ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Font-structure"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Documentation-structure">Documentation structure</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Macro-structure">Macro structure</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Is-there-a-better-way_003f">Is there a better way?</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">C.2 Font structure</h3>
+
+<p>The TWG struggled more with the font directory structure than
+anything else. This is not surprising; the need to use the proliferation
+of PostScript fonts with TeX is what made the previous arrangement
+with all files in a single directory untenable, and therefore what
+initiated the TDS effort.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Font-file-type-location">Font file type location</a>
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Mode-and-resolution-location">Mode and resolution location</a>
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Modeless-bitmaps">Modeless bitmaps</a>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Font-file-type-location"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Mode-and-resolution-location">Mode and resolution location</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">C.2.1 Font file type location</h4>
+
+<p>We considered the supplier-first arrangement in use at many sites:
+
+<pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/<var>supplier</var>/<var>typeface</var>/<var>type</var>/
+</pre>
+ <p>This improves the maintainability of the font tree, since all files
+comprising a given typeface are in one place, but unless all the
+programs that search this tree employ some form of caching, there are
+serious performance concerns. For example, in order to find a
+<samp><span class="file">TFM</span></samp> file, the simplest implementation would require TeX to
+search through all the directories that contain PK files in all
+modes and at all resolutions.
+
+ <p>In the end, a poll of developers revealed considerable resistance to
+implementing sufficient caching mechanisms, so this arrangement was
+abandoned. The TDS arrangement allows the search tree to be
+restricted to the correct type of file, at least. Concerns about
+efficiency remain, but there seems to be no more we can do without
+abandoning subdirectory searching entirely.
+
+ <p>We also considered segregating all font-related files strictly by file
+type, so that Metafont sources would be in a directory
+<samp><span class="file">texmf/fonts/mf</span></samp>, property list files in <samp><span class="file">texmf/fonts/pl</span></samp>, the
+various forms of Type&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->1 fonts separated, and so on. Although more
+blindly consistent, we felt that the drawback of more complicated path
+constructions outweighed this. The TDS merges file types
+(<samp><span class="file">mf</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">pl</span></samp> under <samp><span class="file">source</span></samp>, <samp><span class="file">pfa</span></samp> and <samp><span class="file">pfb</span></samp>
+and <samp><span class="file">gsf</span></samp> under <samp><span class="file">type1</span></samp>) where we felt this was beneficial.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Mode-and-resolution-location"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Modeless-bitmaps">Modeless bitmaps</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Font-file-type-location">Font file type location</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">C.2.2 Mode and resolution location</h4>
+
+<p>We considered having the <samp><span class="file">mode</span></samp> at the bottom of the font tree:
+<pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/pk/<var>supplier</var>/<var>typeface</var>/<var>mode</var>/<var>dpi</var>/
+</pre>
+ <p>In this case, however, it is difficult to limit subdirectory searching
+to the mode required for a particular device.
+
+ <p>We then considered moving the <samp><span class="file">dpi</span><var>nnn</var></samp> up to below
+the mode:
+<pre class="example"> texmf/fonts/pk/<var>mode</var>/<var>dpi</var>/<var>supplier</var>/<var>typeface</var>/
+</pre>
+ <p>But then it is not feasible to omit the <samp><span class="file">dpi</span><var>nnn</var></samp>
+level altogether on systems which can and do choose to use long
+filenames.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Modeless-bitmaps"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Mode-and-resolution-location">Mode and resolution location</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">C.2.3 Modeless bitmaps</h4>
+
+<p>The TDS specifies using a single directory <samp><span class="file">modeless/</span></samp> as
+the mode name for those utilities which generate bitmaps, e.g.,
+<samp><span class="file">texmf/fonts/modeless/times/</span></samp>. This has the considerable advantage
+of not requiring each such directory name to be listed in a search path.
+
+ <p>An alternative was to use the utility name below which all such
+directories could be gathered. That has the advantage of separating,
+say, <samp><span class="file">gsftopk</span></samp>-generated bitmaps from <samp><span class="file">ps2pk</span></samp>-generated ones.
+However, we decided this was not necessary; most sites will use only one
+program for the purpose. Also, PK and GF fonts generally
+identify their creator in the font comment following the <samp><span class="file">PK_ID</span></samp>
+byte.
+
+ <p>We are making an implicit assumption that Metafont is the only program
+producing mode-dependent bitmaps. If this becomes false we could add an
+abbreviation for the program to mode names, as in <samp><span class="file">mfcx</span></samp> vs.
+<samp><span class="file">xyzcx</span></samp> for a hypothetical program Xyz, or we could
+at that time add an additional program name level uniformly to the tree.
+It seemed more important to concisely represent the current situation
+than to worry about hypothetical possibilities that may never&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->happen.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Documentation-structure"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Font-structure">Font structure</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Is-there-a-better-way_003f">Is there a better way?</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h3 class="section">C.3 Documentation structure</h3>
+
+<p>We considered placing additional documentation files in the same
+directory as the source files for the packages, but we felt that users
+should be able to find documentation separately from sources, since most
+users have no interest in sources.
+
+ <p>We hope that a separate, but parallel, structure for documentation would
+(1)&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->keep the documentation together and (2)&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->make it as straightforward
+as possible for users to find the particular documentation they were
+after.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Related-references"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Contributors">Contributors</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Is-there-a-better-way_003f">Is there a better way?</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h2 class="appendix">Appendix D Related references</h2>
+
+<p>This appendix gives pointers to related files and other documents. For
+CTAN references, we use <samp><span class="file">http://www.ctan.org</span></samp> as the
+top-level domain only to make the links be live in this document. See
+<a href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites</a> for a complete list of
+CTAN sites; there are mirrors worldwide.
+
+ <ul>
+<li>This document, in many formats (tex, dvi, info, pdf):<br>
+<a href="http://tug.org/tds/">http://tug.org/tds/</a>
+
+ <li>The TDS mailing list archives:<br>
+<a href="http://tug.org/mail-archives/twg-tds/">http://tug.org/mail-archives/twg-tds/</a>
+
+ <li>The level&nbsp;<!-- /@w -->0 DVI driver standard:<br>
+<a href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware/driv-standard/level-0/">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware/driv-standard/level-0/</a>
+
+ <li><cite>Filenames for TeX fonts</cite>, with lists of recommended
+supplier and typeface names:<br>
+<a href="http://tug.org/fontname/">http://tug.org/fontname/</a>
+
+ <li>ISO-9660 CD-ROM file system standard:<br>
+<a href="http://www.iso.ch/cate/cat.html">http://www.iso.ch/cate/cat.html</a>
+
+ <li><cite>Components of TeX</cite>, a paper by Joachim
+Schrod:<br>
+<a href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/documentation/components-of-TeX/">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/documentation/components-of-TeX/</a>
+
+ <li><cite>Managing Multiple TDS trees</cite>, an article by Michael
+Downes:<br>
+<a href="http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-3/tb72downes.pdf">http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-3/tb72downes.pdf</a>
+
+ <li>A complete set of Metafont modes:<br>
+<a href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/modes/modes.mf">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/modes/modes.mf</a>
+
+ <li>A large collection of BibTeX databases and styles:<br>
+<a href="ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/">ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/</a>
+
+ </ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Contributors"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Related-references">Related references</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<h2 class="appendix">Appendix E Contributors</h2>
+
+<p>The TWG has had no physical meetings; electronic mail was the
+communication medium.
+
+ <p>Sebastian Rahtz is the TeX Users Group Technical Council liaison.
+Norman Walsh was the original committee chair. Karl Berry is the
+current editor.
+
+ <p>The list of contributors has grown too large to fairly include, as some
+would surely be inadvertently omitted. Please consider the archives of
+the <a href="mailto:tds@tug.org">tds@tug.org</a> and <a href="mailto:tex-live@tug.org">tex-live@tug.org</a> mailing lists as
+the record of contributions.
+
+</body></html>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bb2a2a46d30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.sed b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.sed
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fb7f30f13cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# $Id: tds.sed,v 1.2 2004/06/04 17:11:34 karl Exp $
+# Written by Ulrik Vieth and Karl Berry.
+# Public domain.
+#
+# Things that are too hard to do in Elisp. Run after tds2texi-convert.
+
+# Indentation blocks in tdsSummary environments.
+s/ \./ /g
+
+# References that are too hard to convert automatically.
+s/Table, ref{tab:summary}/@pxref{Summary},/
+
+/^Copyright.*Group/a\
+This is version @value{version}.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..55c1b4ddcc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1585 @@
+%&latex
+% $Id: tds.tex,v 1.43 2004/06/23 17:24:42 karl Exp $
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} % compatibility with 2.09 is too painful
+\documentclass{tdsguide}
+
+\tdsVersion{1.1}
+
+\title{A Directory Structure for \TeX{} Files}
+\author{TUG Working Group on a \TeX{} Directory Structure (TWG-TDS)}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{legalnotice}
+
+Copyright {\copyright} 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2003, 2004
+\TeX{} Users Group.
+
+Permission to use, copy, and distribute this document \emphasis{without
+modification} for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that this notice appears in all copies. It is provided ``as
+is'' without expressed or implied warranty.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+document under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+modifications are clearly marked and the document is not represented as
+the official one.
+
+This document is available on any \abbr{ctan} host
+(see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references}).
+Please send questions or suggestions by email to
+\email|tds@tug.org|. We welcome all comments. This is version
+\the\tdsVersion.
+
+\end{legalnotice}
+
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+
+\newpage
+\section{Introduction}
+
+\TeX{} is a powerful, flexible typesetting system used by many people
+around the world. It is extremely portable and runs on virtually all
+operating systems. One unfortunate side effect of \TeX{}'s flexibility,
+however, is that there has been no single ``right'' way to install it.
+This has resulted in many sites having different installed arrangements.
+
+The primary purpose of this document is to describe a standard \TeX{}
+Directory Structure (\abbr{TDS}): a directory hierarchy for macros,
+fonts, and the other implementation-independent \TeX{} system files. As
+a matter of practicality, this document also suggests ways to
+incorporate the rest of the \TeX{} files into a single structure. The
+\abbr{TDS} has been designed to work on all modern systems. In
+particular, the Technical Working Group (\abbr{TWG}) believes it is usable
+under Mac\abbr{OS}, \abbr{ms-dos}, \abbr{os/2}, Unix, \abbr{vms}, and
+Windows \abbr{nt}\@. We hope that administrators and developers of both
+free and commercial \TeX{} implementations will adopt this standard.
+
+This document is intended both for the \TeX{} system administrator at a
+site and for people preparing \TeX{} distributions---everything from a
+complete runnable system to a single macro or style file. It may also
+help \TeX{} users find their way around systems organized this way. It
+is not a tutorial: we necessarily assume knowledge of the many parts of
+a working \TeX{} system. If you are unfamiliar with any of the programs
+or file formats we refer to, consult the references in
+Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references}.
+
+
+\subsection{History}
+
+Version 1.0 of the \abbr{TDS} was released in February 2003.
+
+Version 1.1 was released in June 2004, with the following non-editorial
+changes:
+
+\begin{itemize-squeeze}
+\item Inputs for \TeX{} extensions included under \path|tex|, instead
+ of in their own top-level directories (Section~\ref{sec:Extensions})
+\item New top-level directory \path|scripts| (Section~\ref{sec:Scripts}).
+\item New subdirectories \path|lig|, \path|opentype|,
+ \path|truetype|, and \path|type3| under \path|fonts|
+ (Section~\ref{sec:Fonts}).
+\item \path|enc|, \path|lig|, and \path|map| all use
+ \replaceable{syntax}\path|/|\replaceable{package} subdirectories
+ (Section~\ref{sec:Fonts}).
+\item \path|pfm| files specified to go under \path|type1|, and
+ \path|inf| files under \path|afm| (Section~\ref{sec:Fonts}).
+\end{itemize-squeeze}
+
+
+\subsection{The role of the \abbr{TDS}}
+
+The role of the \abbr{TDS} is to stabilize the organization of
+\TeX{}-related software packages that are installed and in use, possibly
+on multiple platforms simultaneously.
+
+At first glance, it may seem that the Comprehensive \TeX{} Archive
+Network (\abbr{ctan}) fulfills at least part of this role, but this is
+not the case. The role of \abbr{ctan} is to simplify archiving and
+distribution, not installation and use.
+
+In fact, the roles of the \abbr{TDS} and \abbr{ctan} are frequently in
+conflict, as we will see. For distribution, many different types of
+files must be combined into a single unit; for use, it is traditional to
+segregate files (even similar files) from a single package into
+separate, occasionally distant, directories.
+
+
+\subsection{Conventions}
+
+In this document, ``\path|/|'' is used to separate filename components;
+for example, \path|texmf/fonts|. This is the Unix convention but the
+ideas are in no way Unix-specific.
+
+In this document, ``\TeX{}'' generally means the \TeX{} system, including
+\MF{}, \abbr{DVI} drivers, utilities, etc., not just the \TeX{}
+program itself.
+
+The word ``package'' in this document has its usual meaning: a set of
+related files distributed, installed, and maintained as a unit. This is
+\emphasis{not} a \LaTeXe{} package, which is a style file supplementing
+a document class.
+
+We use the following typographic conventions:
+
+\begin{description}
+
+\item[\literal{literal}] Literal text such as \literal{filename} is
+typeset in typewriter type.
+
+\item[\replaceable{replaceable}] Replaceable text such as
+\replaceable{package}, identifying a class of things, is typeset in
+italics inside angle brackets.
+
+\end{description}
+
+
+\section{General}
+
+This section describes common properties throughout the \abbr{TDS} tree.
+
+\subsection{Subdirectory searching}
+\label{sec:Subdirectory searching}
+
+Older \TeX{} installations store large numbers of related files in single
+directories, for example, all \path|TFM| files and\slash or all \TeX{}
+input files.
+
+This monolithic arrangement hinders maintenance of a \TeX{} system: it
+is difficult to determine what files are used by what packages, what
+files need to be updated when a new version is installed, or what files
+should be deleted if a package is removed. It is also a source of error
+if two or more packages happen to have input files with the same name.
+
+Therefore, the \abbr{TWG} felt each package should be in a separate
+directory. But we recognized that explicitly listing all directories to
+be searched would be unbearable. A site may wish to install dozens of
+packages. Aside from anything else, listing that many directories would
+produce search paths many thousands of characters long, overflowing the
+available space on some systems.
+
+Also, if all directories are explicitly listed, installing or removing a
+new package would mean changing a path as well as installing or removing
+the actual files. This would be a time-consuming and error-prone
+operation, even with implementations that provide some way to specify
+the directories to search at runtime. On systems without runtime
+configuration, it would require recompiling software, an intolerable
+burden.
+
+As a result, the \abbr{TWG} concluded that a comprehensive \abbr{TDS}
+requires implementations to support some form of implicit subdirectory
+searching. More precisely, implementations must make it possible to
+specify that \TeX{}, \MF{}, and their companion utilities search in both
+a specified directory and recursively through all subdirectories of that
+directory when looking for an input file. Other forms of subdirectory
+searching, for example recursive-to-one-level searches, may also be
+provided. We encourage implementors to provide subdirectory searching
+at the option of the installer and user for all paths.
+
+The \abbr{TDS} does not specify a syntax for specifying recursive
+searching, but we encourage implementors to provide interoperability
+(see Section~\ref{sec:More on subdirectory searching}).
+
+
+\subsection{Rooting the tree}
+\label{sec:Rooting the tree}
+
+In this document, we shall designate the root \abbr{TDS} directory by
+`\texmf{}' (for ``\TeX{} and \MF{}''). We recommend using that name
+where possible, but the actual name of the directory is up to the
+installer. On \abbr{pc} networks, for example, this could map to a
+logical drive specification such as \path|T:|.
+
+Similarly, the location of this directory on the system is
+site-dependent. It may be at the root of the file system; on Unix
+systems, \path|/usr/local/share|, \path|/usr/local|,
+\path|/usr/local/lib|, and \path|/opt| are common choices.
+
+The name \texmf{} was chosen for several reasons: it reflects the fact
+that the directory contains files pertaining to an entire \TeX{} system
+(including \MF{}, \MP{}, \BibTeX{}, etc.), not just \TeX{} itself; and it
+is descriptive of a generic installation rather than a particular
+implementation.
+
+A site may choose to have more than one \abbr{TDS} hierarchy installed
+(for example, when installing an upgrade). This is perfectly legitimate.
+
+
+\subsection{Local additions}
+\label{sec:Local additions}
+
+The \abbr{TDS} cannot specify precisely when a package is or is not a
+``local addition''. Each site must determine this according to its own
+conventions. At the two extremes, one site might wish to consider
+``nonlocal'' all files not acquired as part of the installed \TeX{}
+distribution; another site might consider ``local'' only those files
+that were actually developed at the local site and not distributed
+elsewhere.
+
+We recognize two common methods for local additions to a distributed
+\texmf{} tree. Both have their place; in fact, some sites employ
+both simultaneously:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+
+\item A completely separate tree which is a \abbr{TDS} structure
+itself; for example, \path|/usr/local/umbtex| at the University of
+Massachusetts at Boston. This is another example of the multiple
+\texmf{} hierarchies mentioned in the previous section.
+
+\item A directory named `\path|local|' at any appropriate level, for
+example, in the \replaceable{format}, \replaceable{package}, and
+\replaceable{supplier} directories discussed in the following sections.
+The \abbr{TDS} reserves the directory name \path|local| for this
+purpose.
+
+We recommend using \path|local| for site-adapted configuration files,
+such as \path|language.dat| for the Babel package or \path|graphics.cfg|
+for the graphics package. Unmodified configuration files from a package
+should remain in the package directory. The intent is to separate
+locally modified or created files from distribution files, to ease
+installing new releases.
+
+\end{enumerate}
+
+One common case of local additions is dynamically generated files, e.g.,
+\abbr{PK} fonts by the \path|mktexpk| script (which originated in
+\application{Dvips} as \path|MakeTeXPK|). A site may store the
+generated files directly in any of:
+\begin{itemize-squeeze}
+\item their standard location in the main \abbr{TDS} tree (if it can be
+made globally writable);
+
+\item an alternative location in the main \abbr{TDS} tree (for
+example, under \path|texmf/fonts/tmp|);
+
+\item a second complete \abbr{TDS} tree (as outlined above);
+
+\item any other convenient directory (perhaps under
+\path|/var|, for example \path|/var/spool/fonts|).
+
+\end{itemize-squeeze}
+
+No one solution will be appropriate for all sites.
+
+
+\subsection{Duplicate filenames}
+\label{sec:Duplicate filenames}
+
+Different files by the same name may exist in a \abbr{TDS} tree. The
+\abbr{TDS} generally leaves unspecified which of two files by the same
+name in a search path will be found, so generally the only way to
+reliably find a given file is for it to have a unique name. However,
+the \abbr{TDS} requires implementations to support the following
+exceptions:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item Names of \TeX{} input files must be unique within each first-level
+subdirectory of \path|texmf/tex| and \path|texmf/tex/generic|, but not
+within all of \path|texmf/tex|; i.e., different \TeX{} formats may have
+files by the same name. (Section~\ref{sec:Macros} discusses this
+further.) Thus, no single format-independent path specification, such
+as a recursive search beginning at \path|texmf/tex| specifying no other
+directories, suffices. So implementations must provide format-dependent
+path specifications, for example via wrapper scripts or configuration
+files.
+
+\item Many font files will have the same name (e.g., \path|cmr10.pk|),
+as discussed in Section~\ref{sec:Valid font bitmaps}. Implementations
+must distinguish these files by mode and resolution.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+All implementations we know of already have these capabilities.
+
+One place where duplicate names are likely to occur is not an exception:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item Names of \MF{} input files (as opposed to bitmaps) must be unique
+within all of \path|texmf/fonts|. In practice, this is a problem with
+some variants of Computer Modern which contain slightly modified files
+named \path|punct.mf|, \path|romanl.mf|, and so on. We believe the only
+feasible solution is to rename the derivative files to be
+unique.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\section{Top-level directories}
+\label{sec:Top-level directories}
+
+The directories under the \texmf{} root identify the major components of
+a \TeX{} system (see Section~\ref{sec:Summary} for a summary). A site
+may omit any unneeded directories.
+
+Although the \abbr{TDS} by its nature can specify precise locations only
+for implementation-independent files, we recognize that installers may
+well wish to place other files under \texmf{} to simplify administration
+of the \TeX{} tree, especially if it is maintained by someone other than
+the system administrator. Therefore, additional top-level directories
+may be present.
+
+The top-level directories specified by the \abbr{TDS} are:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\path|tex|]
+for \TeX{} files (Section~\ref{sec:Macros}).
+
+\item[\path|fonts|]
+for font-related files (Section~\ref{sec:Fonts}).
+
+\item[\path|metafont|]
+for \MF{} files which are not fonts (Section~\ref{sec:Non-font MF files}).
+
+\item[\path|metapost|]
+for \MP{} files (Section~\ref{sec:MetaPost}).
+
+\item[\path|bibtex|]
+for \BibTeX{} files (Section~\ref{sec:BibTeX}).
+
+\item[\path|scripts|]
+for platform-independent executables (Section~\ref{sec:Scripts}).
+
+\item[\path|doc|]
+for user documentation (Section~\ref{sec:Documentation}).
+
+\item[\path|source|] for sources. This includes both traditional
+program sources (for example, \application{Web2C} sources go in
+\path|texmf/source/web2c|) and, e.g., \LaTeX{} \path|dtx| sources (which
+go in \path|texmf/source/latex|). The \abbr{TDS} leaves unspecified any
+structure under \path|source|.
+
+\path|source| is intended for files which are not needed at runtime by
+any \TeX{} program; it should not be included in any search path. For
+example, \path|plain.tex| does not belong under \path|texmf/source|,
+even though it is a ``source file'' in the sense of not being derived
+from another file. (It goes in \path|texmf/tex/plain/base|, as explained
+in Section~\ref{sec:Macros}).
+
+\item[\replaceable{implementation}] for implementations (examples:
+\path|emtex|, \path|vtex|, \path|web2c|), to be used for whatever
+purpose deemed suitable by the implementor or \TeX{} administrator.
+That is, files that cannot be shared between implementations, such as
+pool files (\path|tex.pool|) and memory dump files (\path|plain.fmt|) go
+here, in addition to implementation-wide configuration files. See
+Section~\ref{sec:Example implementation-specific trees} for examples of
+real \replaceable{implementation} trees.
+
+Such implementation-specific configuration files should \emphasis{not}
+be located using the main \TeX{} input search path (e.g.,
+\path|TEXINPUTS|). This must be reserved for files actually read by a
+\TeX{} engine. See Section~\ref{sec:Extensions}.
+
+\item[\replaceable{program}] for program-specific input and
+configuration files for any \TeX{}-related programs (examples:
+\path|mft|, \path|dvips|). In fact, the \path|tex|, \path|metafont|,
+\path|metapost|, and \path|bibtex| items above may all be seen as
+instances of this case.
+
+\end{description}
+
+
+\subsection{Macros}
+\label{sec:Macros}
+
+\TeX{} macro files shall be stored in separate directories, segregated
+by \TeX{} format and package name (we use `format' in its traditional
+\TeX{} sense to mean a usefully \path|\dump|-able package):
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/tex/\replaceable{format}/\replaceable{package}/
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+\begin{description}
+
+\item[\replaceable{format}] is a format name (examples: \path|amstex|,
+\path|latex|, \path|plain|, \path|texinfo|).
+
+The \abbr{TDS} allows distributions that can be used as either formats or
+packages (e.g., Texinfo, Eplain) to be stored at either level, at the
+option of the format author or \TeX{} administrator. We recommend that
+packages used as formats at a particular site be stored at the
+\replaceable{format} level: by adjusting the \TeX{} inputs search path,
+it will be straightforward to use them as macro packages under another
+format, whereas placing them in another tree completely obscures their
+use as a format.
+
+The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{format} names:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item \path|generic|, for input files that are useful across a wide
+range of formats (examples: \path|null.tex|, \path|path.sty|).
+Generally, this means any format that uses the category codes of Plain
+\TeX{} and does not rely on any particular format. This is in contrast
+to those files which are useful only with Plain \TeX{} (which go under
+\path|texmf/tex/plain|), e.g., \path|testfont.tex| and \path|plain.tex|
+itself.
+
+\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local
+additions}.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+Thus, for almost every format, it is necessary to search at least the
+\replaceable{format} directory and then the \path|generic| directory (in
+that order). Other directories may need to be searched as well,
+depending on the format. When using \AMSTeX{}, for example, the
+\path|amstex|, \path|plain|, and \path|generic| directories should be
+searched, because \AMSTeX{} is compatible with Plain.
+
+\item[\replaceable{package}] is a \TeX{} package name (examples:
+\path|babel|, \path|texdraw|).
+
+In the case where a format consists of only a single file and has no
+auxiliary packages, that file can simply be placed in the
+\replaceable{format} directory, instead of
+\replaceable{format}\path|/base|. For example, Texinfo may go in
+\path|texmf/tex/texinfo/texinfo.tex|, not
+\path|texmf/tex/texinfo/base/texinfo.tex|.
+
+The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{package} names:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item \path|base|, for the base distribution of each format,
+including files used by \iniTeX{} when dumping format files. For
+example, in the standard \LaTeX{} distribution, the \path|ltx| files
+created during the build process. Another example: the \path|.ini|
+driver files for formats used by \TeX{} Live and other distributions.
+
+\item \path|hyphen|, for hyphenation patterns, including the original
+American English \path|hyphen.tex|. These are typically used only by
+\iniTeX{}. In most situations, this directory need exist only under the
+\literal{generic} format.
+
+\item \path|images|, for image input files, such as Encapsulated
+PostScript figures. Although it is somewhat non-intuitive for these to
+be under a directory named ``\path|tex|'', \TeX{} needs to read these
+files to glean bounding box or other information. A mechanism for
+sharing image inputs between \TeX{} and other typesetting programs
+(e.g., Interleaf, FrameMaker) is beyond the scope of the
+\abbr{TDS}\@. In most situations, this directory need exist only under
+the \literal{generic} format.
+
+\item \path|local|, for local additions and configuration files. See
+Section~\ref{sec:Local additions}.
+
+\item \path|misc|, for packages that consist of a single file. An
+administrator or package maintainer may create directories for
+single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using \path|misc|.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+\end{description}
+
+
+\subsubsection{Extensions}
+\label{sec:Extensions}
+
+\TeX{} has spawned many companion and successor programs (``engines''),
+such as \abbr{PDF}\TeX{}, Omega, and others. The \abbr{TDS} specifies
+that the input files for such programs (using a \TeX{}-like syntax) be
+placed within the top-level \path|tex| directory, either at the top
+level or within a format subdirectory, even though the original \TeX{}
+program may not be able to read them. For example:
+
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/tex/aleph
+texmf/tex/enctex
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+This is a change from \abbr{TDS}~1.0, which specified top-level
+\replaceable{extension} directories for each such program. We felt the
+new approach is preferable, because:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item Authors of relevant packages typically make their code detect the
+engine being used, and issue error messages or adapt to circumstances
+appropriately. Furthermore, as a package matures, it may support
+multiple engines. Thus, a package could conceivably be placed in any of
+several top-level directories, at different times. Putting all packages
+under the top-level \path|tex| directory provides a stable location over
+time.
+
+\item Users need to be able to switch between engines, and configuring
+different search paths for each engine is difficult and error-prone.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+Thus, in practice, having different top-level directories caused
+difficulties for everyone involved---users, package authors, site
+administrators, and system distributors.
+
+Please contrast this approach with the \replaceable{implementation}
+top-level subdirectory (Section~\ref{sec:Top-level directories}), which
+is to be used for configuration files that (presumably) do not use
+\TeX{} syntax and in any case should not be found along the main \TeX{}
+input search path.
+
+
+\subsection{Fonts}
+\label{sec:Fonts}
+
+Font files are stored in separate directories, segregated by file type,
+and then (in most cases) font supplier and typeface. \abbr{PK} and
+\abbr{GF} files need additional structure, as detailed in the next
+section.
+
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/fonts/\replaceable{type}/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/
+texmf/fonts/enc,lig,map/\replaceable{subpath}/
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+\begin{description}
+
+\item[\replaceable{type}] is the type of font file. The \abbr{TDS}
+reserves the following \replaceable{type} names for common \TeX{} file
+types:
+
+\begin{itemize-squeeze}
+\item \path|afm|, for Adobe font metrics, and \path|inf| files.
+\item \path|gf|, for generic font bitmap files.
+\item \path|opentype|, for OpenType fonts.
+\item \path|pk|, for packed bitmap files.
+\item \path|source|, for font sources (\MF{} files, property lists, etc.).
+\item \path|tfm|, for \TeX{} font metric files.
+\item \path|truetype|, for TrueType fonts.
+\item \path|type1|, for PostScript Type 1 fonts (in \path|pfa|,
+ \path|pfb|, or any other format), and \path|pfm| files.
+\item \path|type3|, for PostScript Type 3 fonts.
+\item \path|vf|, for virtual fonts.
+\end{itemize-squeeze}
+
+The \abbr{TDS} also reserves the names \path|enc|, \path|lig|, and
+\path|map| for font encoding, ligature, and mapping files, respectively.
+All of these directories are structured the same way, with
+\replaceable{syntax} subdirectories, and then \replaceable{package}
+subsubdirectories. Each of these file types is intended to be searched
+along its own recursively-searched path. The names of the actual files
+must be unique within their subtree, as usual. Examples:
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+fonts/map/dvipdfm/updmap/dvipdfm.map
+fonts/map/dvips/lm/lm.map
+fonts/enc/dvips/base/8r.enc
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+The Fontname and Dvips packages have more examples of the \path|enc| and
+\path|map| types. The \path|afm2pl| program uses \path|lig| files.
+
+\path|pfm| files are included in the \path|type1| directory, instead of
+being given their own directory, for two reasons: 1)~a \path|.pfm| file
+is always an adjunct to a given \path|.pfb| file; 2)~they must be
+installed from the same directory for Windows programs other than \TeX{}
+to use them.
+
+\path|inf| files are included in the \path|afm| directory, since
+an \path|inf| and \path|afm| file can be used to generate a \path|pfm|.
+(Unfortunately, Adobe Type Manager and perhaps other software requires
+that the \path|pfb| be in the same directory as \path|afm| and
+\path|inf| for installation.)
+
+As usual, a site may omit any of these directories that are unnecessary.
+\path|gf| is a particularly likely candidate for omission.
+
+\item[\replaceable{supplier}] is a name identifying font source
+(examples: \path|adobe|, \path|ams|, \path|public|). The \abbr{TDS}
+reserves the following \replaceable{supplier} names:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item \path|ams|, for the American Mathematical Society's \AmS{}-fonts
+collection.
+
+\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local additions}.
+
+\item \path|public|, for freely redistributable fonts where the supplier
+neither (1)~requested their own directory (e.g., \path|ams|), nor
+(2)~also made proprietary fonts (e.g., \path|adobe|). It does not
+contain all extant freely distributable fonts, nor are all files therein
+necessarily strictly public domain.
+
+\item \path|tmp|, for dynamically-generated fonts, as is traditional on
+some systems. It may be omitted if unnecessary, as usual.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\item[\replaceable{typeface}] is the name of a typeface family
+(examples: \path|cm|, \path|euler|, \path|times|). The \abbr{TDS}
+reserves the following \replaceable{typeface} names:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item \path|cm| (within \path|public|), for the 75 fonts defined in
+\citetitle{Computers and Typesetting, Volume~E}.
+
+\item \path|latex| (within \path|public|), for those fonts distributed
+with \LaTeX{} in the base distribution.
+
+\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local additions}.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+\end{description}
+
+Some concrete examples:
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/fonts/source/public/pandora/pnr10.mf
+texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm
+texmf/fonts/type1/adobe/utopia/putr.pfa
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+For complete supplier and typeface name lists, consult
+\citetitle{Filenames for \TeX{} fonts} (see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related
+references}).
+
+\subsubsection{Font bitmaps}
+
+Font bitmap files require two characteristics in addition to the above
+to be uniquely identifiable: (1)~the type of device (i.e., mode) for
+which the font was created; (2)~the resolution of the bitmap.
+
+Following common practice, the \abbr{TDS} segregates fonts with
+different device types into separate directories. See \path|modes.mf|
+in Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references} for recommended mode names.
+
+Some printers operate at more than one resolution (e.g., at 300\,dpi and
+600\,dpi), but each such resolution will necessarily have a different
+mode name. Nothing further is needed, since implicit in the \TeX{}
+system is the assumption of a single target resolution.
+
+Two naming strategies are commonly used to identify the resolution of
+bitmap font files. On systems that allow long filenames (and in the
+original \MF{} program itself), the resolution is included in the
+filename (e.g., \path|cmr10.300pk|). On systems which do not support
+long filenames, fonts are generally segregated into directories by
+resolution (e.g., \path|dpi300/cmr10.pk|).
+
+Because the \abbr{TDS} cannot require long filenames, we must use the
+latter scheme for naming fonts. So we have two more subdirectory
+levels under \path|pk| and \path|gf|:
+
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/fonts/pk/\replaceable{mode}/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/dpi\replaceable{nnn}/
+texmf/fonts/gf/\replaceable{mode}/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/dpi\replaceable{nnn}/
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+\begin{description}
+
+\item[\replaceable{mode}] is a name which identifies the device type
+(examples: \path|cx|, \path|ljfour|, \path|modeless|). Usually, this is
+the name of the \MF{} mode used to build the \abbr{PK} file. For fonts
+rendered as bitmaps by a program that does not distinguish between
+different output devices, the \replaceable{mode} name shall be simply
+\path|modeless|. The \replaceable{mode} level shall not be omitted,
+even if only a single mode happens to be in use.
+
+\item[\path|dpi|\replaceable{nnn}] specifies the resolution of the font
+(examples: \path|dpi300|, \path|dpi329|). `\literal{dpi}' stands for
+dots per inch, i.e., pixels per inch. We recognize that pixels per
+millimeter is used in many parts of the world, but dpi is too
+traditional in the \TeX{} world to consider changing now.
+
+The integer \replaceable{nnn} is to be calculated as if using \MF{}
+arithmetic and then rounded; i.e., it is the integer \MF{} uses in its
+output \path|gf| filename. We recognize small differences in the
+resolution are a common cause of frustration among users, however, and
+recommend implementors follow the level~0 \abbr{DVI} driver standard
+(see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references}) in bitmap font searches by
+allowing a fuzz of $\pm0.2$\% (with a minimum of $1$) in the
+\replaceable{dpi}.
+
+\end{description}
+
+Implementations may provide extensions to the basic naming scheme, such
+as long filenames (as in the original \MF{}) and font library files (as
+in em\TeX{}'s \path|.fli| files), provided that the basic scheme is also
+supported.
+
+\subsubsection{Valid font bitmaps}
+\label{sec:Valid font bitmaps}
+
+The \abbr{TWG} recognizes that the use of short filenames has many
+disadvantages. The most vexing is that it results in the creation of
+dozens of different files with the same name. At a typical site,
+\path|cmr10.pk| will be the filename for Computer Modern Roman 10\,pt at
+5--10 magnifications for 2--3 modes. (Section~\ref{sec:Duplicate
+filenames} discusses duplicate filenames in general.)
+
+To minimize this problem, we strongly recommend that \abbr{PK} files
+contain enough information to identify precisely how they were created:
+at least the mode, base resolution, and magnification used to create the
+font.
+
+This information is easy to supply: a simple addition to the local modes
+used for building the fonts with \MF{} will automatically provide the
+required information. If you have been using a local modes file derived
+from (or that is simply) \path|modes.mf| (see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related
+references}), the required information is already in your \abbr{PK}
+files. If not, a simple addition based on the code found in
+\path|modes.mf| can be made to your local modes file and the \abbr{PK}
+files rebuilt.
+
+
+\subsection{Non-font \MF{} files}
+\label{sec:Non-font MF files}
+
+Most \MF{} input files are font programs or parts of font programs and
+are thus covered by the previous section. However, a few non-font input
+files do exist. Such files shall be stored in:
+
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/metafont/\replaceable{package}/
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+\replaceable{package} is the name of a
+\MF{} package (for example, \path|mfpic|).
+
+The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{package} names:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item \path|base|, for the standard \MF{} macro files as described in
+\citetitle{The \MF{}book}, such as \path|plain.mf| and \path|expr.mf|.
+
+\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local additions}.
+
+\item \path|misc|, for \MF{} packages consisting of only a single file
+(for example, \path|modes.mf|). An administrator or package maintainer
+may create directories for single-file packages at their discretion,
+instead of using \path|misc|.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\subsection{\MP{}}
+\label{sec:MetaPost}
+
+\MP{} is a picture-drawing language developed by John Hobby, derived
+from Knuth's \MF{}. Its primary purpose is to output Encapsulated \PS{}
+instead of bitmaps.
+
+\MP{} input files and the support files for \MP{}-related utilities
+shall be stored in:
+
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/metapost/\replaceable{package}/
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+\replaceable{package} is the name of a \MP{} package. At the present
+writing none exist, but the \abbr{TWG} thought it prudent to leave room
+for contributed packages that might be written in the future.
+
+The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{package} names:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item \path|base|, for the standard \MP{} macro files, such as
+\path|plain.mp|, \path|mfplain.mp|, \path|boxes.mp|, and
+\path|graph.mp|. This includes files used by \iniMP{} when dumping mem
+files containing preloaded macro definitions.
+
+\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local
+additions}.
+
+\item \path|misc|, for \MP{} packages consisting of only a single file.
+An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for
+single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using \path|misc|.
+
+\item \path|support|, for additional input files required by \MP{}
+utility programs, including a font map, a character adjustment table,
+and a subdirectory containing low-level \MP{} programs for rendering
+some special characters.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\subsection{\BibTeX{}}
+\label{sec:BibTeX}
+
+\BibTeX{}-related files shall be stored in:
+
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/bibtex/bib/\replaceable{package}/
+texmf/bibtex/bst/\replaceable{package}/
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+The \path|bib| directory is for \BibTeX{} database (\path|.bib|) files,
+the \path|bst| directory for style (\path|.bst|) files.
+
+\replaceable{package} is the name of a \BibTeX{} package. The
+\abbr{TDS} reserves the following \replaceable{package} names (the same
+names are reserved under both \path|bib| and \path|bst|):
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item \path|base|, for the standard \BibTeX{} databases and styles, such
+as \path|xampl.bib|, \path|plain.bst|.
+
+\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local
+additions}.
+
+\item \path|misc|, for \BibTeX{} packages consisting of only a single
+file. An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for
+single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using \path|misc|.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\subsection{Scripts}
+\label{sec:Scripts}
+
+The top-level \path|scripts| directory is for platform-independent
+executables, such as Perl, Python, and shell scripts, and Java class
+files. Subdirectories under \path|scripts| are package names. This
+eases creating distributions, by providing a common place for such
+platform-independent programs.
+
+The intent is not for all such directories to be added to a user's
+command search path, which would be quite impractical. Rather, these
+executables are primarily for the benefit of wrapper scripts in whatever
+executable directory a distribution may provide (which is not specified
+by the \abbr{TDS}).
+
+Truly auxiliary scripts which are invoked directly by other programs,
+rather than wrapper scripts, may also be placed here. That is,
+\path|scripts| also serves as a platform-independent analog of the
+standard Unix \path|libexec| directory.
+
+We recommend using extensions specifying the language (such as
+\path|.pl|, \path|.py|, \path|.sh|) on these files, to help uniquely
+identify the name. Since the intent of the \abbr{TDS} is for programs
+in \path|scripts| not to be invoked directly by users, this poses no
+inconvenience.
+
+For example, in the \TeX{} Live distribution, the Con\TeX{}t user-level
+program \path|texexec| can exist as a small wrapper script in each
+\path|bin/|\replaceable{platform}\path|/texexec| (which is outside the
+\path|texmf| tree), which merely finds and calls
+\path|texmf/scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl|.
+
+Examples:
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl
+scripts/context/ruby/examplex.rb
+scripts/thumbpdf/thumbpdf.pl
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+The \abbr{TDS} does not specify a location for platform-dependent
+binary executables, whether auxiliary or user-level.
+
+
+\subsection{Documentation}
+\label{sec:Documentation}
+
+Most packages come with some form of documentation: user manuals,
+example files, programming guides, etc. In addition, many independent
+files not part of any macro or other package have been created to
+describe various aspects of the \TeX{} system.
+
+The \abbr{TDS} specifies that these additional documentation files shall
+be stored in a structure that parallels to some extent the
+\path|fonts| and \path|tex| directories, as follows:
+
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/doc/\replaceable{category}/...
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+\replaceable{category} identifies the general topic of documentation
+that resides below it; for example, a \TeX{} format name (\path|latex|),
+program name (\path|bibtex|, \path|tex|), language (\path|french|,
+\path|german|), a file format (\path|info|, \path|man|), or other system
+components (\path|web|, \path|fonts|).
+
+One possible arrangement is to organize \path|doc| by language, with all
+the other category types below that. This helps users find
+documentation in the language(s) in which they are fluent. Neither this
+nor any other particular arrangement is required, however.
+
+Within each \replaceable{category} tree for a \TeX{} format, the
+directory \path|base| is reserved for base documentation distributed by
+the format's maintainers.
+
+The \abbr{TDS} reserves the following category names:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item \path|general|, for standalone documents not specific to any
+particular program (for example, Joachim Schrod's \citetitle{Components
+of \TeX{}}).
+
+\item \path|help|, for meta-information, such as \abbr{faq}'s,
+the \TeX{} Catalogue, etc.
+
+\item \path|info|, for processed Texinfo documents. (Info files, like
+anything else, may also be stored outside the \abbr{TDS}, at the
+installer's option.)
+
+\item \path|local|, for local additions. See Section~\ref{sec:Local
+additions}.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+The \path|doc| directory is intended for implementation-independent and
+operating system-independent documentation
+files. Implementation-dependent files are best stored elsewhere, as
+provided for by the implementation and/or \TeX{} administrator (for
+example, \abbr{VMS} help files under \path|texmf/vms/help|).
+
+The documentation directories may contain \TeX{} sources, \abbr{DVI}
+files, \PS{} files, text files, example input files, or any other useful
+documentation format(s).
+
+See Section~\ref{sec:Documentation tree summary} for a summary.
+
+
+\newpage
+\section{Summary}
+\label{sec:Summary}
+
+A skeleton of a \abbr{TDS} \texmf{} directory tree. This is not to
+imply these are the only entries allowed. For example, \path|local| may
+occur at any level.
+
+\begin{tdsSummary}
+ bibtex/ \BibTeX{} input files
+ . bib/ \BibTeX{} databases
+ . . base/ base distribution (e.g., \path|xampl.bib|)
+ . . misc/ single-file databases
+ . <package>/ name of a package
+ . bst/ \BibTeX{} style files
+ . . base/ base distribution (e.g., \path|plain.bst|, \path|acm.bst|)
+ . . misc/ single-file styles
+ . <package>/ name of a package
+ doc/ see Section~\ref{sec:Documentation} and the summary below
+ fonts/ font-related files
+ . <type>/ file type (e.g., \path|pk|)
+ . . <mode>/ type of output device (for \path|pk| and \path|gf| only)
+ . . . <supplier>/ name of a font supplier (e.g., \path|public|)
+ . . . . <typeface>/ name of a typeface (e.g., \path|cm|)
+ . . . . . dpi<nnn>/ font resolution (for \path|pk| and \path|gf| only)
+ <implementation>/ \TeX{} implementations, by name (e.g., \path|emtex|)
+ local/ files created or modified at the local site
+ metafont/ \MF{} (non-font) input files
+ . base/ base distribution (e.g., \path|plain.mf|)
+ . misc/ single-file packages (e.g., \path|modes.mf|)
+ . <package>/ name of a package (e.g., \path|mfpic|)
+ metapost/ \MP{} input and support files
+ . base/ base distribution (e.g., \path|plain.mp|)
+ . misc/ single-file packages
+ . <package>/ name of a package
+ . support/ support files for \MP{}-related utilities
+ mft/ \path|MFT| inputs (e.g., \path|plain.mft|)
+ <program>/ \TeX{}-related programs, by name (e.g., \path|dvips|)
+ source/ program source code by name (e.g., \path|latex|, \path|web2c|)
+ tex/ \TeX{} input files
+ . <engine>/ name of an engine (e.g., \path|aleph|); can also be lower
+ . <format>/ name of a format (e.g., \path|plain|)
+ . . base/ base distribution for format (e.g., \path|plain.tex|)
+ . . misc/ single-file packages (e.g., \path|webmac.tex|)
+ . . local/ local additions to or local configuration files for \replaceable{format}
+ . . <package>/ name of a package (e.g., \path|graphics|, \path|mfnfss|)
+ . generic/ format-independent packages
+ . . hyphen/ hyphenation patterns (e.g., \path|hyphen.tex|)
+ . . images/ image input files (e.g., Encapsulated PostScript)
+ . . misc/ single-file format-independent packages (e.g., \path|null.tex|).
+ . . <package>/ name of a package (e.g., \path|babel|)
+\end{tdsSummary}
+
+
+\newpage
+\subsection{Documentation tree summary}
+\label{sec:Documentation tree summary}
+
+An example skeleton of a \abbr{TDS} directory tree under
+\path|texmf/doc|. This is not to imply these are the only entries
+allowed, or that this structure must be followed precisely for the
+entries listed.
+
+As mentioned, the \path|texmf/doc| tree may be organized by language, so
+that all documentation in French, say, is in a \path|french|
+subdirectory. In that case, the example structure here would be in a
+given language directory.
+
+\begin{tdsSummary}
+ ams/
+ . amsfonts/ \path|amsfonts.faq|, \path|amfndoc|
+ . amslatex/ \path|amslatex.faq|, \path|amsldoc|
+ . amstex/ \path|amsguide|, \path|joyerr|
+ bibtex/ \BibTeX{}
+ . base/ \path|btxdoc.tex|
+ fonts/
+ . fontname/ \citetitle{Filenames for \TeX{} fonts}
+ . oldgerm/ \path|corkpapr|
+ <format>/ name of a \TeX{} format (e.g., \path|generic|, \path|latex|)
+ . base/ for the base distribution
+ . misc/ for contributed single-file package documentation
+ . <package>/ for \emphasis{package}
+ general/ across programs, generalities
+ . errata/ \path|errata|, \path|errata[1-8]|
+ . texcomp/ \citetitle{Components of \TeX{}}
+ help/ meta-information
+ . ctan/ info about \abbr{ctan} mirror sites
+ . faq/ \abbr{faq}s of \path|comp.text.tex|, etc.
+ info/ \abbr{gnu} Info files, made from Texinfo sources
+ latex/ example of \replaceable{format}
+ . base/ \path|ltnews*|, \path|*guide|, etc.
+ . graphics/ \path|grfguide|
+ local/ site-specific documentation
+ man/ Unix man pages
+ <program>/ \TeX{}-related programs, by name (examples follow)
+ metafont/ \path|mfbook.tex|, \path|metafont-for-beginners|, etc.
+ metapost/ \path|mpman|, \path|manfig|, etc.
+ tex/ \path|texbook.tex|, \citetitle{A Gentle Introduction to \TeX{}}, etc.
+ web/ \path|webman|, \path|cwebman|
+\end{tdsSummary}
+
+
+\newpage
+\appendix
+
+\section{Unspecified pieces}
+
+The \abbr{TDS} cannot address the following aspects of a functioning
+\TeX{} system:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+
+\item The location of executable programs: this is too site-dependent
+even to recommend a location, let alone require one. A site may place
+executables outside the \texmf{} tree altogether (e.g.,
+\path|/usr/local/bin|), in a platform-dependent directory within
+\texmf{}, or elsewhere.
+
+\item Upgrading packages when new releases are made: we could find no
+way of introducing version specifiers into \texmf{} that would do more
+good than harm, or that would be practical for even a plurality of
+installations.
+
+\item The location of implementation-specific files (e.g., \TeX{}
+\path|.fmt| files): by their nature, these must be left to the
+implementor or \TeX{} maintainer. See Section~\ref{sec:Example
+implementation-specific trees}.
+
+\item Precisely when a package or file should be considered ``local'',
+and where such local files are installed. See Section~\ref{sec:Local
+additions} for more discussion.
+
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+\subsection{Portable filenames}
+\label{sec:Portable filenames}
+
+The \abbr{TDS} cannot require any particular restriction on filenames in
+the tree, since the names of many existing \TeX{} files conform to no
+standard scheme. For the benefit of people who wish to make a portable
+\TeX{} distribution or installation, however, we outline here the
+necessary restrictions. The \abbr{TDS} specifications themselves are
+compatible with these.
+
+\abbr{ISO}-9660 is the only universally acceptable file system format
+for \abbr{CD-ROM}s. A subset thereof meets the stringent limitations of
+all operating systems in use today. It specifies the following:
+
+\begin{itemize-squeeze}
+
+\item File and directory names, not including any directory path or
+extension part, may not exceed eight characters.
+
+\item Filenames may have a single extension. Extensions may not exceed
+three characters. Directory names may not have an extension.
+
+\item Names and extensions may consist of \emphasis{only} the characters
+\literal{A}--\literal{Z}, \literal{0}--\literal{9}, and underscore.
+Lowercase letters are excluded.
+
+\item A period separates the filename from the extension and is always
+present, even if the name or extension is missing (e.g.,
+\path|FILENAME.| or \path|.EXT|).
+
+\item A version number, ranging from 1--32767, is appended to the file
+extension, separated by a semicolon (e.g., \path|FILENAME.EXT;1|).
+
+\item Only eight directory levels are allowed, including the top-level
+(mounted) directory (see Section~\ref{sec:Rooting the tree}). Thus, the
+deepest valid \abbr{ISO}-9660 path is:
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/L2/L3/L4/L5/L6/L7/L8/FOO.BAR;1
+1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+\end{ttdisplay}
+The deepest \abbr{TDS} path needs only seven levels:
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/fonts/pk/cx/public/cm/dpi300/cmr10.pk
+1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+\end{itemize-squeeze}
+
+Some systems display a modified format of \abbr{ISO}-9660 names,
+mapping alphabetic characters to lowercase, removing version numbers and
+trailing periods, etc.
+
+Before the December 1996 release, \LaTeX{} used mixed-case names for
+font descriptor files. Fortunately, it never relied on case alone to
+distinguish among the files. Nowadays, it uses only monocase names.
+
+\section{Implementation issues}
+
+We believe that the \abbr{TDS} can bring a great deal of order to the
+current anarchic state of many \TeX{} installations. In addition, by
+providing a common frame of reference, it will ease the burden of
+documenting administrative tasks. Finally, it is a necessary part of
+any reasonable system of true ``drop-in'' distribution packages for
+\TeX{}.
+
+
+\subsection{Adoption of the \abbr{TDS}}
+
+[This section is retained for historical purposes; the \abbr{TDS}
+is now quite firmly entrenched in most \TeX{} distributions.]
+
+We recognize that adoption of the \abbr{TDS} will not be immediate or
+universal. Most \TeX{} administrators will not be inclined to make the
+final switch until:
+
+\begin{itemize-squeeze}
+\item Clear and demonstrable benefits can be shown for the \abbr{TDS}.
+\item \abbr{TDS}-compliant versions of all key programs are available
+in ported, well-tested forms.
+\item A ``settling'' period has taken place, to flush out problems. The
+public release of the first draft of this document was the first step in
+this process.
+\end{itemize-squeeze}
+
+Consequently, most of the first trials of the \abbr{TDS} will be made by
+members of the \abbr{TDS} committee and/or developers of \TeX{}-related
+software. This has already taken place during the course of our
+deliberations (see Appendix~\ref{sec:Related references} for a sample
+tree available electronically). They will certainly result in the
+production of a substantial number of \abbr{TDS}-compliant packages.
+Indeed, the \application{te\TeX{}} and \application{\TeX{} Live}
+distributions are \abbr{TDS}-compliant and in use now at many sites.
+
+Once installable forms of key \abbr{TDS}-compliant packages are more
+widespread, some \TeX{} administrators will set up \abbr{TDS}-compliant
+trees, possibly in parallel to existing production directories. This
+testing will likely flush out problems that were not obvious in the
+confined settings of the developers' sites; for example, it should help
+to resolve system and package dependencies, package interdependencies, and
+other details not addressed by this \abbr{TDS} version.
+
+After most of the dust has settled, hopefully even conservative \TeX{}
+administrators will begin to adopt the \abbr{TDS}. Eventually, most
+\TeX{} sites will have adopted the common structure, and most packages
+will be readily available in \abbr{TDS}-compliant form.
+
+We believe that this process will occur relatively quickly. The
+\abbr{TDS} committee spans a wide range of interests in the \TeX{}
+community. Consequently, we believe that most of the key issues
+involved in defining a workable \abbr{TDS} definition have been covered,
+often in detail. \TeX{} developers have been consulted about
+implementation issues, and have been trying out the \abbr{TDS}
+arrangement. Thus, we hope for few surprises as implementations mature.
+
+Finally, there are several (current or prospective) publishers of \TeX{}
+\abbr{CD-ROM}s. These publishers are highly motivated to work out
+details of \abbr{TDS} implementation, and their products will provide
+inexpensive and convenient ways for experimentally-minded \TeX{}
+administrators to experiment with the \abbr{TDS}.
+
+
+\subsection{More on subdirectory searching}
+\label{sec:More on subdirectory searching}
+
+Recursive subdirectory searching is the ability to specify a search not
+only of a specified directory \replaceable{d}, but recursively of all
+directories below \replaceable{d}.
+
+Since the \abbr{TDS} specifies precise locations for most files, with no
+extra levels of subdirectories allowed, true recursive searching is not
+actually required for a \abbr{TDS}-compliant implementation. We do,
+however, strongly recommend recursive searching as the most
+user-friendly and natural approach to the problem, rather than
+convoluted methods to specify paths without recursion.
+
+This feature is already supported by many implementations of \TeX{} and
+companion utilities, for example \abbr{DECUS} \TeX{} for \abbr{VMS},
+\application{Dvips(k)}, \application{em\TeX{}} (and its drivers),
+\application{PubliC \TeX{}}, \application{Web2C}, \application{Xdvi(k)},
+and \application{Y\&Y\TeX{}}. The Kpathsea library is a reusable
+implementation of subdirectory searching for \TeX{}, used in a number of
+the above programs.
+
+Even if your \TeX{} implementation does not directly support
+subdirectory searching, you may find it useful to adopt the structure if
+you do not use many fonts or packages. For instance, if you only use
+Computer Modern and \abbr{ams} fonts, it would be feasible to store them
+in the \abbr{TDS} layout and list the directories individually in
+configuration files or environment variables.
+
+The \abbr{TWG} recognizes that subdirectory searching places an extra
+burden on the system and may be the source of performance bottlenecks,
+particularly on slower machines. Nevertheless, we feel that
+subdirectory searching is imperative for a well-organized \abbr{TDS},
+for the reasons stated in Section~\ref{sec:Subdirectory searching}.
+Implementors are encouraged to provide enhancements to the basic
+principle of subdirectory searching to avoid performance problems, e.g.,
+the use of a filename cache (this can be as simple as a recursive
+directory listing) that is consulted before disk searching begins. If a
+match is found in the database, subdirectory searching is not required,
+and performance is thus independent of the number of subdirectories
+present on the system.
+
+Different implementations specify subdirectory searching differently.
+In the interest of typographic clarity, the examples here do not use the
+\replaceable{replaceable} font.
+
+\begin{description-squeeze}
+
+\item[\application{Dvips}:] via a separate
+\systemitem{ENVIRONVAR}{TEXFONTS\_SUBDIR} environment variable.
+
+\item[\application{em\TeX{}}:] \path|t:\subdir!!|; \path|t:\subdir!| for
+a single level of searching.
+
+\item[\application{Kpathsea}:] \path|texmf/subdir//|
+
+\item[\abbr{VMS}:] \path|texmf:[subdir...]|
+
+\item[\application{Xdvi} (patchlevel 20):] \path|texmf/subdir/**|;
+\path|texmf/subdir/*| for a single level of searching. Version 20.50
+and above support the \path|//| notation.
+
+\item[\application{Y\&Y \TeX{}}:] \path|t:/subdir//| or
+\path|t:\subdir\\|.
+
+\end{description-squeeze}
+
+
+\subsection{Example implementation-specific trees}
+\label{sec:Example implementation-specific trees}
+
+The \abbr{TDS} cannot specify a precise location for
+implementation-specific files, such as \path|texmf/ini|, because a site
+may have multiple \TeX{} implementations.
+
+Nevertheless, for informative purposes, we provide here the default
+locations for some implementations. Please contact us with additions or
+corrections. These paths are not definitive, may not match anything at
+your site, and may change without warning.
+
+We recommend all implementations have default search paths that start
+with the current directory (e.g., `\path|.|'). Allowing users to
+include the parent directory (e.g., `\path|..|') is also helpful.
+
+
+\subsubsection{AmiWeb2c 2.0}
+
+(Email \email|scherer@physik.rwth-aachen.de| to contact the maintainer
+of this implementation.)
+
+AmiWeb2c 2 is compatible with Web2c 7 to the greatest possible
+extent, so only the very few differences are described in this
+section. Detailed information about the basic concepts is given in
+the section for Web2c 7 below.
+
+Thanks to the \path|SELFAUTO| mechanism of Kpathsea 3.0 no specific
+location for the installation of AmiWeb2c is required as long as the
+general structure of the distribution is preserved.
+
+In addition to Kpathsea's \path|//| notation recursive path search may
+also be started by \replaceable{DEVICE}\path|:/|, e.g., \path|TeXMF:/|
+will scan this specific device completely.
+
+Binaries coming with the AmiWeb2c distribution are installed in the
+directory \path|bin/amiweb2c/| outside the common \abbr{TDS} tree
+\path|share/texmf/|. In addition to the set of AmiWeb2c binaries
+you will find two subdirectories \path|local/| and \path|pastex/|
+with auxiliary programs.
+
+A stripped version of the Pas\TeX{} system (used by kind permission of
+Georg He\ss{}mann) is coming with AmiWeb2c, pre-installed in its own
+\path|share/texmf/amiweb2c/pastex/| directory. If you want to use
+Pas\TeX{} you have to \path|assign| the name \path|TeX:| to this place.
+
+Documentation files in AmigaGuide format should be stored at
+\path|doc/guide/| similar to \path|doc/info/|.
+
+
+\subsubsection{Public \abbr{DECUS} \TeX{}}
+
+If another \abbr{VMS} implementation besides Public \abbr{DECUS} \TeX{}
+appears, the top level implementation directory name will be modified to
+something more specific (e.g., \path|vms_decus|).
+
+\begin{tdsSummary}
+ texmf/
+ . vms/ \abbr{VMS} implementation specific files
+ . . exe/ end-user commands
+ . . . common/ command procedures, command definition files, etc.
+ . . . axp/ binary executables for Alpha \abbr{AXP}
+ . . . vax/ binary executables for \abbr{VAX}
+ . . formats/ pool files, formats, bases
+ . . help/ \abbr{VMS} help library, and miscellaneous help sources
+ . . mgr/ command procedures, programs, docs, etc., for system management
+\end{tdsSummary}
+
+
+\subsubsection{Web2c 7}
+
+All implementation-dependent \TeX{} system files (\path|.pool|,
+\path|.fmt|, \path|.base|, \path|.mem|) are stored by default directly
+in \path|texmf/web2c|. The configuration file \path|texmf.cnf| and
+various subsidiary \path|MakeTeX...| scripts used as subroutines are
+also stored there.
+
+Non-\TeX{} specific files are stored following the \abbr{GNU} coding
+standards. Given a root directory \replaceable{prefix}
+(\path|/usr/local| by default), we have default locations as follows:
+
+\begin{tdsSummary}
+ <prefix>/ installation root (\path|/usr/local| by default)
+ . bin/ executables
+ . man/ man pages
+ . info/ info files
+ . lib/ libraries (\path|libkpathsea.*|)
+ . share/ architecture-independent files
+ . . texmf/ \abbr{TDS} root
+ . . . web2c/ implementation-dependent files (\path|.pool|, \path|.fmt|, \path|texmf.cnf|, etc.)
+\end{tdsSummary}
+
+See \url|http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards_toc.html| for the
+rationale behind and descriptions of this arrangement. A site may of
+course override these defaults; for example, it may put everything under
+a single directory such as \path|/usr/local/texmf|.
+
+
+\section{Is there a better way?}
+
+Defining the \abbr{TDS} required many compromises. Both the overall
+structure and the details of the individual directories were arrived at
+by finding common ground among many opinions. The driving forces were
+feasibility (in terms of what could technically be done and what could
+reasonably be expected from developers) and regularity (files grouped
+together in an arrangement that ``made sense'').
+
+Some interesting ideas could not be applied due to implementations
+lacking the necessary support:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item Path searching control at the \TeX{} level. If documents could
+restrict subdirectory searching to a subdirectory via some portable
+syntax in file names, restrictions on uniqueness of filenames could be
+relaxed considerably (with the cooperation of the formats), and the
+\TeX{} search path would not need to depend on the format.
+
+\item Multiple logical \texmf{} trees. For example, a site might have
+one (read-only) location for stable files, and a different (writable)
+location for dynamically-created fonts or other files. It would be
+reasonable for two such trees to be logically merged when searching.
+See Michael Downes' article in the references for how this can work in
+practice with Web2C.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Macro structure}
+
+The \abbr{TWG} settled on the
+\replaceable{format}\path|/|\replaceable{package} arrangement after long
+discussion about how best to arrange the files.
+
+The primary alternative to this arrangement was a scheme which reversed
+the order of these directories:
+\replaceable{package}\path|/|\replaceable{format}. This reversed
+arrangement has a strong appeal: it keeps all of the files related to a
+particular package in a single place. The arrangement actually adopted
+tends to spread files out into two or three places (macros,
+documentation, and fonts, for example, are spread into different
+sections of the tree right at the top level).
+
+Nevertheless, the \replaceable{format}\path|/|\replaceable{package}
+structure won for a couple of reasons:
+
+\begin{itemize-squeeze}
+\item It is closer to current practice; in fact, several members of the
+\abbr{TWG} have already implemented the \abbr{TDS} hierarchy. The
+alternative is not in use at any known site, and the \abbr{TWG} felt it
+wrong to mandate something with which there is no practical experience.
+
+\item The alternative arrangement increases the number of top-level
+directories, so the files that must be found using subdirectory
+searching are spread out in a wide, shallow tree. This could have a
+profound impact on the efficiency of subdirectory searching.
+
+\end{itemize-squeeze}
+
+
+\subsection{Font structure}
+
+The \abbr{TWG} struggled more with the font directory structure than
+anything else. This is not surprising; the need to use the proliferation
+of PostScript fonts with \TeX{} is what made the previous arrangement
+with all files in a single directory untenable, and therefore what
+initiated the \abbr{TDS} effort.
+
+
+\subsubsection{Font file type location}
+
+We considered the supplier-first arrangement in use at many sites:
+
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/fonts/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/\replaceable{type}/
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+This improves the maintainability of the font tree, since all files
+comprising a given typeface are in one place, but unless all the
+programs that search this tree employ some form of caching, there are
+serious performance concerns. For example, in order to find a
+\path|TFM| file, the simplest implementation would require \TeX{} to
+search through all the directories that contain \abbr{PK} files in all
+modes and at all resolutions.
+
+In the end, a poll of developers revealed considerable resistance to
+implementing sufficient caching mechanisms, so this arrangement was
+abandoned. The \abbr{TDS} arrangement allows the search tree to be
+restricted to the correct type of file, at least. Concerns about
+efficiency remain, but there seems to be no more we can do without
+abandoning subdirectory searching entirely.
+
+We also considered segregating all font-related files strictly by file
+type, so that \MF{} sources would be in a directory
+\path|texmf/fonts/mf|, property list files in \path|texmf/fonts/pl|, the
+various forms of Type~1 fonts separated, and so on. Although more
+blindly consistent, we felt that the drawback of more complicated path
+constructions outweighed this. The \abbr{TDS} merges file types
+(\path|mf| and \path|pl| under \path|source|, \path|pfa| and \path|pfb|
+and \path|gsf| under \path|type1|) where we felt this was beneficial.
+
+
+\subsubsection{Mode and resolution location}
+
+We considered having the \path|mode| at the bottom of the font tree:
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/fonts/pk/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/\replaceable{mode}/\replaceable{dpi}/
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+In this case, however, it is difficult to limit subdirectory searching
+to the mode required for a particular device.
+
+We then considered moving the \path|dpi|\replaceable{nnn} up to below
+the mode:
+\begin{ttdisplay}
+texmf/fonts/pk/\replaceable{mode}/\replaceable{dpi}/\replaceable{supplier}/\replaceable{typeface}/
+\end{ttdisplay}
+
+But then it is not feasible to omit the \path|dpi|\replaceable{nnn}
+level altogether on systems which can and do choose to use long
+filenames.
+
+
+\subsubsection{Modeless bitmaps}
+
+The \abbr{TDS} specifies using a single directory \path|modeless/| as
+the mode name for those utilities which generate bitmaps, e.g.,
+\path|texmf/fonts/modeless/times/|. This has the considerable advantage
+of not requiring each such directory name to be listed in a search path.
+
+An alternative was to use the utility name below which all such
+directories could be gathered. That has the advantage of separating,
+say, \path|gsftopk|-generated bitmaps from \path|ps2pk|-generated ones.
+However, we decided this was not necessary; most sites will use only one
+program for the purpose. Also, \abbr{PK} and \abbr{GF} fonts generally
+identify their creator in the font comment following the \path|PK_ID|
+byte.
+
+We are making an implicit assumption that \MF{} is the only program
+producing mode-dependent bitmaps. If this becomes false we could add an
+abbreviation for the program to mode names, as in \path|mfcx| vs.\
+\path|xyzcx| for a hypothetical program \application{Xyz}, or we could
+at that time add an additional program name level uniformly to the tree.
+It seemed more important to concisely represent the current situation
+than to worry about hypothetical possibilities that may never~happen.
+
+
+\subsection{Documentation structure}
+
+We considered placing additional documentation files in the same
+directory as the source files for the packages, but we felt that users
+should be able to find documentation separately from sources, since most
+users have no interest in sources.
+
+We hope that a separate, but parallel, structure for documentation would
+(1)~keep the documentation together and (2)~make it as straightforward
+as possible for users to find the particular documentation they were
+after.
+
+
+\section{Related references}
+\label{sec:Related references}
+
+This appendix gives pointers to related files and other documents. For
+\abbr{CTAN} references, we use \path|http://www.ctan.org| as the
+top-level domain only to make the links be live in this document. See
+\url|http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites| for a complete list of
+\abbr{ctan} sites; there are mirrors worldwide.
+
+\begin{itemize-squeeze}
+
+\item This document, in many formats (tex, dvi, info, pdf):\\ \hspace*{1em}
+\url|http://tug.org/tds/|
+
+\item The \abbr{TDS} mailing list archives:\\ \hspace*{1em}
+\url|http://tug.org/mail-archives/twg-tds/|
+
+\item The level~0 \abbr{DVI} driver standard:\\ \hspace*{1em}
+\url|http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware/driv-standard/level-0/|
+
+\item \citetitle{Filenames for \TeX{} fonts}, with lists of recommended
+supplier and typeface names:\\ \hspace*{1em}
+\url|http://tug.org/fontname/|
+
+\item \abbr{ISO}-9660 \abbr{CD-ROM} file system standard:\\ \hspace*{1em}
+\url|http://www.iso.ch/cate/cat.html|
+
+\item \citetitle{Components of \TeX{}}, a paper by Joachim
+Schrod:\\ \hspace*{1em}
+\url|http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/documentation/components-of-TeX/|
+
+\item \citetitle{Managing Multiple TDS trees}, an article by Michael
+Downes:\\ \hspace*{1em}
+\url|http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-3/tb72downes.pdf|
+
+\item A complete set of \MF{} modes:\\ \hspace*{1em}
+\url|http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/modes/modes.mf|
+
+\item A large collection of \BibTeX{} databases and styles:\\ \hspace*{1em}
+\url|ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/|
+
+\end{itemize-squeeze}
+
+
+\section{Contributors}
+
+The \abbr{TWG} has had no physical meetings; electronic mail was the
+communication medium.
+
+Sebastian Rahtz is the \TeX{} Users Group Technical Council liaison.
+Norman Walsh was the original committee chair. Karl Berry is the
+current editor.
+
+The list of contributors has grown too large to fairly include, as some
+would surely be inadvertently omitted. Please consider the archives of
+the \email|tds@tug.org| and \email|tex-live@tug.org| mailing lists as
+the record of contributions.
+
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds2texi.el b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds2texi.el
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..de87d404304
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds2texi.el
@@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
+;;; tds2texi.el --- convert TDS draft from LaTeX to Texinfo
+
+;; Copyright (C) 1996, 1999, 2003, 2004 Ulrik Vieth and the TeX Users Group.
+
+;; This programm is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+;; any later version.
+
+;; This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+;; GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have a copy of the GNU General Public License; see the
+;; file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+;; 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+;; Author: Ulrik Vieth <vieth@thphy.uni-duesseldorf.de>
+;; Maintainer: karl@mail.tug.org
+;; Version: $Id: tds2texi.el,v 1.12 2004/06/04 17:25:49 karl Exp $
+;; Keywords: TDS, LaTeX, Texinfo, Info, HTML, tex, maint
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; Description:
+;;
+;; This file provides a limited LaTeX-to-Texinfo conversion function
+;; `tds2texi-convert' which is intended to convert the LaTeX
+;; source of the TDS draft document `tds.tex', using a couple of
+;; special markup tags defined in the document class `tdsguide.cls'.
+;; It is definitely *not* suitable to be used as a general-purpose
+;; LaTeX-to-Texinfo converter and is not intended to be used as such.
+;;
+
+;; Usage (also see the Makefile):
+;;
+;; 0. load or autoload this file, e.g: (load-library "tds2texi")
+;;
+;; 1. go to a directory containing `tds.tex', e.g. in dired mode
+;;
+;; 2. run M-x tds2texi-convert -- this does all the conversion and
+;; leaves you in a buffer `tds.texi' containing the converted file
+;;
+;; 3. edit the buffer if necessary and save it -- you will be asked
+;; for a file name (which should be `tds.texi', of course)
+;;
+;; 4. run M-x makeinfo-buffer or invoke makeinfo and/or texi2html
+;; from the shell -- don't try texi2dvi, it may work all right,
+;; but it's not recommended since it will only cause confusion
+;; with the DVI file created from the original LaTeX source!
+;;
+
+;; Bugs:
+;;
+;; * whitespace (esp. blank lines) before and after environments
+;; will be inconsistent (should be fixed in the LaTeX version!)
+;;
+;; * whitespace (esp. indentation) in tdsSummary environments
+;; will be inconsistent (should be fixed in the LaTeX version!)
+;;
+;; * labels are references are assumed to coincide with names
+;; of @nodes -- this is not always true, e.g. for MF vs. \MF{}
+;;
+;; * the last comma in the list of contributors should be a period
+;;
+;; * the list of contributors should be handled in a better way
+;; (currently: LaTeX tabbing -> @quotation -> HTML <blockquote>)
+;;
+;; * the contents of the top node may get lost in the texi2html
+;; conversion under some circumstances, or else it may end up
+;; in the wrong split file -- this seems to be a texi2html bug
+;;
+
+;; History:
+;;
+;; v 0.0 -- 1996/01/23 UV created
+;; v 0.1 -- 1996/01/24 UV first rough version, posted to twg-tds
+;; v 0.2 -- 1996/01/24 UV added some commentary and doc strings
+;; v 0.3 -- 1996/01/25 UV modularized code, handle header and trailer,
+;; call texinfo routines for @nodes and @menus
+;; v 0.4 -- 1996/01/27 UV slightly touched-up and some doc fixes,
+;; improved handling of legalnotice header
+;; v 0.5 -- 1996/01/28 UV more documentation added, code freeze
+;;
+;; v 1.0 -- 1996/02/20 UV renamed to tds2texi, bumped version number,
+;; also fixed a minor typo in "@item samp"
+;; v 1.1 -- 1996/11/12 KB no node pointers, no double blank line after
+;; sections, allow braces after abbrevs.
+;; v 1.2 -- 1996/11/16 KB ??? (see ChangeLog)
+;; v 1.3 -- 1996/11/18 UV added translation for umlaut accents,
+;; added tds2texi-direntry header lines,
+;; added function tds2texi-fixup-texinfo,
+;; fixed bug when combining multiple "@file"s.
+
+
+;;; Code:
+
+(require 'texinfo) ; needed to update @nodes and @menus
+
+;; file name variables
+
+(defvar tds2texi-source-file "tds.tex"
+ "File name of TDS LaTeX source to be converted.")
+
+(defvar tds2texi-target-file "tds.texi"
+ "File name of TDS Texinfo source to be created.")
+
+(defvar tds2texi-filename "tds.info"
+ "File name of Info file to be inserted in Texinfo header.")
+
+(defvar tds2texi-direntry
+ (concat
+ "@dircategory TeX\n"
+ "@direntry\n"
+ "* TeX Directories: (tds). A directory structure for TeX files.\n"
+ "@end direntry\n"))
+
+;; translation tables
+
+(defvar tds2texi-logos-alist
+ '(("{\\TeX}" . "TeX") ; when only doing Info
+ ("\\TeX{}" . "TeX") ; no need to use "@TeX{}"
+ ("{\\LaTeX}" . "LaTeX")
+ ("\\LaTeX{}" . "LaTeX")
+ ("{\\LaTeXe}" . "LaTeX2e")
+ ("\\LaTeXe{}" . "LaTeX2e")
+ ("{\\AmS}" . "AMS")
+ ("\\AmS{}" . "AMS")
+ ("{\\AMSTeX}" . "AMS-TeX")
+ ("\\AMSTeX{}" . "AMS-TeX")
+ ("\\MF{}" . "Metafont")
+ ("\\MP{}" . "MetaPost")
+ ("\\BibTeX{}" . "BibTeX")
+ ("{\\iniTeX}" . "INITEX")
+ ("\\iniTeX{}" . "INITEX")
+ ("{\\iniMF}" . "INIMF")
+ ("\\iniMF{}" . "INIMF")
+ ("{\\iniMP}" . "INIMP")
+ ("\\iniMP{}" . "INIMP")
+ ("{\\PS}" . "PostScript")
+ ("\\PS{}" . "PostScript")
+ ("{\\copyright}" . "@copyright{}")
+ )
+ "List of TeX logos and their replacement text after conversion.")
+
+(defvar tds2texi-logos-regexp-1 "\\(\\\\[A-Za-z]+{}\\)"
+ "Regexp for TeX logos to be converted using `tds2texi-logos-alist'.")
+
+(defvar tds2texi-logos-regexp-2 "\\({\\\\[^}]+}\\)"
+ "Regexp for TeX logos to be converted using `tds2texi-logos-alist'.")
+
+;;
+
+(defvar tds2texi-tags-alist
+ '(("\\emphasis" . "@emph")
+ ("\\citetitle" . "@cite")
+ ("\\literal" . "@file")
+ ("\\replaceable" . "@var")
+ ("\\command" . "@code") ; defined, but not used
+ ;; ("\\application" . "@r") ; unnecessary, but ...
+ ;; ("\\abbr" . "@sc") ; unnecessary, but ...
+ )
+ "List of markup tags and their replacement text after conversion.")
+
+(defvar tds2texi-tags-regexp "\\(\\\\[a-z]+\\)"
+ "Regexp for markup tags to be converted using `tds2texi-tags-alist'.")
+
+;;
+
+(defvar tds2texi-env-alist
+ '(("\\begin{ttdisplay}" . "@example")
+ ("\\end{ttdisplay}" . "@end example")
+ ("\\begin{tdsSummary}" . "@example")
+ ("\\end{tdsSummary}" . "@end example")
+ ("\\begin{enumerate}" . "@enumerate")
+ ("\\end{enumerate}" . "@end enumerate")
+ ("\\begin{enumerate-squeeze}" . "@enumerate")
+ ("\\end{enumerate-squeeze}" . "@end enumerate")
+ ("\\begin{itemize}" . "@itemize @bullet")
+ ("\\end{itemize}" . "@end itemize")
+ ("\\begin{itemize-squeeze}" . "@itemize @bullet")
+ ("\\end{itemize-squeeze}" . "@end itemize")
+ ("\\begin{description}" . "@itemize @bullet")
+ ("\\end{description}" . "@end itemize")
+ ("\\begin{description-squeeze}" . "@itemize @bullet")
+ ("\\end{description-squeeze}" . "@end itemize")
+ ("\\begin{legalnotice}" . "@titlepage") ; special hack
+ ("\\end{legalnotice}" . "@end titlepage")
+ ("\\begin{tabbing}" . "@quotation") ; special hack
+ ("\\end{tabbing}" . "@end quotation")
+ )
+ "List of environments and their replacement text after conversion.")
+
+(defvar tds2texi-env-regexp "\\(\\\\\\(begin\\|end\\){[^}]+}\\)"
+ "Regexp for environments to be converted using `tds2texi-env-alist'.")
+
+
+;;; some utility functions
+
+(defun tds2texi-string-replace (x-string x-replace)
+ "Searches for occurences of X-STRING, replacing them by X-REPLACE."
+ (save-excursion
+ (while (search-forward x-string nil t)
+ (replace-match x-replace t t)))) ; use fixed case!
+
+(defun tds2texi-regexp-replace (x-regexp x-replace)
+ "Searches for occurences of X-REGEXP, replacing them by X-REPLACE."
+ (save-excursion
+ (while (re-search-forward x-regexp nil t)
+ (replace-match x-replace t nil)))) ; use fixed case!
+
+
+(defun tds2texi-alist-replace (x-regexp x-alist)
+ "Searches for ocurrences of X-REGEXP, replacing them using X-ALIST.
+If no match is found in X-ALIST, leaves the original text unchanged."
+ (save-excursion
+ (let (x-match
+ x-replace)
+ (while (re-search-forward x-regexp nil t)
+ (setq x-match (match-string 1))
+ (setq x-replace (or (cdr (assoc x-match x-alist)) x-match))
+ (replace-match x-replace t t))))) ; use fixed case!
+
+
+;;; the main conversion function
+
+(defun tds2texi-convert ()
+ "Have a try at converting LaTeX to Texinfo. Good luck!"
+ (interactive)
+
+ ;; get a buffer to operate on and insert the LaTeX source
+ (set-buffer (get-buffer-create tds2texi-target-file))
+ (erase-buffer)
+ (insert-file-contents-literally tds2texi-source-file)
+
+ ;; tab characters can mess up tds-summary envrionments,
+ ;; so get rid of them as soon as possible
+ (untabify (point-min) (point-max))
+ (goto-char (point-min))
+
+ ;; do the conversion steps for the text body
+ (tds2texi-do-simple-tags) ; mostly general
+ (tds2texi-do-fancy-logos) ; mostly specific to TDS
+ (tds2texi-do-sectioning) ; mostly general
+ (tds2texi-do-markup-tags) ; mostly specific to TDS
+ (tds2texi-do-environments) ; partly specific to TDS
+
+ ;; do the conversion for header and trailer
+ (tds2texi-do-header) ; partly specific to TDS
+ (tds2texi-do-trailer) ; partly specific to TDS
+
+ ;; standard Texinfo functions
+ ; (texinfo-every-node-update) ; I don't like the extra node pointers.
+ (texinfo-all-menus-update)
+ (texinfo-master-menu nil)
+
+ (tds2texi-fixup-texinfo)
+
+ ;; all that's left to do is saving the buffer to a file
+ ;; -- we simply select the buffer and leave saving it to
+ ;; the user in case some manual intervention is needed
+ (switch-to-buffer tds2texi-target-file)
+ )
+
+
+;;; various steps of the conversion process
+
+(defun tds2texi-do-simple-tags ()
+ "First step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not useable by itself."
+
+ ;; literal `@' -- should come before anything else, since it's
+ ;; the Texinfo control character.
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\([^\\\\]\\)@" "\\1@@")
+
+ ;; fancy spacing -- should come early before we have many `@'
+
+ ;; "\@" -- space factor corrections before sentence end `.'
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\@\\." "@.")
+ ;; "\ " -- control space after `.' in the middle of sentences. Also
+ ;; converts \\ to \.
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\.\\\\\\([ \n]+\\)" ".@:\\1")
+ ;; "\ " -- control space used otherwise
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\\\([ \n]+\\)" "\\1")
+
+ ;; "\," -- thin space used with dimensions like "dpi" or "pt"
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\,\\([a-z]+\\)" "@dmn{\\1}")
+
+ ;; "\\" -- forced line breaks in references, where it's always
+ ;; preceded by a :. Previous "\ " conversion reduced \\ to \.
+ (tds2texi-string-replace ":\\ " ":@*\n")
+
+ ;; "\"" -- accents etc.:
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "\\\"" "@\"")
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "\\ss" "@ss")
+
+ ;; special TeX characters that needn't be quoted in Texinfo:
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "\\_" "_")
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "\\&" "&")
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "\\%" "%")
+
+ ;; special TeX characters that we prefer to transliterate:
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\slash[ ]*" "/")
+
+ ;; we could translate $...$ into @math{...}, but why bother
+ ;; when we can transliterate it easily?
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "$" "")
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "\\pm" "+-")
+)
+
+
+(defun tds2texi-do-fancy-logos ()
+ "Second step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not useable by itself."
+
+ ;; fancy TeX logos -- these are used in arguments of sections,
+ ;; so we have to do them early before doing sectioning commands.
+ (tds2texi-alist-replace tds2texi-logos-regexp-1 tds2texi-logos-alist)
+ (tds2texi-alist-replace tds2texi-logos-regexp-2 tds2texi-logos-alist)
+
+ ;; acronyms -- these are also used in arguments of sections.
+ ;; There's no need to use @sc markup, just upcase the argument.
+ (save-excursion
+ (while (re-search-forward "\\\\abbr{\\([^}]+\\)}" nil t)
+ (replace-match (upcase (match-string 1)) nil t)))
+
+ ;; applications -- similar to acronyms, so done here as well.
+ ;; There's no need to use @r markup either, it's the default!
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\application{\\([^}]+\\)}" "\\1")
+ )
+
+
+(defun tds2texi-do-sectioning ()
+ "Third step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not useable by itself."
+
+ ;; first do @chapter and @appendix by narrowing
+ (save-excursion
+ (save-restriction
+ (narrow-to-region
+ (point-min) (search-forward "\\appendix" nil t))
+ (goto-char (point-min))
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace
+ "\\\\section{\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*" "@node \\1\n@chapter \\1")
+ ))
+ (save-excursion
+ (save-restriction
+ (narrow-to-region
+ (search-forward "\\appendix" nil t) (point-max))
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace
+ "\\\\section{\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*" "@node \\1\n@appendix \\1")
+ ))
+
+ ;; @section and @subsection are just shifted a level up
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace
+ "\\\\subsection{\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*" "@node \\1\n@section \\1")
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace
+ "\\\\subsubsection{\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*" "@node \\1\n@subsection \\1")
+
+ ;; now we no longer need \appendix as a marker
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\appendix[ ]*\n" "")
+
+ ;; \newpage can go as well
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "%?\\\\newpage[ ]*\n" "")
+
+ ;; \labels are redundant since we have @nodes
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\label{sec:\\([^}]+\\)}[ ]*\n" "")
+
+ ;; \refs now refer to @nodes instead of \labels
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\ref{sec:\\([^}]+\\)}" "@ref{\\1}")
+ )
+
+
+(defun tds2texi-do-markup-tags ()
+ "Fourth step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not usable by itself."
+
+ ;; special tags -- for \CTAN, we must used fixed-case replace!
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "\\the\\tdsVersion" "@value{version}")
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "\\texmf{}" "@file{texmf}")
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "\\CTAN:" "@file{@var{CTAN}:}")
+
+ ;; convert simple tags without expanding their arguments:
+ ;; \emphasis, \citetitle, \literal, \replaceable
+ (tds2texi-alist-replace tds2texi-tags-regexp tds2texi-tags-alist)
+
+ ;; \\systemitem -- a silly tag with an extra argument that
+ ;; isn't printed. It is used exactly once!
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace
+ "\\\\systemitem{\\([^}]+\\)}{\\([^}]+\\)}" "@file{\\2}")
+
+ ;; \path, \url -- here we can't avoid shuffling the argument
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\path|\\([^|]+\\)|" "@file{\\1}")
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\url|\\([^|]+\\)|" "@uref{\\1}")
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\email|\\([^|]+\\)|" "@email{\\1}")
+
+ ;; After turning \replaceable into @var above we now have to
+ ;; turn @var{...} into @file{@var{...}} to get quotation marks
+ ;; around file names consistent. (Read: those extra quotation
+ ;; marks inserted automatically by makeinfo in the @file tag.)
+
+ ;; For simplicity we first do the change everywhere and then
+ ;; undo it again inside `ttdisplay' environments, where we
+ ;; can leave @var by itself as @file isn't used there anyway.
+
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "@var{\\([^}]+\\)}" "@file{@var{\\1}}")
+ (save-excursion
+ (while (search-forward "\\begin{ttdisplay}" nil t)
+ (save-restriction
+ (narrow-to-region
+ (point) (search-forward "\\end{ttdisplay}" nil t))
+ (goto-char (point-min))
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "@file{@var{\\([^}]+\\)}}" "@var{\\1}")
+ )))
+
+ ;; eliminate redundant quotation marks around @file
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "``\\(@file{[^}]+}\\)''" "\\1")
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "`\\(@file{[^}]+}\\)'" "\\1")
+
+ ;; ... and combine multiple @file{}s in one line
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace
+ "@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}" "@file{\\1\\2\\3}")
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace
+ "@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}" "@file{\\1\\2}")
+
+ ;; ... also simplify cases of nested @file{}s
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace
+ "@file{@file{\\([^ ]+\\)}\\([^ ]+\\)}" "@file{\\1\\2}")
+
+ ;; literal `~' -- if it hasn't been converted to space earlier,
+ ;; we can now do the conversion to @w{word1 word2} without
+ ;; running the risk of confusion the regexp matcher somewhere.
+ ;; Unfortunately @w will get lost again in the HTML conversion
+ ;; because &nbsp; or &#160; are not yet standard HTML tags.
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "~" "@tie{}")
+ )
+
+
+(defun tds2texi-do-environments ()
+ "Fifth step of \\[tds2texi-convert]. Not useable by itself."
+
+ ;; convert \begin and \end of environments
+ (tds2texi-alist-replace tds2texi-env-regexp tds2texi-env-alist)
+
+ ;; convert \items
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "\\item" "@item")
+
+ ;; insert newlines after description items where appropriate
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace
+ "@item\\[\\([^]]+\\)\\][ ]*\n" "@item \\1\n")
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace
+ "@item\\[\\([^]]+\\)\\][ ]*" "@item \\1\n")
+
+ ;; insert newlines after @item @file, also replace @item @file
+ ;; by @item @samp -- this is done because it may look nicer
+ ;; in the HTML version, but it depends on the style sheet used
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace
+ "@item @file\\([^,\n]*\\),[ ]*" "@item @samp\\1,\n")
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace
+ "@item @file" "@item @samp")
+ )
+
+
+;;; handling the header and trailer
+
+(defun tds2texi-do-header ()
+ "Convert LaTeX header to Texinfo. Used in \\[tds2texi-convert]."
+ (let (title-string
+ author-string
+ version-string)
+
+ ;; collect information
+ (save-excursion
+ (re-search-forward "\\\\tdsVersion{\\(.*\\)}" nil t)
+ (setq version-string (match-string 1))
+ (re-search-forward "\\\\title{\\(.*\\)}" nil t)
+ (setq title-string (match-string 1))
+ (re-search-forward "\\\\author{\\(.*\\)}" nil t)
+ (setq author-string (match-string 1))
+ )
+
+ ;; discard information lines
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\title{.*}[ ]*\n" "")
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\author{.*}[ ]*\n" "")
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\tdsVersion{.*}[ ]*\n\n" "")
+
+ ;; discard pre-title lines
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "%&latex[ ]*\n" "")
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\NeedsTeXFormat.*\n" "")
+
+ ;; convert \documentclass to \input texinfo
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\documentclass.*\n\n" "\\\\input texinfo\n")
+
+ ;; insert Texinfo header lines
+ (save-excursion
+ (goto-char (search-forward "texinfo\n" nil t))
+ (insert "@setfilename " tds2texi-filename "\n")
+ (insert "@settitle " title-string "\n\n")
+ (insert "@set version " version-string "\n\n")
+ (insert tds2texi-direntry "\n")
+ )
+
+ ;; discard \begin{document} and \maketitle
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\begin{document}[ ]*\n\n" "")
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\maketitle[ ]*\n\n" "")
+
+ ;; copy contents of `legalnotice' environments
+ (save-excursion
+ (let ((begin (search-forward "@titlepage\n\n" nil t))
+ (end (progn
+ (search-forward "@end titlepage" nil t)
+ (match-beginning 0))))
+ (copy-region-as-kill begin end)
+ ))
+
+ ;; insert stuff for title page before `legalnotice' environment
+ ;; -- \begin{legalnotice} has been converted to @titlepage
+ (save-excursion
+ (goto-char (search-forward "@titlepage\n" nil t))
+ (insert "@title " title-string "\n")
+ (insert "@subtitle Version @value{version}\n")
+ (insert "@author " author-string "\n\n")
+ (insert "@page\n@vskip 0pt plus 1filll\n")
+ )
+
+ ;; insert stuff for @node Top and master menu after `legalnotice'
+ ;; -- \end{legalnotice} has been converted to @end titlepage
+ (save-excursion
+ (goto-char (search-forward "@end titlepage\n\n" nil t))
+
+ (insert "@ifnottex\n")
+ (insert "@node Top\n@top " title-string "\n\n")
+
+ ;; insert contents of `legalnotice' copied above
+ (yank) ; should include a "\n\n" at the end
+
+ (insert "@menu\n@end menu\n")
+ (insert "@end ifnottex\n\n")
+ )
+
+ ;; discard \tableofcontents -- @contents belongs in the trailer
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\tableofcontents[ ]*\n\n" "")
+ ))
+
+(defun tds2texi-do-trailer ()
+ "Convert LaTeX trailer to Texinfo. Used in \\[tds2texi-convert]."
+
+ ;; The list of contributors is a LaTeX tabbing environment, which
+ ;; is difficult to convert -- we convert it to a normal paragraph
+ ;; inside a @quotation environment, so it gets indented a little.
+
+ ;; Conversion of the tabbing environment is already done elsewhere,
+ ;; so we just have to remove some redundant tags.
+
+ ;; discard alignment preamble consisting of lines starting with
+ ;; \hspace{0.25\linewidth}. We use \hspace in other places too.
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\\\hspace.*\n" "")
+
+ ;; convert "\>" and "\\" in tabbing environment to comma
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace " +\\\\>[ ]*" ", ")
+
+ ;; In the earlier conversion of "\ ", "\\" followed by newline
+ ;; was already converted to "\", so we just have to convert
+ ;; the remaining instances of "\" followed by space or newline.
+ (tds2texi-regexp-replace "\\s +\\\\\\s +" ", ")
+
+ ;; convert \end{document} to @contents and @bye
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "\\end{document}"
+ "@iftex\n@contents\n@end iftex\n@bye")
+ )
+
+(defun tds2texi-fixup-texinfo ()
+ "Fix up a few last-minute items. Used in \\[tds2texi-convert]."
+
+ ;; Fix the reference to the node name with the logo.
+ (tds2texi-string-replace "Non-font MF" "Non-font Metafont")
+ )
+
+;;; tds2texi.el ends here
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tdsguide.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tdsguide.cls
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..45267762588
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tdsguide.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,845 @@
+% $Id: tdsguide.cls,v 1.19 2004/03/28 14:21:10 karl Exp $
+% LaTeX document class tdsguide
+% (history at end)
+%
+% This class provides markup & layout for the TDS report.
+%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] % star-form of \CheckCommand, etc.
+
+
+% The code below is explained in the implementation documentation of the
+% rcs package.
+
+\begingroup
+ \def\RCSClass#1#2 $#3: #4 #5\endRCS $#6: #7 #8\endRCS{%
+ \def\date{#4}\def\id{v#7}%
+ \ProvidesClass{#1}[\date\space\id\space #2]%
+ }
+
+ \RCSClass{tdsguide}{markup and layout for TDS document}
+ $Date: 2004/03/28 14:21:10 $: 9999/00/00 \endRCS
+ $Revision: 1.19 $: 0.0 \endRCS
+\endgroup
+
+
+% default setup
+\ifx \CatEscape\undefined
+ \chardef\CatEscape=0
+ \chardef\CatOpen=1
+ \chardef\CatClose=2
+ \chardef\CatIgnore=9
+ \chardef\CatLetter=11
+ \chardef\CatOther=12
+ \chardef\CatActive=13
+
+ \chardef\CatUsCode=\catcode`\_
+\fi
+
+
+
+%%% ======================================================================
+
+%
+% OPTIONS
+%
+
+\catcode`\_=\CatLetter
+
+
+% We can select to use Roman for METAFONT/METAPOST logos by the
+% nomflogo option. That should be done if no current logo fonts (with
+% `P' & `S') are available. Of course, it would be best to install
+% current fonts.
+% The mflogo options is provided for upward compatibility.
+
+\let\tds_mflogo\relax
+\DeclareOption{nomflogo}{%
+ \def\tds_mflogo{\let\textlogo\tds@transfer@logo} % gimme refinements! :(
+ }
+\DeclareOption{mflogo}{}
+
+
+\newif\ifTdsDraft
+ \TdsDraftfalse
+\DeclareOption{draft}{%
+ \TdsDrafttrue
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+ }
+\DeclareOption{final}{%
+ \TdsDraftfalse
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+ }
+
+
+\catcode`\_=\CatUsCode
+
+
+%%% ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+%
+% CONFIGURATION, INHERITANCE, AND OTHER MODULES
+%
+
+
+% configure this class
+
+\InputIfFileExists{tdsguide.cfg}{%
+ \typeout{*************************************^^J%
+ *^^J%
+ * Local config file tdsguide.cfg used^^J%
+ *^^J%
+ *************************************%
+ }%
+ }{}
+
+
+% inherit article class
+
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+\ProcessOptions
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+
+% add more modules
+
+\RequirePackage{url} % file names & email addresses
+\RequirePackage{mflogo} % MF & MP logos (but see below)
+%\RequirePackage{hyperref} % navigation specials in .dvi
+\RequirePackage{fancyhdr} % rev. no & draft notice in headers
+
+% Put hypertext links in the DVI file on the URL's:
+% \def\UrlLeft#1\UrlRight{\special{html:<a href="#1">}#1\special{html:</a>}}
+% Don't do this because xdvi doesn't know what do with ftp url's, which
+% is the vast majority of links; also because we use the url package for
+% mere directory names.
+
+
+%%% ============================================================
+
+
+%
+% NEW MARKUP
+%
+
+\catcode`\_=\CatLetter
+
+% info about original SGML files
+
+\def\sourcefile#1{}
+\def\formatterfile#1{}
+
+% revision number (should use rcs package)
+
+\newtoks\tdsVersion
+
+
+
+%
+% RENDER DOCUMENT-SPECIFIC MARKUP
+%
+
+% categories for terms
+
+% typewriter type.
+% `_', `\_', and `\\' produce respective chars.
+
+\def\tds_tt{%
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\_=\CatOther
+ \chardef\_=`\_
+ \chardef\\=`\\
+ \tds_tt_set
+ }
+\def\tds_tt_set#1{%
+ \ttfamily
+ #1%
+ \endgroup
+ }
+
+\def\systemitem#1{\tds_tt}
+\def\replaceable#1{{\rmfamily $\langle$\textit{#1}$\rangle$}}
+\let\command=\tds_tt
+\def\application#1{\textrm{#1}}
+\let\literal=\tds_tt
+\let\email=\url
+
+% \abbr may be called with lowercase & uppercase letters, actually all
+% abbreviations are to be typeset with reduced-size uppercase letters.
+% (That lowercase letters are used as arguments was a half-hearted
+% attempt by Norm who did use small caps at this time.) `Reduced size'
+% means one point smaller than the current size. If the reduced size
+% is larger than 12pt, we issue a warning; if no font-generating
+% driver is used, this situation will lead to character replacements
+% most probably.
+%
+% This macro may be written to an auxilliary file, we must not use
+% underscores in its name.
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\tds@reduced@size{%
+ \dimen@\f@size\p@
+ \advance \dimen@ -\p@ % dimen@ = font_size - 1
+ \ifdim \dimen@ >12\p@
+ \@font@warning{%
+Using font size `\the\dimen@' for abbreviations. That might lead%
+\MessageBreak
+to character replacements if you don't use a driver that\MessageBreak
+generates fonts.}%
+ \fi
+ \math@fontsfalse
+ \fontsize{\the\dimen@}\z@
+ \selectfont
+ }
+\def\abbr#1{{\tds@reduced@size \uppercase{#1}}}
+
+% references
+
+\let\xref\relax
+\let\citetitle=\textit
+
+% aliases for LaTeX markup
+
+\let\emphasis=\emph
+
+% environment `legalnotice', part of front matter
+
+\let\legalnotice=\par
+\let\endlegalnotice=\par
+
+% environment `ttdisplay', used to explicate some fact. Basically,
+% it's the alltt environment without parskip and with an additional
+% level of indentation.
+
+\def\ttdisplay{%
+ \begingroup
+ \list{}{%
+ \parsep\z@skip % no skip before env
+ \parskip\z@skip
+ \relax
+ }%
+ \item\relax
+ \parshape\z@
+ %% code below is copied from alltt.dtx.
+ \leftskip\@totalleftmargin
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \def\par{%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \leavevmode\null\@@par\penalty\interlinepenalty
+ \else
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \ifhmode
+ \@@par
+ \penalty\interlinepenalty
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \obeylines
+ \verbatim@font
+ \let\org@prime~%
+ \@noligs
+ \everymath \expandafter{\the\everymath \let~\org@prime}%
+ \everydisplay \expandafter{\the\everydisplay \let~\org@prime}%
+ \let\org@dospecials\dospecials
+ \g@remfrom@specials{\\}%
+ \g@remfrom@specials{\{}%
+ \g@remfrom@specials{\}}%
+ \let\do\@makeother \dospecials
+ \let\dospecials\org@dospecials
+ \frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces
+ \everypar \expandafter{\the\everypar \unpenalty}%
+ %}
+ }
+\def\endttdisplay{%
+ \endlist
+ \endgroup
+ \vskip -\parskip % undo skip after env
+ }
+
+% Code below is from alltt.dtx. I don't understand why it's not part
+% of the LaTeX kernel.
+\def\g@remfrom@specials#1{%
+ \def\@new@specials{}%
+ \def\@remove##1{%
+ \ifx ##1#1%
+ \else
+ \g@addto@macro\@new@specials{\do ##1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \let\do\@remove \dospecials
+ \let\dospecials\@new@specials
+ }
+
+
+
+
+%%% ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+%
+% LOGOS
+%
+
+
+% Some of them are rather document-specific.
+
+\def\texmf{\path|texmf|}
+\def\CTAN:{\replaceable{\abbr{CTAN}:}}
+
+
+% Actually, I should use my logos package for the rest... [-js]
+
+% The AmS definition is from AmS-LaTeX, that's more stable in this
+% document's context than the one from AmS-TeX.
+\def\AmS{%
+ \begingroup
+ \protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}%
+ A\kern-.1667em \lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125em S%
+ \endgroup
+ }
+\def\AMSTeX{\AmS-\TeX}
+
+\def\iniTeX{\texttt{INITEX}\@}
+\def\iniMF{\texttt{INIMF}\@}
+\def\iniMP{\texttt{INIMP}\@}
+
+\def\PS{\textsc{PostScript}}
+
+
+% If we don't use logo fonts, both the Metafont and the MetaPost logo
+% is typeset in the current font, as shown in this comment. The macros
+% `\MF' & `\MP' expand to two \textfont macros, with uppercase
+% syllables as arguments. We check for the syllable `FONT', this has
+% to be typeset in lowercase. All other syllables are capitalized.
+
+\def\tds_logo_fontarg{FONT}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\tds@transfer@logo[1]{%
+ \def\tds_arg{#1}%
+ \ifx \tds_arg\tds_logo_fontarg
+ font%
+ \else
+ \tds_capitalize#1\tds_argend
+ \fi
+ }
+\def\tds_capitalize#1#2\tds_argend{%
+ \uppercase{#1}\lowercase{#2}%
+ }
+
+\tds_mflogo
+
+
+% Use a small caps fake for BibTeX's `ib'. This way we can typeset it
+% in bold face or sans-serif, too. The code is copied from the LaTeX
+% logo definition, from ltlogos.dtx.
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\tds@smsize{%
+ $\m@th$% % force math size calculation
+ \csname S@\f@size\endcsname
+ \fontsize\sf@size\z@
+ \math@fontsfalse \selectfont
+ }
+
+\def\BibTeX{B\kern-.05em{\tds@smsize IB}\kern-.08em\TeX}
+
+
+%%% ============================================================
+
+%
+% TDS SUMMARIES
+%
+
+% Typeset a figure that shows the TeX directory layout. The layout is
+% input with optical markup:
+%
+% \begin{tdsSummary}
+% dir/ explanation of dir
+% . subdir/ explanation of subdir
+% . . subsubdir/ next subdir level
+% . dir/dir/ more than one dir in one line
+% . <category>/ explanation of category
+% \end{tdsSummary}
+%
+% Directories and category names don't have dots.
+
+% We transform that input into a table. The first table column (the
+% directory spec) is terminated by a slash that's followed by white
+% space. Directory names are typeset in monocase. <categories> are
+% tagged with \replaceable. Subdirectory levels are indented by one
+% quad. A quad is placed between columns. The explanation text
+% is typeset in one line.
+
+% As this is a special implementation for a special document, these
+% design decisions are hardwired, no protected interface is available.
+% Design changes will be realized by changes to the macro code.
+
+
+% The environment is realized as a trivlist to behave correctly in list
+% environments. I don't use a tabular environment, since I don't know
+% exactly how the first column is tokenized. Instead a halign is used.
+% IMO it does not matter, as tdsSummary does not use table markup
+% anyhow. If somebody wants to use longer explanations and if they must
+% be broken then, I have to use one of the tabulars of the tools bundle.
+
+% The first column (the directory names) is typeset in typewriter type. The
+% font chosen hereby must have the underscore at its ASCII position. If
+% that is not the case, one has to generalize \tds_dir_tags below.
+% Namely, this macro sets up the special lexical convention for this
+% column. As TeX will look at the first token of the column to check for
+% the table end, \cr, or \omit before \tds_dir_tags is evaluated, the
+% redefinition of the lexical analysis will not have happened for that
+% token. So we have to check this token specially if it's one of the
+% special optical markup chars.
+
+% After we started the trivlist, we need to supply the item (as this
+% macro really adds the vertical space). But it does not actually
+% start an item, it sets up the everypar register to do so. We fake
+% the item start as we don't want to go in horizontal mode, \halign
+% needs to be evaluated in vertical mode.
+%
+% \par is not evaluated by \endtrivlist and \end, so we don't need
+% another group around its redefinition.
+
+\def\tdsSummary{%
+ \trivlist \item\relax
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \global\@inlabelfalse \global\@newlistfalse \global\everypar{}%
+ \tabskip 0pt
+ \let\par\crcr \obeylines % can't use \obeycr, redefined by LaTeX
+ % redefine \obeylines to do nothing; url.sty v3.0 calls it, and the
+ % ^^M character therein causes a `Missing \endgroup inserted' error
+ % at a \path|...| within a tdsSummary, if it's already defined as \par.
+ \let\obeylines=\relax
+ \halign\bgroup
+ \ttfamily \tds_dir_tags \tds_first_token ##\unskip\hfil &%
+ \quad ##\unskip\hfil \cr
+ }
+\def\endtdsSummary{%
+ \crcr
+ \egroup
+ \endtrivlist
+ }
+
+
+% Our special lexical conventions are: `.' denotes the next directory
+% level, `<...>' denotes a directory category, and `/' is a column
+% separator if it is followed by space or tab, a typeset slash
+% otherwise. Underscores don't have any special meaning.
+
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\.=\CatActive
+ \catcode`\<=\CatActive
+ \catcode`\/=\CatActive
+ \catcode`\:=\CatActive
+ \gdef\tds_dir_tags{%
+ \catcode`\.=\CatActive \let.=\tds_next_dir_level
+ \catcode`\<=\CatActive \let<=\tds_dir_category
+ \catcode`\/=\CatActive \let/=\tds_slash
+ \catcode`\:=\CatActive \let:=\tds_colon
+ \catcode`\_=\CatOther
+ \tt
+ }
+\endgroup
+
+% There are spaces between the dots, ignore them.
+
+\def\tds_next_dir_level{\quad \ignorespaces}
+\def\tds_dir_category#1>{\replaceable{#1}}
+
+\chardef\tds_dir_sep=`\/ % typeset a directory separator
+
+% The slash has to check the stuff behind. If it's a space or a tab,
+% \next is bound to the action `blank-space' (the binding of all
+% '(space . #\Space) tokens). A tab is usually tokenized to the same
+% token, but we care for redefinitions below.
+%
+\def\tds_slash{%
+ \futurelet\next \tds_check_dir_end
+ }
+
+% For colons in the examples.
+%
+\def\tds_colon{:&}
+
+% We need two control sequencess that are bound to the actions currently
+% bound to '(space . #\Space) and (tex:parse "\t"). A direct \let
+% evaluation is difficult as the lexical analysis collapses subsequent
+% spaces to one token. But we need one space token behind the equal
+% sign, to be able to \let our cseq to the next space token. The first
+% token is stored in the replacement list of a macro, the second token
+% comes as its argument.
+
+\def\tds_let#1#2{\let#1= #2}
+\tds_let\tds_space{ }
+\tds_let\tds_tab{^^I}
+
+\def\TdsColSep{/&} % use trailing slashes for dir names
+
+\def\tds_check_dir_end{%
+ \ifx \next\tds_space
+ \let\next\TdsColSep
+ \else
+ \ifx \next\tds_tab
+ \let\next\TdsColSep
+ \else
+ \let\next\tds_dir_sep
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \next
+ }
+
+
+% We're almost finished with the tdsSummary setup. The stuff above is
+% not used for the first column token, as it's already tokenized when
+% the catcode changes take effect. So let's check and remap this token
+% by hand. Actually, I'm sloppy here; I assume that `/' won't be a
+% used as a directory name and that no directory name starts with an
+% underscore. But then, I know that this won't happen in TDS... :-)
+
+\def\tds_first_token{%
+ \futurelet\next \tds_check_special
+ }
+\def\tds_check_special{%
+ \ifx \next.%
+ \def\next{\afterassignment\tds_next_dir_level \let\next}%
+ \else
+ \ifx \next<%
+ \def\next{\afterassignment\tds_dir_category \let\next}%
+ \else
+ \let\next\relax
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \next
+ }
+
+
+
+%%% ============================================================
+
+%
+% LAYOUT
+%
+
+
+% text area size
+
+% We use the same height as article's default, but increase the width.
+
+\textwidth=35pc
+\oddsidemargin = \paperwidth
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by -\textwidth
+ \divide\oddsidemargin by 2
+\evensidemargin = \oddsidemargin
+\hoffset = -1in
+
+
+% spacing
+
+\parindent=0pt % no paragraph indentation
+\emergencystretch=2em % fewer overfull hboxes, only a memo
+
+\parskip=1ex plus 1ex minus .5ex % between paragraphs; if you change it,
+ % change the spacing in section headers
+ % below, too!
+
+% Our spacing for lists is very simplistic, but uniform: We use (almost)
+% parskip everywhere, and don't distinguish vertical spacing for
+% different list levels. Actually, the latter is the thing we might want
+% to introduce later again.
+
+\labelsep=1.1em % increase distance between item & text
+\topsep=0pt % no extra skip above list in paragraph
+\partopsep=0pt % no extra skip above list starting par.
+\itemsep=0pt % no extra space between items
+\parsep=.9\parskip % between paragraphs in items
+
+\def\@listI{%
+ \leftmargin\leftmargini
+ }
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+
+\def\@listii{%
+ \leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii \advance \labelwidth-\labelsep
+ }
+
+\def\@listiii{%
+ \leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii \advance \labelwidth-\labelsep
+ }
+
+
+% Like itemize, but squeeze the items.
+
+\newenvironment{itemize-squeeze}
+ {%
+ \parsep\z@skip
+ \itemize
+ }{%
+ \enditemize
+ }
+
+% Ditto, for description.
+
+\newenvironment{description-squeeze}
+ {%
+ \parsep\z@skip
+ \description
+ }{%
+ \enddescription
+ }
+
+
+% Redefine section headers, different spacing and other fonts.
+
+\newskip\TdsPreSubSectionSkip
+ \TdsPreSubSectionSkip = 2.5ex plus 0.5ex minus 0.2ex
+
+\def\section{%
+ \@startsection{section}{1}% % name and level
+ {\z@}% % indentation
+ {-3ex plus-.75ex minus-.2ex}% % skip above and don't indent next par
+ {1.5ex plus.2ex}% % skip below
+ {\reset@font \Large \sffamily}% % type
+ }
+\def\subsection{%
+ \@startsection{subsection}{2}% % name and level
+ {\z@}% % indentation
+ {-\TdsPreSubSectionSkip}% % skip above and don't indent next par
+ \parskip % skip below
+ {\reset@font \large \sffamily}% % type
+ }
+\def\subsubsection{%
+ \@startsection{subsubsection}{3}% % name and level
+ {\z@}% % indentation
+ {-\TdsPreSubSectionSkip}% % skip above and don't indent next par
+ \parskip % skip below
+ {\reset@font \normalsize \sffamily}% % type
+ }
+\def\paragraph{%
+ \@startsection{paragraph}{4}% % name and level
+ {\z@}% % indentation
+ \TdsPreSubSectionSkip % skip above and indent next par
+ {-1.5em}% % skip after, run in text
+ {\reset@font \normalsize \scshape}% % type
+ }
+
+
+% Table of contents
+
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} % only sections on first two levels
+
+% Less space between TOC entries, discard the parskip. For that, we
+% have to redefine \@starttoc, since no hook is available.
+\let\tds_orig_starttoc=\@starttoc
+\def\@starttoc#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \parskip\z@skip
+ \tds_orig_starttoc{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+ }
+
+% Section TOC entries in sans serif, and less space above. The code
+% below is copied from the article view on classes.dtx, I have changed
+% space and font. But let's first assure that we shouldn't use a newer
+% version of this code.
+\CheckCommand*\l@section[2]{%
+ \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@
+ \addpenalty\@secpenalty
+ \addvspace{1.0em \@plus\p@}%
+ \setlength\@tempdima{1.5em}%
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \leavevmode \bfseries
+ \advance\leftskip\@tempdima
+ \hskip -\leftskip
+ #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \endgroup
+ \fi}
+\def\l@section#1#2{%
+ \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@
+ \addpenalty\@secpenalty
+ \addvspace{.75ex \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@}% % was: 1em plus 1pt
+ \setlength\@tempdima{1.5em}%
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@
+ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \leavevmode \sffamily % was: \bfseries
+ \advance\leftskip\@tempdima
+ \hskip -\leftskip
+ #1\nobreak \hfil \nobreak \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}%
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ \fi}
+
+
+% Not so spacey a title, please.
+
+\def\@maketitle{%
+ \null
+ \kern-90pt \relax \kern0pt
+ \begin{center}%
+ {\LARGE \@title \par}%
+ %\vskip 1.5em%
+ {\large
+ \lineskip .5em%
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}%
+ \@author
+ \end{tabular}\par}%
+ \vskip 1em%
+ {\large version \the\tdsVersion \quad \@date}%
+ \end{center}%
+ \par
+ \vskip 1.5em}
+
+
+% Make labels in the description environment come out in the
+% requested type rather than bold.
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep #1}
+
+
+% Headline & footline
+
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+
+\lhead{}
+\chead{%
+ \ifTdsDraft draft \fi % <-- space!
+ TDS version \the\tdsVersion
+ }
+\rhead{}
+\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
+
+\lfoot{}
+\cfoot{\thepage}
+\rfoot{}
+\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
+
+
+
+%%% ============================================================
+
+\catcode`\_=\CatUsCode
+
+\endinput
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% $Log: tdsguide.cls,v $
+% Revision 1.19 2004/03/28 14:21:10 karl
+% (\tdsSummary): \let\obeylines=\relax after we set
+% it, so url.sty v3.0's usage of \obeylines does not
+% cause errors.
+%
+% Revision 1.18 1998/01/26 21:26:10 karl
+% (\TeXinfo): Remove unused and incorrect name.
+% (\parsep): Decrease slightly.
+% (\l@section): Decrease section spacing for toc slightly.
+% (\@maketitle): Remove word `draft'.
+%
+% Revision 1.17 1997/02/07 20:47:16 karl
+% Fix : in tdsSummary, more doc.
+%
+% Revision 1.16 1996/11/16 14:23:58 karl
+% fancyhdr requires different commands.
+%
+% Revision 1.13 1995/11/21 18:57:35 schrod
+% Add description-squeeze environment.
+%
+% Revision 1.12 1995/11/14 18:33:18 schrod
+% Drop draft hint in legalnotice environment, make title more
+% squeezed. Changes by Karl, to make title & toc fit on one page.
+%
+% Revision 1.11 1995/11/14 12:36:54 schrod
+% Use url.sty instead of path.sty. (On request of Karl, better input
+% syntax and different line breaks [0.103].)
+% Rename environment explicate to ttdisplay. (Proposal of Karl.)
+%
+% Revision 1.10 1995/11/11 16:29:01 schrod
+% Identify version of class in log file.
+% Change layout of table of contents. Implementation of a discussion
+% between Karl Berry and myself.
+%
+% Revision 1.9 1995/11/11 15:43:34 schrod
+% Replace alltt environment by explicate environment. Change
+% requested by Karl at 09 Nov 95.
+%
+% Revision 1.8 1995/11/02 10:52:29 schrod
+% Add option nomflogo, mflogo is default now.
+% Don't need provision for slanted typewriter type any more,
+% replacable texts are set in italics now.
+% Add logos \texmf and \CTAN:. [kb]
+% Set margins in addition to \textwidth. It's a bit wider, too. [kb]
+% Wider distance between item label and item text. [kb]
+% New environment itemize-squeeze, without space between items. [kb]
+%
+% Revision 1.7 1995/05/18 09:06:39 schrod
+% Don't parse arguments unnecessarily early, one might change
+% catcodes in them.
+% Use \tds_tt to switch to typewriter, also typesets backslashs and
+% underscores [kb].
+% Increase width to 33pc [kb].
+%
+% Revision 1.6 1995/05/12 23:19:07 schrod
+% \f@size may be a fraction, so use dimension register to compute
+% the reduced size for abbreviations [dc].
+% In summary tables, terminate the directory names with slashes [kb, nw].
+%
+% Revision 1.5 1995/05/09 01:46:24 schrod
+% Typeset abbreviation one point smaller than surrounding font [uv,
+% kb, bb], use always uppercase letters for them. Rename the tag from
+% \acronym to \abbr [kb, nw].
+%
+% Revision 1.4 1995/05/09 00:39:57 schrod
+% Repair vertical spacing around tdsSummary environment.
+%
+% Revision 1.3 1995/05/08 17:14:52 schrod
+% For TDS 0.72 Norm changed the document to use \abbr (argument with
+% lowercase letters) instead of \acronym. It's not looking better, of
+% course; small caps is not really a good font for abbreviations. This
+% revision just tracks his change, I'll look later if I can improve the
+% rendering.
+%
+% Revision 1.2 1995/05/07 18:22:53 schrod
+% In environment tdsSummary: Next directory level indented by one
+% quad, without dots for indentation [kb, !uv, js].
+% Renamed Draft flag to TdsDraft, to keep namespace clean.
+% Headline now features a centered short title [kb, uv, nw]. It's
+% still ruled.
+% \replaceable used spurious \selectfont [uv]. \dir & \ext are not
+% used [uv].
+% Subsubsections are also numbered and not indented [uv]. But they
+% are still not added to the table of contents. Actually, we have only
+% _one_ subsubsection...
+% Set erroneously counter `secnumdepth' when I wanted fewer section
+% headings in the table of contents. That's controlled by counter
+% `tocdepth' [uv].
+% Inherit tdsguide from article class, not from ltxguide. The tags
+% of the latter class are not appropriate and we define our layout
+% ourselves.
+%
+
+%
+% pre-CVS Log:
+%
+% 19 Apr 95 js Made a LaTeX2e class.
+% Use mflogo option to select MF/MP logo typesetting,
+% support configuration file.
+% 1994-1995 nw Initial revision.
+
+
+
+%%%------------------------------------------------------------
+
+% mode: LaTeX
+% Local Variables:
+% TeX-brace-indent-level: 4
+% indent-tabs-mode: t
+% TeX-auto-untabify: nil
+% TeX-auto-regexp-list: LaTeX-auto-regexp-list
+% page-delimiter: "^%%%"
+% End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..90313b718a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/README
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+README file for tex-refs
+========================
+
+$Id: README 146 2005-05-14 15:34:22Z mw $
+
+This file contains very brief instructions on how to build the
+various output formats (in case you want to do this yourself for
+some reason or just want to see how we handle all the 'magic').
+
+
+Where to find
+-------------
+
+You'll find the latest version of 'tex-refs' at
+http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/
+
+
+Requirements
+------------
+
+- DocBook XML V4.3
+ Your Linux distribution should provide an up-to-date package for this.
+
+- DocBook XSL Stylesheets (V1.68.1 as of this writing)
+ Your Linux distribution should provide a package for this.
+ If you only find an older version, try it or get the tarball
+ from »http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/«, install it
+ at some place and adjust some pathnames in Makefile.cfg.in
+
+- XSLT processor
+ At least »xsltproc« from libxslt/libxml2, and »Saxon« should work.
+
+- make
+ Should already be installed on your system
+
+- db2latex (http://db2latex.sourceforge.net)
+ If you want to generate PDF output you'll need this
+
+
+Usage
+-----
+- Use the "catalog.xml" file as a hint how to setup your own
+ XML catalog or edit the XSL files to use absolute pathnames.
+
+- Run 'make targets'
+ This lists the most important targets of the Makefile
+
+- Run 'make'
+ This will generate all currently supported output files
+
+- Read over 'Makefile' if you want to know more details
+
+
+Contact
+-------
+
+Contact the authors if you have any suggestions, enhancements,
+corrections, etc. Your contribution is very welcome.
+
+--
+Michael Wiedmann <mw@miwie.in-berlin.de>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c4d1e1bdc53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.css
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* $Id: tex-refs.css 120 2004-03-26 20:19:43Z mw $ */
+
+body { background-color: whitesmoke;
+ }
+
+h1.title { background-color: gainsboro;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-family: sans-serif;
+ color: black;
+ }
+
+h2.title { background-color: gainsboro;
+ font-family: sans-serif;
+ color: black;
+ }
+
+h3.title { background-color: gainsboro;
+ font-family: sans-serif;
+ color: black;
+ }
+
+h4.title { background-color: gainsboro;
+ font-family: sans-serif;
+ color: black;
+ }
+h5.title { background-color: gainsboro;
+ font-family: sans-serif;
+/* font-size: small; */
+ color: black;
+ }
+h6.title { background-color: gainsboro;
+ font-family: sans-serif;
+/* font-size: x-small; */
+ font-size: small;
+ color: black;
+ }
+span.title { background-color: gainsboro;
+ font-family: sans-serif;
+/* font-size: x-small; */
+ font-size: small;
+ color: black;
+ }
+
+.title { background-color: gainsboro;
+ font-family: sans-serif;
+ }
+
+.authorgroup {
+ background-color: #EEEEEE
+ }
+
+.copyright {
+ }
+
+.legalnotice {
+ }
+
+.revhistory {
+ }
+
+.abstract {
+ margin-top: 1em
+ }
+
+.toc {
+ }
+
+.itemizedlist {
+ }
+
+.orderedlist {
+ }
+
+.variablelist {
+ }
+
+.term { background-color: #EFEFEF
+ }
+
+pre.programlisting
+{
+ background-color: #E0E0E0;
+ border: thin solid gray;
+ margin-top: 1.33ex;
+ margin-bottom: 1.33ex;
+}
+
+
+.footer-date { font-size: xx-small;
+ font-family: monospace;
+ }
+
+
+#customheader, #customfooter
+{
+ /* list of fonts provides fallbacks if a font is not present */
+ font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, Sans-Serif;
+ /* font size, relative to body font size */
+ font-size: 80%;
+
+ /* line height, relative to body font size */
+ line-height: 200%;
+
+ text-align: center;
+ vertical-align: middle;
+ color: #fff;
+ background-color: #009;
+}
+
+/* leave more space between last paragraph and footer */
+/* some browser do not add up the bottom margin of the prior element */
+/* and the top margin of the footer */
+#customfooter {
+ margin-top: 15px;
+}
+
+/* define special font for logo */
+/* list of fonts provides fallbacks in case selected fonts are not present
+*/
+.logo
+{
+ font-family: Lucida Console, Verdana, Arial, Sans-Serif;
+}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..34dfbf0e52c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tex-refs/tex-refs.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14590 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<meta content="HTML Tidy for Linux/x86 (vers 1st February 2003), see www.w3.org"
+ name="generator" />
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type"
+content="text/html; charset=us-ascii" />
+<title>References for TeX and Friends</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="tex-refs.css" type="text/css" />
+<meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.66.1" />
+</head>
+<body>
+<div class="book" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h1 class="title"><a id="id2405204"></a>References for TeX and
+Friends</h1></div>
+<div>
+<div class="author">
+<h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Michael</span>
+<span class="surname">Wiedmann</span></h3>
+<div class="affiliation">
+<div class="address">
+<p>
+<tt class="email">&lt;<a href="mailto:mw%20at%20miwie%20dot%20in-berlin%20dot%20de">
+mw&nbsp;at&nbsp;miwie&nbsp;dot&nbsp;in-berlin&nbsp;dot&nbsp;de</a>&gt;</tt></p></div></div></div></div>
+<div>
+<p class="copyright">Copyright &copy; ? Stephen Gilmore</p></div>
+<div>
+<p class="copyright">Copyright &copy; ? Torsten Martinsen</p></div>
+<div>
+<p class="copyright">Copyright &copy; 1988, 1994 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.</p></div>
+<div>
+<p class="copyright">Copyright &copy; 1994 - 1996 Torsten
+Martinsen</p></div>
+<div>
+<p class="copyright">Copyright &copy; 2002, 2003 Peter Karp,
+Michael Wiedmann</p></div>
+<div>
+<p class="copyright">Copyright &copy; 2004, 2005 Michael
+Wiedmann</p></div>
+<div>
+<div class="legalnotice"><a id="id2451479"></a>
+<p class="legalnotice-title"><b>License</b></p>
+<p>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and
+no Back-Cover Texts.</p></div></div>
+<div>
+<div class="revhistory">
+<table border="2" cellspacing="4" width="100%"
+summary="Revision history">
+<tr>
+<th align="left" valign="top" colspan="2"><b>Revision
+History</b></th></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">Revision 0.3.9</td>
+<td align="left">2005-05-14</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" colspan="2">Consistent naming scheme of IDs to
+ease the use of this reference for other projects; added new
+section <a href="#float" title="3.3 float">float</a> in chapter
+<a href="#latex" title="2 LaTeX">LaTeX</a>.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">Revision 0.2.0</td>
+<td align="left">2003-01-11</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" colspan="2">License changed to
+<a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html" target="_top">GNU
+Free Documentation License</a>.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">Revision 0.0.1</td>
+<td align="left">2002-06-21</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" colspan="2">This version was adapted from the
+edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation, converted to DocBook XML
+using <a href="http://www.tldp.org/downloads/"
+target="_top">texi2db</a>, and further edited
+manually.</td></tr></table></div></div></div>
+<hr /></div>
+<div class="toc">
+<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="preface"><a href="#preface">Preface</a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="preface"><a href="#credits">Credits</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tex">1 TeX</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#plaintex">1
+PlainTeX</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#plaintex-ovw">1.1
+Overview</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#latex">2 LaTeX</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#opt-latex">2.1
+Options</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#overview">2.2 Overview of LaTeX
+and Local Guide</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#commands">2.3
+Commands</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#parameters">2.4
+Parameters</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#latex-packages">3 LaTeX
+Packages</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#amsmath">3.1
+<tt class="filename">amsmath</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#dcolumn">3.2
+<tt class="filename">dcolumn</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#float">3.3
+<tt class="filename">float</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#fontenc">3.4
+<tt class="filename">fontenc</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#german">3.5
+<tt class="filename">german</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#graphics">3.6
+<tt class="filename">graphics</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#hyperref">3.7
+<tt class="filename">hyperref</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#inputenc">3.8
+<tt class="filename">inputenc</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#komascript">3.9
+<tt class="filename">KOMA-Script</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#mathpazo">3.10
+<tt class="filename">mathpazo</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#varioref">3.11
+<tt class="filename">varioref</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#small-packages">3.12 Several
+Small Packages</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#generic-packages">4 Generic
+Packages</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pictex">4.1 PiCTeX
+(tbd.)</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pstricks">4.2
+PSTricks</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#fontinst">5
+<tt class="filename">fontinst</tt> (tbd.)</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#context">6 ConTeXt
+(tbd.)</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#context-ovw">6.1
+Overview</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#texinfo">7 Texinfo
+(tbd.)</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pdftex">2
+pdfTeX</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-options">1
+Options</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-file-line-error-style">
+1.1
+<tt class="filename">--file-line-error-style</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-fmt">1.2
+<tt class="filename">--fmt format</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-help">1.3
+<tt class="filename">--help</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ini">1.4
+<tt class="filename">--ini</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-interaction%20mode">1.5
+<tt class="filename">--interaction mode</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ipc">1.6
+<tt class="filename">--ipc</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ipc-start">1.7
+<tt class="filename">--ipc-start</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-jobname-name">1.8
+<tt class="filename">--jobname name</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug">1.9
+<tt class="filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-maketex">1.10
+<tt class="filename">--maketex fmt</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-no-maketex">1.11
+<tt class="filename">--no-maketex fmt</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-output-comment">1.12
+<tt class="filename">--output-comment string</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-parse-first-line">1.13
+<tt class="filename">--parse-first-line</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-progname">1.14
+<tt class="filename">--progname name</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-recorder">1.15
+<tt class="filename">--recorder</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-shell-escape">1.16
+<tt class="filename">--shell-escape</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-translate-file">1.17
+<tt class="filename">--translate-file tcxname</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-version">1.18
+<tt class="filename">--version</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-environment">2
+Environment</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#metafont">3 Metafont
+(tbd.)</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#metapost">4
+MetaPost</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-options">1
+Options</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-file-line-error-style">
+1.1
+<tt class="filename">--file-line-error-style</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-help">1.2
+<tt class="filename">--help</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-ini">1.3
+<tt class="filename">--ini</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-intercation">1.4
+<tt class="filename">--interaction mode</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-jobname">1.5
+<tt class="filename">--jobname name</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-kpathsea-debug">1.6
+<tt class="filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-mem">1.7
+<tt class="filename">--mem mem</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-parse-first-line">1.8
+<tt class="filename">--parse-first-line</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-progname">1.9
+<tt class="filename">--progname name</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-recorder">1.10
+<tt class="filename">--recorder</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-T">1.11
+<tt class="filename">-T</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-translate-file">1.12
+<tt class="filename">--translate-file tcxname</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-troff">1.13
+<tt class="filename">--troff</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-version">1.14
+<tt class="filename">--version</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-environment">2
+Environment</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#bibtex">5
+BibTeX</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-parameters">1
+Parameters</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-command-qualifiers">2
+Command Qualifiers</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bib-files">3 bib
+files</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-string-command">3.1
+<tt class="filename">@STRING</tt> command</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-entry-format">3.2 Entry
+Format</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-entry-types">3.3 Entry
+Types</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-field-text">3.4 Field
+Text</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-field-types">3.5 Field
+Types</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-files">4 bst
+files</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-abbr">4.1
+<tt class="filename">ABBRV.BST</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-alpha">4.2
+<tt class="filename">ALPHA.BST</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-plain">4.3
+<tt class="filename">PLAIN.BST</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-sample">4.4
+<tt class="filename">SAMPLE.BST</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-unsrt">4.5
+<tt class="filename">UNSRT.BST</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makeindex">6
+Make-Index</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-options">1
+Options</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-c">1.1
+<tt class="filename">-c</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-g">1.2
+<tt class="filename">-g</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-i">1.3
+<tt class="filename">-i</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-l">1.4
+<tt class="filename">-l</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-q">1.5
+<tt class="filename">-q</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-r">1.6
+<tt class="filename">-r</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-s-sty">1.7
+<tt class="filename">-s sty</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-o-ind">1.8
+<tt class="filename">-o ind</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-t-log">1.9
+<tt class="filename">-t log</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-p-no">1.10
+<tt class="filename">-p no</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-L">1.11
+<tt class="filename">-L</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-T">1.12
+<tt class="filename">-T</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-style-file">2 Style
+File</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-style">2.1 Input
+Style Specifiers</a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-output-style-specs">2.2
+Output Style Specifiers</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-example">3
+Example</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-ordering">4
+Ordering</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-special-effects">5
+Special Effects</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#xindy">7 xindy</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list">1 Command
+List</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-processing">1.1
+Processing Commands</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-markup">1.2
+Markup Commands</a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-raw-index">1.3
+Raw Index Interface</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-invoking">2 Invoking
+xindy</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-invoking-cmdline">2.1
+Command Line Options</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-search-path">2.2 Search
+Path</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#appendices">A
+Appendices</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#issues">1 Bugs / Known Issues /
+Missing Features</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#about">2 About this
+Document</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#release-news">3 Release
+News</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#gfdl">4 GNU Free Documentation
+License</a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="index"><a href="#tex-refs-idx">Index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div>
+<div class="list-of-tables">
+<p><b>List of Tables</b></p>
+<dl>
+<dt>1.1 <a href="#id2521491">Options for
+<tt class="literal">\newcommand</tt></a></dt>
+<dt>1.2 <a href="#id2521690">Options for
+<tt class="literal">\newenvironment</tt></a></dt>
+<dt>1.3 <a href="#id2521896">Options for
+<tt class="literal">\newtheorem</tt></a></dt>
+<dt>1.4 <a href="#id2525205">Commands in a
+<tt class="literal">tabbing</tt> environment</a></dt>
+<dt>1.5 <a href="#id2525850">Commands used inside a
+<tt class="literal">tabular</tt> environment</a></dt>
+<dt>1.6 <a href="#id2526898">Standard styles distributed with
+BibTeX</a></dt>
+<dt>1.7 <a href="#id2529997">Three environments that put LaTeX in
+math mode</a></dt>
+<dt>1.8 <a href="#id2530391">Math Miscellany</a></dt>
+<dt>1.9 <a href="#id2538486">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>1.10 <a href="#id2539011">Standard type size commands</a></dt>
+<dt>1.11 <a href="#id2539271">Low-level font commands</a></dt>
+<dt>1.12 <a href="#id2559775">Special coordinates and
+angles</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="preface" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title">
+<a id="preface"></a>Preface</h2></div></div></div>
+<p class="db2latex:noindent">LaTeX2e is a document preparation
+system implemented as a macro package for Donald E. Knuth's TeX
+typesetting program.</p>
+<p class="db2latex:noindent">LaTeX was originally conceived by
+Leslie Lamport.</p>
+<p class="db2latex:noindent">This updated LaTeX reference is by no
+means complete, but it's a first step towards a more complete LaTeX
+reference! We welcome if we'll get pointed to missing commands or
+even better when you make additions and further improvements and
+send them to the authors.</p>
+<p class="db2latex:noindent"><a href="http://www.tug.org"
+target="_top">TUG (TeX User Group)</a> and
+<a href="http://www.dante.de" target="_top">DANTE (German TeX User
+Group)</a> both have excellent FAQ's which answer many questions or
+give great pointers to additional resources both on the internet or
+in books. Most if not all missing packages can also be found on the
+CTAN servers.</p>
+<p class="db2latex:noindent">This reference is not meant to replace
+the package documentation or the standard literature like the LaTeX
+handbook and the LaTeX companion. Look there for detailed
+descriptions of the commands and even mostly more options and
+examples.</p>
+<p class="db2latex:noindent">The authors intend to extend this
+documentation to other TeX related packages (e.g. ConTeXt,
+MetaPost, Metafont, etc.). Contributions are very
+welcome!</p></div>
+<div class="preface" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title">
+<a id="credits"></a>Credits</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2450500" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The following people have contributed substantial parts to this
+documentation project or helped in some other way (listed
+alphabetically):</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>
+<p>Karl Berry</p>
+<a id="id2450525" class="indexterm"></a></li>
+<li>
+<p>Wolfgang Borgert</p>
+<a id="id2450544" class="indexterm"></a></li>
+<li>
+<p>Ramon Casellas</p>
+<a id="id2450563" class="indexterm"></a></li>
+<li>
+<p>Holger Danielsson</p>
+<a id="id2450582" class="indexterm"></a></li>
+<li>
+<p>James Devenish</p>
+<a id="id2450602" class="indexterm"></a></li>
+<li>
+<p>Hubert Gaesslein</p>
+<a id="id2450621" class="indexterm"></a></li>
+<li>
+<p>Peter Karp</p>
+<a id="id2450640" class="indexterm"></a></li>
+<li>
+<p>Rolf Niepraschk</p>
+<a id="id2450659" class="indexterm"></a></li>
+<li>
+<p>Hans Fredrik Nordhaug</p>
+<a id="id2450681" class="indexterm"></a></li>
+<li>
+<p>Simon Pepping</p>
+<a id="id2450700" class="indexterm"></a></li>
+<li>
+<p>Bob Stayton</p>
+<a id="id2450719" class="indexterm"></a></li>
+<li>
+<p>Herbert Voss</p>
+<a id="id2450739" class="indexterm"></a></li></ul></div></div>
+<div class="chapter" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title">
+<a id="tex"></a>Chapter&nbsp;1.&nbsp;TeX</h2></div></div></div>
+<div class="toc">
+<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#plaintex">1
+PlainTeX</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#plaintex-ovw">1.1
+Overview</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#latex">2 LaTeX</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#opt-latex">2.1
+Options</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#overview">2.2 Overview of LaTeX
+and Local Guide</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#commands">2.3
+Commands</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#parameters">2.4
+Parameters</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#latex-packages">3 LaTeX
+Packages</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#amsmath">3.1
+<tt class="filename">amsmath</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#dcolumn">3.2
+<tt class="filename">dcolumn</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#float">3.3
+<tt class="filename">float</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#fontenc">3.4
+<tt class="filename">fontenc</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#german">3.5
+<tt class="filename">german</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#graphics">3.6
+<tt class="filename">graphics</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#hyperref">3.7
+<tt class="filename">hyperref</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#inputenc">3.8
+<tt class="filename">inputenc</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#komascript">3.9
+<tt class="filename">KOMA-Script</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#mathpazo">3.10
+<tt class="filename">mathpazo</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#varioref">3.11
+<tt class="filename">varioref</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#small-packages">3.12 Several
+Small Packages</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#generic-packages">4 Generic
+Packages</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pictex">4.1 PiCTeX
+(tbd.)</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pstricks">4.2
+PSTricks</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#fontinst">5
+<tt class="filename">fontinst</tt> (tbd.)</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#context">6 ConTeXt
+(tbd.)</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#context-ovw">6.1
+Overview</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#texinfo">7 Texinfo
+(tbd.)</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="plaintex"></a>1
+PlainTeX</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2450802" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="plaintex-ovw"></a>1.1
+Overview</h3></div></div></div>
+<p>For a really excellent reference of all TeX primitive control
+sequences see David Bausum's<a id="id2450821"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<a href="http://www.tug.org/utilities/plain/cseq.html"
+target="_top"><span class="emphasis"><em>TeX Primitive Control
+Sequences</em></span></a>.</p></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="latex"></a>2
+LaTeX</h2></div></div></div>
+<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
+<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
+<p>The original file <tt class="filename">latex2e.texi</tt>
+contains the following copyright and permission notice:</p>
+<p>&ldquo;<span class="quote">Permission is granted to make and
+distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright
+notice and this permission notice are preserved on all
+copies.</span>&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;<span class="quote">Permission is granted to copy and
+distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions
+for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived
+work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice
+identical to this one.</span>&rdquo;</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="opt-latex"></a>2.1
+Options</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2450904" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>LaTeX understands the following command line options.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-file-line-error-style"></a>2.1.1
+<tt class="filename">-file-line-error-style</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2450936" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Print error messages in the form
+<tt class="literal">file:line:error</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-fmt"></a>2.1.2
+<tt class="filename">-fmt=FMTNAME</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2450977" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Use <tt class="literal">FMTMAME</tt> instead of program name or
+a %&amp; line.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-ini"></a>2.1.3
+<tt class="filename">-ini</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2451019" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Be <span><b class="command">initex</b></span>, for dumping
+formats; this is implicitly true if the program is called as
+<span><b class="command">initex</b></span>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-interaction mode"></a>2.1.4
+<tt class="filename">-interaction=STRING</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2519533" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Set interaction mode
+(<tt class="literal">STRING=batchmode/nonstopmode/scrollmode/errorstopmode</tt>).</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-ipc"></a>2.1.5
+<tt class="filename">-ipc</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2519571" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Send DVI output to a socket as well as the usual output
+file.</p>
+<p>Note: not available on all systems.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-ipc-start"></a>2.1.6
+<tt class="filename">-ipc-start</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2519609" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>As <tt class="literal">-ipc</tt>, and also start the server at
+the other end.</p>
+<p>Note: not available on all systems.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-jobname-name"></a>2.1.7
+<tt class="filename">-jobname=STRING</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2519656" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Set the job name to <tt class="literal">STRING</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-kpathsea-debug"></a>2.1.8
+<tt class="filename">-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2519697" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bits of
+<tt class="literal">NUMBER</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-no-maketex"></a>2.1.9
+<tt class="filename">[-no]-maketex=FMT</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2519741" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Disable/enable <span><b class="command">mktexFMT</b></span>
+generation (FMT=tex/tfm).</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-mltex"></a>2.1.10
+<tt class="filename">-mltex</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2519782" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Enable MLTeX extensions such as
+<tt class="literal">\charsubdef</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-output-comment"></a>2.1.11
+<tt class="filename">-output-comment=STRING</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2519825" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>use <tt class="literal">STRING</tt> for DVI file comment instead
+of date.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-parse-first-line"></a>2.1.12
+<tt class="filename">-parse-first-line</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2519867" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Parse of the first line of the input file.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-progname"></a>2.1.13
+<tt class="filename">-progname=STRING</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2519903" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Set program (and fmt) name to
+<tt class="literal">STRING</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-recorder"></a>2.1.14
+<tt class="filename">-recorder</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2519945" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Enable filename recorder.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-shell-escape"></a>2.1.15
+<tt class="filename">-shell-escape</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2519982" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Enable <tt class="literal">\write18{SHELL
+COMMAND}</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-src-specials"></a>2.1.16
+<tt class="filename">-src-specials</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2520024" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Insert source specials into the DVI file.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-src-specials-where"></a>2.1.17
+<tt class="filename">-src-specials=WHERE</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2520061" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Insert source specials in certain places of the DVI file.
+<tt class="literal">WHERE</tt> is a comma-separated value list:
+<tt class="literal">cr display hbox math par parend
+vbox</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="opt-latex-translate-file-tcxname"></a>2.1.18
+<tt class="filename">-translate-file=TCXNAME</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2520111" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Use the <tt class="literal">TCX</tt> file
+<tt class="literal">TCXNAME</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-help"></a>2.1.19
+<tt class="filename">-help</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2520158" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Display this help and exit.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="opt-latex-version"></a>2.1.20
+<tt class="filename">-version</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2520194" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Output version information and exit.</p></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="overview"></a>2.2 Overview of LaTeX and
+Local Guide</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2520232" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2520240"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The LaTeX command typesets a file of text using the TeX program
+and the LaTeX Macro package for TeX. To be more specific, it
+processes an input file containing the text of a document with
+interspersed commands that describe how the text should be
+formatted. It produces at least three files as output:</p>
+<div class="orderedlist">
+<ol type="1">
+<li>
+<p>A <span class="emphasis"><em>Device Independent</em></span>, or
+<tt class="filename">.dvi</tt> file. This contains commands that
+can be translated into commands for a variety of output devices.
+You can view the output of LaTeX by using a program such as
+<tt class="literal">xdvi</tt>, which actually uses the
+<tt class="filename">.dvi</tt> file.</p></li>
+<li>
+<p>A <span class="emphasis"><em>transcript</em></span> or
+<tt class="filename">.log</tt> file that contains summary
+information and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in
+the input file.</p></li>
+<li>
+<p>An <span class="emphasis"><em>auxiliary</em></span> or
+<tt class="filename">.aux</tt> file. This is used by LaTeX itself,
+for things such as sectioning.</p></li></ol></div>
+<p>For a description of what goes on inside TeX, you should consult
+<i class="citetitle">The TeXbook</i> by Donald E. Knuth, ISBN
+0-201-13448-9, published jointly by the American Mathematical
+Society and Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.</p>
+<p>For a description of LaTeX, you should consult:</p>
+<p><i class="citetitle">LaTeX: A Document Preparation System</i>,
+by Leslie Lamport,<a id="id2520380" class="indexterm"></a>
+Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd edition, 1994.</p>
+<p><i class="citetitle">The LaTeX Companion</i>, by Michel
+Goossens,<a id="id2520401" class="indexterm"></a> Frank Mittelbach,
+<a id="id2520410" class="indexterm"></a> and Alexander
+Samarin,<a id="id2520420" class="indexterm"></a> Addison-Wesley,
+1994.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="commands"></a>2.3
+Commands</h3></div></div></div>
+<p>A LaTeX command begins with the command name, which consists of
+a <tt class="literal">\</tt> followed by either (a) a string of
+letters or (b) a single non-letter. Arguments contained in square
+brackets, <tt class="literal">[]</tt>, are optional while arguments
+contained in braces, <tt class="literal">{}</tt>, are required.</p>
+<p>NOTE: LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case
+unless explicitly directed to do otherwise.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="counters"></a>2.3.1
+Counters</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2520496" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2520502"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with
+it. The name of the counter is the same as the name of the
+environment or command that produces the number, except with no
+<tt class="literal">\</tt> (<tt class="literal">enumi</tt> -
+<tt class="literal">enumiv</tt> are used for the nested enumerate
+environment). Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX's
+standard document classes to control numbering.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+part paragraph figure enumi
+chapter subparagraph table enumii
+section page footnote enumiii
+subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
+subsubsection
+</pre>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-addtocounter"></a><tt class="literal">\addtocounter</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2520566" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\addtocounter</tt> command increments
+the <tt class="literal">counter</tt> by the amount specified by the
+<tt class="literal">value</tt> argument. The
+<tt class="literal">value</tt> argument can be negative.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-alph-title"></a><tt class="literal">\alph{counter}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2520615" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2520622"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This command causes the value of the
+<tt class="literal">counter</tt> to be printed in alphabetic
+characters. The <tt class="literal">\alph</tt> command uses lower
+case alphabetic alphabetic characters, i.e., <tt class="literal">a,
+b, c...</tt> while the <tt class="literal">\Alph</tt> command uses
+upper case alphabetic characters, i.e., <tt class="literal">A, B,
+C...</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-arabic-title"></a><tt class="literal">\arabic{counter}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2520679" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\arabic</tt> command causes the value of
+the <tt class="literal">counter</tt> to be printed in Arabic
+numbers, i.e., <tt class="literal">3</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-fnsymbol-title"></a><tt class="literal">\fnsymbol{counter}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2520721" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\fnsymbol</tt> command causes the value
+of the <tt class="literal">counter</tt> to be printed in a specific
+sequence of nine symbols that can be used for numbering
+footnotes.</p>
+<p>NB. <tt class="literal">counter</tt> must have a value between 1
+and 9 inclusive.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-newcounter-title"></a><tt class="literal">\newcounter{foo}[counter]</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2520769" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2520776"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\newcounter</tt> command defines a new
+counter named <tt class="literal">foo</tt>. The counter is
+initialized to zero.</p>
+<p>The optional argument <tt class="literal">[counter]</tt> causes
+the counter <tt class="literal">foo</tt> to be reset whenever the
+counter named in the optional argument is incremented.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-refstepcounter-title"></a><tt class="literal">\refstepcounter{counter}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2520830" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\refstepcounter</tt> command works like
+<tt class="literal">\stepcounter</tt>. See
+<a href="#cmd-stepcounter-title">\stepcounter</a>, except it also
+defines the current <tt class="literal">\ref</tt> value to be the
+result of <tt class="literal">\thecounter</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-roman-title"></a><tt class="literal">\roman{counter}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2520888" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2520894"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This command causes the value of the
+<tt class="literal">counter</tt> to be printed in Roman numerals.
+The <tt class="literal">\roman</tt> command uses lower case Roman
+numerals, i.e., <tt class="literal">i, ii, iii...</tt>, while the
+<tt class="literal">\Roman</tt> command uses upper case Roman
+numerals, i.e., <tt class="literal">I, II, III...</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-stepcounter-title"></a><tt class="literal">\stepcounter{counter}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2520951" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\stepcounter</tt> command adds one to
+the <tt class="literal">counter</tt> and resets all subsidiary
+counters.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-setcounter-title"></a><tt class="literal">\setcounter{counter}{value}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2520988" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2520995"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\setcounter</tt> command sets the value
+of the <tt class="literal">counter</tt> to that specified by the
+<tt class="literal">value</tt> argument.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-usecounter-title"></a><tt class="literal">\usecounter{counter}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2521038" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\usecounter</tt> command is used in the
+second argument of the <tt class="literal">list</tt> environment to
+allow the counter specified to be used to number the list
+items.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-value-title"></a><tt class="literal">\value{counter}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2521076" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521083"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\value</tt> command produces the value
+of the <tt class="literal">counter</tt> named in the mandatory
+argument. It can be used where LaTeX expects an integer or number,
+such as the second argument of a
+<tt class="literal">\setcounter</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">\addtocounter</tt> command, or in:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}
+</pre>
+<p>It is useful for doing arithmetic with counters.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="cross-references"></a>2.3.2 Cross
+References</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2521150" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to
+refer the reader to them, as in <span class="emphasis"><em>See
+Figure 3 for more details.</em></span> A smarter version of the
+cross reference commands is available in the package
+<a href="#varioref"
+title="3.11 varioref"><tt class="literal">varioref</tt></a>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-label-title"></a><tt class="literal">\label{key}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2521192" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A <tt class="literal">\label</tt> command appearing in ordinary
+text assigns to the <tt class="literal">key</tt> the number of the
+current sectional unit; one appearing inside a numbered environment
+assigns that number to the <tt class="literal">key</tt>.</p>
+<p>A <tt class="literal">key</tt> can consist of any sequence of
+letters, digits, or punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase
+letters are different.</p>
+<p>To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, it
+is common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix
+separated by a colon. The prefixes conventionally used are</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">cha</tt> for chapters</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">sec</tt> for lower-level sectioning
+commands</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">fig</tt> for figures</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">tab</tt> for tables</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">eq</tt> for equations</li></ul></div>
+<p>Thus, a label for a figure would look like
+<tt class="literal">fig:bandersnatch</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-pageref"></a><tt class="literal">\pageref{key}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2521325" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521332"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\pageref</tt> command produces the page
+number of the place in the text where the corresponding
+<tt class="literal">\label</tt> command appears. ie. where
+<tt class="literal">\label{key}</tt> appears. For a smart version
+see
+<a href="#cmd-vpageref"><tt class="literal">\vpageref</tt></a>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-ref-title"></a><tt class="literal">\ref{key}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2521388" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521395"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\ref</tt> command produces the number of
+the sectional unit, equation number, ... of the corresponding
+<tt class="literal">\label</tt> command. For a smart version see
+<a href="#cmd-vref">\vref</a>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="definitions"></a>2.3.3
+Definitions</h4></div></div></div>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-newcommand-title"></a><tt class="literal">\newcommand</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2521458" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521465"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521472" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\newcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
+\newcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
+\renewcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
+\renewcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
+</pre>
+<p>These commands define (or redefine) a command.</p>
+<div class="table"><a id="id2521491"></a>
+<p class="title"><b>Table&nbsp;1.1.&nbsp;Options for
+<tt class="literal">\newcommand</tt></b></p>
+<table summary="Options for \newcommand" border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">cmd</td>
+<td align="justify">A command name beginning with a
+<tt class="literal">\</tt>. For
+<tt class="literal">\newcommand</tt> it must not be already defined
+and must not begin with <tt class="literal">\end</tt>; for
+<tt class="literal">\renewcommand</tt> it must already be
+defined.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">args</td>
+<td align="justify">An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of
+arguments of the command being defined. The default is for the
+command to have no arguments.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">def</td>
+<td align="justify">If this optional parameter is present, it means
+that the command's first argument is optional. The default value of
+the optional argument is <tt class="literal">def</tt>.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">definition</td>
+<td align="justify">The text to be substituted for every occurrence
+of <tt class="literal">cmd</tt>; a parameter of the form
+<tt class="literal">#n</tt> in <tt class="literal">cmd</tt> is
+replaced by the text of the nth argument when this substitution
+takes place.</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-newenvironment-title"></a><tt class="literal">\newenvironment</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2521657" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521664"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521671" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\newenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
+\newenvironment{nam}[args][default]{begdef}{enddef}
+\renewenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
+</pre>
+<p>These commands define or redefine an environment.</p>
+<div class="table"><a id="id2521690"></a>
+<p class="title"><b>Table&nbsp;1.2.&nbsp;Options for
+<tt class="literal">\newenvironment</tt></b></p>
+<table summary="Options for \newenvironment" border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">nam</td>
+<td align="justify">The name of the environment. For
+<tt class="literal">\newenvironment</tt> there must be no currently
+defined environment by that name, and the command
+<tt class="literal">\nam</tt> must be undefined. For
+<tt class="literal">\renewenvironment</tt> the environment must
+already be defined.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">args</td>
+<td align="justify">An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of
+arguments of the newly-defined environment. The default is no
+arguments. Arguments can only be used in te
+<tt class="literal">{begdef}</tt> part.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">default</td>
+<td align="justify">If this is specified, the first argument is
+optional, and <tt class="literal">default</tt> gives the default
+value for that argument.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">begdef</td>
+<td align="justify">The text substituted for every occurrence of
+<tt class="literal">\begin{nam}</tt>; a parameter of the form
+<tt class="literal">#n</tt> in <tt class="literal">cmd</tt> is
+replaced by the text of the nth argument when this substitution
+takes place.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">enddef</td>
+<td align="justify">The text substituted for every occurrence of
+<tt class="literal">\end{nam}</tt>. It may not contain any argument
+parameters.</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-newtheorem-title"></a><tt class="literal">\newtheorem</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2521865" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521872"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2521878" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\newtheorem{env_name}{caption}[within]
+\newtheorem{env_name}[numbered_like]{caption}
+</pre>
+<p>This command defines a theorem-like environment.</p>
+<div class="table"><a id="id2521896"></a>
+<p class="title"><b>Table&nbsp;1.3.&nbsp;Options for
+<tt class="literal">\newtheorem</tt></b></p>
+<table summary="Options for \newtheorem" border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">env_name</td>
+<td align="justify">The name of the environment to be defined. A
+string of letters. It must not be the name of an existing
+environment or counter.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">caption</td>
+<td align="justify">The text printed at the beginning of the
+environment, right before the number. This may simply say
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Theorem</em></span>, for
+example.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">within</td>
+<td align="justify">The name of an already defined counter, usually
+of a sectional unit. Provides a means of resetting the new theorem
+counter <span class="bold"><b>within</b></span> the sectional
+unit.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">numbered_like</td>
+<td align="justify">The name of an already defined theorem-like
+environment.</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\newtheorem</tt> command may have at
+most one optional argument.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-newfont-title"></a><tt class="literal">\newfont</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2522022" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522028"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522035" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\newfont{cmd}{font_name}</tt></p>
+<p>Defines the command name <tt class="literal">cmd</tt>, which
+must not be currently defined, to be a declaration that selects the
+font named <tt class="literal">font_name</tt> to be the current
+font.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="document-classes"></a>2.3.4 Document
+Classes</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2522083" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522090"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522097"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522104"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522110"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522117"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522124" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Valid LaTeX document classes include:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>article</li>
+<li>report</li>
+<li>letter</li>
+<li>book</li>
+<li>slides</li></ul></div>
+<p>Other document classes are often available. See
+<a href="#overview"
+title="2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide ">Overview</a>, for
+details. They are selected with the following command:</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">\documentclass [options] {class}</tt></p>
+<p>All the standard classes (except slides) accept the following
+options for selecting the typeface size
+(<tt class="literal">10pt</tt> is default):</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">10pt, 11pt, 12pt</tt></p>
+<p>All classes accept these options for selecting the paper size
+(default is letter):</p>
+<p>a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper,
+executivepaper</p>
+<p>Miscellaneous options:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>landscape --- selects landscape format. Default is
+portrait.</li>
+<li>titlepage, notitlepage --- selects if there should be a
+separate title page.</li>
+<li>leqno --- equation number on left side of equations. Default is
+right side.</li>
+<li>fleqn --- displayed formulas flush left. Default is
+centered.</li>
+<li>openbib --- use <span class="emphasis"><em>open</em></span>
+bibliography format.</li>
+<li>draft, final --- mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a rule.
+Default is final.</li></ul></div>
+<p>These options are not available with the slides class:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>oneside, twoside --- selects one- or twosided layout. Default
+is oneside, except for the book class.</li>
+<li>openright, openany --- determines if a chapter should start on
+a right-hand page. Default is openright for book.</li>
+<li>onecolumn, twocolumn --- one or two columns. Defaults to one
+column.</li></ul></div>
+<p>The slides class offers the option
+<tt class="literal">clock</tt> for printing the time at the bottom
+of each note.</p>
+<p>If you specify more than one option, they must be separated by a
+comma.</p>
+<p>Additional packages are loaded by a</p>
+<p><a id="usepackage-linkend"></a>
+<tt class="literal">\usepackage[options]{pkg}</tt>
+<a id="id2522347" class="indexterm"></a></p>
+<p>command. If you specify more than one package, they must be
+separated by a comma. <a id="id2522359" class="indexterm"></a>
+<a id="id2522365" class="indexterm"></a></p>
+<p>Any options given in the <tt class="literal">\documentclass</tt>
+command that are unknown by the selected document class are passed
+on to the packages loaded with
+<tt class="literal">\usepackage</tt>. <a id="id2522390"
+class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2522397" class="indexterm"></a></p>
+<a id="id2522405" class="indexterm"></a></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="layout"></a>2.3.5
+Layout</h4></div></div></div>
+<p>Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the
+page.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-flushbottom-title"></a><tt class="literal">\flushbottom</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2522444" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\flushbottom</tt> declaration makes all
+text pages the same height, adding extra vertical space when
+necessary to fill out the page.</p>
+<p>This is the standard if twocolumn mode is selected.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-onecolumn-title"></a><tt class="literal">\onecolumn</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2522480" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\onecolumn</tt> declaration starts a new
+page and produces single-column output.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-raggedbottom-title"></a><tt class="literal">\raggedbottom</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2522511" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\raggedbottom</tt> declaration makes all
+pages the height of the text on that page. No extra vertical space
+is added.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-twocolumn-title"></a><tt class="literal">\twocolumn</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2522542" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522549"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\twocolumn[text]</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\twocolumn</tt> declaration starts a new
+page and produces two-column output. If the optional
+<tt class="literal">text</tt> argument is present, it is typeset in
+one-column mode.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="env-latex"></a>2.3.6
+Environments</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2522598" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522605"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522612" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>LaTeX provides a number of different paragraph-making
+environments. Each environment begins and ends in the same
+manner.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{environment-name}
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{environment-name}
+</pre>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="env-array"></a>array</h5>
+<a id="id2522642" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522649"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
+column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{array}
+</pre>
+<p>Math arrays are produced with the array environment. It has a
+single mandatory argument describing the number of columns and the
+alignment within them. Each column, <tt class="literal">coln</tt>,
+is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that row
+should be formatted.</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">c</tt> --- for centered</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">l</tt> --- for flush left</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">r</tt> --- for flush right</li></ul></div>
+<p>Column entries must be separated by an
+<tt class="literal">&amp;</tt>. Column entries may include other
+LaTeX commands. Each row of the array must be terminated with the
+string <tt class="literal">\\</tt>.</p>
+<p>Note that the <tt class="literal">array</tt> environment can
+only be used in math mode, so normally it is used inside an
+<tt class="literal">equation</tt> environment.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-center"></a><tt class="literal">center</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2522771" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522778"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{center}
+Text on line 1 \\
+Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{center}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">center</tt> environment allows you to
+create a paragraph consisting of lines that are centered within the
+left and right margins on the current page. Each line must be
+terminated with the string <tt class="literal">\\</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-centering"></a><tt class="literal">\centering</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2522824" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522831"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522837" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This declaration corresponds to the
+<tt class="literal">center</tt> environment. This declaration can
+be used inside an environment such as
+<tt class="literal">quote</tt> or in a
+<tt class="literal">parbox</tt>. The text of a figure or table can
+be centered on the page by putting a
+<tt class="literal">\centering</tt> command at the beginning of the
+figure or table environment.</p>
+<p>Unlike the <tt class="literal">center</tt> environment, the
+<tt class="literal">\centering</tt> command does not start a new
+paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To
+affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must
+contain the blank line or <tt class="literal">\end</tt> command (of
+an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-description"></a><tt class="literal">description</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2522919" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522926"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{description}
+\item [label] First item
+\item [label] Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{description}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">description</tt> environment is used to
+make labelled lists. The <tt class="literal">label</tt> is bold
+face and flushed right.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-enumerate"></a><tt class="literal">enumerate</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2522970" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2522977"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item First item
+\item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{enumerate}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">enumerate</tt> environment produces a
+numbered list. Enumerations can be nested within one another, up to
+four levels deep. They can also be nested within other
+paragraph-making environments.</p>
+<p>Each item of an enumerated list begins with an
+<tt class="literal">\item</tt> command. There must be at least one
+<tt class="literal">\item</tt> command within the environment.</p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">enumerate</tt> environment uses the
+<tt class="literal">enumi</tt> through
+<tt class="literal">enumiv</tt> counters (see <a href="#counters"
+title="2.3.1 Counters">Counters</a>). The type of numbering can be
+changed by redefining <tt class="literal">\theenumi</tt> etc.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-eqnarray"></a><tt class="literal">eqnarray</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2523071" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523078"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523085" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{eqnarray}
+math formula 1 \\
+math formula 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{eqnarray}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">eqnarray</tt> environment is used to
+display a sequence of equations or inequalities. It is very much
+like a three-column <tt class="literal">array</tt> environment,
+with consecutive rows separated by <tt class="literal">\\</tt> and
+consecutive items within a row separated by an
+<tt class="literal">&amp;</tt>.</p>
+<p>An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has
+a <tt class="literal">\nonumber</tt> command.</p>
+<a id="id2523140" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The command <tt class="literal">\lefteqn</tt> is used for
+splitting long formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in
+display style flush left in a box of zero width.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-equation"></a><tt class="literal">equation</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2523173" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523180"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523187" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{equation}
+ math formula
+\end{equation}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">equation</tt> environment centers your
+equation on the page and places the equation number in the right
+margin.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-figure"></a><tt class="literal">figure</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2523223" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523230"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{figure}[placement]
+
+ body of the figure
+
+\caption{figure title}
+\end{figure}
+</pre>
+<a id="id2523244" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and
+are usually <span class="emphasis"><em>floated</em></span> to a
+convenient place, like the top of a page. Figures will not be split
+between two pages.</p>
+<p>The optional argument <tt class="literal">[placement]</tt>
+determines where LaTeX will try to place your figure. There are
+four places where LaTeX can possibly put a float:</p>
+<div class="orderedlist">
+<ol type="1">
+<li>
+<p><tt class="literal">h</tt> (Here) - at the position in the text
+where the figure environment appears.</p></li>
+<li>
+<p><tt class="literal">t</tt> (Top) - at the top of a text
+page.</p></li>
+<li>
+<p><tt class="literal">b</tt> (Bottom) - at the bottom of a text
+page.</p></li>
+<li>
+<p><tt class="literal">p</tt> (Page of floats) - on a separate
+float page, which is a page containing no text, only
+floats.</p></li></ol></div>
+<p>The standard report and article classes use the default
+placement <tt class="literal">tbp</tt>.</p>
+<p>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX
+commands, etc. you wish. The <tt class="literal">\caption</tt>
+command allows you to title your figure.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-flushleft"></a><tt class="literal">flushleft</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2523376" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523383"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523390" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{flushleft}
+Text on line 1 \\
+Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{flushleft}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">flushleft</tt> environment allows you to
+create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flushed left, to
+the left-hand margin. Each line must be terminated with the string
+<tt class="literal">\\</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-raggedright"></a><tt class="literal">\raggedright</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2523435" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523442"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523449"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523456" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This declaration corresponds to the
+<tt class="literal">flushleft</tt> environment. This declaration
+can be used inside an environment such as
+<tt class="literal">quote</tt> or in a
+<tt class="literal">parbox</tt>.</p>
+<p>Unlike the <tt class="literal">flushleft</tt> environment, the
+<tt class="literal">\raggedright</tt> command does not start a new
+paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To
+affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must
+contain the blank line or <tt class="literal">\end</tt> command (of
+an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-flushright"></a><tt class="literal">flushright</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2523530" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523537"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523544" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{flushright}
+Text on line 1 \\
+Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{flushright}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">flushright</tt> environment allows you
+to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flushed right,
+to the right-hand margin. Each line must be terminated with the
+string <tt class="literal">\\</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-raggedleft"></a><tt class="literal">\raggedleft</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2523590" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523597"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523604"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523611" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This declaration corresponds to the
+<tt class="literal">flushright</tt> environment. This declaration
+can be used inside an environment such as
+<tt class="literal">quote</tt> or in a
+<tt class="literal">parbox</tt>.</p>
+<p>Unlike the <tt class="literal">flushright</tt> environment, the
+<tt class="literal">\raggedleft</tt> command does not start a new
+paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To
+affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the declaration must
+contain the blank line or <tt class="literal">\end</tt> command (of
+an environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-itemize"></a><tt class="literal">itemize</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2523684" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523690"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523697" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{itemize}
+\item First item
+\item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{itemize}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">itemize</tt> environment produces a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>bulleted</em></span> list. Itemizations
+can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can
+also be nested within other paragraph-making environments.</p>
+<p>Each item of an <tt class="literal">itemized</tt> list begins
+with an <tt class="literal">\item</tt> command. There must be at
+least one <tt class="literal">\item</tt> command within the
+environment.</p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">itemize</tt> environment uses the
+<tt class="literal">itemi</tt> through
+<tt class="literal">itemiv</tt> counters (see <a href="#counters"
+title="2.3.1 Counters">Counters</a>). The type of numbering can be
+changed by redefining <tt class="literal">\theitemi</tt> etc.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-letter"></a><tt class="literal">letter</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2523799" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This environment is used for creating letters. See
+<a href="#letters" title="2.3.9 Letters">Letters</a>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-list"></a><tt class="literal">list</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2523830" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523837"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">list</tt> environment is a generic
+environment which is used for defining many of the more specific
+environments. It is seldom used in documents, but often in
+macros.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{list}{label}{spacing}
+\item First item
+\item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{list}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">{label}</tt> argument specifies how
+items should be labelled. This argument is a piece of text that is
+inserted in a box to form the label. This argument can and usually
+does contain other LaTeX commands.</p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">{spacing}</tt> argument contains
+commands to change the spacing parameters for the list. This
+argument will most often be null, i.e.,
+<tt class="literal">{}</tt>. This will select all default spacing
+which should suffice for most cases.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-minipage"></a><tt class="literal">minipage</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2523912" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523919"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523926"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2523933" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{minipage}[position][height][inner-pos]{width}
+ text
+\end{minipage}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">minipage</tt> environment is similar to
+a <tt class="literal">\parbox</tt> command. It takes the same
+optional <tt class="literal">position</tt> argument and mandatory
+<tt class="literal">width</tt> argument. You may use other
+paragraph-making environments inside a minipage.</p>
+<p>Footnotes in a <tt class="literal">minipage</tt> environment are
+handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting footnotes
+in figures or tables. A <tt class="literal">\footnote</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">\footnotetext</tt> command puts the footnote at
+the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page,
+and it uses the <tt class="literal">mpfootnote</tt> counter instead
+of the ordinary <tt class="literal">footnote</tt> counter See
+<a href="#counters" title="2.3.1 Counters">Counters</a>.</p>
+<p>NOTE: Don't put one minipage inside another if you are using
+footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong
+minipage.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-picture"></a><tt class="literal">picture</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524040" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2524047"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2524054" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset)
+ .
+ .
+ picture commands
+ .
+ .
+\end{picture}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">picture</tt> environment allows you to
+create just about any kind of picture you want containing text,
+lines, arrows and circles. You tell LaTeX where to put things in
+the picture by specifying their coordinates. A coordinate is a
+number that may have a decimal point and a minus sign --- a number
+like <tt class="literal">5</tt>, <tt class="literal">2.3</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">-3.1416</tt>. A coordinate specifies a length
+in multiples of the unit length
+<tt class="literal">\unitlength</tt>, so if
+<tt class="literal">\unitlength</tt> has been set to
+<tt class="literal">1cm</tt>, then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a
+length of 2.54 centimetres. You can change the value of
+<tt class="literal">\unitlength</tt> anywhere you want, using the
+<tt class="literal">\setlength</tt> command, but strange things
+will happen if you try changing it inside the picture
+environment.</p>
+<p>A position is a pair of coordinates, such as
+<tt class="literal">(2.4,-5)</tt>, specifying the point with
+x-coordinate <tt class="literal">2.4</tt> and y-coordinate
+<tt class="literal">-5</tt>. Coordinates are specified in the usual
+way with respect to an origin, which is normally at the lower-left
+corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears as an
+argument, it is not enclosed in braces; the parentheses serve to
+delimit the argument.</p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">picture</tt> environment has one
+mandatory argument, which is a <tt class="literal">position</tt>.
+It specifies the size of the picture. The environment produces a
+rectangular box with width and height determined by this argument's
+x- and y-coordinates.</p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">picture</tt> environment also has an
+optional <tt class="literal">position</tt> argument, following the
+<tt class="literal">size</tt> argument, that can change the origin.
+(Unlike ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not contained
+in square brackets.) The optional argument gives the coordinates of
+the point at the lower-left corner of the picture (thereby
+determining the origin). For example, if
+<tt class="literal">\unitlength</tt> has been set to
+<tt class="literal">1mm</tt>, the command</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
+</pre>
+<p>produces a picture of width 100 millimetres and height 200
+millimetres, whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose
+upper-right corner is therefore the point (110,220). When you first
+draw a picture, you will omit the optional argument, leaving the
+origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your
+picture by shifting everything, you just add the appropriate
+optional argument.</p>
+<p>The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size
+of the picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture
+really is; LaTeX will happily allow you to put things outside the
+picture, or even off the page. The picture's nominal size is used
+by LaTeX in determining how much room to leave for it.</p>
+<p>Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the
+<tt class="literal">\put</tt> command. The command</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\put (11.3,-.3){...}
+</pre>
+<p>puts the object specified by <tt class="literal">...</tt> in the
+picture, with its reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The
+reference points for various objects will be described below.</p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\put</tt> command creates an
+<span class="bold"><b>LR box</b></span>. You can put anything in
+the text argument of the <tt class="literal">\put</tt> command that
+you'd put into the argument of an <tt class="literal">\mbox</tt>
+and related commands. When you do this, the reference point will be
+the lower left corner of the box.</p>
+<p>Picture commands:</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-circle"></a><tt class="literal">\circle{diameter},
+\circle*{diameter}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524329" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\circle</tt> command produces a circle
+with a diameter as close to the specified one as possible. If the
+<tt class="literal">*</tt>-form of the command is used, LaTeX draws
+a solid circle.</p>
+<p>Note that only circles up to 40 pt can be drawn.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-dashbox"></a><tt class="literal">\dashbox</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524374" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Draws a box with a dashed line.</p>
+<p>
+<tt class="literal">\dashbox{dash_length}(width,height){...}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\dashbox</tt> has an extra argument
+which specifies the width of each dash. A dashed box looks best
+when the <tt class="literal">width</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">height</tt> are multiples of the
+<tt class="literal">dash_length</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-frame"></a><tt class="literal">\frame{...}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524435" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\frame</tt> command puts a rectangular
+frame around the object specified in the argument. The reference
+point is the bottom left corner of the frame. No extra space is put
+between the frame and the object.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-framebox-op-picture-cp"></a><tt class="literal">\framebox(width,height)[position]{...}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524469" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\framebox</tt> command is exactly the
+same as the <tt class="literal">\makebox</tt> command, except that
+it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates.</p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">framebox</tt> command produces a rule of
+thickness <tt class="literal">\fboxrule</tt>, and leaves a space
+<tt class="literal">\fboxsep</tt> between the rule and the contents
+of the box.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-line"></a><tt class="literal">\line(x
+slope,y slope){length}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524529" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\line</tt> command draws a line of the
+specified <tt class="literal">length</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">slope</tt>.</p>
+<p>Note that LaTeX can only draw lines with slope = x/y, where x
+and y have integer values from -6 through 6.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-linethickness"></a><tt class="literal">\linethickness{dimension}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524580" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a
+picture environment to be <tt class="literal">dimension</tt>, which
+must be a positive length. It does not affect the thickness of
+slanted lines and circles, or the quarter circles drawn by
+<tt class="literal">\oval</tt> to form the corners of an oval.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-makebox-op-picture-cp"></a><tt class="literal">\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524621" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\makebox</tt> command for the picture
+environment is similar to the normal
+<tt class="literal">\makebox</tt> command except that you must
+specify a <tt class="literal">width</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">height</tt> in multiples of
+<tt class="literal">\unitlength</tt>.</p>
+<p>The optional argument, <tt class="literal">[position]</tt>,
+specifies the quadrant that your text appears in. You may select up
+to two of the following:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">t</tt> - Moves the item to the top of the
+rectangle</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">b</tt> - Moves the item to the bottom</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">l</tt> - Moves the item to the left</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">r</tt> - Moves the item to the
+right</li></ul></div>
+<p>See <a href="#cmd-makebox">\makebox</a>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-multiput"></a><tt class="literal">\multiput(x coord,y
+coord)(delta x,delta y){number of copies}{object}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524752" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\multiput</tt> command can be used when
+you are putting the same object in a regular pattern across a
+picture.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-oval"></a><tt class="literal">\oval(width,height)[portion]</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524783" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\oval</tt> command produces a rectangle
+with rounded corners. The optional argument,
+<tt class="literal">[portion]</tt>, allows you to select part of
+the oval.</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">t</tt> - Selects the top portion</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">b</tt> - Selects the bottom portion</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">r</tt> - Selects the right portion</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">l</tt> - Selects the left
+portion</li></ul></div>
+<p>Note that the <span class="emphasis"><em>corners</em></span> of
+the oval are made with quarter circles with a maximum radius of 20
+pt, so large <span class="emphasis"><em>ovals</em></span> will look
+more like boxes with rounded corners.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-put"></a><tt class="literal">\put(x
+coord,y coord){ ... }</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524885" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\put</tt> command places the item
+specified by the mandatory argument at the given coordinates.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-shortstack"></a><tt class="literal">\shortstack[position]{...
+\\ ... \\ ...}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524917" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\shortstack</tt> command produces a
+stack of objects. The valid positions are:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">r</tt> - Moves the objects to the right of
+the stack</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">l</tt> - Moves the objects to the left of
+the stack</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">c</tt> - Moves the objects to the centre of
+the stack (default)</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-vector"></a><tt class="literal">\vector(x slope,y
+slope){length}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2524989" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\vector</tt> command draws a line with
+an arrow of the specified length and slope. The
+<tt class="literal">x</tt> and <tt class="literal">y</tt> values
+must lie between -4 and +4, inclusive.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-quotation"></a><tt class="literal">quotation</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2525032" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525038"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525046" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{quotation}
+ text
+\end{quotation}
+</pre>
+<p>The margins of the <tt class="literal">quotation</tt>
+environment are indented on the left and the right. The text is
+justified at both margins and there is paragraph indentation.
+Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-quote"></a><tt class="literal">quote</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2525085" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525092"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525099" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{quote}
+ text
+\end{quote}
+</pre>
+<p>The margins of the <tt class="literal">quote</tt> environment
+are indented on the left and the right. The text is justified at
+both margins. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new
+paragraph.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-tabbing"></a><tt class="literal">tabbing</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2525137" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525144"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525151" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{tabbing}
+text \= more text \= still more text \= last text \\
+second row \&gt; \&gt; more \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{tabbing}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">tabbing</tt> environment provides a way
+to align text in columns. It works by setting tab stops and tabbing
+to them much the way you do with an ordinary typewriter.</p>
+<p>It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is
+constant and known in advance.</p>
+<p>This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the
+<tt class="literal">tabular</tt> environment.</p>
+<p>The following commands can be used inside a
+<tt class="literal">tabbing</tt> environment:</p>
+<div class="table"><a id="id2525205"></a>
+<p class="title"><b>Table&nbsp;1.4.&nbsp;Commands in a
+<tt class="literal">tabbing</tt> environment</b></p>
+<table summary="Commands in a tabbing environment" border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\= <a id="id2525244" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Sets a tab stop at the current
+position.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\&gt; <a id="id2525263"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Advances to the next tab stop.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\&lt; <a id="id2525282"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">This command allows you to put something to the
+left of the local margin without changing the margin. Can only be
+used at the start of the line.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\+ <a id="id2525302" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Moves the left margin of the next and all the
+following commands one tab stop to the right.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\- <a id="id2525322" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Moves the left margin of the next and all the
+following commands one tab stop to the left.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\' <a id="id2525341" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Moves everything that you have typed so far in
+the current column, i.e. everything from the most recent
+<tt class="literal">\&gt;</tt>, <tt class="literal">\&lt;</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">\'</tt>, <tt class="literal">\\</tt>, or
+<tt class="literal">\kill</tt> command, to the right of the
+previous column, flush against the current column's tab
+stop.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\` <a id="id2525392" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Allows you to put text flush right against any
+tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can't move text to the
+right of the last column because there's no tab stop there. The
+<tt class="literal">\`</tt> command moves all the text that follows
+it, up to the <tt class="literal">\\</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">\end{tabbing}</tt> command that ends the line,
+to the right margin of the tabbing environment. There must be no
+<tt class="literal">\&gt;</tt> or <tt class="literal">\'</tt>
+command between the <tt class="literal">\`</tt> and the command
+that ends the line.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\kill <a id="id2525452"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Sets tab stops without producing text. Works
+just like <tt class="literal">\\</tt> except that it throws away
+the current line instead of producing output for it. The effect of
+any <tt class="literal">\=</tt>, <tt class="literal">\+</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">\-</tt> commands in that line remain in
+effect.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\pushtabs <a id="id2525497"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful
+for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a
+<tt class="literal">tabbing</tt> environment.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\poptabs <a id="id2525524"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Restores the tab stop positions saved by the
+last <tt class="literal">\pushtabs</tt>.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\a <a id="id2525548" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">In a <tt class="literal">tabbing</tt>
+environment, the commands <tt class="literal">\=</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">\'</tt> and <tt class="literal">\`</tt> do not
+produce accents as normal. Instead, the commands
+<tt class="literal">\a=</tt>, <tt class="literal">\a'</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">\a`</tt> are
+used.</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+<p>This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional
+format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{tabbing}
+function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
+ \&gt; begin \= \+ \\
+ \&gt; if \= n $&gt;$ 1 then \+ \\
+ fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
+ else \+ \\
+ fact := 1; \-\- \\
+ end;\\
+\end{tabbing}
+</pre>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-table"></a><tt class="literal">table</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2525638" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525645"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525652" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{table}[placement]
+
+ body of the table
+
+\caption{table title}
+\end{table}
+</pre>
+<p>Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are
+usually <span class="emphasis"><em>floated</em></span> to a
+convenient place, like the top of a page. Tables will not be split
+between two pages.</p>
+<p>The optional argument <tt class="literal">[placement]</tt>
+determines where LaTeX will try to place your table. There are four
+places where LaTeX can possibly put a float:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">h</tt> : Here - at the position in the text
+where the table environment appears.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">t</tt> : Top - at the top of a text
+page.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">b</tt> : Bottom - at the bottom of a text
+page.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">p</tt> : Page of floats - on a separate
+float page, which is a page containing no text, only
+floats.</li></ul></div>
+<p>The standard <tt class="literal">report</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">article</tt> classes use the default placement
+<tt class="literal">[tbp]</tt>.</p>
+<p>The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX
+commands, etc., you wish. The <tt class="literal">\caption</tt>
+command allows you to title your table.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-tabular"></a><tt class="literal">tabular</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2525799" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525806"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2525813" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
+column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{tabular}
+</pre>
+<p>or</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols}
+column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{tabular*}
+</pre>
+<p>These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of
+rows of items, aligned vertically in columns. The mandatory and
+optional arguments consist of:</p>
+<div class="table"><a id="id2525850"></a>
+<p class="title"><b>Table&nbsp;1.5.&nbsp;Commands used inside a
+<tt class="literal">tabular</tt> environment</b></p>
+<table summary="Commands used inside a tabular environment"
+border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">width</td>
+<td align="justify">Specifies the width of the
+<tt class="literal">tabular*</tt> environment. There must be rubber
+space between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified
+width.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">pos</td>
+<td align="justify">Specifies the vertical position; default is
+alignment on the centre of the environment.
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">t</tt> - align on top row</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">b</tt> - align on bottom
+row</li></ul></div></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">cols</td>
+<td align="justify">Specifies the column formatting. It consists of
+a sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the
+sequence of columns and intercolumn material.
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">l</tt> - A column of left-aligned
+items.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">r</tt> - A column of right-aligned
+items.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">c</tt> - A column of centred items.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">|</tt> - A vertical line the full height
+and depth of the environment.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">@{text}</tt> - This inserts
+<tt class="literal">text</tt> in every row. An @-expression
+suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns;
+any desired space between the inserted text and the adjacent items
+must be included in text. An
+<tt class="literal">\extracolsep{wd}</tt> command in an
+@-expression causes an extra space of width
+<tt class="literal">wd</tt> to appear to the left of all subsequent
+columns, until countermanded by another
+<tt class="literal">\extracolsep</tt> command. Unlike ordinary
+intercolumn space, this extra space is not suppressed by an
+@-expression. An <tt class="literal">\extracolsep</tt> command can
+be used only in an @-expression in the
+<tt class="literal">cols</tt> argument.</li>
+<li>
+<p><tt class="literal">p{wd}</tt> - Produces a column with each
+item typeset in a parbox of width <tt class="literal">wd</tt>, as
+if it were the argument of a
+<tt class="literal">\parbox[t]{wd}</tt> command. However, a
+<tt class="literal">\\</tt> may not appear in the item, except in
+the following situations:</p>
+<div class="orderedlist">
+<ol type="1">
+<li>inside an environment like <tt class="literal">minipage</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">array</tt>, or
+<tt class="literal">tabular</tt>.</li>
+<li>inside an explicit <tt class="literal">\parbox</tt>.</li>
+<li>in the scope of a <tt class="literal">\centering</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">\raggedright</tt>, or
+<tt class="literal">\raggedleft</tt> declaration. The latter
+declarations must appear inside braces or an environment when used
+in a <tt class="literal">p</tt>-column
+element.</li></ol></div></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">*{num}{cols}</tt> - Equivalent to
+<tt class="literal">num</tt> copies of
+<tt class="literal">cols</tt>, where <tt class="literal">num</tt>
+is any positive integer and <tt class="literal">cols</tt> is any
+list of column-specifiers, which may contain another
+<tt class="literal">*-expression</tt>.</li></ul></div></td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+<p>These commands can be used inside a
+<tt class="literal">tabular</tt> environment:</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-cline"></a><tt class="literal">\cline{i-j}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2526249" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\cline</tt> command draws horizontal
+lines across the columns specified, beginning in column
+<tt class="literal">i</tt> and ending in column
+<tt class="literal">j</tt>, which are identified in the mandatory
+argument.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-hline"></a><tt class="literal">\hline</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2526292" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\hline</tt> command will draw a
+horizontal line the width of the table. It's most commonly used to
+draw a line at the top, bottom, and between the rows of the
+table.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-multicolumn"></a><tt class="literal">\multicolumn</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2526324" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\multicolumn</tt> is used to make an
+entry that spans several columns. The first mandatory argument,
+<tt class="literal">cols</tt>, specifies the number of columns to
+span. The second mandatory argument, <tt class="literal">pos</tt>,
+specifies the formatting of the entry; <tt class="literal">c</tt>
+for centred, <tt class="literal">l</tt> for flushleft,
+<tt class="literal">r</tt> for flushright. The third mandatory
+argument, <tt class="literal">text</tt>, specifies what text is to
+make up the entry.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-vline"></a><tt class="literal">\vline</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2526402" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\vline</tt> command will draw a vertical
+line extending the full height and depth of its row. An
+<tt class="literal">\hfill</tt> command can be used to move the
+line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an
+@-expression.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-thebibliography"></a><tt class="literal">thebibliography</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2526441" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2526448"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{thebibliography}{widest-label}
+\bibitem[label]{cite_key}
+ .
+ .
+ .
+\end{thebibliography}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">thebibliography</tt> environment
+produces a bibliography or reference list. In the
+<tt class="literal">article</tt> class, this reference list is
+labelled <span class="emphasis"><em>References</em></span>; in the
+<tt class="literal">report</tt> class, it is labelled
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Bibliography</em></span>.</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">widest-label</tt>: Text that, when printed,
+is approximately as wide as the widest item label produces by the
+<tt class="literal">\bibitem</tt> commands.</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-bibitem"></a><tt class="literal">\bibitem[label]{cite_key}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2526531" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\bibitem</tt> command generates an entry
+labelled by <tt class="literal">label</tt>. If the
+<tt class="literal">label</tt> argument is missing, a number is
+generated as the <tt class="literal">label</tt>, using the
+<tt class="literal">enumi</tt> counter. The
+<tt class="literal">cite_key</tt> is any sequence of letters,
+numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing a comma. This
+command writes an entry on the <tt class="filename">.aux</tt> file
+containing <tt class="literal">cite_key</tt> and the item's
+<tt class="literal">label</tt>. When this
+<tt class="filename">.aux</tt> file is read by the
+<tt class="literal">\begin{document}</tt> command, the item's
+<tt class="literal">label</tt> is associated with
+<tt class="literal">cite_key</tt>, causing the reference to
+<tt class="literal">cite_key</tt> by a
+<tt class="literal">\cite</tt> command to produce the associated
+<tt class="literal">label</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-cite"></a><tt class="literal">\cite[text]{key_list}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2526657" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">key_list</tt> argument is a list of
+citation keys. This command generates an in-text citation to the
+references associated with the keys in
+<tt class="literal">key_list</tt> by entries on the
+<tt class="filename">.aux</tt> file read by the
+<tt class="literal">\begin{document}</tt> command.</p>
+<p>The optional <tt class="literal">text</tt> argument will appear
+after the citation, i.e.
+<tt class="literal">\cite[p.~2f.]{knuth}</tt> might produce
+`[Knuth, p. 2]'.</p>
+<p><a id="id2526714" class="indexterm"></a> The package
+<tt class="literal">cite.sty</tt> allows a line break in the
+<tt class="literal">\cite</tt> reference and can sort numerical
+entries.</p>
+<p><a id="id2526740" class="indexterm"></a>
+<tt class="literal">overcite.sty</tt> makes citations like
+footnotes.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-nocite"></a><tt class="literal">\nocite{key_list}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2526770" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\nocite</tt> command produces no text,
+but writes <tt class="literal">key_list</tt>, which is a list of
+one or more citation keys, on the <tt class="filename">.aux</tt>
+file. <tt class="literal">\nocite{*}</tt> uses all entries from the
+BibTeX database.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="using-bibtex"></a>Using BibTeX</h5>
+<a id="id2526818" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2526825"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2526837"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2526844"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2526855" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly
+recommended if you need a bibliography of more than a couple of
+titles) to maintain your bibliography, you don't use the
+<tt class="literal">thebibliography</tt> environment. Instead, you
+include the lines</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\bibliographystyle{style}
+\bibliography{bibfile}
+</pre>
+<p>where <tt class="literal">style</tt> refers to a file
+<tt class="literal">style.bst</tt>, which defines how your
+citations will look.</p>
+<div class="table"><a id="id2526898"></a>
+<p class="title"><b>Table&nbsp;1.6.&nbsp;Standard styles
+distributed with BibTeX</b></p>
+<table summary="Standard styles distributed with BibTeX"
+border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">alpha</td>
+<td align="justify">Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from
+name of author and year of publication.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">plain</td>
+<td align="justify">Sorted alphabetically. Labels are
+numeric.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">unsrt</td>
+<td align="justify">Like <tt class="literal">plain</tt>, but
+entries are in order of citation.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">abbrv</td>
+<td align="justify">Like <tt class="literal">plain</tt>, but more
+compact labels.</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+<p>In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to
+the demands of various publications.</p>
+<p>The argument to <tt class="literal">\bibliography</tt> refers to
+the file <tt class="literal">bibfile.bib</tt>, which should contain
+your database in BibTeX format. Only the entries referred to via
+<tt class="literal">\cite</tt> and <tt class="literal">\nocite</tt>
+will be listed in the bibliography.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-theorem"></a><tt class="literal">theorem</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527036" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527043"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{theorem}
+ theorem text
+\end{theorem}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">theorem</tt> environment produces
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Theorem x</em></span> in boldface
+followed by your theorem text.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-titlepage"></a><tt class="literal">titlepage</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527084" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527091"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527098" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{titlepage}
+ text
+\end{titlepage}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">titlepage</tt> environment creates a
+title page, i.e. a page with no printed page number or heading. It
+also causes the following page to be numbered page one. Formatting
+the title page is left to you. The <tt class="literal">\today</tt>
+command comes in handy for title pages. <a id="id2527130"
+class="indexterm"></a></p>
+<p>Note that you can use the <tt class="literal">\maketitle</tt>
+(see <a href="#cmd-maketitle">\maketitle</a>) command to produce a
+standard title page.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-verbatim"></a><tt class="literal">verbatim</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527170" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527177"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527184"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527191"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527198" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{verbatim}
+ text
+\end{verbatim}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">verbatim</tt> environment is a
+paragraph-making environment that gets LaTeX to print exactly what
+you type in. It turns LaTeX into a typewriter with carriage returns
+and blanks having the same effect that they would on a
+typewriter.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-verb"></a><tt class="literal">\verb
+char literal_text char</tt> <tt class="literal">\verb*char
+literal_text char</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527251" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527258"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Typesets <tt class="literal">literal_text</tt> exactly as typed,
+including special characters and spaces, using a typewriter
+(<tt class="literal">\tt</tt>) type style. There may be no space
+between <tt class="literal">\verb</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">\verb*</tt> and <tt class="literal">char</tt>
+(space is shown here only for clarity). The
+<tt class="literal">*-form</tt> differs only in that spaces are
+printed</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="env-verse"></a><tt class="literal">verse</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527321" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527327"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{verse}
+ text
+\end{verse}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">verse</tt> environment is designed for
+poetry, though you may find other uses for it.</p>
+<p>The margins are indented on the left and the right. Separate the
+lines of each stanza with <tt class="literal">\\</tt>, and use one
+or more blank lines to separate the stanzas.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="footnotes"></a>2.3.7
+Footnotes</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2527382" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be
+produced with one command, the <tt class="literal">\footnote</tt>
+command. They can also be produced with two commands, the
+<tt class="literal">\footnotemark</tt> and the
+<tt class="literal">\footnotetext</tt> commands. See the specific
+command for information on why you would use one over the
+other.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-cmd-footnote"></a><tt class="literal">\footnote[number]{text}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527428" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\footnote</tt> command places the
+numbered footnote <tt class="literal">text</tt> at the bottom of
+the current page. The optional argument,
+<tt class="literal">number</tt>, is used to change the default
+footnote number. This command can only be used in outer paragraph
+mode; i.e., you cannot use it in sectioning commands like
+<tt class="literal">\chapter</tt>, in figures, tables or in a
+<tt class="literal">tabular</tt> environment.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-footnotemark"></a><tt class="literal">\footnotemark</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527486" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\footnotemark</tt> command puts the
+footnote <tt class="literal">number</tt> in the text. This command
+can be used in inner paragraph mode. The text of the footnote is
+supplied by the <tt class="literal">\footnotetext</tt> command.</p>
+<p>This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote
+markers referring to the same footnote by using</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]</tt></p>
+<p>after the first <tt class="literal">\footnote</tt> command.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-footnotetext"></a><tt class="literal">\footnotetext[number]{text}</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527554" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\footnotetext</tt> command produces the
+<tt class="literal">text</tt> to be placed at the bottom of the
+page. This command can come anywhere after the
+<tt class="literal">\footnotemark</tt> command. The
+<tt class="literal">\footnotetext</tt> command must appear in outer
+paragraph mode.</p>
+<p>The optional argument, <tt class="literal">number</tt>, is used
+to change the default footnote number.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="lengths"></a>2.3.8
+Lengths</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2527617" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A <tt class="literal">length</tt> is a measure of distance. Many
+LaTeX commands take a length as an argument.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-newlength"></a><tt class="literal">\newlength</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527651" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527658"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\newlength{\gnat}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\newlength</tt> command defines the
+mandatory argument, <tt class="literal">\gnat</tt>, as a
+<tt class="literal">length</tt> command with a value of
+<tt class="literal">0in</tt>. An error occurs if a
+<tt class="literal">\gnat</tt> command already exists.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-setlength"></a><tt class="literal">\setlength</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527721" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527728"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\setlength{\gnat}{length}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\setlength</tt> command is used to set
+the value of a <tt class="literal">length</tt> command. The
+<tt class="literal">length</tt> argument can be expressed in any
+terms of length LaTeX understands, i.e., inches
+(<tt class="literal">in</tt>), millimetres
+(<tt class="literal">mm</tt>), points
+(<tt class="literal">pt</tt>), etc.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-addtolength"></a><tt class="literal">\addtolength</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527801" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2527808"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\addtolength{\gnat}{length}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\addtolength</tt> command increments
+<span class="emphasis"><em>length command</em></span> by the amount
+specified in the <tt class="literal">length</tt> argument. It can
+be a negative amount.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-settodepth"></a><tt class="literal">\settodepth</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527857" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\settodepth</tt> command sets the value
+of a <tt class="literal">length</tt> command equal to the depth of
+the <tt class="literal">text</tt> argument.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-settoheight"></a><tt class="literal">\settoheight</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527906" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\settoheight</tt> command sets the value
+of a <tt class="literal">length</tt> command equal to the height of
+the <tt class="literal">text</tt> argument.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-settowidth"></a><tt class="literal">\settowidth</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2527956" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\settowidth{\gnat}{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\settowidth</tt> command sets the value
+of a <tt class="literal">length</tt> command equal to the width of
+the <tt class="literal">text</tt> argument.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="predefined-lengths-title"></a><tt class="literal">Predefined
+lengths</tt></h5>
+<a id="id2528006" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528013"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><a id="cmd-length-pre-width"></a><tt class="literal">\width</tt>
+<a id="id2528031" class="indexterm"></a></p>
+<p>
+<a id="cmd-length-pre-height"></a><tt class="literal">\height</tt>
+<a id="id2528050" class="indexterm"></a></p>
+<p><a id="cmd-length-pre-depth"></a><tt class="literal">\depth</tt>
+<a id="id2528069" class="indexterm"></a></p>
+<p>
+<a id="cmd-length-pre-totalheight"></a><tt class="literal">\totalheight</tt>
+<a id="id2528088" class="indexterm"></a></p>
+<p>These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the
+box-making commands See <a href="#spaces-and-boxes"
+title="2.3.17 Spaces &amp; Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>. They
+specify the natural width etc. of the text in the box.
+<tt class="literal">\totalheight</tt> equals
+<tt class="literal">\height</tt> + <tt class="literal">\depth</tt>.
+To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size,
+e.g., say</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">\makebox[2\width]{Get a
+stretcher}</tt></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="letters"></a>2.3.9
+Letters</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2528153" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528160"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and
+business. The <tt class="literal">letter</tt> document class is
+designed to make a number of letters at once, although you can make
+just one if you so desire.</p>
+<p>Your <tt class="filename">.tex</tt> source file has the same
+minimum commands as the other document classes, i.e., you must have
+the following commands as a minimum:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\documentclass{letter}
+\begin{document}
+ ... letters ...
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<p>Each letter is a <tt class="literal">letter</tt> environment,
+whose argument is the name and address of the recipient. For
+example, you might have:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St.\\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA}
+ ...
+\end{letter}
+</pre>
+<p>The letter itself begins with the
+<tt class="literal">\opening</tt> command. The text of the letter
+follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that make no
+sense in a letter, like <tt class="literal">\chapter</tt>, do not
+work. The letter closes with a <tt class="literal">\closing</tt>
+command.</p>
+<p>After the <tt class="literal">closing</tt>, you can have
+additional material. The <tt class="literal">\cc</tt> command
+produces the usual <span class="emphasis"><em>cc: ...</em></span>.
+There's also a similar <tt class="literal">\encl</tt> command for a
+list of enclosures. With both these commands, use
+<tt class="literal">\\</tt> to separate the items.</p>
+<p>These commands are used with the <tt class="literal">letter</tt>
+class:</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-address"></a>\address</h5>
+<a id="id2528302" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\address{Return address}</tt></p>
+<p>The return address, as it should appear on the letter and the
+envelope. Separate lines of the address should be separated by
+<tt class="literal">\\</tt> commands. If you do not make an
+<tt class="literal">\address</tt> declaration, then the letter will
+be formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard
+letterhead. (See <a href="#overview"
+title="2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide ">Overview</a>, for
+details on your local implementation). If you give an
+<tt class="literal">\address</tt> declaration, then the letter will
+be formatted as a personal letter.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-cc"></a>\cc</h5>
+<a id="id2528361" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528368"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\cc{Kate Schechter\\Rob McKenna}</tt></p>
+<p>Generate a list of other persons the letter was sent to. Each
+name is printed on a separate line.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-closing"></a>\closing</h5>
+<a id="id2528397" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528404"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\closing{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The letter closes with a <tt class="literal">\closing</tt>
+command, i.e.,</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\closing{Best Regards,}
+</pre>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-encl"></a>\encl</h5>
+<a id="id2528444" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528451"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\encl{CV\\Certificates}</tt></p>
+<p>Generate a list of enclosed material.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-location"></a>\location</h5>
+<a id="id2528480" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\location{address}</tt></p>
+<p>This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only
+appears if the <tt class="literal">firstpage</tt> pagestyle is
+selected.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-makelabels"></a>\makelabels</h5>
+<a id="id2528515" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\makelabels{number}</tt></p>
+<p>If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a
+sheet of address labels. This sheet will be output before the
+letters.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-name"></a>\name</h5>
+<a id="id2528548" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\name{June Davenport}</tt></p>
+<p>Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the
+return address.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-opening"></a>\opening</h5>
+<a id="id2528577" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528584"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\opening{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The letter begins with the <tt class="literal">\opening</tt>
+command. The mandatory argument, <tt class="literal">text</tt>, is
+whatever text you wish to start your letter, i.e.,</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\opening{Dear Joe,}
+</pre>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-ps"></a>\ps</h5>
+<a id="id2528632" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\ps</tt></p>
+<p>Use this command before a postscript.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-signature"></a>\signature</h5>
+<a id="id2528660" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\signature{Harvey Swick}</tt></p>
+<p>Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter
+underneath the space for your signature. Items that should go on
+separate lines should be separated by <tt class="literal">\\</tt>
+commands.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-startbreaks"></a>\startbreaks</h5>
+<a id="id2528696" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\startbreaks</tt></p>
+<p>Used after a <tt class="literal">\stopbreaks</tt> command to
+allow page breaks again.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-stopbreaks"></a>\stopbreaks</h5>
+<a id="id2528732" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\stopbreaks</tt></p>
+<p>Inhibit page breaks until a
+<tt class="literal">\startbreaks</tt> command occurs.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-telephone"></a>\telephone</h5>
+<a id="id2528766" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\telephone{number}</tt></p>
+<p>This is your telephone number. This only appears if the
+<tt class="literal">firstpage</tt> pagestyle is selected.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="line-and-page-breaking"></a>2.3.10 Line
+&amp; Page Breaking</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2528809" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528816"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528823" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to
+translate your input file into a string of glyphs and spaces. To
+produce a printed document, this string must be broken into lines,
+and these lines must be broken into pages. In some environments,
+you do the line breaking yourself with the
+<tt class="literal">\\</tt> command, but LaTeX usually does it for
+you.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-bslash"></a>\\</h5>
+<a id="id2528860" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528867"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\\[extra-space], \\*[extra-space]</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\\</tt> command tells LaTeX to start a
+new line. It has an optional argument,
+<tt class="literal">extra-space</tt>, that specifies how much extra
+vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can be
+a negative amount.</p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\\*</tt> command is the same as the
+ordinary <tt class="literal">\\</tt> command except that it tells
+LaTeX not to start a new page after the line.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-dash-op-hyphenation-cp"></a>\-</h5>
+<a id="id2528935" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2528942"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\-</tt> command tells LaTeX that it may
+hyphenate the word at that point. LaTeX is very good at
+hyphenating, and it will usually find all correct hyphenation
+points. The <tt class="literal">\-</tt> command is used for the
+exceptional cases.</p>
+<p>Note that when you insert <tt class="literal">\-</tt> commands
+in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at those points and not
+at any of the hyphenation points that LaTeX might otherwise have
+chosen.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-cleardoublepage"></a>\cleardoublepage</h5>
+<a id="id2528999" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529006"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\cleardoublepage</tt> command ends the
+current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far
+appeared in the input to be printed. In a two-sided printing style,
+it also makes the next page a right-hand (odd-numbered) page,
+producing a blank page if necessary.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-clearpage"></a>\clearpage</h5>
+<a id="id2529037" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529044"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\clearpage</tt> command ends the current
+page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in
+the input to be printed.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-enlargethispage"></a>\enlargethispage</h5>
+<a id="id2529072" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529079"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\enlargethispage{size}</tt></p>
+<p><tt class="literal">\enlargethispage*{size}</tt></p>
+<p>Enlarge the <tt class="literal">\textheight</tt> for the current
+page by the specified amount; e.g.
+<tt class="literal">\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}</tt> will allow
+one additional line.</p>
+<p>The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the
+page as much as possible. This is normally used together with an
+explicit <tt class="literal">\pagebreak</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-samepage"></a>\samepage</h5>
+<a id="id2529141" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\samepage</tt></p>
+<p>The object in the argument <tt class="literal">{}</tt> should be
+on the current page.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-fussy"></a>\fussy</h5>
+<a id="id2529176" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\fussy</tt></p>
+<p>This declaration (which is the default) makes TeX more fussy
+about line breaking. This can avoids too much space between words,
+but may produce overfull boxes.</p>
+<p>This command cancels the effect of a previous
+<tt class="literal">\sloppy</tt> command.
+<a href="#cmd-sloppy">\sloppy</a></p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hyphenation"></a>\hyphenation</h5>
+<a id="id2529227" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529234"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\hyphenation{words}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\hyphenation</tt> command declares
+allowed hyphenation points, where <tt class="literal">words</tt> is
+a list of words, separated by spaces, in which each hyphenation
+point is indicated by a <tt class="literal">-</tt> character.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-linebreak"></a>\linebreak</h5>
+<a id="id2529283" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529290"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\linebreak[number]</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\linebreak</tt> command tells LaTeX to
+break the current line at the point of the command. With the
+optional argument, <tt class="literal">number</tt>, you can convert
+the <tt class="literal">\linebreak</tt> command from a demand to a
+request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the
+number, the more insistent the request is.</p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\linebreak</tt> command causes LaTeX to
+stretch the line so it extends to the right margin.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newline"></a>\newline</h5>
+<a id="id2529357" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529364"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\newline</tt> command breaks the line
+right where it is. It can only be used in paragraph mode.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newpage"></a>\newpage</h5>
+<a id="id2529392" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529398"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\newpage</tt> command ends the current
+page. In contrast to <a href="#cmd-pagebreak">\pagebreak</a> it can
+produce a partly empty page, even when
+<a href="#cmd-flushbottom-title">\flushbottom</a> is active.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-nolinebreak"></a>\nolinebreak</h5>
+<a id="id2529443" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\nolinebreak[number]</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\nolinebreak</tt> command prevents LaTeX
+from breaking the current line at the point of the command. With
+the optional argument, <tt class="literal">number</tt>, you can
+convert the <tt class="literal">\nolinebreak</tt> command from a
+demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The
+higher the number, the more insistent the request is.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-nopagebreak"></a>\nopagebreak</h5>
+<a id="id2529498" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\nopagebreak[number]</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\nopagebreak</tt> command prevents LaTeX
+from breaking the current page at the point of the command. With
+the optional argument, <tt class="literal">number</tt>, you can
+convert the <tt class="literal">\nopagebreak</tt> command from a
+demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The
+higher the number, the more insistent the request is.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-pagebreak"></a>\pagebreak</h5>
+<a id="id2529553" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529559"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\pagebreak[number]</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\pagebreak</tt> command tells LaTeX to
+break the current page at the point of the command. With the
+optional argument, <tt class="literal">number</tt>, you can convert
+the <tt class="literal">\pagebreak</tt> command from a demand to a
+request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the
+number, the more insistent the request is.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-sloppy"></a>\sloppy</h5>
+<a id="id2529612" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\sloppy</tt></p>
+<p>This declaration makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. This
+can prevent overfull boxes, but may leave too much space between
+words.</p>
+<p>Lasts until a <tt class="literal">\fussy</tt> command is issued.
+<a href="#cmd-fussy">\fussy</a>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="making-paragraphs"></a>2.3.11 Making
+Paragraphs</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2529670" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529677"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines ---
+lines not containing even a <tt class="literal">%</tt>. A blank
+line should not appear where a new paragraph cannot be started,
+such as in math mode or in the argument of a sectioning
+command.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-indent"></a>\indent</h5>
+<a id="id2529706" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529713"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\indent</tt></p>
+<p>This produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of
+the paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph indentation
+where it would otherwise be suppressed.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-noindent"></a>\noindent</h5>
+<a id="id2529744" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529751"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\noindent</tt></p>
+<p>When used at the beginning of the paragraph, it suppresses the
+paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of
+a paragraph.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-par"></a>\par</h5>
+<a id="id2529781" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529787"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Equivalent to a blank line; often used to make command or
+environment definitions easier to read.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="margin-notes"></a>2.3.12 Margin
+Notes</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2529815" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529822"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529829" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The command <tt class="literal">\marginpar[left]{right}</tt>
+creates a note in the margin. The first line will be at the same
+height as the line in the text where the
+<tt class="literal">\marginpar</tt> occurs.</p>
+<p>When you only specify the mandatory argument
+<tt class="literal">right</tt>, the text will be placed</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>in the right margin for one-sided layout</li>
+<li>in the outside margin for two-sided layout</li>
+<li>in the nearest margin for two-column layout.</li></ul></div>
+<p>By issuing the command
+<tt class="literal">\reversemarginpar</tt>, you can force the
+marginal notes to go into the opposite (inside) margin.</p>
+<p>When you specify both arguments, <tt class="literal">left</tt>
+is used for the left margin, and <tt class="literal">right</tt> is
+used for the right margin.</p>
+<p>The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable
+hyphenation by prefixing the first word with a
+<tt class="literal">\hspace{0pt}</tt> command.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="math-formulae"></a>2.3.13 Math
+Formulae</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2529943" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529950"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529957"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529964"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529971"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529977"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529984"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2529990" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="table"><a id="id2529997"></a>
+<p class="title"><b>Table&nbsp;1.7.&nbsp;Three environments that
+put LaTeX in math mode</b></p>
+<table summary="Three environments that put LaTeX in math mode"
+border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">math</td>
+<td align="justify">For Formulae that appear right in the
+text.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">displaymath</td>
+<td align="justify">For Formulae that appear on their own
+line.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">equation</td>
+<td align="justify">The same as the displaymath environment except
+that it adds an equation number in the right
+margin.</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">math</tt> environment can be used in
+both paragraph and LR mode, but the
+<tt class="literal">displaymath</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">equation</tt> environments can be used only in
+paragraph mode. The <tt class="literal">math</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">displaymath</tt> environments are used so often
+that they have the following short forms:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math}
+
+\[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
+</pre>
+<p>In fact, the <tt class="literal">math</tt> environment is so
+common that it has an even shorter form:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+$ ... $ instead of \(...\)
+</pre>
+<a id="id2530129" class="indexterm"></a>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="subscripts-and-superscripts-title"></a>Subscripts &amp;
+Superscripts</h5>
+<a id="id2530148" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530154"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530161"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530168" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>To get an expression <span class="emphasis"><em>exp</em></span>
+to appear as a subscript, you just type
+<tt class="literal">_{</tt><span class="emphasis"><em>exp</em></span><tt class="literal">
+}</tt> . To get <span class="emphasis"><em>exp</em></span> to
+appear as a superscript, you type
+<tt class="literal">^{</tt><span class="emphasis"><em>exp</em></span>
+<tt class="literal">}</tt>. LaTeX handles superscripted
+superscripts and all of that stuff in the natural way. It even does
+the right thing when something has both a subscript and a
+superscript.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="math-symbols-title"></a>Math Symbols</h5>
+<a id="id2530229" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530236"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530243" class="indexterm"></a>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="spacing-in-math-mode-title"></a>Spacing in
+Math Mode</h5>
+<a id="id2530261" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530268"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>In a <tt class="literal">math</tt> environment, LaTeX ignores
+the spaces you type and puts in the spacing that it thinks is best.
+LaTeX formats mathematics the way it's done in mathematics texts.
+If you want different spacing, LaTeX provides the following four
+commands for use in math mode:</p>
+<a id="id2530299" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530306"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530313"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530319" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="orderedlist">
+<ol type="1">
+<li>
+<p><tt class="literal">\;</tt> - a thick space</p></li>
+<li>
+<p><tt class="literal">\:</tt> - a medium space</p></li>
+<li>
+<p><tt class="literal">\,</tt> - a thin space</p></li>
+<li>
+<p><tt class="literal">\!</tt> - a negative thin
+space</p></li></ol></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="math-miscellany-title"></a>Math
+Miscellany</h5>
+<a id="id2530384" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="table"><a id="id2530391"></a>
+<p class="title"><b>Table&nbsp;1.8.&nbsp;Math Miscellany</b></p>
+<table summary="Math Miscellany" border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">
+<a id="cmd-math-misc-cdots"></a>\cdots<a id="id2530429"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Produces a horizontal ellipsis where the dots
+are raised to the centre of the line.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-ddots"></a>\ddots
+<a id="id2530454" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Produces a diagonal ellipsis.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-frac"></a>\frac{num}{den}
+<a id="id2530477" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Produces the fraction
+<tt class="literal">num</tt> divided by
+<tt class="literal">den</tt>.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-ldots"></a>\ldots
+<a id="id2530510" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Produces an ellipsis. This command works in any
+mode, not just math mode.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">
+<a id="cmd-math-misc-overbrace"></a>\overbrace{text}
+<a id="id2530534" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Generates a brace over text.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-overline"></a>\overline{text}
+<a id="id2530557" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Causes the argument text to be
+overlined.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-sqrt"></a>\sqrt[root]{arg}
+<a id="id2530580" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Produces the square root of its argument. The
+optional argument, <tt class="literal">root</tt>, determines what
+root to produce, i.e., the cube root of
+<tt class="literal">x+y</tt> would be typed as
+<tt class="literal">$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</tt>.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">
+<a id="cmd-math-misc-underbrace"></a>\underbrace{text}
+<a id="id2530623" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Generates text with a brace
+underneath.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">
+<a id="cmd-math-misc-underline"></a>\underline{text}
+<a id="id2530646" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Causes the argument text to be underlined. This
+command can also be used in paragraph and LR modes.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-vdots"></a>\vdots
+<a id="id2530671" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Produces a vertical ellipsis.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><a id="cmd-math-misc-ensuremath"></a>\ensuremath{}
+<a id="id2530695" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">It's argument is set in math mode. This is
+needed for own definitions.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="modes"></a>2.3.14
+Modes</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2530726" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530733"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530740"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530747"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530754" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of
+three modes:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>paragraph mode</li>
+<li>Math mode</li>
+<li>Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short</li></ul></div>
+<p>LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a
+different level, though not all level changes produce mode changes.
+Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an environment, or
+when LaTeX is processing the argument of certain text-producing
+commands.</p>
+<p><span class="emphasis"><em>Paragraph mode</em></span> is the
+most common; it's the one LaTeX is in when processing ordinary
+text. In that mode, LaTeX breaks your text into lines and breaks
+the lines into pages. LaTeX is in <span class="emphasis"><em>math
+mode</em></span> when it's generating a mathematical formula. In
+<span class="emphasis"><em>LR mode</em></span>, as in paragraph
+mode, LaTeX considers the output that it produces to be a string of
+words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode,
+LaTeX keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in
+LR mode. Even if you put a hundred words into an
+<tt class="literal">\mbox</tt>, LaTeX would keep typesetting them
+from left to right inside a single box, and then complain because
+the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line.</p>
+<p>LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an
+<tt class="literal">\mbox</tt> command. You can get it to enter a
+different mode inside the box - for example, you can make it enter
+math mode to put a formula in the box. There are also several
+text-producing commands and environments for making a box that put
+LaTeX in paragraph mode. The box make by one of these commands or
+environments will be called a <tt class="literal">parbox</tt>. When
+LaTeX is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in
+<span class="emphasis"><em>inner paragraph mode</em></span>. Its
+normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is called
+<span class="emphasis"><em>outer paragraph
+mode</em></span>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="page-styles"></a>2.3.15 Page
+Styles</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2530916" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530922"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\documentclass</tt> command determines
+the size and position of the page's head and foot. The page style
+determines what goes in them.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-maketitle"></a>\maketitle</h5>
+<a id="id2530951" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2530958"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\maketitle</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\maketitle</tt> command generates a
+title on a separate title page. In the
+<tt class="literal">article</tt> class,
+<tt class="literal">\maketitle</tt> will also switch to pagestyle
+<tt class="literal">plain</tt>. See <a href="#page-styles"
+title="2.3.15 Page Styles">Page Styles</a> for commands to change
+page numbering.</p>
+<p>Information used to produce the title is obtained from the
+following declarations:</p>
+<p>See <a href="#page-styles" title="2.3.15 Page Styles">Page
+Styles</a> for the commands to give the information.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-author"></a>\author</h5>
+<a id="id2531036" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531043"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\author{names}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\author</tt> command declares the
+author(s), where <tt class="literal">names</tt> is a list of
+authors separated by <tt class="literal">\and</tt> commands. Use
+<tt class="literal">\\</tt> to separate lines within a single
+author's entry -- for example, to give the author's institution or
+address.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-date"></a>\date</h5>
+<a id="id2531098" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531105"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\date{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\date</tt> command declares
+<span class="emphasis"><em>text</em></span> to be the document's
+date. With no <tt class="literal">\date</tt> command, the current
+date is used.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-thanks"></a>\thanks</h5>
+<a id="id2531149" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531156"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\thanks{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\thanks</tt> command produces a
+<tt class="literal">\footnote</tt> to the title.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-title"></a>\title</h5>
+<a id="id2531196" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531203"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\title{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\title</tt> command declares
+<tt class="literal">text</tt> to be the title. Use
+<tt class="literal">\\</tt> to tell LaTeX where to start a new line
+in a long title.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-pagenumbering"></a>\pagenumbering</h5>
+<a id="id2531254" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531261"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\pagenumbering{num_style}</tt></p>
+<p>Specifies the style of page numbers. Possible values of
+<tt class="literal">num_style</tt> are:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">arabic</tt> - Arabic numerals</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">roman</tt> - Lowercase Roman numerals</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">Roman</tt> - Uppercase Roman numerals</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">alph</tt> - Lowercase letters</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">Alph</tt> - Uppercase
+letters</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-pagestyle"></a>\pagestyle</h5>
+<a id="id2531355" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\pagestyle{option}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\pagestyle</tt> command changes the
+style from the current page on throughout the remainder of your
+document.</p>
+<p>The valid options are:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">plain</tt> - Just a plain page number.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">empty</tt> - Produces empty heads and feet
+- no page numbers.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">headings</tt> - Puts running headings on
+each page. The document style specifies what goes in the
+headings.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">myheadings</tt> - You specify what is to go
+in the heading with the <tt class="literal">\markboth</tt> or the
+<tt class="literal">\markright</tt> commands.</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-markboth"></a>\markboth</h5>
+<a id="id2531458" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\markboth{left head}{right head}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\markboth</tt> command is used in
+conjunction with the page style <tt class="literal">myheadings</tt>
+for setting both the left and the right heading. You should note
+that a <span class="emphasis"><em>left-hand heading</em></span> is
+generated by the last <tt class="literal">\markboth</tt> command
+before the end of the page, while a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>right-hand heading</em></span> is
+generated by the first <tt class="literal">\markboth</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">\markright</tt> that comes on the page if there
+is one, otherwise by the last one before the page.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-markright"></a>\markright</h5>
+<a id="id2531527" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\markright{right head}
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\markright</tt> command is used in
+conjunction with the page style <tt class="literal">myheadings</tt>
+for setting the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged.
+You should note that a <span class="emphasis"><em>left-hand
+heading</em></span> is generated by the last
+<tt class="literal">\markboth</tt> command before the end of the
+page, while a <span class="emphasis"><em>right-hand
+heading</em></span> is generated by the first
+<tt class="literal">\markboth</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">\markright</tt> that comes on the page if there
+is one, otherwise by the last one before the page.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-thispagestyle"></a>\thispagestyle</h5>
+<a id="id2531597" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\thispagestyle{option}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\thispagestyle</tt> command works in the
+same manner as the <tt class="literal">\pagestyle</tt> command
+except that it changes the style for the current page
+only.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="sectioning"></a>2.3.16
+Sectioning</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2531644" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531651"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531658"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531664"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531671"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531678" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text
+into units.</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-sectioning-part"></a><tt class="literal">\part</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-sectioning-chapter"></a><tt class="literal">\chapter</tt>
+(report and book class only)</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-sectioning-section"></a><tt class="literal">\section</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-sectioning-subsection"></a><tt class="literal">\subsection</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-sectioning-subsubsection"></a><tt class="literal">\subsubsection</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-sectioning-paragraph"></a><tt class="literal">\paragraph</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-sectioning-subparagraph"></a><tt class="literal">\subparagraph</tt></li></ul></div>
+<p>All sectioning commands take the same general form, i.e.,</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">\chapter[optional]{title}</tt></p>
+<p>In addition to providing the heading in the text, the mandatory
+argument of the sectioning command can appear in two other
+places:</p>
+<div class="orderedlist">
+<ol type="1">
+<li>
+<p>The table of contents</p></li>
+<li>
+<p>The running head at the top of the page</p></li></ol></div>
+<p>You may not want the same thing to appear in these other two
+places as appears in the text heading. To handle this situation,
+the sectioning commands have an <tt class="literal">optional</tt>
+argument that provides the text for these other two purposes.</p>
+<p>All sectioning commands have <tt class="literal">*</tt>-forms
+that print a <span class="emphasis"><em>title</em></span>, but do
+not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of
+contents.</p>
+<a id="id2531863" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531870"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>
+<a id="cmd-sectioning-appendix"></a><tt class="literal">\appendix</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\appendix</tt> command changes the way
+sectional units are numbered. The
+<tt class="literal">\appendix</tt> command generates no text and
+does not affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this
+command is something like</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\chapter{The First Chapter}
+ ...
+\appendix
+\chapter{The First Appendix}
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="spaces-and-boxes"></a>2.3.17 Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2531930" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2531937"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>All the predefined length parameters See
+<a href="#predefined-lengths-title">Predefined lengths</a> can be
+used in the arguments of the box-making commands.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-dotfill"></a>\dotfill</h5>
+<a id="id2531966" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\dotfill</tt> command produces a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>rubber length</em></span> that produces
+dots instead of just spaces.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hfill"></a>\hfill</h5>
+<a id="id2531997" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\hfill</tt> fill command produces a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>rubber length</em></span> which can
+stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hrulefill"></a>\hrulefill</h5>
+<a id="id2532029" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\hrulefill</tt> fill command produces a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>rubber length</em></span> which can
+stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal
+rule.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-hspace"></a>\hspace</h5>
+<a id="id2532060" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\hspace{length}, \hspace*{length}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\hspace</tt> command adds horizontal
+space. The length of the space can be expressed in any terms that
+LaTeX understands, i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative
+as well as positive space with an <tt class="literal">\hspace</tt>
+command. Adding negative space is like backspacing.</p>
+<p>LaTeX removes horizontal space that comes at the end of a line.
+If you don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional
+<tt class="literal">*</tt> argument. Then the space is never
+removed.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-addvspace"></a>\addvspace</h5>
+<a id="id2532127" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2532134"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2532141" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\addvspace{length}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\addvspace</tt> command normally adds a
+vertical space of height length. However, if vertical space has
+already been added to the same point in the output by a previous
+<tt class="literal">\addvspace</tt> command, then this command will
+not add more space than needed to make the natural length of the
+total vertical space equal to <tt class="literal">length</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-bigskip"></a>\bigskip</h5>
+<a id="id2532192" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\bigskip</tt> command is equivalent to
+<tt class="literal">\vspace{bigskipamount}</tt> where
+<tt class="literal">bigskipamount</tt> is determined by the
+document class.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-medskip"></a>\medskip</h5>
+<a id="id2532231" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\medskip</tt> command is equivalent to
+<tt class="literal">\vspace{medskipamount}</tt> where
+<tt class="literal">medskipamount</tt> is determined by the
+document class.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-smallskip"></a>\smallskip</h5>
+<a id="id2532271" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\smallskip</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\smallskip</tt> command is equivalent to
+<tt class="literal">\vspace{smallskipamount}</tt> where
+<tt class="literal">smallskipamount</tt> is determined by the
+document class.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-vfill"></a>\vfill</h5>
+<a id="id2532318" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\vfill</tt> fill command produces a
+rubber length which can stretch or shrink vertically.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-vspace"></a>\vspace</h5>
+<a id="id2532344" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\vspace{length}, \vspace*{length}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\vspace</tt> command adds vertical
+space. The length of the space can be expressed in any terms that
+LaTeX understands, i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative
+as well as positive space with an <tt class="literal">\vspace</tt>
+command.</p>
+<p>LaTeX removes vertical space that comes at the end of a page. If
+you don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional
+<tt class="literal">*</tt> argument. Then the space is never
+removed.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-fbox"></a>\fbox</h5>
+<a id="id2532410" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\fbox{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\fbox</tt> command is exactly the same
+as the <tt class="literal">\mbox</tt> command, except that it puts
+a frame around the outside of the box that it creates.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-framebox"></a>\framebox</h5>
+<a id="id2532450" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\framebox[width][position]{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\framebox</tt> command is exactly the
+same as the <tt class="literal">\makebox</tt> command, except that
+it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates.</p>
+<p>The framebox command produces a rule of thickness
+<tt class="literal">\fboxrule</tt>, and leaves a space
+<tt class="literal">\fboxsep</tt> between the rule and the contents
+of the box.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="env-lrbox"></a>lrbox</h5>
+<a id="id2532509" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</tt></p>
+<p>This is the environment form of
+<tt class="literal">\sbox</tt>.</p>
+<p>The text inside the environment is saved in the box
+<tt class="literal">cmd</tt>, which must have been declared with
+<tt class="literal">\newsavebox</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-makebox"></a>\makebox</h5>
+<a id="id2532560" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\makebox[width][position]{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\makebox</tt> command creates a box just
+wide enough to contain the <tt class="literal">text</tt> specified.
+The width of the box is specified by the optional
+<tt class="literal">width</tt> argument. The position of the text
+within the box is determined by the optional
+<tt class="literal">position</tt> argument.</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">c</tt> --- centred (default)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">l</tt> --- flushleft</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">r</tt> --- flushright</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">s</tt> --- stretch from left to right
+margin. The text must contain stretchable space for this to
+work.</li></ul></div>
+<p>See <a href="#cmd-makebox-op-picture-cp">\makebox
+(picture)</a>.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-mbox"></a>\mbox</h5>
+<a id="id2532676" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\mbox{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\mbox</tt> command creates a box just
+wide enough to hold the text created by its argument.</p>
+<p>Use this command to prevent text from being split across
+lines.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-newsavebox"></a>\newsavebox</h5>
+<a id="id2532716" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\newsavebox{cmd}</tt></p>
+<p>Declares <tt class="literal">cmd</tt>, which must be a command
+name that is not already defined, to be a bin for saving boxes.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-parbox"></a>\parbox</h5>
+<a id="id2532751" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>
+<tt class="literal">\parbox[position][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}</tt></p>
+<p>A <tt class="literal">parbox</tt> is a box whose contents are
+created in <tt class="literal">paragraph</tt> mode. The
+<tt class="literal">\parbox</tt> has two mandatory arguments:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">width</tt> - specifies the width of the
+parbox, and</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">text</tt> - the text that goes inside the
+parbox.</li></ul></div>
+<p>LaTeX will position a <tt class="literal">parbox</tt> so its
+centre lines up with the centre of the text line. The optional
+<span class="emphasis"><em>position</em></span> argument allows you
+to line up either the top or bottom line in the parbox (default is
+top).</p>
+<p>If the <span class="emphasis"><em>height</em></span> argument is
+not given, the box will have the natural height of the text.</p>
+<p>The <span class="emphasis"><em>inner-pos</em></span> argument
+controls the placement of the text inside the box. If it is not
+specified, <span class="emphasis"><em>position</em></span> is
+used.</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">t</tt> --- text is placed at the top of the
+box.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">c</tt> --- text is centred in the box.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">b</tt> --- text is placed at the bottom of
+the box.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">s</tt> --- stretch vertically. The text
+must contain vertically stretchable space for this to
+work.</li></ul></div>
+<p>A <tt class="literal">\parbox</tt> command is used for a parbox
+containing a small piece of text, with nothing fancy inside. In
+particular, you shouldn't use any of the paragraph-making
+environments inside a <tt class="literal">\parbox</tt> argument.
+For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a
+paragraph-making environment, you should use a
+<tt class="literal">minipage</tt> environment See
+<a href="#env-minipage">minipage</a>.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-raisebox"></a>\raisebox</h5>
+<a id="id2532948" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>
+<tt class="literal">\raisebox{distance}[extend-above][extend-below]{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\raisebox</tt> command is used to raise
+or lower text. The first mandatory argument specifies how high the
+text is to be raised (or lowered if it is a negative amount). The
+text itself is processed in <tt class="literal">LR mode</tt>.</p>
+<p>Sometimes it's useful to make LaTeX think something has a
+different size than it really does - or a different size than LaTeX
+would normally think it has. The <tt class="literal">\raisebox</tt>
+command lets you tell LaTeX how tall it is.</p>
+<p>The first optional argument,
+<tt class="literal">extend-above</tt>, makes LaTeX think that the
+text extends above the line by the amount specified. The second
+optional argument, <tt class="literal">extend-below</tt>, makes
+LaTeX think that the text extends below the line by the amount
+specified.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-rule"></a>\rule</h5>
+<a id="id2533042" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>
+<tt class="literal">\rule[raise-height]{width}{thickness}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\rule</tt> command is used to produce
+horizontal lines. The arguments are defined as follows:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">raise-height</tt> - specifies how high to
+raise the rule (optional)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">width</tt> - specifies the length of the
+rule (mandatory)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">thickness</tt> - specifies the thickness of
+the rule (mandatory)</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-savebox"></a>\savebox</h5>
+<a id="id2533117" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\savebox{cmd}[width][pos]{text}</tt></p>
+<p>This command typeset <tt class="literal">text</tt> in a box just
+as for <tt class="literal">\makebox</tt>. However, instead of
+printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin
+<tt class="literal">cmd</tt>, which must have been declared with
+<tt class="literal">\newsavebox</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-sbox"></a>\sbox</h5>
+<a id="id2533170" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\sbox{cmd}\{text}</tt></p>
+<p>This commands typesets <tt class="literal">text</tt> in a box
+just as for <tt class="literal">\mbox</tt>. However, instead of
+printing the resulting box, it saves it in
+<tt class="literal">cmd</tt>, which must have been declared with
+<tt class="literal">\newsavebox</tt>.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-usebox"></a>\usebox</h5>
+<a id="id2533223" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\usebox{cmd}</tt></p>
+<p>Prints the box most recently saved in bin
+<tt class="literal">cmd</tt> by a <tt class="literal">\savebox</tt>
+command.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="special-characters"></a>2.3.18 Special
+Characters</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2533269" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2533276"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2533283"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2533290" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are
+called <span class="emphasis"><em>special printing
+characters</em></span>, or simply
+<span class="emphasis"><em>special characters</em></span>.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+# $ % &amp; ~ _ ^ \ { }
+</pre>
+<p>Whenever you put one of these special characters into your file,
+you are doing something special. If you simply want the character
+to be printed just as any other letter, include a
+<tt class="literal">\</tt> in front of the character. For example,
+<tt class="literal">\$</tt> will produce <tt class="literal">$</tt>
+in your output.</p>
+<p>One exception to this rule is the <tt class="literal">\</tt>
+itself because <tt class="literal">\\</tt> has its own special
+meaning. A <tt class="literal">\</tt> is produced by typing
+<tt class="literal">$\backslash$</tt> in your file.</p>
+<p>Also, <tt class="literal">\~</tt> means `place a tilde accent
+over the following letter', so you will probably want to use
+<tt class="literal">\verb</tt> instead.</p>
+<a id="id2533390" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2533397"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2533404" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>In addition, you can access any character of a font once you
+know its number by using the <tt class="literal">\symbol</tt>
+command. For example, the character used for displaying spaces in
+the <tt class="literal">\verb*</tt> command has the code decimal
+32, so it can be typed as <tt class="literal">\symbol{32}</tt>.</p>
+<p>You can also specify octal numbers with
+<tt class="literal">'</tt> or hexadecimal numbers with
+<tt class="literal">"</tt>, so the previous example could also be
+written as <tt class="literal">\symbol{'40}</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">\symbol{"20}</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="special-symbols"></a>2.3.19 Special
+Symbols</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2533481" class="indexterm"></a>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="accents-on-chars-title"></a>Accents on
+Characters</h5>
+<a id="id2533505" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The rules differ somewhat depending whether you are in
+<a href="#modes" title="2.3.14 Modes">text mode</a>,
+<a href="#modes" title="2.3.14 Modes">math modes</a>, or the
+<a href="#env-tabbing">tabbing environment</a>.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2533542"></a>Text Mode</h5>
+<p>The following accents may be placed on letters. Although
+<span class="emphasis"><em>o</em></span> is used in most of the
+example, the accents may be placed on any letter. Accents may even
+be placed above a <span class="emphasis"><em>missing</em></span>
+letter; for example, <tt class="literal">\~{}</tt> produces a tilde
+over a blank space.</p>
+<p>The following commands may be used only in paragraph or LR
+mode:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">\`{o}</tt> produces a grave accent,
+<span class="emphasis"><em>&ograve;</em></span></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\'{o}</tt> produces an acute accent,
+<span class="emphasis"><em>&oacute;</em></span></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\^{o}</tt> produces a circumflex,
+<span class="emphasis"><em>&ocirc;</em></span></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\"{o}</tt> produces an umlaut or dieresis,
+<span class="emphasis"><em>&ouml;</em></span></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\H{o}</tt> produces a long Hungarian
+umlaut</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\~{o}</tt> produces a tilde,
+<span class="emphasis"><em>&otilde;</em></span></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\c{c}</tt> produces a cedilla,
+<span class="emphasis"><em>&ccedil;</em></span></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\={o}</tt> produces a macron accent (a bar
+over the letter)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\b{o}</tt> produces a bar under the
+letter</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\.{o}</tt> produces a dot over the
+letter</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\d{o}</tt> produces a dot under the
+letter</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\u{o}</tt> produces a breve over the
+letter</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\v{o}</tt> produces a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>v</em></span> over the letter</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\t{oo}</tt> produces a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>tie</em></span> (inverted u) over the
+two letters</li></ul></div>
+<p>Note that the letters <span class="emphasis"><em>i</em></span>
+and <span class="emphasis"><em>j</em></span> require special
+treatment when they are given accents because it is often desirable
+to replace the dot with the accent. For this purpose, the commands
+<tt class="literal">\i</tt> and <tt class="literal">\j</tt> can be
+used to produce dotless letters.</p>
+<p>For example,</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">\^{\i}</tt> should be used for i,
+circumflex, &icirc;</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\"{\i}</tt> should be used for i, umlaut,
+&iuml;</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="accents-chars-math"></a>Math Mode</h5>
+<p>Several of the above and some similar accents can also be
+produced in math mode. The following commands may be used
+<span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span> in math mode:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">\hat{o}</tt> is similar to the circumflex
+(cf. <tt class="literal">\^</tt>)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\widehat{oo}</tt> is a wide version of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>\hat</em></span> over several
+letters</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\check{o}</tt> is a vee or check (cf.
+<tt class="literal">\v</tt>)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\tilde{o}</tt> is a tilde (cf.
+<tt class="literal">\~</tt>)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\widetilde{oo}</tt> is a wide version of
+<tt class="literal">\tilde</tt> over several letters</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\acute{o}</tt> is an acute accent (cf.
+<tt class="literal">\`</tt>)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\grave{o}</tt> is a grave accent (cf.
+<tt class="literal">&gt;\'</tt>)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\dot{o}</tt> is a dot over the letter (cf.
+<tt class="literal">\.</tt>)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\ddot{o}</tt> is a double dot over the
+letter</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\breve{o}</tt> is a breve (cf.
+<tt class="literal">\u</tt>)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\bar{o}</tt> is a macron (cf.
+<tt class="literal">\=</tt>)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\vec{o}</tt> is a vector (arrow) over the
+letter</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="accents-chars-tabbing"></a>Tabbing
+Environment</h5>
+<p>Some of the accent marks used in running text have other uses in
+the <a href="#env-tabbing">Tabbing Environment</a>. In that case
+they can be created with the following command:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">&gt;\a'</tt> for an acute accent</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\a`</tt> for a grave accent</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\a=</tt> for a macron
+accent</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="arrows-title"></a>Arrows</h5>
+<a id="id2534131" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>LaTeX provides commands for all sorts of arrows. The following
+commands are used only in math mode.</p>
+<p>In general the command names are created from
+<tt class="literal">left</tt>, <tt class="literal">right</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">up</tt>, or <tt class="literal">down</tt>.
+<tt class="literal">leftright</tt> gives a double headed arrow.
+Prefacing with <tt class="literal">long</tt> gives a longer arrow.
+Capitalizing the first letter gives a double-shanked arrow.</p>
+<p>Examples are:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">\leftarrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Leftarrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\longleftarrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Longleftarrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\rightarrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Rightarrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\longrightarrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Longrightarrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\leftrightarrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Leftrightarrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\longleftrightarrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\uparrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\downarrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Uparrow</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">&gt;\nearrow</tt> points from southwest to
+northeast</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\searrow</tt> points from northwest to
+southeast</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\swarrow</tt> points from northeast to
+southwest</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\nwarrow</tt> points from southeast to
+northwest</li></ul></div>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\stackrel</tt> command is useful for
+putting things over or under your arrow.</p>
+<p>See also:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><a href="#math-symbols-title">Math Symbols</a></li>
+<li><a href="#binary-and-relational-ops-title">Binary and
+Relational Operators</a></li>
+<li><a href="#greek-letters-title">Greek Letters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#misc-symbols-title">Miscellaneous Symbols</a></li>
+<li><a href="#variable-math-size-symbols-title">Variable Size Math
+Symbols</a></li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="binary-and-relational-ops-title"></a>Binary and Relational
+Operators</h5>
+<a id="id2534488" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2534497"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2534507"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2534519" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Some <span class="emphasis"><em>math</em></span> symbols are
+obtained by typing the corresponding keyboard character. Examples
+include</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
++ - = &lt; &gt;
+</pre>
+<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
+<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
+<p>plus, minus, and equal sign may be used in either text or math
+mode, but &lt; and &gt; are math mode only (they produce inverted
+exclamation and question marks, respectively, in text
+mode).</p></div>
+<p>The following commands may be used only in math mode:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">\pm</tt> plus or minus sign</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\mp</tt> minus or plus sign</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\times</tt> times (an "x")</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\div</tt> divided by sign</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\ast</tt> an asterisk (centered)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\star</tt> a five-point star
+(centered)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\bullet</tt> a bullet</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\circ</tt> an open bullet</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\cdot</tt> a centered dot</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\leq</tt> less than or equal to</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\ll</tt> much less than</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\subset</tt> is a subset of</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\geq</tt> greater than or equal to</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\gg</tt> much greater than</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\equiv</tt> equivalence symbol</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\sim</tt> similar to</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\simeq</tt> similar or equal to</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\approx</tt> approximately equal to</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\neq</tt> not equal to</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\per</tt> "perpendicular to" symbols</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\propto</tt> proportional
+to</li></ul></div>
+<p>Note that <span class="emphasis"><em>greater than</em></span>
+and <span class="emphasis"><em>less than</em></span> are obtained
+simply by entering <tt class="literal">&gt;</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">&lt;</tt>.</p>
+<p>A slash, indicating <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span>
+can be placed through a symbol (or a letter) with the
+<tt class="literal">\not</tt> command. For example, not less than
+is <tt class="literal">\not&lt;</tt> and not less than or equal to
+is <tt class="literal">\not\leq</tt>. If the slash isn't properly
+positioned it can be moved by putting a math mode spacing command
+between the <tt class="literal">\not</tt>and the symbol.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="delimiters-title"></a>Delimiters</h5>
+<a id="id2534883" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Delimiters are objects which act logically like parentheses.
+These can be used only in math mode.</p>
+<p>The delimiters recognized by LaTeX include:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">(</tt> (left parenthesis)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">)</tt> (right parenthesis)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">[</tt> (left bracket)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">]</tt> (right bracket)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\{</tt> (left brace)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\}</tt> (right brace)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">|</tt> (vertical line)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\vert</tt> (vertical line)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\|</tt> (double vertical lines)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Vert</tt> (double vertical lines)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">/</tt> (slash)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\backslash</tt> (backslash)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\langle</tt> (left angle bracket)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\rangle</tt> (right angle bracket)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\uparrow</tt> (uparrow)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\downarrow</tt> (down arrow)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\updownarrow</tt> (up/down
+arrow)</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2535106"></a>Making Delimiters the Right
+Size</h5>
+<p>Delimiters in formulas should be big enough to
+<span class="emphasis"><em>fit</em></span> around the formulas they
+delimit (for example arround arrays). To obtain
+<span class="emphasis"><em>stretchable</em></span> delimiters
+(LaTeX makes them the appropriate size) type a
+<tt class="literal">\left</tt> or <tt class="literal">\right</tt>
+command before the delimiter. <tt class="literal">\left</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">\right</tt> commands must come in matching
+pairs, although the delimiters themselves need not be the same.
+Thus, <tt class="literal">\left \{ ... \right \[</tt> produces a
+legal pair. In cases where only one delimiter is desired, it is
+possible to make the matching delimiter
+<span class="emphasis"><em>invisible</em></span> by typing a period
+(<tt class="literal">.</tt>) after the command, i.e.,
+<tt class="literal">\left.</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">\right.</tt></p>
+<p>In an <a href="#env-eqnarray">eqnarray</a> environment the
+matching <tt class="literal">\left</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">\right</tt> cannot be split between lines and
+it may be necessary to use an
+<span class="emphasis"><em>invisible</em></span>
+<tt class="literal">\right.</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">\left.</tt> to terminate and begin parts on
+different lines. In this case a second problem may arise, since the
+size of the delimiters will be chosen only for the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>local part</em></span>, so that the size
+of the <span class="emphasis"><em>visible</em></span>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>left</em></span> and
+<span class="emphasis"><em>right</em></span> delimiters might not
+match. The solution is to trick LaTeX into thinking that both parts
+have the same vertical height. This can be done by placing a strut,
+that is a zero-width <tt class="literal">\rule</tt>. It can also be
+accomplished with the <tt class="literal">\vphantom</tt> command,
+which I have not found documented, but which appears to work.</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">\vphantom{construct}</tt> creates a
+zero-width object with the height of
+<tt class="literal">construct</tt>. The argument can contain things
+such as <tt class="literal">\frac</tt> or the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>variable size math symbols</em></span>
+and should be chosen according to what is in the section with the
+delimiter you want to match.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2535294"></a>Some Examples</h5>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2535300"></a>A six-j symbol</h5>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\[ \left\{
+\begin{array}{ccc}
+a &amp; b &amp; c \\
+d &amp; e &amp; f \end{array}
+\right&gt;\} \]
+</pre>
+<p>This should be displayed something like (insofar as it can be
+rendered in "ascii art"):</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+( a b c )
+- -
+( d e f )
+</pre>
+<p>Note that the <tt class="literal">\[ ... \]</tt> set this off as
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Display Math</em></span>, and that the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Array Environment</em></span> is used to
+generate the three centered columns inside the braces.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2535342"></a>A "multiple choice"
+equation</h5>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\[ f(x) =
+ \left\{ \begin{array}{l}
+ 0, x &lt; 0 \\ 1, x = 0 \\
+ 2, x &gt; 0 \end{array} \right. \]
+</pre>
+<p>will be displayed as</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+ ( 0, x &lt; 0
+f(x) = - 1, x = 0
+ ( 2, x &gt; 0
+</pre>
+<p>Note that the <span class="emphasis"><em>invisible</em></span>
+<tt class="literal">\right</tt> delimiter is specified using a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>period</em></span>.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="ellipsis-title"></a>Ellipsis</h5>
+<a id="id2535395" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Ellipses (three dots) can be produced by the following
+commands</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">\ldots</tt> horizontally at bottom of
+line</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\cdots</tt> horizontally center of line
+(math mode only)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\ddots</tt> diagonal (math mode only)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\vdots</tt> vertical (math mode
+only)</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="greek-letters-title"></a>Greek
+Letters</h5>
+<a id="id2535471" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>These commands may be used only in math mode:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">\alpha</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\beta</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\gamma</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\delta</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\epsilon</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\varepsilon</tt> (variation,
+script-like)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\zeta</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\eta</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\theta</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\vartheta</tt> (variation,
+script-like)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\iota</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\kappa</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\lambda</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\mu</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\nu</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\xi</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\pi</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\varpi</tt> (variation)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\rho</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\varrho</tt> (variation, with the
+tail)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\sigma</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\varsigma</tt> (variation,
+script-like)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\tau</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\upsilon</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\phi</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\varphi</tt> (variation, script-like)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\chi</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\psi</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\omega</tt></li></ul></div>
+<p>Capital letters:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">\Gamma</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Delta</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Theta</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Lambda</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Xi</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Pi</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Sigma</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Upsilon</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Phi</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Psi</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">\Omega</tt></li></ul></div>
+<p>See also:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><a href="#math-symbols-title">Math Symbols</a></li>
+<li><a href="#accents-on-chars-title">Accents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#misc-symbols-title">Miscellaneous
+Symbols</a></li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="misc-symbols-title"></a>Miscellaneous
+Symbols</h5>
+<a id="id2535966" class="indexterm"></a>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2535978"></a>Some symbols for math</h5>
+<p>The following symbols are also used only in math mode</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-aleph"></a><tt class="literal">\aleph</tt>
+Hebrew aleph</li>
+<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-hbar"></a><tt class="literal">\hbar</tt>
+h-bar, Planck's constant</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-imath"></a><tt class="literal">\imath</tt>
+variation on <span class="emphasis"><em>i</em></span>; no dot</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-jmath"></a><tt class="literal">\jmath</tt>
+variation on <span class="emphasis"><em>j</em></span>; no dot</li>
+<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-ell"></a><tt class="literal">\ell</tt>
+script (loop) <span class="emphasis"><em>l</em></span></li>
+<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-wp"></a><tt class="literal">\wp</tt>
+fancy script lowercase
+<span class="emphasis"><em>P</em></span></li>
+<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-re"></a><tt class="literal">\Re</tt>
+script capital <span class="emphasis"><em>R</em></span>
+(<span class="emphasis"><em>Real</em></span>)</li>
+<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-im"></a><tt class="literal">\Im</tt>
+script capital <span class="emphasis"><em>I</em></span>
+(<span class="emphasis"><em>Imaginary</em></span>)</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-prime"></a><tt class="literal">\prime</tt>
+prime (also obtained by typing <tt class="literal">'</tt>)</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-nabla"></a><tt class="literal">\nabla</tt>
+inverted capital Delta</li>
+<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-surd"></a><tt class="literal">\surd</tt>
+radical (square root) symbol</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-angle"></a><tt class="literal">\angle</tt>
+angle symbol</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-forall"></a><tt class="literal">\forall</tt>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>for all</em></span> (inverted A)</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-exists"></a><tt class="literal">\exists</tt>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>exists</em></span> (left-facing E)</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-partial"></a><tt class="literal">\partial</tt>
+partial derivative symbol</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-infty"></a><tt class="literal">\infty</tt>
+infinity symbol</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-triangle"></a><tt class="literal">\triangle</tt>
+open triangle symbol</li>
+<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-box"></a><tt class="literal">\Box</tt>
+open square</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-diamond"></a><tt class="literal">\Diamond</tt>
+open diamond</li>
+<li><a id="cmd-misc-symbol-flat"></a><tt class="literal">\flat</tt>
+music: flat symbol</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-natural"></a><tt class="literal">\natural</tt>
+music: natural symbol</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-clubsuit"></a><tt class="literal">\clubsuit</tt>
+playing cards: club suit symbol</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-diamondsuit"></a><tt class="literal">\diamondsuit</tt>
+playing cards: diamond suit symbol</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-heartsuit"></a><tt class="literal">\heartsuit</tt>
+playing cards: heart suit symbol</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-misc-symbol-spadsuit"></a><tt class="literal">\spadesuit</tt>
+playing cards: space suit symbol</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2536435"></a>Some Other Symbols</h5>
+<p>The following symbols can be used in any mode:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><a id="cmd-other-symbol-dag"></a><tt class="literal">\dag</tt>
+dagger</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-other-symbol-ddag"></a>&gt;<tt class="literal">\ddag</tt>
+double dagger</li>
+<li><a id="cmd-other-symbol-s"></a>&gt;<tt class="literal">\S</tt>
+section symbol</li>
+<li><a id="cmd-other-symbol-p"></a>&gt;<tt class="literal">\P</tt>
+paragraph symbol</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-other-symbol-copyright"></a>&gt;<tt class="literal">\copyright</tt>
+copyright symbol</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-other-symbol-pounds"></a>&gt;<tt class="literal">\pounds</tt>
+British pound sterling symbol</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2536553"></a>Calligraphic Style
+Letters</h5>
+<p>Twenty-six calligraphic letters are provided (the upper case
+alphabet). These can only be used in math mode.</p>
+<p>In LaTeX 2.09 they are produced with the
+<tt class="literal">\cal</tt> declaration:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+${\cal A}$
+</pre>
+<p>In LaTeX2e they are obtained with the
+<tt class="literal">\mathcal</tt> command:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+$\mathcal{CAL}$
+</pre>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="math-functions-title"></a>Math
+Functions</h5>
+<a id="id2536611" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Functions like <span class="emphasis"><em>log</em></span> or
+<span class="emphasis"><em>cos</em></span> are normally used in
+math mode. However, inmath mode strings of letters are treated as a
+product of variables, which would normally be displayed in math
+italics rather than a text font which would be appropriate for
+these functions. To get proper display of such functions they are
+generated with LaTeX commands.</p>
+<p>Some of these commands are:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-arccos"></a><tt class="literal">\arccos</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-arcsin"></a><tt class="literal">\arcsin</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-arctan"></a><tt class="literal">\arctan</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-cos"></a><tt class="literal">\cos</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-cosh"></a><tt class="literal">\cosh</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-cot"></a><tt class="literal">\cot</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-coth"></a><tt class="literal">\coth</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-csc"></a><tt class="literal">\csc</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-deg"></a><tt class="literal">\deg</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-det"></a><tt class="literal">\det</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-dim"></a><tt class="literal">\dim</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-exp"></a><tt class="literal">\exp</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-gcd"></a><tt class="literal">\gcd</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-hom"></a><tt class="literal">\hom</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-inf"></a><tt class="literal">\inf</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-ker"></a><tt class="literal">\ker</tt></li>
+<li><a id="cmd-math-func-lg"></a><tt class="literal">\lg</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-lim"></a><tt class="literal">\lim</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-liminf"></a><tt class="literal">\liminf</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-limsup"></a><tt class="literal">\limsup</tt></li>
+<li><a id="cmd-math-func-ln"></a><tt class="literal">\ln</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-log"></a><tt class="literal">\log</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-max"></a><tt class="literal">\max</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-min"></a><tt class="literal">\min</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-sec"></a><tt class="literal">\sec</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-sin"></a><tt class="literal">\sin</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-sinh"></a><tt class="literal">\sinh</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-sup"></a><tt class="literal">\sup</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-tan"></a><tt class="literal">\tan</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-tanh"></a><tt class="literal">\tanh</tt></li></ul></div>
+<p>Two commands are provided for the "modulus" function</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-bmod"></a><tt class="literal">\bmod</tt></li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-func-pmod"></a><tt class="literal">\pmod{}</tt></li></ul></div>
+<p>The former would be used to write "a mod b" as
+<tt class="literal">a \bmod b</tt> and the latter, which requires
+an argument that is displayed in parentheses, would be used to
+write "n = i (mod j)" as <tt class="literal">n = i
+\pmod{j}</tt></p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="variable-math-size-symbols-title"></a>Variable Size Math
+Symbols</h5>
+<a id="id2537138" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The size of some mathematical symbols, notably summation signs,
+product signs, and integral signs, depends on the environment in
+which they appear (i.e., <tt class="literal">displaymath</tt> as
+opposed to <tt class="literal">math</tt> environments.</p>
+<p>These include:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><a id="cmd-math-symbol-sum"></a><tt class="literal">\sum</tt> a
+summation sign (capital sigma)</li>
+<li><a id="cmd-math-symbol-prod"></a><tt class="literal">\prod</tt>
+a product (capital pi)</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-symbol-coprod"></a><tt class="literal">\coprod</tt>
+a coproduct (inverted capital pi)</li>
+<li><a id="cmd-math-symbol-int"></a><tt class="literal">\int</tt>
+an integral sign</li>
+<li><a id="cmd-math-symbol-oint"></a><tt class="literal">\oint</tt>
+a surface (circular) integral sign</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigcup"></a><tt class="literal">\bigcup</tt>
+big "U"</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigcap"></a><tt class="literal">\bigcap</tt>
+big inverted "U"</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigvee"></a><tt class="literal">\bigvee</tt>
+big "V"</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigwedge"></a><tt class="literal">\bigwedge</tt>
+big inverted "V"</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigodot"></a><tt class="literal">\bigodot</tt>
+big "O" with dot at center</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigotimes"></a><tt class="literal">\bigotimes</tt>
+big "O" with cross inside</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-symbol-bigoplus"></a><tt class="literal">\bigoplus</tt>
+big "O" with a + inside</li>
+<li>
+<a id="cmd-math-symbol-biguplus"></a><tt class="literal">\biguplus</tt>
+big "U" with a + inside</li></ul></div>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\sqrt</tt> command also produces a
+variable size symbol appropriate for the size of hte radicand
+argument.</p>
+<p>The "limits" associated with these symbols are entered as
+<span class="emphasis"><em>subscripts</em></span> for entries
+appearing below the symbol and as
+<span class="emphasis"><em>superscripts</em></span> for entries
+appearing above the symbol. For example the sum from n=0 to
+infinity of x<sup>n</sup> would be entered as</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\sum_{n=0}^{\infty} x_{n}
+</pre>
+<p>The actual placement of the limits depends on whether this is in
+<tt class="literal">displaymath</tt> mode in which case they are
+placed below/above or in
+<span class="emphasis"><em>math</em></span> mode in running text in
+which case they are placed as regular subscripts and
+superscripts.</p>
+<p>Note that it is possible to treat several of these symbols (a
+common example would be a double sum) as a single symbol for
+placing limits above and/or below by using the
+<tt class="literal">\mathop</tt> command.</p>
+<p><span class="emphasis"><em>Hats</em></span> and
+<span class="emphasis"><em>tildes</em></span> over symbols which
+stretch (as best they can) to the correct size for their arguments
+are produced by <tt class="literal">\widehat</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">\widetilde</tt></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="splitting-the-input"></a>2.3.20 Splitting
+the Input</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2537484" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2537491"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting
+the whole input in a single large file, it's more efficient to
+split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate
+files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one
+whose name you type when you run LaTeX.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-include-title"></a>\include</h5>
+<a id="id2537521" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\include{file}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\include</tt> command is used in
+conjunction with the <tt class="literal">\includeonly</tt> command
+for selective inclusion of files. The <tt class="literal">file</tt>
+argument is the first name of a file, denoting
+<tt class="filename">file.tex</tt>. If
+<tt class="literal">file</tt> is one the file names in the file
+list of the <tt class="literal">\includeonly</tt> command or if
+there is no <tt class="literal">\includeonly</tt> command, the
+<tt class="literal">\include</tt> command is equivalent to</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\clearpage \input{file} \clearpage
+</pre>
+<p>except that if the file <tt class="filename">file.tex</tt> does
+not exist, then a warning message rather than an error is produced.
+If the file is not in the file list, the
+<tt class="literal">\include</tt> command is equivalent to
+<tt class="literal">\clearpage</tt>.</p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\include</tt> command may not appear in
+the preamble or in a file read by another
+<tt class="literal">\include</tt> command.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-includeonly-title"></a>\includeonly</h5>
+<a id="id2537650" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>
+<tt class="literal">\includeonly{</tt><span class="emphasis"><em>file_list</em></span><tt class="literal">
+}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\includeonly</tt> command controls which
+files will be read in by an <tt class="literal">\include</tt>
+command. <span class="emphasis"><em>file_list</em></span> should be
+a comma-separated list of filenames. Each filename must match
+exactly a filename specified in a <tt class="literal">\include</tt>
+command. This command can only appear in the preamble.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-input-title"></a>\input</h5>
+<a id="id2537710" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\input{file}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\input</tt> command causes the indicated
+<tt class="literal">file</tt> to be read and processed, exactly as
+if its contents had been inserted in the current file at that
+point. The file name may be a complete file name with extension or
+just a first name, in which case the file
+<tt class="filename">file.tex</tt> is used.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="starting-and-ending"></a>2.3.21 Starting
+&amp; Ending</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2537767" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2537774"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Your input file must contain the following commands as a
+minimum:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\documentclass{class}
+\begin{document}
+ ... your text goes here ...
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<p>where the <tt class="literal">class</tt> selected is one of the
+valid classes for LaTeX. See <a href="#document-classes"
+title="2.3.4 Document Classes">Document Classes</a> (and see
+<a href="#overview"
+title="2.2 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide ">Overview</a>), for
+details of the various document classes available locally.</p>
+<p>You may include other LaTeX commands between the
+<tt class="literal">\documentclass</tt> and the
+<tt class="literal">\begin{document}</tt> commands (i.e., in the
+`preamble').</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="table-of-contents"></a>2.3.22 Table of
+Contents</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2537859" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A table of contents is produced with the
+<tt class="literal">\tableofcontents</tt> <a id="id2537874"
+class="indexterm"></a> command. You put the command right where you
+want the table of contents to go; LaTeX does the rest for you. It
+produces a heading, but it does not automatically start a new page.
+If you want a new page after the table of contents, include a
+<tt class="literal">\newpage</tt> command after the
+<tt class="literal">\tableofcontents</tt> command.</p>
+<p>There are similar commands
+<tt class="literal">\listoffigures</tt> <a id="id2537912"
+class="indexterm"></a> and <tt class="literal">\listoftables</tt>
+<a id="id2537925" class="indexterm"></a> for producing a list of
+figures and a list of tables, respectively. Everything works
+exactly the same as for the table of contents.</p>
+<p>NOTE: If you want any of these items to be generated, you cannot
+have the <tt class="literal">\nofiles</tt> <a id="id2537945"
+class="indexterm"></a> command in your document.</p>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-addcontentsline-title"></a>\addcontentsline</h5>
+<a id="id2537964" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>
+<tt class="literal">\addcontentsline{file}{sec_unit}{entry}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\addcontentsline</tt> command adds an
+entry to the specified list or table where:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">file</tt> is the extension of the file on
+which information is to be written: <tt class="literal">toc</tt>
+(table of contents), <tt class="literal">lof</tt> (list of
+figures), or <tt class="literal">lot</tt> (list of tables).</li>
+<li>
+<p><tt class="literal">sec_unit</tt> controls the formatting of the
+entry. It should be one of the following, depending upon the value
+of the file argument:</p>
+<div class="orderedlist">
+<ol type="1">
+<li><tt class="literal">toc</tt> --- the name of the sectional
+unit, such as part or subsection.</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">lof</tt> --- figure</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">lot</tt> --- table</li></ol></div></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">entry</tt> is the text of the
+entry.</li></ul></div>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="cmd-addtocontents-title"></a>\addtocontents</h5>
+<a id="id2538097" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\addtocontents{file}{text}</tt></p>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\addtocontents</tt> command adds text
+(or formatting commands) directly to the file that generates the
+table of contents or list of figures or tables.</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">file</tt> is the extension of the file on
+which information is to be written: <tt class="literal">toc</tt>
+(table of contents), <tt class="literal">lof</tt> (list of
+figures), or <tt class="literal">lot</tt> (list of tables).</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">text</tt> is the information to be
+written.</li></ul></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="terminal-input-slash-output"></a>2.3.23
+Terminal Input/Output</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2538186" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2538193"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-typein-title"></a>\typein</h5>
+<a id="id2538211" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\typein[cmd]{msg}</tt></p>
+<p>Prints <tt class="literal">msg</tt> on the terminal and causes
+LaTeX to stop and wait for you to type a line of input, ending with
+return. If the <tt class="literal">cmd</tt> argument is missing,
+the typed input is processed as if it had been included in the
+input file in place of the <tt class="literal">\typein</tt>
+command. If the <tt class="literal">cmd</tt> argument is present,
+it must be a command name. This command name is then defined or
+redefined to be the typed input.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="cmd-typeout-title"></a>\typeout</h5>
+<a id="id2538271" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\typeout{msg}</tt></p>
+<p>Prints <tt class="literal">msg</tt> on the terminal and in the
+<tt class="literal">log</tt> file. Commands in
+<tt class="literal">msg</tt> that are defined with
+<tt class="literal">\newcommand</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">\renewcommand</tt> are replaced by their
+definitions before being printed.</p>
+<p>LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single
+space and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to
+<tt class="literal">msg</tt>. A <tt class="literal">\space</tt>
+command in <tt class="literal">msg</tt> causes a single space to be
+printed. A <tt class="literal">^^J</tt> in
+<tt class="literal">msg</tt> prints a newline.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="typefaces"></a>2.3.24
+Typefaces</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2538374" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2538381"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">typeface</tt> is specified by giving the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>size</em></span> and
+<span class="emphasis"><em>style</em></span>. A typeface is also
+called a <span class="emphasis"><em>font</em></span>.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="styles-title"></a>\Styles</h5>
+<a id="id2538418" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2538425"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2538432" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.</p>
+<p>These commands are used like <tt class="literal">\textit{italics
+text}</tt>. The corresponding command in parenthesis is the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>declaration form</em></span>, which
+takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until
+the next type style command or the end of the current group.</p>
+<p>The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say
+<tt class="literal">\sffamily\bfseries</tt> to get sans serif
+boldface.</p>
+<p>You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms;
+e.g.
+<tt class="literal">\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</tt>.</p>
+<div class="table"><a id="id2538486"></a>
+<p class="title"><b>Table&nbsp;1.9.&nbsp;Typefaces</b></p>
+<table summary="Typefaces" border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\textrm (\rmfamily) <a id="id2538519"
+class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538526"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Roman.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\textit (\itshape) <a id="id2538544"
+class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538551" class="indexterm"></a>,
+\emph <a id="id2538558" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Emphasis (toggles between \textit and
+\textrm).</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\textmd (\mdseries) <a id="id2538577"
+class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538584"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Medium weight (default). The opposite of
+boldface.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\textbf (\bfseries) <a id="id2538603"
+class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538610"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Boldface.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\textup (\upshape) <a id="id2538628"
+class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538635"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Upright (default). The opposite of
+slanted.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\textsl (\slshape) <a id="id2538653"
+class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538660"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Slanted.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\textsf (\sffamily) <a id="id2538678"
+class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538685"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Sans serif.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\textsc (\scshape) <a id="id2538704"
+class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538710"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Small caps.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\texttt (\ttfamily) <a id="id2538729"
+class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538735"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Typewriter.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\textnormal (\normalfont) <a id="id2538754"
+class="indexterm"></a> <a id="id2538761"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Main document font.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\mathrm <a id="id2538779"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Roman, for use in math mode.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\mathbf <a id="id2538797"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Boldface, for use in math mode. For bold
+symbols or complete equations take a look at
+<a href="#boldsymbol-linkend"><tt class="literal">\boldsymbol</tt></a>
+and <a href="#cmd-bm"><tt class="literal">\bm</tt></a>.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\mathsf <a id="id2538839"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Sans serif, for use in math mode.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\mathtt <a id="id2538858"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Typewriter, for use in math mode.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\mathit <a id="id2538876"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Italics, for use in math mode, e.g. variable
+names with several letters.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\mathnormal <a id="id2538895"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type
+style declaration.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\mathcal <a id="id2538914"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">`Calligraphic' letters, for use in math
+mode.</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+<p>In addition, the command
+<tt class="literal">\mathversion{bold}</tt> <a id="id2538939"
+class="indexterm"></a> can be used for switching to bold letters
+and symbols in formulas.
+<tt class="literal">\mathversion{normal}</tt> restores the
+default.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="sizes-title"></a>Sizes</h5>
+<a id="id2538965" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2538972"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2538979" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The following standard type size commands are supported by
+LaTeX.</p>
+<p>The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope
+of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or
+the end of the current group.</p>
+<p>You can also use the environment form of these commands; e.g.
+<tt class="literal">\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</tt>.</p>
+<div class="table"><a id="id2539011"></a>
+<p class="title"><b>Table&nbsp;1.10.&nbsp;Standard type size
+commands</b></p>
+<table summary="Standard type size commands" border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\tiny<a id="id2539045" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify"></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\scriptsize <a id="id2539066"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify"></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\footnotesize <a id="id2539084"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify"></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\small <a id="id2539103"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify"></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\normalsize <a id="id2539122"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">(default)</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\large <a id="id2539141"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify"></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\Large <a id="id2539160"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify"></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\LARGE <a id="id2539179"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify"></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\huge <a id="id2539198"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify"></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\Huge <a id="id2539216"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">&nbsp;</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+<h5 class="title">
+<a id="low-dash-level-font-commands-title"></a>Low-level font
+commands</h5>
+<a id="id2539242" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2539250"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
+packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the
+available ones. For full details, you should consult Chapter 7 of
+<i class="citetitle">The LaTeX Companion</i>.</p>
+<div class="table"><a id="id2539271"></a>
+<p class="title"><b>Table&nbsp;1.11.&nbsp;Low-level font
+commands</b></p>
+<table summary="Low-level font commands" border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\fontencoding{enc} <a id="id2539304"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Select font encoding. Valid encodings include
+<tt class="literal">OT1</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">T1</tt>.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\fontfamily{family} <a id="id2539334"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Select font family. Valid families include:
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">cmr</tt> for Computer Modern Roman</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">cmss</tt> for Computer Modern Sans
+Serif</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">cmtt</tt> for Computer Modern
+Typewriter</li></ul></div>
+and numerous others.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\fontseries{series} <a id="id2539391"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Select font series. Valid series include:
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">m</tt> Medium (normal)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">b</tt> Bold</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">c</tt> Condensed</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">bc</tt> Bold condensed</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">bx</tt> Bold extended</li></ul></div>
+and various other combinations.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\fontshape{shape} <a id="id2539468"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li><tt class="literal">n</tt> Upright (normal)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">it</tt> Italic</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">sl</tt> Slanted (oblique)</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">sc</tt> Small caps</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">ui</tt> Upright italics</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">ol</tt> Outline</li></ul></div>
+The two last shapes are not available for most font
+families.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\fontsize{size}{skip} <a id="id2539555"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Set font size. The first parameter is the font
+size to switch to; the second is the
+<tt class="literal">\baselineskip</tt> to use. The unit of both
+parameters defaults to pt. A rule of thumb is that the baselineskip
+should be 1.2 times the font size.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\selectfont <a id="id2539583"
+class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">The changes made by calling the four font
+commands described above do not come into effect until
+<tt class="literal">\selectfont</tt> is called.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}
+<a id="id2539610" class="indexterm"></a></td>
+<td align="justify">Equivalent to calling
+<tt class="literal">\fontencoding</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">\fontfamily</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">\fontseries</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">\fontshape</tt> with the given parameters,
+followed by
+<tt class="literal">\selectfont</tt>.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="parameters"></a>2.4
+Parameters</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2539672" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted;
+TeX uses <tt class="filename">.tex</tt> as a default file
+extension. If you omit the input file entirely, TeX accepts input
+from the terminal. You specify command options by supplying a
+string as a parameter to the command; e.g.</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">latex \scrollmode\input foo.tex</tt></p>
+<p>will process <tt class="filename">foo.tex</tt> without pausing
+after every error.</p>
+<p>Output files are always created in the current directory. When
+you fail to specify an input file name, TeX bases the output names
+on the file specification associated with the logical name
+TEX_OUTPUT, typically
+<tt class="literal">texput.log</tt>.</p></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="latex-packages"></a>3
+LaTeX Packages</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2539754" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="amsmath"></a>3.1
+<tt class="filename">amsmath</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2539778" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2539785"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">amsmath</tt> consists of several packages to
+aid in typesetting math.</p>
+<div class="variablelist"><a id="boldsymbol-linkend"></a>
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\boldsymbol</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2539828" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Produces a bold math symbol. When not only a single symbol, but
+a complete equation has to be bold you might consider using the
+superior <a href="#cmd-bm"><tt class="literal">\bm</tt></a> command
+which takes better care of spacing.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<a id="pmb-linkend"></a><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pmb</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2539871" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Can be used for mathematic symbols, when no bold version is
+available. It prints the standard symbol several times slightly
+shifted and is inferior to a real bold
+font!</p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="dcolumn"></a>3.2
+<tt class="filename">dcolumn</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2539910" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2539917"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\usepackage{dcolumn}</tt></p>
+<p>Defines a system for defining columns of entries in an
+<tt class="literal">array</tt> or <tt class="literal">tabular</tt>
+which are to be aligned on a <span class="emphasis"><em>decimal
+point</em></span>.</p>
+<p>This package defines <tt class="literal">D</tt> to be a column
+specifier with three arguments:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+D{sep.tex}{sep.dvi}{decimal places}
+</pre>
+<p><tt class="literal">sep.tex</tt> should be a single character,
+this is used as the separator in the <tt class="literal">.tex</tt>
+file. It will usually be '<tt class="literal">.</tt>' or
+'<tt class="literal">,</tt>'.</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">sep.dvi</tt> is used as the separator in the
+output.</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">decimal places</tt> should be the maximum
+number of decimal places in the column.</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">\newcolumntype</tt> can be used to define
+own column types.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="float"></a>3.3
+<tt class="filename">float</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2540048" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
+<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
+<p>The contents of this section was taken from the documentation of
+<tt class="filename">float</tt> v1.3d of 2001/11/08.</p></div>
+<p>&ldquo;<span class="quote">This style option improves the
+interface for defining objects such as figures and tabels in LaTeX.
+It adds the notion of a <span class="emphasis"><em>float
+style</em></span> that governs the appearance of
+floats.</span>&rdquo;</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newfloat{&lt;placement&gt;}{&lt;ext&gt;}[&lt;within&gt;]</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540101" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540108"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Add a new class of floats.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\floatstyle{&lt;style&gt;}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540138" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540145"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sets a default float style.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\floatname{&lt;style&gt;}{&lt;name&gt;}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540175" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540182"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Define the <span class="emphasis"><em>float name</em></span>
+used in the caption of a float.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\floatplacement{&lt;&gt;}{&lt;placement&gt;}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540216" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540223"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Resets the default placement specifier of a class of
+floats.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\restylefloat&lt;style&gt;</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540253" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540260"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Change styles for the standard float types
+<tt class="literal">figure</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">table</tt>.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\listof{&lt;type&gt;}{&lt;title&gt;}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540303" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540309"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Produces a list of all floats of a given
+class.</p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="fontenc"></a>3.4
+<tt class="filename">fontenc</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2540350" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}</tt></p>
+<p>chooses T1-fonts and allows correct automatic
+hyphenation.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="german"></a>3.5
+<tt class="filename">german</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2540390" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2540397"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Das <tt class="literal">german</tt> Paket mu&szlig; geladen
+sein:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"a</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540437" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>erzeugt ein <span class="emphasis"><em>&auml;</em></span></p>
+<p>entsprechend <tt class="literal">"o</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">"u</tt>, <tt class="literal">"A</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">"O</tt>, <tt class="literal">"U</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">"s (&szlig;)</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"ck</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540504" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>wird bei Trennung zu <tt class="literal">k-k</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"ff</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540538" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>wird bei Trennung zu <tt class="literal">ff-f</tt></p>
+<p>entsprechend <tt class="literal">"ll</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">"mm</tt>, <tt class="literal">"pp</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">"rr</tt>, <tt class="literal">"tt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\glqq</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540604" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>oder <tt class="literal">"`</tt> erzeugt untere doppelte
+Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<a id="cmd-grqq"></a><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\grqq</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540644" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>oder <tt class="literal">"'</tt> erzeugt obere doppelte
+Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\glq</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540681" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>erzeugt untere einfache Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\flqq</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540711" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>oder <tt class="literal">"&lt;</tt> doppelte linke
+franz&ouml;sische Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\frqq</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540748" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>oder <tt class="literal">"&gt;</tt> doppelte rechte
+franz&ouml;sische Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\flq</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540785" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>einfache linke franz&ouml;sische Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\frq</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540815" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>einfache rechte franz&ouml;sische
+Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"|</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540846" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>verhindert eine Ligatur an der Stelle</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\-</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540875" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>markiert m&ouml;gliche Trennstelle, im restlichen Wort ist keine
+Trennung mehr m&ouml;glich</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"-</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540906" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Trennvorschlag, der Rest des Wortes kann noch automatisch
+getrennt werden</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">""</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540936" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Trennvorschlag, bei dem bei einer Trennung kein Bindestrich
+eingef&uuml;gt wird</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"~</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540967" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Bindestrich, an dem nicht getrennt werden darf</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">"=</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2540996" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Bindestrich, an dem getrennt werden darf</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dq</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541025" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>erzeugt ein nicht-typographisches gerades
+Anf&uuml;hrungszeichen</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\texttt{\dq}
+</pre></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">&lt;</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541062" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>oder <tt class="literal">\dq</tt> ergibt das
+Zoll-Zeichen</p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="graphics"></a>3.6
+<tt class="filename">graphics</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2541109" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541116"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Look up details in <tt class="filename">grfguide</tt>.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="includegraphics"></a>3.6.1
+\includegraphics</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2541152" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\includegraphics[]{picture-name}</tt></p>
+<p>File extensions of the graphics should be omitted, so it's
+easier to change the format (for example for pdf or ps
+output).</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="graphicspath"></a>3.6.2
+\graphicspath</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2541188" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\graphicspath{dir-list}</tt></p>
+<p><tt class="literal">dir-list</tt> is a list of absolute or
+relative paths, where the command <a href="#includegraphics"
+title="3.6.1 \includegraphics"><tt class="literal">\includegraphics{}</tt></a>
+searches for the graphic files:</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">\graphicspath{{eps/}{tiff/}}</tt> would
+cause the system to look in the subdirectories
+<tt class="literal">eps</tt> and <tt class="literal">tiff</tt> of
+the current directory. This is unix syntax, on a Mac it would
+be:</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">\graphicspath{{:eps:}{:tiff:}}</tt></p>
+<p>Under Windows/DOS use also the slash <tt class="literal">/</tt>
+to separate directories. Not all tex installations can handle
+filenames with spaces. So it's better to avoid
+them.</p></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="hyperref"></a>3.7
+<tt class="filename">hyperref</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2541288" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541297"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>For more infos read in the book <span class="emphasis"><em>LaTeX
+Web Companion</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>Mit LaTeX
+ins Web</em></span>.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="hyperref-options"></a>3.7.1
+Options</h4></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term">4</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541354" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>use Acrobat 4 features (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, legalpaper,
+letterpaper, executivepaper</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541391" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541407"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541423"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541439"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541454"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2541470" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>use the specified paper size.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">anchorcolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541500" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>set color of anchors (default:
+<tt class="literal">black</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">backref</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541536" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>do bibliographical back references (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">baseurl</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541572" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>set base URL for document (default:
+<tt class="literal">empty</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">bookmarks</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541608" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>make bookmarks (default:
+<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">bookmarksnumbered</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541644" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>put section numbers in bookmarks (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">bookmarksopen</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541680" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>open up bookmark tree (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">bookmarksopenlevel</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541716" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>level to which bookmarks are open (default:
+<tt class="literal">\maxdimen</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">bookmarkstype</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541752" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>to specify which `toc' file to mimic toc.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">breaklinks</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541782" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>allow links to break over lines (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">citebordercolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541819" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color of border around cites (default: <tt class="literal">0 1
+0</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">citecolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541855" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color of citation links (default:
+<tt class="literal">green</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">colorlinks</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541891" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color links (default: <tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">debug</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541926" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>provide details of anchors defined (same as verbose, default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">draft</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2541962" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>do not do any hyper linking (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">dvipdf, dvipdfm, dvips, dvipsone, dviwindo,
+hypertex,</span> <span class="term">latex2html, pdftex, tex4ht,
+textures, ps2pdf, vtex,</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542003" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542019"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542035"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542051"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542066"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542082"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542098"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542114"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542130"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542146"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2542162" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>use the specified backend.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">extension</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542191" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>suffix of linked files (default:
+<tt class="literal">dvi</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">filebordercolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542227" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color of border around file links (default:
+<tt class="literal">0 .5 .5</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">filecolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542263" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color of file links (default:
+<tt class="literal">cyan</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">frenchlinks</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542299" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>use small caps instead of color for links (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">hyperfigures</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542335" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>make figures hyper links (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">hyperindex</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542371" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>set up hyperlinked indices (default:
+<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">hypertexnames</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542407" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>use guessable names for links (default:
+<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">implicit</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542443" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>redefine LaTeX internals (default:
+<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">linkbordercolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542482" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color of border around links (default: <tt class="literal">1 0
+0</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">linkcolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542518" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color of links (default: <tt class="literal">red</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">linktocpage</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542554" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT
+(default: <tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">menubordercolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542590" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color of border around menu links (default:
+<tt class="literal">1 0 0</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">menucolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542627" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color for menu links (default:
+<tt class="literal">red</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">naturalnames</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542662" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>use LaTeX-computed names for links (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">nesting</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542702" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>allow nesting of links (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pageanchor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542738" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>put an anchor on every page (default:
+<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pagebackref</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542773" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>backreference by page number (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pagebordercolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542809" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color of border around page links (default:
+<tt class="literal">1 1 0</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pagecolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542846" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color of page links (default:
+<tt class="literal">red</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfauthor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542881" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>text for PDF Author field (default: empty).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfborder</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542911" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>width of PDF link border (default: <tt class="literal">0 0
+1</tt>; <tt class="literal">0 0 0</tt> for
+<tt class="literal">colorlinks</tt>)</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfcenterwindow</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542959" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>position the document window center of the screen (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfcreator</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2542995" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>text for PDF Creator field (default: LaTeX with hyperref
+package).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdffitwindow</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543029" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>resize document window to fit document size (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfhighlight</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543066" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>set highlighting of PDF links (default:
+<tt class="literal">/I</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfkeywords</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543101" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>text for PDF Keywords field (default: empty).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfmenubar</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543131" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>make PDF viewer's menu bar visible (default:
+<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfnewwindow</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543167" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>make links that open another PDF file start a new window
+(default: <tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfpagelayout</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543204" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>set layout of PDF pages (default: empty).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfpagemode</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543234" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>set default mode of PDF display (default: empty).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfpagescrop</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543264" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>set crop size of PDF document (default: empty).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfpagetransition</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543294" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>set PDF page transition style (default: empty).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfproducer</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543325" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>text for PDF Producer field (default: empty).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfstartpage</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543355" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>page at which PDF document opens (default:
+<tt class="literal">1</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfstartview</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543391" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>starting view of PDF document (default:
+<tt class="literal">/Fit</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfsubject</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543427" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>text for PDF Subject field (default: empty).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdftitle</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543457" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>text for PDF Title field(default: empty).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdftoolbar</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543487" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>make PDF toolbar visible (default:
+<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfview</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543522" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>PDF `view' when on link traversal (default: empty).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">pdfwindowui</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543552" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>make PDF user interface elements visible (default:
+<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">plainpages</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543588" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>do page number anchors as plain arabic (default:
+<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">raiselinks</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543624" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>raise up links (for HyperTeX backend; default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">runbordercolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543661" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color of border around run links (default: <tt class="literal">0
+.7 .7</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">unicode</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543697" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Unicode encoded pdf strings (default:
+<tt class="literal">true</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">urlbordercolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543733" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color of border around URL links (default: <tt class="literal">0
+1 1</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">urlcolor</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543769" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>color of URL links (default:
+<tt class="literal">magenta</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">verbose</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543804" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>be chatty (default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt>).</p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="hyperref-commands"></a>3.7.2
+Commands</h4></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\texorpdfstring{TeX-string}{pdf-string}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543868" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>allows different texts for PDF or TeX creation.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\section{The role of \texorpdfstring{H$_2$O}{water}}
+</pre></dd>
+<dt>
+<a id="href"></a><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\href{URL}{Text}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543915" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>the text will be resolved into a URL. The URL must be complete,
+according to a base-url which might be defined in a
+<a href="#cmd-hyperbaseurl"><tt class="literal">\hyperbaseurl</tt></a>.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\href{http://www.karpfenteich.net/pit/}{Peter's input tips}
+</pre></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a id="cmd-hyperbaseurl"></a><tt class="literal">
+\hyperbaseurl{URL}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2543972" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>defines a base URL, which is preset to a given URL. This helps
+to make portable documents.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\hyperimage{image-URL}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2544006" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>includes the picture of the URL reference.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\hyperref{URL}{category}{name}{text}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\hyperref[mark]{text}</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2544047" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">text</tt> is activated as a hyperlink to the
+point which is defined with a
+<a href="#cmd-label-title"><tt class="filename">\label</tt></a>
+command with the symbolic name
+<tt class="literal">mark</tt>.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\hyperlink{name}{text}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\hyertarget{name}{text}</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2544113" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2544129"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\hyperlink</tt> creates an internal link to
+an object which is somewhere defined with a
+<tt class="literal">\hypertarget</tt> command.</p>
+<p>For HTML the command <tt class="literal">\hyperlink</tt> inserts
+a <tt class="literal">#</tt> character in front of each link. Thus
+it'll refer to the topical document, while
+<tt class="literal">\href</tt> will expect a complete URL.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\autoref{marker}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2544197" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\autoref</tt> is a substitution for the
+standard <tt class="literal">\ref</tt> command. It inserts a
+context sensitive phrase.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+see \autoref{foo}
+</pre>
+<p>for a <tt class="literal">\label</tt> in a section will output
+<span class="emphasis"><em>see section 3</em></span> for an
+example.</p>
+<p>There are macros to change the default output with the help of
+the <tt class="literal">\renewcommand</tt>:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\figurename *\figurename*
+\tablename *\tablename*
+\partname *\partname*
+\appendixname *\appendixname*
+\equationname *\equationname*
+\Itemname *\Itemname*
+\chaptername *\chaptername*
+\sectionname *\sectionname*
+\subsectionname *\subsesctionname*
+\subsubsectionname *\subsubsectionname*
+\paragraphname *\paragraphname*
+\Hfootnotename *\Hfootnotename*
+\AMSname *\AMSname*
+\theoremname *\theoremname*
+</pre></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a id="cmd-nolinkurl"></a><tt class="literal">\nolinkurl</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2544292" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Allows line breaks in a verbatim like environment like
+<tt class="literal">\url</tt>, but without the hyperlink function.
+This is useful to define own commands like this example:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\newcommand*{\urlw}[1]{\href{http://www.#1}%
+ {\nolinkurl{www.#1}}}
+</pre>
+<p>This new defined command <tt class="literal">\urlw</tt> allows
+the user to typeset a linkable (this function is offered by
+<tt class="literal">\href</tt>)
+<tt class="literal">www.example.org</tt> address in the latex
+source like this:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\urlw{example.org}
+</pre>
+<p>This will produce the string
+<tt class="literal">www.example.org</tt> which is hyperlinked and
+breakable (when the driver like pdfTeX allows line breaks in
+links).</p></dd></dl></div></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="inputenc"></a>3.8
+<tt class="filename">inputenc</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2544394" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\usepackage[encoding
+name]{inputenc}</tt></p>
+<p>Allows to specify an input encoding for direct input of
+character codes &gt; 127, e.g. accented characters.</p>
+<p>Important encodings are:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">latin9,
+latin1</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Linux, Unix, VMS</p>
+<a id="id2544441" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2544448"
+class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">ansinew</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Windows (codepage 1252)</p>
+<a id="id2544471" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">cp850</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>OS/2, MSDOS (codpage 850)</p>
+<a id="id2544495" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">applemac</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Apple Macintosh</p>
+<a id="id2544519" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="komascript"></a>3.9
+<tt class="filename">KOMA-Script</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2544549" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2544557"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">KOMA-Script</tt> package has a very
+detailed and well written documentation. Read the
+<tt class="literal">scrguide</tt> for further information! :-)</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="komascript-page-layout"></a>3.9.1
+Page-Layout</h4></div></div></div>
+<p><tt class="literal">\typearea[BCOR]{DIV}</tt></p>
+<a id="id2544614" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\areaset[BCOR]{Breite}{H&ouml;he}</tt></p>
+<a id="id2544631" class="indexterm"></a></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="komascript-options"></a>3.9.2
+Options</h4></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term">headinclude, headexclude,</span>
+<span class="term">footinclude, footexclude,</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2544671" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2544680"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2544688"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2544697" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>will determine if headers and footers are used in the
+calculation of the page size. Default is exclude. Include will make
+the text area smaller.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">DIV</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2544722" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>is a factor which determins how large the used page size is.
+This method takes care of good typography.</p>
+<p>Try values between 10 and 15. Higher values will cause smaller
+margins. An example would be:
+<tt class="literal">DIV12</tt>.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">BCOR</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2544758" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Binding correction. Takes care of the loss of the visible paper
+size when the paper is cut and a book is
+bound.</p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="komascript-scrlttr2"></a>3.9.3 Letter
+Class <tt class="literal">scrlttr2</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2544796" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This reference is based on the excellent
+<tt class="literal">scrguien.pdf</tt> from 2002-09-06.</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2544819"></a>Options</h5>
+<a id="id2544825" class="indexterm"></a>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2544840"></a>Defining Options Later</h5>
+<a id="id2544846" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\KOMAoptions{options
+list}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Use this to change options after loading the class. List single
+or multiple options, separated by commas.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2544888"></a>Page Layout Options</h5>
+<a id="id2544894" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">paper=format</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Defines the paper format.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">BCOR=length</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">DIV=value</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">headlines=count</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Divisor, binding correction, and number of headlines.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">enlargefirstpage</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>If <span class="emphasis"><em>true</em></span> some more text
+would fit on the first page</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2544988"></a>Other Layout Options</h5>
+<a id="id2544994" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2545010"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">twoside</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Activate possibilities of a double-sided document, but stay
+with with the one-sided layout as far as possible.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">cleardoublepage=style</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Inserted pages by <tt class="literal">\cleardoublepage</tt> get
+one of these page styles:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc">
+<li><tt class="literal">empty</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">plain</tt></li>
+<li><tt class="literal">standard</tt></li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">headsepline</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">footsepline</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Insert a separator line below the head or above the foot.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">mpinclude</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">mpexclude</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>These two options of the <tt class="literal">typearea</tt>
+package should not be used with
+<tt class="literal">scrlttr2</tt>.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">pagenumber=position</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>This option defines if and where a page number will be placed.
+Possible values are:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">bot</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">foot</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Page number in foot, horizontal position not changed</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">botcenter</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">botcentered</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">botmiddle</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">footcenter</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">footcentered</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">footmiddle</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Page number infoot,centered</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">botleft</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">footleft</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Page number in foot, left justified</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">botrigth</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">footright</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Page number in foot, right justified</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">center</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">centered</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">middle</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Page number centered horizontally, vertical position not
+changed</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">false</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">no</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">off</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>No page number</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">head</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">top</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Page number in head, horizontal position not changed</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">headcenter</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">headcentered</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">headmiddle</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">topcenter</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">topcentered</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">topmiddle</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Page number in head, centered</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">headleft</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">topleft</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Page number in head, left justified</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">headright</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">topright</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Page number in head, right justified</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">left</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Page number left, vertical position not changed</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">right</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Page number right, vertical position not
+changed</dd></dl></div>
+<p>Default is <tt class="literal">botcenter</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">parskip=value</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Mark paragraphs alternatively by vertical skip. Possible values
+are:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">false</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">off</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Paragraph indentation instead of verticalk space</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">full</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">on</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">true</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>One line vertical space between paragraphs; at least 1 em free
+space in the last line.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">full*</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; at least a quarter
+of a line free space at the end of a paragraph.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">full+</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; at least a third of
+aline free space at the end of a paragraph.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">full-</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>One line vertical space betwen paragraphs; last line of a
+paragraph may be arbitrarily filled.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">half</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at least 1 em
+free space in the last line.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">half*</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at least a
+quarter of a line free space at the end of a paragraph.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">half+</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Half a line vertical space between paragraphs; at least a third
+of a line free space at the end of a paragraph.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">half-</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>One line vertical space between paragraphs; last line may be
+arbitrarily filled.</dd></dl></div>
+<p>Default is <tt class="literal">false</tt>.</p></dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2545774"></a>Font Options</h5>
+<a id="id2545779" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fontsize=size</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Font size of the document. Defaults to
+<tt class="literal">12pt</tt>.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2545825"></a>Options for Letterhead and
+Address</h5>
+<a id="id2545831" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromalign</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Defines the placement of the from address in the letterhead.
+Possible values are:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">center</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">centered</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">middle</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Return address centered.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">false</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">no</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">off</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Standard design for return address.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">left</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Left justified return address.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">rigth</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Right justified return address.</dd></dl></div>
+<p>Default is <tt class="literal">left</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromrule</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Allows to place a horizontal rule within return address.
+Possible values are:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">afteraddress</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">below</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">true</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">yes</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Line below return address</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">aftername</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Line right below sender's name</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">false</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">no</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">off</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>No line.</dd></dl></div>
+<p>Default is <tt class="literal">false</tt>.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromphone</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Defines whether the phone number will be part of the return
+address.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromfax</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Defines whether the facsimile number will be part of the return
+address.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromemail</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Defines whether the email address will be part of the return
+address.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromurl</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Defines whether the URL will be part of the return
+address.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromlogo</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Defines whether the logo will be part of the return
+address.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">addrfield</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Defines whether a return address field will be set.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddress</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Defines whether a return address for window envelopes will be
+set.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">subject</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Choose of your subject should have a title and if the subject
+should be set before or after the opening. Possible values are:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">afteropening</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Set subject after opening.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">beforeopening</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Set subject before opening.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">titled</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Add title to subject.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">untitled</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Do not add title to subject.</dd></dl></div>
+<p>Defaults are <tt class="literal">beforeopening</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">untitled</tt>.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">locfield</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Toggle between presets for the field width of additionbal sender
+attributes.</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">narrow</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Small sender supplement field.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">wide</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Wide sender supplement field.</dd></dl></div>
+<p>Default is <tt class="literal">narrow</tt>.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">foldmarks</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Activates fold marks.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">numericaldate</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Toggles between standard, language-dependent date presentation
+and a short, numerical one.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">refline</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Defines that the reference line may extend beyond the normal
+type area.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2546465"></a>Format Options</h5>
+<a id="id2546471" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">draft</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Toggles between the final and the draft
+version.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2546513"></a>Letter Class Option
+Files</h5>
+<a id="id2546519" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\LoadLetterOption{name}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Load a <tt class="literal">lco</tt> file.
+<tt class="literal">name</tt> is the filename without suffix.</p>
+<p>Predefined <tt class="literal">lco</tt> files:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">DIN</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>For A4 size paper, complying with DIN 676.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">DINmtext</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>For A4 size paper, complying with DIN 676, but using an
+alternate layout with more text on the first page.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">KOMAold</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Fo AQ4 paper size using a layout close to the obsolete
+<tt class="literal">scrlettr</tt> class.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">SN</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>For Swiss letters with address field on the right side,
+according to SN 010 130</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">SNleft</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>For Swiss letters with address field on the left
+side.</dd></dl></div></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\LetterOptionNeedsPaperSize{option
+name}{paper size}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Useful to be abel to emit warnings if the user selects a
+different paper size from the one the <tt class="literal">lco</tt>
+file is based on.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2546713"></a>General Document
+Properties</h5>
+<a id="id2546718" class="indexterm"></a>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2546734"></a>Font Selection</h5>
+<a id="id2546740" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>See also the section for <span class="emphasis"><em>Changing
+Fonts</em></span> in KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddress</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Back address for a window envelope</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">descriptionlabel</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Label in a <tt class="literal">description</tt>
+environment</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromaddress</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Sender's address in letterhead</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromname</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Sender's address in letterhead if different from
+<tt class="literal">fromaddress</tt></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">pagefoot</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Footer, sometimes header of a page</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">pagehead</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Header, sometimes footer of a page</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">pagenumber</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Page number in footer or header</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">subject</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Subject in the opening</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">title</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Headline in the opening</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2546939"></a>Page Style</h5>
+<a id="id2546945" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>See also the section for <span class="emphasis"><em>Page
+Style</em></span> in KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">empty</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Entirely empty headers and footers</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">plain</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Empty head and and only page number in header or footer</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">headings</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Automatic page headings</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">myheadings</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Manual page headings</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2547046"></a>Variables</h5>
+<a id="id2547052" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The main difference between a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span> and a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> is that a command
+usually triggers an action whereas a variable only consists of
+plain text. Furthermore a variable can have an additional
+description.</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newkomavar[description]{name}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newkomavar*[description]{name}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\addtoreffields{name}</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547114" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2547130"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\newkomavar</tt> defines a new variable,
+addressed with <tt class="literal">name</tt>.</p>
+<p>The command <tt class="literal">\addtoreffields</tt> adds the
+variable <tt class="literal">name</tt> to the reference fields. See
+section <a href="#scrlttr-business-line">Business Line</a>.</p>
+<p>The command <tt class="literal">\newkomavar*</tt> works like
+<tt class="literal">\newkomavar</tt> with an additional call of the
+command
+<tt class="literal">\addtoreffields</tt>.</p></dd></dl></div>
+<p>Overview of all variables:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddress</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547233" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Back address for window envelopes</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddressseparator</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547265" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Separator within the back address</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">ccseparator</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547299" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Separator between title of additional recipients and additional
+recipients</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">customer</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547332" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Customer number</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">date</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547365" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Date</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">emailseparator</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547398" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Separator between e-mail name and e-mail address</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">enclseparator</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547431" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Separator between title of enclosure and and enclosures</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">faxseparator</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547465" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Separator between title of fax and fax number</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromaddress</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547499" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sender's address without its name</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">frombank</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547532" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sender's bank account</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromemail</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547564" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sender's e-mail</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromfax</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547597" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sender's fax number</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromlogo</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547630" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Commands for inserting the sender's logo</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromname</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547663" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Complete name of the sender</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromphone</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547696" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sender's telephone number</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromurl</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547728" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>URL of the sender</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">invoice</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547761" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Invoice number</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">location</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547794" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>More details of the sender</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">myref</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547827" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sender's reference</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">place</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547859" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Place</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">placeseparator</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547892" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Separator between place and date</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">phoneseparator</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547925" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Separator between title of telephone and telephone
+number</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">signature</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547959" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Signature beneath the ending of the letter</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">specialmail</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2547992" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Special mail</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">subject</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2548025" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Subject</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">subjectseparator</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2548058" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Separator between title of subject and subject</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">title</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2548091" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Letter title</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">toname</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2548124" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Complete name of recipient</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">toaddress</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2548156" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Address of recipient without its name</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">yourmail</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2548190" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Date of recipient's mail</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">yourref</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2548222" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Recipient's reference</p></dd></dl></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\setkomavar{name}[description]{content}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\setkomavar*{name}{description}</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2548272" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\setkomavar</tt> sets the content of the
+variable <tt class="literal">name</tt>. The optional argument sets
+the <tt class="literal">description</tt> of the variable.</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">\setkomavar*</tt> only sets the
+<tt class="literal">description</tt>.</p></dd></dl></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\usekomavar[command]{name}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\usekomavar*[command]{name}</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2548353" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\usekomavar</tt> gives you access to the
+content of the variable <tt class="literal">name</tt>.</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">\usekomavar*</tt> gives you access to the
+<tt class="literal">description</tt> of the variable
+<tt class="literal">name</tt>.</p></dd></dl></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ifkomavarempty{name}{true}{false}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ifkomavarempty*{name}{true}{false}</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2548434" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">true</tt> argument will be executed if
+the content or description is empty. Otherwise the
+<tt class="literal">false</tt> argument will be executed.</p>
+<p>The starred version handles the description of a variable, the
+variant without star the content.</p></dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2548477"></a>Pseudo Lengths</h5>
+<a id="id2548483" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\@newplength{name}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Defines a new pseudo length</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\useplength{name}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Access value of pseudo length
+<tt class="literal">name</tt></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\setlengthtoplength[factor]{length}{pseudo
+length}</tt> ,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\addtolengthplength[factor]{length}{pseudo
+length}</tt> ,</span></dt>
+<dd>Assign a multiple of <tt class="literal">pseudo length</tt> to
+a real <tt class="literal">length</tt>. Adds a multiple of
+<tt class="literal">pseudo length</tt> to
+<tt class="literal">length</tt>.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\@setplength[factor]{pseudo
+length}{value}</tt> ,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\@addtoplength[factor]{pseudo
+length}{value}</tt> ,</span></dt>
+<dd>Assign a multiple of a <tt class="literal">value</tt> to a
+<tt class="literal">pseudo length</tt>. Adds
+<tt class="literal">value</tt> to <tt class="literal">pseudo
+length</tt>.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2548654"></a>Letter Declaration</h5>
+<a id="id2548663" class="indexterm"></a>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2548679"></a>Letterhead</h5>
+<a id="id2548685" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">firstheadvpos</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Distance between the top of the sheet and the letterhead.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">firstheadwidth</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Width of the letterhead.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromaddress</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromphone</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromfax</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromemail</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromurl</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fromlogo</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>This variables give all statements concerning the sender
+necessary to create the letterhead.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">phoneseparator</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">faxseparator</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">emailseparator</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">urlseparator</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Separators for variables in letterhead.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\firsthead{construction}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Create letterhead freely.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2548859"></a>Footer</h5>
+<a id="id2548865" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">firstfootvpos</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Distance between footer and upper border of the sheet.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">firstfootwidth</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Width of letter's firstpage footer.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\firstfoot{Construction}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Set definition for first page's footer</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2548942"></a>Address</h5>
+<a id="id2548948" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">toaddrvpos</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">toaddrhpos</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Distance between address window of a window envelope and the
+upper and left border of the sheet.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">toaddrwidth</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Width of the address window.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">toaddrindent</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Value of indentation for the address from the left border.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddress</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddressseparator</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">backaddrheight</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Double backslashes within return address will be exchanged with
+<tt class="literal">backaddressseparator</tt>. Height of the return
+address field.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">specialmail</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">specialmailindent</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">specialmailrightindent</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Optionally set between return address and addressee.
+<tt class="literal">specialmailindent</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">specialmailrightindent</tt> determine left and
+right indentation.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">toname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">toaddress</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Usually not set directly by the user.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\begin{letter}[options]{address}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Major point of the letter class.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\AtBeginLetter{command}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Hook for commands run at begin of a letter.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549175"></a>Sender's Extension</h5>
+<a id="id2549181" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">locwidth</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Declares width of sender's extensions.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">location</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Content of sender's extension.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="scrlttr-business-line"></a>Business
+Line</h5>
+<a id="id2549251" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">refvpos</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Distance between upper border of sheet and business line.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">refwidth</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Available width for the business line.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">refaftervskip</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Vertical space to be inserted beneath business line.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">place</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">placeseparator</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>If all variables for business line are empty, the content of
+<tt class="literal">place</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">placeseparator</tt> will be set, followed by
+content of <tt class="literal">date</tt>.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">yourref</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">yourmail</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">myref</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">customer</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">invoice</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">date</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Typical fields for business lines.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549423"></a>Title and Subject Line</h5>
+<a id="id2549428" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2549444"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">title</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Additional tile. Set centered beneath the business line.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">subject</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">subjectseparator</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Set the subject of the letter, optional prefixed by a
+label.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549511"></a>Further Issues</h5>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">tfoldmarkvpos</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">bfoldmarkvpos</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Position of upper and lower fold mark.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">foldmarkhpos</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Distance between fold marks and the sheet's left border.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">frombank</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Internally not used yet.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\nexthead{construction}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\nextfoot{construction}</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Create letter head or foot for the following pages
+freely.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549610"></a>The Text</h5>
+<a id="id2549615" class="indexterm"></a>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549631"></a>Opening</h5>
+<a id="id2549637" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\opening{opening}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Set the opening of the letter.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549676"></a>Footnotes</h5>
+<a id="id2549682" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>See section <span class="emphasis"><em>Footnotes</em></span> in
+KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549706"></a>Lists</h5>
+<a id="id2549712" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>See section <span class="emphasis"><em>Lists</em></span> in
+KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549736"></a>Margin Notes</h5>
+<a id="id2549742" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>See section <span class="emphasis"><em>Margin Notes</em></span>
+in KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549766"></a>Text Emphasis</h5>
+<a id="id2549772" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>See section <span class="emphasis"><em>Logical Markup of
+Text</em></span> in KOMA-Script (still to be written).</p>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549796"></a>Closing Part</h5>
+<a id="id2549802" class="indexterm"></a>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549818"></a>Closing</h5>
+<a id="id2549823" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">signature</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Inlcudes an explanation for the inscription. Defaults to
+<tt class="literal">\usekomavar{fromname}</tt>.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\closing{closing
+phrase}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Typesets the colsing phrase follwoed by a vertical space and
+the contents fo variable <tt class="literal">signature</tt>.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">sigindent</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">sigbeforevskip</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\raggedsignature</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Indentation of the box for closing phrase, inscription and
+signature (defaults to 0mm). Vertical space between closing phrase
+and signature (defaults to two lines). Alignment inside the
+box.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2549930"></a>Postscript, Carbon Copy,
+and Enclosures</h5>
+<a id="id2549937" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2549952"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2549968" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ps</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Set a postscript.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\cc{distribution
+list}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">ccseparator</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Set a ddistribution list. If the contents of
+<tt class="literal">ccseparator</tt> isn't empty then the name and
+the content of the variable is inserted prior to distribution
+list.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\encl{enclosures}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">enclseparator</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Same structur as the distribution list.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2550066"></a>Language Support</h5>
+<a id="id2550072" class="indexterm"></a>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2550088"></a>Language Selection</h5>
+<a id="id2550094" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionenglish</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionUSenglish</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionamerican</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionbritish</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionUKenglish</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captiongerman</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionngerman</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionaustrian</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionfrench</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionitalian</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captionspanish</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captiondutch</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\captioncroatian</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>If the used language selection scheme does not support
+switching the language the above commands can be used
+directly.</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dateenglish</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dateUSenglish</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dateamerican</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datebritish</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dateUKenglish</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dategerman</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datengerman</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dateaustrian</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datefrench</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dateitalian</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datespanish</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datedutch</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datecrotian</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Numerical date representation.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2550325"></a>Language-Dependent
+Terms</h5>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\yourrefname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\youremailname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\myrefname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\customername</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\invoicename</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\subjectname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ccname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\enclname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\headtoname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\headfromname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\datename</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pagename</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\phonename</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\faxname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\emailname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\wwwname</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\bankname</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>These defintions can be modified to support a new language of
+for private customization.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2550468"></a>Defining Language
+Terms</h5>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\providecaptioname{language}{term}{definition}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newcaptioname{language}{term}{defintion}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\renewcaptionname{language}{term}{definition}</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Assign a <span class="emphasis"><em>definition</em></span> for
+a <span class="emphasis"><em>language</em></span> to a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>term</em></span>.</dd></dl></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2550526"></a>Address Files and Circular
+Letters</h5>
+<a id="id2550533" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550549"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\adrentry{Lastname}{Firstname}{Address}{Telephone}{F1}{F2}{Comment}{Key}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>Address entry for address files. The file extension has to be
+<tt class="literal">.adr</tt>!</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\addrentry{Lastname}{Firstname}{Address}{Telephone}{F1}{F2}{F3}{F4}{Key}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>This command supports four freely definable parameters for an
+address entry.</dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\adrchar{initial
+letter}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\addrchar{initial
+letter}</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Separator for address entries. Ignored by
+<tt class="literal">scrlttr2</tt>.</dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="komascript-scraddr"></a>3.9.4 Address
+Files with <tt class="literal">scraddr</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2550668" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\InputAddressFile{file
+name}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2550698" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Read the contents of the given address file. Filename extension
+has to be <tt class="literal">.adr</tt> and has to be omitted in
+the argument.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Name{Key}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\FirstName{Key}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\LastName{Key}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Address{Key}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Telephone{Key}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\FreeI{Key}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\FreeII{Key}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Comment{Key}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\FreeIII{Key}</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\FreeIV{Key}</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2550801" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550817"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550833"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550849"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550865"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550881"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550897"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550912"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550928"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2550944" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Access to the data in address file.
+<tt class="literal">\Name</tt> is a concatenation of
+<tt class="literal">\FirstName</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">\LastName</tt>.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">AdrFreeIVempty</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">AdrFreeIVshow</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">AdrFreeIVwarn</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">AdrFreeIVstop</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>Package warning options. Defaults to
+<tt class="literal">AdrFreeIVshow</tt>.</dd></dl></div></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="mathpazo"></a>3.10
+<tt class="filename">mathpazo</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2551052" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551059"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Math fonts for the use with the Palatino font.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="upDelta-upOmega"></a>3.10.1 \upDelta /
+\upOmega</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2551091" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551098"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Math fonts for the use with the Palatino font.</p>
+<p>Package options are:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">[slantedGreek]</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Uppercase Greek will be typeset slanted.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">[noBBpl]</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Do not use PazoMathBlackboardBold as (partial) blackboard bold
+font (e.g with <tt class="literal">\mathbb{R}</tt>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">[osf]</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Make the font family <tt class="literal">pplj</tt> (Palatino
+with old style numerals) the default roman font, and use an
+alternative version of the virtual math italic fonts
+(<tt class="literal">zplmrj7m</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">zplmbj7m</tt>) with upright Palatino old style
+numerals for use with the <tt class="literal">\oldstylenums</tt>
+command.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">[osfeqnnum]</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Use old style numerals for equation
+numbering.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="varioref"></a>3.11
+<tt class="filename">varioref</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2551242" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551249"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Smarter version of the original latex2e
+<a href="#cross-references" title="2.3.2 Cross References">cross
+reference commands</a>. Generated strings are customizable, Babel
+options are recognized (further info in the package
+documentation).</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a id="cmd-vref"></a><tt class="literal">\vref</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><a id="cmd-vpageref"></a><tt class="literal">\vpageref</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2551309" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551318"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">\vref</tt> is similar to
+<tt class="literal">\ref</tt> but adds an additional page
+reference, like <span class="emphasis"><em>on the facing
+page</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>on page
+27</em></span> whenever the corresponding
+<a href="#cmd-label-title"><tt class="filename">\label</tt></a> is
+not on the same page.</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">\vpageref</tt> is a variation of
+<tt class="literal">\pageref</tt> with similar
+functionality.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\vrefrange</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\vpagerefrange</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2551398" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551407"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">\v...range</tt> commands take two labels
+as arguments and produce strings which depend on wether or not
+these labels fall onto a single page or on different
+pages.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\vref*</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\vpageref*</tt>,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\vpagerefrange*</tt>,</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Star * variants do not add any space before the generated text
+for situations like:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(\vref{foo} ...)
+</pre></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="small-packages"></a>3.12 Several Small
+Packages</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2551486" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551493"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551500" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Must be loaded with the usual
+<a href="#usepackage-linkend"><tt class="literal">\usepackage</tt></a>
+command. Further info for a package to be found in the
+documentation (dvi, pdf, ps) or in the
+<tt class="literal">sty</tt>-file itself.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bm-package"></a>3.12.1
+<tt class="filename">bm</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2551555" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551564"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551576" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Bold math symbols or equations with better spacing then the
+<tt class="literal">\boldsymbold</tt> command. <a id="id2551598"
+class="indexterm"></a> If possible load after other packages which
+redefine the fonts. When no bold font is available for a certain
+char <tt class="literal">bm</tt> will use
+<span class="emphasis"><em>poor man's bold</em></span>
+<a href="#pmb-linkend"><tt class="literal">\pmb</tt></a>.</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a id="cmd-bm"></a><tt class="literal">\bm</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2551652" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Produces bold math symbol or equation.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\unboldmath</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2551678" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Can be used to set parts of an equation
+unbold.</p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="url-package"></a>3.12.2
+<tt class="filename">url</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2551716" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551724"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Defines line breakable hyperlinked (uses <a href="#hyperref"
+title="3.7 hyperref">hyperref</a> package) verbatim input for urls
+and e-mail addresses.</p>
+<p>Example: <tt class="literal">\url{http://example.org}</tt>
+outputs <tt class="literal">http://example.org</tt>.</p>
+<p>Related commands are
+<a href="#href"><tt class="literal">\href</tt></a> and
+<a href="#cmd-nolinkurl"><tt class="literal">\nolinkurl</tt></a>.</p></div></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="generic-packages"></a>4 Generic
+Packages</h2></div></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pictex"></a>4.1 PiCTeX
+(tbd.)</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2551827" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>tbd.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pstricks"></a>4.2
+PSTricks</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2551853" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="pstricks-ovw"></a>4.2.1
+Overview</h4></div></div></div>
+<p>The idea behind the PSTricks package of Timothy van Zandt
+<a id="id2551856" class="indexterm"></a> is to provide most of the
+PostScript language in LaTeX and TeX syntax.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="pstricks-commands"></a>4.2.2 Commands and
+Parameters</h4></div></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-color"></a>4.2.2.1
+Color</h5></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2551932" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551948"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551964"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2551980" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newgray{color}{num}</tt>
+,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newrgbcolor{color}{num1
+num2 num3}</tt> ,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newhsbcolor{color}{num1
+num2 num3}</tt> ,</span>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newcmykcolor{color}{num1
+num2 num3 num4}</tt> ,</span></dt></dl></div>
+<p>Note that these commands are obsolete for LaTeX. Load PSTricks
+with <tt class="literal">\usepackage{pstcol}</tt> and use the
+standard LaTeX color commands instead.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-setting"></a>4.2.2.2 Setting
+graphics parameters</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psset{par1=value1,par2=value2,...}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552100" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-dimensions"></a>4.2.2.3
+Dimensions, coordinates and angles</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pssetlength{cmd}{dim}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552152" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">unit=dim, xunit=dim,
+yunit=dim, yunit=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552183" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2552199"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2552215"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2552230" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1cm</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\degrees[num]</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552271" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\radians</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552302" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-basic"></a>4.2.2.4 Basic graphics
+parameters</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">linewidth=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552356" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.8pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">linecolor=color</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552397" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">black</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">showpoints=true/false</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552437" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-lines"></a>4.2.2.5 Lines and
+polygons</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">linearc=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552499" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">framearc=num</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552540" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">cornersize=relative/absolute</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552580" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">relative</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psline*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552622" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\qline(coor0)(coor1)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552653" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pspolygon*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552685" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psframe*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552717" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-arcs"></a>4.2.2.6 Arcs, circles
+and ellipses</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscircle*[par](x0,y0){radius}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552770" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\qdisk(coor){radius}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552801" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pswedge*[par](x0,y0){radius}{angle1}{angle2}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552833" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psellipse*[par](x0,y0)(x1,y1)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552864" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psarc*[par]{arrows}(x,y){radius}{angleA}{angleB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552896" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psarcn*[par]{arrows}(x,y){radius}{angleA}{angleB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552928" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">arcsep=dim, arcsepA=dim,
+arcsepB=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2552960" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2552976"
+class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2552992" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0pt</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-curves"></a>4.2.2.7
+Curves</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psbezier*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553054" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\parabola*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553086" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553118" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psecurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553149" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psccurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553181" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">curvature=num1 num2
+num3</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553212" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1 .1
+0</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-dots"></a>4.2.2.8
+Dots</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psdots*[par](x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553275" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">dotstyle=style</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553306" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">*</tt></p>
+<p>Dots: <tt class="literal">*, o, +, triangle, triangle*, square,
+square*, pentagon, pentagon*, |</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">dotscale=num1
+num2</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553356" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">dotangle=angle</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553396" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-grids"></a>4.2.2.9
+Grids</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psgrid(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553459" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gridwidth=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553490" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.8pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gridcolor=color</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553530" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">black</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">griddots=num</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553569" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gridlabels=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553608" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">10pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gridlabelcolor=color</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553647" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">black</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">subgriddiv=int</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553687" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">5</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">subgridwidth=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553726" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.4pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">subgridcolor=color</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553766" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">gray</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">subgriddots=num</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553805" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-plots"></a>4.2.2.10
+Plots</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\fileplot*[par]{file}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553866" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dataplot*[par]{commands}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553898" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\savedata{command}[data]</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553929" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\readdata{command}{file}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553961" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\listplot*[par]{list}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2553992" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psplot*[par]{xmin}{xmax}{function}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554024" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\parametricplot*[par]{tmin}{tmax}{function}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554056" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">plotstyle=style</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554087" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">line</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">plotpoints=int</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554126" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">50</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-coordinate"></a>4.2.2.11
+Coordinate systems</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">origin={coor}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554188" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0pt,0pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">swapaxes=true</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554228" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default:
+<tt class="literal">false</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-line-styles"></a>4.2.2.12 Line
+styles</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">linestyle=style</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554289" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">solid</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">dash=dim1
+dim2</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554328" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">5pt 3pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">dotsep=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554368" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">3pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">border=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554407" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">bordercolor=color</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554446" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">white</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">doubleline=true/false</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554485" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">false</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">doublesep=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554524" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1.25\pslinewidth</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">doublecolor=color</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554564" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">white</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">shadow=true/false</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554604" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">false</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">shadowsize=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554643" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">3pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">shadowangle=angle</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554683" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">-45</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">shadowcolor=color</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554722" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">darkgray</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">dimen=outer/inner/middle</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554761" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default:
+<tt class="literal">outer</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-fill-styles"></a>4.2.2.13 Fill
+styles</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fillstyle=style</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554823" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">none</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">fillcolor=color</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554862" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">white</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">hatchwidth=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554902" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.8pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">hatchsep=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554941" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">4pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">hatchcolor=color</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2554981" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">black</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">hatchangle=rot</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555020" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">45</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-arrowheads"></a>4.2.2.14
+Arrowheads and such</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">arrows=style</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555080" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">-</tt></p>
+<p>Arrows: <tt class="literal">-, &lt;-&gt;, &gt;-&lt;,
+&lt;&lt;-&gt;&gt;, &gt;&gt;-&lt;&lt;, |-|, |*-|*, [-], (-), o-o,
+*-*, oo-oo, **-**, c-c, cc-cc, C-C</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">arrowsize=dim
+num</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555133" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">2pt 3</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">arrowlength=num</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555172" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1.4</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">arrowinset=num</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555211" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.4</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">tbarsize=dim
+num</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555250" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">2pt 5</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">bracketlength=num,
+rbracketlength=num</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555290" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2555306"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.15</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">dotsize=dim
+num</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555346" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.5pt 2.5</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">arrowscale=num1
+num2</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555385" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-custom"></a>4.2.2.15 Custom
+styles</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newpsobject{name}{object}{par1=value1,...}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555446" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newpsstyle{name}{par1=value1,...}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555478" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-basics"></a>4.2.2.16 The
+basics</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscustom*[par]{commands}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555530" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-parameters"></a>4.2.2.17
+Parameters</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">linetype=int</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555583" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-graphics-objects"></a>4.2.2.18
+Graphics objects</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">liftpen=0/1/2</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555644" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="safe-tricks"></a>4.2.2.19 Safe
+tricks</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\newpath</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555705" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\moveto(coor)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555736" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\closepath</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555767" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\stroke[par]</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555798" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\fill[par]</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555830" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\gsave</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555861" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\grestore</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555892" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\translate(coor)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555923" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\scale{num1
+num2}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555955" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rotate{angle}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2555986" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\swapaxes</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556017" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\msave</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556048" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\mrestore</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556080" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\openshadow[par]</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556111" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\closedshadow[par]</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556142" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\movepath(coor)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556174" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pretty-safe-tricks"></a>4.2.2.20 Pretty
+safe tricks</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\lineto(coor)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556226" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rlineto(coor)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556258" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\curveto(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556289" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rcurveto(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556320" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="hackers"></a>4.2.2.21 For hackers
+only</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\code{code}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556373" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\dim{dim}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556404" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\coor(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556436" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rcoor(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556467" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\file{file}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556499" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\arrows{arrows}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556530" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\setcolor{color}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556561" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pictures"></a>4.2.2.22
+Pictures</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pspicture*[baseline](x0,y0)(x1,y1)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556613" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\endpspicture</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556644" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="placing"></a>4.2.2.23 Placing and rotating
+whatever</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rput*[refpoint]{rotation}(x,y){stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556698" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\uput*{labelsep}[refangle]{rotation}(x,y){stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556729" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pslabelsep</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556761" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">labelsep=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556792" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">5pt</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-repetition"></a>4.2.2.24
+Repetition</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\multirput*[refpoint]{angle}(x0,y0)(x1,y1){int}{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556854" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\multips{angle}(x0,y0)(x1,y1){int}{graphics}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2556886" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-axes"></a>4.2.2.25
+Axes</h5></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2556920" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psaxes*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="informaltable">
+<table border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Horizontal</em></span></td>
+<td align="left">
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Vertical</em></span></td>
+<td align="left"><span class="emphasis"><em>Dflt</em></span></td>
+<td align="justify">
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Description</em></span></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">Ox=num</td>
+<td align="left">Oy=num</td>
+<td align="left">0</td>
+<td align="justify">Label at origin.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">Dx=num</td>
+<td align="left">Dy=num</td>
+<td align="left">1</td>
+<td align="justify">Label increment.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">dx=dim</td>
+<td align="left">oy=dim</td>
+<td align="left">0pt</td>
+<td align="justify">Dist btwn
+labels.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">labels=all/x/y/none</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557092" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">all</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">showorigin=true/false</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557132" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">true</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">ticks=all/x/y/none</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557173" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">all</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">tickstyle=full/top/bottom</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557213" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">full</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">ticksize=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557254" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">3pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psxlabel,
+\psylabel</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557295" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2557311"
+class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">axesstyle=axes/frame/none</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557343" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">axes</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-framed"></a>4.2.2.26 Framed
+boxes</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">framesep=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557406" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">3pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">boxsep=true/false</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557446" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">true</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psframebox*[par]{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557487" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psdblframebox*[par]{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557519" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psshadowbox*[par]{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557551" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscirclebox*[par]{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557582" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\cput*[par]{angle}(x,y){stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557614" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psovalbox*[par]{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557645" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-clipping"></a>4.2.2.27
+Clipping</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\clipbox[dim]{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557698" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psclip{graphics} ...
+\endpsclip</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557730" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-rotation"></a>4.2.2.28 Rotation
+and scaling boxes</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rotateleft{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557782" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rotateright{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557813" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rotatedown{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557845" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\scalebox{num1
+num2}{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557876" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\scaleboxto(x,y){stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557908" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-nodes"></a>4.2.2.29
+Nodes</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\rnode[refpoint]{name}{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557961" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Rnode(x,y){name}{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2557992" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\RnodeRef</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558023" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pnode(x,y){name}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558054" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\cnode*[par](x,y){radius}{name}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558086" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\circlenode*[par]{name}{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558118" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\cnodeput*[par]{angle}(x,y){name}{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558150" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ovalnode*[par]{name}{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558181" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-connections"></a>4.2.2.30 Node
+connections</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">nodesep=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558235" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">offset=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558276" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">arm=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558316" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">10pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">angle=angle</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558356" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">arcangle=angle</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558397" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">8</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">ncurv=num</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558438" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.67</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">loopsize=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558478" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1cm</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncline*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558519" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncLine*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558551" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\nccurve*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558582" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncarc*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558614" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncbar*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558646" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncdiag*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558677" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncdiagg*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558709" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncangle*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558741" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncangles*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558772" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\ncloop*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558804" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\nccircle*[par]{arrows}{node}{radius}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558836" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pcline*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558868" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pccurve*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558899" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pcarc*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558931" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pcbar*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558963" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pcdiag*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2558995" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pcangle*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559026" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pcloop*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559058" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-attaching"></a>4.2.2.31 Attaching
+labels to node connections</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\lput*[refpoint]{rotation}(pos){stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559112" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\aput*[labelsep]{angle}(pos){stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559144" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\bput*[labelsep]{angle}(pos){stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559175" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\mput*[refpoint]{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559206" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Aput*[labelsep]{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559238" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\Bput*[labelsep]{stuff}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559269" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-coils"></a>4.2.2.32 Coils and
+zigzags</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscoil*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559323" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psCoil*[par]{angle1}{angle2}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559355" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pszigzag*[par]{arrows}(x0,y0)(x1,y1)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559386" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">coilwidth=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559418" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1cm</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">coilheight=num</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559458" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">coilarm=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559498" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.5cm</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">coilaspect=angle</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559540" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">45</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">coilinc=angle</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559580" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">10</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\nccoil*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559621" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\nczigzag*[par]{arrows}{nodeA}{nodeB}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559652" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pccoil*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559684" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pczigzag*[par]{arrows}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2559716" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-coordinates"></a>4.2.2.33 Special
+coordinates</h5></div></div></div>
+<p><tt class="literal">\SpecialCoor</tt></p>
+<a id="id2559759" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="table"><a id="id2559775"></a>
+<p class="title"><b>Table&nbsp;1.12.&nbsp;Special coordinates and
+angles</b></p>
+<table summary="Special coordinates and angles" border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Coordinate</em></span></td>
+<td align="left">
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Example</em></span></td>
+<td align="justify">
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Description</em></span></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">(x,y)</td>
+<td align="left">(3,4)</td>
+<td align="justify">Cartesian coordinate.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">(r;a)</td>
+<td align="left">(3;110)</td>
+<td align="justify">Polar coordinate.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">(node)</td>
+<td align="left">(A)</td>
+<td align="justify">Center of node.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">([par]node)</td>
+<td align="left">([angle=45]A)</td>
+<td align="justify">Relative to node.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">(!ps)</td>
+<td align="left">(!5 3.3 2 exp)</td>
+<td align="justify">Raw PostScript.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">(coor1|coor2)</td>
+<td align="left">(A|1in;30)</td>
+<td align="justify">Combination.</td></tr></tbody></table>
+<table summary="Special coordinates and angles" border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="justify" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">&nbsp;</td>
+<td class="auto-generated">&nbsp;</td>
+<td class="auto-generated">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="emphasis"><em>Angle</em></span></td>
+<td align="left">
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Example</em></span></td>
+<td align="justify">
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Description</em></span></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">num</td>
+<td align="left">45</td>
+<td align="justify">Angle.</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">(coor)</td>
+<td align="left">(-1,1)</td>
+<td align="justify">Coordinate (vector).</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">!ps</td>
+<td align="left">!33 sqrt</td>
+<td align="justify">Raw PostScript.</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+<p><tt class="literal">\NormalCoor</tt></p>
+<a id="id2560044" class="indexterm"></a></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-overlays"></a>4.2.2.34
+Overlays</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\overlaybox
+stuff\endoverlaybox</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560093" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psoverlay{string}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560124" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\putoverlaybox{string}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560156" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gradbegin=color</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560187" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">gradbegin</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gradend=color</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560228" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">gradend</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gradlines=int</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560269" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">500</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gradmidpoint=num</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560309" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">.9</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">gradangle=angle</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560350" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-path"></a>4.2.2.35 Typesetting
+text along a path</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pstextpath[pos](x,y){graphics
+object}{text}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560412" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-stroking"></a>4.2.2.36 Stroking
+and filling character paths</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscharpath*[par]{text}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560465" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pscharclip*[par]{text}
+... \endpscharclip</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560497" class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-exporting"></a>4.2.2.37 Exporting
+EPS files</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\TeXtoEPS ...
+\endTeXtoEPS</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560550" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\PSTtoEPS[par]{file}{graphics
+objects}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560581" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">bbllx=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560613" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">-1pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">bblly=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560653" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">-1pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">bburx=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560694" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">bbury=dim</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560734" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">1pt</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">headerfile=file</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560774" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">s</tt></p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">headers=none/all/user</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560815" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">none</tt></p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-boxes"></a>4.2.2.38
+Boxes</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psmathboxtrue,
+\psmathboxfalse</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560878" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2560894"
+class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\everypsbox{commands}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560925" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pslongbox{name}{cmd}</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560956" class="indexterm"></a></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\psverbboxtrue,
+\psverbboxfalse</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2560988" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2561004"
+class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="pstricks-tricks"></a>4.2.2.39 Tips and
+More Tricks</h5></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">\pslbrace,
+\psrbrace</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2561058" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2561073"
+class="indexterm"></a></dd></dl></div></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="pstricks-add-packages"></a>4.2.3 List of
+Additional PSTricks Packages</h4></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/psgo/"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">psgo</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>Draw Go diagrams</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-blur/"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-blur</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>PSTricks package for "blurred" shadows</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="http://dominique.rodriguez.9online.fr/pst-eucl/"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-euc</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>G&eacute;om&eacute;trie en LaTeX et PSTricks</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks/More/pst-fr3d.tar.gz"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-fr3d</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>Three dimensional framed Boxes</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-ghsb/"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-ghsb</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>PSTricks package for HSB Gradients</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-gr3d/"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-gr3d</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>PSTricks package for 3D grids</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="http://members.aol.com/ManuelLuque2/optique.htm"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-lens</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>Optique g&eacute;om&eacute;trique</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/generic/"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-node</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>PSTricks package for nodes</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="http://members.aol.com/Mluque5130/pst-ob3d.tar.gz"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-ob3d</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>A PSTricks package for three dimensional basic objects</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks/Physics/Oscilloscopes/"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-osci</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>Oscilloscopes with PSTricks</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-poly/"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-poly</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>Polygons with PSTricks</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/generic/"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-tree</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>PSTricks package for trees</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="http://www.ensta.fr/~diam/latex/pst-uml/"
+ target="_top"><tt class="literal">pst-uml</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>Draw easily diagrams with UML notation</dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><a href="http://perso.enst.fr/~lombardy/Vauc/"
+target="_top"><tt class="literal">vaucansom.sty</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dd>Drawing automata</dd></dl></div></div></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="fontinst"></a>5
+<tt class="filename">fontinst</tt> (tbd.)</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2561444" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>tbd.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="context"></a>6 ConTeXt
+(tbd.)</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2561469" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id2561478"
+class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="context-ovw"></a>6.1
+Overview</h3></div></div></div>
+<p>ConTeXt is based on PlainTeX and MetaPost and gets controlled
+with some Perl scripts. It's mainly targeted towards layout
+oriented users and especially useful for presentations. It's
+extensible by the use of modules and has in it's base distribution
+already a large amount of functionality. The preferred output
+format is PDF, but DVI is possible too.</p>
+<p>Some of the unique features of ConTeXt are:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Inline XML (including MathML, ChemML, and PhysML)</li>
+<li>really good XML support in general</li>
+<li>inline MetaPost</li></ul></div></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="texinfo"></a>7 Texinfo
+(tbd.)</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2561513" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>tbd.</p></div></div>
+<div class="chapter" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title">
+<a id="pdftex"></a>Chapter&nbsp;2.&nbsp;pdfTeX</h2></div></div></div>
+<div class="toc">
+<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-options">1
+Options</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-file-line-error-style">
+1.1
+<tt class="filename">--file-line-error-style</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-fmt">1.2
+<tt class="filename">--fmt format</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-help">1.3
+<tt class="filename">--help</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ini">1.4
+<tt class="filename">--ini</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-interaction%20mode">1.5
+<tt class="filename">--interaction mode</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ipc">1.6
+<tt class="filename">--ipc</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-ipc-start">1.7
+<tt class="filename">--ipc-start</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-jobname-name">1.8
+<tt class="filename">--jobname name</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug">1.9
+<tt class="filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-maketex">1.10
+<tt class="filename">--maketex fmt</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-no-maketex">1.11
+<tt class="filename">--no-maketex fmt</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-output-comment">1.12
+<tt class="filename">--output-comment string</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-parse-first-line">1.13
+<tt class="filename">--parse-first-line</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-progname">1.14
+<tt class="filename">--progname name</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-recorder">1.15
+<tt class="filename">--recorder</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-shell-escape">1.16
+<tt class="filename">--shell-escape</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-translate-file">1.17
+<tt class="filename">--translate-file tcxname</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-option-version">1.18
+<tt class="filename">--version</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#pdftex-environment">2
+Environment</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+<a id="id2561599" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
+<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
+<p>The contents of this section was taken from
+<tt class="filename">pdftex(1)</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="pdftex-options"></a>1
+Options</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2561639" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>pdfTeX understands the following command line options.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title">
+<a id="pdftex-option-file-line-error-style"></a>1.1
+<tt class="filename">--file-line-error-style</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2561675" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Print error messages in the form
+<tt class="literal">file:line:error</tt> which is similar to the
+way many compilers format them.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-fmt"></a>1.2
+<tt class="filename">--fmt format</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2561719" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Use <tt class="literal">format</tt> as the name of the format to
+be used, instead of the name by which pdfTeX was called or a
+<tt class="literal">%&amp;</tt> line.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-help"></a>1.3
+<tt class="filename">--help</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2561774" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Print help message and exit.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-ini"></a>1.4
+<tt class="filename">--ini</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2561810" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Be <span><b class="command">pdfinitex</b></span>, for dumping
+formats; this is implicitly true if the program is called as
+<span><b class="command">pdfinitex</b></span>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-interaction mode"></a>1.5
+<tt class="filename">--interaction mode</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2561860" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of
+<tt class="literal">batchmode</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">nonstopmode</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">scrollmode</tt>, and
+<tt class="literal">errorstopmode</tt>. The meaning of these modes
+is the same as that of the corresponding
+<tt class="literal">\commands</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-ipc"></a>1.6
+<tt class="filename">--ipc</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2561928" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Send DVI or PDF output to a socket as well as the usual output
+file. Whether this option is available is the choice of the
+installer.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-ipc-start"></a>1.7
+<tt class="filename">--ipc-start</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2561967" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>As <tt class="literal">--ipc</tt>, and starts the server at the
+other end as well. Whether this option is available is the choice
+of the installer.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-jobname-name"></a>1.8
+<tt class="filename">--jobname name</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562011" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Use <tt class="literal">name</tt> for the job name, instead of
+deriving it from the name of the input file.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug"></a>1.9
+<tt class="filename">--kpathsea-debug
+bitmask</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562055" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sets path searching debugging flags according to the
+<tt class="literal">bitmask</tt>. See the Kpathsea manual for
+details.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-maketex"></a>1.10
+<tt class="filename">--maketex fmt</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562099" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Enable <span><b class="command">mktexfmt</b></span>, where
+<tt class="literal">fmt</tt> must be one of
+<tt class="literal">tex</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">tfm</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-no-maketex"></a>1.11
+<tt class="filename">--no-maketex fmt</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562160" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Disable <span><b class="command">mktexfmt</b></span>, where
+<tt class="literal">fmt</tt> must be one of
+<tt class="literal">tex</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">tfm</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-output-comment"></a>1.12
+<tt class="filename">--output-comment
+string</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562220" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Use <tt class="literal">string</tt> for the DVI file comment
+instead of the date.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-parse-first-line"></a>1.13
+<tt class="filename">--parse-first-line</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562260" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>If the first line of the main input file begins with
+<tt class="literal">%&amp;</tt> parse it to look for a dump name or
+a <tt class="literal">--translate-file</tt> option.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-progname"></a>1.14
+<tt class="filename">--progname name</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562311" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Pretend to be program <tt class="literal">name</tt>. This
+affects both the format used and the search paths.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-recorder"></a>1.15
+<tt class="filename">--recorder</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562354" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files
+opened for input and output in a file with extension
+<tt class="literal">.fls</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-shell-escape"></a>1.16
+<tt class="filename">--shell-escape</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562399" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Enable the <tt class="literal">\write18{command}</tt> construct.
+The command can be any Bourne shell command. This construct is
+normally disallowed for security reasons.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-translate-file"></a>1.17
+<tt class="filename">--translate-file
+tcxname</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562444" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Use the <tt class="literal">tcxname</tt> translation
+table.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="pdftex-option-version"></a>1.18
+<tt class="filename">--version</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562487" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Print version information and exit.</p></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="pdftex-environment"></a>2 Environment</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562518" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path
+specifications' node) for the details of how the environment
+variables are used when searching. The
+<span><b class="command">kpsewhich</b></span> utility can be used
+to query the values of the variables.</p>
+<p>One caveat: In most pdfTeX formats, you cannot use ~ in a
+filename you give directly to pdfTeX, because ~ is an active
+character, and hence is expanded, not taken as part of the
+filename. Other programs, such as Metafont, do not have this
+problem.</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEXMFOUTPUT</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2562576" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Normally, pdfTeX puts its output files in the current directory.
+If any output file cannot be opened there, it tries to open it in
+the directory specified in the environment variable
+<tt class="literal">TEXMFOUTPUT</tt>. There is no default value for
+that variable. For example, if you say
+<span><b class="command">pdftex paper</b></span> and the current
+directory is not writable, if <tt class="literal">TEXMFOUTPUT</tt>
+has the value <tt class="literal">/tmp</tt>, pdfTeX attempts to
+create <tt class="literal">/tmp/paper.log</tt> (and
+<tt class="literal">/tmp/paper.pdf</tt>, if any output is
+produced.)</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEXINPUTS</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2562664" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Search path for <tt class="literal">\input</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">\openin</tt> files. This should probably start
+with ``.'', so that user files are found before system files. An
+empty path component will be replaced with the paths defined in the
+<tt class="filename">texmf.cnf</tt> file. For example, set
+<tt class="literal">TEXINPUTS</tt> to
+<tt class="literal">".:/home/usr/tex:"</tt> to prepend the current
+direcory and <tt class="literal">``/home/user/tex''</tt> to the
+standard search path.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEXFONTS</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2562741" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>earch path for font metric (<tt class="literal">.tfm</tt>)
+files.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEXFORMATS</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2562783" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Search path for format files.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEXPOOL</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2562818" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Search path for <span><b class="command">pdfinitex</b></span>
+internal strings.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEXEDIT</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2562859" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Command template for switching to editor. The default, usually
+<span><b class="command">vi</b></span>, is set when pdfTeX is
+compiled.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div>
+<div class="chapter" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title">
+<a id="metafont"></a>Chapter&nbsp;3.&nbsp;Metafont
+(tbd.)</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2562920" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>tbd.</p></div>
+<div class="chapter" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title">
+<a id="metapost"></a>Chapter&nbsp;4.&nbsp;MetaPost</h2></div></div></div>
+<div class="toc">
+<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-options">1
+Options</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-file-line-error-style">
+1.1
+<tt class="filename">--file-line-error-style</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-help">1.2
+<tt class="filename">--help</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-ini">1.3
+<tt class="filename">--ini</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-intercation">1.4
+<tt class="filename">--interaction mode</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-jobname">1.5
+<tt class="filename">--jobname name</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-kpathsea-debug">1.6
+<tt class="filename">--kpathsea-debug bitmask</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-mem">1.7
+<tt class="filename">--mem mem</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-parse-first-line">1.8
+<tt class="filename">--parse-first-line</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-progname">1.9
+<tt class="filename">--progname name</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-recorder">1.10
+<tt class="filename">--recorder</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-T">1.11
+<tt class="filename">-T</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-translate-file">1.12
+<tt class="filename">--translate-file tcxname</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-troff">1.13
+<tt class="filename">--troff</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-option-version">1.14
+<tt class="filename">--version</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#metapost-environment">2
+Environment</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+<a id="id2562948" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
+<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
+<p>The contents of this section was taken from
+<tt class="filename">mpost(1)</tt>.</p></div>
+<p>MetaPost is a programming language much like Knuth's Metafont
+except that it outputs PostScript programs instead of bitmaps.
+Borrowed from Metafont are the basic tools for creating and
+manipulating pictures. These include numbers, coordinate pairs,
+cubic splines, affine transformations, text strings, and boolean
+quantities. Additional features facilitate integrating text and
+graphics and accessing special features of PostScript such as
+clipping, shading, and dashed lines. Another feature borrowed from
+Metafont is the ability to solve linear equations that are given
+implicitly, thus allowing many programs to be written in a largely
+declarative style. By building complex operations from simpler
+ones, MetaPost achieves both power and exibility.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="metapost-options"></a>1 Options</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563000" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>MetaPost understands the following command line options.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title">
+<a id="metapost-option-file-line-error-style"></a>1.1
+<tt class="filename">--file-line-error-style</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563034" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Print error messages in the form
+<tt class="literal">file:line:error</tt> which is similar to the
+way many compilers format them.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-help"></a>1.2
+<tt class="filename">--help</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563078" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Print help message and exit.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-ini"></a>1.3
+<tt class="filename">--ini</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563114" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Be <span><b class="command">inimpost</b></span>, for dumping
+bases; this is implicitly true if the program is called as
+<span><b class="command">inimpost</b></span>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-intercation"></a>1.4
+<tt class="filename">--interaction mode</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563164" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of
+<tt class="literal">batchmode</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">nonstopmode</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">scrollmode</tt>, and
+<tt class="literal">errorstopmode</tt>. The meaning of these modes
+is the same as that of the corresponding commands.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-jobname"></a>1.5
+<tt class="filename">--jobname name</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563226" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Use <tt class="literal">name</tt> for the job name, instead of
+deriving it from the name of the input file.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-kpathsea-debug"></a>1.6
+<tt class="filename">--kpathsea-debug
+bitmask</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563270" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sets path searching debugging flags according to the
+<tt class="literal">bitmask</tt>. See the Kpathsea manual for
+details.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-mem"></a>1.7
+<tt class="filename">--mem mem</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563313" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Use <tt class="literal">mem</tt> as the name of the mem to be
+used, instead of the name by which MetaPost was called or a
+<tt class="literal">%&amp;</tt> line.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-parse-first-line"></a>1.8
+<tt class="filename">--parse-first-line</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563365" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>If the first line of the main input file begins with
+<tt class="literal">%&amp;</tt> parse it to look for a dump name or
+a <tt class="literal">--translate-file</tt> option.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-progname"></a>1.9
+<tt class="filename">--progname name</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563416" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Pretend to be program <tt class="literal">name</tt>. This
+affects both the format used and the search paths.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-recorder"></a>1.10
+<tt class="filename">--recorder</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563459" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files
+opened for input and output in a file with extension
+<tt class="literal">.fls.</tt></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-T"></a>1.11
+<tt class="filename">-T</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563501" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Produce TROFF output.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-translate-file"></a>1.12
+<tt class="filename">--translate-file
+tcxname</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563538" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Use the <tt class="literal">tcxname</tt> translation
+table.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-troff"></a>1.13
+<tt class="filename">--troff</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563582" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>As -T.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="metapost-option-version"></a>1.14
+<tt class="filename">--version</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563618" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Print version information and exit.</p></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="metapost-environment"></a>2
+Environment</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2563650" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path
+specifications' node) for the details of how the environment
+variables are use when searching. The
+<span><b class="command">kpsewhich</b></span> utility can be used
+to query the values of the variables.</p>
+<p>If the environment variable <tt class="literal">TEXMFOUTPUT</tt>
+is set, MetaPost attempts to put its output files in it, if they
+cannot be put in the current directory.</p>
+<p>Here is a list of the environment variables which affect the
+behavior of MetaPost:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">MPINPUTS</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2563705" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Search path for input files.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">MFINPUTS</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2563738" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Auxiliary search path for input files with
+<tt class="literal">.mf</tt> extensions.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">MPSUPPORT</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2563776" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Directory for various tables for handling included TeX and
+troff.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">MPXCOMMAND</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2563813" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The name of a shell script that converts embedded typesetting
+commands to a form that MetaPost understands. Defaults:
+<tt class="literal">makempx</tt> for TeX and
+<tt class="literal">troffmpx</tt> for troff.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">TEX</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2563864" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The version of TeX - or LaTeX - to use when processing
+<span><b class="command">btex</b></span> and
+<span><b class="command">verbatimtex</b></span> commands. Default
+TeX. This version of MetaPost allows you to use a
+<tt class="literal">`%&amp;format'</tt> line instead.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">TROFF</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2563928" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The troff pipeline for <span><b class="command">btex</b></span>
+and <span><b class="command">verbatimtex</b></span> commands.
+Default <tt class="literal">eqn -d\$\$ | troff</tt></p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">MPEDIT</tt></span></dt>
+<dd><a id="id2563978" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A command template for invoking an editor.</p></dd></dl></div>
+<p>A <tt class="literal">.mem</tt> file is a binary file that
+permits fast loading of macro packages. MetaPost reads the default
+<tt class="literal">plain.mem</tt> unless another
+<tt class="literal">.mem</tt> file is specified at the start of the
+first line with an <tt class="literal">&amp;</tt> just before it.
+There is also an <tt class="literal">mfplain.mem</tt> that
+simulates plain Metafont so that MetaPost can read
+<tt class="literal">.mf</tt> fonts. (Plain Metafont is described in
+<span class="emphasis"><em>The Metafontbook</em></span>).</p>
+<p>Experts can create <tt class="literal">.mem</tt> files by
+invoking <span><b class="command">inimpost</b></span> and giving
+macro definitions followed by a dump command.</p>
+<p>The MetaPost language is similar to Metafont, but the manual
+<span class="emphasis"><em>A User's Manual for MetaPost</em></span>
+assumes no knowledge of Metafont. MetaPost does not have bitmap
+output commands or Metafont's online display
+mechanism.</p></div></div>
+<div class="chapter" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title">
+<a id="bibtex"></a>Chapter&nbsp;5.&nbsp;BibTeX</h2></div></div></div>
+<div class="toc">
+<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-parameters">1
+Parameters</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-command-qualifiers">2
+Command Qualifiers</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bib-files">3 bib
+files</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-string-command">3.1
+<tt class="filename">@STRING</tt> command</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-entry-format">3.2 Entry
+Format</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-entry-types">3.3 Entry
+Types</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-field-text">3.4 Field
+Text</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-field-types">3.5 Field
+Types</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-files">4 bst
+files</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-abbr">4.1
+<tt class="filename">ABBRV.BST</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-alpha">4.2
+<tt class="filename">ALPHA.BST</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-plain">4.3
+<tt class="filename">PLAIN.BST</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-sample">4.4
+<tt class="filename">SAMPLE.BST</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#bibtex-bst-unsrt">4.5
+<tt class="filename">UNSRT.BST</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div>
+<a id="id2564099" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
+<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
+<p>The contents of this section was taken from the HTML helppages
+for BibTeX of Norman Walsh (Version 1.0, 12 Apr 94).</p></div>
+<p>Invokes the BibTeX utility to compile a bibliography file for
+LaTeX. Full details can be found in "LaTeX: A Document Preparation
+System" by Leslie Lamport.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="bibtex-parameters"></a>1 Parameters</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2564142" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">bibliography-file-spec</tt></p>
+<p>Specifies the name of the bibliography database file to be
+compiled by BibTeX. If the file specification does not include a
+file type, BibTeX assumes a default type of BIB.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="bibtex-command-qualifiers"></a>2 Command
+Qualifiers</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2564187" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p><tt class="literal">/BIBINPUTS /BIBINPUTS=(name,...)</tt></p>
+<p>Specify directories containing input files, and the order in
+which they will be searched to locate each input file. A null value
+in the list indicates the current directory. The search procedure
+TeX uses to locate input files is to first search your default
+directory and then search each of the directories specified by the
+<tt class="literal">/BIBINPUTS</tt> option.</p>
+<p>Default is <tt class="literal">/BIBINPUTS=(TEX_BIB:)</tt>; TeX
+looks in the directory associated with the logical name
+<tt class="literal">TEX_BIB.</tt></p>
+<p><tt class="literal">/STATS /STATS /NOSTATS [D]</tt></p>
+<p>This qualifier is used while debugging
+<tt class="literal">.BST</tt> files to determine BIBTEX memory
+usage.</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">/TEXINPUTS /TEXINPUTS=(name,...)</tt></p>
+<p>Specify directories containing input files, and the order in
+which they will be searched to locate each input file. A null value
+in the list indicates the current directory. The search procedure
+TeX uses to locate input files is to first search your default
+directory and then search each of the directories specified by the
+<tt class="literal">/TEXINPUTS</tt> option.</p>
+<p>Default is <tt class="literal">/TEXINPUTS=(TEX_INPUTS)</tt>; TeX
+looks in the directory associated with the logical name
+<tt class="literal">TEX_INPUTS</tt>.</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">/TRACE /TRACE /NOTRACE [D]</tt></p>
+<p>This qualifier is used while debugging
+<tt class="literal">.BST</tt> files to follow program
+flow.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="bibtex-bib-files"></a>3 bib files</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2564338" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This help entry contains the same information as Appendix B of
+the LaTeX manual. It describes the format of a bibliography
+database (<tt class="literal">.BIB</tt>) file.</p>
+<p>A bibliography database file may contains two types of entry -
+an abbreviation definition or a reference entry for citation.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-string-command"></a>3.1
+<tt class="filename">@STRING</tt> command</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2564389" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">@STRING</tt> command is used to define
+abbreviations for use by BibTeX within the bibliography database
+file. The command</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+ @string{jgg1 = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"}
+</pre>
+<p>defines 'jgg1' to be the abbreviation for the string "Journal of
+Gnats and Gnus, Series~1". Parentheses can be used in place of the
+outermost braces in the @string command, and braces can be used
+instead of the quotation marks. The text must have matching
+braces.</p>
+<p>The case of letters is ignored in an abbreviation as well as in
+the command name @string, so the command above could have been
+written:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+ @STRING{JgG1 = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1"}
+</pre>
+<p>A <tt class="literal">@string</tt> command can appear anywhere
+before or between entries in a bibliography database file. However,
+it must come before any use of the abbreviation, so a sensible
+place for <tt class="literal">@string</tt> commands is at the
+beginning of the file. A <tt class="literal">@string</tt> command
+in the bibliography database file takes precedence over a
+definition made by the bibliography style, so it can be used to
+change the definition of an abbreviation such as 'Feb'.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-format"></a>3.2 Entry
+Format</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2564482" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A bibliography database file contains a series of reference
+entries like the following:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+ @BOOK{kn:gnus,
+ AUTHOR = "Donald E. Knudson",
+ TITLE = "1966 World Gnus Almanac",
+ PUBLISHER = {Permafrost Press},
+ ADDRESS = {Novisibirsk} }
+</pre>
+<p>The <tt class="literal">@BOOK</tt> states that this is an entry
+of type book. various entry types are described below. The
+'kn:gnus' is the citation key, as it appears in the argument of a
+<tt class="literal">\cite</tt> command referring to the entry.</p>
+<p>This entry has four fields, named
+<tt class="literal">AUTHOR</tt>, <tt class="literal">TITLE</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">PUBLISHER</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">ADDRESS</tt>. The meanings of these and other
+fields are described below. A field consists of the name, an '='
+character with optional space around it, followed by its text. The
+text of a field is a string of characters, with no unmatched
+braces, surrounded by either a pair of braces or a pair of '"'
+characters. Entry fields are separated from one another, and from
+the citation key, by commas. A comma may have optional space around
+it.</p>
+<p>The outermost braces that surround the entire entry may be
+replaced by parentheses. As in TeX input files, an end-of-line
+character counts as a space and one space is equivalent to many
+spaces. Unlike TeX, BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the entry
+type, citation key and field names. The above entry could have been
+typed as follows:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@BOOK(kn:gnus, author = {Donald E. Knudson},
+ TITLE = "1966 World Gnus Almanac",
+ PUBLISHER = {Permafrost Press},
+ ADDRESS = {Novisibirsk} )
+</pre>
+<p>However, the case of letters does matter to LaTeX, so the
+citation key ("kn:gnus" in the example above) should appear exactly
+the same in all <tt class="literal">\cite</tt> commands in the
+LaTeX input file.</p>
+<p>The quotes or braces can be omitted around text consisting
+entirely of numerals. The following two fields are equivalent:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+Volume = "27" Volume = 27
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types"></a>3.3 Entry
+Types</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2564636" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>When entering a reference in the bibliography database, the
+first thing to decide is what type of entry it is. No fixed
+classification scheme can be complete, but BibTeX provides enough
+entry types to handle almost any reference reasonably well.</p>
+<p>References to different types of publications contain different
+information; a reference to a journal might include the volume and
+number of the journal, which is usually not meaningful for a book.
+Therefore, database entries of different types have different
+fields for each entry type, the fields are divided into three
+classes:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term">Required</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>omitting the field will produce an error message and may result
+in a badly formatted bibliography entry. If the required
+information is not meaningful, you are using the wrong entry
+type.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">Optional</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>the field's information will be used if present, but can be
+omitted without causing any formatting problems. A reference should
+contain any available information that might help the reader, so
+you should include the optional field if it is applicable.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">Ignored</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>the field is ignored. BibTeX ignores any field that is not
+required or optional, so you can include any fields you want in a
+bibliography entry. It's often a good idea to put all relevant
+information about a reference in its bibliography entry - even
+information that may never appear in the bibliography. For example,
+if you want to keep an abstract of a paper in a computer file, put
+it in an 'abstract' field in the paper's bibliography entry. The
+bibliography database file is likely to be as good a place as any
+for the abstract, and it is possible to design a bibliography style
+for printing selected abstracts.</p></dd></dl></div>
+<p>BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the entry type.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-article"></a>3.3.1
+article entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2564768" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>An article from a journal or magazine.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@ARTICLE{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-journal"
+title="3.5.10 journal field">journal</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-volume"
+title="3.5.22 volume field">volume</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-number"
+title="3.5.14 number field">number</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-pages"
+title="3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-book"></a>3.3.2 book
+entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2564903" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A book with an explicit publisher.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@BOOK{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a> or
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor"
+title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher"
+title="3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-volume"
+title="3.5.22 volume field">volume</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-series"
+title="3.5.19 series field">series</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address"
+title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-edition"
+title="3.5.6 edition field">edition</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-booklet"></a>3.3.3
+booklet entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2565048" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A work that is printed and bound, but without a named publisher
+or sponsoring institution.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@BOOKLET{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-howpublished"
+title="3.5.8 howpublished field">howpublished</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address"
+title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-conference"></a>3.3.4
+conference entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2565158" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>An article in the proceedings of a conference. This entry is
+identical to the 'inproceedings' entry and is included for
+compatibility with another text formatting system.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@CONFERENCE{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-booktitle"
+title="3.5.4 booktitle field">booktitle</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor"
+title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-pages"
+title="3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-organization"
+title="3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher"
+title="3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address"
+title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-inbook"></a>3.3.5
+inbook entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2565304" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A part of a book, which may be a chapter and/or a range of
+pages.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@INBOOK{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a> or
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor"
+title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-chapter"
+title="3.5.5 chapter field">chapter</a> and/or
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-pages"
+title="3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher"
+title="3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-volume"
+title="3.5.22 volume field">volume</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-series"
+title="3.5.19 series field">series</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address"
+title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-edition"
+title="3.5.6 edition field">edition</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-incollection"></a>3.3.6
+incollection entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2565459" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A part of a book with its own title.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@INCOLLECTION{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-booktitle"
+title="3.5.4 booktitle field">booktitle</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor"
+title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-pages"
+title="3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-organization"
+title="3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher"
+title="3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address"
+title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="bibtex-entry-types-inproceedings"></a>3.3.7 inproceedings
+entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2565598" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>An article in the proceedings of a conference.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@INPROCEEDINGS{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-booktitle"
+title="3.5.4 booktitle field">booktitle</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor"
+title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-pages"
+title="3.5.16 pages field">pages</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-organization"
+title="3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher"
+title="3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address"
+title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-manual"></a>3.3.8
+manual entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2565738" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Technical documentation.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@MANUAL{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-organization"
+title="3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address"
+title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-edition"
+title="3.5.6 edition field">edition</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="bibtex-entry-types-mastersthesis"></a>3.3.9 mastersthesis
+entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2565854" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A Master's thesis.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@MASTERSTHESIS{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-school"
+title="3.5.18 school field">school</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-address"
+title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-misc"></a>3.3.10 misc
+entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2565963" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Use this type when nothing else seems appropriate.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@MISC{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: none</p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-howpublished"
+title="3.5.8 howpublished field">howpublished</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-phdthesis"></a>3.3.11
+phdthesis entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2566065" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A PhD thesis.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@PHDTHESIS{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-school"
+title="3.5.18 school field">school</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-address"
+title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-proceedings"></a>3.3.12
+proceedings entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2566173" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The proceedings of a conference.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@PROCEEDINGS{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor"
+title="3.5.7 editor field">editor</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher"
+title="3.5.17 publisher field">publisher</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-organization"
+title="3.5.15 organization field">organization</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address"
+title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-techreport"></a>3.3.13
+techreport entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2566290" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A report published by a school or other institution, usually
+numbered within a series.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@TECHREPORT{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-institution"
+title="3.5.9 institution field">institution</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-type"
+title="3.5.21 type field">type</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-number"
+title="3.5.14 number field">number</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-address"
+title="3.5.1 address field">address</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-entry-types-unpublished"></a>3.3.14
+unpublished entry</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2566418" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A document with an author and title, but not formally
+published.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+@UNPUBLISHED{citation_key,
+ required_fields [, optional_fields] }
+</pre>
+<p>Required fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author"
+title="3.5.3 author field">author</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-title"
+title="3.5.20 title field">title</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-note"
+title="3.5.13 note field">note</a></p>
+<p>Optional fields: <a href="#bibtex-field-types-month"
+title="3.5.12 month field">month</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-year"
+title="3.5.23 year field">year</a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-key"
+title="3.5.11 key field">key</a></p></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-text"></a>3.4 Field
+Text</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2566513" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The text of the field is enclosed in braces or double quote
+characters. A part of the text is said to be enclosed in braces if
+it lies inside a matching pair of braces other than the ones
+enclosing the entire entry or the entire field text.</p>
+<p>BibTeX manipulates the case of letters in the field text as
+described in the subtopics below.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-text-names"></a>3.4.1
+Names</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2566554" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The text of an author or editor field represents a list of
+names. The bibliography style determines the format in which the
+name is printed: whether the first name or last name appears first,
+if the full first name or just the first initial is used, etc. The
+bibliography file entry simply tells BibTeX what the name is.</p>
+<p>You should type an author's complete name and let the
+bibliography style decide what to abbreviate. (But an author's
+complete name may be "Donald~E. Knuth" or even "J.~P.~Morgan"; you
+should type it the way the author would like it to appear, if
+that's known.)</p>
+<p>Most names can be entered in the obvious way, either with or
+without a comma, as in the following examples:</p>
+<p>"John Paul Jones" "Jones, John Paul" "Ludwig von Beethoven" "von
+Beethoven, Ludwig"</p>
+<p>Some people have multiple last names - for example, Per Brinch
+Hansen's last name is Brinch~Hansen. His name should be typed with
+a comma:</p>
+<p>"Brinch Hansen, Per"</p>
+<p>To understand why, you must understand how BibTeX handles names
+(for what follows, a "name" corresponds to a person).</p>
+<p>Each name consists of four parts: First, von, Last, and~Jr; each
+part consists of a (possibly empty) list of name-tokens. For
+example the First part of Per Brinch~Hansen's name has the single
+token "Per"; the Last part has two, "Brinch" and "Hansen"; and the
+von and Jr parts are empty. If you had typed</p>
+<p>"Per Brinch Hansen"</p>
+<p>instead, BibTeX would erroneously think "Brinch" were a
+First-part token, just as "Paul" is a First-part token in
+"John~Paul Jones".</p>
+<p>Here's another example:</p>
+<p>"Charles Louis Xavier Joseph de la Vallee Poussin"</p>
+<p>This name has four tokens in the First part, two in the von, and
+two in the Last. Here BibTeX knows where one part ends and the
+other begins because the tokens in the von part begin with
+lower-case letters.</p>
+<p>If you want BibTeX to consider something a single token, enclose
+it in braces. You should do this, for example, if a comma is part
+of a name:</p>
+<p>"{Barnes and Noble, Inc.}" "{Barnes and} {Noble, Inc.}"
+"{Barnes} {and} {Noble,} {Inc.}"</p>
+<p>The braces surrounding the comma keep "Inc." from being
+interpreted as a First token; this name has only a Last part, with
+either one, two, or four tokens (there must be a space separating
+the tokens in the second and third forms). Probably the second form
+is slightly more meaningful, but don't lose sleep over this since
+only rarely will an institution be an author or editor.</p>
+<p>So the two names</p>
+<p>"von Beethoven, Ludwig" "{von Beethoven}, Ludwig"</p>
+<p>are considered by BibTeX to be different names. In the first,
+"Beethoven" is the Last part and "von" is the von part; in the
+second, which in this case happens to be incorrect, the Last part
+has a single token and there's no von part. The bibliography style
+will probably print both the same, but it may alphabetize and label
+them differently.</p>
+<p>"Juniors" pose a special problem. Most people having "Jr." in
+their name precede it with a comma. Such a name should be entered
+as follows:</p>
+<p>"Ford, Jr., Henry"</p>
+<p>However, a few people do not use a comma. They are handled by
+considering the "Jr." to be part of the last Last token:</p>
+<p>"{Steele Jr.}, Guy L." "Guy L. {Steele Jr.}"</p>
+<p>This name has no Jr part.</p>
+<p>To summarize, you may type a name in one of three forms:</p>
+<p>"First von Last" "von Last, First" "von Last, Jr, First"</p>
+<p>You may almost always use the first form; you shouldn't if
+either there's a Jr part or the Last part has multiple tokens but
+there's no von part.</p>
+<p>If there are multiple authors or editors, their names must be
+separated by the word "and", surrounded by spaces, not enclosed in
+braces:</p>
+<p>AUTHOR = "Ralph Alpher and Bethe, Hans and George Gamow"</p>
+<p>Since BibTeX interprets commas as separating parts of a name and
+"and" as separating names themselves, this example has three
+coauthors: Ralph Alpher, Hans Bethe, and George Gamow. If the word
+"and" appears as part of a name, it must be enclosed in braces, as
+in the example of "Barnes and Noble,~Inc." given above. If you have
+too many names to list in a field, you can end the list with "and
+others"; the standard styles appropriately append an "et al."</p>
+<p>BibTeX's rules are actually a bit more complicated than
+indicated here, but this description will suffice for most
+names.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-text-titles"></a>3.4.2
+Titles</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2566787" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The bibliography style determines whether or not a title is
+capitalized; the titles of books usually are, the title of articles
+usually are not. You type a title the way it should appear if it is
+capitalized (you should capitalize everything but articles and
+unstressed conjunctions and prepositions, and even these should be
+capitalized as the first word or the first after a colon):</p>
+<p>TITLE = "The Agony and the Ecstasy"</p>
+<p>BibTeX will change uppercase letters to lowercase if
+appropriate. Uppercase letters that should not be changed are
+enclosed in braces. The following two titles are equivalent; the
+"A" of "Africa" will not be made lowercase.</p>
+<p>"The Gnats and Gnus of {Africa}" "The Gnats and Gnus of
+{A}frica"</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-text-abbr"></a>3.4.3
+Abbreviations</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2566843" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Instead of an ordinary text string, the text of a field can be
+replaced by an abbreviation for it. An abbreviation is a string of
+characters that starts with a letter and does not contain a space
+or any of the following ten characters:</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">" # % ' ( ) , = { }</tt></p>
+<p>The abbreviation is typed in place of the text field, with no
+braces or quotation marks. If 'jgg1' is an abbreviation for</p>
+<p>Journal of Gnats and Gnus, Series~1</p>
+<p>then the following are equivalent:</p>
+<p>JOURNAL = jgg1 JOURNAL = "Journal of Gnats and Gnus,
+Series~1"</p>
+<p>Some abbreviations are predefined by the bibliography style.
+These always include the usual 3 letter abbreviations for the
+month: jan, feb, mar etc.</p>
+<p>Bibliography styles usually contain abbreviations for the names
+of commonly referenced journals. Consult the Local Guide for a list
+of the predefined abbreviations for the bibliography styles
+available.</p>
+<p>You can define your own abbreviations by using BibTeX's
+<tt class="literal">@STRING</tt> command.</p></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types"></a>3.5 Field
+Types</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2566930" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Below is a list of all fields recognized by the standard
+bibliography styles. An entry can also contain other fields, which
+are ignored by those styles.</p>
+<p>BibTeX ignores the case of letters in the field names.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-address"></a>3.5.1
+address field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2566969" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Publisher's address. For major publishing houses, just the city
+is given. For small publishers, you can help the reader by giving
+the complete address.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+ADDRESS = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-annote"></a>3.5.2
+annote field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567012" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>An annotation, used only for annotated bibliography styles
+(which are not among the standard ones).</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+ANNOTE = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-author"></a>3.5.3
+author field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567054" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The name(s) of the author(s).</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+AUTHOR = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-booktitle"></a>3.5.4
+booktitle field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567096" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Title of a book, part of which is being cited.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+BOOKTITLE = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-chapter"></a>3.5.5
+chapter field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567138" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A chapter number.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+CHAPTER = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-edition"></a>3.5.6
+edition field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567178" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The edition of a book - for example, "second".</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+EDITION = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-editor"></a>3.5.7
+editor field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567220" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Name(s) of editor(s). If there is also an "author" field, then
+the "editor" field gives the editor of the book or collection in
+which the reference appears.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+EDITOR = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-howpublished"></a>3.5.8
+howpublished field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567263" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>How something strange has been published.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+HOWPUBLISHED = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-institution"></a>3.5.9
+institution field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567304" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The institution that published the work.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+INSTITUTION = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-journal"></a>3.5.10
+journal field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567346" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A journal name. Abbreviations are provided for many journals;
+see the Local Guide.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+JOURNAL = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-key"></a>3.5.11 key
+field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567388" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Used for alphabetizing and creating a label when the "author"
+and "editor" fields are missing. This field should not be confused
+with the citation key that appears in the
+<tt class="literal">\cite</tt> command and at the beginning of the
+entry.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+KEY = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-month"></a>3.5.12 month
+field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567438" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The month in which the work was published or, for an unpublished
+work, in which it was written.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+MONTH = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-note"></a>3.5.13 note
+field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567480" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Any additional information that can help the reader.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+NOTE = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-number"></a>3.5.14
+number field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567521" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The number of a journal, magazine, or technical report. An issue
+of a journal or magazine is usually identified by its volume and
+number; the organization that issues a technical report usually
+gives it a number.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+NUMBER = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="bibtex-field-types-organization"></a>3.5.15 organization
+field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567565" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The organization sponsoring a conference.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+ORGANIZATION = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-pages"></a>3.5.16 pages
+field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567607" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>A page number or range of numbers such as "42--111"; you may
+also have several of these, separating them with commas:
+"7,41,73--97". The standard styles convert a single dash to a
+double. &gt;</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+PAGES = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-publisher"></a>3.5.17
+publisher field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567654" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The publisher's name.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+PUBLISHER = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-school"></a>3.5.18
+school field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567695" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The name of the school where a thesis was written.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+SCHOOL = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-series"></a>3.5.19
+series field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567737" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The name of a series or set of books. When citing an entire
+book, the the "title" field gives its title and an optional
+"series" field gives the name of a series in which the book is
+published.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+SERIES = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-title"></a>3.5.20 title
+field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567781" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The work's title.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+TITLE = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-type"></a>3.5.21 type
+field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567821" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The type of a technical report - for example, "Research
+Note".</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+TYPE = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-volume"></a>3.5.22
+volume field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567862" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The volume of a journal or multivolume book work.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+VOLUME = field_text
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="bibtex-field-types-year"></a>3.5.23 year
+field</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567903" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The year of publication or, for an unpublished work, the year it
+was written. This field's text should contain only numerals.</p>
+<p>Format:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+YEAR = field_text
+</pre></div></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="bibtex-bst-files"></a>4 bst files</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2567947" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Bibliography style files define the style of a bibliography
+source list.</p>
+<p>The standard bibliography style files are
+<a href="#bibtex-bst-plain"
+title="4.3 PLAIN.BST"><tt class="filename">PLAIN</tt></a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-bst-unsrt"
+title="4.5 UNSRT.BST"><tt class="filename">UNSRT</tt></a>,
+<a href="#bibtex-bst-alpha"
+title="4.2 ALPHA.BST"><tt class="filename">ALPHA</tt></a> and
+<a href="#bibtex-bst-abbr"
+title="4.1 ABBRV.BST"><tt class="filename">ABBRV</tt></a>.</p>
+<p>If you want to make a bibliography style of your own, look at
+<a href="#bibtex-bst-sample"
+title="4.4 SAMPLE.BST"><tt class="filename">SAMPLE.BST</tt></a>.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-abbr"></a>4.1
+<tt class="filename">ABBRV.BST</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568057" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This style is the same as the style defined in
+<tt class="filename">PLAIN.BST</tt>, except that entries are more
+compact because first names, month names and journal names are
+abbreviated.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-alpha"></a>4.2
+<tt class="filename">ALPHA.BST</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568101" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This style is the same as the style defined in
+<tt class="filename">PLAIN.BST</tt> except that entry labels like
+"Knu66", formed from the author's name and the year of publication,
+are used.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-plain"></a>4.3
+<tt class="filename">PLAIN.BST</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568146" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This style is formatted more or less as suggested by Mary-Claire
+van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars" (Alfred A. Knopf, New York,
+1979). Entries are sorted alphabetically and are labelled with
+numbers.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-sample"></a>4.4
+<tt class="filename">SAMPLE.BST</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568185" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This is a sample bibliography style file meant to help you
+construct a new style. It creates a bibliography in which entries
+appear as follows:</p>
+<p>[Jones79] Jones, R. L. and Richards, P. Q. The Birds and the
+Bees. {\it Journal of Irreproducible Results 4}, 2 (Jan. 1979),
+27-33.</p>
+<p>[Jones82a] Jones, P. G. The Bees and the Trees ... (1982).</p>
+<p>[Jones82b] Jones, R. L. The Trees and the Peas ... (1982).</p>
+<p>[Krist74] Kristofferson, R. P. Peopl and Places ... (1974)</p>
+<p>It should illustrate how you write a style file. The functions
+are described in an informal Pascal-like style in comments. Because
+of the way while loops and if-then-else statements must use
+functions, the following convention is used. If a while loop is
+labeled 'foo' in the informal description, then its test and body
+are the functions named 'foo.test' and 'foo.body'. If an if
+statement is labeled 'foo', then its two clauses are the functions
+named 'foo.then' and 'foo.else'. (Null clauses just use the 'skip$'
+function.) Note that because functions have to be defined in terms
+of already-defined functions, the actual function definitions are
+given in a 'bottom-up' order.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="bibtex-bst-unsrt"></a>4.5
+<tt class="filename">UNSRT.BST</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568257" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This style is that same as <tt class="filename">PLAIN.BST</tt>
+except that entries appear in the order of their first
+citation.</p></div></div></div>
+<div class="chapter" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title">
+<a id="makeindex"></a>Chapter&nbsp;6.&nbsp;Make-Index</h2></div></div></div>
+<div class="toc">
+<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-options">1
+Options</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-c">1.1
+<tt class="filename">-c</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-g">1.2
+<tt class="filename">-g</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-i">1.3
+<tt class="filename">-i</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-l">1.4
+<tt class="filename">-l</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-q">1.5
+<tt class="filename">-q</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-r">1.6
+<tt class="filename">-r</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-s-sty">1.7
+<tt class="filename">-s sty</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-o-ind">1.8
+<tt class="filename">-o ind</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-t-log">1.9
+<tt class="filename">-t log</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-p-no">1.10
+<tt class="filename">-p no</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-L">1.11
+<tt class="filename">-L</tt></a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-option-T">1.12
+<tt class="filename">-T</tt></a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-style-file">2 Style
+File</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-style">2.1 Input
+Style Specifiers</a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-output-style-specs">2.2
+Output Style Specifiers</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-example">3
+Example</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-ordering">4
+Ordering</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#makeindex-special-effects">5
+Special Effects</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+<a id="id2568311" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
+<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
+<p>The contents of this section was taken from the HTML helppages
+for Make-Index of Norman Walsh (Version 1.0, 12 Apr 94).</p>
+<p>Some obvious errors in this documentation have been corrected
+according to <tt class="filename">makeindex(1L)</tt>.</p>
+<p>Additional information was taken from
+<tt class="filename">makeindex(1L)</tt> and the program source
+files as found in teTeX 2.0.2.</p></div>
+<p>Make-Index is a general purpose index processor. It takes one or
+more raw index files (normally generated by a formatter), sorts the
+entries, and produces the actual index file. It is not dependent on
+any particular format of raw index file, although the
+<tt class="literal">.idx</tt> file generated by LaTeX is the
+default. Up to three levels (0, 1, and 2) of subitem nesting within
+the same entry is supported. The input format may be redefined in a
+style file so that raw index or glossary output from other
+formatters may be processed. The style file also defines the style
+of output index file. Unless specified otherwise, the file name
+base of the first input file (<tt class="literal">idx0</tt>) is
+used to determine other related input/output files. The default
+input file type is <tt class="literal">.idx</tt>.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="makeindex-options"></a>1 Options</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568409" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Make-Index is a Unix program, and therefore has a Unix-style
+command line. Instead of qualifiers delimited with a slash
+(<tt class="literal">/</tt>), Make-Index options are delimited with
+a hyphen (<tt class="literal">-</tt>).</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-c"></a>1.1
+<tt class="filename">-c</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568460" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Enable blank compression. By default every blank counts in the
+index key. The <tt class="literal">-c</tt> option ignores leading
+and trailing blanks and tabs and compresses intermediate ones to a
+single space.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-g"></a>1.2
+<tt class="filename">-g</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568504" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Employ German word ordering in the index, in accord with rules
+set forth in DIN 5007. The quote character must be redefined in a
+style file (for example, redefine quote as
+<tt class="literal">'+'</tt>). If the quote character is not
+redefined, Make-Index will produce an error message and
+abort.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-i"></a>1.3
+<tt class="filename">-i</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568553" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Use <tt class="literal">stdin</tt> as the input file. When this
+option is specified and the <tt class="literal">-o</tt> is not,
+output is written to <tt class="literal">stdout</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-l"></a>1.4
+<tt class="filename">-l</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568607" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Use letter ordering. Default is word ordering (explained in the
+<a href="#makeindex-ordering" title="4 Ordering">Ordering</a>
+section).</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-q"></a>1.5
+<tt class="filename">-q</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568652" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Quiet mode, send no messages to <tt class="literal">stderr</tt>.
+By default progress and error messages are sent to
+<tt class="literal">stderr</tt> as well as the transcript file. The
+<tt class="literal">-q</tt> option disables the
+<tt class="literal">stderr</tt> messages.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-r"></a>1.6
+<tt class="filename">-r</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568712" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Disable implicit page range formation. By default three or more
+successive pages will be automatically abbreviated as a range (e.g.
+1--5). The <tt class="literal">-r</tt> option disables it, making
+the explicit range operators the only way to create page ranges
+(see the <a href="#makeindex-special-effects"
+title="5 Special Effects">Special Effects</a> section
+below).</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-s-sty"></a>1.7
+<tt class="filename">-s sty</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568768" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Take <tt class="literal">sty</tt> as the style file. There is no
+default for the style file name. The environment variable
+INDEXSTYLE defines the path where the style file should be
+found.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-o-ind"></a>1.8
+<tt class="filename">-o ind</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568813" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Take <tt class="literal">ind</tt> as the output index file. By
+default the file name base of the first input file
+<tt class="literal">idx0</tt> concatenated with the extension
+<tt class="literal">.ind</tt> is used as the output file
+name.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-t-log"></a>1.9
+<tt class="filename">-t log</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568869" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Take <tt class="literal">log</tt> as the transcript file. By
+default the file name base of the first input file
+<tt class="literal">idx0</tt> concatenated with the extension
+<tt class="literal">.ilg</tt> is used as the transcript file
+name.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-p-no"></a>1.10
+<tt class="filename">-p no</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2568925" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Set the starting page number of the output index file to be
+<tt class="literal">no</tt>. This is useful when the index file is
+to be formatted separately. Other than pure numbers, three special
+cases are allowed for no: <tt class="literal">any</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">odd</tt>, and <tt class="literal">even</tt>. In
+these special cases, the starting page number is determined by
+retrieving the last page number from the source log file. The
+source log file name is determined by concatenating the file name
+base of the first raw index file (<tt class="literal">idx0</tt>)
+with the extension <tt class="literal">.log</tt>. The last source
+page is obtained by searching backward in the log file for the
+first instance of a number included in
+<tt class="literal">[...]</tt>. If a page number is missing or the
+log file is not found, no attempt will be made to set the starting
+page number. The meaning of each of these cases follows:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term">any</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The starting page is the last source page number plus
+1.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">odd</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The starting page is the first odd page following the last
+source page number.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">even</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The starting page is the first even page following the last
+source page number.</p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-L"></a>1.11
+<tt class="filename">-L</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569061" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Sort based on locale settings. String comparisons for sorting
+are done using <span><b class="command">strcoll(3)</b></span>,
+which compares strings according to the current locale category
+<tt class="literal">LC_COLLATE</tt>.</p>
+<p>Not available on all systems (depends on compile time
+settings).</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-option-T"></a>1.12
+<tt class="filename">-T</tt></h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569115" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Special support for Thai documents.</p>
+<p>Not available on all systems (depends on compile time
+settings).</p></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="makeindex-style-file"></a>2 Style
+File</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569152" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The style file format is very simple. It is a list of
+<tt class="literal">&lt;specifier, attribute&gt;</tt> pairs. There
+are two types of specifiers (input and output). The pairs don't
+have to obey any particular order in the file. A line lead by
+`<tt class="literal">%</tt>' is a comment. The following is a list
+of all the specifiers and their respective arguments where
+<tt class="literal">&lt;string&gt;</tt> is an arbitrary string
+delimited by double quotes (<tt class="literal">"..."</tt>),
+<tt class="literal">&lt;char&gt;</tt> is a single letter embraced
+by single quotes (<tt class="literal">'...'</tt>), and
+<tt class="literal">&lt;number&gt;</tt> is a nonnegative integer.
+The maximum length of a <tt class="literal">&lt;string&gt;</tt> is
+144. Notice that a backslash must be escaped (by an extra
+backslash) in the string quotation. Anything not specified in the
+style file will be assigned a default value, which is shown on a
+separate line. This file can reside anywhere in the path defined by
+the environment variable <tt class="envar">INDEXSTYLE</tt>.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-style"></a>2.1 Input Style
+Specifiers</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569242" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-actual-char"></a>2.1.1 actual
+&lt;char&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569266" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">@</tt></p>
+<p>The symbol which indicates that the next entry is to appear in
+the actual index file.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-arg-close"></a>2.1.2 arg_close
+&lt;char&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569306" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">}</tt></p>
+<p>This is the closing delimiter for the index entry
+argument.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-style-arg-open"></a>2.1.3
+arg_open &lt;char&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569350" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">{</tt></p>
+<p>This is the opening delimiter for the index entry
+argument.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-encap-char"></a>2.1.4 encap
+&lt;char&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569390" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">|</tt></p>
+<p>The symbol which indicates that the rest of the argument list is
+to be used as the encapsulating command for the page
+number.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-escape-char"></a>2.1.5 escape
+&lt;char&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569430" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">\\</tt></p>
+<p>The symbol which escapes the next letter, unless its preceding
+letter is escape. In other words, quote is used to escape the
+letter which immediately follows it. But if it is preceded by
+escape, it does not escape anything.</p>
+<p>Notice that the two symbols must be distinct.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-style-string"></a>2.1.6 keyword
+&lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569478" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\\indexentry"</tt></p>
+<p>This is the command which tells Make-Index that its argument is
+an index entry.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-level-char"></a>2.1.7 level
+&lt;char&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569521" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">!</tt></p>
+<p>The delimiter which denotes a new level of subitem.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-quote-char"></a>2.1.8 quote
+&lt;char&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569561" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"</tt></p>
+<p><tt class="literal">quote</tt> is used to escape the letter
+which immediately follows it, but if it is preceded by escape, it
+is treated as a ordinary character. These two symbols must be
+distinct.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-range-close"></a>2.1.9
+range_close &lt;char&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569608" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">)</tt></p>
+<p>The closing delimiter indicating the end of an explicit page
+range.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-range-open"></a>2.1.10
+range_open &lt;char&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569648" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">(</tt></p>
+<p>The opening delimiter indicating the beginning of an explicit
+page range.</p></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-style-specs"></a>2.2
+Output Style Specifiers</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569690" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-page-compositor"></a>2.2.1
+page_compositor &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569713" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"-"</tt></p>
+<p>This specifier is used to separate a range of page numbers.</p>
+<p>Officially undocumented!</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="makeindex-output-preamble-string"></a>2.2.2 preamble
+&lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569758" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\\begin{theindex}\n"</tt></p>
+<p>The preamble of actual index file.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="makeindex-output-postamble-string"></a>2.2.3 postamble
+&lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569798" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</tt></p>
+<p>The postamble of actual index file.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-setpage-prefix"></a>2.2.4
+setpage_prefix &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569838" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\setcounter{page}{"</tt></p>
+<p>The prefix of the command which sets the starting page
+number.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-setpage-suffix"></a>2.2.5
+setpage_suffix &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569880" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"}\n"</tt></p>
+<p>The suffix of the command which sets the starting page
+number.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-group-skip"></a>2.2.6
+group_skip &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569921" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n\n \\indexspace\n"</tt></p>
+<p>The vertical space to be inserted before a new group
+begins.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="makeindex-output-heading-prefix-string"></a>2.2.7
+heading_prefix &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2569960" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">""</tt></p>
+<p>The header prefix to be inserted before a new letter
+begins.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="makeindex-output-heading-suffix-string"></a>2.2.8
+heading_suffix &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570000" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">""</tt></p>
+<p>The header suffix to be inserted before a new letter
+begins.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-headings-flag"></a>2.2.9
+headings_flag &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570041" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">0</tt></p>
+<p>The flag indicating the condition of inserting new letter
+header. Default is 0, which means no header. Positive means insert
+an uppercase letter between prefix and suffix. Negative means
+insert a lowercase letter.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="makeindex-output-symhead-positive"></a>2.2.10
+symhead_positive &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570084" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"Symbols"</tt></p>
+<p>Heading for symbols to be inserted if
+<tt class="literal">headings_flag</tt> is positive.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="makeindex-output-symhead-negative"></a>2.2.11
+symhead_negative &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570131" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"symbols"</tt></p>
+<p>Heading for symbols to be inserted if
+<tt class="literal">headings_flag</tt> is negative.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="makeindex-output-numhead-positive"></a>2.2.12
+numhead_positive &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570178" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"Numbers"</tt></p>
+<p>Heading for numbers to be inserted if
+<tt class="literal">headings_flag</tt> is positive.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="makeindex-output-numhead-negative"></a>2.2.13
+numhead_negative &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570224" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"numbers"</tt></p>
+<p>Heading for numbers to be inserted if
+<tt class="literal">headings_flag</tt> is negative.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-0"></a>2.2.14 item_0
+&lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570271" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\item "</tt></p>
+<p>The command to be inserted between two primary (level 0)
+items.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-1"></a>2.2.15 item_1
+&lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570312" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\subitem "</tt></p>
+<p>The command to be inserted between two secondary (level 1)
+items.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-2"></a>2.2.16 item_2
+&lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570352" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\subsubitem "</tt></p>
+<p>The command to be inserted between two level 2 items.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-01"></a>2.2.17
+item_01 &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570392" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\subitem "</tt></p>
+<p>The command to be inserted between a level 0 item and a level 1
+item.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-x1"></a>2.2.18
+item_x1 &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570432" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\subitem "</tt></p>
+<p>The command to be inserted between a level 0 item and a level 1
+item. The difference between this and previous is that in this case
+the level 0 item doesn't have any page numbers.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-12"></a>2.2.19
+item_12 &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570474" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\subsubitem "</tt></p>
+<p>The command to be inserted between a level 1 item and a level 2
+item.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-item-x2"></a>2.2.20
+item_x2 &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570515" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\n \\subsubitem "</tt></p>
+<p>The command to be inserted between a level 1 item and a level 2
+item. The difference between this and previous is that in this case
+the level 1 item doesn't have any page numbers.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-0"></a>2.2.21
+delim_0 &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570557" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">", "</tt></p>
+<p>The delimiter to be inserted between a level 0 key and its first
+page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-1"></a>2.2.22
+delim_1 &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570598" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">", "</tt></p>
+<p>The delimiter to be inserted between a level 1 key and its first
+page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-2"></a>2.2.23
+delim_2 &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570640" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">", "</tt></p>
+<p>The delimiter to be inserted between a level 2 key and its first
+page number. Default is a comma followed by a blank.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-n"></a>2.2.24
+delim_n &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570681" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">", "</tt></p>
+<p>The delimiter to be inserted between two page numbers for the
+same key in any level. Default is a comma followed by a
+blank.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-r"></a>2.2.25
+delim_r &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570722" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"--"</tt></p>
+<p>The delimiter to be inserted between the starting and ending
+page numbers of a range.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-delim-t"></a>2.2.26
+delim_t &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570762" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">""</tt></p>
+<p>The delimiter to be inserted at the end of a page list. This
+delimiter has no effect on entries which have no associated page
+list.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-encap-prefix"></a>2.2.27
+encap_prefix &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570803" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\\"</tt></p>
+<p>The prefix for the command which encapsulates the page
+number.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-encap-infox"></a>2.2.28
+encap_infix &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570844" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"{"</tt></p>
+<p>The prefix for the command which encapsulates the page
+number.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-encap-suffix"></a>2.2.29
+encap_suffix &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570885" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"}"</tt></p>
+<p>The suffix for the command which encapsulates the page
+number.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-line-max"></a>2.2.30
+line_max &lt;number&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570925" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">72</tt></p>
+<p>The maximum length of a line in the output beyond which a line
+wraps around.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-indent-space"></a>2.2.31
+indent_space &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2570965" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">"\t\t"</tt></p>
+<p>The space to be inserted in front of a wrapped line. Default is
+two tabs.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-indent-length"></a>2.2.32
+indent_length &lt;number&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2571006" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">16</tt></p>
+<p>The length of indent_space. In the default case this is 16 (for
+2 tabs).</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-suffix-2p"></a>2.2.33
+suffix_2p &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2571047" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">""</tt></p>
+<p>Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page
+number of a two page list. When present, it overrides
+<tt class="literal">delim_r</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-suffix-3p"></a>2.2.34
+suffix_3p &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2571094" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">""</tt></p>
+<p>Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page
+number of a three page list. When present, it overrides
+<tt class="literal">delim_r</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">suffix_mp</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="makeindex-output-suffix-mp"></a>2.2.35
+suffix_mp &lt;string&gt;</h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2571147" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Default: <tt class="literal">""</tt></p>
+<p>Delimiter to replace the range delimiter and the second page
+number of a multiple page list (three or more pages). When present,
+it overrides
+<tt class="literal">delim_r</tt>.</p></div></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="makeindex-example"></a>3 Example</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2571196" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The following example shows a style file called
+<tt class="literal">book.isty</tt> which defines a stand-alone
+index for a book. By stand-alone, we mean it can be formatted
+independent of the main source.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+preamble
+"\\documentstyle[12pt]{book}
+\\begin{document}
+\\begin{theindex}
+{\\small\n"
+
+postamble
+"\n\n}
+\\end{theindex}
+\\end{document}\n"
+</pre>
+<p>Suppose a particular book style requires the index (as well as
+any chapters) to start from an odd page number. Given
+<tt class="literal">foo.idx</tt> as the raw index file, the
+following command line produces an index in file
+<tt class="literal">foo-.ind</tt>.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+makeindex -s book.isty -o foo-.ind -p odd foo
+</pre>
+<p>The reason to use a non-default output file name is to avoid
+clobbering the source output (presumably
+<tt class="literal">foo.dvi</tt>) because if the index is in file
+<tt class="literal">foo.ind</tt>, its output will also be in
+<tt class="literal">foo.dvi</tt> as a result of separate formatting
+using . In the example the index is in
+<tt class="literal">foo-.ind</tt>, its output will be in
+<tt class="literal">foo-.dvi</tt> and thus introduces no
+confusion.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="makeindex-ordering"></a>4 Ordering</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2571306" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>By default <tt class="literal">makeindex</tt> assumes word
+ordering. The <tt class="literal">-l</tt> option turns it into
+letter ordering. The only difference is whether a blank is treated
+as an effective letter or not. In word ordering, a blank precedes
+any letter in the alphabet, whereas in letter ordering, it doesn't
+count at all. This is best illustrated by the following
+example:</p>
+<div class="informaltable">
+<table border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" />
+<col align="left" /></colgroup>
+<thead>
+<tr>
+<th align="left"><span class="emphasis"><em>word
+order</em></span></th>
+<th align="left"><span class="emphasis"><em>letter
+order</em></span></th></tr></thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">sea lion</td>
+<td align="left">seal</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">seal</td>
+<td align="left">seal lion</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+<p>Numbers are sorted in numeric order. For instance,</p>
+<div class="informaltable">
+<table border="0">
+<colgroup>
+<col align="left" /></colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">9 (nine), 123</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">123 10 (ten), see Derek,
+Bo</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+<p>Letters are first sorted with uppercase and lowercase considered
+identical; then, within identical words the uppercase letter
+precedes its lowercase counterpart.</p>
+<p>Patterns lead by a special symbol precede numbers, which precede
+patterns lead by a letter. The symbol here refers to anything not
+in the union of digits and English alphabet. This includes those
+which follow 'z' in the ASCII chart. As a special case, anything
+started with a digit but mixed with non-digits is considered a
+symbol-leading pattern instead of a number.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="makeindex-special-effects"></a>5 Special
+Effects</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2571484" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>In the normal case entries such as</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\indexentry{alpha}{1}
+\indexentry{alpha!beta}{3}
+\indexentry{alpha!beta!gamma}{10}
+</pre>
+<p>in the raw index file will be converted to</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\item alpha, 1
+ \subitem beta, 3
+ \subsubitem gamma, 10
+</pre>
+<p>in the output index file by Make-Index. Notice that the level
+symbol (<tt class="literal">!</tt>) is used to delimit levels of
+nesting.</p>
+<p>It is possible to make an item appear in a designated form by
+using the actual (<tt class="literal">@</tt>) operator. For
+instance,</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\indexentry{alpha@{\it alpha\/}}{1}
+</pre>
+<p>will become</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\item {\it alpha\/} 1
+</pre>
+<p>after the conversion. The idea is that the pattern preceding
+<tt class="literal">@</tt> is used as sort key, whereas the one
+following it is put in the actual result. However, the same key
+with and without the actual part are regarded as distinct
+entries.</p>
+<p>It is also possible to encapsulate a page number with a
+designated command using the encap (<tt class="literal">|</tt>)
+operator. For example, in the default case,</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\indexentry{alpha|bold}{1}
+</pre>
+<p>will be converted to</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\item alpha \bold{1}
+</pre>
+<p>where <tt class="literal">\bold{n}</tt> will expand to
+<tt class="literal">{\bf n}</tt>. This allows the encap operator to
+be used to set pages in different fonts, thereby conveying more
+information about whatever being indexed. For instance, given the
+same key the page where its definition appears can be in one font
+while where its primary example is given can be in another, with
+other ordinary appearances in a third. Notice that in this example,
+the three output attributes associated with page encapsulation
+<tt class="literal">encap_prefix</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">encap_infix</tt>, and
+<tt class="literal">encap_suffix</tt> correspond respectively to
+backslash, left brace, and right brace. If this is to be formatted
+by languages other than , they would be defined differently.</p>
+<p>By the same token, the <tt class="literal">encap</tt> operator
+can be used to make cross references in the index. For
+instance,</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\indexentry{alpha|see{beta}}{1}
+</pre>
+<p>will become</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\item alpha \see{beta}{1}
+</pre>
+<p>in the output index file after the conversion, where</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\see{beta}{1}
+</pre>
+<p>will expand to</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+{\it see\/} beta
+</pre>
+<p>Notice that in a cross reference like this the page number
+disappears. Therefore, where to insert such a command in the source
+is immaterial.</p>
+<p>A pair of encap concatenated with
+<tt class="literal">range_open</tt> (<tt class="literal">|(</tt>)
+and with <tt class="literal">range_close</tt>
+(<tt class="literal">|)</tt>) creates an explicit page range. That
+is,</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\indexentry{alpha|(}{1}
+\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}
+</pre>
+<p>will become</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\item alpha, 1--5
+</pre>
+<p>Intermediate pages indexed by the same key will be merged into
+the range implicitly. This is especially useful when an entire
+section about a particular subject is to be indexed, in which case
+only the range opening and closing operators need to be inserted at
+the beginning and end of the section, respectively.</p>
+<p>This explicit page range formation can also include an extra
+command to set the page range in a designated font. Thus</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\indexentry{alpha|(bold}{1}
+\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}
+</pre>
+<p>will become</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\item alpha, \bold{1--5}
+</pre>
+<p>A couple of special cases are worth mentioning here. First,
+entries like</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\indexentry{alpha|(}{1}
+\indexentry{alpha|bold}{3}
+\indexentry{alpha|)}{5}
+</pre>
+<p>will be interpreted as</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\item alpha, \bold{3}, 1--5
+</pre>
+<p>but with a warning message in the transcript about the encounter
+of an inconsistent page encapsulator. Secondly, an explicit range
+beginning in a Roman page number and ending in Arabic is considered
+an error. In a case like this the range is broken into two
+subranges, if possible, one in Roman, the other in Arabic. For
+instance,</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\indexentry{alpha|(}{i}
+\indexentry{alpha}{iv}
+\indexentry{alpha}{3}
+\indexentry{alpha|)}{7}
+</pre>
+<p>will be turned into</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\item alpha, 1--iv, 3--7
+</pre>
+<p>with a warning message in the transcript complaining about the
+illegal range formation.</p>
+<p>Finally, every special symbol mentioned in this section may be
+escaped by the quote operator (<tt class="literal">"</tt>).
+Thus</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\indexentry{alpha"@beta}{1}
+</pre>
+<p>will actually become</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\item alpha@beta, 1
+</pre>
+<p>as a result of executing Make-Index. However, if quote is
+preceded by escape (<tt class="literal">\</tt>), its following
+letter is not escaped. That is,</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\indexentry{f\"ur}{1}
+</pre>
+<p>means</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\item f\"ur, 1
+</pre>
+<p>which represents umlaut accented <tt class="literal">u</tt> to
+the family of processors.</p></div></div>
+<div class="chapter" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title">
+<a id="xindy"></a>Chapter&nbsp;7.&nbsp;xindy</h2></div></div></div>
+<div class="toc">
+<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list">1 Command
+List</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-processing">1.1
+Processing Commands</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-markup">1.2
+Markup Commands</a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="section"><a href="#xindy-command-list-raw-index">1.3
+Raw Index Interface</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-invoking">2 Invoking
+xindy</a></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-invoking-cmdline">2.1
+Command Line Options</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#xindy-search-path">2.2 Search
+Path</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div>
+<a id="id2571856" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
+<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
+<p>The content of this section was taken from the original
+documentation of xindy V2.1
+(<tt class="filename">Doc/manual*.html</tt>).</p></div>
+<p><span class="emphasis"><em>xindy</em></span> means
+fle<span class="emphasis"><em>x</em></span>ible
+<span class="emphasis"><em>ind</em></span>exing
+s<span class="emphasis"><em>y</em></span>stem. It is an indexing
+system that can be used to generate book-like indexes for arbitrary
+document preparation systems. This term includes systems such as
+TeX and LaTeX, the Nroff-family or SGML-based systems (e.g. HTML)
+that process some kind of text and generate indexing information.
+It is not fixed to any specific system, but can be configured for a
+wide variety of purposes.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
+<a id="xindy-command-list"></a>1 Command
+List</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2571920" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>Here is the complete list of xindy's commands that may be used
+in the index style. The symbol <tt class="literal">name</tt> always
+refers to a string. We separate the commands into the processing
+and markup commands. The commands are listed in alphabetical
+order.</p>
+<p>The parenthesis <tt class="literal">[</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">]</tt> denote optional parts of the syntax and
+<tt class="literal">{</tt> and <tt class="literal">}</tt> denote
+the grouping of elements. A vertical bar indicates alternatives.
+However, the enclosing round braces
+<span class="emphasis"><em>are</em></span> part of the syntax and
+must be supplied.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-processing"></a>1.1
+Processing Commands</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2571990" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-alphabet"></a>1.1.1
+<tt class="literal">define-alphabet</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2572018" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-alphabet name string-list)
+</pre>
+<p>Defines <tt class="literal">name</tt> to be the alphabet
+consisting of all elements of the
+<tt class="literal">string-list</tt>. Examples:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-alphabet "example-alphabet" ("An" "Example" "Alphabet"))
+</pre>
+<p>defines an alphabet consisting of exactly three symbols. For the
+successor relationship holds:
+<tt class="literal">succ("An")="Example"</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">succ("Example")="Alphabet"</tt>. The built-in
+alphabet <tt class="literal">digits</tt> is defined as follows:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-alphabet "digits"
+ ("0" "1" "2" "3" "4" "5" "6" "7" "8" "9"))
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-attributes"></a>1.1.2
+<tt class="literal">define-attributes</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2572110" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-attributes attribute-list)
+</pre>
+<p>Defines all attributes the raw index may contain. Parameter
+<tt class="literal">attribute-list</tt> is a list of list of
+strings. The nesting level must not be more than 2. So
+<tt class="literal">(..(..)..)</tt> is allowed, whereas
+<tt class="literal">(..(..(..)..)..)</tt> is not.</p>
+<p>The list has two kinds of elements: strings and list of strings.
+A single string is treated as if it were a single element list. So
+the lists <tt class="literal">("definition")</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">( ("definition") )</tt> are equivalent. All
+elements forming a list are a so-called
+<span class="emphasis"><em>attribute group</em></span>. The members
+of a group are written to the output file before any member of the
+following groups are written.</p>
+<p>Examples of valid attributes lists are:</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">("definition" "usage")</tt> defines two
+attribute groups. The first one contains all references with the
+attribute <tt class="literal">definition</tt> and the second one
+all with the attribute <tt class="literal">usage</tt>.</p>
+<p><tt class="literal">(("definition" "important") "usage")</tt>
+defines two attribute groups. The first one contains all references
+with the attributes <tt class="literal">definition</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">important</tt> and the second one all with the
+attribute <tt class="literal">usage</tt>. In the attribute group
+<tt class="literal">("definition" "important")</tt> the attribute
+<tt class="literal">definition</tt> overrides
+<tt class="literal">important</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-crossref-class"></a>1.1.3
+<tt class="literal">define-crossref-class</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2572272" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-crossref-class name [:unverified])
+</pre>
+<p>Defines <tt class="literal">name</tt> to be a class of cross
+references. We distinguish two types of cross reference classes.
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Verified</em></span> cross reference
+classes can be checked for dangling references. If for instance a
+cross reference points to the non-existent keyword `foo' a warning
+is issued and the user is advised to correct the invalid cross
+reference. This is the default. If for some reasons this mechanism
+must be deactivated the switch <tt class="literal">:unverified</tt>
+can be used to suppress this behaviour.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-letter-group"></a>1.1.4
+<tt class="literal">define-letter-group</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2572338" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-letter-group name [:before lgname] [:after lgname]
+ [:prefixes list-of-prefixes])
+</pre>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-letter-groups list-of-letter-groups)
+</pre>
+<p>This command defines a letter group with name
+<tt class="literal">name</tt>, which must be a string value,
+grouping all index entries that have a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>sort key</em></span> beginning with the
+prefix <tt class="literal">name</tt>. The command</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-letter-group "a")
+</pre>
+<p>is equivalent to the command</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-letter-group "a" :prefixes ("a"))
+</pre>
+<p>Using the latter form one can associate more than one prefix
+with a given letter group. Also further prefixes can be added to an
+already existing letter group by simply defining the same letter
+group again. This results not in a redefinition but in adding more
+prefixes to the currently defined prefixes.</p>
+<p>Example:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-letter-group "a")
+</pre>
+<p>defines a letter group containing all index entries beginning
+with the string <tt class="literal">"a"</tt>.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-letter-group "c" :after "a")
+</pre>
+<p>defines a letter group containing all index entries beginning
+with the string <tt class="literal">"c"</tt>. The letter group
+appears behind the letter group <tt class="literal">"a"</tt></p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-letter-group "b" :after "a" :before "c")
+</pre>
+<p>inserts letter group <tt class="literal">"b"</tt> between letter
+group <tt class="literal">"a"</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">"c"</tt>. This allows incremental definition of
+letter groups by extending already defined ones.</p>
+<p>The arguments <tt class="literal">:after</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">:before</tt> define a partial order on the
+letter groups. xindy tries to convert this partial order into a
+total one. If this is impossible due to circular definitions, an
+error is reported. If more than one possible total ordering can
+result, it is left open which one is used, so one should always
+define a complete total order.</p>
+<p>The command <tt class="literal">define-letter-groups</tt> (with
+an `s' at the end) is simply an abbreviation for a sequence of
+<tt class="literal">define-letter-group</tt> definitions where the
+elements are ordered in the ordering given by the list.
+Example:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-letter-groups ("a" "b" "c")
+</pre>
+<p>equals the definitions</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-letter-group "a")
+(define-letter-group "b" :after "a")
+(define-letter-group "c" :after "b")
+</pre>
+<p>See also commands
+<tt class="literal">markup-letter-group-list</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">markup-letter-group</tt> for further
+information.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class"></a>1.1.5
+<tt class="literal">define-location-class</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2572569" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-location-class name layer-list
+ [:min-range-length num]
+ [:hierdepth depth]
+ [:var])
+</pre>
+<p>Defines <tt class="literal">name</tt> to be a location class
+consisting of the given list of layers. A list of layers consists
+of names of basetypes and/or strings representing separators.
+Separators must follow the keyword argument
+<tt class="literal">:sep</tt>. If the keyword
+<tt class="literal">:min-range-length</tt> is specified we define
+the <span class="emphasis"><em>minimum range length</em></span> to
+be used when building ranges. The argument
+<tt class="literal">num</tt> must be a positive integer number or
+the keyword <tt class="literal">none</tt> in which case the
+building of ranges is disallowed. If the switch
+<tt class="literal">:var</tt> is specified the declared class is of
+type <span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span>, i.e. it is a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>var-location-class</em></span>. Since
+building of ranges is currently only allowed for standard classes
+<tt class="literal">:var</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">:min-range-length</tt> must not be used
+together. The keyword argument <tt class="literal">:hierdepth</tt>
+can be used to declare that the location references have to be
+tagged in a hierarchical form. Its argument
+<tt class="literal">depth</tt> must be an integer number indicating
+the number of layers the hierarchy does contain. See command
+<tt class="literal">markup-locref-list</tt> for more information.
+Examples:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-location-class "page-numbers" ("arabic-numbers")
+ :minimum-range-length 3)
+</pre>
+<p>Defines the location class <tt class="literal">page-numbers</tt>
+consisting of one layer which is the alphabet
+<tt class="literal">arabic-numbers</tt>. Since the minimum range
+length is set to 3 the location references 2, 3 and 4 don't form a
+range because the range length is only 2. But the references 6, 7,
+8, and 9 are enough to form a range. Some example instances of this
+class are <tt class="literal">0, 1, ... 2313</tt>, etc.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-location-class "sections" :var
+ ("arabic-numbers" :sep "."
+ "arabic-numbers" :sep "."
+ "arabic-numbers"))
+</pre>
+<p>defines a variable location class. Valid instances are
+<tt class="literal">1, 1.1, 1.2, 2, 2.4.5</tt>, but none of
+<tt class="literal">2-3</tt> (wrong separator),
+<tt class="literal">1.2.3.4</tt> (more than 3 layers),
+<tt class="literal">2.3.iv</tt> (roman number instead of arabic
+one).</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class-order"></a>1.1.6
+<tt class="literal">define-location-class-order</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2572772" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-location-class-order list)
+</pre>
+<p>Defines the order in which the location classes are written to
+the output file. The parameter <tt class="literal">list</tt> is a
+list of names of location classes. Examples:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-location-class-order
+ ("page-numbers" "sections" "xrefs"))
+</pre>
+<p>tells the system that the page numbers should appear before the
+section numbers and that the cross references should appear at the
+end. If this command is omitted, the declaration order of the
+location classes in the index style is implicitly used as the
+output order. In the case that a location class does not appear in
+the list, the output may behave unexpectedly, so one should always
+enumerate all used location classes when using this
+command.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-rule-set"></a>1.1.7
+<tt class="literal">define-rule-set</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2572847" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-rule-set name
+ [ :inherit-from ("rule-set" "rule-set-2") ]
+ :rules (&lt;rule&gt;...) )
+</pre>
+<p>A complete specification of a multi-phase sorting process for a
+language requires that some rules have to appear in several
+subsequent sorting phases. Rule sets can be used to define a set of
+rules that can be instantiated in an arbitrary sorting phase.
+Basically, they offer means to separate the definition of sorting
+rules from their instantiation, hence, acting as a wrapper for
+calls to <tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt>. They do not add new
+functionality that is not already present with
+<tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt>.</p>
+<p>A rule can be of the form:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+&lt;rule&gt; ::= ("pattern" "replacement"
+ [:string|:bregexp|:egegexp] [:again])
+</pre>
+<p>The following incomplete example defines a new rule set of name
+<tt class="literal">isolatin1-tolower</tt> that inherits
+definitions from rule set <tt class="literal">latin-tolower</tt>,
+overriding or adding the sort rules in the list of
+<tt class="literal">:rules</tt>.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-rule-set "isolatin1-tolower"
+
+ :inherit-from ("latin-tolower")
+
+ :rules (("?" "?" :string :again)
+ ("?" "?" :string :again)
+ ("?" "?" :string :again)
+ ("?" "?" :string :again)
+ ("?" "?" :string :again)
+ ("?" "?" :string :again)
+ ("?" "?" :string :again)
+ ...
+ )
+...)
+</pre>
+<p>Rule sets can be instantiated with the command
+<tt class="literal">use-rule-set</tt>. For further descriptions on
+the sorting model refer to the command
+<tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-define-sort-rule-orientations">
+</a>1.1.8
+<tt class="literal">define-sort-rule-orientations</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2572976" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-sort-rule-orientations (orientations...))
+</pre>
+<p>Defines the order for the different sorting phases. The
+currently implemented
+<span class="emphasis"><em>orientations</em></span> are
+<tt class="literal">forward</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">backward</tt>. This command must precede all
+<tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt> commands in an index style. It
+defines the orientations and implicitly sets the maximum number of
+sorting phases performed.</p>
+<p>For further descriptions on the sorting model refer to the
+command <tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-merge-rule"></a>1.1.9
+<tt class="literal">merge-rule</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2573057" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(merge-rule pattern replacement [:again]
+ [:bregexp | :eregexp | :string])
+</pre>
+<p>Defines a keyword mapping rule that can be used to generate the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>merge key</em></span> from the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>main key</em></span> of an index entry.
+This mapping is necessary to map all keywords that are differently
+written but belong to the same keyword to the same canonical
+keyword.</p>
+<p>The parameter <tt class="literal">pattern</tt> can be a
+POSIX-compliant regular expression or an ordinary string. The
+implementation uses the GNU Rx regular expression library which
+implements the POSIX regular expressions. Regular expressions (REs)
+can be specified as <span class="emphasis"><em>basic regular
+expressions</em></span> (BREs) or
+<span class="emphasis"><em>extended regular expressions</em></span>
+(EREs). You can use the switch <tt class="literal">:bregexp</tt> to
+force the interpretation of the pattern as a BRE, or
+<tt class="literal">:eregexp</tt> to interpret it as an ERE. If you
+want xindy to interpret the pattern literally, use the switch
+<tt class="literal">:string</tt>. If none of these switches is
+selected, xindy uses an auto-detection mechanism to decide, if the
+pattern is a regular expression or not. If it recognizes the
+pattern as a RE, it interprets it as an ERE by default.</p>
+<p>The parameter <tt class="literal">replacement</tt> must be a
+string possibly containing the special characters
+<tt class="literal">&amp;</tt> (substitutes for the complete match)
+and <tt class="literal">\1 ,..., \9</tt> (substituting for the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>n</em></span>-th submatch. Examples:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(merge-rule "A" "a")
+</pre>
+<p>replaces each occurrence of the uppercase letter
+<tt class="literal">`A'</tt> with its lowercase counterpart.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(merge-rule "\~"([AEOUaeou])" "\1")
+</pre>
+<p>transforms the TeX umlaut-letters into their stripped
+counterparts, such that <tt class="literal">`\"A '</tt> is treated
+as an <tt class="literal">`A'</tt> afterwards.</p>
+<p>The following sequences have a special meaning:</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">` ~n '</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>End of line symbol
+(<span class="emphasis"><em>linefeed</em></span>).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">` ~b '</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The ISO-Latin character with the lowest ordinal number.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">` ~e '</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The ISO-Latin character with the highest ordinal
+number.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">` ~~ '</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The tilde character.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">` ~" '</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The double quote character.</p></dd></dl></div>
+<p>Tilde characters and double quotes have to be quoted themselves
+with a tilde character. The special characters
+<tt class="literal">` ~b '</tt> and <tt class="literal">` ~e '</tt>
+allow the definition of arbitrary sorting orders by rules. In
+connection with an additional character every position in the
+alphabet can be described. E.g. <tt class="literal">` m~e '</tt> is
+lexicographically placed between <tt class="literal">`m'</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">`n'</tt>.</p>
+<p>Due to efficiency, rules that just exchange characters or
+substitute constant character sequences are not treated as regular
+expressions. Therefore, instead of using the rule</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(merge-rule "[A-Z]" "&amp;")
+</pre>
+<p>it is more efficient (though less comfortable) to use</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(merge-rule "A" "Ax")
+(merge-rule "B" "Bx")
+...
+(merge-rule "Z" "Zx")
+</pre>
+<p>Usually rules are applied in order of their definition. Rules
+with a special prefix precede those that begin with a class of
+characters, so that the search pattern
+<tt class="literal">`alpha'</tt> is checked before
+<tt class="literal">`.*'</tt>, but <tt class="literal">`auto'</tt>
+and <tt class="literal">`a.*'</tt> are checked in order of their
+definition.</p>
+<p>The first rule from a style file that matches the input is
+applied and the process restarts behind the substituted text. If no
+rule could be applied, the actual character is copied from the
+input and the process continues with the next character.</p>
+<p>Sometimes it is necessary to apply rules anew to the result of a
+transformation. By specifying the keyword argument
+<tt class="literal">:again</tt> in the merge rule the rule is
+marked as mutable, which means that after using this rule the
+transformation process shall restart at the same place. E.g. the
+rule</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(merge-rule "\$(.*)\$" "\1" :again)
+</pre>
+<p>deletes <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> surrounding
+<tt class="literal">`$ '</tt> symbols from the input.</p>
+<p>See also command <tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-merge-to"></a>1.1.10
+<tt class="literal">merge-to</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2573462" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(merge-to attr-from attr-to [:drop])
+</pre>
+<p>A merge rule says that the attribute
+<tt class="literal">attr-from</tt> can be used to build ranges in
+<tt class="literal">attr-to</tt>. Both attributes must name valid
+attribute names. The switch <tt class="literal">:drop</tt>
+indicates, that the original location reference with attribute
+<tt class="literal">attr-from</tt> has to be dropped (removed), if
+a successful range was built with location references in attribute
+<tt class="literal">attr-to</tt>. A detailed description is given
+in the section about processing phases.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-require"></a>1.1.11
+<tt class="literal">require</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2573541" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(require filename)
+</pre>
+<p>This command allows to load more index style modules. The module
+is searched in the directories defined in the search path. The file
+is read in and processing of the current file continues. The
+argument <tt class="literal">filename</tt> must be a string. This
+allows to decompose the index style into several modules that can
+be included into the topmost index style file. Example:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(require "french/alphabet.xdy")
+(require "french/sort-rules.xdy")
+(require "tex/locations.xdy")
+(require "tex/markup.xdy")
+</pre>
+<p>Submodules can load other submodules as well. If a file is
+required that was already loaded, the
+<tt class="literal">require</tt> command is simply ignored and
+processing continues without including this file twice. See also
+command searchpath.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-searchpath"></a>1.1.12
+<tt class="literal">searchpath</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2573612" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(searchpath {path-string | path-list})
+</pre>
+<p>This command adds the given paths to the list of paths, xindy
+searches for index style files. The argument
+<tt class="literal">path-string</tt> must be a colon-separated
+string of directory names. If this path ends with a colon the
+default search path is added to the end of the path list.
+Example:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(searchpath ".:/usr/local/lib/xindy:/usr/local/lib/xindy/english:")
+</pre>
+<p>adds the specified directories to the search path. Since the
+last path ends with a colon, the built-in search path is added at
+the end. Specifying</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(searchpath ("."
+ "/usr/local/lib/xindy"
+ "/usr/local/lib/xindy/english"
+ :default))
+</pre>
+<p>yields exactly the same result as the example above. Here
+<tt class="literal">path-list</tt> must be a list of strings and/or
+the keyword(s) <tt class="literal">:default</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">:last</tt>. The keyword
+<tt class="literal">:default</tt> signifies that the default
+pathnames are to be inserted at the specified position in the list.
+The keyword <tt class="literal">:last</tt> allows to insert the
+currently active paths at the indicated position. Since this allows
+to insert the built-in paths at any position and incrementally
+adding new paths to the search path, this version of the command
+ist more flexible than the first version.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-sort-rule"></a>1.1.13
+<tt class="literal">sort-rule</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2573722" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(sort-rule pattern replacement [:run level] [:again])
+</pre>
+<p>Defines a keyword mapping rule that can be used to generate the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>sort key</em></span> of an index entry
+from the <span class="emphasis"><em>merge key</em></span>. This key
+is used to sort the index entries lexicographically after they have
+been merged using the merge key.</p>
+<p>The argument <tt class="literal">:run</tt> indicates that this
+rule is only in effect a the specified
+<span class="emphasis"><em>level</em></span> (default is level 0).
+For a detailed discussion on the definition of sort rules for
+different layers refer to the documentation about the new sorting
+scheme (<tt class="literal">new-sort-rules</tt>) that comes with
+this distribution.</p>
+<p>See command <tt class="literal">merge-rule</tt> for more
+information about keyword rules.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title">
+<a id="xindy-command-list-processing-use-rule-set"></a>1.1.14
+<tt class="literal">use-rule-set</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2573810" class="indexterm"></a>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(use-rule-set [:run phase]
+ [:rule-set ( &lt;rule-set&gt;... ))
+</pre>
+<p>This command instantiates the gives rule sets to be in effect at
+sorting phase <tt class="literal">phase</tt>. The order of the rule
+sets given with argument <tt class="literal">:rule-set</tt> is
+significant. Rule set entries of rule set appearing at the
+beginning of the list override entries in rule sets at the end of
+the list.</p>
+<p>The following example declares that in phase 0 the rule sets
+<tt class="literal">din5007</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">isolatin1-tolower</tt> should be active,
+whereas in phase 2 the other rule sets have to be applied.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(use-rule-set :run 0
+ :rule-set ("din5007" "isolatin1-tolower"))
+
+(use-rule-set :run 1
+ :rule-set ("resolve-umlauts"
+ "resolve-sharp-s"
+ "isolatin1-tolower"
+ ))
+</pre>
+<p>For a discussion on rule sets refer to command
+<tt class="literal">define-rule-set</tt>.</p></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-markup"></a>1.2 Markup
+Commands</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2573907" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The following commands can be used to define the markup of the
+index. They don't have any influence on the indexing process. Since
+the markup scheme is characterized by the concept of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>environments</em></span>, the syntax and
+naming scheme of all commands follows a simple structure.</p>
+<p>The commands can be separated into
+<span class="emphasis"><em>environment</em></span> and
+<span class="emphasis"><em>list-environment</em></span> commands.
+All commands of the first group support the keyword arguments
+<tt class="literal">:open</tt> and <tt class="literal">:close</tt>,
+whereas the second group additionally supports the keyword argument
+<tt class="literal">:sep</tt>. If one of these keyword arguments is
+missing, the default markup tag is always the empty tag. The
+<tt class="literal">:open</tt> tag is always printed before the
+object itself and the <tt class="literal">:close</tt> tag is always
+printed after the object has been printed. If a list is printed the
+<tt class="literal">:sep</tt> tag is printed between two elements
+of the list but not before the first element, or after the last
+one. All commands dealing with a list have the suffix
+<tt class="literal">`-list'</tt> as part of their command name.</p>
+<p>Since the number of commands and the heavy usage of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>default</em></span> and
+<span class="emphasis"><em>specialized</em></span> tags makes the
+markup somehow complex (but very powerful) we have added a
+mechanism to trace the markup tags xindy omits during its markup
+phase with the command <tt class="literal">markup-trace</tt>.</p>
+<p>Here follows the list of markup commands in alphabetical order
+with some of the commands grouped together.</p>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574023"></a>1.2.1
+<tt class="literal">markup-attribute-group-list</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-attribute-group-list [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:sep string])
+
+(markup-attribute-group [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:group group-num])
+</pre>
+<p>Location class groups consist of lists of attribute groups. The
+markup of this list can be defined with the command
+<tt class="literal">markup-attribute-group-list</tt>.</p>
+<p>To allow different markup for different attribute groups the
+command <tt class="literal">markup-attribute-group</tt> can be
+specialized on the group number with the keyword argument
+<tt class="literal">:group</tt> which must be an integer number.
+E.g., given are the groups <tt class="literal">("definition"
+"theorem")</tt> and <tt class="literal">("default")</tt> with group
+numbers 0 and 1, then</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-attribute-group :open "&lt;group0&gt;" :close &lt;/group0&gt;"
+ :group 0)
+
+(markup-attribute-group :open "&lt;group1&gt;" :close "&lt;/group1&gt;"
+ :group 1)
+</pre>
+<p>can be used to assign different markup for both groups in a
+SGML-based language.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574100"></a>1.2.2
+<tt class="literal">markup-crossref-list</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-crossref-list [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:sep string]
+ [:class crossref-class])
+
+(markup-crossref-layer-list [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:sep string]
+ [:class crossref-class])
+
+(markup-crossref-layer [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:class crossref-class])
+</pre>
+<p>A crossref class group contains cross references of the same
+class. The separator between the classes is defined with the
+<tt class="literal">(markup-locclass-list :sep)</tt>-parameter. A
+list of cross references can be tagged with the
+<tt class="literal">command markup-crossref-list</tt> that
+specializes on the <tt class="literal">:class</tt> argument.</p>
+<p>Each cross reference is determined by a list of layers
+indicating the target of the cross reference. To define a suitable
+markup for such a list the <tt class="literal">command
+markup-crossref-layer-list</tt> can be used.</p>
+<p>Each layer of a cross reference can be assigned two tags that
+specialize on the class of the reference, like all other
+commands.</p>
+<p>A suitable markup for a cross reference class
+<tt class="literal">see</tt> within LaTeX2e could look like
+that:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-crossref-list :class "see" :open "\emph{see} "
+ :sep "; ")
+(markup-crossref-layer-list :class "see" :sep ",")
+(markup-crossref-layer :class "see"
+ :open "\textbf{" :close "}")
+</pre>
+<p>An example output could look like <tt class="literal">... see
+house; garden,winter; greenhouse</tt></p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574200"></a>1.2.3
+<tt class="literal">markup-index</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-index [:open string] [:close string]
+ [ :flat | :tree | :hierdepth depth ])
+</pre>
+<p>Defines the markup tags that enclose the whole index via the
+<tt class="literal">:open</tt> and <tt class="literal">:close</tt>
+parameters. Examples:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-index :open "Here comes the index~n"
+ :close "That's all folks!~n")
+</pre>
+<p>defines that the <tt class="literal">:open</tt> string is
+printed before the rest of the index and the
+<tt class="literal">:close</tt> string appears after the index is
+printed.</p>
+<p>Additionally one can specify the form of the generated index. It
+is possible to produce flat indexes by specifying the switch
+<tt class="literal">:flat</tt>, to generate a tree with the
+<tt class="literal">:tree</tt> switch or any kind of mixture
+between both by specifying the depth up to which trees shall be
+built with the parameter <tt class="literal">:hierdepth</tt>. Its
+argument depth is the number of layers that can be formed into a
+tree. Therefore <tt class="literal">:flat</tt> is an abbrevation of
+<tt class="literal">:hierdepth 0</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">:tree</tt> is an abbrevation of
+<tt class="literal">:hierdepth max-depth</tt>, with
+<tt class="literal">max-depth</tt> being the maximum number of
+layers a keyword has. An example: the keywords</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+("tree" "binary" "AVL")
+("tree" "binary" "natural")
+</pre>
+<p>can be transformed in the following ways:</p>
+<p>A flat index (<tt class="literal">:flat</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">:hierdepth 0</tt>)</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+tree binary AVL
+tree binary natural
+</pre>
+<p>with <tt class="literal">:hierdepth 1</tt></p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+tree
+ binary AVL
+ binary natural
+</pre>
+<p>and a tree (<tt class="literal">:tree</tt> or
+<tt class="literal">:hierdepth &gt; 1</tt>)</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+tree
+ binary
+ AVL
+ natural
+</pre>
+<p>Most often one will create tree-like indexes or ones that are
+flat.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574381"></a>1.2.4
+<tt class="literal">markup-indexentry-list</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-indexentry-list [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:sep string] [:depth integer])
+
+(markup-indexentry [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:depth integer])
+</pre>
+<p>Letter groups consists of a list of index entries. The command
+<tt class="literal">markup-indexentry-list</tt> defines the markup
+of these lists. The markup can be specialized on the depth if the
+index is hierarchically organized. The command</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-indexentry-list :open "\begin{IdxentList}"
+ :close "\end{IdxentList}"
+ :sep "~n")
+</pre>
+<p>defines that the index entries of all layers are wrapped into
+the given markup tags. If additionally</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-indexentry-list :open "\begin{IdxentListII}"
+ :close "\end{IdxentListII}"
+ :sep "~n"
+ :depth 2)
+</pre>
+<p>is defined, all index entry lists of all layers (except layer 2)
+are tagged according to the first specification, and the index
+entry list within depth 2 are tagged according to the second
+rule.</p>
+<p>The command <tt class="literal">markup-indexentry</tt> defines
+the markup of an index entry at a given depth. Since index entries
+may also contain subentries and the markup for subentries may be
+different in different layers, the optional keyword argument
+<tt class="literal">:depth</tt> can be used to assign different
+markup for different layers. If depth is ommited the default markup
+for all possible depths is defined. The top-most index entries have
+depth 0.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-indexentry :open "\begin{Indexentry}"
+ :close "\end{Indexentry}")
+</pre>
+<p>defines that the index entries of all layers are wrapped into
+the given markup tags. If additionally</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-indexentry :open "\begin{IndexentryII}"
+ :close "\end{IndexentryII}"
+ :depth 2)
+</pre>
+<p>is defined, all index entries of all layers (except layer 2) are
+tagged according to the first specification, and the index entries
+with depth 2 are tagged according to the second rule.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574484"></a>1.2.5
+<tt class="literal">markup-keyword-list</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-keyword-list [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:sep string] [:depth integer])
+
+(markup-keyword [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:depth integer])
+</pre>
+<p>The print key of an index entry consists of a list of strings.
+The markup of this list can be defined with the command
+<tt class="literal">markup-keyword-list</tt>. The keyword argument
+<tt class="literal">:depth</tt> may be specified to define the
+markup of the list at a particular depth.</p>
+<p>The keyword of an index entry consists of a list of strings.
+Each of these components is tagged with the strings defined with
+the command <tt class="literal">markup-keyword</tt>. Since we maybe
+need different markup for different layers, the optional keyword
+argument can be used to specialize this markup for some
+depth.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574539"></a>1.2.6
+<tt class="literal">markup-letter-group-list</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-letter-group-list [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:sep string])
+
+(markup-letter-group [:open string] [:close string] [:group group-name]
+ [:open-head string] [:close-head string]
+ [:upcase | :downcase | :capitalize])
+</pre>
+<p>The first command defines the markup of the letter group with
+name <tt class="literal">group-name</tt>. Since the markup of
+letter groups often contains the name of the letter group as a part
+of it, the other keyword arguments allow an additional markup for
+this group name. If one of the parameters
+<tt class="literal">:open-head</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">:close-head</tt> is specified additional markup
+is added as can be described as follows:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+&lt;OPEN&gt;
+ IF (:open-head OR :close-head)
+ &lt;OPEN-HEAD&gt;
+ transformer-of(&lt;GROUP-NAME&gt;)
+ &lt;CLOSE-HEAD&gt;
+ FI
+ &lt;INDEXENTRIES...&gt;
+&lt;CLOSE&gt;
+</pre>
+<p>Here, <tt class="literal">transformer-of</tt> is a function that
+possibly transforms the string representing the group name into
+another string. The transformers we currently support can be
+specified with the switches <tt class="literal">:upcase</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">:downcase</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">:capitalize</tt> which result in the
+corresponding string conversions. If none of them is specified no
+transformation is done at all.</p>
+<p>The command <tt class="literal">markup-letter-group</tt> defines
+the markup of the list of letter groups.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574639"></a>1.2.7
+<tt class="literal">markup-locclass-list</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-locclass-list [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:sep string])
+</pre>
+<p>Each index entry contains a list of location class groups. This
+markup command can be used to define the markup of this
+list.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574664"></a>1.2.8
+<tt class="literal">markup-locref</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-locref [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:class locref-class]
+ [:attr attribute]
+ [:depth integer])
+</pre>
+<p>The markup tags of a location reference can be specialized on
+the three arguments <tt class="literal">:class</tt>,
+<tt class="literal">:attr</tt> and additionally, if sub-references
+are used, <tt class="literal">:depth</tt>. Most often one will only
+use a tag depending on the attribute. For example, all location
+references with the attribute <tt class="literal">definition</tt>
+should appear in a font series like bold, emphasizing the
+importance of this location reference; those with the attribute
+<tt class="literal">default</tt> in font shape italic. The markup
+in this case would not specialize on the depth or any particular
+class. A valid definition, suitable for a usage within HTML, could
+look like this.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-locref :open "&lt;B&gt;" :close "&lt;/B&gt;" :attr "definition")
+(markup-locref :open "&lt;I&gt;" :close "&lt;/I&gt;" :attr "default")
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574736"></a>1.2.9
+<tt class="literal">markup-locref-class</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-locref-class [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:class locref-class])
+</pre>
+<p>All location references of a particular location reference class
+can be wrapped into the tags defined by this command. It
+specializes on the keyword argument
+<tt class="literal">:class</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574768"></a>1.2.10
+<tt class="literal">markup-locref-layer</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-locref-layer [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:depth integer] [:layer integer]
+ [:class locref-class])
+
+(markup-locref-layer-list [:open string] [:close string]
+ [:sep string]
+ [:depth integer]
+ [:class locref-class])
+</pre>
+<p>A location reference contains a list of location reference
+layers. The second markup command can be used to markup this list.
+It specializes on the class of the location references and the
+depth (if sub-references are used).</p>
+<p>The first command allows to tag the elements of a layer list
+differently. The first element of this list can is specialisable
+with <tt class="literal">:layer 0</tt>, the next element with
+<tt class="literal">:layer 1</tt>, etc. See the next example for an
+example.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574818"></a>1.2.11
+<tt class="literal">markup-locref-list</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-locref-list [:open string] [:close string] [:sep string]
+ [:depth integer] [:class locref-class])
+</pre>
+<p>An attribute group contains a list of location references and/or
+ranges. Additionally a layered location reference itself may
+contain sub-references that are stored as a list of location
+references. We specialize the markup for these lists on the
+location class they belong to with the keyword argument
+<tt class="literal">:class</tt>, and on
+<tt class="literal">:depth</tt> that specializes on the different
+subentry levels when using location references with
+sub-references.</p>
+<p>Given is a list of location references that have the class
+description</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(define-location-class "Appendix"
+ ("ALPHA" :sep "-" "arabic-numbers")
+ :hierdepth 2)
+</pre>
+<p>This location class has instances like
+<tt class="literal">A-1</tt>, <tt class="literal">B-5</tt>, etc.
+The keyword argument <tt class="literal">:hierdepth 2</tt> informs
+xindy to markup these location references in a hierarchical form.
+With the commands</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-locref-list :sep "; "
+ :depth 0 :class "Appendix")
+(markup-locref-list :open " " :sep ","
+ :depth 1 :class "Appendix")
+(markup-locref-layer :open "{\bf " :close "}" :layer 0
+ :depth 0 :class "Appendix")
+</pre>
+<p>we obtain a markup sequence for some example data that could
+look like</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+ \bf A} 1,2,5; {\bf B} 5,6,9; {\bf D} 1,5,8; ...
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2574916"></a>1.2.12
+<tt class="literal">markup-range</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-range [:open string] [:close string] [:sep string]
+ [:class locref-class]
+ [:length num] [:ignore-end])
+</pre>
+<p>A range consists of two location references. Markup can be
+specified with the <tt class="literal">:open</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">:close</tt> arguments and one separator given
+by the argument <tt class="literal">:sep</tt>.</p>
+<p>Since both location references are tagged with markup defined by
+the command <tt class="literal">markup-locref</tt> a specialization
+on attributes or depth is not necessary. Specialization is allowed
+on the class they belong to, because the separator between two
+location refences may be different for each location class.
+Argument <tt class="literal">:length</tt> can be used to define
+different markup for different lengths. In conjunction with
+<tt class="literal">:length</tt> is may be useful not to print the
+second location reference at all. For example, one wishes to markup
+ranges of length 1 in the form Xf. instead of X--Y. This can be
+accomplished with the switch
+<tt class="literal">:ignore-end</tt>.</p>
+<p>The markup tags for a range (X,Y) can be described as
+follows:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+&lt;OPEN&gt;
+ Markup of location reference X
+&lt;SEP&gt;
+ IF (not :ignore-end)
+ Markup of location reference Y
+ FI
+&lt;CLOSE&gt;
+</pre>
+<p>The following tags can be used to define a range of page numbers
+(given in a location class <tt class="literal">page-numbers</tt>)
+without considering the open and close parameters:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-range :sep "-" :class "page-numbers")
+</pre>
+<p>Location ranges then appear separated by a hyphen in a form like
+this:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+ ..., 5-8, 19-23, ...
+</pre></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h4 class="title"><a id="id2575040"></a>1.2.13
+<tt class="literal">(markup-trace [:on] [:open string] [:close
+string])</tt></h4></div></div></div>
+<p>This command can be used to activate the tracing of all markup
+commands xindy executes. The switch <tt class="literal">:on</tt>
+activates the trace. If <tt class="literal">:on</tt> is omitted,
+the command line flag <tt class="literal">-t</tt> can be used as
+well. All tags which are emitted but not yet defined explicitly by
+the user are tagged with a symbolic notation indicating the
+commands that must be used to define this tag. The defaults for the
+keyword argument <tt class="literal">:open</tt> is
+<tt class="literal">`&lt;'</tt> and for
+<tt class="literal">:close</tt> is <tt class="literal">`&gt;'</tt>.
+The beginning of an example output could look like:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+&lt;INDEX:OPEN&gt;
+ &lt;LETTER-GROUP-LIST:OPEN&gt;
+ &lt;LETTER-GROUP:OPEN ["a"]&gt;
+ &lt;INDEXENTRY-LIST:OPEN [0]&gt;
+ &lt;INDEXENTRY:OPEN [0]&gt;
+ &lt;KEYWORD-LIST:OPEN [0]&gt;
+ &lt;KEYWORD:OPEN [0]&gt;
+ ...
+</pre>
+<p>We use a simple indentation scheme to make the structure of the
+tags visible. The symbolic tag
+<tt class="literal">&lt;LETTER-GROUP:OPEN ["a"]&gt;</tt> for
+example indicates that the tag that can be specified with the
+command</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-letter-group :open "XXX" :group "a" ... )
+</pre>
+<p>is emitted at this point in the markup process. By incrementally
+adding markup commands to the index, more and more tags can be
+defined until the whole markup is defined. This general mechanism
+should allow everyone understand the markup process. The best is to
+start with a small index, define the complete markup and afterwards
+process the whole index. Additionally one can enclose the symbolic
+tags into an environment that is neutral to the document
+preparation system, such as a comment. For TeX this could be</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-trace :open "%%" :close "~n")
+</pre>
+<p>or a definition in the TeX document like</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+\def\ignore#1{}
+</pre>
+<p>combined with the command</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(markup-trace :open "\ignore{" :close "}")
+</pre></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-command-list-raw-index"></a>1.3 Raw
+Index Interface</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2575175" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>This section can be skipped if the reader is not interested in
+adapting xindy to a new document preparation system.</p>
+<p>The raw index is the file that represents the index that is to
+be processed. Since many different document preparation systems may
+use different forms of index representations, their output must be
+transformed in a form readable by xindy. We also could have written
+an configurable parser performing this task, but usually a tool
+written with some text processing tools such as
+<span><b class="command">perl</b></span>,
+<span><b class="command">sed</b></span> or
+<span><b class="command">awk</b></span> can achieve the same task
+as well. Therefore, adapting xindy to a completely different system
+can mostly be done by writing an appropriate raw index filter.</p>
+<p>The format of the raw index interface of xindy is defined as
+follows:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(indexentry { :key string-list [:print string-list]
+ | :tkey list-of-layers }
+ [:attr string]
+ { :locref string [:open-range | :close-range]
+ | :xref string-list } )
+</pre>
+<p>The pseudo variable
+<span class="emphasis"><em>string</em></span> is a sequence of
+characters surrounded by double quotes, e.g.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+"Hi, it's me" "one" "a string with two \"double quotes\""
+</pre>
+<p>are three examples of valid strings. If you need to include a
+double quote as a literal character, you must quote it itself with
+a backslash as shown in the third example. A
+<span class="emphasis"><em>string list</em></span> is simply a list
+of strings separated by whitespaces and surrounded by round braces.
+An example of a string list is</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+("This" "is" "a" "list" "of" "strings")
+</pre>
+<p>So far about the syntax. The semantics of the different elements
+are described here.</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">:key</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The argument <span class="emphasis"><em>string list</em></span>
+defines the keyword of the index entry. It must be a list of
+strings, since the keyword may consist of different layers such as
+<tt class="literal">("heap" "fibonacci")</tt>.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">:print</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The optional <span class="emphasis"><em>print key</em></span>
+defines the way the keyword has to be printed in the markup
+phase.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">:tkey</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Another possibility to define the keys of an index entry is with
+the <tt class="literal">:tkey</tt> keyword argument. It can be used
+instead of the <tt class="literal">:key</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">:print</tt> arguments. Instead of specifying
+separately the key and the corresponding print key, we define the
+keyword by its layers. Each layer consist of a list of one or two
+strings. The first string will be interpreted as the main key,
+whereas the second one will become the print key. If the print key
+is ommited, the main key is taken instead. So the definition</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+:tkey (("This") ("is") ("a") ("bang" "BANG !!!"))
+</pre>
+<p>is equivalent to</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+:key ("This" "is" "a" "bang")
+:print ("This" "is" "a" "BANG !!!")
+</pre></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">:locref</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The reference an index entry describes can be a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>location reference</em></span> or a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>cross reference</em></span>. The switch
+<tt class="literal">:locref</tt> describes a location reference.
+Its optional arguments are <tt class="literal">:open-range</tt> and
+<tt class="literal">:close-range</tt>. The
+<span class="emphasis"><em>string</em></span> that must be supplied
+must somehow encode the location reference. It might look like the
+string <tt class="literal">"25"</tt> representing the page number
+25, or <tt class="literal">"Appendix-I"</tt> representing the first
+appendix numbered in uppercase roman numerals.</p></dd>
+<dt>
+<span class="term"><tt class="literal">:open-range,:close-range</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>These are switches that do not take any arguments. They describe
+the beginning and ending of a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>range</em></span>, starting or ending
+from the location reference that is given by the argument
+<tt class="literal">:locref</tt>. If they are supplied, the
+location reference may have influence on the way ranges are
+build.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">:xref</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>These arguments choose the second alternative. The argument
+<span class="emphasis"><em>string list</em></span> of parameter
+<tt class="literal">:xref</tt> describes where the index entry
+should point to.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term"><tt class="literal">:attr</tt></span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>This parameter may be used to tag a location reference with a
+certain attribute or it names the class of a cross reference. It
+may also used to associate different markup for different
+attributes in the markup phase. If this parameter is omitted or is
+the empty string, the indexentry is declared to have the attribute
+<tt class="literal">default</tt>.</p></dd></dl></div>
+<p>Some examples:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(indexentry :key ("airplane") :locref "25" :attr "default")
+</pre>
+<p>defines an index entry with the key
+<span class="emphasis"><em>airplane'</em></span> indexed on page
+<span class="emphasis"><em>25'</em></span>. This index entry has
+the attribute <tt class="literal">default</tt>.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(indexentry :key ("house") :xref("building") :attr "see")
+</pre>
+<p>defines a cross reference with the key
+<tt class="literal">house</tt> pointing to the term
+<tt class="literal">building</tt>. This cross reference belongs to
+the cross reference class <tt class="literal">see</tt>.</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+(indexentry :key ("house") :xref("building") :open-range)
+</pre>
+<p>is an invalid specification, since
+<tt class="literal">:open-range</tt> mustn't be used together with
+cross references.</p></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="xindy-invoking"></a>2
+Invoking xindy</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2575621" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-invoking-cmdline"></a>2.1 Command
+Line Options</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2575644" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The following command line options are accepted:</p>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+xindy [-h] [-t] [-v] [-l logfile] [-o outfile]
+ [-L n] [-f filterprog]
+ indexstyle raw-index
+</pre>
+<p>The argument <tt class="literal">indexstyle</tt> names a file,
+containing the index style description. The argument
+<tt class="literal">raw-index</tt> names a file, containing the raw
+index. Both arguments are mandatory.</p>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Gives a short summary of all command line options.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">-l</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Writes helpful information into the specified
+<tt class="literal">logfile</tt>. For example, the keyword mappings
+are written into this file, so one can check if the intended
+mappings were actually performed this way.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">-o</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Explicitly defines the name of the
+<tt class="literal">output</tt> file. If not given, the name of the
+<tt class="literal">raw-index</tt> is used with its extension
+changed to <tt class="literal">.ind</tt> (or added, if it had no
+extension at all).</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">-t</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Enters tracing mode of the symbolic markup tags. The format of
+the emitted tags can be defined with the command
+<tt class="literal">markup-trace</tt>.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Set the xindy logging-level to
+<tt class="literal">n</tt>.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">-f</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Run <tt class="literal">filterprog</tt> on
+<tt class="literal">raw-index</tt> before reading. The program must
+act as a filter reading from <tt class="literal">stdin</tt> and
+writing to <tt class="literal">stdout</tt>. The most obvious use of
+this option in conjunction with TeX is to run
+<tt class="literal">-f tex2xindy</tt> on the index file prior to
+reading the entries into xindy.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">-v</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Shows the version number of xindy.</p></dd></dl></div>
+<p>Errors and warnings are reported to
+<tt class="literal">stdout</tt> and additionally to the logfile if
+<tt class="literal">-l</tt> was specified.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h3 class="title"><a id="xindy-search-path"></a>2.2 Search
+Path</h3></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2575892" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The system uses the concept of a search path for finding the
+index style files and modules. The searchpath can be set with the
+environment variable <tt class="envar">XINDY_SEARCHPATH</tt> which
+must contain a list of colon-separated directories. If it ends with
+a colon, the built-in searchpath is added to the entire searchpath.
+See the command <a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-searchpath"
+title="1.1.12 searchpath">searchpath</a> for further
+details.</p></div></div></div>
+<div class="appendix" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title">
+<a id="appendices"></a>Appendix&nbsp;A.&nbsp;Appendices</h2></div></div></div>
+<div class="toc">
+<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#issues">1 Bugs / Known Issues /
+Missing Features</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#about">2 About this
+Document</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#release-news">3 Release
+News</a></span></dt>
+<dt><span class="section"><a href="#gfdl">4 GNU Free Documentation
+License</a></span></dt>
+<dt>
+<span class="index"><a href="#tex-refs-idx">Index</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="issues"></a>1 Bugs /
+Known Issues / Missing Features</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2575966" class="indexterm"></a>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term">PDF</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The PDF file is an experimental version generated using
+<a href="http://dblatex.sf.net" target="_top">DB2LaTeX</a>. There
+is much room for improvements and we will work on this.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">Texinfo</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Currently we don't know any working solution to convert DocBook
+XML to Texinfo (at least not for a complex document). Anyone who
+wants to work on this issue is highly welcome. A starting point
+could be the <span class="emphasis"><em>docbook2X</em></span>
+project at <a href="http://docbook2x.sourceforge.net"
+target="_top">http://docbook2x.sourceforge.net</a>.</p></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">vim-help</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Quite a few poeple are asking for a version in vim-help format.
+<a href="mailto:srinath@eecs.berkeley.edu" target="_top">Srinath
+Avadhanula</a> has already done some work on
+this.</p></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="about"></a>2 About
+this Document</h2></div></div></div>
+<a id="id2576071" class="indexterm"></a>
+<p>The source format of this document is
+<a href="http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/docbook/"
+target="_top">DocBook XML (V4.3)</a>.</p>
+<p>The various output formats were generated using:</p>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc">
+<li><a href="http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/" target="_top">xsltproc
+(libxml2-2.6.16/libxslt-1.1.12)</a> as XSLT processor</li>
+<li><a href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook"
+target="_top">DocBook XSL Stylesheets (V1.68.1)</a> for HTML</li>
+<li><a href="http://db2latex.sf.net/" target="_top">DB2LaTeX XSL
+Stylesheets (V0.8pre1+20050330</a> for LaTeX/PDF</li>
+<li><tt class="literal">scrbook [2004/09/16 v2.9t LaTeX2e KOMA
+document class]</tt> of
+<a href="ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/"
+ target="_top">KOMA-Script</a></li>
+<li>
+<a href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/fonts/ps-type1/lm/tex/latex/lm/"
+ target="_top">Latin Modern Type 1 Fonts (V0.92)</a></li>
+<li>pdfLaTeX (3.14159-1.10b) for generating PDF
+output</li></ul></div>
+<p>You'll always find the newest version of this document at
+<a href="http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/"
+target="_top">http://www.miwie.org/tex-refs/</a>.</p></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="release-news"></a>3
+Release News</h2></div></div></div>
+<div class="variablelist">
+<dl>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.3.9 05-05-14</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Consistent naming scheme of IDs to ease the use of this
+reference for other projects</li>
+<li>Added new section <a href="#float" title="3.3 float">float</a>
+in chapter <a href="#latex"
+title="2 LaTeX">LaTeX</a></li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.3.8 04-10-28</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Minor changes in <a href="#page-styles"
+title="2.3.15 Page Styles">\maketitle</a></li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.3.7 04-08-26</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Corrected typos and markup errors in chapter <a href="#bibtex"
+title="Chapter&nbsp;5.&nbsp;BibTeX">BibTeX</a></li>
+<li>Switched to DocBook XML V4.3</li>
+<li>Added new section <a href="#opt-latex"
+title="2.1 Options">Options</a> in chapter <a href="#latex"
+title="2 LaTeX">LaTeX</a></li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.3.6 04-06-21</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Added a note in chapter <a href="#latex"
+title="2 LaTeX">LaTeX</a> with the copyright and permission notice
+of the original file <tt class="filename">latex2.texi</tt></li>
+<li>Corrected typos and added missing hyperlinks in chapter
+<a href="#xindy" title="Chapter&nbsp;7.&nbsp;xindy">xindy</a></li>
+<li>PDF file optimized/linearized and some
+finetuning</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.3.5 04-05-01</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Added content to chapters <a href="#metapost"
+title="Chapter&nbsp;4.&nbsp;MetaPost">MetaPost</a> and
+<a href="#pdftex"
+title="Chapter&nbsp;2.&nbsp;pdfTeX">pdfTeX</a></li>
+<li>Enhanced index for chapter <a href="#metapost"
+title="Chapter&nbsp;4.&nbsp;MetaPost">Make-Index</a></li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.3.4 04-04-24</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Version control system changed from CVS to SVN</li>
+<li>Added missing entries to chapter <a href="#makeindex"
+title="Chapter&nbsp;6.&nbsp;Make-Index">Make-Index</a></li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.3.3 04-01-26</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Corrected again section <a href="#makeindex-output-style-specs"
+title="2.2 Output Style Specifiers">Output Style Specifiers</a> and
+<a href="#makeindex-style" title="2.1 Input Style Specifiers">Input
+Style Specifiers</a> of chapter <a href="#makeindex"
+title="Chapter&nbsp;6.&nbsp;Make-Index">Make-Index</a></li>
+<li>Corrected some symbols in the index</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.3.2 04-01-16</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Corrected sections <a href="#makeindex-output-style-specs"
+title="2.2 Output Style Specifiers">Output Style Specifiers</a> and
+<a href="#makeindex-style" title="2.1 Input Style Specifiers">Input
+Style Specifiers</a> of chapter <a href="#makeindex"
+title="Chapter&nbsp;6.&nbsp;Make-Index">Make-Index</a></li>
+<li>Enhanced index in PDF</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.3.1 04-01-06</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>More work on PDF</li>
+<li>Modularized XSL stylesheet files</li>
+<li>Corrected some typos</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.3.0 03-12-25</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Changed document root to
+<span class="emphasis"><em>book</em></span></li>
+<li>More work on PDF version</li>
+<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.64.1</li>
+<li>Minor fixes</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.2.6 03-10-27</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Rearranged appendix</li>
+<li>Work on PDF version</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.2.5 03-10-17</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Added contents of <a href="#gfdl"
+title="4 GNU Free Documentation License">GNU FDL</a> in
+appendix</li>
+<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.62.4</li>
+<li>Switched to <a href="http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/"
+target="_top"><tt class="literal">xsltproc</tt></a> as
+XSLT-processor</li>
+<li>Reedited some deeply nested sections</li>
+<li>Changed colors in CSS</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.2.4 03-09-06</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Added subsection <a href="#dcolumn"
+title="3.2 dcolumn"><tt class="literal">dcolumn</tt></a></li>
+<li>Subsection <a href="#fontenc"
+title="3.4 fontenc"><tt class="literal">fontenc</tt></a> translated
+into english</li>
+<li>Corrected typo in
+<a href="#cmd-sbox"><tt class="filename">\sbox</tt></a></li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.2.3 03-04-12</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Provide PDF output using <a href="http://www.pragma-ade.com/"
+target="_top">ConTeXt</a> and
+<a href="http://www.hobby.nl/~scaprea/context/index.html"
+target="_top">DocBook In ConTeXt</a> (still experimental)</li>
+<li>Reedited (beautified) sections LaTeX / Commands /
+<a href="#counters" title="2.3.1 Counters">Counters</a> |
+<a href="#cross-references" title="2.3.2 Cross References">Cross
+References</a> | <a href="#definitions"
+title="2.3.3 Definitions">Definitions</a> | <a href="#layout"
+title="2.3.5 Layout">Layout</a> | <a href="#env-latex"
+title="2.3.6 Environments">Environments</a> | <a href="#footnotes"
+title="2.3.7 Footnotes">Footnotes</a></li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.2.2 03-01-26</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Added bzip2 compressed version of source and outfiles
+tarball</li>
+<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.60.1</li>
+<li>Eliminated more spurious &amp;Acirc; characters in HTML
+output</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.2.1 03-01-18</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.59.2</li>
+<li>Eliminated spurious &amp;Acirc; characters</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.2.0 03-01-11</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.58.1</li>
+<li>Minor changes to CSS file</li>
+<li>License changed to
+<a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html" target="_top">GNU
+Free Documentation License</a></li>
+<li>Added subsection <a href="#pstricks-commands"
+title="4.2.2 Commands and Parameters">Commands and Parameters</a>
+to section <a href="#pstricks"
+title="4.2 PSTricks">PSTricks</a></li>
+<li>Reworked <a href="#inputenc" title="3.8 inputenc">inputenc</a>
+section</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.1.3 02-10-17</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Started rework of <a href="#komascript"
+title="3.9 KOMA-Script">KOMA-Script</a> section</li>
+<li>Added subsection <a href="#pstricks-add-packages"
+title="4.2.3 List of Additional PSTricks Packages">Additional
+PSTricks Packages</a></li>
+<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.56.1</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.1.2 02-10-01</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Reworked <a href="#hyperref" title="3.7 hyperref">hyperref</a>
+section</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.1.1 02-09-19</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Added template sections for <a href="#pictex"
+title="4.1 PiCTeX (tbd.)">PiCTeX</a> and <a href="#texinfo"
+title="7 Texinfo (tbd.)">Texinfo</a></li>
+<li>Added subsection <a href="#release-news"
+title="3 Release News">Release News</a> in appendix
+<a href="#about" title="2 About this Document">About this
+Document</a></li>
+<li>Using new XSL stylesheets V1.55.0</li>
+<li>Added missing CSS file to outfiles tarball</li>
+<li>Corrected wrong FPI</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.1.0 02-08-20</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Eliminated trailing '.' in numbered sections</li>
+<li>Minor markup errors corrected</li>
+<li>Reworked CSS file</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.0.5 02-08-10</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Switched to DocBook XML 4.2</li>
+<li>Sections 'Bibindex' and 'xindy' completed</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.0.4 02-07-25</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>Section 'Makeindex' completed</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.0.3 02-07-13</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>New XSL stylesheets solve bug in creating index (no other
+changes)</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.0.2 02-07-05</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>New (template) sections 'fontinst', 'Bibtex', 'Makeindex', and
+'xindy'</li>
+<li>New section 'Special Symbols'</li>
+<li>Added information for 'german' package</li>
+<li>Registered as a new project (tex-refs) on
+freshmeat.net</li></ul></div></dd>
+<dt><span class="term">V0.0.1 02-06-21</span></dt>
+<dd>
+<div class="itemizedlist">
+<ul type="disc" compact="compact">
+<li>First official
+announcement</li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div>
+<div class="section" lang="en">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="gfdl"></a>4 GNU Free
+Documentation License</h2></div></div></div>
+<h5 class="title"><a id="id2577462"></a>Version 1.2, November
+2002</h5>
+<pre class="programlisting">
+ Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+0. PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+
+1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below,
+refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+
+A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+
+The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+
+A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
+transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
+include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+processing tools are not generally available, and the
+machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+processors for output purposes only.
+
+The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
+"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title"
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+
+2. VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+
+3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+
+4. MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+ (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+ of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+ if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+ Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+ Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+ unless they release you from this requirement.
+C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
+D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+ giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+ terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+ and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
+ to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+ publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+ there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+ given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+ Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+ public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+ the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+ it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
+ You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+ least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+ publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+ Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
+ the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+ and/or dedications given therein.
+L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+ unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+ or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
+N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements"
+ or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+
+5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
+Entitled "Endorsements".
+
+
+6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+
+7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+
+
+8. TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
+"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+
+
+9. TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+
+10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+
+ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+ Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+ A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+ Free Documentation License".
+
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
+
+ with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
+ Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+</pre></div>
+<div class="index">
+<div class="titlepage">
+<div>
+<div>
+<h2 class="title">
+<a id="tex-refs-idx"></a>Index</h2></div></div></div>
+<div class="index">
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>Symbols</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>$, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\!, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\' (tabbing), <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\(, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\), <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\+, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\,, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\- (hyphenation), <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp;
+Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\- (tabbing) , <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\;, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\&lt; , <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\=, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\&gt;, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\a, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\addcontentsline, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table of
+Contents</a></dt>
+<dt>\address, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\addtocontents, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table of
+Contents</a></dt>
+<dt>\addtocounter{counter}{value},
+<a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\addtolength, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>\addvspace, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\alph, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\Alph, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\appendix, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
+<dt>\arabic, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\areaset,
+<a href="#komascript-page-layout">Page-Layout</a></dt>
+<dt>\author, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>\backslash, <a href="#special-characters">Special
+Characters</a></dt>
+<dt>\begin, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\bfseries, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\bibitem, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\bibliography, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\bibliographystyle, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\bigskip, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\bm, <a href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt>
+<dt>\boldsymbol, <a href="#amsmath">amsmath</a></dt>
+<dt>\boldsymbold, <a href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt>
+<dt>\caption, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\cc, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\cdots, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\centering, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\chapter, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
+<dt>\circle, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\cite, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\cleardoublepage, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp;
+Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\clearpage, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\cline, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\closing, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\COLON, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\dashbox, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\date, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>\ddots, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\depth, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>\documentclass, <a href="#document-classes">Document
+Classes</a></dt>
+<dt>\dotfill, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\emph, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\encl, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\end, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\enlargethispage, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp;
+Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\ensuremath{}, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\fbox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\floatname, <a href="#float">float</a></dt>
+<dt>\floatplacement, <a href="#float">float</a></dt>
+<dt>\floatstyle, <a href="#float">float</a></dt>
+<dt>\flushbottom, <a href="#layout">Layout</a></dt>
+<dt>\fnsymbol, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\fontencoding, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\fontfamily, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\fontseries, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\fontshape, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\fontsize, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\footnote, <a href="#footnotes">Footnotes</a></dt>
+<dt>\footnotemark, <a href="#footnotes">Footnotes</a></dt>
+<dt>\footnotesize, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\footnotetext, <a href="#footnotes">Footnotes</a></dt>
+<dt>\frac, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\frame, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\framebox, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a>,
+<a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\fussy, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\graphicspath, <a href="#graphicspath">\graphicspath</a></dt>
+<dt>\height, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>\hfill, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\hline, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\hrulefill, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\hspace, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\huge, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\Huge, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\hyphenation, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\include, <a href="#splitting-the-input">Splitting the
+Input</a></dt>
+<dt>\includegraphics,
+<a href="#includegraphics">\includegraphics</a></dt>
+<dt>\includeonly, <a href="#splitting-the-input">Splitting the
+Input</a></dt>
+<dt>\indent, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making
+Paragraphs</a></dt>
+<dt>\input, <a href="#splitting-the-input">Splitting the
+Input</a></dt>
+<dt>\item, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\itshape, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\kill, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\label, <a href="#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt>
+<dt>\large, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\Large, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\LARGE, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\ldots, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\lefteqn, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\line, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\linebreak, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\linethickness, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\listof, <a href="#float">float</a></dt>
+<dt>\listoffigures, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table of
+Contents</a></dt>
+<dt>\listoftables, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table of
+Contents</a></dt>
+<dt>\location, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\makebox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\makebox (picture), <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\makelabels, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\maketitle, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>\markboth, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>\markright, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>\mathbf, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\mathcal, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\mathit, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\mathnormal, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\mathrm, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\mathsf, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\mathtt, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\mathversion, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\mbox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\mdseries, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\medskip, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\multicolumn, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\multiput, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\name, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\newcommand, <a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
+<dt>\newcounter, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\newenvironment, <a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
+<dt>\newfloat, <a href="#float">float</a></dt>
+<dt>\newfont, <a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
+<dt>\newlength, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>\newline, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\newpage, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\newsavebox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\newtheorem, <a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
+<dt>\nocite, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\nofiles, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table of
+Contents</a></dt>
+<dt>\noindent, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making
+Paragraphs</a></dt>
+<dt>\nolinebreak, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\nopagebreak, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\normalfont, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\normalsize, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\onecolumn, <a href="#layout">Layout</a></dt>
+<dt>\opening, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\oval, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\overbrace, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\overline, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\pagebreak, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\pagenumbering, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>\pageref, <a href="#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt>
+<dt>\pagestyle, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>\par, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></dt>
+<dt>\paragraph, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
+<dt>\parbox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\pmb, <a href="#amsmath">amsmath</a></dt>
+<dt>\poptabs, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\ps, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\pushtabs, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\put, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\raggedbottom, <a href="#layout">Layout</a></dt>
+<dt>\raggedleft, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\raggedright, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\raisebox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\ref, <a href="#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt>
+<dt>\refstepcounter, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\restylefloat, <a href="#float">float</a></dt>
+<dt>\rmfamily, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\roman, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\Roman, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\rule, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\samepage, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\savebox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\sbox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\scriptsize, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\scshape, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\selectfont, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\setcounter, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\setlength, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>\settodepth, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>\settoheight, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>\settowidth, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>\sffamily, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\shortstack, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\signature, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\sloppy, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\slshape, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\small, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\smallskip, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\sqrt, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\startbreaks, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\stepcounter, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\stopbreaks, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\subparagraph, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
+<dt>\subsection, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
+<dt>\subsubsection, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
+<dt>\symbol, <a href="#special-characters">Special
+Characters</a></dt>
+<dt>\tableofcontents, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table of
+Contents</a></dt>
+<dt>\telephone, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>\textbf, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\textit, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\textmd, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\textnormal, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\textrm, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\textsc, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\textsf, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\textsl, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\texttt, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\textup, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\thanks, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>\thispagestyle, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>\tiny, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\title, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>\today, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\totalheight, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>\ttfamily, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\twocolumn, <a href="#layout">Layout</a></dt>
+<dt>\typearea,
+<a href="#komascript-page-layout">Page-Layout</a></dt>
+<dt>\typein, <a href="#terminal-input-slash-output">Terminal
+Input/Output</a></dt>
+<dt>\typeout, <a href="#terminal-input-slash-output">Terminal
+Input/Output</a></dt>
+<dt>\unboldmath, <a href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt>
+<dt>\underbrace, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\underline, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\upDelta, <a href="#upDelta-upOmega">\upDelta /
+\upOmega</a></dt>
+<dt>\upOmega, <a href="#upDelta-upOmega">\upDelta /
+\upOmega</a></dt>
+<dt>\upshape, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\usebox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\usecounter, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\usefont, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>\usepackage, <a href="#document-classes">Document
+Classes</a></dt>
+<dt>\value, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>\vdots, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\vector, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\verb, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\vfill, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\vline, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>\vpageref, <a href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt>
+<dt>\vpagerefrange, <a href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt>
+<dt>\vref, <a href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt>
+<dt>\vrefrange, <a href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt>
+<dt>\vspace, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\width, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>\[, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\\, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>\], <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>\` (tabbing), <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>^, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>_, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>A</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>About this Document, <a href="#about">About this
+Document</a></dt>
+<dt>Accents, <a href="#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
+<dt>Accessing any character of a font,
+<a href="#special-characters">Special Characters</a></dt>
+<dt>Aligning Equations, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>amsmath, <a href="#amsmath">amsmath</a></dt>
+<dt>ansinew, <a href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt>
+<dt>Appendix, creating, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
+<dt>applemac, <a href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt>
+<dt>array, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Arrays, math, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Arrows, <a href="#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
+<dt>article class, <a href="#document-classes">Document
+Classes</a></dt>
+<dt>Author, for titlepage, <a href="#page-styles">Page
+Styles</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>B</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>BCOR, <a href="#komascript-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>Bibliography, creating (automatically),
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Bibliography, creating (manually),
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>BibTeX, <a href="#bibtex">BibTeX</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>bib files, <a href="#bibtex-bib-files">bib files</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>@STRING command, <a href="#bibtex-string-command">@STRING
+command</a></dt>
+<dt>Entry Format, <a href="#bibtex-entry-format">Entry
+Format</a></dt>
+<dt>Entry Types, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types">Entry Types</a></dt>
+<dt>Field Text, <a href="#bibtex-field-text">Field Text</a></dt>
+<dt>Field Types, <a href="#bibtex-field-types">Field
+Types</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>bst files, <a href="#bibtex-bst-files">bst files</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>ABBRV.BST, <a href="#bibtex-bst-abbr">ABBRV.BST</a></dt>
+<dt>ALPHA.BST, <a href="#bibtex-bst-alpha">ALPHA.BST</a></dt>
+<dt>PLAIN.BST, <a href="#bibtex-bst-plain">PLAIN.BST</a></dt>
+<dt>SAMPLE.BST, <a href="#bibtex-bst-sample">SAMPLE.BST</a></dt>
+<dt>UNSRT.BST,
+<a href="#bibtex-bst-unsrt">UNSRT.BST</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Command Qualifiers,
+<a href="#bibtex-command-qualifiers">Command Qualifiers</a></dt>
+<dt>Entry Types</dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>article entry, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types-article">article
+entry</a></dt>
+<dt>book entry, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types-book">book
+entry</a></dt>
+<dt>booklet entry, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types-booklet">booklet
+entry</a></dt>
+<dt>conference entry,
+<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-conference">conference entry</a></dt>
+<dt>inbook entry, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types-inbook">inbook
+entry</a></dt>
+<dt>incollection entry,
+<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-incollection">incollection
+entry</a></dt>
+<dt>inproceedings entry,
+<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-inproceedings">inproceedings
+entry</a></dt>
+<dt>manual entry, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types-manual">manual
+entry</a></dt>
+<dt>mastersthesis entry,
+<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-mastersthesis">mastersthesis
+entry</a></dt>
+<dt>misc entry, <a href="#bibtex-entry-types-misc">misc
+entry</a></dt>
+<dt>phdthesis entry,
+<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-phdthesis">phdthesis entry</a></dt>
+<dt>proceedings entry,
+<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-proceedings">proceedings
+entry</a></dt>
+<dt>techreport entry,
+<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-techreport">techreport entry</a></dt>
+<dt>unpublished entry,
+<a href="#bibtex-entry-types-unpublished">unpublished
+entry</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Field Text</dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>Abbreviations,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-text-abbr">Abbreviations</a></dt>
+<dt>Names, <a href="#bibtex-field-text-names">Names</a></dt>
+<dt>Titles,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-text-titles">Titles</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Field Types</dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>address field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-address">address
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>annote field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-annote">annote
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>author field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-author">author
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>booktitle field,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-booktitle">booktitle field</a></dt>
+<dt>chapter field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-chapter">chapter
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>edition field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-edition">edition
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>editor field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-editor">editor
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>howpublished field,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-howpublished">howpublished
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>institution field,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-institution">institution
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>journal field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-journal">journal
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>key field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-key">key field</a></dt>
+<dt>month field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-month">month
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>note field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-note">note
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>number field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-number">number
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>organization field,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-organization">organization
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>pages field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-pages">pages
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>publisher field,
+<a href="#bibtex-field-types-publisher">publisher field</a></dt>
+<dt>school field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-school">school
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>series field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-series">series
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>title field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-title">title
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>type field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-type">type
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>volume field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-volume">volume
+field</a></dt>
+<dt>year field, <a href="#bibtex-field-types-year">year
+field</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Parameters, <a href="#bibtex-parameters">Parameters</a></dt>
+<dt>using, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Binary Operators, <a href="#special-symbols">Special
+Symbols</a></dt>
+<dt>bm, <a href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt>
+<dt>book class, <a href="#document-classes">Document
+Classes</a></dt>
+<dt>Boxes, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>C</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Cc list, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>center, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Centering text, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Centering text, environment for,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Characters, reserved, <a href="#special-characters">Special
+Characters</a></dt>
+<dt>Characters, special, <a href="#special-characters">Special
+Characters</a></dt>
+<dt>cite.sty, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Classes of document, <a href="#document-classes">Document
+Classes</a></dt>
+<dt>Commands, defining new ones,
+<a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
+<dt>Computer programs, typesetting,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>ConTeXt, <a href="#context">ConTeXt (tbd.)</a></dt>
+<dt>Counters, a list of, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>Counters, creating, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>Counters, getting the value of,
+<a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>Counters, setting, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>cp850, <a href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt>
+<dt>Creating letters, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>Creating pictures, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Creating tables, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Credits, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
+<dt>Cross referencing, <a href="#cross-references">Cross
+References</a></dt>
+<dt>Cross referencing using page number,
+<a href="#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt>
+<dt>Cross referencing using section number,
+<a href="#cross-references">Cross References</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>D</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Date, for titlepage, <a href="#page-styles">Page
+Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>dcolumn, <a href="#dcolumn">dcolumn</a></dt>
+<dt>Defining a new command,
+<a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
+<dt>Defining new environments,
+<a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
+<dt>Defining new fonts, <a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
+<dt>Defining new theorems,
+<a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
+<dt>Delimiters, <a href="#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
+<dt>description, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Displaying quoted text,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>DIV, <a href="#komascript-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>Document Classes, <a href="#document-classes">Document
+Classes</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>E</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Ellipsis, <a href="#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
+<dt>Enclosed material, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>Ending &amp; Starting, <a href="#starting-and-ending">Starting
+&amp; Ending</a></dt>
+<dt>Enlarge current page, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line
+&amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>enumerate, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Environments, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Environments, defining,
+<a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
+<dt>eqnarray, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>equation, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Equations, aligning, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Equations, environment for,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>exponent, <a href="#math-formulae">Math
+Formulae</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>F</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>figure, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Figures, footnotes in,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>float, <a href="#float">float</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>\floatname, <a href="#float">float</a></dt>
+<dt>\floatplacement, <a href="#float">float</a></dt>
+<dt>\floatstyle, <a href="#float">float</a></dt>
+<dt>\listof, <a href="#float">float</a></dt>
+<dt>\newfloat, <a href="#float">float</a></dt>
+<dt>\restylefloat, <a href="#float">float</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Flushing a page, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp;
+Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>flushleft, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>flushright, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Font commands, low-level,
+<a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>Font Sizes, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>Font Styles, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>fontenc, <a href="#fontenc">fontenc</a></dt>
+<dt>fontinst, <a href="#fontinst">fontinst (tbd.)</a></dt>
+<dt>Fonts, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>Fonts, new commands for,
+<a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
+<dt>footexclude, <a href="#komascript-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>footinclude, <a href="#komascript-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>Footnotes in figures,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Footnotes, creating, <a href="#footnotes">Footnotes</a></dt>
+<dt>Formatting Text, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Formulae, environment for,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Formulae, maths, <a href="#math-formulae">Math
+Formulae</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>G</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>german, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>!-, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>"", <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>"=, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>"a, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>"ck, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>"ff, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>"|, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>"~, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>&lt;, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>\-, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>\dq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>\flq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>\flqq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>\frq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>\frqq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>\glq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>\glqq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>\grqq, <a href="#german">german</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Global options, <a href="#document-classes">Document
+Classes</a></dt>
+<dt>graphics, <a href="#graphics">graphics</a></dt>
+<dt>Greek letters, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>Greek Letters, <a href="#special-symbols">Special
+Symbols</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>H</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>headexclude, <a href="#komascript-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>headinclude, <a href="#komascript-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>hyperref, <a href="#hyperref">hyperref</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>commands</dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>\autoref, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
+<dt>\href, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
+<dt>\hyperbaseurl, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
+<dt>\hyperimage, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
+<dt>\hyperlink, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
+<dt>\hyperref, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
+<dt>\hypertarget, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
+<dt>\nolinkurl, <a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt>
+<dt>\texorpdfstring,
+<a href="#hyperref-commands">Commands</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>options</dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>4, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>a4paper, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>a5paper, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>anchorcolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>b5paper, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>backref, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>baseurl, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>bookmarks, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>bookmarksnumbered, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>bookmarksopen, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>bookmarksopenlevel,
+<a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>bookmarkstype, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>breaklinks, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>citebordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>citecolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>colorlinks, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>debug, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>draft, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>dvipdf, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>dvipdfm, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>dvips, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>dvipsone, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>dviwindo, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>executivepaper, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>extension, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>filebordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>filecolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>frenchlinks, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>hyperfigures, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>hyperindex, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>hypertex, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>hypertexnames, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>implicit, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>latex2html, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>legalpaper, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>letterpaper, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>linkbordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>linkcolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>linktocpage, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>menubordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>menucolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>naturalnames, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>nesting, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pageanchor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pagebackref, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pagebordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pagecolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfauthor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfborder, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfcenterwindow, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfcreator, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdffitwindow, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfhighlight, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfkeywords, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfmenubar, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfnewwindow, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfpagelayout, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfpagemode, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfpagescrop, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfpagetransition, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfproducer, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfstartpage, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfstartview, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfsubject, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdftex, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdftitle, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdftoolbar, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfview, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfwindowui, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>plainpages, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>raiselinks, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>runbordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>tex4ht, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>textures, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>unicode, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>urlbordercolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>urlcolor, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>verbose, <a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dt>vtex,
+<a href="#hyperref-options">Options</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd>
+<dt>Hyphenation, defining, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line
+&amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>Hyphenation, forcing, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line
+&amp; Page Breaking</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>I</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Indent, forcing, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making
+Paragraphs</a></dt>
+<dt>Indent, suppressing, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making
+Paragraphs</a></dt>
+<dt>Input file, splitting, <a href="#splitting-the-input">Splitting
+the Input</a></dt>
+<dt>Input/Output, <a href="#terminal-input-slash-output">Terminal
+Input/Output</a></dt>
+<dt>inputenc, <a href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt>
+<dt>Inserting figures, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>itemize, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>J</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Justification, ragged left,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Justification, ragged right,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>K</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Known Issues, <a href="#issues">Bugs / Known Issues / Missing
+Features</a></dt>
+<dt>KOMA-Script, <a href="#komascript">KOMA-Script</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>scraddr, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with
+scraddr</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>\Address{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with
+scraddr</a></dt>
+<dt>\Comment{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with
+scraddr</a></dt>
+<dt>\FirstName{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with
+scraddr</a></dt>
+<dt>\FreeIII{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with
+scraddr</a></dt>
+<dt>\FreeII{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with
+scraddr</a></dt>
+<dt>\FreeIV{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with
+scraddr</a></dt>
+<dt>\FreeI{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with
+scraddr</a></dt>
+<dt>\InputAddressFile, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files
+with scraddr</a></dt>
+<dt>\LastName{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with
+scraddr</a></dt>
+<dt>\Name{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with
+scraddr</a></dt>
+<dt>\Telephone{}, <a href="#komascript-scraddr">Address Files with
+scraddr</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>scrlttr2, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>address, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>address files, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>backaddress, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>backaddressseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter
+Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>business line, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>carbon copy, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>ccseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>circular letters, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>Closing, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>Closing Part, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>customer, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>date, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>emailseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>enclosure, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>enclseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>faxseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>font options, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>font selection, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>footer, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>footnotes, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>format options, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>fromaddress, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>frombank, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>fromemail, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>fromfax, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>fromlogo, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>fromname, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>fromphone, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>fromurl, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>general document properties,
+<a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>invoice, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>language selection, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>language support, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>letter class option files,
+<a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>letter declaration, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>letterhead, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>lists, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>location, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>margin notes, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>myref, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>Opening, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>options, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>options for letterhead and address,
+<a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>other layout, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>page layout, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>page style, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>phoneseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>place, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>placeseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>postscript, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>pseudo lengths, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>sender's extension, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>signature, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>specialmail, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>subject, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>subject line, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>subjectseparator, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>text, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>text emphasis, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>title, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>title line, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>toaddress, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>toname, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>variables, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>yourmail, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>yourref, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>\addtoreffields, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>\ifkomavarempty, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>\KOMAoptions{}, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>\newkomavar, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>\setkomavar, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt>
+<dt>\usekomavar, <a href="#komascript-scrlttr2">Letter Class
+scrlttr2</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>L</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Labelled lists, creating,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>LaTeX</dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>Options, <a href="#opt-latex">Options</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>-file-line-error-style,
+<a href="#opt-latex-file-line-error-style">-file-line-error-style</a></dt>
+<dt>-fmt=FMTNAME, <a href="#opt-latex-fmt">-fmt=FMTNAME</a></dt>
+<dt>-help, <a href="#opt-latex-help">-help</a></dt>
+<dt>-ini, <a href="#opt-latex-ini">-ini</a></dt>
+<dt>-interaction=STRING,
+<a href="#opt-latex-interaction%20mode">-interaction=STRING</a></dt>
+<dt>-ipc, <a href="#opt-latex-ipc">-ipc</a></dt>
+<dt>-ipc-start, <a href="#opt-latex-ipc-start">-ipc-start</a></dt>
+<dt>-jobname=STRING,
+<a href="#opt-latex-jobname-name">-jobname=STRING</a></dt>
+<dt>-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER,
+<a href="#opt-latex-kpathsea-debug">-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER</a></dt>
+<dt>-mltex, <a href="#opt-latex-mltex">-mltex</a></dt>
+<dt>-output-comment=STRING,
+<a href="#opt-latex-output-comment">-output-comment=STRING</a></dt>
+<dt>-parse-first-line,
+<a href="#opt-latex-parse-first-line">-parse-first-line</a></dt>
+<dt>-progname=STRING,
+<a href="#opt-latex-progname">-progname=STRING</a></dt>
+<dt>-recorder, <a href="#opt-latex-recorder">-recorder</a></dt>
+<dt>-shell-escape,
+<a href="#opt-latex-shell-escape">-shell-escape</a></dt>
+<dt>-src-specials,
+<a href="#opt-latex-src-specials">-src-specials</a></dt>
+<dt>-src-specials=WHERE,
+<a href="#opt-latex-src-specials-where">-src-specials=WHERE</a></dt>
+<dt>-translate-file=TCXNAME,
+<a href="#opt-latex-translate-file-tcxname">-translate-file=TCXNAME</a></dt>
+<dt>-version,
+<a href="#opt-latex-version">-version</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd>
+<dt>LaTeX overview, <a href="#overview">Overview of LaTeX and Local
+Guide</a></dt>
+<dt>LaTeX Packages, <a href="#latex-packages">LaTeX
+Packages</a></dt>
+<dt>latin1, <a href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt>
+<dt>latin9, <a href="#inputenc">inputenc</a></dt>
+<dt>Layout commands, <a href="#document-classes">Document
+Classes</a></dt>
+<dt>Left-justifying text,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Left-justifying text, environment for,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Left-to-right mode, <a href="#modes">Modes</a></dt>
+<dt>Lengths, adding to, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>Lengths, defining a new, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>Lengths, defining and using,
+<a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>Lengths, predefined, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>Lengths, setting value of, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>letter, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>letter class, <a href="#document-classes">Document
+Classes</a></dt>
+<dt>Letters, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>Letters, ending, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>Letters, starting, <a href="#letters">Letters</a></dt>
+<dt>Line Breaking, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp;
+Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>Line breaks, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>Lines in tables, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Lining text up in columns using tab stops,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Lining text up in tables,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>list, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Lists of items, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Lists of items, generic,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Lists of items, numbered,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Loading additional packages,
+<a href="#document-classes">Document Classes</a></dt>
+<dt>Low-level font commands,
+<a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>LR mode, <a href="#modes">Modes</a></dt>
+<dt>lrbox, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp;
+Boxes</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>M</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Make-Index, <a href="#makeindex">Make-Index</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>Example, <a href="#makeindex-example">Example</a></dt>
+<dt>Input Style Specifiers, <a href="#makeindex-style">Input Style
+Specifiers</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>actual, <a href="#makeindex-actual-char">actual
+&lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>arg_close, <a href="#makeindex-arg-close">arg_close
+&lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>arg_open, <a href="#makeindex-style-arg-open">arg_open
+&lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>encap, <a href="#makeindex-encap-char">encap
+&lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>escape, <a href="#makeindex-escape-char">escape
+&lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>keyword, <a href="#makeindex-style-string">keyword
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>level, <a href="#makeindex-level-char">level
+&lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>quote, <a href="#makeindex-quote-char">quote
+&lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>range_close, <a href="#makeindex-range-close">range_close
+&lt;char&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>range_open, <a href="#makeindex-range-open">range_open
+&lt;char&gt;</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Options, <a href="#makeindex-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>-c, <a href="#makeindex-option-c">-c</a></dt>
+<dt>-g, <a href="#makeindex-option-g">-g</a></dt>
+<dt>-i, <a href="#makeindex-option-i">-i</a></dt>
+<dt>-l, <a href="#makeindex-option-l">-l</a></dt>
+<dt>-L, <a href="#makeindex-option-L">-L</a></dt>
+<dt>-o ind, <a href="#makeindex-option-o-ind">-o ind</a></dt>
+<dt>-p no, <a href="#makeindex-option-p-no">-p no</a></dt>
+<dt>-q, <a href="#makeindex-option-q">-q</a></dt>
+<dt>-r, <a href="#makeindex-option-r">-r</a></dt>
+<dt>-s sty, <a href="#makeindex-option-s-sty">-s sty</a></dt>
+<dt>-T, <a href="#makeindex-option-T">-T</a></dt>
+<dt>-t log, <a href="#makeindex-option-t-log">-t
+log</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Ordering, <a href="#makeindex-ordering">Ordering</a></dt>
+<dt>Output Style Specifiers,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-style-specs">Output Style
+Specifiers</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>delim_0, <a href="#makeindex-output-delim-0">delim_0
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>delim_1, <a href="#makeindex-output-delim-1">delim_1
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>delim_2, <a href="#makeindex-output-delim-2">delim_2
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>delim_n, <a href="#makeindex-output-delim-n">delim_n
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>delim_r, <a href="#makeindex-output-delim-r">delim_r
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>delim_t, <a href="#makeindex-output-delim-t">delim_t
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>encap_infix,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-encap-infox">encap_infix
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>encap_prefix,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-encap-prefix">encap_prefix
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>encap_suffix,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-encap-suffix">encap_suffix
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>group_skip, <a href="#makeindex-output-group-skip">group_skip
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>headings_flag,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-headings-flag">headings_flag
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>heading_prefix,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-heading-prefix-string">heading_prefix
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>heading_suffix,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-heading-suffix-string">heading_suffix
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>indent_length,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-indent-length">indent_length
+&lt;number&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>indent_space,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-indent-space">indent_space
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>item_0, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-0">item_0
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>item_01, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-01">item_01
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>item_1, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-1">item_1
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>item_12, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-12">item_12
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>item_2, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-2">item_2
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>item_x1, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-x1">item_x1
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>item_x2, <a href="#makeindex-output-item-x2">item_x2
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>line_max, <a href="#makeindex-output-line-max">line_max
+&lt;number&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>numhead_negative,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-numhead-negative">numhead_negative
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>numhead_positive,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-numhead-positive">numhead_positive
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>page_compositor,
+<a href="#makeindex-page-compositor">page_compositor
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>postamble,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-postamble-string">postamble
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>preamble, <a href="#makeindex-output-preamble-string">preamble
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>setpage_prefix,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-setpage-prefix">setpage_prefix
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>setpage_suffix,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-setpage-suffix">setpage_suffix
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>suffix_2p, <a href="#makeindex-output-suffix-2p">suffix_2p
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>suffix_3p, <a href="#makeindex-output-suffix-3p">suffix_3p
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>suffix_mp, <a href="#makeindex-output-suffix-mp">suffix_mp
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>symhead_negative,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-symhead-negative">symhead_negative
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt>
+<dt>symhead_positive,
+<a href="#makeindex-output-symhead-positive">symhead_positive
+&lt;string&gt;</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Special Effects, <a href="#makeindex-special-effects">Special
+Effects</a></dt>
+<dt>Style File, <a href="#makeindex-style-file">Style
+File</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Making a title page, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Making paragraphs, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making
+Paragraphs</a></dt>
+<dt>Margin Notes, <a href="#margin-notes">Margin Notes</a></dt>
+<dt>Math Formulae, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>Math Functions, <a href="#special-symbols">Special
+Symbols</a></dt>
+<dt>Math Miscellany, <a href="#math-formulae">Math
+Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>Math mode, <a href="#modes">Modes</a></dt>
+<dt>Math mode, entering, <a href="#math-formulae">Math
+Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>Math mode, spacing, <a href="#math-formulae">Math
+Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>Math Symbols, Variable Size, <a href="#special-symbols">Special
+Symbols</a></dt>
+<dt>mathpazo, <a href="#mathpazo">mathpazo</a></dt>
+<dt>Maths symbols, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>Metafont, <a href="#metafont">Metafont (tbd.)</a></dt>
+<dt>MetaPost, <a href="#metapost">MetaPost</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>Environment,
+<a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>MFINPUTS, <a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dt>MPEDIT, <a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dt>MPINPUTS, <a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dt>MPSUPPORT, <a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dt>MPXCOMMAND,
+<a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dt>TEX, <a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dt>TROFF,
+<a href="#metapost-environment">Environment</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Options, <a href="#metapost-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>--file-line-error-style,
+<a href="#metapost-option-file-line-error-style">--file-line-error-style</a></dt>
+<dt>--help, <a href="#metapost-option-help">--help</a></dt>
+<dt>--ini, <a href="#metapost-option-ini">--ini</a></dt>
+<dt>--interaction mode,
+<a href="#metapost-option-intercation">--interaction mode</a></dt>
+<dt>--jobname name, <a href="#metapost-option-jobname">--jobname
+name</a></dt>
+<dt>--kpathsea-debug bitmask,
+<a href="#metapost-option-kpathsea-debug">--kpathsea-debug
+bitmask</a></dt>
+<dt>--mem mem, <a href="#metapost-option-mem">--mem mem</a></dt>
+<dt>--parse-first-line,
+<a href="#metapost-option-parse-first-line">--parse-first-line</a></dt>
+<dt>--progname name, <a href="#metapost-option-progname">--progname
+name</a></dt>
+<dt>--recorder,
+<a href="#metapost-option-recorder">--recorder</a></dt>
+<dt>--translate-file tcxname,
+<a href="#metapost-option-translate-file">--translate-file
+tcxname</a></dt>
+<dt>--troff, <a href="#metapost-option-troff">--troff</a></dt>
+<dt>--version,
+<a href="#metapost-option-version">--version</a></dt>
+<dt>-T,
+<a href="#metapost-option-T">-T</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd>
+<dt>minipage, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Minipage, creating a,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Modes, <a href="#modes">Modes</a></dt>
+<dt>Multicolumn text, <a href="#layout">Layout</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>N</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>New line, starting, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line
+&amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>New line, starting (paragraph mode),
+<a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>New Page, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page
+Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>Notes in the margin, <a href="#margin-notes">Margin
+Notes</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>O</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Operators</dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>Binary, <a href="#special-symbols">Special Symbols</a></dt>
+<dt>Relational, <a href="#special-symbols">Special
+Symbols</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Options, global, <a href="#document-classes">Document
+Classes</a></dt>
+<dt>overcite.sty, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Overview of LaTeX, <a href="#overview">Overview of LaTeX and
+Local Guide</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>P</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Packages</dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>amsmath, <a href="#amsmath">amsmath</a></dt>
+<dt>bm, <a href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt>
+<dt>bm.sty, <a href="#bm-package">bm</a></dt>
+<dt>dcolumn, <a href="#dcolumn">dcolumn</a></dt>
+<dt>german, <a href="#german">german</a></dt>
+<dt>graphics, <a href="#graphics">graphics</a></dt>
+<dt>hyperref, <a href="#hyperref">hyperref</a></dt>
+<dt>KOMA-Script, <a href="#komascript">KOMA-Script</a></dt>
+<dt>mathpazo, <a href="#mathpazo">mathpazo</a></dt>
+<dt>Several Small Packages, <a href="#small-packages">Several Small
+Packages</a></dt>
+<dt>url, <a href="#url-package">url</a></dt>
+<dt>varioref, <a href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Packages, loading, <a href="#document-classes">Document
+Classes</a></dt>
+<dt>Page break, forcing, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line
+&amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>Page Breaking, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp;
+Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>Page Formatting, <a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp;
+Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>Page numbering, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>Page styles, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>Paragraph mode, <a href="#modes">Modes</a></dt>
+<dt>Paragraph, starting a new, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making
+Paragraphs</a></dt>
+<dt>Paragraphs, <a href="#making-paragraphs">Making
+Paragraphs</a></dt>
+<dt>Parameters, <a href="#parameters">Parameters</a></dt>
+<dt>pdfTeX, <a href="#pdftex">pdfTeX</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>Environment, <a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>TEXEDIT, <a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dt>TEXFONTS, <a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dt>TEXFORMATS, <a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dt>TEXINPUTS, <a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dt>TEXMFOUTPUT, <a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt>
+<dt>TEXPOOL,
+<a href="#pdftex-environment">Environment</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Options, <a href="#pdftex-options">Options</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>--file-line-error-style,
+<a href="#pdftex-option-file-line-error-style">--file-line-error-style</a></dt>
+<dt>--fmt format, <a href="#pdftex-option-fmt">--fmt
+format</a></dt>
+<dt>--help, <a href="#pdftex-option-help">--help</a></dt>
+<dt>--ini, <a href="#pdftex-option-ini">--ini</a></dt>
+<dt>--interaction mode,
+<a href="#pdftex-option-interaction%20mode">--interaction
+mode</a></dt>
+<dt>--ipc, <a href="#pdftex-option-ipc">--ipc</a></dt>
+<dt>--ipc-start,
+<a href="#pdftex-option-ipc-start">--ipc-start</a></dt>
+<dt>--jobname name, <a href="#pdftex-option-jobname-name">--jobname
+name</a></dt>
+<dt>--kpathsea-debug bitmask,
+<a href="#pdftex-option-kpathsea-debug">--kpathsea-debug
+bitmask</a></dt>
+<dt>--maketex fmt, <a href="#pdftex-option-maketex">--maketex
+fmt</a></dt>
+<dt>--no-maketex fmt,
+<a href="#pdftex-option-no-maketex">--no-maketex fmt</a></dt>
+<dt>--output-comment string,
+<a href="#pdftex-option-output-comment">--output-comment
+string</a></dt>
+<dt>--parse-first-line,
+<a href="#pdftex-option-parse-first-line">--parse-first-line</a></dt>
+<dt>--progname name, <a href="#pdftex-option-progname">--progname
+name</a></dt>
+<dt>--recorder,
+<a href="#pdftex-option-recorder">--recorder</a></dt>
+<dt>--shell-escape,
+<a href="#pdftex-option-shell-escape">--shell-escape</a></dt>
+<dt>--translate-file tcxname,
+<a href="#pdftex-option-translate-file">--translate-file
+tcxname</a></dt>
+<dt>--version, <a href="#pdftex-option-version">--version</a></dt>
+<dt>[-no]-maketex=FMT,
+<a href="#opt-latex-no-maketex">[-no]-maketex=FMT</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd>
+<dt>People</dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>Bausum, David, <a href="#plaintex-ovw">Overview</a></dt>
+<dt>Berry, Karl, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
+<dt>Borgert, Wolfgang, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
+<dt>Casellas, Ramon, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
+<dt>Danielsson, Holger, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
+<dt>Devenish, James, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
+<dt>Gaesslein, Hubert, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
+<dt>Goossens, Michel, <a href="#overview">Overview of LaTeX and
+Local Guide</a></dt>
+<dt>Hagen, Hans, <a href="#context">ConTeXt (tbd.)</a></dt>
+<dt>Karp, Peter, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
+<dt>Lamport, Leslie, <a href="#overview">Overview of LaTeX and
+Local Guide</a></dt>
+<dt>Mittelbach, Frank, <a href="#overview">Overview of LaTeX and
+Local Guide</a></dt>
+<dt>Niepraschk, Rolf, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
+<dt>Nordhaug, Hans Fredrik, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
+<dt>Pepping, Simon, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
+<dt>Samarin, Alexander, <a href="#overview">Overview of LaTeX and
+Local Guide</a></dt>
+<dt>Stayton, Bob, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt>
+<dt>van Zandt, Timothy, <a href="#pstricks-ovw">Overview</a></dt>
+<dt>Voss, Herbert, <a href="#credits">Credits</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>PiCTeX, <a href="#pictex">PiCTeX (tbd.)</a></dt>
+<dt>picture, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Pictures, creating, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>PlainTeX, <a href="#plaintex">PlainTeX</a></dt>
+<dt>Poetry, an environment for,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Predefined lengths, <a href="#lengths">Lengths</a></dt>
+<dt>Programs, typesetting,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>PSTricks, <a href="#pstricks">PSTricks</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>commands</dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>\aput, <a href="#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\Aput, <a href="#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\arrows, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt>
+<dt>\bput, <a href="#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\Bput, <a href="#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\circlenode, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
+<dt>\clipbox, <a href="#pstricks-clipping">Clipping</a></dt>
+<dt>\closedshadow, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\closepath, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\cnode, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
+<dt>\cnodeput, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
+<dt>\code, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt>
+<dt>\coor, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt>
+<dt>\cput, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\curveto, <a href="#pretty-safe-tricks">Pretty safe
+tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\dataplot, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
+<dt>\degrees, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions,
+coordinates and angles</a></dt>
+<dt>\dim, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt>
+<dt>\endpspicture, <a href="#pictures">Pictures</a></dt>
+<dt>\everypsbox, <a href="#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\file, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt>
+<dt>\fileplot, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
+<dt>\fill, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\grestore, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\gsave, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\lineto, <a href="#pretty-safe-tricks">Pretty safe
+tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\listplot, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
+<dt>\lput, <a href="#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\movepath, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\moveto, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\mput, <a href="#pstricks-attaching">Attaching labels to node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\mrestore, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\msave, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\multips, <a href="#pstricks-repetition">Repetition</a></dt>
+<dt>\multirput, <a href="#pstricks-repetition">Repetition</a></dt>
+<dt>\ncangle, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\ncangles, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\ncarc, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\ncbar, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\nccircle, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\nccoil, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt>
+<dt>\nccurve, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\ncdiag, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\ncdiagg, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\ncline, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\ncLine, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\ncloop, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\nczigzag, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt>
+<dt>\newcmykcolor, <a href="#pstricks-color">Color</a></dt>
+<dt>\newgray, <a href="#pstricks-color">Color</a></dt>
+<dt>\newhsbcolor, <a href="#pstricks-color">Color</a></dt>
+<dt>\newpath, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\newpsobject, <a href="#pstricks-custom">Custom styles</a></dt>
+<dt>\newpsstyle, <a href="#pstricks-custom">Custom styles</a></dt>
+<dt>\newrgbcolor, <a href="#pstricks-color">Color</a></dt>
+<dt>\NormalCoor, <a href="#pstricks-coordinates">Special
+coordinates</a></dt>
+<dt>\openshadow, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\ovalnode, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
+<dt>\overlaybox, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
+<dt>\parabola, <a href="#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt>
+<dt>\parametricplot, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
+<dt>\pcangle, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\pcarc, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\pcbar, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\pccoil, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt>
+<dt>\pccurve, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\pcdiag, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\pcline, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\pcloop, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>\pczigzag, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt>
+<dt>\pnode, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
+<dt>\psarc, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and
+ellipses</a></dt>
+<dt>\psarcn, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and
+ellipses</a></dt>
+<dt>\psaxes, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
+<dt>\psbezier, <a href="#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt>
+<dt>\psccurve, <a href="#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt>
+<dt>\pscharclip, <a href="#pstricks-stroking">Stroking and filling
+character paths</a></dt>
+<dt>\pscharpath, <a href="#pstricks-stroking">Stroking and filling
+character paths</a></dt>
+<dt>\pscircle, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and
+ellipses</a></dt>
+<dt>\pscirclebox, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\psclip, <a href="#pstricks-clipping">Clipping</a></dt>
+<dt>\pscoil, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt>
+<dt>\psCoil, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt>
+<dt>\pscurve, <a href="#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt>
+<dt>\pscustom, <a href="#pstricks-basics">The basics</a></dt>
+<dt>\psdblframebox, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed
+boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\psdots, <a href="#pstricks-dots">Dots</a></dt>
+<dt>\psecurve, <a href="#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt>
+<dt>\psellipse, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and
+ellipses</a></dt>
+<dt>\psframe, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and polygons</a></dt>
+<dt>\psframebox, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\psgrid, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
+<dt>\pslabelsep, <a href="#placing">Placing and rotating
+whatever</a></dt>
+<dt>\pslbrace, <a href="#pstricks-tricks">Tips and More
+Tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\psline, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and polygons</a></dt>
+<dt>\pslongbox, <a href="#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\psmathboxfalse, <a href="#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\psmathboxtrue, <a href="#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\psovalbox, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\psoverlay, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
+<dt>\pspicture, <a href="#pictures">Pictures</a></dt>
+<dt>\psplot, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
+<dt>\pspolygon, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and
+polygons</a></dt>
+<dt>\psrbrace, <a href="#pstricks-tricks">Tips and More
+Tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\psset, <a href="#pstricks-setting">Setting graphics
+parameters</a></dt>
+<dt>\pssetlength, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions,
+coordinates and angles</a></dt>
+<dt>\psshadowbox, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\pstextpath, <a href="#pstricks-path">Typesetting text along a
+path</a></dt>
+<dt>\PSTtoEPS, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS
+files</a></dt>
+<dt>\psverbboxfalse, <a href="#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\psverbboxtrue, <a href="#pstricks-boxes">Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\pswedge, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and
+ellipses</a></dt>
+<dt>\psxlabel, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
+<dt>\psylabel, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
+<dt>\pszigzag, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt>
+<dt>\putoverlaybox, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
+<dt>\qline, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and polygons</a></dt>
+<dt>\radians, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions,
+coordinates and angles</a></dt>
+<dt>\rcoor, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt>
+<dt>\rcurveto, <a href="#pretty-safe-tricks">Pretty safe
+tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\readdata, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
+<dt>\rlineto, <a href="#pretty-safe-tricks">Pretty safe
+tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\rnode, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
+<dt>\Rnode, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
+<dt>\RnodeRef, <a href="#pstricks-nodes">Nodes</a></dt>
+<dt>\rotate, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\rotatedown, <a href="#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling
+boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\rotateleft, <a href="#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling
+boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\rotateright, <a href="#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling
+boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\rput, <a href="#placing">Placing and rotating
+whatever</a></dt>
+<dt>\savedata, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
+<dt>\scale, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\scalebox, <a href="#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling
+boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\scaleboxto, <a href="#pstricks-rotation">Rotation and scaling
+boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>\setcolor, <a href="#hackers">For hackers only</a></dt>
+<dt>\SpecialCoor, <a href="#pstricks-coordinates">Special
+coordinates</a></dt>
+<dt>\stroke, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\swapaxes, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\TeXtoEPS, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS
+files</a></dt>
+<dt>\translate, <a href="#safe-tricks">Safe tricks</a></dt>
+<dt>\uput, <a href="#placing">Placing and rotating
+whatever</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>parameter</dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>angle, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>arcangle, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>arcsep, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and
+ellipses</a></dt>
+<dt>arcsepA, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and
+ellipses</a></dt>
+<dt>arcsepB, <a href="#pstricks-arcs">Arcs, circles and
+ellipses</a></dt>
+<dt>arm, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node connections</a></dt>
+<dt>arrowinset, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and
+such</a></dt>
+<dt>arrowlength, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and
+such</a></dt>
+<dt>arrows, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and
+such</a></dt>
+<dt>arrowscale, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and
+such</a></dt>
+<dt>arrowsize, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and
+such</a></dt>
+<dt>axesstyle, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
+<dt>bbllx, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS
+files</a></dt>
+<dt>bblly, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS
+files</a></dt>
+<dt>bburx, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS
+files</a></dt>
+<dt>bbury, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS
+files</a></dt>
+<dt>border, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
+<dt>bordercolor, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line
+styles</a></dt>
+<dt>boxsep, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>bracketlength, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and
+such</a></dt>
+<dt>coilheight, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and
+zigzags</a></dt>
+<dt>coilinc, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt>
+<dt>coilwidth, <a href="#pstricks-coils">Coils and zigzags</a></dt>
+<dt>cornersize, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and
+polygons</a></dt>
+<dt>curvature, <a href="#pstricks-curves">Curves</a></dt>
+<dt>dash, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
+<dt>dimen, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
+<dt>dotangle, <a href="#pstricks-dots">Dots</a></dt>
+<dt>dotscale, <a href="#pstricks-dots">Dots</a></dt>
+<dt>dotsep, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
+<dt>dotsize, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and
+such</a></dt>
+<dt>dotstyle, <a href="#pstricks-dots">Dots</a></dt>
+<dt>doublecolor, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line
+styles</a></dt>
+<dt>doubleline, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line
+styles</a></dt>
+<dt>doublesep, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
+<dt>fillcolor, <a href="#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill styles</a></dt>
+<dt>fillstyle, <a href="#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill styles</a></dt>
+<dt>framearc, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and polygons</a></dt>
+<dt>framesep, <a href="#pstricks-framed">Framed boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>gradangle, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
+<dt>gradbegin, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
+<dt>gradend, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
+<dt>gradlines, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
+<dt>gradmidpoint, <a href="#pstricks-overlays">Overlays</a></dt>
+<dt>gridcolor, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
+<dt>griddots, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
+<dt>gridlabelcolor, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
+<dt>gridlabels, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
+<dt>gridwidth, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
+<dt>hatchangle, <a href="#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill
+styles</a></dt>
+<dt>hatchcolor, <a href="#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill
+styles</a></dt>
+<dt>hatchsep, <a href="#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill styles</a></dt>
+<dt>hatchwidth, <a href="#pstricks-fill-styles">Fill
+styles</a></dt>
+<dt>headerfile, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS
+files</a></dt>
+<dt>headers, <a href="#pstricks-exporting">Exporting EPS
+files</a></dt>
+<dt>labels, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
+<dt>labelsep, <a href="#placing">Placing and rotating
+whatever</a></dt>
+<dt>liftpen, <a href="#pstricks-graphics-objects">Graphics
+objects</a></dt>
+<dt>linearc, <a href="#pstricks-lines">Lines and polygons</a></dt>
+<dt>linecolor, <a href="#pstricks-basic">Basic graphics
+parameters</a></dt>
+<dt>linestyle, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
+<dt>linetype, <a href="#pstricks-parameters">Parameters</a></dt>
+<dt>linewidth, <a href="#pstricks-basic">Basic graphics
+parameters</a></dt>
+<dt>loopsize, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>ncurv, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>nodesep, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>offset, <a href="#pstricks-connections">Node
+connections</a></dt>
+<dt>origin, <a href="#pstricks-coordinate">Coordinate
+systems</a></dt>
+<dt>plotpoints, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
+<dt>plotstyle, <a href="#pstricks-plots">Plots</a></dt>
+<dt>rbracketlength, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and
+such</a></dt>
+<dt>runit, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates
+and angles</a></dt>
+<dt>shadow, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line styles</a></dt>
+<dt>shadowangle, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line
+styles</a></dt>
+<dt>shadowcolor, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line
+styles</a></dt>
+<dt>shadowsize, <a href="#pstricks-line-styles">Line
+styles</a></dt>
+<dt>showorigin, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
+<dt>showpoints, <a href="#pstricks-basic">Basic graphics
+parameters</a></dt>
+<dt>subgriddots, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
+<dt>subgridwidth, <a href="#pstricks-grids">Grids</a></dt>
+<dt>swapaxes, <a href="#pstricks-coordinate">Coordinate
+systems</a></dt>
+<dt>tbarsize, <a href="#pstricks-arrowheads">Arrowheads and
+such</a></dt>
+<dt>ticks, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
+<dt>ticksize, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
+<dt>tickstyle, <a href="#pstricks-axes">Axes</a></dt>
+<dt>unit, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates
+and angles</a></dt>
+<dt>xunit, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates
+and angles</a></dt>
+<dt>yunit, <a href="#pstricks-dimensions">Dimensions, coordinates
+and angles</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>Q</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>quotation, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>quote, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Quoted text, displaying,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>R</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Ragged left text, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Ragged left text, environment for,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Ragged right text, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Ragged right text, environment for,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Relational Operators, <a href="#special-symbols">Special
+Symbols</a></dt>
+<dt>Remarks in the margin, <a href="#margin-notes">Margin
+Notes</a></dt>
+<dt>report class, <a href="#document-classes">Document
+Classes</a></dt>
+<dt>Reserved Characters, <a href="#special-characters">Special
+Characters</a></dt>
+<dt>Right-justifying text,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Right-justifying text, environment for,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>S</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Sectioning, <a href="#sectioning">Sectioning</a></dt>
+<dt>Several Small Packages, <a href="#small-packages">Several Small
+Packages</a></dt>
+<dt>Simulating typed text,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Sizes of text, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>Small Packages, <a href="#small-packages">Several Small
+Packages</a></dt>
+<dt>Space, inserting vertical, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
+&amp; Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>Spaces, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></dt>
+<dt>Spacing, within Math mode, <a href="#math-formulae">Math
+Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>Special Characters, <a href="#special-characters">Special
+Characters</a></dt>
+<dt>Splitting the input file,
+<a href="#splitting-the-input">Splitting the Input</a></dt>
+<dt>Starting &amp; Ending, <a href="#starting-and-ending">Starting
+&amp; Ending</a></dt>
+<dt>Starting on a right-hand page,
+<a href="#line-and-page-breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></dt>
+<dt>Styles of text, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>Styles, page, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>Subscript, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>Superscript, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dt>Symbols, <a href="#math-formulae">Math Formulae</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>Miscellaneous, <a href="#special-symbols">Special
+Symbols</a></dt>
+<dt>Special, <a href="#special-symbols">Special
+Symbols</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>T</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Tab stops, using, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>tabbing, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>table, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Table of Contents, creating, <a href="#table-of-contents">Table
+of Contents</a></dt>
+<dt>Tables, creating, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>tabular, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Terminal Input/Output,
+<a href="#terminal-input-slash-output">Terminal
+Input/Output</a></dt>
+<dt>Texinfo, <a href="#texinfo">Texinfo (tbd.)</a></dt>
+<dt>Thanks, for titlepage, <a href="#page-styles">Page
+Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>thebibliography, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>theorem, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Theorems, defining, <a href="#definitions">Definitions</a></dt>
+<dt>Theorems, typesetting,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Title making, <a href="#page-styles">Page Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>Title pages, creating,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Title, for titlepage, <a href="#page-styles">Page
+Styles</a></dt>
+<dt>titlepage, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Typed text, simulating,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Typeface Sizes, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>Typeface Styles, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt>
+<dt>Typefaces, <a href="#typefaces">Typefaces</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>U</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>url, <a href="#url-package">url</a></dt>
+<dt>Using BibTeX,
+<a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>V</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>Variables, a list of, <a href="#counters">Counters</a></dt>
+<dt>varioref, <a href="#varioref">varioref</a></dt>
+<dt>verbatim, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Verbatim text, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>verse, <a href="#env-latex">Environments</a></dt>
+<dt>Vertical space, inserting, <a href="#spaces-and-boxes">Spaces
+&amp; Boxes</a></dt></dl></div>
+<div class="indexdiv">
+<h3>X</h3>
+<dl>
+<dt>xindy, <a href="#xindy">xindy</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>Command List, <a href="#xindy-command-list">Command
+List</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>Markup Commands, <a href="#xindy-command-list-markup">Markup
+Commands</a></dt>
+<dt>Raw Index Interface,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-raw-index">Raw Index
+Interface</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Invoking, <a href="#xindy-invoking">Invoking xindy</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>Command Line Options, <a href="#xindy-invoking-cmdline">Command
+Line Options</a></dt>
+<dt>Search Path, <a href="#xindy-search-path">Search
+Path</a></dt></dl></dd>
+<dt>Processing Commands,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing">Processing
+Commands</a></dt>
+<dd>
+<dl>
+<dt>define-alphabet,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-alphabet">define-alphabet</a></dt>
+<dt>define-attributes,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-attributes">define-attributes</a></dt>
+<dt>define-crossref-class,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-crossref-class">define-crossref-class</a></dt>
+<dt>define-letter-group,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-letter-group">define-letter-group</a></dt>
+<dt>define-location-class,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class">define-location-class</a></dt>
+<dt>define-location-class-order,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-location-class-order">
+define-location-class-order</a></dt>
+<dt>define-rule-set,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-rule-set">define-rule-set</a></dt>
+<dt>define-sort-rule-orientations,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-define-sort-rule-orientations">
+define-sort-rule-orientations</a></dt>
+<dt>merge-rule,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-merge-rule">merge-rule</a></dt>
+<dt>merge-to,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-merge-to">merge-to</a></dt>
+<dt>require,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-require">require</a></dt>
+<dt>searchpath,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-searchpath">searchpath</a></dt>
+<dt>sort-rule,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-sort-rule">sort-rule</a></dt>
+<dt>use-rule-set,
+<a href="#xindy-command-list-processing-use-rule-set">use-rule-set</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></div>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.css
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5ea33eb7aed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.css
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+
+/* start css.sty */
+.ec-lmri-12x-x-172{font-size:206%; font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmss-17{font-size:170%; font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmr-12{font-size:120%;}
+.ec-lmtt-12{font-size:120%; font-family: monospace;}
+.ec-lmtt-10{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmro-10{ font-style: oblique;}
+.ec-lmtk-10{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ec-lmr-7{font-size:70%;}
+.ec-lmr-8{font-size:80%;}
+.ec-lmr-6{font-size:60%;}
+.ec-lmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmsso-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}
+.ec-lmr-9{font-size:90%;}
+.ec-lmtt-9{font-size:90%; font-family: monospace;}
+.ec-lmtt-8x-x-87{font-size:69%; font-family: monospace;}
+p.noindent { text-indent: 0em }
+p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; }
+p.indent{ text-indent: 1.5em }
+@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}
+a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }
+center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
+td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
+.Canvas { position:relative; }
+img.math{vertical-align:middle;}
+li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }
+.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}
+.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}
+.enumerate3 {list-style-type:lower-roman;}
+.enumerate4 {list-style-type:upper-alpha;}
+div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}
+.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }
+div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
+.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }
+.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; }
+td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}
+.centerline {text-align:center;}
+.rightline {text-align:right;}
+div.verbatim {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; }
+.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+table.minipage{width:100%;}
+div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;}
+div.center div {text-align: left;}
+div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;}
+div.flushright div {text-align: left;}
+div.flushleft {text-align: left;}
+.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }
+.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; }
+.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+.framebox-c {text-align:center;}
+.framebox-l {text-align:left;}
+.framebox-r {text-align:right;}
+span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super }
+div.footnotes{border-top:solid 1px black; border-bottom:solid 1px black; padding-bottom:1ex; padding-top:0.5ex; margin-right:15%; margin-top:2ex; font-style:italic; font-size:80%;}
+div.footnotes p{margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0;}
+div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
+table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; margin:0px; }
+.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}
+span.TEX {letter-spacing: -0.125em; }
+span.TEX span.E{ position:relative;top:0.5ex;left:-0.0417em;}
+a span.TEX span.E {text-decoration: none; }
+span.LATEX span.A{ position:relative; top:-0.5ex; left:-0.4em; font-size:85%;}
+span.LATEX span.TEX{ position:relative; left: -0.4em; }
+div.float img, div.float .caption {text-align:center;}
+div.figure img, div.figure .caption {text-align:center;}
+.marginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;}
+.marginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;}
+.equation td{text-align:center; }
+td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
+td.eqnarray4 { width:5%; white-space: normal; }
+td.eqnarray2 { width:5%; }
+table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100%;}
+div.eqnarray{text-align:center;}
+div.array {text-align:center;}
+div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
+span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;}
+div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
+img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;}
+div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
+table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; margin:0px; }
+div.array {text-align:center;}
+.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110%;}
+.caption td.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }
+table.caption {text-align:center;}
+h1.partHead{text-align: center}
+p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
+p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
+.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}
+.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}
+.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; text-align:justify;}
+.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}
+div.maketitle {text-align:center;}
+h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}
+div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }
+div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}
+div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:80%; font-style:italic; }
+.quotation {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }
+.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
+.alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; }
+.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; }
+.figure img.graphics {margin-left:10%;}
+div.longtable{text-align:center;}
+span.sout {text-decoration: line-through }
+span.xout {text-decoration: line-through }
+span.uwave {text-decoration: line-through }
+P.fancyvrb {white-space: nowrap; margin:0em;}
+/* end css.sty */
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d345b001196
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.html
@@ -0,0 +1,5433 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head>
+ <title>The TEX Live Guide TeX Collection 2005 </title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html)">
+<!-- charset=utf-8,html,info,fn-in -->
+<meta name="src" content="live.tex">
+<meta name="date" content="2005-10-31 06:36:00">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="live.css">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="live.css" />
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="tex-live.css" />
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="maketitle">
+
+
+
+
+
+<h2 class="titleHead">The <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live Guide<br>
+ <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Collection 2005 </h2>
+ <div class="author"><span
+class="ec-lmr-12">Sebastian Rahtz &amp; Karl Berry, editors</span>
+<br> <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://tug.org/texlive/" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-12">http://tug.org/texlive/</span></a></span> </div>
+<br>
+<div class="date" ><span
+class="ec-lmr-12">October 2005</span></div>
+ </div>
+ <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a
+ id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h3>
+ <div class="tableofcontents">
+ <span class="sectionToc">1 <a
+href="#x1-30001" id="QQ2-1-3">Introduction</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">1.1 <a
+href="#x1-40001.1" id="QQ2-1-4">Basic usage of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">1.2 <a
+href="#x1-50001.2" id="QQ2-1-5">Getting help</a></span>
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">2 <a
+href="#x1-60002" id="QQ2-1-6">Structure of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">2.1 <a
+href="#x1-70002.1" id="QQ2-1-7">Multiple distributions: <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">live</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">inst</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">protext</span></a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">2.2 <a
+href="#x1-80002.2" id="QQ2-1-8">Top level directories</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">2.3 <a
+href="#x1-90002.3" id="QQ2-1-9">Overview of the predefined texmf trees</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">2.4 <a
+href="#x1-100002.4" id="QQ2-1-10">Extensions to <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">2.5 <a
+href="#x1-110002.5" id="QQ2-1-11">Other notable programs in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</a></span>
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">3 <a
+href="#x1-120003" id="QQ2-1-12">Unix installation</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">3.1 <a
+href="#x1-130003.1" id="QQ2-1-13">Running <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live directly from media (Unix)</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">3.2 <a
+href="#x1-140003.2" id="QQ2-1-15">Installing <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live to disk</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">3.3 <a
+href="#x1-150003.3" id="QQ2-1-17">Installing individual packages to disk</a></span>
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">4 <a
+href="#x1-160004" id="QQ2-1-18">Post-installation</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">4.1 <a
+href="#x1-170004.1" id="QQ2-1-19">The <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>program</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">4.2 <a
+href="#x1-180004.2" id="QQ2-1-20">Testing the installation</a></span>
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">5 <a
+href="#x1-190005" id="QQ2-1-21">Mac OS X installation</a></span>
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">6 <a
+href="#x1-200006" id="QQ2-1-22">Windows installation</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">6.1 <a
+href="#x1-210006.1" id="QQ2-1-23">Installing <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live to disk</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">6.2 <a
+href="#x1-220006.2" id="QQ2-1-24">Support packages for Windows</a></span>
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">7 <a
+href="#x1-230007" id="QQ2-1-25">Maintenance of the installation in Windows</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">7.1 <a
+href="#x1-240007.1" id="QQ2-1-26">Adding/removing packages</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">7.2 <a
+href="#x1-250007.2" id="QQ2-1-27">Configuring and other management tasks</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">7.3 <a
+href="#x1-260007.3" id="QQ2-1-28">Uninstalling <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">7.4 <a
+href="#x1-270007.4" id="QQ2-1-29">Adding your own packages to the installation</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">7.5 <a
+href="#x1-280007.5" id="QQ2-1-30">Running <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tlmp.exe </span>from the command line</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">7.6 <a
+href="#x1-290007.6" id="QQ2-1-31">Network installation</a></span>
+
+
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">7.7 <a
+href="#x1-300007.7" id="QQ2-1-32">What&#8217;s different in Windows?</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">7.8 <a
+href="#x1-310007.8" id="QQ2-1-33">Personal configurations</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">7.9 <a
+href="#x1-360007.9" id="QQ2-1-38">Testing</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">7.10 <a
+href="#x1-370007.10" id="QQ2-1-39">Printing</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">7.11 <a
+href="#x1-380007.11" id="QQ2-1-40">Tips and tricks for Win32</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">7.12 <a
+href="#x1-450007.12" id="QQ2-1-47">In case of problems</a></span>
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">8 <a
+href="#x1-480008" id="QQ2-1-50">A user&#8217;s guide to Web2C</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">8.1 <a
+href="#x1-490008.1" id="QQ2-1-51">Kpathsea path searching</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">8.2 <a
+href="#x1-570008.2" id="QQ2-1-59">Filename databases</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">8.3 <a
+href="#x1-620008.3" id="QQ2-1-67">Runtime options</a></span>
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">9 <a
+href="#x1-630009" id="QQ2-1-68">Acknowledgements</a></span>
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">10 <a
+href="#x1-6400010" id="QQ2-1-69">Release history</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">10.1 <a
+href="#x1-6500010.1" id="QQ2-1-70">Past</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">10.2 <a
+href="#x1-6800010.2" id="QQ2-1-73">Present</a></span>
+<br> &#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc">10.3 <a
+href="#x1-6900010.3" id="QQ2-1-74">Future</a></span>
+ </div>
+ <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a
+ id="x1-2000"></a>List of Tables</h3>
+ <div class="tableofcontents"><span class="lotToc">1&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-13001r1">Supported system architectures.</a></span><br><span class="lotToc">2&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-14001r2">Main menu options for the installation.</a></span><br>
+ </div>
+<!--l. 29--><p class="noindent">
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-30001"></a>Introduction</h3>
+<!--l. 32--><p class="noindent">This document describes the main features of the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live software distribution &#8212; <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> and friends for
+GNU/Linux and other Unix flavors, Mac OS X, and (32-bit) Windows systems. (Warning: it is not
+especially useful for older Mac or MS-DOS systems.)
+<!--l. 37--><p class="indent"> <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live includes executables for <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, LaTeX2e, Con<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>t, Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX and
+many other programs; an extensive collection of macros, fonts and documentation; and support for
+typesetting in many different scripts from around the world. It is part of the even larger <span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">&#x00A0;Collection</span>
+(briefly described below in section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-60002">2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:struct-tl --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-60002">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:struct-tl --></a>). Both are cooperative efforts by the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;user
+groups.
+<!--l. 45--><p class="indent"> For newer versions of the packages included here, please check CTAN: <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.ctan.org" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org</span></a></span>.
+<!--l. 48--><p class="indent"> For a brief summary of the major changes in this edition of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, see the end of the document,
+section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-6400010">10<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:history --></a> (p. <a
+href="#x1-6400010">65<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:history --></a>).
+<!--l. 53--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-40001.1"></a>Basic usage of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</h4>
+<!--l. 56--><p class="noindent">You can use <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live in three principal ways:
+<!--l. 58--><p class="indent">
+ <ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li class="enumerate" value="1"
+><a
+ id="x1-4002x1"></a>You can run <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live directly from the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">live </span>DVD (see section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-70002.1">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-70002.1">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>). This takes almost no
+ disk space, and gives you immediate access to everything in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. Of course performance
+ will be worse than running on local disk, but you may well find it useful.
+
+
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="2"
+><a
+ id="x1-4004x2"></a>You can install all or part of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live to a local disk, from either the DVD&#x00A0;or the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">inst </span>CD.
+ This is the most common use of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. You will need (approximately) 100 megabytes
+ for the most minimal system, and upwards of 1.3 gigabytes for a full system.
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="3"
+><a
+ id="x1-4006x3"></a>You can integrate a particular package or collection into your existing <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> system, either
+ a <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live system you installed earlier, or a different system.
+ </li></ol>
+<!--l. 77--><p class="noindent">All of these are described in detail in the OS-specific installation sections following, but here is a quick
+start:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">The main installation script for Unix and Mac OS X is <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The single package installation script is <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The installation program for Windows is <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tlpmgui.exe</span>. It can be used also for adding or
+ removing the packages. See section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-200006">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:win-install --></a> below for more information.
+ </li></ul>
+<!--l. 94--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-50001.2"></a>Getting help</h4>
+<!--l. 97--><p class="noindent">The <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> community is both active and friendly, and virtually all serious questions end up getting
+answered. However, the support is informal, done by volunteers and casual readers, so it&#8217;s
+especially important that you do your homework before asking. (If you prefer guaranteed
+commercial support, you can forego <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live completely and purchase a vendor&#8217;s system; <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://tug.org/interest.html#vendors" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/interest.html#vendors</span></a></span> has a list.)
+<!--l. 105--><p class="indent"> Here is a list of resources, approximately in the order we recommend using them:
+<!--l. 108--><p class="indent">
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Getting Started</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">If you are new to <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, the web page <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://tug.org/begin.html" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/begin.html</span></a></span> gives a
+ brief introduction to the system.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> <span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">FAQ</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">The <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> FAQ is a huge compendium of answers to all sorts of questions, from the
+ most basic to the most arcane. It is included on <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live in <a
+href="../../../../texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en" >texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en</a>,
+ and is available on the Internet through <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq</span></a></span>. Please check here
+ first.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> <span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Catalogue</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">If you are
+ looking for a specific package, font, program, etc., the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Catalogue is the place to look.
+ It is a huge collection of all <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>-related items. See <a
+href="../../../../texmf-doc/doc/english/catalogue" >texmf-doc/doc/english/catalogue</a>, or <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue</span></a></span>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> <span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Web Resources</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">The web page <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://tug.org/interest.html" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/interest.html</span></a></span> has many <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>-related
+ links, in particular for numerous books, manuals, and articles on all aspects of the system.
+
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">support archives</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">
+ The two principal support forums are the Usenet newsgroup <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="news:comp.text.tex" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">news:comp.text.tex</span></a></span> and the
+ mailing list <a
+href="mailto:texhax@tug.org" ><span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texhax@tug.org</span></span></a>. Their archives have years of past questions and answers for
+ your searching pleasure, via <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://groups.google.com/groups?group=comp.text.tex" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://groups.google.com/groups?group=comp.text.tex</span></a></span>
+ and <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://tug.org/mail-archives/texhax" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/mail-archives/texhax</span></a></span>, respectively. And a general web search, for
+ example on <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://google.com" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://google.com</span></a></span>, never hurts.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">asking questions</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">If you cannot find an answer, you can post to <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">comp.text.tex </span>through Google
+ or your newsreader, or to <a
+href="mailto:texhax@tug.org" ><span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texhax@tug.org</span></span></a> through email. But before you post, <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">please </span>read
+ this FAQ entry on asking questions in such a way that you&#8217;re most likely to get an answer: <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion</span></a></span>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> <span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Live support</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">If you want to report a bug or have suggestions or comments on the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>
+ Live distribution, installation, or documentation, the mailing list is <a
+href="mailto:tex-live@tug.org" ><span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex-live@tug.org</span></span></a>.
+ However, if your question is about how to use a particular program included in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live,
+ you are better off writing to that program&#8217;s maintainer or mailing list.
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 153--><p class="indent"> The other side of the coin is helping others who have questions. Both <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">comp.text.tex </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texhax </span>are
+open to anyone, so feel free to join, start reading, and help out where you can. Welcome to
+<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>!
+<!--l. 161--><p class="noindent">
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-60002"></a>Structure of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live</h3>
+<!--l. 164--><p class="noindent">This section describes the structure and contents of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live and the <span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">&#x00A0;Collection </span>of which it is a
+part.
+<!--l. 169--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-70002.1"></a>Multiple distributions: <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">live</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">inst</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">protext</span></h4>
+<!--l. 172--><p class="noindent">Space limitations of CD-ROM format have forced us to divide <span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">&#x00A0;Collection </span>into several distributions,
+as follows.
+<!--l. 175--><p class="indent">
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">live</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">A complete system on DVD; it is too large for CD. It can be run live or installed to disk.
+ It also includes a snapshot of the CTAN repository, the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">protext </span>distribution for Windows
+ and the Mac<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distribution for Mac OS X, entirely independent of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, as well as
+ assorted other packages in a <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-extra </span>directory.
+ <!--l. 184--><p class="noindent">CTAN, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">protext</span>, Mac<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-extra </span>do not follow the same copying conditions as
+ <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, so be careful when redistributing or modifying.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">inst(allable)</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">A complete system on CD; in order to make this fit, the packages and programs are
+ compressed. Therefore, it is not possible to run <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;directly from the installable CD, you
+ have to install it to disk (hence its name). Installation is described in subsequent sections.
+
+
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">protext</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">An enhancement of the MiK<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distribution for Windows, Pro<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>t&#x00A0;adds a few extra
+ tools to MiK<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, and simplifies installation. It is entirely independent of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, and has
+ its own installation instructions. It can be run live, or installed to disk. The Pro<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>t&#x00A0;home
+ page is <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://tug.org/protext" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/protext</span></a></span>.
+ <!--l. 199--><p class="noindent">Pro<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>t&#x00A0;is provided as both the top level of the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">live </span>DVD &#x00A0;and on its own CD&#x00A0;(for those
+ who cannot use the DVD).
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 204--><p class="noindent">You can tell which type of distribution you&#8217;re in by looking for a <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">00</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">type</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.TL </span>file at the top of the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>
+Live directory. This file also contains the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live release date.
+<!--l. 208--><p class="indent"> Naturally, each user group chooses what to distribute, at its own discretion. (TUG is sending all three
+discs above to all of its members.)
+<!--l. 213--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-80002.2"></a>Top level directories</h4>
+<!--l. 216--><p class="noindent">Here is a brief listing and description of the top level directories in the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution. On the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">live</span>
+DVD, the entire <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live hierarchy is in a subdirectory <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texlive2005</span>, not at the top level of the
+disc.
+ <div class="tabular"><table class="tabular"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+frame="void" id="TBL-2-" ><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col
+id="TBL-2-1"><col
+id="TBL-2-2"></colgroup><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">bin </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
+class="td11"> <!--l. 225--><p class="noindent">The <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> system programs, arranged by platform. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">source </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
+class="td11"> <!--l. 226--><p class="noindent">The source of all programs, including the main Web2C <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> and Metafont
+ distributions. These are stored in a <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bzip2</span>-compressed tar archive. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">support </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
+class="td11"> <!--l. 229--><p class="noindent">Assorted auxiliary packages and programs. These are <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>installed
+ automatically. This includes assorted editors and <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;shells. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
+class="td11"> <!--l. 232--><p class="noindent">Tree for the programs, along with their support files and documentation.
+ Does not include <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;formats and packages. (<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFMAIN </span>in the next
+ section.) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-dist </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
+class="td11"> <!--l. 235--><p class="noindent">The main tree of formats and packages. (<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFDIST </span>in the next section.) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-doc </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
+class="td11"> <!--l. 237--><p class="noindent">Tree for self-contained pure documentation, arranged by language. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-var </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
+class="td11"> <!--l. 239--><p class="noindent">Tree for files automatically generated and stored. (<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR </span>in the next
+ section.) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">xemtex </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2"
+class="td11"> <!--l. 241--><p class="noindent">Tree for supporting programs used only in Windows. These programs
+ generally come pre-installed on Unix systems, or are at least easy to compile. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
+class="td11"> </td> </tr></table>
+</div>
+<!--l. 249--><p class="indent"> In addition to the directories above, the installation scripts and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">README </span>files (in various languages)
+are at the top level of the distribution.
+<!--l. 253--><p class="indent"> The <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-doc </span>directory contains only documentation, but it does not contain all the
+documentation. The documentation for the programs (manuals, man pages, Info files) is in <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/doc</span>,
+since the programs are in <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf</span>. Similarly, the documentation for <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;packages and formats is in
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-dist/doc</span>. You can use the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texdoc </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texdoctk </span>programs to find any documentation
+wherever it&#8217;s located. The comprehensive links in the top-level file <a
+href="../../../../doc.html" >doc.html</a> may also be
+helpful.
+<!--l. 263--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-90002.3"></a>Overview of the predefined texmf trees</h4>
+
+
+<!--l. 266--><p class="noindent">This section lists all predefined variables specifying texmf trees used by the system, and their intended
+purpose. The command <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig conf </span>shows you the values of these variables, so that you can easily
+find out how they map to directory names in your installation.
+<!--l. 271--><p class="noindent">
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFMAIN</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The tree which holds vital parts of the system such as helper scripts (e.g.,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">web2c/mktexdir</span></span></span>), pool files and other support files.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFDIST</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The tree which holds the main set of macro packages, fonts, etc., as originally
+ distributed.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFLOCAL</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The tree which administrators can use for system-wide installation of additional or
+ updated macros, fonts, etc.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFHOME</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The tree which users can use for their own individual installations of additional or
+ updated macros, fonts, etc. The expansion of this variable depends on <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME</span></span></span> by default,
+ which dynamically adjusts for each user to an individual directory.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCONFIG</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The tree used by te<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s utilities <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil</span></span></span> to store
+ modified configuration data. Under <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME</span></span></span> by default.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSCONFIG</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The tree used by te<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s utilities <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig-sys</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap-sys</span></span></span>, and
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil-sys</span></span></span> to store modified configuration data.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFVAR</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The tree used by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil</span></span></span> to store (cached) runtime data such
+ as format files and generated map files. Under <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME</span></span></span> by default.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The tree used by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig-sys</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap-sys</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil-sys</span></span></span> to store (cached)
+ runtime data such as format files and generated map files.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 298--><p class="indent"> For more discussion of <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig </span>and related utilities, please see section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-170004.1">4.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-170004.1">26<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>.
+<!--l. 302--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-100002.4"></a>Extensions to <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></h4>
+<!--l. 305--><p class="noindent"><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live contains several extended versions of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>:
+<!--l. 307--><p class="indent">
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">e-</span><span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> </dt><dd
+class="description">adds a small but powerful set of new primitives (related to macro expansion, character
+ scanning, classes of marks, additional debugging features, and more) and the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>--XE T
+ extensions for bidirectional typesetting. In default mode, e-<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> is 100% compatible with
+ ordinary <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>. See <a
+href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/etex/base/etex_man.pdf" >texmf-dist/doc/etex/base/etex_man.pdf</a>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">pdf</span><span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> </dt><dd
+class="description">writes Acrobat PDF format as well as DVI. The <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span> <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package has an option
+ &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">pdftex</span>&#8217; which turns on all the program features. See <a
+href="../../../../texmf/doc/pdftex/manual/" >texmf/doc/pdftex/manual/</a> for the
+ manual, and <a
+href="../../../../texmf/doc/pdftex/manual/samplepdf/samplepdf.tex" >texmf/doc/pdftex/manual/samplepdf/samplepdf.tex</a>.
+
+
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfe</span><span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span> </dt><dd
+class="description">combines the pdf<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;and e-<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;extensions. This is the default program for all
+ formats except plain <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>. See above for documentation.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Omega</span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">&#x00A0;(Omega)</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">is based on Unicode (16-bit characters), thus supports working with almost
+ all the world&#8217;s scripts simultaneously. It also supports so-called &#8216;Omega Translation
+ Processes&#8217; (OTPs), for performing complex transformations on arbitrary input. See
+ <a
+href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/omega/base/doc-1.8.tex" >texmf-dist/doc/omega/base/doc-1.8.tex</a> (not completely up-to-date).
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Aleph</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">combines the Omega&#x00A0;and e-<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;extensions. See <a
+href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/aleph/base" >texmf-dist/doc/aleph/base</a> for some
+ minimal documentation.
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 338--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-110002.5"></a>Other notable programs in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</h4>
+<!--l. 340--><p class="noindent">Here are a few other commonly-used programs included in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live:
+<!--l. 342--><p class="indent">
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bibtex</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">bibliography support.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">makeindex</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">index support.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">convert DVI to PostScript.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">DVI previewer for the X Window System.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvilj</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">DVI drive for the HP LaserJet family.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dv2dt, dt2dv</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">convert DVI to/from plain text.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviconcat, dviselect</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">cut and paste pages from DVI files.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">convert DVI to PDF, an alternative approach to pdf<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;(mentioned above). See the
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">ps4pdf </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftricks </span>packages for still more alternatives.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">psselect, psnup, ...</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">PostScript utilities.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">lacheck</span> </dt><dd
+class="list"><span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span> syntax checker.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texexec</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Con<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>t and PDF processor.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tex4ht</span> </dt><dd
+class="list"><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> to HTML converter.
+ </dd></dl>
+
+
+<!--l. 375--><p class="noindent">
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-120003"></a>Unix installation</h3>
+<!--l. 378--><p class="noindent">As introduced in section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-40001.1">1.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:basic --></a> (p. <a
+href="#x1-40001.1">4<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:basic --></a>), <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live has three principal uses:
+<!--l. 381--><p class="indent">
+ <ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li class="enumerate" value="1"
+><a
+ id="x1-12002x1"></a>Run directly from media.
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="2"
+><a
+ id="x1-12004x2"></a>Install to disk.
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="3"
+><a
+ id="x1-12006x3"></a>Integrate a particular package or collection into your existing <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> installation.</li></ol>
+<!--l. 388--><p class="noindent">The following sections describes the Unix-specific procedures for each of these.
+<!--l. 391--><p class="indent"> <hr class="figure"><div class="figure"
+><table class="figure"><tr class="figure"><td class="figure"
+>
+
+
+
+
+<!--l. 391--><p class="noindent"> <span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Warning: </span>The <span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">&#x00A0;Collection </span>CDs and DVD are in ISO 9660 (High Sierra) format, <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">with </span>Rock Ridge
+(and Joliet, for Windows) extensions. Therefore, in order to take full advantage of the <span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">&#x00A0;Collection</span>
+under Unix, your system needs to be able to use the Rock Ridge extensions. Please consult the
+documentation for your <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mount </span>command to see how to do this. If you have several different machines on
+a local network, you may be able to mount the discs on one which does support Rock Ridge, and use this
+with the others.
+<!--l. 402--><p class="indent"> Modern systems should be able to use the discs without problems. If troubles, let us know. The
+discussion below assumes you have been able to mount the CDs with full Rock Ridge compatibility.
+
+
+<!--l. 406--><p class="indent"> </td></tr></table></div><hr class="endfigure">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-130003.1"></a>Running <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live directly from media (Unix)</h4>
+<!--l. 454--><p class="noindent">It is possible to use the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> system directly from the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">live </span>DVD, without installing the distribution to
+disk. (Thus the name <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;&#8216;Live&#8217;, in fact.) It is <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>possible to run <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> directly from the other CDs
+(see section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-70002.1">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-70002.1">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>). To start, you mount the CD or DVD, with Rock Ridge extensions enabled. The
+exact command to do this varies from system to system; the following works under Linux, except the
+name of the device (<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/dev/cdrom</span>, here) may vary. (All our examples will use <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt; </span>as the shell prompt; user
+input is <span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">underlined</span></span>.) <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt; </span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">mount</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-t</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">iso9660</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/dev/cdrom</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/mnt/cdrom</span></span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent">Change the current directory to the mount point: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt; </span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cd</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/mnt/cdrom</span></span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent">Under Mac OS X, the directory is typically under <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/Volumes</span>, and the media will be mounted
+automatically. Run the installation script <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span>: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 456--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt; </span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span></span>
+<br class="newline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Welcome to TeX Live...</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 456--><p class="noindent">After various greeting messages and a list of the main menu options, the installation will ask you to
+enter a command. Do this by typing the desired character and hitting return; don&#8217;t type
+the angle brackets shown. Either uppercase or lowercase is ok; we&#8217;ll use lowercase in our
+examples.
+<!--l. 458--><p class="indent"> For running live, our first command will be <span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">d</span></span> and then the subcommand <span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">1</span></span> to set directories. Even in
+this case, we must choose a directory on the local disk to place files that the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> system itself generates,
+such as fonts and formats, and also to provide a place for updated configuration files, if need
+be.
+<!--l. 464--><p class="indent"> We&#8217;ll use <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/opt/texlive2005 </span>in this example. It&#8217;s good to include the year in the name,
+as these generated files are not compatible from release to release. (If the default value of
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive/2005 </span>works for you, then you can skip this step.)
+ <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 470--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Enter</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;command:</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">d</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Current</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;directories</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;setup:</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&lt;1&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;TEXDIR:</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texlive/2005</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Enter</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;command:</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">1</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">New</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;value</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;for</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;TEXDIR</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;[/usr/local/texlive/TeX]:</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/opt/texlive2005</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Enter</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;command:</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">r</span></span>
+
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 481--><p class="noindent">Back at the main menu, our second and last command is <span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">r</span></span>, to set up for running live off the media
+without installing to disk: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 484--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Enter</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;command:</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">r</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Preparing</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;destination</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;directories...</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Welcome</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;TeX</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;Live!</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 492--><p class="noindent">And we are back at the system prompt, as shown.
+<!--l. 494--><p class="indent"> Next, it is necessary to alter two environment variables: <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span>, to an architecture-dependent value (so
+that we can run the programs), and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR</span>, to the value specified above. See table&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-13001r1">1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:archlist --></a> for a list of
+the architecture names for the different systems.
+<!--l. 508--><p class="indent"> After the main installation has completed, and environment variables have been set, the last step is to
+run <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig-sys </span>to customize your installation to your needs. This is explained in
+section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-170004.1">4.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-170004.1">26<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>.
+
+
+<!--l. 510--><p class="indent"> <a
+ id="x1-13001r1"></a><hr class="float"><div class="float"
+><table class="float"><tr class="float"><td class="float"
+>
+
+
+ <table class="caption"
+><tr valign="baseline" class="caption"><td class="id">Table&#x00A0;1: </td><td
+class="content">Supported system architectures.</td></tr></table><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-13001r1 -->
+ <div class="tabular"><table class="tabular"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+frame="void" id="TBL-3-" ><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col
+id="TBL-3-1"><col
+id="TBL-3-2"></colgroup><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">alpha-linux </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2"
+class="td11"> HP Alpha GNU/Linux </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">i386-darwin </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2"
+class="td11"> Intel x86 Mac OS X </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">i386-freebsd </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"
+class="td11"> Intel x86 FreeBSD </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">i386-linux </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"
+class="td11"> Intel x86 GNU/Linux </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">mips-irix </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"
+class="td11"> SGI IRIX </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">powerpc-aix </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"
+class="td11"> IBM RS/6000 AIX </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">powerpc-darwin </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2"
+class="td11"> PowerPC Mac OS X </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sparc-linux </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2"
+class="td11"> Sun Sparc GNU/Linux </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sparc-solaris </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2"
+class="td11"> Sun Sparc Solaris </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">win32 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-2"
+class="td11"> Windows (32-bit) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">x86_64-linux </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2"
+class="td11"> Intel x86 64-bit GNU/Linux </td>
+</tr><tr
+class="hline"><td><hr></td><td><hr></td></tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-3-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-1"
+class="td11"> </td> </tr></table>
+</div>
+
+
+ </td></tr></table></div><hr class="endfloat" />
+<!--l. 535--><p class="indent"> The syntax for setting the environment variables, and the initialization file to put them in, depends
+on the shell you use. If you use a Bourne-compatible shell (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">sh</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bash</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">ksh</span>, et al.), put the following into
+your <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.profile </span>file: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 539--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH=/mnt/cdrom/bin/</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">archname</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">:$PATH;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;export</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;PATH</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR=/opt/texlive2005/texmf-var;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;export</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;TEXMFVAR</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 544--><p class="noindent">For C shell-compatible shells (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">csh</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tcsh</span>), put the following into your <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.cshrc </span>file: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 546--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">setenv</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;PATH</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/mnt/cdrom/bin/</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">archname</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">:$PATH</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">setenv</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;TEXMFSYSVAR</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/opt/texlive2005/texmf-var</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 551--><p class="noindent">Then log out, log back in, and test your installation (see section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-180004.2">4.2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:test-install --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-180004.2">27<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:test-install --></a>).
+<!--l. 560--><p class="indent"> If in doubt, please ask any local system gurus to help you with problems; for example, the way to
+mount the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live media, which directory or directories to use, and precise details of the changes to
+your personal initialization files can and do vary from site to site.
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-140003.2"></a>Installing <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live to disk</h4>
+<!--l. 567--><p class="noindent">It is possible, indeed typical, to install the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution to hard disk. This can be done from
+either the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">live </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">inst </span>distributions. (See section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-70002.1">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-70002.1">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, for an explanation of the different
+distributions.)
+<!--l. 573--><p class="indent"> To start, you mount the CD or DVD, with Rock Ridge extensions enabled. The exact command to do
+this varies from system to system; the following works under Linux, except the name of the device
+(<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/dev/cdrom</span>, here) may vary. (All our examples will use <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt; </span>as the shell prompt; user input is
+<span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">underlined</span></span>.) <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 573--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt; </span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">mount</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-t</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">iso9660</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/dev/cdrom</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/mnt/cdrom</span></span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 573--><p class="noindent">Change the current directory to the mount point: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 573--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt; </span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cd</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/mnt/cdrom</span></span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 573--><p class="noindent">Under Mac OS X, the directory is typically under <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/Volumes</span>, and the media will be mounted
+automatically. Run the installation script <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span>: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 574--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt; </span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span></span>
+<br class="newline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Welcome to TeX Live...</span>
+
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 574--><p class="noindent">After various greeting messages and a list of the main menu options, the installation will ask you to
+enter a command. Do this by typing the desired character and hitting return; don&#8217;t type
+the angle brackets shown. Either uppercase or lowercase is ok; we&#8217;ll use lowercase in our
+examples.
+<!--l. 576--><p class="indent"> Table&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-14001r2">2<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:main-menu-options --></a> briefly lists the options in the main menu. The order in which you select the options makes
+little difference, except that <span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">i</span></span> must be last. It&#8217;s reasonable to go through them in the order presented
+here.
+ <div class="table">
+
+
+<!--l. 582--><p class="indent"> <a
+ id="x1-14001r2"></a><hr class="float"><div class="float"
+><table class="float"><tr class="float"><td class="float"
+>
+
+
+ <table class="caption"
+><tr valign="baseline" class="caption"><td class="id">Table&#x00A0;2: </td><td
+class="content">Main menu options for the installation.</td></tr></table><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-14001r2 -->
+ <div class="tabular"><table class="tabular"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+frame="void" id="TBL-4-" ><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col
+id="TBL-4-1"><col
+id="TBL-4-2"></colgroup><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">p </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-2"
+class="td11"> The platform you are running on. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">b </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2"
+class="td11"> The architectures for which to install binaries. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">s </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2"
+class="td11"> The base installation scheme to use (minimal, recommended, full, etc.) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">c </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-2"
+class="td11"> Override the base scheme for individual collections. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">l </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-2"
+class="td11"> Override for language collections. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">d </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-2"
+class="td11"> Directories in which to install. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-7-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">o </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-7-2"
+class="td11"> Other options. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">i </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-2"
+class="td11"> Perform the installation. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-4-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-9-1"
+class="td11"> </td> </tr></table>
+</div>
+
+
+ </td></tr></table></div><hr class="endfloat" />
+ </div>
+<!--l. 598--><p class="indent"> Here are further details on each option.
+<!--l. 600--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmtk-10">p </span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">&#8211; Current platform. </span>Since the installation script automatically guesses which platform you&#8217;re
+running on, it is usually unnecessary to use this option. It&#8217;s there in case you need to override the
+automatic detection.
+<!--l. 605--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmtk-10">b </span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">&#8211; Binary architectures. </span>By default, only the binaries for your current platform will be installed.
+From this menu, you can select installation of binaries for other architectures as well (or omit
+installing the current platform). This can be useful if you are sharing a <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;tree across a
+network of heterogenous machines. For a list of the supported architectures, see table&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-13001r1">1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:archlist --></a>,
+p. <a
+href="#x1-13001r1">16<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:archlist --></a>.
+<!--l. 613--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmtk-10">s </span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">&#8211; Base installation scheme. </span>From this menu, you can choose an overall set of package
+collections, called a &#8220;scheme&#8221;. The default <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">full </span>scheme installs everything available, but you can also
+choose the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">basic </span>scheme for a minimal system, or <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">medium </span>to get something in between. There are also
+specific sets for Omega and XML.
+<!--l. 620--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmtk-10">c </span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">&#8211; Individual collections. </span>From this menu, you can override the scheme&#8217;s set of collections to
+install. Collections are one level more detailed than schemes &#8212; collections consist of one or more
+packages, where packages (the lowest level grouping in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live) contain the actual <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;macro files,
+font families, and so on. In this menu, selection letters are case-sensitive.
+<!--l. 627--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmtk-10">l </span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">&#8211; Language collections</span>. This menu has the same basic purpose as <span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">c</span></span>, to override the collection set
+in the chosen scheme. In this case, the collections are specifically for different languages.
+Selection letters are case-sensitive here too. Here is a list of the language collections in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>
+Live:
+<table
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0"
+class="tabbing"><tr
+valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">(some) African scripts </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Arabic </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Armenian </td><td
+class="tabbing">Chinese Japanese Korean
+</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 643--><p class="indent"> <table
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0"
+class="tabbing"><tr
+valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Croatian </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Cyrillic </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Czech/Slovak </td><td
+class="tabbing">Danish</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 647--><p class="indent"> <table
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0"
+class="tabbing"><tr
+valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Dutch </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Finnish </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">French </td><td
+class="tabbing">German</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 651--><p class="indent"> <table
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0"
+class="tabbing"><tr
+valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Greek </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Hebrew </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Hungarian </td><td
+class="tabbing">Indic</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 655--><p class="indent"> <table
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0"
+class="tabbing"><tr
+valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Italian </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Latin </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Manju </td><td
+class="tabbing">Mongolian</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 659--><p class="indent"> <table
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0"
+class="tabbing"><tr
+valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Norwegian </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Polish </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Portuguese </td><td
+class="tabbing">Spanish</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 663--><p class="indent"> <table
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0"
+class="tabbing"><tr
+valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Swedish </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">Tibetan </td><td width="203"
+class="tabbing">UK English </td><td
+class="tabbing">Vietnamese</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 667--><p class="indent"> <table
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0"
+class="tabbing"><tr
+valign="baseline" class="tabbing"><td
+class="tabbing"></td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 668--><p class="indent">
+<!--l. 670--><p class="noindent">Language collections typically include fonts, macros, hyphenation patterns, and other support files. (For
+instance, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">frenchle.sty </span>is installed if you select the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">French </span>collection.) In addition, installing a language
+collection will alter the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">language.dat </span>configuration file controlling which hyphenation patterns are
+loaded.
+<!--l. 677--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmtk-10">d </span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">&#8211; Installation directories</span>. Three directories can be changed here:
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXDIR</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The top-level directory under which everything else will be installed. The default value
+ is <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive/2005</span>, and is often changed. We recommend including the year
+ in the name, to keep different releases of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live separate. (You may wish to make a
+ version-independent name such <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive </span>via a symbolic link, which you can
+ then update after testing the new release.)
+ <!--l. 690--><p class="noindent">Under Mac OS X, the usual frontends look for <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> in <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/teTeX</span>, so you may wish
+ to install <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live there.
+
+
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFLOCAL</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">This tree is where the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> system (not as part of the initial installation, but
+ rather as time goes by) puts non-version-specific files, primarily fonts. The default value is
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive/texmf-local</span>, independent of the current <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live release, because
+ it&#8217;s also the recommended location to put any local packages or configuration settings.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">This tree is where <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig-sys </span>puts files that <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">are </span>version-specific. The default
+ value is <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXDIR/texmf-var</span>, and there&#8217;s generally no reason to change it. There is also
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSCONFIG</span>, which is where <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>looks for modified configuration data. See
+ section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-170004.1">4.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-170004.1">26<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a> for more information.
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 710--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmtk-10">o </span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">&#8211; Other options. </span>From this menu, you can select the following general options:
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">a</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Specify an alternate directory for generated fonts. The default is to use the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFVAR </span>tree,
+ as explained above. Setting this is useful if you plan to mount the main tree read-only, and
+ therefore you need another location (perhaps host-specific) for dynamically created fonts.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">l</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Create symbolic links for the binaries, man pages, and/or GNU Info files in other locations.
+ For example, you may wish to make the man pages available under <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/man </span>and
+ the Info files available under <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/info</span>. (Of course you need appropriate privileges
+ to write in the specified directories.)
+ <!--l. 726--><p class="noindent">It is not advisable to overwrite a <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;system that came with your system with this option.
+ It&#8217;s intended primarily for creating the links in standard directories that are known to users,
+ such as <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/bin</span>, which don&#8217;t already contain any <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;files.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">d</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Skip installation of the font/macro documentation tree. This is useful if you need to save
+ space, or if you&#8217;ve previously installed the documentation elsewhere.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">s</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Skip installation of the main font/macro source tree. This is useful if you are arranging to
+ share that tree between machines and/or architectures in some other way, such as NFS.
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 741--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">i &#8211; Perform installation. </span>When you&#8217;re satisfied with your configuration options, enter <span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">i</span></span> to actually
+do the installation from the media to your chosen locations.
+<!--l. 746--><p class="indent"> After the installation completes, your next step is to include the architecture-specific subdirectory of
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXDIR/bin </span>in your <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span>, so the newly-installed programs can be found. The architecture names are
+listed in table&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-13001r1">1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:archlist --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-13001r1">16<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:archlist --></a>, or you can simply list the directory <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXDIR/bin</span>.
+<!--l. 753--><p class="indent"> The syntax for doing this, and the initialization file to use, depends on your shell. If you use a
+Bourne-compatible shell (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">sh</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bash</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">ksh</span>, et al.), put the following into your <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.profile</span>
+file:
+ <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 758--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH=/usr/local/texlive/2005/bin/</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">archname</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">:$PATH;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;export</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;PATH</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 762--><p class="noindent">For C shell-compatible shells (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">csh</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tcsh</span>), put the following into your <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.cshrc </span>file: <div class="alltt">
+
+<!--l. 764--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">setenv</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;PATH</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texlive/2005/bin/</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">archname</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">:$PATH</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 768--><p class="indent"> After the main installation has completed, and environment variables have been set, the last step is to
+run <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig-sys </span>to customize your installation to your needs. This is explained in
+section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-170004.1">4.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-170004.1">26<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>.
+<!--l. 770--><p class="indent"> Here is a minimal annotated example which accepts the default directories and installs binaries for
+the current system only. Thus, only one command is needed, <span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">i</span></span> for install. The <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt; </span>is the shell prompt as
+usual.
+ <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 775--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span></span>
+<br><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">i</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;#</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;perform</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;installation</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;...</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;#</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;see</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;section</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
+href="#x1-170004.1"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">4.1</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">#</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;New</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;PATH</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;element,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;with</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;Linux</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;as</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;example:</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH=/usr/local/texlive/2005/bin/i386-linux:$PATH;</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">export</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span></span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 783--><p class="indent"> If in doubt, please ask any local system gurus to help you with problems; for example, the way to
+mount the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live media, which directory or directories to use, and precise details of the changes to
+your personal initialization files can and do vary from site to site.
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-150003.3"></a>Installing individual packages to disk</h4>
+<!--l. 789--><p class="noindent">You can add individual packages or collections from the current distribution to an existing non-<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live
+setup, or an earlier <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live installation.
+<!--l. 793--><p class="indent"> To start, you mount the CD or DVD, with Rock Ridge extensions enabled. The exact command to do
+this varies from system to system; the following works under Linux, except the name of the device
+(<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/dev/cdrom</span>, here) may vary. (All our examples will use <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt; </span>as the shell prompt; user input is
+<span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">underlined</span></span>.) <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 793--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt; </span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">mount</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-t</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">iso9660</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/dev/cdrom</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/mnt/cdrom</span></span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 793--><p class="noindent">Change the current directory to the mount point: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 793--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt; </span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cd</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/mnt/cdrom</span></span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 793--><p class="noindent">Under Mac OS X, the directory is typically under <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/Volumes</span>, and the media will be mounted
+automatically.
+<!--l. 795--><p class="indent"> Run the installation script <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh </span>(not <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-tl.sh</span>, which is intended for complete
+installations only): <div class="alltt">
+
+
+<!--l. 798--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">options</span></span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 802--><p class="indent"> The first set of options controls what gets read:
+<!--l. 804--><p class="noindent">
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--package=</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">pkgname</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The individual package to work on.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--collection=</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">colname</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The individual collection to work on.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--nodoc</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Exclude documentation files from the operation.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--nosrc</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Exclude source files from the operation.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--cddir=</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">dir</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Source directory to read from; defaults to the current directory. If you followed the
+ instructions above, that will be the distribution directory, and won&#8217;t need to be changed.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--listdir=</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">dir</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The so-called &#8216;lists&#8217; directory within <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">cddir </span>from which to read the package
+ information. The only reason to change the default is if you&#8217;re making changes to <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live
+ yourself.
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 824--><p class="indent"> What actually happens is controlled by the following options. If neither of these are specified, the
+default action is to install the selected files. The main destination tree is found by expanding <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFMAIN</span>
+with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">kpsewhich</span>. You can override it by setting either the environment variable <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFMAIN </span>or
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMF</span>.
+<!--l. 831--><p class="noindent">
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--listonly</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">List the files that would be installed, but don&#8217;t actually install anything.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--archive=</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">tarfile</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Instead of installing the files into the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> system, make a <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tar </span>archive.
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 840--><p class="indent"> Additional options:
+<!--l. 842--><p class="noindent">
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--config</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">After installation, run <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig init</span>.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--nohash</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">After installation, don&#8217;t run <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mktexlsr </span>to rebuild the filename database.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--verbose</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Give more information as the script runs.
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 853--><p class="indent"> Here are some usage examples:
+<!--l. 855--><p class="indent">
+
+ <ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li class="enumerate" value="1"
+><a
+ id="x1-15002x1"></a>To see the files in the package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">fancyhdr </span>without installing it:
+ <div class="alltt">
+ <!--l. 860--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--package=fancyhdr</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--listonly</span></span>
+ <br>
+ <br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/README</span>
+ <br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf</span>
+ <br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span>
+</div>
+ </div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="2"
+><a
+ id="x1-15004x2"></a>Install the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span> package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">natbib</span>: <div class="alltt">
+ <!--l. 871--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--package=natbib</span></span>
+</div>
+ </div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="3"
+><a
+ id="x1-15006x3"></a>Install the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span> package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">alg </span>without source files or documentation: <div class="alltt">
+ <!--l. 877--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--package=alg</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--nosrc</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--nodoc</span></span>
+</div>
+ </div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="4"
+><a
+ id="x1-15008x4"></a>Install all the packages in the collection of additional plain <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;macros: <div class="alltt">
+ <!--l. 885--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--collection=tex-plainextra</span></span>
+</div>
+ </div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="5"
+><a
+ id="x1-15010x5"></a>Write all files in the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pstricks </span>package to a <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tar </span>file in <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/tmp</span></span>: <div class="alltt">
+ <!--l. 891--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install-pkg.sh</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--package=pstricks</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--archive=/tmp/pstricks.tar</span></span>
+
+</div>
+ </div>
+ </li></ol>
+<!--l. 900--><p class="indent"> If in doubt, please ask any local system gurus to help you with problems; for example, the way to
+mount the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live media, which directory or directories to use, and precise details of the changes to
+your personal initialization files can and do vary from site to site.
+<!--l. 904--><p class="noindent">
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-160004"></a>Post-installation</h3>
+<!--l. 907--><p class="noindent">After the main installation is done, for any operating system, the remaining steps are to configure the
+system for your local needs, and perform some basic tests.
+<!--l. 911--><p class="indent"> Another sort of post-installation is to acquire packages, fonts, or programs that were not included in
+<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. The basic idea is to install such additions in the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFLOCAL </span>tree (if you installed to
+disk), or <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR </span>(if you are running live). See the &#8220;Installation directories&#8221; option on
+p. <a
+href="#x1-140003.2">21<!--tex4ht:ref: text:instdir --></a>.
+<!--l. 917--><p class="indent"> Unfortunately, the details can and do vary widely, and so we do not attempt to address them here.
+Here are some external links to descriptions:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=instpackages" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=instpackages</span></a></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.ctan.org/installationadvice" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org/installationadvice</span></a></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/beginlatex/html/chapter5.html#pkginst" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/beginlatex/html/chapter5.html#pkginst</span></a></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Type1fonts" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Type1fonts</span></a></span> for installation information for
+ fonts in particular.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 932--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-170004.1"></a>The <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>program</h4>
+<!--l. 935--><p class="noindent">At any time after installation, you can and should use the program <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>to configure the system to
+fit your local needs. It is installed in the architecture-specific subdirectory <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXDIR/bin/</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">arch </span>along with
+everything else.
+<!--l. 940--><p class="indent"> If you run it without arguments, it will enter full-screen mode and allow you to view and change
+options interactively.
+<!--l. 943--><p class="indent"> You can also run it with various command-line options. Here are some of the most common (<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>
+Live is configured for the A4 paper size by default):
+<!--l. 946--><p class="noindent">
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig paper letter</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Set default paper size for various programs and drivers (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>,
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>) to be US letter. The other allowable size is <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">a4</span>, which is the default.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig rehash</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Update all the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> &#8220;filename databases&#8221;, after adding or removing files.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig faq</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Show the te<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> FAQ. (See also the main <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> FAQ in
+ <a
+href="../../../../texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en" >texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en</a>.)
+
+
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig help</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Output help information for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig</span>.
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 963--><p class="indent"> Of course, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>can only support changing a few of the many options and configuration
+parameters in a <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> system. The main configuration file for the base Web2C programs is named
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf</span>. You can find its location by running &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich texmf.cnf</span>&#8217;; it contains many comments
+explaining the default settings and useful alternatives.
+<!--l. 970--><p class="indent"> As of 2005, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig </span>alters files in a user-specific directory, namely <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.texlive2005</span>. If you
+install <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;just for yourself, that is unlikely to make a difference. But if you install <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;on a
+multi-user system, you will want to change the configuration for the whole system. In this case, run
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig-sys </span>instead of <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig</span>.
+<!--l. 977--><p class="indent"> Likewise, the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">updmap </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">fmtutil </span>scripts were changed, to work under <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.texlive2005</span>. To alter
+system directories, use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">updmap-sys </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">fmtutil-sys</span>.
+<!--l. 981--><p class="indent"> In particular, for multi-user systems, you will probably want to pregenerate the standard formats
+with <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil-sys &#8211;missing</span>. Otherwise, each user will end up with their own formats.
+<!--l. 985--><p class="indent"> Also, if you have a personally-modified copy of <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil.cnf </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap.cfg</span>, instead of using the
+ones generated by installation, they must be installed in the tree referenced by the variable
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSCONFIG</span>.
+<!--l. 990--><p class="indent"> The variables specifying the directories altered by these commands are listed in section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-90002.3">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texmftrees --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-90002.3">7<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texmftrees --></a>. You
+can see the actual directories by running <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig conf</span>, and you can change them by editing
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf</span>.
+<!--l. 996--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-180004.2"></a>Testing the installation</h4>
+<!--l. 999--><p class="noindent">After installing <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live as best you can, you naturally want to test it out, so you can start creating
+beautiful documents and/or fonts.
+<!--l. 1002--><p class="indent"> This section gives some basic procedures for testing that the new system is functional. We give Unix
+commands; under Mac OS X and Windows, you&#8217;re more likely to run the tests through a graphical
+interface, but the principles are the same.
+<!--l. 1007--><p class="indent">
+ <ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li class="enumerate" value="1"
+><a
+ id="x1-18002x1"></a>Make sure that you can run the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tex </span>program in the first place:
+ <div class="alltt">
+ <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--version</span></span>
+ <br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TeX</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;3.141592</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;(Web2C</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;7.5.5)</span>
+ <br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpathsea</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;version</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;3.5.5</span>
+ <br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span>
+</div>
+ </div> If this comes back with &#8216;command not found&#8217; instead of version and copyright information, most
+ likely you don&#8217;t have the correct <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">bin </span>subdirectory in your <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span>. See the environment-setting
+ information on p. <a
+href="#x1-130003.1">17<!--tex4ht:ref: text:path --></a>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="2"
+><a
+ id="x1-18004x2"></a>Process a basic <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span> file: <div class="alltt">
+
+
+ <!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">latex</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.tex</span></span>
+ <br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">This</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;is</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;pdfeTeXk,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;Version</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;3.141592...</span>
+ <br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span>
+ <br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Output</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;written</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;on</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;sample2e.dvi</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;(3</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;pages,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;7496</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;bytes).</span>
+ <br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Transcript</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;written</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;on</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;sample2e.log.</span>
+</div>
+ </div> If this fails to find <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.tex </span>or other files, perhaps you have interference from old
+ environment variables or configuration files. For a deep analysis, you can always ask <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> to
+ report on exactly what it is searching for, and finding; see &#8220;Debugging actions&#8221; on
+ page&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-610008.2.4">59<!--tex4ht:ref: Debugging --></a>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="3"
+><a
+ id="x1-18006x3"></a>Preview the result online: <div class="alltt">
+ <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">xdvi</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.dvi</span></span>
+</div>
+ </div> (Under Windows, the analogous command is <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">windvi</span>.) You should see a new window with a nice
+ document explaining some of the basics of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>. (Well worth reading, by the way if you&#8217;re new
+ to the system.) You do have to be running under X for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi </span>to work; if you&#8217;re not, or
+ your <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">DISPLAY </span>environment variable is set incorrectly, you&#8217;ll get an error &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Can&#8217;t open</span>
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">display</span>&#8217;.
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="4"
+><a
+ id="x1-18008x4"></a>Create a PostScript file for printing or display: <div class="alltt">
+ <!--l. 1049--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">dvips</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.dvi</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-o</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.ps</span></span>
+</div>
+ </div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="5"
+><a
+ id="x1-18010x5"></a>Create a PDF file instead of DVI; this processes the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.tex </span>file and writes PDF directly:
+ <div class="alltt">
+ <!--l. 1055--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">pdflatex</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.tex</span></span>
+</div>
+ </div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="6"
+><a
+ id="x1-18012x6"></a>Preview the PDF file: <div class="alltt">
+
+
+ <!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">gv</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.pdf</span></span>
+ <br>or:
+ <br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">xpdf</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.pdf</span></span>
+</div>
+ </div> Unfortunately neither <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">gv </span>nor <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xpdf </span>are currently included in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, so you must install them
+ separately. See <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.gnu.org/software/gv" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.gnu.org/software/gv</span></a></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.foolabs.com/xpdf" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.foolabs.com/xpdf</span></a></span>,
+ respectively.
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="7"
+><a
+ id="x1-18014x7"></a>Other standard test files you may find useful:
+ <!--l. 1072--><p class="noindent">
+ <dl class="list2"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">small2e.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">A simpler document than <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e</span>, to reduce the input size if you&#8217;re having
+ troubles.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">testpage.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Test if your printer introduces any offsets.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">nfssfont.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">For printing font tables and tests.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">testfont.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Also for font tables, but using plain <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">story.tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">The most canonical (plain) <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> test file of all. You must type &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\bye</span>&#8217; to the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">*</span>
+ prompt after &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex story.tex</span>&#8217;.</dd></dl>
+ <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent">You can process these in the same way as we did with <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.tex</span>.
+ </li></ol>
+<!--l. 1087--><p class="indent"> If you are new to <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, or otherwise need help with actually constructing <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> or <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>
+documents, please visit <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://tug.org/begin.html" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/begin.html</span></a></span> for some introductory resources.
+<!--l. 1092--><p class="noindent">
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-190005"></a>Mac OS X installation</h3>
+<!--l. 1095--><p class="noindent">The recommended way to install <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;on Mac OS X&#x00A0;is from the Mac<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distribution, new in
+2005. This is provided on the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">live </span>DVD in the top-level <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">mactex/ </span>directory. It contains its own
+(native) installer for a full <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distribution, based on a combination of te<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;and <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>
+Live, along with many additional applications and documentation. The project web page is <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://tug.org/mactex" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/mactex</span></a></span>.
+<!--l. 1102--><p class="indent"> If you prefer, installation of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> under Mac OS X can also be done directly from <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, using the
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">install* </span>scripts, as follows.
+<!--l. 1105--><p class="indent"> In order to run the installation scripts under Mac OS X, you need to have the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bash </span>shell installed. If
+you are running Mac OS X&#x00A0;10.2 or later, you have <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bash</span>, and can proceed. If you&#8217;re running an earlier
+Mac OS X version, however, the default shell is <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">zsh</span>, which won&#8217;t work; you&#8217;ll need to get <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bash </span>from the
+Internet, or more likely upgrade your system.
+<!--l. 1112--><p class="indent"> Once you have <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bash</span>, the Unix installation documentation in the previous section can be followed. See
+section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-120003">3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:unix-install --></a> on p. <a
+href="#x1-120003">10<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:unix-install --></a>; Mac OS X-specific notes are included there where needed.
+
+
+<!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent">
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-200006"></a>Windows installation</h3>
+<!--l. 1120--><p class="noindent">In this release of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, happily, the distribution once again has a native Windows installer, named
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui.exe</span>. (See section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-70002.1">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-70002.1">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, for an explanation of the different distributions.)
+<!--l. 1125--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>has essentially the same options as the Unix installer, only done through a GUI interface:
+selecting schemes, individual collections, installation directories, and so on. Section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-140003.2">3.2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:unix-install-disk --></a> on p. <a
+href="#x1-140003.2">17<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:unix-install-disk --></a> describes
+the basic elements. It also allows some post-installation activities such as adding/removing packages,
+updating the filename database and building formats. Moreover, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>can setup the system for
+running programs directly from the DVD.
+<!--l. 1135--><p class="indent"> For those who like to look underneath the hood, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>uses as its &#8220;engine&#8221; a command-line
+Windows program named <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpm</span>.
+<!--l. 1138--><p class="indent"> The Windows <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> system included in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live is based on new binaries borrowed from the XEm<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>
+project, formerly known as fp<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> (see <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.metz.supelec.fr/~popineau/xemtex-1.html" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.metz.supelec.fr/~popineau/xemtex-1.html</span></a></span>). It
+also includes some older (but still working) tools, notably a <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">dvi </span>previewer, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Windvi</span>, which
+is similar in usage to the established Unix <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>. The documentation can be found in
+<a
+href="../../../../texmf/doc/html/windvi/windvi.html" >texmf/doc/html/windvi/windvi.html</a>.
+<!--l. 1146--><p class="indent"> <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live can be installed on systems running Windows 98, ME, NT, 2K or XP. Older versions of
+Windows (3.1x) and MS-DOS are not supported.
+<!--l. 1150--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Warning: </span>Win9.x users must ensure they have enough environment space before undertaking
+installation. The <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui.exe </span>program won&#8217;t change the environment size for them. A few
+environment variables will be created and it is possible you run out of environment space. Add
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">SHELL=&lt;path&gt;COMMAND.COM /E:4096 /P </span>in the config.sys file in order to increase your environment
+size.
+<!--l. 1157--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-210006.1"></a>Installing <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live to disk</h4>
+<!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent">After inserting the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live CD into the CD drive, autostart should activate <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui</span>. If
+it does not, click <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Run</span>, then type <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&lt;drive</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;letter&gt;:\setup-win32\tplmgui.exe</span></span></span> (or
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&lt;drive</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;letter&gt;:\texlive\setup-win32\tplmgui.exe</span></span></span> if you are installing from the TeX Collection
+DVD), where <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&lt;drive</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;letter&gt;</span></span></span> is the drive letter with the TeX Live CD (or TeX Collection DVD), and
+then click OK.
+<!--l. 1167--><p class="indent"> The installation window titled <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TeX Live installation and maintenance utility </span>should open. It contains
+the following sections: <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Main customization</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Install</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Select a scheme</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Select systems</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Directories </span>and
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Options</span>.
+<!--l. 1172--><p class="indent"> In the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Directories </span>section the installation drive (directory) next to the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">CD/DVD </span>button
+should be displayed (e.g., <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">F:/ </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">F:/texlive/ </span>for the DVD), but if it is not, then click the
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">CD/DVD </span>button and select the CD/DVD drive, with the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live CD (or TeX Collection
+DVD).
+<!--l. 1177--><p class="indent"> The directory in which you wish to install the software can be set by clicking the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TLroot </span>button. This
+directory will be set as <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TLroot</span></span> environment variable for later usage. The <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFTEMP</span></span> and <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCNF</span></span>
+environment variables as displayed next to the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TEXMFTEMP </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TEXMFCNF </span>buttons will be adjusted
+automatically and set during installation, but they can also be adjusted manually now to suit special
+needs.
+<!--l. 1185--><p class="indent"> In the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Select a scheme </span>section the desired <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live installation scheme should be chosen by clicking
+the radio button labelled with the installation scheme name (e.g., <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">scheme-gust</span>). Each scheme is
+accompanied by an <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Info </span>button which, when clicked, displays a short description of the relevant
+scheme.
+<!--l. 1191--><p class="indent"> A scheme is a large set of files targeted at some kind of usage. There are generic schemes for
+basic, medium and full installations. The remaining ones are either targeted at certain LUGs
+(i.e., what GUST or GUTenberg propose for their members) or application targeted (e.g.,
+
+
+for XML and <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> cooperation). A preselected scheme can be refined. This is done in the
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Main customization </span>section by choosing additional collections from <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Standard collections </span>or
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Language collections</span>. For example, by clicking the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Select </span>button labelled <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Standard collections</span>,
+additional collections like Metapost, Omega or documentation in different languages can be
+selected.
+<!--l. 1202--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Note: </span>The <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Ghostscript</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Perl </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Wintools </span>collections are selected by default and should be installed
+unless they are already installed and you really know what you are doing. This is because they are
+required by many important tools. The <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PERL5LIB</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">GS_LIB</span></span></span> environment variables will be set
+too.
+<!--l. 1208--><p class="indent"> Next, clicking the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Select </span>button labelled <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Language Collections </span>in the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Main customization </span>section opens
+the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Language collections </span>window in which the installation language can be chosen by ticking the box next
+to the language.
+<!--l. 1213--><p class="indent"> Next, click the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Install </span>button in the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Install </span>section to start the installation proper process.
+<!--l. 1216--><p class="indent"> The <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live system needs some post-processing steps (format files generation, ls-R
+databases generation, environment variables, etc.). All these operations are done there, some of
+them can be lengthy. So please wait until you see a statement about the successfully finished
+installation.
+<!--l. 1221--><p class="indent"> The shortcut for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>will be added to the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Programs</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TeXLive2005 </span>menu.
+<!--l. 1224--><p class="indent"> If it is needed (Win9x/WinME), you will be asked to reboot your computer.
+<!--l. 1226--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-220006.2"></a>Support packages for Windows</h4>
+<!--l. 1229--><p class="noindent">To be complete, a <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live installation needs support packages that are not commonly found on a
+Windows machine. Many scripts are written using the Perl language. Some important tools require the
+Ghostscript PostScript interpreter to render or to convert files. A graphic file toolbox is also needed in
+some cases. Last but not least, a <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>-oriented editor makes it easy to type in your <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>
+files.
+<!--l. 1236--><p class="indent"> All these tools are quite easy to find for Windows, but in order to try to make your life even easier,
+we have put such a set of tools on <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">GNU <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Ghostscript </span>7.07
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">a minimal <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Perl </span>5.8, sufficient to run all the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live Perl scripts.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">win-tools is a set of small programs (bzip2, gzip, jpeg2ps and tiff2png)</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1250--><p class="indent"> These packages are borrowed from the XEm<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution (the successor of fp<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>).
+<!--l. 1253--><p class="indent"> Perl and Ghostscript are installed by default; you may explicitly deselect them during installation if
+you already have them.
+<!--l. 1256--><p class="indent"> If you don&#8217;t want to install this bundle, then you are on your own to install the required tools to
+complete your <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live system. Here is a list of places to get those tools:
+<!--l. 1260--><p class="indent">
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Ghostscript</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/</span></a></span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Perl</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.activestate.com/" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.activestate.com/</span></a></span> (but you might need some supplementary packages from
+ CPAN: <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.cpan.org/" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.cpan.org/</span></a></span>)
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">ImageMagick</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.imagemagick.com" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.imagemagick.com</span></a></span>
+
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">NetPBM</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">alternatively, you could use NetPBM instead of ImageMagick to process or convert
+ your graphic files. NetPBM home page is <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://netpbm.sourceforge.net/" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://netpbm.sourceforge.net/</span></a></span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">X</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">-oriented editors</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">There is a wide choice, and it is a matter of the user&#8217;s taste. Here is a
+ selection:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">GNU Emacs </span>is available natively under Windows, see <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/windows/ntemacs.html" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/windows/ntemacs.html</span></a></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">XEmacs </span>is available natively under Windows, see <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.xemacs.org/" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.xemacs.org/</span></a></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">WinShell </span>is available on <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live in the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">support</span></span> directory, see <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.winshell.de" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.winshell.de</span></a></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">WinEdt </span>is shareware available from <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.winedt.com" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.winedt.com</span></a></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Vim </span>is available on <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live in the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">support\vim</span></span> directory and the reference site is <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.vim.org" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.vim.org</span></a></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">TeXnicCenter is free software, available from <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.toolscenter.org" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.toolscenter.org</span></a></span> and in
+ the proTeXt distribution.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">LEd </span>is available from <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.ctan.org/support/LEd" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org/support/LEd</span></a></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">SciTE </span>is available from <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.scintilla.org/SciTE.html" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.scintilla.org/SciTE.html</span></a></span></li></ul>
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1288--><p class="indent"> You might want to install other tools that are not
+free<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="#fn1x0" id="fn1x0-bk"><sup>1</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-22001f1"></a>
+and therefore not included on <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, such as <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">GSView</span>, the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Ghostscript </span>companion to more
+conveniently view PS/PDF files. <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">GSView </span>is available from <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gsview/" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gsview/</span></a></span>
+or any CTAN site.
+<!--l. 1296--><p class="noindent">
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-230007"></a>Maintenance of the installation in Windows</h3>
+<!--l. 1298--><p class="noindent">If you have TeX Live installed, you can use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>again for modyfying and maintaining your
+installation.
+<!--l. 1301--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-240007.1"></a>Adding/removing packages</h4>
+<!--l. 1303--><p class="noindent">As the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>shortcut is available in the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Programs</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TeXLive2005 </span>menu, start it from here. The
+maintenance window titled <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TeX Live installation and maintenance utility </span>shows. It contains several tabs:
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Add Packages</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Remove packages</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Manage installation</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Remove installation</span>.
+<!--l. 1309--><p class="indent"> Click the tab labelled <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Add packages </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Remove packages </span>to enter the relevant functionality and
+then:
+
+
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">In the first tab select the proper CD drive (or DVD with <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texlive </span>directory) by pressing the
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">CD/DVD </span>button.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Click the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Search </span>button in the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Buttons </span>section to display or refresh in the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Select packages</span>
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">to... </span>section the list of packages to install or remove.
+ <!--l. 1319--><p class="noindent">When adding packages, the list of installed packages is compared to the list of packages
+ available from your CD/DVD. Only packages not already installed are displayed. It is up to
+ you to select which packages you want to install.
+ <!--l. 1324--><p class="noindent">When removing individual packages, only a list of installed packages will be displayed.
+ <!--l. 1327--><p class="noindent">Please note that for both <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Add packages </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Remove packages </span>the collections are listed first.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Select a package by clicking on the name of the package. Clicking the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Info </span>button in the
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Buttons </span>section displays a short description of the selected package in the window located
+ in the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Info about the selected item </span>section. To select several packages at once hold down one
+ of the Ctrl or Shift keys at your keyboard while holding down the left mouse button or drag
+ the mouse pointer while holding down the left mouse button.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Click the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Install </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Remove </span>button in the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Buttons </span>section to perform the appropriate action.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1342--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-250007.2"></a>Configuring and other management tasks</h4>
+<!--l. 1344--><p class="noindent">The functions available in the tab labelled <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Manage the installation </span>are helpful in performing actions
+needed when you want to add support for a language which was not selected during the installation, or
+add/regenerate a format which was not selected during the installation or was modified after the
+installation.
+<!--l. 1350--><p class="indent"> The following actions can be performed:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Refresh the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>database
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Create formats (All or Missing)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Edit <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">language.dat</span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Edit <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil.cnf</span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Edit <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap.cfg</span></li></ul>
+<!--l. 1360--><p class="indent"> Note: you can close the Edit... window with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Cancel </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Done </span>button; the latter will start
+rebuilding the format files (or the fontmap files if you have edited <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap.cfg</span>), followed by a <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R</span>
+database files refresh.
+<!--l. 1365--><p class="indent"> For more information about the configuration see section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-310007.8">7.8<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:persconf --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-310007.8">36<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:persconf --></a>.
+
+
+<!--l. 1368--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-260007.3"></a>Uninstalling <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live</h4>
+<!--l. 1370--><p class="noindent">The tab labelled <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Remove the TeX Live installation </span>opens a window which contains functionality not worth
+describing and we do not know who would need it and what it is for...:-)
+<!--l. 1374--><p class="indent"> Anyway, if you have the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-local</span></span> directory for your local additions, the removal procedure will
+not wipe it out or delete things in it. The <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">setup-win32</span></span> directory containing <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>and
+related files will not be deleted. You will have to do some manual cleanup to actually remove
+them.
+<!--l. 1379--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-270007.4"></a>Adding your own packages to the installation</h4>
+<!--l. 1381--><p class="noindent">First, whatever changes you make, <span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">do not forget to rebuild the ls-R database files</span>. Otherwise,
+your new files will not be found. You can do this either via the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>run and selection of the
+appropriate action from the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Manage the installation </span>tab, or manually running the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">mktexlsr</span>
+command.
+<!--l. 1387--><p class="indent"> If you want to add files that are not provided by the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution, it is recommended to put
+them in the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFLOCAL</span></span> directory. This way, you will be safe against upgrades of the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live
+software.
+<!--l. 1391--><p class="indent"> The directory pointed to by <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFLOCAL</span></span> is initially empty. If, for example, you want to add the
+support file for the Maple symbolic computation program, you will have to put the style files
+in:
+<br class="newline"><span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">c:\TeXLive2005\texmf-local\tex\latex\maple\</span></span>
+<br class="newline">and the documentation files in:
+<br class="newline"><span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">c:\TeXLive2005\texmf-local\doc\latex\maple\</span></span>
+<!--l. 1397--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-280007.5"></a>Running <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tlmp.exe </span>from the command line</h4>
+<!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent">The <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpm.exe </span>program which is used as engine by <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui </span>has a number of other useful options. You can
+get the list by running:
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb1">
+<a
+ id="x1-28002r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;tlpm&#x00A0;--help
+ </div>
+</div>
+</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 1402--><p class="nopar">
+<!--l. 1404--><p class="indent"> More information and examples of use can be found in <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tlpm.readme</span></span>.
+<!--l. 1406--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-290007.6"></a>Network installation</h4>
+<!--l. 1408--><p class="noindent">Kpathsea knows about UNC names, so you can use them to get your TEXMF tree from the network.
+But there is better than this. All the support files and configuration files, everything except the files in
+the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">bin/win32</span></span> are shareable with a te<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> or Unix <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live installation. That means you can use
+Samba either to mount from an NT server to a Unix workstation or the converse. Several strategies are
+possible:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Put everything on the server. Just add each set of files for the OS and architecture you want
+ to use in the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">bin</span></span> directory. That means for example <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">bin/win32</span></span> and <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">bin/i386-linux</span></span>.
+ Next configure your main variables. You can use UNC names to point to the right directories
+ under Win32.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Install a local copy for the binaries and format files. In this case, assign <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFMAIN</span></span> to the
+ main <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf</span></span> tree that will be accessed remotely. Set <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFVAR</span></span> to be a local directory
+ which will hold local configuration files and on-the-fly generated files.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-300007.7"></a>What&#8217;s different in Windows?</h4>
+<!--l. 1429--><p class="noindent">The Windows version of Web2C has some specific features that should be pointed out.
+<!--l. 1432--><p class="indent">
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Kpathsea</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">The hash-tables that Kpathsea builds are quite large for the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. In order to
+ cut down the starting time of any Kpathsea-enabled program, these hash-tables have been
+ put in shared memory. This way, when you chain the execution of several such programs,
+ like <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex</span></span> calling <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">mpost</span></span> calling <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex</span></span>, the overhead when starting each of the subprograms
+ is reduced. This change is hidden to the user, except if you set the debug flag of kpathsea
+ to the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-1</span></span> value: you will then trace access to the shared memory, which is not what you
+ want (it is accessed very often!). What is useful in a log trace of the shared memory access
+ is still to be defined, so the situation might evolve in the future.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmssbx-10">kpsecheck</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">This command provides some options that did not fit well into <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">kpsewhich</span>. It will allow
+ you to list all the files that occur multiple times across your texmf trees. This could be
+ handy, but most of the time you will also get unwanted output (like dozens of <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">README</span></span> files).
+ It is noticeable that all these files result in clashes inside the Kpathsea-hashing mechanism;
+ fortunately, Kpathsea never looks for these files. For this reason, you can combine the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-multiple-occurrences</span></span> with 2 other options for including or excluding any filename that
+ match some pattern (you can request for several patterns).
+
+ <!--l. 1456--><p class="noindent">The <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">kpsecheck </span>command will also report the status of shared memory: in use or not used.
+ That might be useful to know because if the status reported is &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">in use</span>&#8217;, that means one or
+ several processes are working, and the effect of any <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mktexlsr </span>command will be delayed until
+ the next time where no Kpathsea linked process will be running.
+ <!--l. 1463--><p class="noindent">Last, this same command will report about the location it thinks Ghostscript can be found.
+ Under Win32, for many programs, it is easier to use the Ghostscript dll, and find it by using
+ the Ghostscript registry key than to change the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span></span>, which has a limited length anyway.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Web2C</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">The engines have a few more options than in Unix Web2C, and one option with a different
+ behavior:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-halt-on-error</span></span> stop the compilation at the first error.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-job-time</span></span> set the job time to the same timestamp as the file given in argument.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-oem</span></span> use the DOS codepage for console output.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-output-directory</span></span> allow to write all the output files in the specified directory.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-time-statistics</span></span> print statistics about the job run time. It is to be noted that
+ Win9x not being a true multitasking operating system, it has no reliable timer for short
+ periods, so the value printed is an approximation. Under NT/2K/XP, the result is quite
+ accurate with user time and system time values allocated for this run. For Unix users:
+ the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">time</span></span> command is not usually available to Windows users.</li></ul>
+ </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1488--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8 </span> <a
+ id="x1-310007.8"></a>Personal configurations</h4>
+<!--l. 1491--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-320007.8.1"></a>Dvips</h5>
+<!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent">The configuration file for dvips can be found in
+<br class="newline"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">C:\TeXLive2005\texmf-var\dvips\config\config.ps</span></span></span>
+<br class="newline">You may open it with any editor and change some parameters:
+<!--l. 1499--><p class="indent">
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">fonts</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">you can change the default printer Metafont mode or printer resolution in case <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>needs
+ to generate PK fonts. By default it is configured to use Type&#x00A0;1 versions of the CM fonts, so
+ it should not call <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mktexpk </span>too often;
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">printer</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">you can tell dvips where you want to print by default. If the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">o </span>option is not followed by a
+ printer name, then a <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.ps </span>PostScript file is written. You can give dvips a printer name such
+ as:
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb2">
+<a
+ id="x1-32002r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;o&#x00A0;lpt1:
+<br class="fancyvrb"><a
+ id="x1-32004r2"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;o&#x00A0;|&#x00A0;lpr&#x00A0;-S&#x00A0;server&#x00A0;-P&#x00A0;myprinter
+<br class="fancyvrb"><a
+ id="x1-32006r3"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;o&#x00A0;\\server\myprinter
+</div>
+</div>
+ </td></tr></table>
+ <!--l. 1512--><p class="nopar">
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">paper</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Next, you might want to change the paper size from European (A4) to US letter by
+ making the US letter the first paper size mentioned in the file. Scroll to the group of
+ lines beginning with <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">@</span>. Move the appropriate lines so that this section begins with the
+ lines:
+ <br class="newline">&#x00A0; @ letterSize 8.5in 11in
+ <br class="newline">&#x00A0; @ letter 8.5in 11in
+ <br class="newline">&#x00A0; @+ %%BeginPaperSize: Letter
+ <br class="newline">&#x00A0; @+ letter
+ <br class="newline">&#x00A0; @+ %%EndPaperSize</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1525--><p class="indent"> The current <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution implements the procedure of making always up-to-date fontmaps
+files for Dvips and Pdftex. This is done by the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">updmap </span>program during installation, as well as during
+any font package addition. If you add new packages by hand, edit the file <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap.cfg</span></span></span> in <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFVAR/web2c</span></span>.
+<!--l. 1531--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-330007.8.2"></a>PdfTeX</h5>
+<!--l. 1533--><p class="noindent">If you use the program pdflatex to write PDF format directly, and you are using US letter-size paper,
+edit the file <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">C:\TeXLive2005\texmf-var\tex\generic\config\pdftexconfig.tex</span></span></span> and change
+&#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfpagewidth</span>&#8217; and &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfpageheight</span>&#8217;. These entries should read: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 1538--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfpagewidth=8.5</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;true</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span>
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfpageheight=11</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;true</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span>
+</div>
+</div> Save the file and exit the editor.
+<!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-340007.8.3"></a>GSView</h5>
+<!--l. 1545--><p class="noindent">GSView is now distributed under the Aladdin License, and therefore is no longer included in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>
+Live.
+<!--l. 1548--><p class="indent"> If you may want to change the page size to US letter size. If so, open GSView from the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Start </span>menu,
+and select <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Media</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Letter</span>.
+<!--l. 1551--><p class="indent"> Also, there are menu settings that are supposed to give you the most readable screen image. On
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Media</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Display Settings</span>, set both <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Text Alpha </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Graphics Alpha </span>to 4&#x00A0;bits.
+<!--l. 1555--><p class="indent"> Note that the installation process has set all <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.ps </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.eps </span>files to automatically open with
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">GSView</span>.
+
+<!--l. 1558--><p class="indent"> For printing instructions, see section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-370007.10">7.10<!--tex4ht:ref: printing --></a> below.
+<!--l. 1560--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-350007.8.4"></a>WinDvi</h5>
+<!--l. 1563--><p class="noindent">The <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tlpmgui.exe </span>program takes care of associating the files with the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.dvi </span>extension with <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Windvi</span>, but it
+doesn&#8217;t make an icon on the desktop, so please do it yourself.
+<!--l. 1567--><p class="indent"> Open <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">windvi </span>by clicking an icon or from the command line.
+<!--l. 1569--><p class="indent"> You can set it for US letter-size paper by going to <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">View</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Options</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Papertype </span>and selecting US (8.5<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">"</span></span></span> x
+11<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">"</span></span></span>) (and then <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">OK</span>. Exit <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">windvi</span>.
+<!--l. 1573--><p class="indent"> You can change other parameters from there as well, such as the ability to execute system commands
+specified by the document (disabled by default for security reasons). Also, the first time you view any
+.dvi file, you may find the magnification too large. Zoom out until you get an appropriate
+size.
+<!--l. 1579--><p class="indent"> All configuration settings for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">windvi </span>are stored in a file named <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">windvi.cnf</span></span> file. You can find it by
+running this command at the prompt:
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb3">
+<a
+ id="x1-35002r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;c:\&gt;kpsewhich&#x00A0;--expand-var&#x00A0;$HOME/windvi.cnf
+ </div>
+</div>
+</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 1584--><p class="nopar">
+<!--l. 1586--><p class="indent"> Should you have problems with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">windvi</span>, please remove the configuration file and test your problem
+against a vanilla configuration.
+<!--l. 1589--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.9 </span> <a
+ id="x1-360007.9"></a>Testing</h4>
+<!--l. 1591--><p class="noindent">For generic verification procedures, see section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-180004.2">4.2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:test-install --></a> (p. <a
+href="#x1-180004.2">27<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:test-install --></a>). This section describes Windows-specific
+tests.
+<!--l. 1595--><p class="indent"> Open the file <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">sample2e.tex</span></span></span> in your editor (Xemacs, WinShell), found in <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">C:\TeXLive2005\texmf-dist\tex\latex\base</span></span>. The <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;source should appear on the screen.
+Process it by clicking on the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Command</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">LaTeX </span>menu (XEmacs) or <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;icon on the toolbar
+(WinShell), then view it by clicking on the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Command</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">View DVI </span>menu (XEmacs) or Preview (Windvi)
+icon (WinShell).
+<!--l. 1602--><p class="indent"> At first, when you preview files with Windvi, it will create fonts because screen fonts were not
+installed. After a while, you will have created most of the fonts you use, and you will rarely see the
+font-creation window.
+<!--l. 1606--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Hint for the future: </span>If a <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run stops because <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;cannot find a file, you can press
+Ctrl-z to quit.
+<!--l. 1610--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.10 </span> <a
+ id="x1-370007.10"></a>Printing</h4>
+<!--l. 1613--><p class="noindent">It is possible to print from Windvi. In this case, printing will be done using the Windows unified printer
+driver. By definition, it is compatible with all printers. However, there is some drawback: it can generate
+some huge spool files, and some (older) versions of Windows just don&#8217;t like them. The advantage is
+that you can use features like embedding BMP or WMF images. You also need to make
+sure that the printer parameters are correctly set (subsection&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-350007.8.4">7.8.4<!--tex4ht:ref: sub:windvi --></a>), else you will get scaled
+printing (printing at 600dpi on a 300dpi printer will give you only one quadrant of your
+page).
+<!--l. 1623--><p class="indent"> Printing is faster and more reliable if you run <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>to make a <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.ps </span>file and then print from <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">GSView</span>. In
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">GSview</span>, select <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">File</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Print...</span>. A <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Print </span>window will appear.
+<!--l. 1628--><p class="indent"> If you are using a PostScript printer, <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">be sure to select </span><span
+class="ec-lmsso-10">PostScript Printer</span>. This is done in the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Print</span>
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Method </span>box at the bottom left of the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Print </span>window. You can then select any of the printers that you have
+previously installed. If you fail to check the box for <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PostScript Printer</span>, printing will not
+work.
+<!--l. 1634--><p class="indent"> If you will be using your own non-PostScript printer, select <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Ghostscript device </span>in the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Print Method</span>
+box, then click on the button to the right labelled <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">djet500 </span>and select your printer type from the list that
+pops up. (In the older version of <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">GSView</span>, make sure <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PostScript Printer </span>is <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>selected, then select
+your printer type from the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Device </span>list.)
+<!--l. 1641--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11 </span> <a
+ id="x1-380007.11"></a>Tips and tricks for Win32</h4>
+
+
+<!--l. 1643--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-390007.11.1"></a>Different flavors of Win32</h5>
+<!--l. 1645--><p class="noindent">What we call Win32 is not an operating system by itself. It is a large set of functions (around 12,000 in
+the header files of the Microsoft SDK) that you can use to write programs for different operating systems
+of the Windows family.
+<!--l. 1650--><p class="indent"> Windows comes in different flavors:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Win95, Win98 and WinME, which <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">are not true multitasking, multithreading </span>environments.
+ They are the latest &#8212; and hopefully last &#8212; metamorphosis of DOS. This can be more or less
+ proven by the fact that when booting, the PC will load the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">command.com</span></span> interpreter, and
+ if you stop the boot process at this point, you can ask for the current (DOS) version and it
+ will answer something like &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">MS-DOS 7.0</span>&#8217; (at least for the old versions of Win9x).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Windows NT, which is a new operating system written from scratch, capable of true
+ multitasking behavior, and including many high level features.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Windows 2000, based on NT, with all the bells and whistles of Win98.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Windows XP, which comes with Personal and Pro flavors. This is the last step in merging
+ both lines of products (Win9x based and NT based). XP is based on NT.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1669--><p class="indent"> Win9x are able to run 32&#x00A0;bits programs and 16&#x00A0;bits programs concurrently. But the operating
+system by itself is not entirely written in 32&#x00A0;bits mode, and does not support memory protection: 16bits
+applications can overwrite parts of the operating system memory! Some parts of the system like the GDI
+(Graphical Device Interface) manage limited resources like bitmaps, fonts, pens and so on for the
+set of all programs that run concurrently. All the bitmaps headers available at the same
+time can&#8217;t amount for more than 64kB. This explains the performance tool and the fact
+that you can put your system on his knees by making intensive use of graphic objects for
+example.
+<!--l. 1680--><p class="indent"> NT, 2K and XP do not suffer from these limitations, and neither from other Win9x limitations. They
+are true multitasking environments, with protected memory. They are much more responsive than Win9x
+because of better memory management, better file system and so on.
+<!--l. 1685--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-400007.11.2"></a>Command line prompt</h5>
+<!--l. 1687--><p class="noindent">You may wonder, &#8220;Why would I need to use a command line prompt when I have Windows?&#8221;
+<!--l. 1690--><p class="indent"> Good question. The problem is of very general nature. Not all operations can be done easily using
+only a GUI. Command line gives you programming power &#8212; assuming a clever command
+interpreter.
+<!--l. 1694--><p class="indent"> But the problem here is more fundamental: <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> is <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">a batch </span>tool. Not an interactive one. <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> needs
+to compute the best layout for each page, resolve cross-references and so on. This can be
+done only by a global processing of the document. It is not (yet) a task that can be done
+interactively.
+<!--l. 1700--><p class="indent"> This means that you should use <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> from a command line. In fact the situation is not so bad. There
+is an advantage to write command line tools for complex processing: they are better debugged, because
+they are independent of any GUI problems, and GUI tools can be designed to interface to the command
+line tools. This is the case for <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, where you will mostly interact with it through a GUI text
+editor.
+
+
+<!--l. 1708--><p class="indent"> However, you may need to use the command line prompt in a number of situations. One is when you
+are having difficulties and want to debug your setup.
+<!--l. 1712--><p class="indent">
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Win9x</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">You can open a command line prompt by looking either for the MS-DOS icon in the
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Programs </span>menu, or by choosing <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Run </span>menu typing in <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">command.com</span></span> as the
+ progrm name.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">NT, 2K, XP</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">You can open a command line prompt by looking for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Command Prompt </span>in the
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Accessories </span>menu. You can also choose <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Run </span>and type in <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cmd.exe</span></span>, which is the
+ name of the brand new command interpreter for NT (thus, it is untrue to call this a <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">DOS</span>
+ box!).</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1725--><p class="indent"> These locations may change across different Windows versions.
+<!--l. 1727--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-410007.11.3"></a>Path separators</h5>
+<!--l. 1729--><p class="noindent">The Win32 API understands both <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/</span></span> and <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\</span></span> characters as PATH separators. But the command
+interpreters do not! So whenever a path name is used programmatically, you can use both separators,
+and even mix them up in the same path name. But on the command line, you must type <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\</span></span> as path
+separator. The reason is compatibility: the command processor used &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/</span>&#8217; to introduce arguments to
+commands.
+<!--l. 1736--><p class="indent"> All this to say: do not be surprised to read path names written using the Unix convention; fp<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> is a
+port of Web2C, and aims to be compatible across platforms. For this reason, all the configuration files
+that need to specify path names use the Unix convention.
+<!--l. 1741--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-420007.11.4"></a>File systems</h5>
+<!--l. 1744--><p class="noindent">The worst feature of Win9x with regard to <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> is probably the so-called FAT file system. <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> uses
+very many small files, with size around 1&#8211;3kB. The FAT file system is old, and predates by decades the
+multi-gigabytes hard disks we have today. As a result, it cannot manage efficiently the tens of thousands
+of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> files found in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. The FAT file system allocates a minimum of 32kB for <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">any</span>
+file on a huge partition. It means that <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> will use much more disk space than it actually
+needs.
+<!--l. 1753--><p class="indent"> The other, more modern, file systems available, FAT32 and NTFS, do not have this drawback. They
+manage clusters of 4kB only. (You can lower the limit to 512 bytes on NTFS.)
+<!--l. 1757--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-430007.11.5"></a>How to add some directory to your PATH</h5>
+<!--l. 1759--><p class="noindent">There are pairs of variables and values which behave much like global variables inside your programs.
+The set of those variables is called the environment. Each program is initialized with a copy of the
+environment when it is run. It can request and change the value of any variable. The changes
+happen in the copy of the environment, and is not at all propagated to the other running
+programs.
+<!--l. 1767--><p class="indent"> Your PATH is a special environment variable used to search for programs you want to run. There is a
+different procedure to change it for Win9x, WinME and NT/2K/XP:
+<!--l. 1771--><p class="indent">
+
+
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Windows 95/98</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Edit your <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">autoexec.bat</span></span>. In this file should be a line starting with <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH= </span>and
+ followed by a list of directories separated by <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">;</span></span>. Please add the directory with the executables in
+ this line. After this, this line could look as follows:
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb4">
+<a
+ id="x1-43002r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;PATH=c:\windows;c:\windows\system;c:\TeXLive2005\bin\win32
+</div>
+</div>
+ </td></tr></table>
+ <!--l. 1778--><p class="nopar">
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Windows ME</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">You need to run the special program <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">c:\windows\system\msconfig.exe</span></span> to be able to
+ change any environment variable. From this program, select the &#8216;Environment&#8217; tab, and then add
+ or modify the variable you want. You will be asked to reboot the machine upon any
+ change.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Windows NT/2K/XP</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Click left on <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Start</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Settings</span><span
+class="cmsy-10">&#x2192;</span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Control Panel</span>. Now the window with the control
+ panel icons opens. Double click on System. The System Properties window opens. Click on the tab
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Environment </span>or look for a button named <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Environment Variables </span>among the dialog boxes. Now
+ you can change the environment variables for your user account. Note: There are also
+ displayed the environment settings for the system. Normally, you can&#8217;t change the
+ system variables unless you have administrator rights on your machine. If you want to
+ change the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH </span>for all users, you will have to contact your system administrator or be
+ the system administrator yourself &#8212; in the latter case you should know what you are
+ doing.
+ <!--l. 1797--><p class="noindent">If there is already a <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH </span>setting for your user account, left click on <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span>. In the field
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Variable </span>appears <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH </span>while the field Value shows the current setting of <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH </span>as a list of
+ directories separated by <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">;</span></span>. Add the directory where the executables are located (e.g. <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">c:\TeXLive2005\bin\win32</span></span>). If there isn&#8217;t a <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH </span>variable for your user account, simply click in
+ the field Variable and type in <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span>, click in the field <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Value </span>and type in the directory with the
+ executables. Important: Click on the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Apply </span>button before clicking <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Ok</span>, otherwise the
+ changes to <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH </span>won&#8217;t apply to your system. Be careful when changing the environment
+ settings.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1811--><p class="indent"> The best way to be sure that a variable has been properly set is to open a console and
+type:
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb5">
+<a
+ id="x1-43004r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;VARIABLE
+ </div>
+</div>
+</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 1815--><p class="nopar">which should return the corresponding value.
+<!--l. 1818--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-440007.11.6"></a><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> engines</h5>
+<!--l. 1820--><p class="noindent">If you have a look at the Web2C documentation, you will read that all the various <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>
+derived programs use the same base engine. For example, <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex.exe</span></span> and <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">latex.exe</span></span> are exact
+copies of the same program, but each one will use a different format file, based on its calling
+name.
+<!--l. 1826--><p class="indent"> Under Unix, this feature is implemented through <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">symbolic links</span>. It saves up a bit of disk space,
+because some engines are used with many different format files.
+<!--l. 1830--><p class="indent"> The Win32 API does not know about file links. So to save up almost the same amount of memory, all
+the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> base engines have been put in DLLs (<span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Dynamic Linked Library</span>). This means that you will have
+the following layout: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 1834--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">18/09/2005</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;14:19</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;3</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;584</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;latex.exe</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">18/09/2005</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;14:19</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;3</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;584</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;pdfetex.exe</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">18/09/2005</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;14:19</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;524</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;288</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;tl90pdfetex.dll</span>
+</div>
+</div> and the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">latex.exe</span></span> file is nothing but a rough copy of <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">pdfetex.exe</span></span> using the same core <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tl90pdfetex.dll</span></span>. The same trick has been used for the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">mktex*.exe</span></span> family of programs which are
+linked to the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">mktex.dll</span></span> library.
+<!--l. 1844--><p class="indent"> In fact, a generic tool called <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">irun.exe</span></span> is provided to build the equivalent of Unix hard links for
+executable files only under Win32.
+<!--l. 1847--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.12 </span> <a
+ id="x1-450007.12"></a>In case of problems</h4>
+<!--l. 1850--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.12.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-460007.12.1"></a>What to do if <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">latex </span>does not find your files?</h5>
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">kpsewhich </span>is the tool of choice to debug any problem. Unfortunately, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">kpsewhich </span>outputs debug
+ information to stderr, and the older Windows consoles do not know how to redirect stderr
+ to a file. (NT and Windows 2000 consoles know how to do that. But the trick will work for
+ any console.) For diagnostic purposes you can temporarily set an environment variable (in
+ a DOS box):
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb6">
+<a
+ id="x1-46002r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;SET&#x00A0;KPATHSEA_DEBUG_OUTPUT=err.log
+</div>
+</div>
+ </td></tr></table>
+ <!--l. 1863--><p class="nopar">You can also set the debug level:
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb7">
+<a
+ id="x1-46004r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;SET&#x00A0;KPATHSEA_DEBUG=-1
+</div>
+</div>
+ </td></tr></table>
+ <!--l. 1867--><p class="nopar">
+ <!--l. 1869--><p class="noindent">If you want to redirect stderr to stdout, which is not possible Windows, then do:
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb8">
+<a
+ id="x1-46006r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;SET&#x00A0;KPATHSEA_DEBUG_OUTPUT=con:
+</div>
+</div>
+ </td></tr></table>
+ <!--l. 1873--><p class="nopar">This way you can capture both stdout and stderr in the same file.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Assuming the installation has been done in <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">c:/TeX</span></span>, check the following values:
+ <br class="newline"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"><table class="tabular"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+frame="void" id="TBL-5-" ><colgroup id="TBL-5-1g"><col
+id="TBL-5-1"><col
+id="TBL-5-2"></colgroup><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-5-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kpsewhich&#x2423;-expand-path&#x2423;$SELFAUTOPARENT</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-2"
+class="td11"> <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">c:/TeX</span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-5-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-1"
+class="td11"> <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kpsewhich&#x2423;-expand-path&#x2423;$TEXMF</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-2"
+class="td11"> <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">c:/TeX/texmf....</span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-5-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-1"
+class="td11"> <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kpsewhich&#x2423;-expand-path&#x2423;$TEXMFCNF</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-2"
+class="td11"> <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">.;c:/TeX/texmf-var/web2c;</span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-5-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-1"
+class="td11"> <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kpsewhich&#x2423;-expand-var&#x2423;$TEXINPUTS</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-2"
+class="td11"> <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">.;c:/TeX/texmf/tex//</span></span> </td>
+</tr></table></div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">If you have other <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>-related values already set in your environment, please, remove them. They
+ are overriding the ones in texmf.cnf.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Check the values from:
+ <br class="newline"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"><table class="tabular"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
+frame="void" id="TBL-6-" ><colgroup id="TBL-6-1g"><col
+id="TBL-6-1"><col
+id="TBL-6-2"></colgroup><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-6-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kpsewhich cmr10.tfm </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2"
+class="td11"> <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">c:/TeX/texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm</span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ valign="baseline" id="TBL-6-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kpsewhich latex.fmt </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2"
+class="td11"> <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">c:/TeX/texmf/web2c/latex.fmt</span></span> </td>
+</tr></table></div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">At this point, if everything is correct, <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> and friends should work. If it is not the case, you will
+ need to play with the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-debug=n</span></span> option from <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span></span>, and check back all the values. Try to
+ identify and report the problem.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1903--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.12.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-470007.12.2"></a>What to do if your setup still does not work as expected?</h5>
+<!--l. 1905--><p class="noindent">Here are several questions to investigate:
+<!--l. 1907--><p class="indent">
+ <ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li class="enumerate" value="1"
+><a
+ id="x1-47002x1"></a>Is <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex.exe </span>in my <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">PATH</span></span>?
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="2"
+><a
+ id="x1-47004x2"></a>Is the <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCNF</span></span> variable correctly set to <span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">c:/TeXLive2005/texmf-var/web2c</span></span> (default
+ value)?
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="3"
+><a
+ id="x1-47006x3"></a>Are there any errors in the log file generated by the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tlmpgui.exe </span>program? <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tlmpgui.log</span>
+ can be found in your <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEMP </span>directory. You can find this by searching for the string &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">Error</span>&#8217;.
+ Hint: the log file can show some errors after building all format files. Please do not panic:
+ perhaps some formats weren&#8217;t already installed.
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="4"
+><a
+ id="x1-47008x4"></a>Are there any relevant bug fixes at <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://tug.org/texlive/" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/texlive/</span></a></span>? (Unlikely, but it doesn&#8217;t
+ hurt to check.)
+ </li></ol>
+
+<!--l. 1926--><p class="indent"> The <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live software consists of hundreds of programs and tens of thousands of files, all from
+varying sources. So it is quite difficult to predict all possible causes for problems. Nevertheless, we will do
+our best to help you. (See section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-50001.2">1.2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:help --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-50001.2">5<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:help --></a>.)
+<!--l. 1932--><p class="noindent">
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a
+ id="x1-480008"></a>A user&#8217;s guide to Web2C</h3>
+<!--l. 1934--><p class="noindent">Web2C is an integrated collection of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>-related programs: <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> itself, Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX,
+etc. It is the heart of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live.
+<!--l. 1937--><p class="indent"> A bit of history: The original implementation was by Tomas Rokicki who, in 1987, developed a first
+<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>-to-C system based on change files under Unix, which were primarily the original work
+of Howard Trickey and Pavel Curtis. Tim Morgan became the maintainer of the system,
+and during this period the name changed to Web-to-C. In 1990, Karl Berry took over the
+work, assisted by dozens of additional contributors, and in 1997 he handed the baton to Olaf
+Weber.
+<!--l. 1945--><p class="indent"> The Web2C system runs on Unix, 32-bit Windows systems, Mac OS X, and other operating systems.
+It uses Knuth&#8217;s original sources for <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> and other basic programs written in <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">web </span>and translates them
+into C source code. The core <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> programs are:
+<!--l. 1950--><p class="indent">
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bibtex</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Maintaining bibliographies.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dmp</span> </dt><dd
+class="list"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">troff </span>to MPX (MetaPost pictures).
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvicopy</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Expands virtual font references in DVI files.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvitomp</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">DVI to MPX (MetaPost pictures).
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvitype</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">DVI to human-readable text.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">gftodvi</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Generic font proofsheets.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">gftopk</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Generic to packed fonts.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">gftype</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">GF to human-readable text.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">makempx</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">MetaPost label typesetting.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mf</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Creating typeface families.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mft</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Prettyprinting Metafont source.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mpost</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Creating technical diagrams.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mpto</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">MetaPost label extraction.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">newer</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Compare modification times.
+
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">patgen</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Creating hyphenation patterns.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pktogf</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Packed to generic fonts.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pktype</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">PK to human-readable text.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pltotf</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Plain text property list to TFM.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pooltype</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Display <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">web </span>pool files.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tangle</span> </dt><dd
+class="list"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">web </span>to Pascal.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tex</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Typesetting.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tftopl</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">TFM to plain text property list.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">vftovp</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Virtual font to virtual property list.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">vptovf</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Virtual property list to virtual font.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">weave</span> </dt><dd
+class="list"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">web </span>to <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1978--><p class="noindent">The precise functions and syntax of these programs are described in the documentation of the individual
+packages and of Web2C itself. However, knowing a few principles governing the whole family of programs
+will help you take advantage of your Web2C installation.
+<!--l. 1983--><p class="indent"> All programs honor these standard GNU options:
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--help</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">print basic usage summary.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--verbose</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">print detailed progress report.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--version</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">print version information, then exit.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1990--><p class="indent"> For locating files the Web2C programs use the path searching library Kpathsea. This
+library uses a combination of environment variables and a configuration files to optimize
+searching the (huge) collection of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> files. Web2C can look at more than one directory
+tree simultaneously, which is useful in maintaining <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s standard distribution and local
+extensions in two distinct trees. To speed up file searches the root of each tree has a file
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R</span>, containing an entry showing the name and relative pathname for all files under that
+root.
+<!--l. 2000--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-490008.1"></a>Kpathsea path searching</h4>
+<!--l. 2002--><p class="noindent">Let us first describe the generic path searching mechanism of the Kpathsea library.
+
+
+<!--l. 2005--><p class="indent"> We call a <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">search path </span>a colon- or semicolon-separated list of <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">path elements</span>, which are basically
+directory names. A search path can come from (a combination of) many sources. To look up a file
+&#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">my-file</span>&#8217; along a path &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.:/dir</span>&#8217;, Kpathsea checks each element of the path in turn: first <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">./my-file</span>,
+then <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/dir/my-file</span>, returning the first match (or possibly all matches).
+<!--l. 2013--><p class="indent"> In order to adapt optimally to all operating systems&#8217; conventions, on non-Unix systems Kpathsea can
+use filename separators different from colon (&#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>&#8217;) and slash (&#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/</span>&#8217;).
+<!--l. 2017--><p class="indent"> To check a particular path element <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">p</span>, Kpathsea first checks if a prebuilt database (see &#8220;Filename
+database&#8221; on page&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-570008.2">55<!--tex4ht:ref: Filename-database --></a>) applies to <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">p</span>, i.e., if the database is in a directory that is a prefix of <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">p</span>. If so, the
+path specification is matched against the contents of the database.
+<!--l. 2023--><p class="indent"> If the database does not exist, or does not apply to this path element, or contains no matches, the
+filesystem is searched (if this was not forbidden by a specification starting with &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">!!</span>&#8217;&#x00A0;and if the file being
+searched for must exist). Kpathsea constructs the list of directories that correspond to this path element,
+and then checks in each for the file being sought.
+<!--l. 2030--><p class="indent"> The &#8220;file must exist&#8221; condition comes into play with &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.vf</span>&#8217; files and input files read by <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\openin</span>
+command. Such files may not exist (e.g., <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cmr10.vf</span>), and so it would be wrong to search the disk for
+them. Therefore, if you fail to update <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>when you install a new &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.vf</span>&#8217; file, it will never be found. Each
+path element is checked in turn: first the database, then the disk. If a match is found, the search stops
+and the result is returned.
+<!--l. 2039--><p class="indent"> Although the simplest and most common path element is a directory name, Kpathsea supports
+additional features in search paths: layered default values, environment variable names, config
+file values, users&#8217; home directories, and recursive subdirectory searching. Thus, we say that
+Kpathsea <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">expands </span>a path element, meaning it transforms all the specifications into basic
+directory name or names. This is described in the following sections in the same order as it takes
+place.
+<!--l. 2048--><p class="indent"> Note that if the filename being searched for is absolute or explicitly relative, i.e., starts with &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/</span>&#8217; or
+&#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">./</span>&#8217; or &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">../</span>&#8217;, Kpathsea simply checks if that file exists.
+<!--l. 2062--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-500008.1.1"></a>Path sources</h5>
+<!--l. 2065--><p class="noindent">A search path can come from many sources. In the order in which Kpathsea uses them:
+<!--l. 2068--><p class="indent">
+ <ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li class="enumerate" value="1"
+><a
+ id="x1-50002x1"></a>A user-set environment variable, for instance, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXINPUTS</span>. Environment variables with a
+ period and a program name appended override; e.g., if &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">latex</span>&#8217; is the name of the program
+ being run, then <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXINPUTS.latex </span>will override <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXINPUTS</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="2"
+><a
+ id="x1-50004x2"></a>A program-specific configuration file, for example, a line &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">S /a:/b</span>&#8217; in <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>&#8217;s <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">config.ps</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="3"
+><a
+ id="x1-50006x3"></a>A Kpathsea configuration file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf</span>, containing a line like &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXINPUTS=/c:/d</span>&#8217; (see
+ below).
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate" value="4"
+><a
+ id="x1-50008x4"></a>The compile-time default.</li></ol>
+<!--l. 2081--><p class="noindent">You can see each of these values for a given search path by using the debugging options (see &#8220;Debugging
+actions&#8221; on page&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-610008.2.4">59<!--tex4ht:ref: Debugging --></a>).
+
+
+<!--l. 2085--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-510008.1.2"></a>Config files</h5>
+<!--l. 2088--><p class="noindent">Kpathsea reads <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">runtime configuration files </span>named <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf </span>for search path and other definitions. The
+search path used to look for these files is named <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCNF </span>(by default such a file lives in the
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/web2c </span>subdirectory). <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">All </span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf </span>files in the search path will be read and definitions in earlier
+files override those in later files. Thus, with a search path of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.:$TEXMF</span></span></span>, values from <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">./texmf.cnf </span>override
+those from <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMF/texmf.cnf</span></span></span>.
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Comments start with <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">% </span>and continue to the end of the line.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Blank lines are ignored.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">A <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\ </span>at the end of a line acts as a continuation character, i.e., the next line is appended.
+ Whitespace at the beginning of continuation lines is not ignored.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Each remaining line has the form: <div class="alltt">
+ <!--l. 2109--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">variable</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">[.</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">progname</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">]</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;[=]</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">value</span>
+</div>
+ </div>where the &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">=</span>&#8217; and surrounding whitespace are optional.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">variable </span>name may contain any character other than whitespace, &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">=</span>&#8217;, or &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.</span>&#8217;, but sticking to
+ &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">A-Za-z_</span>&#8217; is safest.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">If &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">progname</span>&#8217; is present, the definition only applies if the program that is running is named
+ <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">progname </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">progname</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.exe</span>. This allows different flavors of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> to have different search paths, for
+ example.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">value </span>may contain any characters except <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">% </span>and &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">@</span>&#8217;. The <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">var</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">prog </span>feature is not available on the
+ right-hand side; instead, you must use an additional variable. A &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">;</span>&#8217;&#x00A0;in <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">value </span>is translated to &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>&#8217;&#x00A0;if
+ running under Unix; this is useful to be able to have a single <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf </span>for Unix, MS-DOS and
+ Windows systems.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">All definitions are read before anything is expanded, so variables can be referenced before they are
+ defined.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 2134--><p class="noindent">A configuration file fragment illustrating most of these points is shown below:
+<!--l. 2138--><p class="indent">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb9">
+<a
+ id="x1-51002r1"></a><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;TEXMF</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;=</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;{$TEXMFLOCAL,!!$TEXMFMAIN}</span>
+<br class="fancyvrb"><a
+ id="x1-51004r2"></a><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;TEXINPUTS.latex</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;=</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;.;$TEXMF/tex/{latex,generic;}//</span>
+<br class="fancyvrb"><a
+ id="x1-51006r3"></a><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;TEXINPUTS.fontinst</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;=</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;.;$TEXMF/tex//;$TEXMF/fonts/afm//</span>
+<br class="fancyvrb"><a
+ id="x1-51008r4"></a><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;%</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;e-TeX</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;related</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;files</span>
+<br class="fancyvrb"><a
+ id="x1-51010r5"></a><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;TEXINPUTS.elatex</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;=</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;.;$TEXMF/{etex,tex}/{latex,generic;}//</span>
+<br class="fancyvrb"><a
+ id="x1-51012r6"></a><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;TEXINPUTS.etex</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;=</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-8x-x-87">&#x00A0;.;$TEXMF/{etex,tex}/{eplain,plain,generic;}//</span>
+ </div>
+
+
+<!--l. 2143--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-520008.1.3"></a>Path expansion</h5>
+<!--l. 2147--><p class="noindent">Kpathsea recognizes certain special characters and constructions in search paths, similar to those
+available in Unix shells. As a general example, the complex path, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">~$USER/{foo,bar}//baz</span></span></span>, expands to
+all subdirectories under directories <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">foo </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">bar </span>in <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$USER</span>&#8217;s home directory that contain a directory or file
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">baz</span>. These expansions are explained in the sections below.
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-530008.1.4"></a>Default expansion</h5>
+<!--l. 2159--><p class="noindent">If the highest-priority search path (see &#8220;Path sources&#8221; on page&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-500008.1.1">50<!--tex4ht:ref: Path-sources --></a>) contains an <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">extra colon </span>(i.e., leading,
+trailing, or doubled), Kpathsea inserts at that point the next-highest-priority search path that is defined.
+If that inserted path has an extra colon, the same happens with the next highest. For example, given an
+environment variable setting
+ <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">setenv</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXINPUTS</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/home/karl:</span></span>
+</div>
+</div> and a <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXINPUTS </span>value from <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf </span>of
+ <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;.:$TEXMF//tex</span>
+</div>
+</div> then the final value used for searching will be:
+ <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/home/karl:.:$TEXMF//tex</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 2182--><p class="indent"> Since it would be useless to insert the default value in more than one place, Kpathsea changes only
+one extra &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>&#8217;&#x00A0;and leaves any others in place. It checks first for a leading &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>&#8217;, then a trailing &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>&#8217;, then a
+doubled &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>&#8217;.
+<!--l. 2187--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-540008.1.5"></a>Brace expansion</h5>
+<!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent">A useful feature is brace expansion, which means that, for instance, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">v{a,b}w</span></span></span> expands to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">vaw:vbw</span></span></span>.
+Nesting is allowed. This is used to implement multiple <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> hierarchies, by assigning a brace list to
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMF</span>. For example, in <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf</span>, the following definition (appproximately; there are actually even
+more trees) is made:
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb10">
+<a
+ id="x1-54002r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;TEXMF&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;{$TEXMFHOME,$TEXMFLOCAL,!!$TEXMFVAR,!!$TEXMFMAIN}
+ </div>
+</div>
+</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 2197--><p class="nopar">Using this you can then write something like
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb11">
+<a
+ id="x1-54004r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;TEXINPUTS&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;.;$TEXMF/tex//
+ </div>
+</div>
+</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 2201--><p class="nopar">which means that, after looking in the current directory, the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFHOME/tex</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFLOCAL/tex</span>,
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFVAR/tex </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMFMAIN/tex </span>trees <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">only</span>) will be searched (the last two use using <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>data base
+files). It is a convenient way for running two parallel <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> structures, one &#8220;frozen&#8221; (on a CD, for
+instance) and the other being continuously updated with new versions as they become available. By
+using the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMF </span>variable in all definitions, one is sure to always search the up-to-date tree
+first.
+<!--l. 2213--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-550008.1.6"></a>Subdirectory expansion</h5>
+<!--l. 2216--><p class="noindent">Two or more consecutive slashes in a path element following a directory <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">d </span>is replaced by all
+subdirectories of <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">d</span>: first those subdirectories directly under <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">d</span>, then the subsubdirectories under those,
+and so on. At each level, the order in which the directories are searched is <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">unspecified</span>.
+<!--l. 2222--><p class="indent"> If you specify any filename components after the &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">//</span>&#8217;, only subdirectories with matching components
+are included. For example, &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/a//b</span>&#8217; expands into directories <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/a/1/b</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/a/2/b</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/a/1/1/b</span>, and so on, but
+not <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/a/b/c </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/a/1</span>.
+<!--l. 2227--><p class="indent"> Multiple &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">//</span>&#8217; constructs in a path are possible, but &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">//</span>&#8217; at the beginning of a path is
+ignored.
+<!--l. 2230--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1.7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-560008.1.7"></a>List of special characters and their meaning: a summary</h5>
+<!--l. 2232--><p class="noindent">The following list summarizes the special characters in Kpathsea configuration files.
+<!--l. 2237--><p class="noindent">
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Separator in path specification; at the beginning or the end of a path it substitutes the
+ default path expansion.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">;</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Separator on non-Unix systems (acts like <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">:</span>).
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Variable expansion.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">~</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Represents the user&#8217;s home directory.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">{...}</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Brace expansion.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">//</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Subdirectory expansion (can occur anywhere in a path, except at its beginning).
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">%</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Start of comment.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Continuation character (allows multi-line entries).
+
+
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">!!</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Search <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>database to locate file, <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">do not </span>search the disk.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2253--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-570008.2"></a>Filename databases</h4>
+<!--l. 2256--><p class="noindent">Kpathsea goes to some lengths to minimize disk accesses for searches. Nevertheless, at installations with
+enough directories, searching each possible directory for a given file can take an excessively long time
+(this is especially true if many hundreds of font directories have to be traversed.) Therefore, Kpathsea
+can use an externally-built plain text &#8220;database&#8221; file named <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>that maps files to directories, thus
+avoiding the need to exhaustively search the disk.
+<!--l. 2264--><p class="indent"> A second database file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">aliases </span>allows you to give additional names to the files listed in <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R</span>. This
+can be helpful to confirm to DOS 8.3 filename conventions in source files.
+<!--l. 2268--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.2.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-580008.2.1"></a>The filename database</h5>
+<!--l. 2271--><p class="noindent">As explained above, the name of the main filename database must be <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R</span>. You can put one at the
+root of each <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> hierarchy in your installation that you wish to be searched (<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$TEXMF </span>by
+default); most sites have only one hierarchy. Kpathsea looks for <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>files along the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFDBS</span>
+path.
+<!--l. 2277--><p class="indent"> The recommended way to create and maintain &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R</span>&#8217; is to run the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">mktexlsr </span>script included with the
+distribution. It is invoked by the various &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">mktex</span>&#8217;...&#x00A0;scripts. In principle, this script just runs the
+command <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2281--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cd</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">/your/texmf/root</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;&amp;&amp;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;-1LAR</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;./</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;&gt;ls-R</span>
+</div>
+</div> presuming your system&#8217;s <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls </span>produces the right output format (GNU <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls </span>is all right). To ensure that
+the database is always up-to-date, it is easiest to rebuild it regularly via <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cron</span>, so that it is
+automatically updated when the installed files change, such as after installing or updating a <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>
+package.
+<!--l. 2290--><p class="indent"> If a file is not found in the database, by default Kpathsea goes ahead and searches the disk. If a
+particular path element begins with &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">!!</span>&#8217;, however, <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>the database will be searched for that element,
+never the disk.
+<!--l. 2296--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.2.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-590008.2.2"></a>kpsewhich: Standalone path searching</h5>
+<!--l. 2299--><p class="noindent">The <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich </span>program exercises path searching independent of any particular application. This can be
+useful as a sort of <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">find </span>program to locate files in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> hierarchies (this is used heavily in the distributed
+&#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">mktex</span>&#8217;...&#x00A0;scripts).
+ <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">option</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span> <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">filename</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">...</span></span>
+
+
+</div>
+</div> The options specified in <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">option </span>start with either &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-</span>&#8217; or &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--</span>&#8217;, and any unambiguous abbreviation is
+accepted.
+<!--l. 2310--><p class="indent"> Kpathsea looks up each non-option argument on the command line as a filename, and returns the
+first file found. There is no option to return all the files with a particular name (you can run the Unix
+&#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">find</span>&#8217; utility for that).
+<!--l. 2315--><p class="indent"> The more important options are described next.
+<!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent">
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--dpi=</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">num</span> </dt><dd
+class="list"> Set the resolution to <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">num</span>; this only affects &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">gf</span>&#8217; and &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">pk</span>&#8217; lookups. &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-D</span>&#8217; is a synonym,
+ for compatibility with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>. Default is 600.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--format=</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">name</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">
+ <br class="newline">Set the format for lookup to <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">name</span>. By default, the format is guessed from the filename. For
+ formats which do not have an associated unambiguous suffix, such as MetaPost support files
+ and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>configuration files, you have to specify the name as known to Kpathsea, such as
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">enc files</span>. Run <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich --help </span>for a list.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--mode=</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">string</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">
+ <br class="newline">Set the mode name to <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">string</span>; this only affects &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">gf</span>&#8217; and &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">pk</span>&#8217; lookups. No default: any mode
+ will be found.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--must-exist</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">
+ <br class="newline">Do everything possible to find the files, notably including searching the disk. By default,
+ only the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>database is checked, in the interest of efficiency.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--path=</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">string</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">
+ <br class="newline">Search along the path <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">string </span>(colon-separated as usual), instead of guessing the search path
+ from the filename. &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">//</span>&#8217; and all the usual expansions are supported. The options &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--path</span>&#8217;
+ and &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--format</span>&#8217; are mutually exclusive.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--progname=</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">name</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">
+ <br class="newline">Set the program name to <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">name</span>. This can affect the search paths via the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">progname </span>feature.
+ The default is <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">kpsewhich</span>.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--show-path=</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">name</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">
+ <br class="newline">shows the path used for file lookups of file type <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">name</span>. Either a filename extension (<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.pk</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.vf</span>,
+ etc.) or a name can be used, just as with &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--format</span>&#8217; option.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--debug=</span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">num</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">
+ <br class="newline">sets the debugging options to <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">num</span>.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2357--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.2.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-600008.2.3"></a>Examples of use</h5>
+<!--l. 2360--><p class="noindent">Let us now have a look at Kpathsea in action. Here&#8217;s a straightforward search:
+ <div class="alltt">
+
+
+<!--l. 2362--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">article.cls</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls</span>
+</div>
+</div> We are looking for the file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">article.cls</span>. Since the &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.cls</span>&#8217; suffix is unambiguous we do not
+need to specify that we want to look for a file of type <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex </span>(<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> source file directories). We
+find it in the subdirectory <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex/latex/base </span>below the &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-dist</span>&#8217; <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live &#x00A0;directory.
+Similarly, all of the following are found without problems thanks to their unambiguous suffix.
+<div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2372--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">array.sty</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/array.sty</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">latin1.def</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin1.def</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">size10.clo</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">small2e.tex</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/small2e.tex</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tugboat.bib</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/beebe/tugboat.bib</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 2385--><p class="indent"> That last is a BibTeX bibliography database for <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">TUGBoat </span>articles.
+ <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2387--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cmr10.pk</span></span>
+</div>
+</div> Font bitmap glyph files of type <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.pk </span>are used by display programs like <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>. Nothing is returned
+in this case since there are no pre-generated Computer Modern &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.pk</span>&#8217; files in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live &#8212; the Type&#x00A0;1
+variants are used by default. <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2394--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">wsuipa10.pk</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf-var/fonts/pk/ljfour/public/wsuipa/wsuipa10.600pk</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 2401--><p class="indent"> For these fonts (a phonetic alphabet from the University of Washington) we had to generate &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.pk</span>&#8217;
+files, and since the default Metafont mode on our installation is <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ljfour </span>with a base resolution of 600dpi
+(dots per inch), this instantiation is returned. <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2405--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-dpi=300</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">wsuipa10.pk</span></span>
+</div>
+</div> In this case, when specifying that we are interested in a resolution of 300dpi (<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-dpi=300</span>) we see that no
+such font is available on the system. A program like <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi </span>would go off and actually build the
+required <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.pk </span>files using the script <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mktexpk</span>.
+
+<!--l. 2414--><p class="indent"> Next we turn our attention to <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>&#8217;s header and configuration files. We first look at one of the
+commonly used files, the general prolog <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex.pro </span>for <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> support, before turning our attention to the
+generic configuration file (<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">config.ps</span>) and the PostScript font map <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">psfonts.map </span>&#8212; as of 2004, map and
+encoding files have their own search paths and new location in <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf </span>trees. As the &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.ps</span>&#8217; suffix is
+ambiguous we have to specify explicitly which type we are considering (<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">dvips config</span>) for the file
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">config.ps</span>. <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex.pro</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf/dvips/base/tex.pro</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--format="dvips</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">config"</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">config.ps</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf/dvips/config/config.ps</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">psfonts.map</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf/fonts/map/dvips/updmap/psfonts.map</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 2432--><p class="indent"> We now take a closer look at the URW Times PostScript support files. The prefix for these in the
+standard font naming scheme is &#8216;<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">utm</span>&#8217;. The first file we look at is the configuration file, which contains the
+name of the map file: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2436--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">--format="dvips</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">config"</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">config.utm</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf-dist/dvips/psnfss/config.utm</span>
+</div>
+</div> The contents of that file is <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2441--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;p</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;+utm.map</span>
+</div>
+</div> which points to the file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">utm.map</span>, which we want to locate next. <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2446--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">utm.map</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf-dist/fonts/map/dvips/times/utm.map</span>
+</div>
+</div> This map file defines the file names of the Type&#x00A0;1 PostScript fonts in the URW collection. Its contents
+look like (we only show part of the lines): <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2453--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">utmb8r</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;NimbusRomNo9L-Medi</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;...</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;&lt;utmb8a.pfb</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">utmbi8r</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;NimbusRomNo9L-MediItal...</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;&lt;utmbi8a.pfb</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">utmr8r</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;NimbusRomNo9L-Regu</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;...</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;&lt;utmr8a.pfb</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">utmri8r</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;NimbusRomNo9L-ReguItal...</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;&lt;utmri8a.pfb</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">utmbo8r</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;NimbusRomNo9L-Medi</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;...</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;&lt;utmb8a.pfb</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">utmro8r</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;NimbusRomNo9L-Regu</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;...</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;&lt;utmr8a.pfb</span>
+
+</div>
+</div> Let us, for instance, take the Times Roman instance <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">utmr8a.pfb </span>and find its position in the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf</span>
+directory tree with a search for Type&#x00A0;1 font files: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2464--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">utmr8a.pfb</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/urw/times/utmr8a.pfb</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 2471--><p class="indent"> It should be evident from these examples how you can easily locate the whereabouts of a given file.
+This is especially important if you suspect that the wrong version of a file is picked up somehow, since
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">kpsewhich </span>will show you the first file encountered.
+<!--l. 2476--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.2.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-610008.2.4"></a>Debugging actions</h5>
+<!--l. 2479--><p class="noindent">Sometimes it is necessary to investigate how a program resolves file references. To make this practical,
+Kpathsea offers various levels of debugging output:
+<!--l. 2483--><p class="noindent">
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;1</span> </dt><dd
+class="list"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">stat </span>calls (disk lookups). When running with an up-to-date <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>database this should
+ almost give no output.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;2</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">References to hash tables (such as <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>databases, map files, configuration files).
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;4</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">File open and close operations.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;8</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">General path information for file types searched by Kpathsea. This is useful to find out where
+ a particular path for the file was defined.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">16</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Directory list for each path element (only relevant for searches on disk).
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">32</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">File searches.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2497--><p class="noindent">A value of <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-1 </span>will set all the above options; in practice, this is usually the most convenient.
+<!--l. 2500--><p class="indent"> Similarly, with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>program, by setting a combination of debug switches, one can follow in detail
+where files are being picked up from. Alternatively, when a file is not found, the debug trace shows in
+which directories the program looks for the given file, so that one can get an indication what the
+problem&#x00A0;is.
+<!--l. 2506--><p class="indent"> Generally speaking, as most programs call the Kpathsea library internally, one can select a debug
+option by using the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">KPATHSEA_DEBUG </span>environment variable, and setting it to (a combination of) values as
+described in the above list.
+<!--l. 2511--><p class="indent"> (Note for Windows users: it is not easy to redirect all messages to a file in this system. For diagnostic
+purposes you can temporarily <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">SET KPATHSEA_DEBUG_OUTPUT=err.log</span>).
+<!--l. 2515--><p class="indent"> Let us consider, as an example, a small <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span> source file, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">hello-world.tex</span>, which contains the
+following input.
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb12">
+<a
+ id="x1-61002r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
+<br class="fancyvrb"><a
+ id="x1-61004r2"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\begin{document}
+<br class="fancyvrb"><a
+ id="x1-61006r3"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Hello&#x00A0;World!
+<br class="fancyvrb"><a
+ id="x1-61008r4"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\end{document}
+ </div>
+</div>
+</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 2522--><p class="nopar">This little file only uses the font <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cmr10</span>, so let us look at how <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>prepares the PostScript file (we
+want to use the Type&#x00A0;1 version of the Computer Modern fonts, hence the option <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-Pcms</span>).
+<div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2526--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">dvips</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-d4100</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">hello-world</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-Pcms</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-o</span></span>
+</div>
+</div> In this case we have combined <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>&#8217;s debug class 4 (font paths) with Kpathsea&#8217;s path element
+expansion (see <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>Reference Manual, <a
+href="../../../../texmf/doc/html/dvips/dvips_toc.html" >texmf/doc/html/dvips/dvips_toc.html</a>). The output (slightly
+rearranged) appears in Figure&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-61031r1">1<!--tex4ht:ref: fig:dvipsdbga --></a>.
+<!--l. 2534--><p class="indent"> <a
+ id="x1-61031r1"></a><a
+ id="x1-61036r2"></a><a
+ id="x1-61049r3"></a><hr class="float"><div class="float"
+><table class="float"><tr class="float"><td class="float"
+>
+
+
+<div class="BVerbatimInput">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">debug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=texmf.cnf,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must_exist=1,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find_all=1,</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=.:/usr/local/bin/texlive:/usr/local/bin:</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;/usr/local/bin/texmf/web2c:/usr/local:</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf/web2c:/.:/./teTeX/TeX/texmf/web2c:).</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=ls-R,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must_exist=1,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find_all=1,</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=~/tex:/usr/local/texmf).</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(ls-R)</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;=&gt;/usr/local/texmf/ls-R</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=aliases,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must_exist=1,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find_all=1,</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=~/tex:/usr/local/texmf).</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(aliases)</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;=&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf/aliases</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=config.ps,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must_exist=0,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find_all=0,</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=.:~/tex:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//).</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(config.ps)</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;=&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf/dvips/config/config.ps</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=/root/.dvipsrc,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must_exist=0,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find_all=0,</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=.:~/tex:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//).</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">search(file=/home/goossens/.dvipsrc,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must_exist=1,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find_all=0,</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//).</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search($HOME/.dvipsrc)</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;=&gt;</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=config.cms,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must_exist=0,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find_all=0,</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//).</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(config.cms)</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">=&gt;/usr/local/texmf/dvips/cms/config.cms</span>
+</div>
+ <table class="caption"
+><tr valign="baseline" class="caption"><td class="id">Figure&#x00A0;1: </td><td
+class="content">Finding configuration files</td></tr></table><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-61031r1 -->
+<div class="BVerbatimInput">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=texc.pro,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must\_exist=0,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find\_all=0,</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//:</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;~/tex/fonts/type1//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1//).</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(texc.pro)</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;=&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf/dvips/base/texc.pro</span>
+</div>
+ <table class="caption"
+><tr valign="baseline" class="caption"><td class="id">Figure&#x00A0;2: </td><td
+class="content">Finding the prolog file</td></tr></table><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-61036r2 -->
+<div class="BVerbatimInput">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=cmr10.tfm,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must\_exist=1,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find\_all=0,</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=.:~/tex/fonts/tfm//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/tfm//:</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;/var/tex/fonts/tfm//).</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(cmr10.tfm)</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;=&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=texps.pro,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must\_exist=0,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find\_all=0,</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;...</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&lt;texps.pro&gt;</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=cmr10.pfb,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must\_exist=0,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find\_all=0,</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//:</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;~/tex/fonts/type1//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1//).</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(cmr10.pfb)</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;=&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1/public/cm/cmr10.pfb</span>
+<br /><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&lt;cmr10.pfb&gt;[1]</span>
+</div>
+ <table class="caption"
+><tr valign="baseline" class="caption"><td class="id">Figure&#x00A0;3: </td><td
+class="content">Finding the font file</td></tr></table><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-61049r3 -->
+
+
+ </td></tr></table></div><hr class="endfloat" />
+<!--l. 2550--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>starts by locating its working files. First, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf </span>is found, which gives the definitions of the
+search paths for the other files, then the file database <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ls-R </span>(to optimize file searching) and the file
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">aliases</span>, which makes it possible to declare several names (e.g., a short DOS-like 8.3 and a more natural
+longer version) for the same file. Then <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>goes on to find the generic configuration file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">config.ps</span>
+before looking for the customization file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.dvipsrc </span>(which, in this case is <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">not found</span>). Finally, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>locates
+the config file for the Computer Modern PostScript fonts <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">config.cms </span>(this was initiated
+with the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-Pcms </span>option on the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>command). This file contains the list of the map files
+which define the relation between the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, PostScript and file system names of the fonts.
+<div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2564--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="underline"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">more</span> <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">/usr/local/texmf/dvips/cms/config.cms</span></span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;p</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;+ams.map</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;p</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;+cms.map</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;p</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;+cmbkm.map</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;p</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;+amsbkm.map</span>
+</div>
+</div> <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>thus goes on to find all these files, plus the generic map file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">psfonts.map</span>, which is always loaded
+(it contains declarations for commonly used PostScript fonts; see the last part of Section <a
+href="#x1-600008.2.3">8.2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: SExamplesofuse --></a> for more
+details about PostScript map file handling).
+<!--l. 2577--><p class="indent"> At this point <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>identifies itself to the user: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2578--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">This</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;is</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;dvips(k)</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;5.92b</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;Copyright</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;2002</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;Radical</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;Eye</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;Software</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;(www.radicaleye.com)</span>
+</div>
+</div> Then it goes on to look for the prolog file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texc.pro</span>: <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2583--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=texc.pro,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must_exist=0,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find_all=0,</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//:</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;~/tex/fonts/type1//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1//).</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(texc.pro)</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;=&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf/dvips/base/texc.pro</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+<!--l. 2594--><p class="indent"> After having found the file in question, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>outputs date and time, and informs us that it will
+generate the file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">hello-world.ps</span>, then that it needs the font file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cmr10</span>, and that the latter is declared
+as &#8220;resident&#8221; (no bitmaps needed): <div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 2599--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">TeX</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;output</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;1998.02.26:1204&#8217;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;-&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;hello-world.ps</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">Defining</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;font</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;()</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;cmr10</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;at</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;10.0pt</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">Font</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;cmr10</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;&lt;CMR10&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;is</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;resident.</span>
+</div>
+</div> Now the search is on for the file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cmr10.tfm</span>, which is found, then a few more prolog files (not shown) are
+referenced, and finally the Type&#x00A0;1 instance <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cmr10.pfb </span>of the font is located and included in the output
+file (see last line). <div class="alltt">
+
+
+<!--l. 2608--><p class="noindent"><div class="obeylines-v">
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=cmr10.tfm,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must_exist=1,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find_all=0,</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=.:~/tex/fonts/tfm//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/tfm//:</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;/var/tex/fonts/tfm//).</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(cmr10.tfm)</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;=&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=texps.pro,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must_exist=0,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find_all=0,</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;...</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&lt;texps.pro&gt;</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:start</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;search(file=cmr10.pfb,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;must_exist=0,</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;find_all=0,</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;path=.:~/tex/dvips//:!!/usr/local/texmf/dvips//:</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;~/tex/fonts/type1//:!!/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1//).</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">kdebug:search(cmr10.pfb)</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;=&gt;</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&#x00A0;/usr/local/texmf/fonts/type1/public/cm/cmr10.pfb</span>
+<br><span
+class="ec-lmtt-9">&lt;cmr10.pfb&gt;[1]</span>
+</div>
+</div>
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-620008.3"></a>Runtime options</h4>
+<!--l. 2625--><p class="noindent">Another useful feature of Web2C is its possibility to control a number of memory parameters
+(in particular, array sizes) via the runtime file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf </span>read by Kpathsea. The memory
+settings can be found in Part 3 of that file in the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution. The more important
+are:
+<!--l. 2631--><p class="noindent">
+ <dl class="list1"><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">main_memory</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Total words of memory available, for <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, Metafont and MetaPost. You must
+ make a new format file for each different setting. For instance, you could generate a &#8220;huge&#8221;
+ version of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, and call the format file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">hugetex.fmt</span>. Using the standard way of specifying
+ the program name used by Kpathsea, the particular value of the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">main_memory </span>variable will
+ then be read from <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf</span>. etc.).
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">extra_mem_bot</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Extra space for &#8220;large&#8221; <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> data structures: boxes, glue, breakpoints, etc.
+ Especially useful if you use PI C<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">font_mem_size</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Number of words for font information available for <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>. This is more or less
+ the total size of all TFM files read.
+ </dd><dt class="list">
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">hash_extra</span> </dt><dd
+class="list">Additional space for the hash table of control sequence names. Approximately 10,000
+ control sequences can be stored in the main hash table; if you have a large book with
+ numerous cross-references, this might not be enough. The default value of <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">hash_extra </span>is
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">50000</span>.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2656--><p class="noindent">Of course, this facility is no substitute for truly dynamic arrays and memory allocation, but since these
+are extremely difficult to implement in the present <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> source, these runtime parameters provide a
+practical compromise allowing some flexibility.
+<!--l. 2764--><p class="noindent">
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a
+ id="x1-630009"></a>Acknowledgements</h3>
+
+
+<!--l. 2766--><p class="noindent"><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live is a joint effort by virtually all of the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> user groups. This edition of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live was
+overseen by Sebastian Rahtz and Karl Berry. The other principal contributors are listed
+below.
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">The German-speaking <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Users (DANTE e.V.), who provide the hardware for the
+ <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live source repository; and Rainer Schöpf and Reinhard Zierke who look after it.
+ DANTE officers Volker Schaa and Klaus Höppner coordinate production with the Lehmann&#8217;s
+ Bookstore (<span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.lob.de" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.lob.de</span></a></span>).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The Perforce corporation (<span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.perforce.com" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.perforce.com</span></a></span>), for providing a free copy of their
+ excellent change management system, which we use to manage the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live sources.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Peter Breitenlohner and the e-<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;team for the stable foundation of future <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Thomas Esser, without whose marvelous te<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> package <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live would certainly not
+ exist, and whose continual help makes it a better product.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Michel Goossens, who co-authored the original documentation.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Eitan Gurari, whose <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>4ht was used to create the HTML version of this documentation,
+ and who worked tirelessly to improve it at short notice.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Hans Hagen, for major testing and making the Con<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>t&#x00A0;format conform to <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live&#8217;s
+ needs.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Pawe&#322; Jackowski, for the Windows installer <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpm</span>, and Tomasz &#321;uczak, for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tlpmgui</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Hàn&#x00A0;Thê´&#x00A0;Thành, Martin Schröder, and the pdf<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;team for continuing enhancements of
+ <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s abilities.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Petr Olsak, who coordinated and checked all the Czech and Slovak material very carefully.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Fabrice Popineau, for the Windows binaries in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Staszek Wawrykiewicz, the principal tester for all of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, and coordinator of the many
+ major Polish contributions: fonts, Windows installation, and more.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Olaf Weber, for his patient assembly and maintenance of Web2C, upon which all else
+ depends.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Gerben Wierda, for creating and maintaining the Mac OS X&#x00A0;support, and much integration
+ and testing.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Graham Williams, on whose work the catalogue of packages depends.
+ </li></ul>
+<!--l. 2823--><p class="indent"> Builders of the binaries: Tigran Aivazian (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">x86_64-linux</span>), Manfred Lotz (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">i386-freebsd</span>), Fabrice
+Popineau (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">win32</span>), Norbert Preining (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">alpha-linux</span>), Vladimir Volovich (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">powerpc-aix</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">sparc-linux</span>,
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">sparc-solaris</span>), Staszek Wawrykiewicz (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">i386-linux</span>), Olaf Weber (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mips-irix</span>), Gerben Wierda (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">i386-darwin</span>,
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">powerpc-darwin</span>).
+<!--l. 2834--><p class="indent"> Documentation and translation updates: Karl Berry (English), Daniel Flipo &amp; Fabrice Popineau
+
+(French), Günter Partosch &amp; Hartmut Henkel (German), Petr Sojka &amp; Jan Busa (Czech/Slovak), Boris
+Veytsman (Russian), Staszek Wawrykiewicz (Polish).
+<!--l. 2842--><p class="indent"> Of course the most important acknowledgement must go to Donald Knuth, first for inventing <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>,
+and then for giving it to the world.
+<!--l. 2846--><p class="noindent">
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10 </span> <a
+ id="x1-6400010"></a>Release history</h3>
+<!--l. 2849--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-6500010.1"></a>Past</h4>
+<!--l. 2851--><p class="noindent">Discussion began in late 1993 when the Dutch <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Users Group was starting work on its 4All<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> CD
+for MS-DOS users, and it was hoped at that time to issue a single, rational, CD for all systems. This was
+too ambitious a target for the time, but it did spawn not only the very successful 4All<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>
+CD, but also the TUG Technical Council working group on a <span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">X</span></span> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Directory Structure </span>(<span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://tug.org/tds" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/tds</span></a></span>), which specified how to create consistent and manageable collections of
+<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> support files. A complete draft of the TDS was published in the December 1995 issue
+of <span
+class="ec-lmro-10">TUGboat</span>, and it was clear from an early stage that one desirable product would be a
+model structure on CD. The distribution you now have is a very direct result of the working
+group&#8217;s deliberations. It was also clear that the success of the 4All<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> CD showed that Unix
+users would benefit from a similarly easy system, and this is the other main strand of <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>
+Live.
+<!--l. 2867--><p class="indent"> We first undertook to make a new Unix-based TDS CD in the autumn of 1995, and quickly identified
+Thomas Esser&#8217;s te<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> as the ideal setup, as it already had multi-platform support and was built with
+portability across file systems in mind. Thomas agreed to help, and work began seriously at the start of
+1996. The first edition was released in May 1996. At the start of 1997, Karl Berry completed a major new
+release of Web2c, which included nearly all the features which Thomas Esser had added in te<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, and
+we decided to base the 2nd edition of the CD on the standard Web2C, with the addition of te<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s
+<span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texconfig </span>script. The 3rd edition of the CD was based on a major revision of Web2C, 7.2, by Olaf
+Weber; at the same time, a new revision of te<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> was being made, and <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live included
+almost all of its features. The 4th edition followed the same pattern, using a new version of
+te<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, and a new release of Web2C (7.3). The system now included a complete Windows
+setup.
+<!--l. 2883--><p class="indent"> For the 5th edition (March 2000) many parts of the CD were revised and checked, updating hundreds
+of packages. Package details were stored in XML files. But the major change for <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live 5 was that all
+non-free software was removed. Everything in <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live is now intended to be compatible with the
+Debian Free Software Guidelines (<span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.debian.org/intro/free" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.debian.org/intro/free</span></a></span>); we have done our best to
+check the license conditions of all packages, but we would very much appreciate hearing of any
+mistakes.
+<!--l. 2892--><p class="indent"> The 6th edition (July 2001) had much more material updated. The major change was a new install
+concept: the user could select a more exact set of needed collections. Language-related collections were
+completely reorganized, so selecting any of them installs not only macros, fonts, etc., but also prepares an
+appropriate <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">language.dat</span>.
+<!--l. 2898--><p class="indent"> The 7th edition of 2002 had the notable addition of Mac OS X support, and the usual myriad of
+updates to all sorts of packages and programs. An important goal was integration of the source back with
+te<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, to correct the drift apart in versions&#x00A0;5 and&#x00A0;6.
+<!--l. 2903--><p class="noindent">
+
+
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-6600010.1.1"></a>2003</h5>
+<!--l. 2905--><p class="noindent">In 2003, with the continuing flood of updates and additions, we found that <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live had grown so large
+it could no longer be contained on a single CD, so we split it into three different distributions (see
+section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-70002.1">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-70002.1">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:multiple-dist --></a>). In addition:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">At the request of the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span> team, we changed the standard <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">latex </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdflatex </span>commands
+ to now use e-<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> (see p. <a
+href="#x1-100002.4">8<!--tex4ht:ref: text:etex --></a>).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The new Latin Modern fonts were included (and are recommended).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Support for Alpha OSF was removed (HPUX support was removed previously), since no one
+ had (or volunteered) hardware available on which to compile new binaries.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Windows setup was substantially changed; for the first time an integrated environment based
+ on XEmacs was introduced.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Important supplementary programs for Windows (Perl, Ghostscript, ImageMagick, Ispell)
+ are now installed in the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live installation directory.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Font map files used by <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>are now generated by the new program
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">updmap </span>and installed into <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/fonts/map</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>, Metafont, and MetaPost now, by default, output most input characters (32 and above)
+ as themselves in output (e.g., <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\write</span></span></span>) files, log files, and the terminal, i.e., <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>translated
+ using the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">^^</span></span></span> notation. In <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live&#x00A0;7, this translation was dependent on the system locale
+ settings; now, locale settings do not influence the <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> programs&#8217; behavior. If for some reason
+ you need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">^^</span></span></span> output, rename the file <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/web2c/cp8bit.tcx</span></span></span>. (Future releases will
+ have cleaner ways to control this.)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">This documentation was substantially revised.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Finally, since the edition numbers had grown unwieldy, the version is now simply identified
+ by the year: <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live 2003.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 2943--><p class="noindent">
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-6700010.1.2"></a>2004</h5>
+<!--l. 2945--><p class="noindent">2004 saw many changes:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">If you have locally-installed fonts which use their own <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.map </span>or (much less likely) <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.enc </span>support
+ files, you may need to move those support files.
+ <!--l. 2953--><p class="noindent"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.map </span>files are now searched for in subdirectories of <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">fonts/map </span>only (in each <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf </span>tree),
+ along the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXFONTMAPS </span>path. Similarly, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.enc </span>files are now searched for in subdirectories of
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">fonts/enc </span>only, along the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ENCFONTS </span>path. <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">updmap </span>will attempt to warn about problematic
+ files.
+ <!--l. 2960--><p class="noindent">For methods of handling this and other information, please see <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://tug.org/texlive/mapenc.html" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/texlive/mapenc.html</span></a></span>.
+
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The <span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">&#x00A0;Collection</span>&#x00A0;has been expanded with the addition of a MiK<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>-based installable
+ CD, for those who prefer that implementation to Web2C. See section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-60002">2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:struct-tl --></a> (p. <a
+href="#x1-60002">6<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:struct-tl --></a>).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Within <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live, the single large <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf </span>tree of previous releases has been replaced by three:
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-dist</span>, and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-doc</span>. See section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-80002.2">2.2<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:tld --></a> (p. <a
+href="#x1-80002.2">7<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:tld --></a>), and the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">README </span>files for each.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">All <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>-related input files are now collected in the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex </span>subdirectory of <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf* </span>trees,
+ rather than having separate sibling directories <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">etex</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">pdftex</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">pdfetex</span>, etc. See
+ <a
+href="../../../../texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html#Extensions" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html#Extensions</span></a>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Helper scripts (not meant to be invoked by users) are now located in a new <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">scripts</span>
+ directory of <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf* </span>trees, and searched for via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">kpsewhich</span><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;-format=texmfscripts</span></span></span>.
+ So if you have programs which call such scripts, they&#8217;ll need to be adjusted. See
+ <a
+href="../../../../texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html#Scripts" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf-doc/doc/english/tds/tds.html#Scripts</span></a>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Almost all formats leave most characters printable as themselves via the &#8220;translation
+ file&#8221; <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">cp227.tcx</span>, instead of translating them with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">^^</span></span></span> notation. Specifically, characters
+ at positions 32&#8211;256, plus tab, vertical tab, and form feed are considered printable and
+ not translated. The exceptions are plain <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;(only 32&#8211;126 printable), Con<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>t&#x00A0;(0&#8211;255
+ printable), and the Omega-related formats. This default behavior is almost the same as in
+ <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live 2003, but it&#8217;s implemented more cleanly, with more possibilities for customization.
+ See <a
+href="../../../../texmf/doc/web2c/web2c.html#TCX-files" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf/doc/web2c/web2c.html#TCX-files</span></a>. (By the way, with Unicode input, <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;may
+ output partial character sequences when showing error contexts, since it is byte-oriented.)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfetex </span>is now the default engine for all formats except (plain) <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tex </span>itself. (Of course
+ it generates DVI when run as <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">latex</span>, etc.) This means, among other things, that the
+ microtypographic features of <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>are available in <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>, Con<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>t, etc., as well as the
+ e-<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;features (<a
+href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/etex/base/" >texmf-dist/doc/etex/base/</a>).
+ <!--l. 3007--><p class="noindent">It also means it&#8217;s <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">more important than ever </span>to use the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">ifpdf </span>package (works with both plain
+ and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>) or equivalent code, because simply testing whether <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfoutput </span>or some other
+ primitive is defined is not a reliable way to determine if PDF output is being generated. We
+ made this backward compatible as best we could this year, but next year, <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfoutput </span>may
+ be defined even when DVI is being written.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">pdf<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;(<span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://pdftex.org" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://pdftex.org</span></a></span>) has many new features:
+ <ul class="itemize2">
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfmapfile </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfmapline </span>provide font map support from within a document.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Microtypographic font expansion can be used more easily.
+ <br class="newline"><span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-May/000504.html" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-May/000504.html</span></a></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">All parameters previously set through the special configuration file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">pdftex.cfg </span>must
+ now be set through primitives, typically in <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">pdftexconfig.tex</span>; <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">pdftex.cfg </span>is no
+ longer supported. Any extant <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">.fmt </span>files must be redumped when <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">pdftexconfig.tex</span>
+ is changed.
+
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">See the pdf<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;manual for more: <a
+href="../../../../texmf/doc/pdftex/manual" >texmf/doc/pdftex/manual</a>.
+ </li></ul>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\input </span>primitive in <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tex </span>(and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mf </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mpost</span>) now accepts double quotes containing spaces and
+ other special characters. Typical examples:
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb13">
+<a
+ id="x1-67002r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\input&#x00A0;"filename&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;spaces"&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;plain
+<br class="fancyvrb"><a
+ id="x1-67004r2"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\input{"filename&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;spaces"}&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;latex
+</div>
+</div>
+ </td></tr></table>
+ <!--l. 3041--><p class="nopar">See the Web2C manual for more: <a
+href="../../../../texmf/doc/web2c" >texmf/doc/web2c</a>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">enc<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;support is now included within Web2C and consequently all <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;programs, via the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-enc</span>
+ option &#8212; <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">only when formats are built</span>. enc<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;supports general re-encoding of input and output,
+ enabling full support of Unicode (in UTF-8). See <a
+href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/generic/enctex/" >texmf-dist/doc/generic/enctex/</a> and <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html</span></a></span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Aleph, a new engine combining e-<span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;and Omega, is available. A little information is available in
+ <a
+href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/aleph/base" >texmf-dist/doc/aleph/base</a> and <span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=aleph" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=aleph</span></a></span>.
+ The <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>-based format for Aleph is named <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">lamed</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The latest <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;release has a new version of the LPPL &#8212; now officially a Debian-approved
+ license. Assorted other updates, see the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">ltnews </span>files in <a
+href="../../../../texmf-dist/doc/latex/base" >texmf-dist/doc/latex/base</a>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipng</span>, a new program for converting DVI to PNG image files, is included. See
+ <a
+href="../../../../texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1" >texmf/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1</a>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">We reduced the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">cbgreek </span>package to a &#8220;medium&#8221; sized set of fonts, with the assent and advice of the
+ author (Claudio Beccari). The excised fonts are the invisible, outline, and transparency ones, which
+ are relatively rarely used, and we needed the space. The full set is of course available from CTAN (<span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/greek/cb" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/greek/cb</span></a></span>).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">oxdvi </span>has been removed; just use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">ini </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">vir </span>commands (links) for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tex</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mf</span>, and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mpost </span>are no longer created, such as <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">initex</span>. The
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">ini </span>functionality has been available through the command-line option <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">-ini </span>for years
+ now.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">i386-openbsd </span>platform support was removed. Since the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tetex </span>package in the BSD Ports system is
+ available, and GNU/Linux and FreeBSD binaries were available, it seemed volunteer time could be
+ better spent elsewhere.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">On <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">sparc-solaris </span>(at least), you may have to set the <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">LD_LIBRARY_PATH </span>environment
+ variable to run the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">t1utils </span>programs. This is because they are compiled with C++, and
+ there is no standard location for the runtime libraries. (This is not new in 2004, but
+ wasn&#8217;t previously documented.) Similarly, on <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">mips-irix</span>, the MIPSpro 7.4 runtimes are
+ required.
+ </li></ul>
+
+
+<!--l. 3092--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-6800010.2"></a>Present</h4>
+<!--l. 3095--><p class="noindent">2005 saw the usual huge number of updates to packages and programs. The infrastructure stayed
+relatively stable from 2004, but inevitably there were some changes there as well:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">New scripts <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig-sys</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">updmap-sys</span>, and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">fmtutil-sys </span>were introduced, which modify the
+ configuration in the system trees. The <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">texconfig</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">updmap</span>, and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">fmtutil </span>scripts now modify
+ user-specific files, under <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">$HOME/.texlive2005</span>. See section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-170004.1">4.1<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>, p. <a
+href="#x1-170004.1">26<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texconfig --></a>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Corresponding new variables <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCONFIG </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSCONFIG </span>to specify the trees where
+ configuration files (user or system, respectively) are found. Thus, you may need to move
+ personal versions of <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">fmtutil.cnf </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">updmap.cfg </span>to these places; another option is to
+ redefine <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCONFIG </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSCONFIG </span>in <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">texmf.cnf</span>. In any case the real location of
+ these files and the values of <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFCONFIG </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSCONFIG </span>must agree. See section&#x00A0;<a
+href="#x1-90002.3">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texmftrees --></a>,
+ p. <a
+href="#x1-90002.3">7<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:texmftrees --></a>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Last year, we kept <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\pdfoutput</span></span></span> and other primitives undefined for DVI output, even though
+ the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfetex </span>program was being used. This year, as promised, we undid that compatibility
+ measure. So if your document uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined</span></span></span> to test if PDF is being
+ output, it will need to be changed. You can use the package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">ifpdf.sty </span>(which works under
+ both plain <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>) to do this, or steal its logic.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Last year, we changed most formats to output (8-bit) characters as themselves (see previous
+ section). The new TCX file <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">empty.tcx </span>now provides an easier way to get the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">^^</span></span></span> notation if
+ you so desire, as in:
+
+
+ <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><div class="verbatim">
+ <div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb14">
+<a
+ id="x1-68002r1"></a>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;latex&#x00A0;--translate-file=empty.tcx&#x00A0;yourfile.tex
+</div>
+</div>
+ </td></tr></table>
+ <!--l. 3133--><p class="nopar">
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The new program <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>is included for translation of DVI to PDF; this is an actively
+ maintained update of <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>(which is also still available for now, though no longer
+ recommended).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The new programs <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfopen </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfclose </span>are included to allow reloading of pdf files in the Adobe
+ Acrobat Reader without restarting the program. (Other pdf readers, notably <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xpdf</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">gv</span>, and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">gsview</span>,
+ have never suffered from this problem.)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">For consistency, the variables <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">HOMETEXMF </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">VARTEXMF </span>have been renamed to <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFHOME </span>and
+ <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFSYSVAR</span>, respectively. There is also <span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">TEXMFVAR</span>, which is by default user-specific. See the first
+ point above.
+ </li></ul>
+<!--l. 3154--><p class="noindent">
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-6900010.3"></a>Future</h4>
+<!--l. 3156--><p class="noindent"><span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">X</span></span> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Live is not perfect! </span>(And never will be.) We intend to continue to release new versions yearly, and
+would like to provide more help material, more utilities, more installation programs, and (of course) an
+ever-improved and checked tree of macros and fonts. This work is all done by hard-pressed volunteers in
+their limited spare time, and a great deal remains to be done. If you can help, don&#8217;t hesitate to put your
+name forward!
+<!--l. 3164--><p class="indent"> Please send corrections, suggestions, and offers of help to:
+ <div class="quote">
+ <!--l. 3166--><p class="noindent">Sebastian Rahtz &#x00A0;/ &#x00A0;7 Stratfield Road &#x00A0;/ &#x00A0;Oxford OX2 7BG &#x00A0;/ &#x00A0;UK
+ <br class="newline"><a
+href="mailto:tex-live@tug.org" ><span class="path"><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">tex-live@tug.org</span></span></a>
+ <br class="newline"><span class="obeylines-h"><a
+href="http://tug.org/texlive" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmtt-10">http://tug.org/texlive</span></a></span></div>
+<!--l. 3172--><p class="noindent"><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">Happy </span><span class="TEX"><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">T</span><span
+class="E"><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">X</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmro-10">ing!</span>
+ <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 1291--><p class="indent"> <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="#fn1x0-bk" id="fn1x0"><sup>1</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">Not free, that is, in the sense of freedom to modify and redistribute, following free software guidelines. This does</span>
+<span
+class="ec-lmr-8">not mean you can&#8217;t acquire them for no money.</span> </div>
+
+</body></html>
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..61609909b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/live.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/tex-live.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/tex-live.css
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5062bc0d229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/texlive-en/tex-live.css
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* $Id$
+ Simple CSS for TeX Live that adds margins and a little color.
+ original by Bzyl Wlodzimierz, edited by Karl Berry, 2005.
+ Public domain. */
+
+html {
+ // top left bottom right
+ margin: 15pt 15pt 15pt 15pt;
+ background: rgb(255,255,224);
+}
+
+body {
+ margin: 0 5pt 0 5pt;
+ padding: 0;
+ //matw: background: rgb(224,255,224);
+ // (It looks better to me to have a consistent background --karl)
+// fonts in browser are low resolution;
+// therefore generated serif are poor quality,
+// so they disturb reading (that is my opinion)
+ font-family: sans-serif;
+ font-style: normal;
+}
+
+/* (It looks better to me to not vary colors at every level --karl) */
+
+h3.sectionHead {
+ padding: 12pt 10pt 12pt 20pt;
+ //matw: background: rgb(192,224,255);
+ background: rgb(224,224,255);
+ color: rgb(0,0,32);
+}
+
+h4.subsectionHead {
+ padding: 7pt 10pt 7pt 40pt;
+ background: rgb(224,224,255);
+ color: rgb(0,0,32);
+}
+
+h5.subsubsectionHead {
+ padding: 3pt 10pt 3pt 40pt;
+ //matw: background: rgb(224,255,255);
+ background: rgb(224,224,255);
+ color: rgb(0,0,32);
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7816c1516b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 1-3-1 on page 12.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ragged2e}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The right column shows the input text to be treated by
+\LaTeX{} with preamble material shown in blue. In the
+left column one sees the result after typesetting.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-2.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-2.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b769a8d500a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-2.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 1-3-2 on page 12.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ which might get reused over and over again.}
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr,lastpage}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+\fancyhf{} % --- clear all fields
+\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\leftmark}
+\fancyfoot[C]{Page \thepage\
+ of \pageref{LastPage}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \sample defined as before
+\section{A test}
+\sample \par \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..391575985e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 1-3-3 on page 13.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{303.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+ \usepackage{ragged2e}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ This is a wide line, whose input commands and output result cannot
+ be shown nicely in two columns.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bbb2275ab69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 1-3-4 on page 13.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation} (a+b)^2 = a^2+2ab+b^2 \end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..379896a4682
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/1-3-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 1-3-5 on page 14.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\makeatletter % `@' now normal "letter"
+\@addtoreset{equation}{section}
+\makeatother % `@' is restored as "non-letter"
+\renewcommand\theequation{\oldstylenums{\thesection}%
+ .\oldstylenums{\arabic{equation}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Equations\ldots}
+\begin{equation} (a+b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2\end{equation}
+\begin{equation} (a-b)^2 = a^2 - 2ab + b^2\end{equation}
+
+\section{\ldots per section}
+\begin{equation} (a+b)(a-b) = a^2 - b^2 \end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b114c834e2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-1 on page 595.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{boxedminipage}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{boxedminipage}[t]{5cm}
+ This is an example of a small boxed minipage
+ sporting a footnote\footnote{Very simple example}
+ and a \verb=\verb= command.
+\end{boxedminipage}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d6ba7f60cab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-10 on page 599.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip}
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our
+ page that is reused over and over again.}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-6pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\textwidth{-46pt} % space for frame in example
+\sloppy % since the measure is ridiculous
+ % in the example
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{color,fancybox}
+\fancyput(2in,-1.2in)
+ {\Huge\bfseries
+ \textcolor{blue}{DRAFT}}
+% \sample as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\sample\sample
+\section{A Test} \sample \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ba93c8a13a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-11 on page 600.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancybox}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\HR\begin{Bflushleft}[b]
+ \begin{Bflushleft}[t] A A A\\ A A A\\ A A
+ \end{Bflushleft} \HR
+ \begin{Bflushright}[t] B\\ B B B\\ B B B\\ B B
+ \end{Bflushright} \par\vspace{0pt}
+\end{Bflushleft} \HR
+\begin{Bcenter} C C C\\ C\\ C C\end{Bcenter} \HR
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3e22ba93f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-12 on page 600.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancybox}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Test: \fbox{\begin{Bitemize}[t]
+ \item First item
+ \item A second one\\ on two lines
+ \item(2pt) A third with extra space
+ \end{Bitemize}}
+ \par\bigskip
+Test: \fbox{\begin{Beqnarray}
+ y & = & x^2 \\
+ a^2 + 2ab + b^2 & = & (a + b)^2 \\
+ \int_0^\infty e^{-ax} dx & = & \frac{1}{a}
+ \end{Beqnarray}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5f43bf86222
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-13 on page 602.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic}\setlength{\unitlength}{1pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(150,80)(0,0)
+ \dottedline{2}(0,00)(50,20)(100,80)(150,0)
+ \thicklines
+ \dottedline{5}(0,0)(30,50)(70,50)(90,30)(150,20)
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c740b9e4b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-14 on page 602.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} \thicklines
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(140,110)(0,0)
+ \dottedline {2}(0,110)(140,110)
+ \dottedline[$\diamond$]{10}(0,110)(140,110)
+ \dottedline {2}(20,0)(40,0)(50,40)(120,0)
+ \dottedline[*]{10}(20,0)(40,0)(50,40)(120,0)
+ \dottedline {2}(0,0)(30,90)(70,50)(140,0)
+ \dottedline[\LaTeX]{20}(0,0)(30,90)(70,50)(140,0)
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..70dac275762
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-15 on page 603.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(70,22)(0,-2)
+\dashline{3}[0.7](0,20)(63,20)
+\thicklines
+\dashline{3}(0,16)(63,16)
+\dashline[-30]{3}(0,12)(63,12)
+\dashline[+15]{3}(0,8)(63,8)
+\dashline[+30]{3}(0,4)(63,4)
+\dashline[+30]{3}[0.7](0,0)(63,0)
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..238222986af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-16 on page 604.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic} \setlength{\unitlength}{2mm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(25,14)
+ \drawline(0,0)(0,7)(5,14)(10,7)
+ (0,7)(10,0)(0,0)(10,7)(10,0)
+
+ \thicklines
+ \drawline[70](15,0)(15,7)(20,14)(25,7)
+ (15,7)(25,0)(15,0)(25,7)(25,0)
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7803e83755d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-17 on page 605.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic} \setlength{\unitlength}{1pt}
+\newcommand\cb{\makebox(0,0){$\bullet$}}
+\newcommand\cd{\makebox(0,0){$\diamond$}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(80,80)
+ \begin{dashjoin}[30]{10}
+ \jput(0,0){\cb}\jput(30,70){\cb}\jput(70,50){\cb}\jput(80,60){\cb}
+ \end{dashjoin}
+ \begin{dottedjoin}{5}
+ \jput(0,30){\cd}\jput(20,30){\cd}\jput(45,0){\cd}\jput(60,80){\cd}
+ \jput(80,50){\cd}
+ \end{dottedjoin}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..57416dcd137
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-18 on page 606.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic} \renewcommand\put{\jput} % <- always use \jput
+\begin{filecontents}{test.put}
+0 0 % sample data in external file
+30 70 % note that coordinates are
+70 50 % separated by a space
+80 60
+\end{filecontents}
+\newcommand\cd{\makebox(0,0){$\diamond$}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(80,80)
+ \begin{dashjoin}{6}[2] \putfile{test.put}{\cd} \end{dashjoin}
+ \put(30,75){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\scriptsize maximum}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9c6be789bc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-19 on page 607.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(100,60)
+ \put(0,45){\grid(100,30)(20,5)}
+ \scriptsize % used to influence the size of the numbers
+ \multiputlist(0,40)(20,0){1.00,1.25,1.50,1.75,2.00,2.25}
+
+ \put(0,0){\tiny\grid(60,20)(10,10)[-50,0]}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9d8558ab83f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-2 on page 595.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{shadow}
+\setlength\sdim{10pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\shabox{\parbox{6cm}{A complete
+ paragraph can be highlighted by
+ putting it in a parbox,
+ nested inside a \texttt{shabox}.}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..aa5031f4f1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-20 on page 607.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic} \setlength{\unitlength}{2pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(62,32) \thicklines
+ \matrixput(0,0)(10,0){7}(0,10){4}{\circle{2}}
+ \matrixput(10,0)(20,0){3}(0,20){2}{\circle*{2}}
+ \matrixput(0,10)(20,0){4}(0,20){2}{\circle*{2}}
+ \matrixput(1,0)(10,0){6}(0,10){4}{\line(1,0){8}}
+ \matrixput(0,1)(10,0){7}(0,10){3}{\line(0,1){8}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..95aa1720ad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-21 on page 608.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\makeatletter
+ \def\@badlinearg{\typeout{Normally this gives an error, but
+ for the example in the book we carry on}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(0,0)
+ \put(0,0) {\circle{80}} \put(0,0) {\circle*{24}}
+ \put(30,0){\circle{40}} \put(30,0){\circle*{16}}
+ \put(15,0){\oval(90,60)}
+ \put(0,12){\line(15,-2){30}}\put(0,-12){\line(15,2){30}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a0bee068900
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-22 on page 609.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{eepic} \setlength\maxovaldiam{60pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(0,0)
+ \put(0,0) {\circle{80}} \put(0,0) {\circle*{24}}
+ \put(30,0){\circle{40}} \put(30,0){\circle*{16}}
+ \put(15,0){\oval(90,60)}
+ \put(0,12){\line(15,-2){30}}\put(0,-12){\line(15,2){30}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-23.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..31298292f12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-23.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-23 on page 609.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic,eepic} \setlength{\unitlength}{2mm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(25,14)
+ \drawline(0,0)(0,7)(5,14)(10,7)
+ (0,7)(10,0)(0,0)(10,7)(10,0)
+ \thicklines
+ \drawline[70](15,0)(15,7)(20,14)(25,7)
+ (15,7)(25,0)(15,0)(25,7)(25,0)
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-24.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dcb01300816
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-24.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-24 on page 612.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{curves}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{0.4pt}
+\linethickness{0.7mm}
+\begin{picture}(400,110)(-10,0)
+ \curve(0,0, 40,100, 80,0)
+ \closecurve(150,0, 190,100, 230,0)
+ \tagcurve(380,0, 300,0, 340,100, 380,0, 300,0)
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-25.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..472c628db85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-25.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-25 on page 612.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic,eepic,ecltree}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{bundle}{grandfather}
+ \chunk{\begin{bundle}{uncle\strut}
+ \chunk{cousin}\drawwith{\dottedline{3}}
+ \end{bundle}}
+ \chunk{\begin{bundle}{father\strut}
+ \chunk[\footnotesize older]{%
+ \begin{bundle}{brother}
+ \chunk{nephew}
+ \end{bundle}}
+ \chunk{\begin{bundle}{\textbf{Me}\strut}
+ \chunk{\begin{bundle}{son}
+ \chunk{grandson}
+ \end{bundle}}
+ \chunk{daughter}\chunk{son}\chunk{son}
+ \end{bundle}}
+ \chunk[\footnotesize younger]{sister}
+ \end{bundle}}
+\end{bundle}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-26.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b55bae81533
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-26.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-26 on page 613.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic,eepic,bar}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{barenv}
+\setdepth{10}% 3-D effect
+\setstretch{1.4}% stretch y-dimension
+\setnumberpos{up}% numbers above bars
+\setxvaluetyp{month}% (German) months on x-axis
+\setxaxis{2}{12}{3}\setxname{Trimester}
+\setyaxis{0}{40}{10}\setyname{Anzahl Studenten}
+\bar{10}{1} \bar{30}{4}
+\bar{15}{6} \bar{5}{7}
+\end{barenv}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-27.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..40b16a2ced7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-27.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-27 on page 613.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{eepic,hetarom}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\decaheterov[af]{4==O}
+ {1==CH$_3$;6==H$_3$C;9A==H;%
+ {{10}A}==\lmoiety{HOCH$_2$}}
+\hspace*{-15mm}
+\nonaheterov[bjge]{1==S;2==N}{3==Cl}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..26c0a0d7928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-3 on page 596.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancybox}
+\usepackage{shadow}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+X \shadowbox{This is a shadowbox}
+Y \shabox{This is a shabox} Z
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dac326a94e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-4 on page 596.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancybox}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\centering
+ \ovalbox{This is an ovalbox}
+\cornersize{1} \ovalbox{This is an ovalbox}
+\\[8pt]
+\setlength\fboxsep{6pt} \cornersize*{7mm}
+\Ovalbox{\shortstack{This is an\\Ovalbox}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..39bc1eb8ee2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-5 on page 597.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancybox,color}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cornersize{0.7}
+\begin{picture}(110,40)
+ \put(25,20){\oval(50,40)}
+\color{blue}
+ \put(85,20){\makebox(0,0){Test}}
+ \put(85,20){\fancyoval(50,40)}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..86a0dd74e74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-6 on page 597.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancybox}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\centering
+\doublebox{This is a doublebox} \\[5pt]
+\setlength\fboxsep {6pt} % default 3pt
+\setlength\fboxrule{2pt}
+\doublebox{This is a doublebox}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..30f8a71d17a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-7 on page 597.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancybox}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\centering
+\cornersize{0.8}
+\ovalbox{\makebox[6cm][l]
+ {This is an ovalbox}} \\[8pt]
+\shadowbox{\makebox[5cm]
+ {This is a shadowbox}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..16546f4c78d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-8 on page 598.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-6pt} % shortened for the book
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\setlength\textwidth{180pt}
+\setlength\textheight{7\baselineskip}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+
+\usepackage{fancybox}
+
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our
+ page that is reused over and over again.}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fancypage
+ {\setlength\fboxsep{10pt}\ovalbox}
+ {\setlength{\fboxsep}{8pt}%
+ \setlength{\shadowsize}{8pt}%
+ \shadowbox}
+\sample \section{A Test}
+\sample\sample
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-9.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-9.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9870bbd894c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-1-9.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-1-9 on page 598.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip}
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our
+ page that is reused over and over again.}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-6pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\textwidth{-46pt} % space for frame in example
+\sloppy % since the measure is ridiculous
+ % in the example
+\pagestyle{origplain}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+\cfoot{\thepage}
+\lhead{ABC} \rhead{XYZ}
+% Uncomment next line for
+% proper header alignment:
+% \fancyhfoffset[R]{20.8pt}
+\usepackage{fancybox}
+% \sample as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fancypage
+ {\setlength\fboxsep{10pt}%
+ \ovalbox}
+ {\setlength{\fboxsep}{8pt}%
+ \setlength{\shadowsize}{8pt}%
+ \shadowbox}
+\sample\sample
+\section{A Test} \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..02380aeb6c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-1 on page 617.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics,color}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{%
+ \setlength\fboxsep{0pt}\fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR \bluefbox{\includegraphics{w.eps}}\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e09a118af23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-10 on page 621.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR \bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [width=15mm]{w.eps}}%
+\HR middle\HR
+ \bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [height=15mm,width=25mm]{w.eps}}%
+\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..16e5fe1b4f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-11 on page 622.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR \bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [height=15mm,width=25mm]{w.eps}}%
+\HR middle\HR
+ \bluefbox{\includegraphics[height=15mm,
+ width=25mm,keepaspectratio]{w.eps}}%
+\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e4b8a2fc908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-12 on page 622.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR
+ \bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [angle=10]{w.eps}}%
+\HR middle\HR
+ \bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [angle=125]{w.eps}}%
+\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b81b7033891
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-13 on page 622.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR\bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [angle=45,width=10mm]{w.eps}}%
+\HR middle\HR
+\bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [width=10mm,angle=45]{w.eps}}%
+\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9d2e5f643a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-14 on page 623.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR\bluefbox{%
+ \includegraphics[angle=-60,%
+ height=15mm]%
+ {w.eps}}\HR
+\bluefbox{%
+ \includegraphics[angle=-60,%
+ totalheight=15mm]%
+ {w.eps}}\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..761acbb5224
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-15 on page 623.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR\bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [angle=-60,totalheight=20mm,%
+ width=30mm]{w.eps}}\HR
+\bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [angle=-60,totalheight=20mm,%
+ width=30mm,keepaspectratio]%
+ {w.eps}}\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..335f79fd575
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-2 on page 617.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR
+ \bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [120,120][150,180]{w.eps}}
+\HR middle\HR
+ \bluefbox{\includegraphics*
+ [120,120][150,180]{w.eps}}
+\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0c871de63fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-3 on page 617.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR
+ \bluefbox{\scalebox{.5}{%
+ \includegraphics{w.eps}}}%
+\HR middle\HR
+ \bluefbox{\scalebox{.5}[1.5]{%
+ \includegraphics{w.eps}}}%
+\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ba39c9d622b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-4 on page 618.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR
+ \bluefbox{\resizebox{10mm}{!}{%
+ \includegraphics{w.eps}}}%
+\HR middle\HR
+ \bluefbox{\resizebox{20mm}{10mm}{%
+ \includegraphics{w.eps}}}%
+\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b41585db096
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-5 on page 618.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR
+ \bluefbox{\rotatebox{25}{%
+ \includegraphics{w.eps}}}%
+\HR right
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3e287a14dc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-6 on page 620.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+% \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR
+ \includegraphics[draft]{w.eps}%
+\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c41a4eaca43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-7 on page 621.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR\bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [bb=120 120 150 180]{w.eps}}%
+\HR middle\HR
+ \bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [bb=120 120 150 180,clip]{w.eps}}%
+\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d3e17010e22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-8 on page 621.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR\bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [viewport=20 20 50 80]%
+ {w.eps}}
+\HR middle\HR
+\bluefbox{\includegraphics
+ [trim= 20 20 0 -30,clip]{w.eps}}%
+\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..62b2d16a38f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-2-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-2-9 on page 621.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx,color}
+% \bluefbox and \HR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+left\HR \bluefbox{\includegraphics[scale=.5]{w.eps}}\HR right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..98ca09c7225
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-3-1 on page 628.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\noindent This text is normal. \\
+\scalebox{2}{This text is large.}\\
+\scalebox{0.5}{This text is tiny.}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4c0767f25b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-3-10 on page 631.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\newcommand\bluefbox[1]{\textcolor{blue}{\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
+ \fbox{\textcolor{black}{#1}}}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{color,graphics} % or graphicx
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\HR\bluefbox{\rotatebox{45}{%
+ \fbox{\parbox{3em}{Red\\Green\\Blue}}}}%
+\HR\bluefbox{\rotatebox{45}{%
+ \fbox{\parbox[t]{3em}{Red\\Green\\Blue}}}}%
+\HR\bluefbox{\rotatebox{45}{%
+ \fbox{\parbox[b]{3em}{Red\\Green\\Blue}}}}\HR
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b338f5ab39a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-3-11 on page 632.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{epic,pspicture,graphicx}
+\usepackage{array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\small
+\setlength{\unitlength}{0.75mm} %FMi was 1mm
+ \begin{picture}(100,100)
+%\graphpaper[5](0,0)(100,100)
+ \thicklines
+ \put(20,10){\framebox(50,80){}}
+%% label points in bounding box
+ \put(20,10){\makebox(-1,-1)[tr]{\texttt{[lb]}}}
+ \put(20,35){\makebox(-1,-1)[tr]{\texttt{[lB]}}}
+ \put(20,35){\makebox(0,0){{\Large$\bullet$}}}
+ \put(20,51){\makebox(-1,+2)[br]{\texttt{[lc]} or \texttt{[l]}}}
+ \put(20,91){\makebox(-1,+2)[br]{\texttt{[lt]}}}
+ \put(45,10){\makebox(0,-1)[tc]{\texttt{[cb]} or \texttt{[b]}}}
+ \put(45,35){\makebox(0,-1)[tl]{\texttt{[cB]} or \texttt{[B]}}}
+ \put(45,51){\makebox(0,+3)[bl]{\texttt{[c]}}}
+ \put(45,50){\makebox(0,0){{\Large$\diamond$}}}
+ \put(45,91){\makebox(0,+9)[bc]{\texttt{[ct]} or \texttt{[t]}}}
+ \put(70,10){\makebox(1,-1)[tl]{\texttt{[rb]}}}
+ \put(70,35){\makebox(1,-1)[tl]{\texttt{[rB]}}}
+ \put(70,51){\makebox(1,+2)[bl]{\texttt{[rc]} or \texttt{[r]}}}
+ \put(70,91){\makebox(1,+2)[bl]{\texttt{[rt]}}}
+ \thinlines
+%% centerlines
+ \dashline[+30]{3}(20,50)(70,50)
+ \dashline[+30]{3}(45,10)(45,90)
+%% baseline
+ \dottedline{1}(20,35)(85,35)
+%% material for vertical dimensions
+ \dottedline{1}(70,10)(92,10) % bottom extension to right
+ \dottedline{1}(70,90)(92,90) % top extension to right
+ \put(79,60){\Vector(0,-25)}
+ \put(79,65){\Vector(0,25)}
+ \put(79,62.5){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{height}}}
+ \put(79,20){\Vector(0,-10)}
+ \put(79,25){\Vector(0,10)}
+ \put(79,22.5){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{depth}}}
+ \put(91,44){\Vector(0,-34)}
+ \put(91,48){\Vector(0,42)}
+ \put(91,46){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{ totalheight}}}
+%% material for horizontal dimension
+ \put(20,10){\Line(0,-8)}
+ \put(70,10){\Line(0,-8)}
+ \put(35,4){\Vector(-15,0)}
+ \put(55,4){\Vector(15,0)}
+ \put(45,4){\makebox(0,0){\texttt{width}}}
+%% material for labeling center and reference points
+ \put(52.5,46){\Vector(-6,3.5)}
+ \put(52.5,45){\makebox(0,0)[tc]{\shortstack{center\\point}}}
+ \put(10,40){\Vector(9,-4)}
+ \put(10,40){\makebox(0,0)[bc]{\shortstack{reference\\point}}}
+%% material for labels of axes and baseline
+ \put(32.5,60){\Vector(5,-9)}
+ \put(32.5,65){\Vector(12.,9)}
+ \put(32.5,61){\makebox(0,0)[bc]{centerline}}
+ \put(32.5,25){\Vector(5,9)}
+ \put(32.5,24){\makebox(0,0)[tc]{baseline}}
+ \end{picture}
+
+\begin{tabular}{l*3{>{\ttfamily}ll}}
+\emph{Horizontal alignment} & l & left & r & right & c & center \\
+\emph{Vertical alignment} & t & top & b & bottom & B & baseline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..91855d69a8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-3-12 on page 634.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{rotating}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Turning \begin{rotate}{-20}\Large\LaTeX\end{rotate}%
+ \begin{turn}{20}\verb=\LaTeX=\end{turn} a bit.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8fc655ac36c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-3-2 on page 629.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fbox{\scalebox{1.5}{%
+ \parbox{.5in}{America \&\\Europe}}}
+\fbox{\scalebox{1.5}[1]{%
+ \parbox{.5in}{America \&\\Europe}}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9f910f2981b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-3-3 on page 629.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\noindent America?\reflectbox{America?} \\
+ America?\scalebox{-1}[1]{America?}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..22444f07e5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-3-4 on page 629.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\noindent America?\scalebox{-1}{America?} \\
+ America?\scalebox{1}[-1]{America?}\\
+ America?\makebox[0mm][r]{%
+ \scalebox{-1}{America?}}\\
+ \makebox[0mm][l]{America?}%
+ \scalebox{1}[-1]{America?}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..133642142fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-3-5 on page 629.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fbox{\resizebox{5mm}{!}{%
+ \parbox{14mm}{London,\\ Berlin \&\\ Paris}}}
+\fbox{\resizebox{!}{10mm}{%
+ \parbox{14mm}{London,\\ Berlin \&\\ Paris}}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..36dd9406b7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-3-6 on page 630.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\HR\begin{tabular}{lll}
+ K\"oln & Lyon & Oxford \\
+ Rhein & Rh\^one & Thames
+ \end{tabular}\HR\par\bigskip
+\HR\resizebox{2cm}{.5cm}{%
+ \begin{tabular}{lll}
+ K\"oln & Lyon & Oxford \\
+ Rhein & Rh\^one & Thames
+ \end{tabular}}\HR
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..438c5236be2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-3-7 on page 630.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\HR\fbox{\resizebox{\width}{.7\height}{%
+ \parbox{14mm}{London,\\ Berlin \&\\Paris}}}\HR
+\fbox{\resizebox{\width}{.7\totalheight}{%
+ \parbox{14mm}{London,\\ Berlin \&\\Paris}}}\HR
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..559e3b189ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-3-8 on page 630.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{1em}{0.4pt}}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\HR\resizebox{20mm}{30mm}{%
+ \begin{tabular}{lll}
+ K\"oln & Lyon & Oxford \\
+ Rhein & Rh\^one & Thames
+ \end{tabular}}\HR
+\HR\resizebox*{20mm}{30mm}{%
+ \begin{tabular}{lll}
+ K\"oln & Lyon & Oxford \\
+ Rhein & Rh\^one & Thames
+ \end{tabular}}\HR
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bd626411a20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-3-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-3-9 on page 631.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphics} % or graphicx
+\newcommand\MyRot[1]{\frame
+ {\rotatebox{#1}{rotation
+ $#1^\circ$}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\MyRot{0} \MyRot{45} \MyRot{90}
+\MyRot{135}\MyRot{180}\MyRot{225}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5a65c2ed9d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-4-1 on page 639.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{pspicture}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(200,120)
+ \put(90,40) {\oval (180,60)}
+ \put(110,20){\oval[10](180,60)}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7a2cd3acb11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-4-2 on page 640.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{pspicture}\usepackage{graphpap}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(140,90)
+\graphpaper(0,0)(140,90)
+\put(0,50){\vector(1,2){15}}
+\put(0,50){\vector(2,-6){15}}
+\put(40,20){\oval(50,20)[t]}
+\put(40,70){\oval(30,30)[bl]}
+\put(100,50){\circle{70}}
+\put(100,50){\circle*{50}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3b4e3fbff58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-4-3 on page 640.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{texpicture}\usepackage{graphpap}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(140,90)
+\graphpaper(0,0)(140,90)
+\put(0,50){\vector(1,2){15}}
+\put(0,50){\vector(2,-6){15}}
+\put(40,20){\oval(50,20)[t]}
+\put(40,70){\oval(30,30)[bl]}
+\put(100,50){\circle{70}}
+\put(100,50){\circle*{50}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b03478ede42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/10-4-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 10-4-4 on page 641.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{pspicture}\usepackage{graphpap}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{picture}(150,120)
+\graphpaper(0,0)(150,120)
+\arrowlength{4pt} \put(150,00){\vector(-8,1){60}}
+\arrowlength{8pt} \put(150,50){\Vector(-30,50)}
+\put(60,20){\Line(90,20)}
+\put(60,20){\Curve(90,20){2}}
+\put(60,20){\Curve(90,20){-2}}
+\thicklines \put(50,80){\oval(100,70)}
+\thinlines \put(50,80){\oval[10](100,70)}
+\linethickness{3pt}
+ \put(10,20){\circle{20}}
+ \put(10,20){\line(10,1){30}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..02066b29865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-1-1 on page 685.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{330.59894pt}
+% small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.5ex}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{chicago} \bibliographystyle{chicago}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Entries with multiple authors can be problematical, e.g., \shortcite{LGC97}
+and \shortcite{test97} or worse \shortcite{LGC97,test97}. \bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cb0ca6f6e76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-1-2 on page 685.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{303.0pt}
+% small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.5ex}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib}
+\bibliographystyle
+ {abbrvnat}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Entries with multiple
+authors might
+be problematical,
+e.g., \cite{LGC97} and
+\cite{test97} or even
+\cite{LGC97,test97}.
+But then they might not.
+
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7c6e8f54f49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-1-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-1-3 on page 687.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+% small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{thebibliography}{2}
+\bibitem{LGC97} Goossens, M., S.~Rahtz,
+ and F.~Mittelbach (1997).
+ \newblock \emph{The \LaTeX{} Graphics Companion:
+ Illustrating Documents with \TeX{} and
+ PostScript}. \newblock Reading, MA, USA:
+ Ad\-di\-son-Wes\-ley Longman.
+\bibitem{GUD97} Goossens, M., B.~User, J.~Doe
+ (1997). \newblock Ambiguous citations.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..031eac30ab3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-1 on page 691.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Color support for \LaTeX{} is described in
+\cite[chap.~9]{LGC97} and the \texttt{hyperref}
+package in \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a949a5d0d13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-10 on page 696.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\sloppy
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[superscript]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain}
+\usepackage{color}
+\renewcommand\citeform[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}}
+\renewcommand\citeleft{(} \renewcommand\citeright{)}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in
+\cite{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:ct-b,Knuth:TB10-1-31}.
+For \texttt{hyperref} see \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2ef103f39b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-11 on page 696.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+
+%% Some settings for the look of the example in the book:
+\sloppy
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[superscript]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots\ book~\cite{Knuth-CT-a}; see also Goossens et al.~\cite{LGC97}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2e046dd687a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-12 on page 697.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+%% Some settings for the look of the example in the book:
+\sloppy
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[super]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+et al.\@ \cite{LGC97}. \hfil et al.\ \cite{LGC97}.\par
+U.S.A. \cite{unknown}. \hfil U.S.A\@. \cite{unknown}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9c282dcb1fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-13 on page 697.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+%% Some settings for the look of the example in the book:
+\sloppy
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[super]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+For details see ``The \TeX book'' \cite{Knuth-CT-a}.
+But wanted is ``The \TeX book.'' \cite{Knuth-CT-a}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5782eb211f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-14 on page 697.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+%% Some settings for the look of the example in the book:
+\sloppy
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[super,ref]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Color support is described in ``LGC'' \cite{LGC97} and the
+\texttt{hyperref} package in ``LWC'' \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d8c9c71fd69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-2 on page 692.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\bibliographystyle{plain} \usepackage{ifthen}
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\@cite[2]{({#1\ifthenelse{\boolean{@tempswa}}
+ {,\nolinebreak[3] #2}{}})}
+\makeatother
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Color support for \LaTeX{} is described in \cite{LGC97} and
+the \texttt{hyperref} package in \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c0f4f225a39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-3 on page 692.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+% small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\bibliographystyle{abbrv}
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\@biblabel[1]{#1.}
+\makeatother
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..909437f7eef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-4 on page 693.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+% small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\normalsize\bfseries}}
+%
+% This example is one of the few that are slightly faked:
+%
+% Since we want to show the use of the openbib class option
+% we pretend that this is what we call by showing a faked
+% document class line that we gobble up with this:
+%
+\renewcommand\documentclass[2][]{}
+%
+% The work of the openbib option is to redefine \@openbib@code
+% so we just do that manually here:
+%
+\renewcommand\@openbib@code{%
+ \advance\leftmargin\bibindent
+ \itemindent -\bibindent
+ \listparindent \itemindent
+ \parsep \z@
+ }%
+ \renewcommand\newblock{\par}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\documentclass[openbib]{article}
+\bibliographystyle{abbrv}
+\setlength\bibindent{24pt}
+
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\@biblabel[1]
+ {\textsuperscript{#1}}
+\makeatother
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{LWC99,Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6bdda455288
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-5 on page 693.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in
+\cite{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:ct-b,Knuth:TB10-1-31}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5af333292ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-6 on page 693.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in
+\cite{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:ct-b,Knuth:TB10-1-31}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..23e420c96d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-7 on page 694.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain}
+\renewcommand\citeleft{(} \renewcommand\citeright{)}
+\renewcommand\citemid{;\nolinebreak[3] }
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Color support for \LaTeX{} is described in \cite{LGC97} and
+the \texttt{hyperref} package in \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dcb4e06cf1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-8 on page 695.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{cite,color} \bibliographystyle{plain}
+\renewcommand\citeform[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Color support for \LaTeX{} is described in \cite{LGC97} and
+the \texttt{hyperref} package in \cite[pp.\,35--67]{LWC99}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..efa57e7515c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-2-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-2-9 on page 695.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+
+%% For the example in the book:
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[nospace]{cite} \bibliographystyle{plain}
+\renewcommand\citeform[1]{(#1)}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citen{LGC97,LWC99,test97,vLeunen:92} but \cite[\S5]{Knuth-CT-a}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d2d83a329b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-1 on page 698.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{Knuth:TB10-1-31} shows \ldots\ This is explained
+in the authoritative manual on \TeX{}~\citep{Knuth-CT-a}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e0ac9f867a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-10 on page 703.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Normal citation: \citet{vLeunen:92} \\
+\Citet{vLeunen:92} or \Citealt{vLeunen:92} \\
+\Citep{vLeunen:92} or \Citealp{vLeunen:92} \\
+\Citeauthor{vLeunen:92}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8b54b83eb6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-11 on page 703.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib} \defcitealias{LGC97}{Dogbook~II}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{LGC97} = \citetalias{LGC97} \\
+\citep{LGC97} = \citepalias{LGC97} \par
+\defcitealias{LGC97}{Dogbook~II~2ed}
+Alias changed: \citepalias[see][]{LGC97}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1e8a0612293
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-12 on page 703.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{agsm}
+\newcommand\possessivecite[1]{\citeauthor{#1}'s \citeyearpar{#1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citeauthor{Knuth-CT-a}'s \citeyearpar{Knuth-CT-a} \\
+\possessivecite{Knuth-CT-a}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..46e8ad08d47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-13 on page 704.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{LGC97,LWC99} \\
+\citep{LGC97,LWC99} \\
+\citep{Knuth:TB10-1-31,Knuth-CT-a}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fab79a28234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-14 on page 704.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[sort]{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citep{Knuth:TB10-1-31,Knuth-CT-a}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3622a8341e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-15 on page 704.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citep[see][p.~55]{vLeunen:92,Knuth-CT-a} \\
+\citep[see][p.~55]{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31} \\
+\citet[see][p.~55]{vLeunen:92,Knuth-CT-a} \\
+\citet[see][p.~55]{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8150ff4d1c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-16 on page 704.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[longnamesfirst]{natbib}
+\bibliographystyle{agsm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citep{LGC97} \hfill first citation \\
+\citep{LGC97} \hfill second \\
+\citep*{LGC97}\hfill names forced \\
+\citet{LGC97} \\
+\citep[e.g.,][]{LGC97} \\
+\citeauthor{LGC97}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..63e5377b0e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-17 on page 705.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[longnamesfirst]{natbib}
+\bibliographystyle{agsm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citep{LGC97} \hfill first citation \\
+\citep{LGC97} \hfill second \\
+\citep{test97}\hfill first citation \\
+\citep{test97}\hfill second citation
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eab9d867002
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-18 on page 705.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[longnamesfirst]{natbib}
+\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+\shortcites{LGC97}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citep{LGC97} \hfill first citation \\
+\citep{LGC97} \hfill second citation \\
+\citep*{LGC97}\hfill forced \\
+\citep{test97}\hfill first citation \\
+\citep{test97}\hfill second citation
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..98fff987a00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-19 on page 705.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{agu}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{LGC97} \\ \citep{Knuth-CT-a,LWC99} \\
+\citep[see][chap.~2]{Knuth-CT-a}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..54f573f393e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-2 on page 699.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{chicago} \bibliographystyle{chicago}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{LGC97} \\
+\citeA{LGC97} \\
+\citeN{LGC97} \\
+\shortcite{LWC99} \\
+\shortciteA{LWC99} \\
+\shortciteN{LWC99} \\
+\citeyear{LWC99}, \citeyearNP{LWC99}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..219ac5b1aa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-20 on page 706.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{agu}
+\citestyle{agsm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{LGC97} \\ \citep{Knuth-CT-a,LWC99} \\
+\citep[see][chap.~2]{Knuth-CT-a}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..59848863d86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-21 on page 706.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[curly,comma]{natbib}
+\bibliographystyle{agu}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{LGC97} \\ \citep{Knuth-CT-a,LWC99} \\
+\citep[see][chap.~2]{Knuth-CT-a}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6055c9edbd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-22 on page 707.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+% small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.5ex}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib}
+\bibliographystyle{abbrvnat}
+\renewcommand\bibsection{\section{\refname}}
+\newcommand\bibpreamble{Some material
+ inserted between heading and list.\par}
+\newcommand\bibfont
+ {\footnotesize\raggedright}
+\setlength\bibhang{30pt}
+\setlength\bibsep{1pt plus 1pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Entries with multiple authors might be
+problematical, e.g., \cite{LGC97} and
+\cite{test97} or even \cite{LGC97,test97}.
+But then they might not.
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-23.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..94dfa8d33d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-23.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-23 on page 708.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{agsm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{G-G} / \citet{oddity} / \citet{GNUMake}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-24.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..141de0ce374
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-24.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-24 on page 708.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{unsrtnat}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{G-G} / \citet{oddity} / \citet{GNUMake} \\
+\citep{G-G} / \citep{oddity} / \citep{GNUMake}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-25.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eff31ca7067
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-25.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-25 on page 708.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{chicago}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{G-G} / \citet{oddity} / \citet{GNUMake} \\
+\citep{G-G} / \citep{oddity} / \citep{GNUMake}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-26.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..49cd5520799
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-26.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-26 on page 709.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib} \bibliographystyle{plain}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{G-G} / \citet{oddity} / \citet{GNUMake}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-27.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e41c4a8f46a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-27.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-27 on page 711.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{bibentry,natbib}
+\bibliographystyle{agu}
+
+\raggedright \setlength\parindent{12pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nobibliography{tex}
+For details see \bibentry{Knuth:TB10-1-31}.
+General information can be found in
+\bibentry{Knuth-CT-a}.
+
+As shown by \citet{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0b273db624a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-3 on page 700.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{authordate1-4}
+\bibliographystyle{authordate2}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{LGC97} or \shortcite{LGC97}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..09f89ea43e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-4 on page 700.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{harvard}
+\bibliographystyle{agsm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{LGC97} \\
+\cite{LGC97} \hfill second citation \\
+\cite*{LGC97}\hfill long names forced\\
+\citeasnoun{LGC97} \\
+\citeaffixed{LGC97}{e.g.,} \\
+\citename{LGC97} \\
+\possessivecite{Knuth-CT-a}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c141592d856
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-5 on page 701.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{LGC97} \\
+\citet[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\
+\citet[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\
+pre-note only: \citet[see][]{LGC97} \\[5pt]
+\citep{LGC97} \\
+\citep[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\
+\citep[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\
+pre-note only: \citep[see][]{LGC97}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..01efc61c269
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-6 on page 702.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet*{LGC97} \\
+\citep*[see][]{LGC97}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cc4b0c0e8d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-7 on page 702.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citealt{LGC97} \\
+\citealp{LGC97} \\
+\citealt*{LGC97} \\
+\citealp*{LGC97} \\
+\citealp[p.~236]{LWC99} etc.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7fdc7f22747
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-8 on page 702.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citeauthor{LGC97} \\
+\citeauthor*{LGC97} \\
+\citeyear{LGC97} or \citeyearpar{LGC97}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d9d1473bc67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-3-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-3-9 on page 702.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+ \usepackage{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \citetext{see \citealp{LGC97} or \citealp{Knuth-CT-a}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..989aed019b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-4-1 on page 712.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[numbers]{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{LGC97} \\
+\citet[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\
+\citet[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\
+pre-note only: \citet[see][]{LGC97} \\[5pt]
+\citep{LGC97} \\
+\citep[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\
+\citep[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\
+pre-note only: \citep[see][]{LGC97}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..87cd2abe2d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-4-2 on page 713.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{plainnat}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[numbers]{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet*{LGC97} \\
+\citeauthor{LGC97} \\
+\citeauthor*{LGC97} \\
+\citeyear{LGC97} or \citeyearpar{LGC97}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..35091c24f2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-4-3 on page 713.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{plainnat}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[numbers]{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citealt{LGC97} \\
+\citealt*{LGC97} \\
+\citealp{LGC97} \\
+\citealp[p.~236]{LGC97} etc.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3d8594f8cfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-4-4 on page 713.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{plainnat}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[super]{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{LGC97} \\
+\citet[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\
+\citet[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\
+pre-note only: \citet[see][]{LGC97} \\[5pt]
+\citep{LGC97} \\
+\citep[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\
+\citep[see][chap.~2]{LGC97} \\
+pre-note only: \citep[see][]{LGC97}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..56115b10c1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-4-5 on page 713.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliographystyle{plainnat}
+ \bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[super]{natbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots Knuth's book~\citep{Knuth-CT-a}; see also \citet{LGC97}.
+\par %%% Manually corrected in two places:
+\ldots Knuth's book;\citep{Knuth-CT-a} see also \citet{LGC97}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8accbe53873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-4-6 on page 714.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[sort]{natbib} \bibliographystyle{plain}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in
+\citep{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..498ea51977a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-4-7 on page 714.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[sort&compress]{natbib}\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Good information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} can be found in
+\citep{LGC97,LWC99,Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c0d01bf3e78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-4-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-4-8 on page 715.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+% small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.5ex}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[numbers,round]{natbib}
+\bibliographystyle{abbrvnat}
+\newcommand\bibfont{\small\raggedright}
+\setlength\bibhang{30pt} % ignored!
+\setlength\bibsep{1pt plus 1pt}
+\newcommand\citenumfont[1]{\textbf{#1}}
+\renewcommand\bibnumfmt[1]{\textbf{#1.}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Images are discussed elsewhere,
+see \citep{LGC97,Knuth-CT-a}.
+
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6850d5b7d1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-1 on page 717.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{aschur} \\
+\cite[\S\,123]{aschur} \\
+\cite[Heinrichs][]{bgb} \\
+\cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..94ccf221700
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-10 on page 720.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{titleformat={all,commasep,italic}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite[\S\,123]{aschur} \\ \cite{bschur} \\
+\cite[Heinrichs][]{bgb} \\ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..68910ad6d2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-11 on page 720.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{titleformat=all} \citenotitlefortype{book}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{bschur} \\ \cite{LWC99} \\
+\cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a3c4460212d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-12 on page 721.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[see,round]{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{LGC97} \\
+\cite[chap.~2]{LGC97} \\[3pt]
+\cite[compare][]{LGC97} \\
+\cite[see][chap.~2]{LGC97}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ae84696f152
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-13 on page 722.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+% page 6 will appear in book so citations are not shown, only
+% bibliography:
+\setcounter{page}{5}
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{titleformat={all,commasep,italic},howcited={all}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite[\S\,123]{aschur} \\ \cite{bschur} \\
+\cite[Heinrichs][]{bgb} \\ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\newpage
+\bibliography{tex,jura}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8f249adace7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-14 on page 723.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+%
+\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{howcited=all}
+\AddTo\bibsall{%
+ \renewcommand\howcitedprefix
+ { (cited as }%
+ \renewcommand\howcitedsuffix{).}%
+ \renewcommand\bibnotcited
+ { (not cited).}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{aschur}
+\ldots \cite{bschur} \ldots
+\cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \ldots
+\bibliography{jura,tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..73777000e05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-15 on page 724.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\sloppy
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{authorformat=citationreversed}
+
+\raggedright \setlength\parindent{12pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+For details see \fullcite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}.
+General information can be found in
+\fullcite{Knuth-CT-a}.
+
+As shown by \citet{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cfa065cc447
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-16 on page 724.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\sloppy
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{citefull=first}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+See \cite{zpo} \ldots
+
+As shown by \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,216]{zpo}
+the interpretation \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d5268690e56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-17 on page 724.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\sloppy
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{citefull=first}
+\citefullfirstfortype{article}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+For details see \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}. General
+information can be found in \cite{Knuth-CT-a}.
+
+As shown by \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..93c467d68b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-18 on page 725.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\sloppy
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[citefull=first]{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nextciteshort{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+A) \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\
+B) \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \\
+\nextcitereset{Knuth-CT-a}
+C) \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\
+D) \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \\
+\nextcitereset{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+E) \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\
+F) \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31} \\
+\nextcitefull{Knuth-CT-a}
+\nextcitenotitle{Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+G) \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\
+H) \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..69598b13bac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-19 on page 726.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\renewcommand\refname
+ {Selected further reading}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\citeswithoutentry{aschur}
+\jurabibsetup{citefull=first}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+This is explained in \cite{aschur}.
+\par As shown in \cite{aschur}\ldots
+\nocite{zpo}
+\bibliography{jura}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..14bf8306d53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-2 on page 717.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{annotatorformat=italic,annotatorlastsep=divis}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \\
+\jurabibsetup{annotatorfirstsep=comma}
+\cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \\
+\jurabibsetup{annotatorfirstsep=in,annotatorformat=normal}
+\cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..33a7942b1e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-20 on page 726.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip}
+\sloppy
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[ragged,symbol]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots to use \LaTeX{} on the
+web.\footfullcite{LWC99}
+Also discussed by \cite{LWC99}
+is generating PDF and HTML.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1b52601b163
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-21 on page 727.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setcounter{page}{5}
+\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip}
+\sloppy
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtBeginDocument{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{super,citefull=first,ibidem,lookat}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots to use \LaTeX{} on the web.\cite{LWC99}
+ \newpage % Next page shown on the left:
+Also discussed is generating PDF\cite[chap.~2]
+ {LWC99} and HTML.\cite[chap.~3--4]{LWC99}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ee7f64984ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-22 on page 727.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setcounter{page}{5}
+\setlength\textheight{5.5\baselineskip}
+\sloppy
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtBeginDocument{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{super,citefull=first,lookat}
+\AddTo\bibsall{\renewcommand\lookatprefix
+ {, \emph{supra} note }
+ \renewcommand\lookatsuffix{}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots to use \LaTeX{} on the web.\cite{LWC99}
+ \newpage % Next page shown on the left:
+Also discussed is generating PDF\cite[chap.~2]
+ {LWC99} and HTML.\cite[chap.~3--4]{LWC99}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-23.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9fbd14ff736
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-23.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-23 on page 728.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{10\baselineskip}
+\sloppy
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib,endnotes}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{citefull=first,%
+ super,lookat}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots to typeset with
+graphics.\cite{LGC97} Also
+discussed is typesetting
+music\cite[chap.~7]{LGC97} and
+games.\cite[chap.~8]{LGC97}
+\theendnotes
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-24.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-24.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ccb38854faf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-24.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-24 on page 728.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-8pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[marginal,multiple]{footmisc}
+\usepackage[super,ibidem]{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur}
+text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur}
+ \cite[\S\,16]{bschur}
+text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur}
+\cite{aschur} \newpage % <---
+text \cite[\S\,3]{aschur}
+ \cite{bschur}
+text \cite[\S\,15]{bschur}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-25.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-25.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d6842d27ca9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-25.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-25 on page 729.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{6.5\baselineskip}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[para,multiple,perpage]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{super,ibidem=strictdoublepage}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} text
+\cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite[\S\,16]{bschur}
+text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{aschur}
+\newpage text \cite[\S\,3]{aschur}
+\cite{bschur} text \cite[\S\,15]{bschur}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-26.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-26.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b758838b3ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-26.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-26 on page 729.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{81.00082pt}
+
+\setcounter{page}{5} % start on a page not shown
+\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip}
+\sloppy
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{super,ibidem=nostrict}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \ldots \fullcite{bschur} \ldots
+\newpage % page above not shown on the left
+ A page without a citation.
+\newpage This page has references.\cite{bschur}
+ Or like this? \noibidem\cite{bschur}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-27.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..79940c03baf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-27.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-27 on page 730.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{9\baselineskip}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[marginal,ragged,multiple]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{super,ibidem=name}
+\jurabibsetup{authorformat=reducedifibidem}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} text
+\cite[\S\,8]{bschur} \cite[\S\,16]{zpo}
+text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{zpo}
+text \cite[\S\,3]{zpo}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-28.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..00d2ab2fc15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-28.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-28 on page 730.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setcounter{page}{5}
+\setlength\textheight{9\baselineskip}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[marginal,ragged,multiple]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{super,ibidem=name&title&auto}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ Full citations: \cite{aschur} \cite{bschur}
+ not shown on the left!
+\newpage
+ text \cite[\S\,7]{aschur} text
+ \cite[\S\,8]{aschur} \cite[\S\,16]{zpo}
+ text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{aschur}
+ text \cite[\S\,3]{zpo}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-29.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-29.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..57aa5c1bf8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-29.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-29 on page 731.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{12\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[flushmargin,%
+ multiple]{footmisc}
+\usepackage[super,idem=strict,%
+ ibidem=name]{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots text \cite{Knuth-CT-a}
+text \cite[p.~22]{Knuth-CT-a}
+text \cite{vLeunen:92}
+\cite{vLeunen:92}\ldots
+\newpage % <--
+\ldots text \cite{vLeunen:92}
+text \cite[p.~16]{vLeunen:92}
+text \cite[p.~308]{Knuth-CT-a}
+text \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\cite[p.~80]{Knuth-CT-a}\ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9e8e9497c6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-3 on page 718.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{authorformat={and,smallcaps}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \par
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-30.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7251ca391a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-30.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-30 on page 731.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{7.5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[multiple]{footmisc}
+\usepackage[super,idem=strict,%
+ citefull=first,opcit]{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots text \cite{Knuth-CT-a} text
+\cite[p.~22]{Knuth-CT-a} text
+\cite{GNUMake} some more text
+\cite{Knuth-CT-a}\cite{GNUMake}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-31.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..58a90ae4643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-31.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-31 on page 732.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{citefull=first,
+ crossref=normal}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{MR-PQ} \par
+\cite{Southall} \par
+\cite{MR-PQ}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-32.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1b7f993ec97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-32.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-32 on page 732.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{citefull=first,
+ authorformat=
+ citationreversed,
+ crossref={dynamic,long}}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{MR-PQ} \par
+\cite{Southall}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-33.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7888301b010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-33.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-33 on page 733.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citet{LWC99} \\
+\citet[chap.~2]{LWC99} \\
+\citet[see][chap.~2]{LWC99} \\
+pre-note only: \citet[see][]{LWC99} \\[5pt]
+\citep{LWC99} \\
+\citep[chap.~2]{LWC99} \\
+\citep[see][chap.~2]{LWC99} \\
+pre-note only: \citep[see][]{LWC99} \\[5pt]
+\citealp{Knuth-CT-a} \\
+\citeauthor{Knuth-CT-a} \\
+\citeyearpar{Knuth-CT-a}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-34.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..07504d60082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-34.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-34 on page 733.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{authorformat=year,annotatorformat=italic}
+\renewcommand\jbcitationyearformat[1]{\oldstylenums{#1}}
+\jbyearaftertitle
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-35.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..116f6ba17b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-35.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-35 on page 734.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{6.5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\textheight{4pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[super,ibidem,titleformat=all]{jurabib}
+\AddTo\bibsenglish{\renewcommand\ibidemname{Ib.}%
+ \renewcommand\ibidemmidname{ib.}}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\cite{vLeunen:92} and\cite{vLeunen:92}
+\jurabibsetup{ibidem=name} % <-- change convention
+or\cite{Knuth-CT-a} and more text.\cite{Knuth-CT-a}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-36.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e663ae39c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-36.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-36 on page 734.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel}
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citefield{title}{aschur,bschur}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-37.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2a4e41e28c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-37.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-37 on page 735.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[super,idem=strict,titleformat=all,
+ lookforgender=true]{jurabib}
+\AddTo\bibsenglish{\renewcommand\idemSfname{Eadem}%
+ \renewcommand\idemsfname{eadem}}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\cite{vLeunen:92} and\cite{vLeunen:92}
+or\cite{Knuth-CT-a} and more text.\cite{Knuth-CT-a}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-38.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..361ad2d5a3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-38.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-38 on page 735.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{square,superscriptedition={all}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citetitle{zpo}\\ \cite[\S\,3]{bschur}\\ \cite[Heinrichs][]{bgb}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-39.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a0d91380761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-39.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-39 on page 736.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[round]{jurabib}
+\renewcommand\jbbtasep{ and } \renewcommand\jbbfsasep{, }
+\renewcommand\jbbstasep{, and } \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{aschur} \\ \cite{LGC97}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f9cf9534f4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-4 on page 718.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{authorformat=dynamic}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \par
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-40.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-40.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3f83d802693
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-40.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-40 on page 737.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\renewcommand\biblnfont{\MakeUppercase}
+\renewcommand\bibfnfont{\textsc}
+\renewcommand\bibtfont {\textsf}
+\renewcommand\bibapifont[1]{\textit{``#1''}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-41.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-41.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1904b4830db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-41.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-41 on page 738.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage[dotafter=bibentry]
+ {jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\renewcommand\bibjtsep{in }
+\renewcommand\bibansep{ }
+\renewcommand\bibatsep{;}
+\renewcommand\bibbdsep{}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,MR-PQ}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-42.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-42.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1c5d9545e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-42.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-42 on page 738.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+% Get the hyphenation right:
+\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel}
+% Suppress heading in example:
+\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand\refname{}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[authorformat=allreversed]
+ {jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\renewcommand\bibbtasep{ and }
+\renewcommand\bibbfsasep{, }
+\renewcommand\bibbstasep{, and }
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{aschur,LGC97}
+\bibliography{tex,jura}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-43.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-43.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c73ba97c0ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-43.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-43 on page 739.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage[newcommands]{ragged2e}
+\usepackage[bibformat={compress,%
+ raggedright}]
+ {jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurunsrt}
+\setlength\jbbibhang{1pc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{aschur,zpo,bschur}
+\bibliography{jura}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-44.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-44.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0a09a73d6b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-44.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-44 on page 739.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[bibformat=tabular]{jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\renewcommand\bibleftcolumn{6.5pc}
+\renewcommand\bibcolumnsep{1pc}
+\renewcommand\bibleftcolumnadjust
+ {\raggedright}
+\renewcommand\bibrightcolumnadjust{}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{aschur,Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\nocite{GNUmake}
+\bibliography{tex,jura}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-45.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-45.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..560c2c400f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-45.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-45 on page 740.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[bibformat=ibidem]
+ {jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jbuseidemhrule % use default rule
+% Alternative generic redefinition
+% instead of the default rule:
+%\renewcommand\bibauthormultiple
+% {[same name symbol]}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{aschur,bschur}
+\nocite{Knuth-CT-a,Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\bibliography{tex,jura}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-46.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-46.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0baedb42f41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-46.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-46 on page 740.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{bibformat=ibidemalt}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{aschur,bschur,zpo,bgb}
+\bibliography{jura}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-47.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-47.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..07ee3828dbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-47.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-47 on page 741.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{filecontents}{Knuth-CT-a.tex}
+ The authoritative user manual on the program \TeX{}
+ by its creator.
+\end{filecontents}
+\usepackage[annote]{jurabib}\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\renewcommand\jbannoteformat[1]
+ {{\footnotesize\begin{quote}#1\end{quote}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{Knuth-CT-a}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-48.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-48.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d741b054285
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-48.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-48 on page 744.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\makeatletter
+%Fix for overword.sty reported to Frank Bennett
+\AtBeginDocument{\long\def\@ifowd{%
+ \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken%
+ \gdef\@preoverwordspace{ }%
+ \let\reserved@e\@xifowd%
+ \else%
+ \gdef\@preoverwordspace{}%
+ \ifx\@let@token\end%
+ \let\reserved@e\reserved@d%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\@let@token\par%
+ \let\reserved@e\@xifpargobble%
+ \else%
+ \long\def\reserved@e##1 {\long\gdef\@overword{##1}\@@ifowd}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \reserved@e}}
+
+%Fix for camel.sty reported to Frank Bennett
+\AtBeginDocument{\def\@realcite#1#2#3{%
+ \ifcat$#1$\else%
+ \setkeys{cameloptions}{#1}% %<--- missing percent
+ \fi%
+ \if@law@requiresubjects%
+ \@law@confirmsubject%
+ \fi%
+ \global\@ltok@argtwo{}%
+ \ifcat$#3$\else%
+ {\let\@law@parse=\@law@alparseplain\@law@parse #3,,}%
+ \fi%
+ {\let\@law@parse=\@law@clparseplain\@law@parse #2,,}%
+ }}
+
+% small headings for the example
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\setlength\textheight{11\baselineskip}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{camel}
+\forcefootnotes
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citationstyle{law}
+\citationdata{jura,tex}
+
+\ldots text \source[t]{Knuth-CT-a}
+see-also \source[f]{Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\ldots\ somewhat later \ldots
+\source[f]{bschur}[24,130,216]
+cited-in \source[a]{zpo}
+
+\printbibliography[labels=false]{all}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-49.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-49.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bbe9b649f1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-49.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-49 on page 744.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt}
+
+\makeatletter
+%Fix for overword.sty reported to Frank Bennett
+\AtBeginDocument{\long\def\@ifowd{%
+ \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken%
+ \gdef\@preoverwordspace{ }%
+ \let\reserved@e\@xifowd%
+ \else%
+ \gdef\@preoverwordspace{}%
+ \ifx\@let@token\end%
+ \let\reserved@e\reserved@d%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\@let@token\par%
+ \let\reserved@e\@xifpargobble%
+ \else%
+ \long\def\reserved@e##1 {\long\gdef\@overword{##1}\@@ifowd}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \reserved@e}}
+
+%Fix for camel.sty reported to Frank Bennett
+\AtBeginDocument{\def\@realcite#1#2#3{%
+ \ifcat$#1$\else%
+ \setkeys{cameloptions}{#1}% %<--- missing percent
+ \fi%
+ \if@law@requiresubjects%
+ \@law@confirmsubject%
+ \fi%
+ \global\@ltok@argtwo{}%
+ \ifcat$#3$\else%
+ {\let\@law@parse=\@law@alparseplain\@law@parse #3,,}%
+ \fi%
+ {\let\@law@parse=\@law@clparseplain\@law@parse #2,,}%
+ }}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\def\@printbibliography[#1]#2{%
+ \global\@law@forcefootnotesfalse%
+ \gdef\@law@temp{#1}\gdef\@law@temptwo{labels=false}%
+ \let\camelrefname\refname%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname#2inputext\endcsname\relax%
+ \global\@law@tablefalse%
+ \else%
+ \global\@law@tabletrue%
+ \fi%
+ \begingroup%
+ \def\refname{\@law@getsubjectheader{#2}}%
+ \@law@usepagesfalse%
+ \@law@getbibformat{#2}% %<--- missing percent
+ \let\maybe\@gobble%
+ \let\camelfill\relax%
+ \let\camelarrow\relax%
+ \ifx\@law@temp\@law@temptwo%
+ \advance\@totalleftmargin -\labelsep%
+ \advance\linewidth \labelsep%
+ \def\@biblabel##1{}%
+ \fi%
+ \if@law@table%
+ \if@law@usepages%
+ \let\maybe\relax%
+ \let\camelfill\dotfill%
+ \let\camelarrow\rightarrow%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \longestlabelfor{#2}%
+ \ifdim\lawlengthtwo=0pt%
+ \advance\@totalleftmargin -\labelsep%
+ \advance\linewidth \labelsep%
+ \def\@biblabel##1{}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \if@law@requiresubjects%
+ \@law@dobibliography{#2}%
+ \else%
+ \gdef\@law@temp{#2}\gdef\@law@temptwo{all}%
+ \ifx\@law@temp\@law@temptwo%
+ \@law@dobibliography{#2}%
+ \else%
+ \message{^^J===================================================^^J%
+ Camel bibliography ^^J
+ Document type: without-subjects ^^J
+ Bibliography type: subject-specific (#2) ^^J
+ Action: impossible task, ignoring ...^^J%
+ ===================================================^^J}% % missing percent
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \endgroup}}
+
+% small headings for the example
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\setlength\textheight{15\baselineskip}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{camel}
+\citationsubject[o=tts,i=ttb]
+ {tex}{\TeX{} literature}
+\citationsubject[o=lts,i=ltb]
+ {jur}{Law}
+\forcefootnotes
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citationstyle{law}
+\citationdata{jura,tex}
+
+\ldots text
+\source[a,s=tex]{Knuth-CT-a}
+see-also \source[f,s=tex]
+ {Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\ldots later\ldots
+\source[t,s=jur]{bschur}
+\printbibliography{jur}
+\printbibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..609980665bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-5 on page 718.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{authorformat={and,smallcaps,year,italic}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{aschur} \\ \cite[Heinrichs][\S\,26]{bgb} \par
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0ee975c81a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-6 on page 719.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\jurabibsetup{authorformat=smallcaps}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citefield{author}{aschur} \\
+\citefield[\S\,53]{shorttitle}{bschur} \\
+\citefield{apy}{LGC97} \\
+\citefield{title}{aschur,bschur}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d808312ab4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-7 on page 719.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cite{aschur} \\ \cite{bschur} \\[2pt]
+\cite{Knuth-CT-a} \\ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..85da69bda09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-8 on page 719.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citetitle{zpo}, \cite*{aschur}, and \cite*{bschur}
+are three different books, or not?
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d8b5d07a5c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-5-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-5-9 on page 720.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+%% Do not show the bibliography itself in the example,
+%% so put it on a separate page:
+\AtEndDocument{\newpage\bibliography{tex,jura}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{jurabib} \bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\citetitleonly[\S\,13]{zpo}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-1.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2d1965d228a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-1.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-6-1 on page 748.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexareport}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+
+% Small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\@makechapterhead[1]{%
+ \vspace*{20pt}%
+ {\setlength\parindent{0pt}\raggedright\normalfont
+ \large\bfseries \@chapapp\space \thechapter
+ \par\nobreak
+ \vspace{5pt}%
+ \interlinepenalty\@M
+ \LARGE \bfseries #1\par\nobreak
+ \vspace{20pt}%
+ }}
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+% Process article-1 and article-2 with BibTeX
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{filecontents}{article-1.tex}
+ \stepcounter{chapter}
+ \ldots\ see \cite{Knuth-CT-a} \ldots
+ \bibliographystyle{alpha}
+ \bibliography{tex}
+\end{filecontents}
+\begin{filecontents}{article-2.tex}
+ \stepcounter{chapter}
+ \ldots see \cite{Knuth-CT-a}
+ and \cite{bschur} \ldots
+ \bibliographystyle{plain}
+ \bibliography{tex,jura}
+\end{filecontents}
+
+\usepackage[sectionbib]{chapterbib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\include{article-1}
+\include{article-2}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..06becf813ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-6-10 on page 756.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+% Small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[super]{cite}
+\usepackage{multibib}
+\newcites{latex}{\LaTeX{} references}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\LaTeX{} offers an interface to include
+graphics \citelatex{LGC97}. \LaTeX's
+default citation scheme is
+number-only \cite{vLeunen:92}.
+
+\bibliographystylelatex{plain}
+\bibliographylatex{tex}
+
+\renewcommand\refname
+ {General references}
+\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..97b0951a08b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-6-2 on page 749.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexareport}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt}
+
+\setcounter{page}{4} % thus page 6 will contain biblio
+% Small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\@makeschapterhead[1]{%
+ \vspace*{30pt}%
+ {\setlength\parindent{0pt}%
+ \LARGE \bfseries #1\par}%
+ \nobreak
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+% Do not process top-level aux file with BibTeX
+% Process article-1 and article-2 with BibTeX
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+% included files as in
+% previous example
+\usepackage
+ [gather,sectionbib]
+ {chapterbib}
+\renewcommand\StartFinalBibs
+ {\chapter*
+ {References by article}%
+ \chaptermark
+ {References by article}%
+ \renewcommand\bibname
+ {Article~\thechapter}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\include{article-1}
+\include{article-2}
+\bibliography{}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-3.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-3.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..249778025fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-3.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-6-3 on page 750.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{12\baselineskip}
+% Small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+% Do not process top-level aux file with BibTeX
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{bibunits}
+\defaultbibliographystyle{plain}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{First one}
+\begin{bibunit}[plain]
+ \cite{GNUMake} was used to
+ produce \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}.
+ \putbib[tex]
+\end{bibunit}
+\section{Another one}
+\begin{bibunit}[plain]
+ \putbib[jura]
+ As described by \cite{aschur}
+ \ldots
+\end{bibunit}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-4.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-4.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..33dff678b47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-4.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-6-4 on page 751.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{15\baselineskip}
+% Small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{bibunits}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{First one}
+\begin{bibunit}[plain]
+ \cite{GNUMake} was used to
+ produce \cite*{Knuth:TB10-1-31}.
+ \putbib[tex]
+\end{bibunit}
+\section{Another one}
+\begin{bibunit}[plain]
+ As described by
+ \cite*{Knuth:TB10-1-31}
+ \ldots \putbib[tex]
+\end{bibunit}
+\renewcommand\refname
+ {Global References}
+\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-5.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-5.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..641016a1f3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-5.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-6-5 on page 752.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{11.5\baselineskip}
+% Small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+% Do not process top-level aux file with BibTeX
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{bibunits}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\bibliographyunit[\section]
+\bibliographystyle*{plain}
+\bibliography*{tex,jura}
+\section{First one}
+ \cite{GNUMake} was
+ used to produce
+ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}.
+ \putbib
+\section{Another one}
+ As described by
+ \cite{aschur} \ldots
+ \putbib
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-6.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..53147372e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-6.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-6-6 on page 752.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{11.5\baselineskip}
+% Small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\large\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{section}{2}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.5ex}%
+ {\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+% Do not process top-level aux file with BibTeX
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[subsectionbib]
+ {bibunits}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\bibliographyunit[\section]
+\bibliographystyle*{plain}
+\bibliography*{tex,jura}
+\section{First one}
+ \cite{GNUMake} was
+ used to produce
+ \cite{Knuth:TB10-1-31}.
+ \putbib
+\section{Another one}
+ As described by
+ \cite{aschur} \ldots
+ \putbib
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..103141d0d67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-6-7 on page 754.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+% Use a special naming convention for aux files (for the book):
+%
+\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand\thebtauxfile{\jobname+\arabic{btauxfile}}}
+% Small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{bibtopic}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+We saw the citations \cite{Knuth-CT-a},
+\cite{aschur}, and \cite{bschur}.
+\begin{btSect}{jura}
+ \section*{Juridical literature}
+ \btPrintCited
+\end{btSect}
+\begin{btSect}[abbrv]{tex}
+ \section*{\TeX{} literature}
+ \btPrintCited
+\end{btSect}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5b3ec5c0387
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-6-8 on page 755.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+% Use a special naming convention for aux files (for the book):
+%
+\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand\thebtauxfile{\jobname+\arabic{btauxfile}}}
+% Small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{bibtopic,jurabib}
+\bibliographystyle{jurabib}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+We saw the citations \cite{Knuth-CT-a}
+and \cite{aschur}.
+\begin{btSect}{tex}
+ \section*{\TeX{} literature}
+ \btPrintCited
+\end{btSect}
+\begin{btSect}{jura}
+ \section*{Juridical literature}
+ \btPrintCited
+\end{btSect}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..26756b1b5fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/12-6-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 12-6-9 on page 756.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+% Small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.8ex}%
+ {\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{multibib}
+\newcites{latex}
+ {\LaTeX{} references}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+A book on graphics in \LaTeX{} is
+\citelatex{LGC97}; suggestions on
+citations can be found in
+\cite{vLeunen:92}.
+
+\bibliographystylelatex{plain}
+\bibliographylatex{tex}
+
+\renewcommand\refname
+ {General references}
+\bibliographystyle{alpha}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..67fa25d6082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 13-4-1 on page 775.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{303.0pt}
+
+\setlength\headsep{8pt}
+% small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.5ex}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{biblist}
+\bibliographystyle
+ {alpha}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{MR-PQ}
+\footnotesize
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b7b0cdb75d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-4-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 13-4-2 on page 778.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{303.0pt}
+
+\setlength\headsep{8pt}
+% small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {1.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {.5ex}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage
+ {showtags}
+\bibliographystyle
+ {is-alpha}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{MR-PQ}
+\footnotesize
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..db897b0f610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 13-5-1 on page 794.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt}
+%\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+% Use BibTeX without --minref
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+ \bibliographystyle{plain}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97}
+ \bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..77353e21e9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 13-5-2 on page 794.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+% Use BibTeX without --minref
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\bibliographystyle{abbrv}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97}
+\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e04792ffd68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 13-5-3 on page 795.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+% Use BibTeX without --minref
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\bibliographystyle{unsrt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97}
+\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..762076c8fef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 13-5-4 on page 795.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+% Use BibTeX without --minref
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\bibliographystyle{alpha}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97}
+\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8cfc130c823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 13-5-5 on page 796.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+% Use BibTeX without --minref
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\bibliographystyle{phaip}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97}
+\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..db6999f5906
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 13-5-6 on page 796.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading in example
+% Use BibTeX without --minref
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{natbib}\bibliographystyle{chicago}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97}
+\nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a}
+\bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..49ea45040b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/13-5-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 13-5-7 on page 797.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{390.0pt}
+
+% Use BibTeX without --minref
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+ \usepackage[bibformat=ibidem]{jurabib}
+ \bibliographystyle{jurabib} \jbuseidemhrule % use default rule
+ \renewcommand\refname{} % suppress heading for the example
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \nocite{Knuth:TB10-1-31,GNUMake,MR-PQ,Knuth-CT-a,test97,LGC97}
+ \bibliography{tex}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..49bb29370be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 14-4-1 on page 837.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\hyphenation{Sep-tem-ber} % TeX doesn't know how to hyphenate this properly
+\setlength\parindent{8pt} % make it smaller for this example
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{rcs}
+\RCS $Date: 2004/08/04 21:57:14 $ \RCS $Author: frank $
+\RCS $RCSfile: ch-ldoc.tex,v $ \RCS $Revision: 1.69 $
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The file \RCSRCSfile{} has the revision number
+\RCSRevision. Last check-in was done by \RCSAuthor{}
+on \RCSDate{} at \RCSTime\,\textsc{utc}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a994277833b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/14-4-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 14-4-2 on page 839.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\sloppy % to avoid overfull boxes
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[italian]{babel} \usepackage{rcsinfo}
+\rcsInfo $Id: ch-ldoc.tex,v 1.69 2004/08/04 21:57:14 frank Exp $
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\rcsInfoFile \quad \rcsInfoRevision \par
+\rcsInfoDate \quad \rcsInfoTime \par
+\rcsInfoLongDate \par
+\rcsInfoYear, \rcsInfoMonth, \rcsInfoDay \quad \rcsInfoOwner\par
+\rcsInfoStatus \quad \rcsInfoLocker
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-1-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ef85fa42a97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-1-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-1-1 on page 21.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[code]{optional}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\opt{doc}{Typeset this if option doc was declared.}
+\opt{code}{Typeset this if option code was declared.}
+\opt{doc,code}{Typeset this for either doc or code.}
+Typeset this always. \opt{}{and this never!}
+\opt{doc}{\input{examples}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8928086fe56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-1 on page 25.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Different-looking section}
+\subsection{Different-looking subsection}
+Due to the default definitions not only the
+numbers on sections change, but lower-level
+sectioning commands also show this
+representation of the section number.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..672c48f6a75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-10 on page 31.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}%
+ {1}{0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}%
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\makeatother
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A very long heading that shows
+ the default behavior of \LaTeX's
+ sectioning commands}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..59d5a3fe3d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-11 on page 33.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\appendix{%
+ \renewcommand\section{% Redefinition of \section...
+ \newpage\thispagestyle{plain}% new page, folio bottom
+ \suppressfloats[t]\@afterindentfalse% no top floats, no indent
+ \secdef\Appendix\sAppendix}%
+ \setcounter{section}{0}\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+\newcommand\Appendix[2][?]{% Complex form
+ \refstepcounter{section}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{appendix}{\protect\numberline{\appendixname~\thesection}#1}%
+ {\raggedleft\large\bfseries\appendixname\ \thesection\par \centering#2\par}%
+ \@afterheading\sectionmark{#1}\addvspace{\baselineskip}}
+\newcommand\sAppendix[1]{% Simplified (starred) form
+ {\raggedleft\large\bfseries\appendixname\par \centering#1\par}%
+ \@afterheading\addvspace{\baselineskip}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+% Example needs commands introduced above!
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\appendix
+\section{The list of all commands}
+
+Then follows the text of the first section in
+the appendix. Some more text in the appendix.
+Some more text in the appendix.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f7f57cddff6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-12 on page 34.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\renewcommand\abstractname{Summary}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{abstract}
+ This book describes how to modify the
+ appearance of documents produced with
+ the \LaTeX{} typesetting system.
+\end{abstract}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a6b2441ee67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-13 on page 35.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexareport}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[Lenny]{fncychap}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\chapter{A Package Test}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..62f96c9be8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-14 on page 36.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexareport}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[avantgarde]{quotchap}
+\renewcommand\chapterheadstartvskip
+ {\vspace*{-5\baselineskip}}
+% select Helvetica for title and quote
+\usepackage{helvet}
+\renewcommand\sectfont{\sffamily\bfseries}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{savequote}[10pc]
+ \sffamily
+ Cookies! Give me some cookies!
+ \qauthor{Cookie Monster}
+\end{savequote}
+\chapter{A Package Test}
+
+Adding this package changes the
+chapter heading dramatically.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ed831f2d974
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-15 on page 37.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[sf,bf,tiny,center]{titlesec}
+\titlelabel{\thetitle.\enspace}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A section}
+\subsection{A subsection}
+\subsubsection{A subsubsection}
+Three headings following each other, a situation you
+will not see often \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8086b92b684
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-16 on page 37.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[rm,it,raggedleft,tiny,compact]{titlesec}
+\titleformat*{\subsubsection}{\scshape\MakeLowercase}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A section}
+\subsection{A subsection}
+\subsubsection{A subsubsection}
+Three headings following each other, a situation you
+will not see often \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9a798ca5bff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-17 on page 39.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+% the book normally uses Times fonts in the examples:
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titlesec}
+\titleformat{\section}[runin]{\normalfont\scshape}
+ {\S\,\oldstylenums{\thesection}.}{.5em}{}[.\quad]
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{The Title}
+The heading is separated from the section text by
+a dot and a space of one quad.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a2a77f40949
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-18 on page 40.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titlesec}
+\titleformat{\section}[frame]{\normalfont}
+ {\footnotesize \enspace SECTION \thesection
+ \enspace}{6pt}{\large\bfseries\filcenter}
+\titlespacing*{\section}{1pc}{*4}{*2.3}[1pc]
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots some text before \ldots
+\section{A Title Test}
+Some text to prove that this paragraph is not indented
+and that the title has a margin of 1pc on either side.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0c846728572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-19 on page 41.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titlesec}
+\newcommand\secformat[1]{%
+ \parbox[b]{.5\textwidth}{\filleft\bfseries #1}%
+ \quad\rule[-12pt]{2pt}{70pt}\quad
+ {\fontsize{60}{60}\selectfont\thesection}}
+\titleformat{\section}[block]
+ {\filleft\normalfont\sffamily}{}{0pt}{\secformat}
+\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{*3}{*2}[1pc]
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A Title\\ on Two Lines}
+In this example the heading number appears to
+the right of the heading text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d046a46b788
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-2 on page 26.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\renewcommand\thesubsection
+ {\fbox{\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setcounter{section}{3}
+\subsection{A mistake}\label{wrong}
+Referencing a subsection in this format
+produces a funny result as we can see
+looking at subsection~\ref{wrong}.
+We get a boxed reference.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b23b3965c02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-20 on page 42.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\sloppy
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[noindentafter,calcwidth]{titlesec}
+\titleformat{\section}[display]
+ {\filright\normalfont\bfseries\sffamily}
+ {\titleline[r]{Section \Huge\thesection}}{1ex}
+ {\titleline*[l]{\titlerule[1pt]}\vspace{1pt}%
+ \titleline*[l]{\titlerule[2pt]}\vspace{2pt}}
+ [{\titleline*[l]{\titlerule*{\tiny\LaTeX}}}]
+\titlespacing{\section}{1pc}{*3}{*2}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Rules and Leaders}
+Note that the last \verb=\titleline*= is
+surrounded by braces. Without them its
+optional argument would prematurely end the
+outer optional argument of \verb=\titleformat=.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-21.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-21.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..07ac9990c00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-21.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-21 on page 43.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{66.60068pt}
+
+% For the book example:
+\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip}
+\sloppy
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titlesec}
+\titleformat{name=\section,page=odd}[block]
+ {\normalfont}{\thesection.}{6pt}{\bfseries\filleft}
+\titleformat{name=\section,page=even}[block]
+ {\normalfont}{\thesection.}{6pt}{\bfseries\filright}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A Head}
+Some text to fill the page. Some text to fill the page.
+\newpage
+Some text to fill the page.
+\section{Another}
+Some text to fill the page.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7e95236ee33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-22 on page 44.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+% For the book example:
+\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip}
+\sloppy
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titlesec}
+\titleformat{name=\section}[block]
+ {\normalfont}{\thesection.}{6pt}{\bfseries\filright}
+\titleformat{name=\section,numberless=true}[block]
+ {\normalfont}{***}{12pt}{\itshape\filcenter}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A Head}
+Some text to fill the page. Some text to fill the page.
+\section*{Another}
+Some text to fill this line.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bbf05966969
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-3 on page 26.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\@seccntformat[1]{\fbox
+ {\csname the#1\endcsname}\hspace{0.5em}}
+\makeatother
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{This is correct}\label{sec:OK}
+Referencing a section using this
+definition generates the correct result
+for the section reference~\ref{sec:OK}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c13b1d1b2bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-4 on page 27.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\paragraph{Run-in headings.}
+This example shows how a run-in heading
+looks like. Text in the paragraph
+following the heading continues on the
+same line as the heading.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eb92b860cbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-5 on page 28.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{layouts}
+\renewcommand\Huge{\LARGE % for the book we
+ % cheat ...
+ \renewcommand\Huge{\LARGE\sffamily\bfseries}} % not recommended
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setlayoutscale{0.95}
+\runinheadfalse
+\headingdiagram{\LARGE}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2c19ba811f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-6 on page 29.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{layouts}
+\renewcommand\Huge{\normalfont % for the book we cheat
+ \renewcommand\Huge{\normalfont\sffamily\bfseries}} % not recommended
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setlayoutscale{1}
+\runinheadtrue
+\headingdiagram{ }
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e183b55740c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-7 on page 29.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection
+ {subsection}{2}{0mm}%name, level, indent
+ {-\baselineskip}% beforeskip
+ {0.5\baselineskip}% afterskip
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}% style
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+% redefinition of \subsection shown below
+\setcounter{section}{4} % simulate previous
+ % sections
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots\ some text above.
+\subsection{Example of a Section Heading}
+The heading is set in normal-sized italic
+and the separation from the preceding text
+is exactly one baseline. The separation
+from the text following is one-half
+baseline and this text is not indented.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..135fe8a7c6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-8 on page 30.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection
+ {section}{1}{1em}% % name, level, indent
+ {\baselineskip}% % beforeskip
+ {-\fontdimen2\font % afterskip
+ plus -\fontdimen3\font
+ minus -\fontdimen4\font}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\scshape}}% % style
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+% redefinition of \section shown above
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-2}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots\ some text above.
+\section{The man}
+started to run away from the truck. He
+saw that he was followed by
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..25938e639d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-2-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-2-9 on page 31.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand\Csub{\@startsection{subsection}{2}%
+ {0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}%
+ {\centering\itshape}}
+\newcommand\Lsub{\@startsection{subsection}{2}%
+ {0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}%
+ {\raggedright\sffamily}}
+\newcommand\Rsub{\@startsection{subsection}{2}%
+ {0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}%
+ {\raggedleft\MakeUppercase}}
+\newcommand\Hsub{\@startsection{subsection}{2}%
+ {0pt}{-\baselineskip}{.2\baselineskip}%
+ {\hrule\medskip\itshape}}
+\makeatother
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A very long heading that shows
+ the default behavior of \LaTeX's
+ sectioning commands}
+\Csub{A subsection heading}
+The heading is centered using an italic font.
+\Lsub{A subsection heading}
+The heading is left-justified using a sans
+serif font.
+\Rsub{A subsection heading}
+The heading is right-justified and uses
+uppercase letters.
+\Hsub{A subsection heading}
+This heading has a horizontal rule above
+the text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-1.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..37f0918778c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-1.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-1 on page 47.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+\setlength\textheight{15\baselineskip}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\setlength\footskip{18pt}
+\pagestyle{origplain}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+\section*{Foreword}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}
+ {\protect\numberline{}Foreword}
+A starred heading with the TOC
+entry manually added. Compare
+this to the form used for the
+bibliography.
+\section{Thoughts}
+We find all in \cite{k1}.
+\subsection{Contact info}
+E-mail Ben at \cite{k2}.
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+\addcontentsline{toc}
+ {section}{\refname}
+\bibitem{k1} Ben User, Some
+ day will never come, 2010
+\bibitem{k2} BUser@earth.info
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8cf4e740e5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-10 on page 61.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titletoc}
+\titlecontents{section}[0pt]{\addvspace{2pt}\filright}
+ {\contentspush{\thecontentslabel\ }}
+ {}{\titlerule*[8pt]{.}\contentspage}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\contentsline{section}{\numberline{12.8}Some section that
+ is wrapped in the TOC}{87}
+\contentsline{section}{\numberline{12.9}Another section}{88}
+\contentsline{section}{\numberline{12.10}And yet another
+ wrapping section}{90}
+\contentsline{section}{\numberline{12.11}Final section}{92}
+\contentsfinish
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ddec6a7c099
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-11 on page 63.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexareport}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titletoc}
+\contentsmargin{0pt}
+\titlecontents*{chapter}[0pt]{\sffamily}
+ {}{}{, \thecontentspage}[ \textbullet\ ][~\P]
+\titlecontents*{section}[0pt]{\footnotesize\slshape}
+ {}{}{}[ \{][; ][\}]
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\contentsline{chapter}{\numberline{1}A first}{1}
+\contentsline{chapter}{\numberline{2}A second}{4}
+\contentsline{section}{\numberline{2.1}sec-A}{5}
+\contentsline{section}{\numberline{2.2}sec-B}{6}
+\contentsline{chapter}{\numberline{3}A third}{8}
+\contentsline{section}{\numberline{3.1}sec-C}{8}
+\contentsfinish
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..006c9b5241d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-12 on page 63.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexareport}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titletoc}
+\contentsmargin{0pt}
+\titlecontents{chapter}[0pt]
+ {\addvspace{1.4pc}\bfseries}
+ {{\Huge\thecontentspage\quad}}{}{}
+\newcommand\xquad
+ {\hspace{1em plus.4em minus.4em}}
+\titlecontents*{section}[0pt]
+ {\filright\small}{}{}
+ {,~\thecontentspage}
+ [\xquad\textbullet\xquad][.]
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\input{partial.toc}\contentsfinish
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..346ccdeb257
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-13 on page 64.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexareport}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{eco,titletoc}
+\contentsmargin{0pt}
+\titlecontents{chapter}[1.5pc]
+ {\addvspace{2pc}\large}
+ {\contentslabel{2pc}%
+ \scshape\MakeLowercase}
+ {\scshape\MakeLowercase}
+ {\hfill\thecontentspage}
+ [\vspace{2pt}]
+\titlecontents*{section}[1.5pc]
+ {\small}{\S\thecontentslabel\ }{}
+ {,~\thecontentspage}[. ][.]
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\input{partial.toc}
+\contentsfinish
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..abfcc926e77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-14 on page 65.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titlesec,titletoc}
+\titleformat{\section}[frame]{\normalfont}
+ {\footnotesize \enspace SECTION \thesection
+ \enspace}{6pt}{\large\bfseries\filcenter}
+ [\vspace*{5pt}\startcontents
+ \printcontents{p-}{2}{\contentsmargin{0pt}}]
+\titlespacing*{\section}{1pc}{*4}{*2.3}[1pc]
+\titlecontents*{p-subsection}[0pt]
+ {\small\itshape\fillast}{}{}{}[ --- ][.]
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A Title Test}
+Some text to prove that this paragraph is not indented.
+\subsection{A first} Some text \ldots \newpage
+\subsection{A longer second} Some more text.
+\stopcontents \subsection{A third} \resumecontents
+\subsection{An even longer fourth}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..78b358144f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-2 on page 50.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexareport}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\contentsline {part}{I\hspace{1em}Part}{2}
+\contentsline{chapter}{\numberline{1}A-Head}{2}
+\contentsline{section}{\numberline{1.1}B-Head}{3}
+\contentsline{subsection}%
+ {\numberline{1.1.1}C-Head}{4}
+\contentsline{subsection}%
+ {\numberline{}With Empty Number}{5}
+\contentsline{subsection}{Unnumbered C-Head}{6}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eeea831ba0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-3 on page 51.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\contentsline{section}{\numberline{10}A-Head}{3}
+\contentsline{subsection}{\numberline{10.9}B-Head}{4}
+\contentsline{subsection}{\numberline{10.10}B-Head}{4}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cd80ce21579
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-4 on page 52.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{3em}}
+\makeatother
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\contentsline{section}{\numberline{10}A-Head}{3}
+\contentsline{subsection}{\numberline{10.9}B-Head}{4}
+\contentsline{subsection}{\numberline{10.10}B-Head}{4}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..49e88133a17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-5 on page 53.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{17\baselineskip}
+% For the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+% and make the headings smaller:
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\ext@table{lof}
+\makeatother
+\renewcommand\listfigurename
+ {Figures and Tables}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\listoffigures
+\section{A Section}
+Some text \ldots
+\begin{table}[b]
+ \centering
+ \fbox{\scriptsize A table}
+ \caption{Table-Caption}
+\end{table}
+Some text referencing
+figure~\ref{fig} \ldots
+\begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \fbox{\scriptsize A figure}
+ \caption{Figure-Caption}\label{fig}
+\end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d3aa9ec76b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-6 on page 54.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{18\baselineskip}
+% For the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+% and use a smaller heading size:
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\ext@figure{toc}
+\renewcommand\ext@table{toc}
+\renewcommand\l@figure[2]{\@dottedtocline
+ {1}{1.5em}{2.3em}{#1~(figure)}{#2}}
+\renewcommand\l@table [2]{\@dottedtocline
+ {1}{1.5em}{2.3em}{#1~(table)}{#2}}
+\makeatother
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+\section{A Section}
+Some text \ldots
+\begin{table}[b]
+ \centering \fbox{\scriptsize A table}
+ \caption{Table-Caption}
+\end{table}
+Some text referencing
+figure~\ref{fig} \ldots
+\begin{figure}
+ \centering \fbox{\scriptsize A figure}
+ \caption{Figure-Caption}\label{fig}
+\end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1ff3b9891bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-7 on page 55.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+% example pages normally start with page 6 but not here:
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+% small headings for the example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-1.25ex \@plus-1ex \@minus-.2ex}%
+ {.5ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\ecaption[1]
+ {\addcontentsline{xmp}{example}{#1}}
+\makeatletter \newcommand\listofexamples
+ {\section*{Comments}\@starttoc{xmp}}
+ \newcommand\l@example[2]
+ {\par\noindent#1,~\textit{#2}\par} \makeatother
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Selection of recordings}
+Ravel's Bol\'ero by Jacques Loussier
+Trio.\ecaption{Loussier: A strange experience}
+
+Davis' Blue in Green by Cassandra
+Wilson.\ecaption{Wilson: A wonderful version}
+\listofexamples
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-8.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-8.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..428d532a20b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-8.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-8 on page 58.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+\setlength\textheight{19\baselineskip}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\pagestyle{origplain}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{minitoc}
+\setlength\stcindent{0pt}
+\renewcommand\stctitle{}
+\renewcommand\stcfont
+ {\footnotesize}
+\setcounter{secttocdepth}{3}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\dosecttoc \faketableofcontents
+
+\section{Afghanistan}\secttoc
+\subsection{Geography}
+\subsubsection{Total area}
+ 647,500 km\textsuperscript{2}
+\subsubsection{Land area}
+ 647,500 km\textsuperscript{2}
+\subsection{History} \ldots
+
+\section{Albania} \secttoc
+\subsection{Geography}
+\subsubsection{Total area}
+ 28,750 km\textsuperscript{2}
+\subsubsection{Land area}
+ 27,400 km\textsuperscript{2}
+\subsection{History} \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6ed1070df51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-3-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-3-9 on page 61.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexareport}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[dotinlabels]{titletoc}
+\titlecontents{chapter} [6pc]
+ {\addvspace{1pc}\bfseries
+ \titlerule[2pt]\filright}
+ {\contentslabel
+ [\textsc{\chaptername}\
+ \thecontentslabel]{6pc}}
+ {}{\hfill\contentspage}
+ [\addvspace{2pt}]
+% Show only chapter/section entries:
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\input{partial.toc}
+\contentsfinish
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8a45e6d1abe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-4-1 on page 66.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setcounter{section}{3}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A Section} \label{sec:this}
+
+A reference to this section looks
+like this: ``see section~\ref{sec:this}
+on page~\pageref{sec:this}''.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1153cdb88be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-4-2 on page 67.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setcounter{section}{2}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A section}
+\subsection{A subsection}\label{sec:before}
+Text before is referenced as `\ref{sec:before}'.
+
+\begin{figure}[ht] \label{fig:in1}
+ \begin{center}
+ \fbox{\ldots{} figure body \ldots}
+ \caption{First caption} \label{fig:in2}
+ \bigskip
+ \fbox{\ldots{} figure body \ldots}
+ \caption{Second caption} \label{fig:in3}
+ \end{center} \label{fig:in4}
+\end{figure}
+\label{sec:after}
+
+\raggedright
+The labels are: `before' (\ref{sec:before}),
+`fig:in1' (\ref{fig:in1}), `fig:in2'
+(\ref{fig:in2}), `fig:in3' (\ref{fig:in3}),
+`fig:in4' (\ref{fig:in4}), `after'
+(\ref{sec:after}).
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a56b916aca0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-4-3 on page 68.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-60pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{showkeys}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{An example}\label{sec}
+Section~\ref{sec} shows the use of the
+\texttt{showkeys} package with a
+reference to equation~(\ref{eq}).
+\begin{equation}
+ a = b \label{eq}
+\end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-4.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-4.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..df592f9ac1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-4.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-4-4 on page 71.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+\setlength\textheight{8.5\baselineskip}
+\sloppy
+\pagestyle{origplain}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{varioref}
+\renewcommand\theequation
+ {\thesection.\arabic{equation}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Test}
+Observe equations~\vrefrange{A}{C} and
+in particular equations~\vrefrange{B}{C}.
+\begin{equation}
+ a=b+c\label{A} \end{equation}
+Here is a second equation\ldots
+\begin{equation}
+ b=a+c\label{B} \end{equation}
+\ldots and finally one more equation:
+\begin{equation}
+ c=a+b\label{C} \end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..76d658c604f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-4-5 on page 72.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{180.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{varioref}
+\labelformat{section}{section~#1}
+\labelformat{equation}{equation~(#1)}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{An example}\label{sec}
+\Ref{sec} shows the use of the \verb=\labelformat=
+declaration with a reference to \ref{eq}.
+\begin{equation} a = b \label{eq} \end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-6.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e4e1e35ce55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-6.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-4-6 on page 73.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{81.00082pt}
+\setlength\textheight{11\baselineskip}
+\sloppy
+\pagestyle{origplain}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{varioref,ifthen}
+\newcommand\veqns[2]{%
+ \vrefpagenum\firstnum{#1}%
+ \vrefpagenum\secondnum{#2}%
+ the equation%
+ \ifthenelse
+ {\equal\firstnum\secondnum}%
+ {s \ref{#1}}%
+ { \ref{#1}\vpageref{#1}}%
+ \space and \ref{#2}\vpageref{#2}%
+}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Test: \veqns{A}{B} \par Test: \veqns{A}{C}
+\begin{equation} a=b+c \label{A}\end{equation}
+\begin{equation} b=a+c \label{B}\end{equation}
+\newpage
+Test: \veqns{A}{B} \par Test: \veqns{A}{C}
+\newpage
+\begin{equation} c=a+b \label{C}\end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3dbff237b54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-4-7 on page 76.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\setcounter{section}{3}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{prettyref}
+\newrefformat{sec}{Section~\ref{#1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A Section}\label{sec:this}
+A reference to the equation in this section looks like:
+``see \prettyref{eq:a} in \prettyref{sec:this}''.
+\begin{equation} a = b \label{eq:a} \end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..79d5fdab673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-4-8 on page 77.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titleref}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Textual References}\label{num}
+In section ``\currenttitle{}'' we prove that
+it is possible to reference unnumbered sections
+by referencing section ``\titleref{ex}''.
+
+\subsection[Example]{A Small Example}\label{ex}
+The current section is referenced in
+section~\ref{num}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..78ef9152260
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/2-4-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 2-4-9 on page 77.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titleref}
+\renewcommand\theTitleReference[2]{\emph{#1\ #2}}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Textual References}\label{num}
+In section \currenttitle{} we prove that
+it is possible to reference unnumbered
+sections by referencing section \titleref{ex}.
+
+\subsection[Example]{A Small Example}\label{ex}
+The current section is referenced in
+section~\ref{num}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bdd6710c2c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-1 on page 81.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\sloppy % to avoid overfull boxes
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{xspace}
+\newcommand\USA{United States of America\xspace}
+\newcommand\GB {Great Britain\xspace}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\GB was unified in 1707.\\ \GB, the \USA, and
+Canada have close cultural links.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c8b9c9e33ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-10 on page 85.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{exscale,relsize}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ a \times b \neq a \mathlarger{\times} b \neq
+ a \mathbin{\mathlarger\times} b \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..73d7060754c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-11 on page 86.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{textcase}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Textcase example}\label{exa}
+\MakeTextUppercase{Text in section~\ref{exa},
+ about $a=b$ and \(\alpha \neq a \) }
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e90c6bd714b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-12 on page 86.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{textcase}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\MakeTextUppercase{Some text
+ \NoCaseChange{Some More} text}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1825027a5dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-13 on page 86.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{textcase}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\MakeTextUppercase{Both of these will
+ \textbf{fail $a+b=c$}
+ \emph{\NoCaseChange{unfortunately}}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..683ed487ef1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-14 on page 86.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\newcommand\mymath{$a+b=c$}
+\MakeUppercase{But this will
+ \textbf{work \protect\mymath} always}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7dd45391d3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-15 on page 87.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\sloppy
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ulem}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+No, I did \emph{not} act in the movie
+\emph{\emph{The} \emph{Persecution} \emph{and}
+\emph{Assassination} \emph{of} \emph{Jean-Paul}
+\emph{Marat}, as performed by the Inmates of
+the Asylum of Charenton under the direc\-tion of
+the Marquis de~Sade!} But I \emph{did} see it.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4e7e5d4a763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-16 on page 87.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ulem}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Double underlining (\uuline{under-line}),\\
+a wavy underline (\uwave{under-wave}), \\
+a line through text (\sout{strike out}), \\
+crossing out text (\xout{cross out, X out}),
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dc49c59b855
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-17 on page 88.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{soul,color}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+With the \texttt{soul} package you can
+\so{letter\-space words and phrases}. Capitals
+are \caps{LETTERSPACED} with a different
+command. Interfaces for \ul{underlining},
+\st{strikeouts}, and \hl{highlighting} are
+also provided.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2e7aadff029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-18 on page 89.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{soul} \usepackage{textcomp}
+\soulaccent{\capitalgrave}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\Huge \st{\"a \`u \~O \capitalgrave X {\capitalbreve Y}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..76d0e122448
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-19 on page 89.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{soul}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\so{``So there,''} he said. \caps{{!`}Hola---my \textbf{friend}!}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..688b7e31706
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-2 on page 81.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\lips{\dots\unkern}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Compare the following:\\
+ Du E\dots\ du! Scher dich zum \dots!\\
+ Du E\lips\ du! Scher dich zum \lips!
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1237a556d00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-20 on page 89.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\textsfbf[1]{\textsf{\bfseries#1}}
+\usepackage{soul} \soulregister{\textsfbf}{1}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\so{Here we see \textsfbf{soul} in \emph{action}: $x\neq y$ OK?}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5abdd510b0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-21 on page 89.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{soul}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\so{bl\textbf{oo}dy viz. bl\>\textbf{oo}\>dy}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e4aba988b2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-22 on page 90.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{soul,yfonts} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\textfrak{\so{S{ch}u{tz}vorri{ch}tung}} \par
+\so{Gödel, E\mbox{sch}er, Bach} \par
+\ul{Temporarily dis\soulomit{abl}ing the scanner}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-23.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c1eb7895090
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-23.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-23 on page 90.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{soul} \newsavebox\soulbox
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\sbox\soulbox{\so{ is hell }}
+\ul{This\mbox{\usebox{\soulbox}}for all of us!}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-24.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2cce1781dfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-24.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-24 on page 90.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{soul}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\so{``\<So there\<'' he said. Let's\\
+ produce a spaced out line\>,\linebreak OK?}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-25.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4588c284b30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-25.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-25 on page 91.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{soul}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\sodef\sobf{\bfseries}{.3em}{1em plus .1em}
+ {1.3em plus.1em minus.2em}
+Here we \sobf{emphasize words} a lot.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-26.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b771a0998c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-26.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-26 on page 91.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\sloppy % as the example columns are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titlesec,soul}
+\newcommand\allcaps[1]{\MakeUppercase{\caps{#1}}}
+\titleformat{\section}[block]{\centering\sffamily}
+ {\thesection.}{.5em}{\allcaps}
+\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{8pt}{3pt}
+\capsdef{/phv///}{\scshape}{.17em}{.55em}{.4em}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section*{A Sample Heading}
+The \verb=\capsdef= declaration applies here, because the
+heading definition specifies sans serif and our examples
+are typeset with Times and Helvetica (\texttt{phv}).
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-27.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..41ac170e284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-27.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-27 on page 92.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\sloppy % as the example columns are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{titlesec} \usepackage[capsdefault]{soul}
+\capsdef{/phv///}{\scshape}{.17em}{.55em}{.4em}
+\capssave{display} \capsreset
+\capsdef{/phv///}{\scshape}{.04em}{.35em}{.35em}
+\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{8pt}{3pt}
+\titleformat{\section}[block]{\centering\sffamily}
+ {\thesection.}{.5em}{\capsselect{display}\caps}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section*{A Sample Heading}
+Notice the different letterspacing in the heading and
+\textsf{\caps{Running Text}}. For Times we have no
+definition above so that the \caps{default} will match.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-28.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5941c869158
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-28.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-28 on page 92.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{soul}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setul{0pt}{.4pt} \ul{Here we test} \par
+\setul{-.6ex}{.3ex} \ul{a number of} \par
+\setuldepth{g} \ul{different settings.} \par
+\resetul \ul{And back to normal!}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-29.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9c5a1ea4117
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-29.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-29 on page 92.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{soul,color}
+\sethlcolor{green} \setulcolor{blue} \setstcolor{red}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Rules \hl{can} be in \st{black} \ul{blue}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b582eb073b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-3 on page 82.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ellipsis}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Compare the following:\\
+ Du E\dots\ du! Scher dich zum \dots!\\
+\renewcommand\ellipsisgap{1.5\fontdimen3\font}
+ Du E\dots\ du! Scher dich zum \dots!\\
+\renewcommand\ellipsisgap{0.3em}
+ Du E\dots\ du! Scher dich zum \dots!
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-30.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3fe3a224d72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-30.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-30 on page 93.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{url}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The \LaTeX{} project web pages are at
+\url{http://www . latex-project . org} and my
+home directory is \path+~frank+ (sometimes).
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-31.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2839eeb5e6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-31.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-31 on page 93.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{url}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\url{^frank} and \mbox{\url{^frank}} (OK)\par
+\url{^^frank} but \mbox{\url{^^frank}} (bad)
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-32.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..06b9ac00d50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-32.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-32 on page 94.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{url}
+\urldef\test\path{^^frank~#$\}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{\test{} works?}
+It does---in contrast to the earlier example.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-33.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..49640249590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-33.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-33 on page 95.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\ttdefault{pcr} % example class uses times package
+ % but changes tt fonts
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+\renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss}
+\renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt}
+\setlength\emergencystretch{10mm} % columns so small in example
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[hyphens]{url}
+\urldef\lproject\url{http://www.latex-project.org}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontfamily{pzc}\selectfont Zapf Chancery!
+ \lproject\ (default set-up) \quad
+\urlstyle{rm}\lproject\ (CM Roman) \quad
+\urlstyle{sf}\lproject\ (CM Sans Serif) \quad
+\urlstyle{tt}\lproject\ (CM Typewriter) \quad
+\urlstyle{same}\lproject\ (Zapf Chancery)
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-34.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..93c272b0e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-34.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-34 on page 96.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{url}
+\renewcommand\UrlLeft{<url: }
+\renewcommand\UrlRight{>}
+\DeclareUrlCommand\email{\urlstyle{rm}%
+ \renewcommand\UrlLeft{e-mail:\ }%
+ \renewcommand\UrlRight{}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\url{http://www.latex-project.org} \par
+\email{frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org} \par
+\path{$HOME/figures} oops, wrong!
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-35.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dd191735288
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-35.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-35 on page 96.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{euro}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\EURO{DEM}[FRF]{7}\quad \EURO{FRF}[DEM]{23.48}
+\\
+\EURO{EUR}[DEM]{10.00}\quad \EURO{DEM}{20}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-36.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4391a630cd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-36.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-36 on page 97.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[eco,table,endash]{euro}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\EURO{DEM}[FRF]{7}\quad \EURO{FRF}[DEM]{23.48}
+\\ \EURO{EUR}[DEM]{10.00}\quad \EURO{DEM}{20}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-37.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..64459b15154
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-37.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-37 on page 97.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{textcomp}\usepackage[dots]{euro}
+\EUROSYM{ITL}{\textlira}\EUROSYM{EUR}{\texteuro}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\EURO{ITL}{10000}\quad \EURO{DEM}[ITL]{1000}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-38.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..14607f4544d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-38.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-38 on page 98.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{eurosans,euro}
+\EUROADD{GBP}{\textsterling}{0.6397} % 2002/12/21
+\newcommand*\GBP{\EURO{GBP}} \EUROSYM{EUR}{\euro}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\noindent \GBP{14.9}\\ \GBP[FRF]{10}\\ \EURO{EUR}[GBP]{10}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-39.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6475283bc05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-39.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-39 on page 98.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{euro}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\EUROFORMAT{main}{\in\ (=\,\out)} \EURO{DEM}[FRF]{1000}\par
+\EUROFORMAT{main}{\out} \EURO{DEM}[FRF]{1000}\par
+\EUROFORMAT{main}{\in} \EURO{DEM} {1000}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9ef27306b5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-4 on page 82.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{moredefs,lips}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Elsewhere \lips the dots are normally set with
+full word spaces between them \lips. An example
+would be this paragraph.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-40.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-40.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..21bfd9317dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-40.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-40 on page 98.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{euro}
+\EUROFORMAT{in}{\sym~\val} \EUROFORMAT{out}{\iso~\val}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\EURO{DEM}[FRF]{1000}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-41.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-41.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e2ad3a2a96c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-41.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-41 on page 99.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{euro} \EUROFORMAT{main}{\out}
+\EUROFORMAT{all}{\round{-4}\form{,}{\textperiodcentered}{}}
+\EUROFORMAT{ITL}{\round{2}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\noindent \EURO{DEM}{2000}\\ \EURO{DEM}[FRF]{-100}\\
+\EURO{DEM}[ITL]{10000}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-42.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-42.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..18a3be8c52f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-42.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-42 on page 99.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{color,euro} \EUROFORMAT{main}{\out}
+\EUROFORMAT{all}{\plus{$+$}{}\minus{\color{blue}$-$}{}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\EURO{DEM}{2000}\quad \EURO{DEM}[FRF]{-100}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-43.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-43.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9ce8580136d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-43.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-43 on page 99.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{eurosans,euro}
+\EUROFORMAT{main}{\out} \EUROSYM{EUR}{\euro}
+\EUROFORMAT{all}{\zero{0,00}{0}{,--}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\EURO{DEM}{0}\quad \EURO{DEM}{1}\quad \EURO{EUR}{1}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-44.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-44.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..78f0e7ef425
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-44.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-44 on page 100.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy % to fit in small book columns
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{lettrine} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[french]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\lettrine{L}{a moitié des passagers,} affaiblis,
+expirants de ces angoisses inconcevables que le
+roulis d'un vaisseau porte dans les nerfs et
+dans toutes les humeurs du corps agitées en sens
+contraire, \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-45.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-45.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0a718ffdfb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-45.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-45 on page 100.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy % to fit in small book columns
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{lettrine} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[french]{babel}
+\renewcommand\LettrineFontHook{\sffamily\bfseries}
+\renewcommand\LettrineTextFont{\sffamily\scshape}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\lettrine{L}{a moitié des passagers,} affaiblis,
+expirants de ces angoisses inconcevables que le
+roulis d'un vaisseau porte dans les nerfs et
+dans toutes les humeurs du corps agitées en sens
+contraire, \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-46.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-46.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fff3adb448a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-46.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-46 on page 101.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy % to fit in small book columns
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{palatino,lettrine}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[french]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\lettrine[lines=3, loversize=-0.1, lraise=0.1,
+ lhang=.2]{Q}{uand ils furent} revenus un peu à eux,
+ils marchèrent vers Lisbonne ; il leur restait quelque
+argent, avec lequel ils espéraient se sauver de la
+faim après avoir échappé à la tempête \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-47.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-47.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..560be722e89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-47.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-47 on page 101.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy % to fit in small book columns
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{palatino,lettrine}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[french]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\lettrine[lines=4, slope=0.6em, findent=-1em,
+ nindent=0.6em]{À} { peine ont-ils mis} le pied dans
+la ville en pleurant la mort de leur bienfaiteur,
+qu'ils sentent la terre trembler sous leurs pas; \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-48.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-48.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..06a45f6ce35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-48.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-48 on page 104.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{flushleft}
+``The \LaTeX{} document preparation system is a special
+version of Donald Knuth's \TeX{} program. \TeX{} is a
+sophisticated program designed to produce high-quality
+typesetting, especially for mathematical text.''
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-49.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-49.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..649bdfedced
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-49.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-49 on page 106.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[document]{ragged2e}
+\setlength\RaggedRightRightskip{0pt plus 1cm}
+\setlength\RaggedRightParindent{12pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+``The \LaTeX{} document preparation system is a special
+version of Donald Knuth's \TeX{} program. \TeX{} is a
+sophisticated program designed to produce high-quality
+typesetting, especially for mathematical text.''
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5bbc760b32b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-5 on page 83.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{moredefs}\usepackage[mla]{lips}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Elsewhere \olips the dots are normally set with
+full word spaces between them \lips. An example
+would be this paragraph.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-50.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-50.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..571265f7460
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-50.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-50 on page 107.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{setspace}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{doublespace}
+ In the beginning God created the heaven
+ and the earth. Now the earth was unformed
+ and void, and darkness was upon the face
+ of the deep; and the spirit of God
+ hovered over the face of the waters.
+\end{doublespace}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-51.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-51.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..64f1ea05f0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-51.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-51 on page 107.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{setspace}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{spacing}{2.0}
+ In the beginning God created the heaven
+ and the earth. Now the earth was unformed
+ and void, and darkness was upon the face
+ of the deep; and the spirit of God
+ hovered over the face of the waters.
+\end{spacing}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-52.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-52.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9f90561d16d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-52.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-52 on page 108.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{picinpar}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{window}[1,c,%
+ \fbox{\shortstack{H\\e\\l\\l\\o}},]
+ In this case we center a word printed
+ vertically inside the paragraph. It is not
+ difficult to understand that tables can also
+ be easily included with the \texttt{tabwindow}
+ environment.\par When a paragraph ends, like
+ here, and the window is not yet finished,
+ then it just continues past the paragraph
+ boundary, right into the next one(s).
+\end{window}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-53.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-53.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..59dfc5710f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-53.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,996 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-53 on page 109.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\begin{filecontents*}{ukmap.eps}
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-1.2
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 560 720
+%%Pages: 1
+%%Creator: reid (Brian Reid) with netmap-2.1
+%%CreationDate: Wed Oct 2 00:10:50 1991
+%%DocumentFonts: Helvetica-Bold Helvetica Courier Symbol
+%%EndComments
+/Pwid 595 def % page width
+/Pht 792 def % page height
+/Margin 23 def % border margin
+/CaptionMargin 25 def % caption margin (at the bottom)
+/Clw 15 def % max-traffic line width
+Pht 792 gt
+ {statusdict /11x17tray known {
+ statusdict begin 11x17tray end
+ }{
+ statusdict /setpageparams known {
+ 11 72 mul 17 72 mul 36 1 % w h offs. orientation
+ statusdict begin setpageparams end
+ }{
+ 11 17 div dup scale % for laserwriter
+ } ifelse
+ } ifelse
+ } if
+/TitleSize 10 def
+/SubtitleSize 7.5 def
+/CaptionSize 8 def
+/GridLblSize 5 def
+/CityDotFontSize 12 def
+/CaptionFont /Helvetica findfont def
+/TitleFont /Helvetica-Bold findfont def
+/CityDotFont /Courier findfont def
+/HostNameFont /Courier findfont def
+/ArrowFont /Symbol findfont def
+/Nlw 0.25 def /Mlw 0.5 def /Wlw 1 def /Xlw 1.5 def /Zlw 2.5 def
+/Colors 20 dict def
+/cdef {exch dup 3 1 roll exch def} def
+/Cmap [ 0
+Colors begin
+/Red [1 0 0] cdef
+/Green [0 1 0] cdef
+/Blue [0 0 1] cdef
+/White [1 1 1] cdef
+/Black [0 0 0] cdef
+/Magenta [1 0 1] cdef
+/Cyan [0 1 1] cdef
+/Yellow [1 1 0] cdef
+/Orange [1 .75 0] cdef
+/Purple [.75 0 1] cdef
+/Chartreuse [.75 1 0] cdef
+/Fuschia [1 0 .75] cdef
+/Azure [0 .75 1] cdef
+/Mint [0 1 .75] cdef
+/Brown [.7 .5 0] cdef
+end
+ ] def
+/CMX {0 1 2 {dup
+ 4 -1 roll dup 5 1 roll exch get exch
+ 3 -1 roll dup 4 1 roll exch get exch
+ dup 3 1 roll sub 5 -1 roll dup 6 1 roll
+ mul add 4 1 roll
+ } for pop pop pop setrgbcolor
+ } def
+/BGcolor {1 setgray} def % background color
+/FGcolor {0 setgray} def % foreground color
+/MFcolor {0 setgray} def % map feature color
+/CRcolor {0 setgray} def % circle color
+/CLcolor {0 setgray} def % circle label color
+/DTcolor {0 setgray} def % dot color
+/PHcolor {0 setgray} def % path color
+/LGcolor {0 setgray} def % legend color
+/DMX matrix defaultmatrix def
+/MMX matrix def
+/DAR [1] def
+/DSR [5 1 1 1 1 1] def
+/CF {scalefont setfont} bind def
+/CL {curveto stroke} bind def
+/DV {scf div} bind def
+/L /lineto load def
+/LX {currentpoint exch pop lineto} bind def
+/LY {currentpoint pop exch lineto} bind def
+/MP {moveto gsave currentpoint translate} bind def
+/MB {lineto stroke grestore} bind def
+/MI {currentpoint stroke newpath moveto} bind def
+/MT /moveto load def
+/NP /newpath load def
+/PL {lineto stroke} bind def
+/R /rlineto load def
+/ST {stroke grestore} bind def
+/SCF {DV scalefont setfont} bind def
+/SDW {DV setlinewidth DAR 0 setdash} bind def
+/SFW {DV setlinewidth DSR 0 setdash} bind def
+/SLW {[] 0 setdash DV setlinewidth} bind def
+/SLC {Cmap exch get Colors begin load end aload pop setrgbcolor} def
+/SPW {Clw mul [] 0 setdash DV setlinewidth 1 setlinecap} bind def
+/X {0 rlineto} bind def
+/Y {0 exch rlineto} bind def
+/ntbl [ [/M /x /w /v /X /X /Z]
+ [/y /s /m /U /i /J /X]
+ [/z /q /h /u /e /n /V]
+ [/A /W /l /X /r /E /T]
+ [/B /p /g /d /f /o /S]
+ [/C /t /k /D /j /K /Q]
+ [/F /G /H /I /N /O /P] ] def
+0 1 6 {/rx exch def 0 1 6 {/cx exch def ntbl rx get cx get dup
+ /X ne {[ cx 3 sub 3 rx sub /rlineto load] cvx bind def} {pop} ifelse
+ } for } for
+/GMCT {gsave moveto currentpoint transform
+ DMX setmatrix itransform translate CaptionFont
+ GridLblSize CF} bind def
+/RSG {rotate 0 0.5 rmoveto show grestore} bind def
+/GMT {gsave transform 0 0 moveto 1 scf div dup scale} bind def
+/BA {gsave translate rotate 1 DV dup scale newpath 0.2 setlinewidth
+ dup newpath dup 4 mul exch moveto 0 0 lineto dup 4 mul exch neg lineto
+ closepath fill grestore} bind def
+/WA {gsave translate rotate BGcolor 1 DV dup scale newpath 0.2 setlinewidth
+ 5 2 moveto 0 0 lineto 5 -2 lineto 0 0 moveto 10 0 lineto
+ BGcolor stroke grestore} bind def
+/SWA {gsave translate rotate 1 DV dup scale 0.2 setlinewidth 0.6 dup scale
+ 5 2 moveto 0 0 lineto 5 -2 lineto 0 0 moveto 10 0 lineto
+ BGcolor stroke grestore} bind def
+/HST {gsave translate rotate 0 0 moveto 0 0 CxD DV 0 360 newpath arc
+ gsave BGcolor fill grestore .25 SLW stroke
+ dup length dup /HSTln exch def 4 le
+ {dup stringwidth pop -2 div -1.5 DV moveto CLcolor show}
+ {/HSTln HSTln 1 add 2 div cvi def
+ dup 0 HSTln getinterval dup stringwidth pop -2 div 0.5 DV moveto
+ show
+ dup length HSTln sub HSTln exch getinterval
+ dup stringwidth pop -2 div -3.7 DV moveto show
+ } ifelse
+ grestore} bind def
+/HTT {gsave translate gsave rotate 0 0 moveto 0 0 CxD DV 0 360 newpath arc
+ gsave BGcolor fill grestore .25 SLW stroke
+ dup stringwidth pop -2 div -1.5 DV moveto CLcolor show
+ grestore rotate moveto HFn setfont show
+ grestore} bind def
+/Hd {/HDyy exch def /HDxx exch def HDxx HDyy
+ gsave translate CityDotFontSize DV dup -.3 mul exch -.3058 mul
+ exch moveto (\267) show grestore} bind def
+/Hr {HDxx HDyy moveto rmoveto currentpoint Hd} bind def
+/Hx {0 exch Hr} bind def
+/Id {gsave translate gsave CityDotFontSize DV dup -.3 mul exch -.3058 mul
+ exch moveto (\267) DTcolor show grestore
+ rotate moveto HFn setfont show
+ grestore} bind def
+/HF {HostNameFont [4 DV 0 0 6 DV 0 0] makefont} def
+/IF {HostNameFont [4.5 DV 0 0 7 DV 0 0] makefont} def
+/Mpath {newpath 0 0 moveto Pwid Margin 2 mul sub 0 rlineto 0 Pht
+ Margin 2 mul CaptionMargin add sub rlineto Pwid Margin 2 mul sub neg 0
+ rlineto closepath} bind def
+/lctr {gsave zf setfont 10 mul 0 exch rmoveto dup
+ stringwidth pop -2 div 0 rmoveto show grestore} bind def
+/ldsp {/dr exch def gsave zf setfont dup stringwidth pop dr mul 0 rmoveto
+ show grestore} bind def
+/T1 {gsave MMX setmatrix
+ 0 -3 TitleSize sub MT TitleFont TitleSize CF show
+ grestore} bind def
+/T2 {gsave MMX setmatrix
+ 0 -5 TitleSize sub SubtitleSize sub MT TitleFont SubtitleSize CF show
+ grestore} bind def
+/MLB {290 -4 MT CaptionFont CaptionSize CF CaptionSize 1 add
+ mul neg 0 exch rmoveto show} bind def
+/HSH {HSHx HSHy MT show /HSHy HSHy HSHdy sub def} def
+/HSHmt {/HSHy exch def /HSHx exch def} def
+/HSHdxy {/HSHdy exch def /HSHdx exch def} def
+/INIT {Margin dup CaptionMargin add translate
+ MMX currentmatrix pop
+ Mpath 1 setlinewidth
+ gsave BGcolor fill grestore FGcolor stroke} def
+ %%Endprofile
+gsave
+%INIT
+/CxD 11 2 div def
+LGcolor
+%(DECWRL netmap-2.1 by Brian Reid at Wed Oct 2 00:11:52 1991) 1 MLB
+%(Lambert Conformal Projection [65\312N,55\312N], Map center: [53\312 15\302N, 2\312 30\302W]) 2 MLB
+%(Image resolution 300/in., stroke limit 3 pixels) 3 MLB
+274 360 translate
+0.240000 dup dup scale /scf exch def
+/DAR [ DAR {DV} forall ] def
+/DSR [ DSR {DV} forall ] def
+/AFont ArrowFont 10 DV scalefont def
+%%Endinit
+MFcolor
+% Britain
+Mlw SLW 173 -1501 MP M -9 4 R -6 1 R -5 1 R -1 4 R 2 5 R -1 4 R -1 5 R
+2 4 R V 4 -1 R 4 -2 R O Q V 3 2 R 5 -2 R O N 6 -3 R
+6 -2 R 9 -1 R 10 -2 R S 6 -2 R 3 -4 R 8 1 R Q 4 -3 R
+5 4 R 22 2 R 9 11 R 3 4 R 6 2 R 6 1 R V 15 -1 R
+5 -1 R 7 -1 R 4 -1 R 8 -2 R H N 3 -4 R 3 -4 R 1 -5 R
+166 0 MB
+708 -1501 MP 2 5 R 1 5 R 1 3 R 1 9 R 1 6 R 3 5 R 2 4 R
+8 7 R 4 1 R 11 7 R 9 3 R 5 2 R 5 2 R 4 5 R
+8 7 R 25 14 R 6 5 R 5 3 R 8 7 R 4 3 R 7 3 R
+5 2 R 4 2 R 4 1 R 5 2 R 5 2 R 24 1 R 9 5 R
+7 3 R 6 1 R 7 3 R 4 1 R 7 4 R 5 3 R 7 2 R
+14 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 7 5 R 5 4 R 4 2 R 23 12 R
+12 13 R 9 10 R 9 10 R 10 9 R 7 5 R 5 6 R 5 7 R
+5 11 R 1 8 R 1 5 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 3 4 R
+7 5 R 7 X 7 -4 R 5 -2 R 5 -3 R 5 -2 R 6 2 R M 1 7 R
+z -8 2 R -4 4 R -2 4 R -3 4 R M -4 1 R B -4 5 R -2 5 R
+1 10 R 1 13 R 1 10 R V 5 2 R V 5 Y -7 2 R -4 5 R
+1 8 R 1 5 R 3 47 R 4 2 R -3 4 R -4 5 R -2 4 R
+-1 13 R -1 10 R -1 7 R -1 4 R -1 5 R -1 6 R 1 12 R
+2 4 R 2 5 R 1 5 R 1 5 R 1 4 R -1 10 R -1 6 R
+-1 4 R -2 5 R -1 4 R -2 4 R -1 4 R 3 6 R 5 1 R
+4 1 R 4 2 R 9 10 R 4 7 R 16 15 R 13 5 R 5 3 R
+5 3 R 7 2 R 4 1 R J 434 598 MB
+-1133 916 MP 7 -2 R 5 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 -1 R
+5 -3 R 6 -3 R 5 -3 R 6 -10 R 5 -7 R 3 -5 R 9 -5 R
+9 -5 R 6 -3 R 5 -3 R Q 4 -1 R 8 -3 R 4 -4 R -1 -4 R
+F F -4 -1 R B C -4 -1 R -4 -2 R B -4 -3 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R
+-4 -2 R -4 -2 R -4 -1 R B -4 -3 R -4 -4 R -3 -5 R -4 -5 R
+-4 -5 R -2 -4 R -4 -4 R 3 -10 R 5 2 R 15 -3 R 5 -4 R
+4 -1 R 4 -1 R 8 2 R 4 3 R 3 4 R 4 4 R w 1 4 R
+2 4 R 3 2 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 1 3 R
+1 7 R 3 10 R 4 -3 R 6 -4 R 5 -3 R S 28 -1 R 5 2 R
+2 3 R Z 7 1 R 5 2 R 5 2 R 9 1 R 7 2 R 7 1 R
+2 4 R 4 2 R 3 2 R 5 3 R 5 -3 R 5 -2 R 5 -1 R
+4 -1 R 4 2 R 11 -2 R 5 -3 R 6 -1 R 5 -4 R 4 -2 R
+4 -4 R 4 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 12 X 4 -1 R 4 -4 R 5 -3 R
+3 -6 R 2 -4 R 3 -9 R -2 -4 R -1 -7 R -2 -13 R -1 -5 R
+H 3 -7 R V 6 -1 R 5 -1 R 3 -6 R -1 -12 R -3 -5 R -3 -5 R
+O 6 -3 R 5 -1 R 5 -7 R 8 -17 R 1 -4 R 5 -3 R 2 -7 R
+5 -6 R 1 -4 R -1 -7 R -1 -5 R 1 -4 R 7 -5 R 8 -3 R
+4 -6 R S -2 4 R x -2 4 R -7 8 R M -1 4 R 6 3 R 6 -1 R
+7 -8 R 3 -7 R 2 -5 R -1 -5 R 1 -8 R -2 -7 R -2 -4 R
+-4 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -3 R -11 -2 R -4 -1 R -4 -3 R C -4 -2 R
+-4 -3 R -4 -4 R -2 -4 R -3 -5 R -3 -5 R -2 -4 R 4 -6 R
+3 -6 R 4 2 R 1 3 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 7 5 R 5 3 R
+9 4 R 3 2 R 7 1 R 5 -2 R 7 -2 R 4 2 R 4 -1 R
+8 3 R 10 -3 R 5 -6 R 4 -6 R 1 -15 R 3 -7 R 4 -5 R
+4 -9 R -1 -5 R -1 -11 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 5 -3 R P -2 -4 R
+-2 -9 R -2 -4 R G -2 -5 R 3 -5 R H -1 -5 R -2 -4 R B -3 -5 R
+2 -5 R MI -4 -9 R -6 2 R w -2 4 R -1 4 R -2 5 R -2 4 R
+-3 4 R 1 9 R 2 4 R 3 4 R 2 4 R 1 3 R -1 13 R
+-1 9 R w w y -4 2 R -1 4 R -3 4 R -5 4 R y -4 3 R y
+-4 1 R -1 -4 R N -2 -6 R -4 Y 3 -4 R 4 -5 R -3 -4 R Q
+5 -3 R -1 -5 R 1 -7 R 3 -5 R -4 Y -2 -5 R -4 Y -1 -4 R
+-2 -5 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R C -4 -2 R -3 -5 R 4 X 12 4 R 7 4 R
+4 2 R 6 -2 R 3 -5 R 2 -7 R 2 -13 R -3 -4 R -3 -5 R
+-1 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -4 R -3 -5 R -7 -3 R -3 -5 R -4 X M x
+z -8 1 R -9 -1 R -4 X -8 -1 R -5 -2 R C -4 -3 R -2 -5 R
+1 -9 R -1 -13 R -2 -5 R -2 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -5 R -4 -6 R
+-4 -3 R -4 -2 R -4 -3 R -4 -4 R -4 -1 R -4 -2 R -4 -5 R
+-5 -2 R -4 -2 R B -6 2 R -4 2 R -1 4 R 5 1 R 1 3 R
+-4 3 R -7 1 R z -5 1 R -5 1 R -2 7 R -4 2 R z -9 -3 R
+4 -5 R 5 -3 R 5 -7 R 4 -5 R 4 -4 R 8 -2 R 2 -5 R
+2 -4 R -3 -5 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R -11 1 R z y -4 2 R -4 2 R
+y -4 2 R -4 2 R z z -5 -3 R 2 -6 R -4 -3 R -2 -5 R -1 -5 R
+-2 -4 R -1 -15 R 1 -4 R 8 -13 R 5 -2 R 6 -2 R 4 -1 R
+4 -2 R P -2 -7 R -1 -5 R 2 -10 R 5 -2 R G -3 -7 R -1 -6 R
+-1 -4 R -1 -7 R 2 -7 R -1 -9 R 1 -6 R 2 -4 R 1 -4 R
+1 -6 R 5 -5 R Q 1 -6 R 4 -3 R 5 -8 R 5 -1 R 4 -4 R
+5 -7 R -2 -16 R -4 -4 R -1 -5 R -2 -5 R -3 -5 R -2 -5 R
+-9 Y 1 -12 R -5 Y P 5 -1 R 5 -1 R P ST
+-1143 881 MP 6 5 R 4 2 R 4 -2 R
+4 -3 R G P 8 -3 R 6 2 R -1 4 R z -4 2 R -4 2 R -2 4 R
+-3 4 R -3 4 R 2 3 R 4 -2 R -1 5 R -4 2 R -4 2 R
+y -3 4 R 2 3 R T ST
+-975 -377 MP 4 -6 R 5 -1 R 2 -4 R 1 -5 R -2 -6 R
+-4 -3 R -1 -5 R -2 -5 R -3 -4 R -8 2 R 2 4 R 3 5 R
+-5 -1 R -5 -2 R -6 -1 R -6 2 R 6 2 R -4 2 R -4 1 R
+-10 -7 R -5 -1 R -7 -3 R -4 -1 R -4 1 R -3 4 R y -6 5 R
+-4 2 R -5 2 R -4 2 R -5 1 R -9 -1 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R
+-3 4 R 4 3 R 2 3 R 3 4 R 2 4 R z -6 -5 R -2 -4 R
+-5 2 R -3 -5 R O S -3 -5 R -5 Y -1 -4 R -6 -3 R -4 -1 R
+-4 -2 R -5 -4 R -5 -7 R -7 -2 R 2 5 R 3 4 R 4 2 R
+2 4 R -1 5 R w 1 5 R -1 7 R -4 4 R -2 4 R -3 4 R
+-4 4 R -3 13 R C O N 2 -9 R 1 -5 R H -1 -6 R -3 -5 R O
+4 -1 R -1 -4 R -6 -7 R -5 -7 R -5 -1 R -167 -46 MB
+-869 77 MP -5 -7 R -4 2 R
+-3 4 R -5 4 R -10 -2 R -4 -4 R -5 -3 R -6 -1 R 2 -8 R
+3 -4 R 2 -4 R 2 -5 R 4 -3 R P 6 -1 R 4 -3 R 1 -9 R
+-2 -7 R 1 -5 R 1 -10 R 3 -5 R 3 -5 R -1 -5 R 2 -10 R
+2 -4 R 2 -5 R 2 -5 R 1 -5 R -1 -5 R -1 -14 R -2 -5 R
+-1 -8 R -1 -4 R 1 -11 R 1 -4 R 4 -3 R 5 -8 R -4 -3 R
+-1 -5 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -5 -6 R -2 -4 R -1 -5 R
+-2 -6 R -5 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -6 R -2 -4 R -4 -9 R -1 -4 R
+-1 -4 R 1 -6 R -1 -5 R -1 -5 R -3 -5 R -5 -6 R -3 -4 R
+-8 -17 R -1 -4 R 1 -13 R 2 -5 R 1 -8 R -1 -14 R -3 -4 R
+-3 -5 R -2 -4 R -4 -6 R -10 -11 R -4 -6 R -5 -6 R -7 -9 R
+-4 -6 R -2 -4 R -1 -6 R -3 -13 R x -8 2 R -6 -3 R H 2 -15 R
+4 -2 R P 3 2 R 1 4 R 1 3 R 1 -5 R -2 -4 R 1 -8 R
+I ST
+69 1501 MP -6 -13 R -3 -7 R -4 -5 R F -2 -5 R -4 -5 R -4 -5 R -5 -4 R
+-4 -2 R -3 -4 R -10 -2 R -1 -6 R -2 -5 R H -1 -5 R -2 -5 R
+1 -5 R 1 -6 R -4 -4 R -10 -7 R -2 -4 R 2 -7 R Q -2 -6 R
+-4 -4 R -10 -16 R -5 -2 R -4 -1 R -5 -3 R -1 -4 R -12 -11 R
+-5 -2 R -5 -3 R -3 -4 R -2 -10 R -4 2 R -4 2 R -4 1 R
+-11 -2 R -6 -4 R -5 2 R -16 -3 R -6 -3 R -6 1 R -5 1 R
+-6 -1 R -5 -4 R -6 -4 R -8 -6 R -7 -6 R -9 -8 R -9 -6 R
+-9 -3 R -5 2 R -4 Y 4 -2 R S 5 1 R 4 1 R 4 1 R V
+4 1 R 4 3 R V 4 3 R 5 4 R 4 1 R 4 2 R V 4 3 R
+5 2 R V V 5 2 R 4 3 R V 4 5 R 5 4 R V 5 -1 R 4 -2 R
+P 4 1 R 5 -2 R 1 -4 R 1 -4 R -1 -5 R H -3 -10 R -4 -5 R
+4 1 R P 2 -4 R 4 -3 R 4 -3 R 7 -2 R S 12 -1 R Q 4 -1 R
+2 -5 R 4 -3 R 4 -3 R 3 -5 R -3 -5 R -5 -4 R -8 -9 R
+-9 -7 R -7 -1 R -5 -4 R -8 -3 R -6 -3 R -4 -1 R -7 2 R
+-5 3 R -5 3 R -7 1 R -6 -1 R -7 -5 R -4 -5 R -4 -5 R
+-4 -2 R -5 -4 R -6 -7 R -5 -3 R -4 -5 R -5 -3 R -1 -4 R
+-2 -5 R 1 -4 R -2 -6 R C -13 -1 R -4 2 R -5 -2 R -6 -4 R
+-6 -3 R -8 -5 R -7 -3 R -4 -1 R -5 2 R -5 1 R -11 5 R
+-5 1 R -5 2 R -4 4 R -8 2 R -5 -1 R -18 -3 R 3 -4 R
+2 -8 R 4 -3 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 6 1 R S S 4 -2 R S 9 -2 R
+P 8 1 R 4 -2 R S 8 -1 R 6 2 R 8 -2 R 4 -4 R S 10 1 R
+19 -1 R 5 -1 R 4 -2 R 4 -4 R 4 -3 R Q S 6 1 R 5 -1 R
+4 X 9 10 R 7 -1 R V 4 1 R 3 4 R 1 4 R 2 7 R 4 1 R
+-1 4 R 4 Y 4 1 R 2 3 R 2 3 R Z 3 2 R V 4 -2 R
+8 1 R 6 -1 R 8 1 R 6 -1 R MI S 4 -3 R P 4 -7 R 2 -5 R
+-6 Y 5 2 R Q 4 2 R 7 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -3 R S 4 -2 R
+4 -4 R S 4 -3 R 4 -5 R Q S 5 -4 R 4 -1 R 4 -1 R Q 5 2 R
+11 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 -2 R -1 -7 R 4 -3 R 7 -5 R
+3 -5 R 1 -5 R 4 -5 R 4 -5 R 2 -4 R 2 -5 R 12 -21 R
+5 -4 R 2 -4 R 4 -5 R 4 -4 R 6 -7 R 4 -9 R 5 -7 R
+3 -5 R 5 -2 R 2 4 R Z 6 -9 R -2 -4 R 3 -5 R 3 4 R
+7 -2 R 5 -2 R 3 -4 R 9 -6 R -1 -5 R 3 -5 R -4 Y 3 -7 R
+2 -4 R H 1 -6 R 6 -9 R -1 -5 R 1 -12 R 2 -7 R -2 -5 R
+-2 -4 R -2 -5 R 3 -7 R 1 -4 R 1 -6 R 4 -2 R 3 -9 R
+-2 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -5 R 1 -7 R 6 -9 R 3 -4 R 3 -13 R
+2 -4 R -1 -5 R -2 -5 R 1 -6 R 4 -5 R 1 -6 R 1 -4 R
+1 -5 R 1 -7 R 5 -3 R O 2 -9 R 3 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -5 R
+5 -9 R 6 -7 R 5 -7 R -1 -7 R 3 -13 R 1 -14 R 3 -7 R
+2 -5 R 1 -6 R 2 -5 R 3 -9 R 1 -13 R 4 -5 R 5 -6 R
+3 -5 R 5 -4 R 15 -9 R -4 -2 R -1 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -5 R
+4 -5 R -2 -4 R -4 -3 R -1 -5 R 1 -4 R 4 -4 R 8 2 R
+1 4 R x 1 4 R 6 1 R 8 -3 R 5 -2 R 4 -1 R 7 -6 R
+8 -5 R 5 -1 R 12 -1 R 6 -4 R 7 1 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R
+8 -1 R 5 -3 R 4 -5 R 5 -4 R 5 -2 R S 4 -1 R 4 -4 R
+9 -7 R S 8 -2 R 4 -3 R 4 -5 R 4 -2 R 4 -6 R -1 -5 R
+3 -8 R 9 -7 R 5 -9 R 2 -5 R 2 -4 R 3 -6 R N 1 -7 R
+1 -5 R 5 -9 R 2 -6 R 4 -5 R 8 -6 R 6 -1 R 4 -2 R
+4 -2 R 2 -6 R 1 -9 R 2 -4 R 5 -4 R 5 -2 R 4 -1 R
+5 -2 R 4 -1 R 9 -4 R 5 -2 R 5 -3 R 3 -4 R ST
+582 366 MP F -7 -3 R
+-4 -1 R -9 -6 R -2 -4 R -4 -7 R -2 -5 R H 1 -11 R 1 -4 R
+2 -5 R 2 -5 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -5 R
+2 -5 R 5 -8 R 2 -5 R 3 -5 R 3 -5 R O 3 -5 R 9 -11 R
+5 -7 R 4 -5 R 7 -8 R 7 -13 R 9 -10 R 2 -5 R 7 -9 R
+4 -5 R 5 -9 R 3 -7 R 1 -4 R -2 -7 R -3 -4 R -4 -2 R
+Z 2 4 R -1 8 R -4 3 R -5 3 R -5 3 R z -4 2 R z -6 -1 R
+-4 -2 R B -4 -3 R -4 -1 R -11 2 R -4 3 R -5 4 R -4 4 R
+-5 3 R -3 4 R -4 4 R -4 2 R -3 4 R -2 4 R x -9 4 R
+z -9 -1 R -9 -4 R -6 -4 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -9 1 R -10 -1 R
+-5 -2 R -10 2 R -5 3 R -4 1 R -5 1 R -6 -1 R -9 -8 R
+-4 -1 R G 5 -5 R 7 6 R 4 1 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 6 -2 R
+2 -5 R 4 -4 R S 8 1 R 5 1 R 4 3 R 4 2 R V 5 -1 R
+6 1 R 5 1 R V 4 1 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 4 1 R 8 -2 R
+4 -5 R 2 -4 R 4 -5 R 2 -5 R 2 -4 R 4 -4 R 4 -3 R
+4 -4 R 4 -2 R 4 -4 R 3 -4 R 5 -5 R 4 -2 R 4 -1 R
+4 2 R 4 -3 R 5 -6 R 3 -5 R 9 -11 R 5 -1 R 8 -6 R
+5 -3 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 -3 R 5 -4 R 2 -10 R 8 -6 R
+1 -5 R 7 -5 R 1 -5 R 2 -4 R 1 -4 R 3 -5 R 4 -9 R
+2 -5 R 1 -4 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R 7 -15 R 3 -9 R 1 -10 R
+3 -5 R 1 -5 R -1 -19 R -1 -4 R -2 -14 R C B -4 -3 R -4 -4 R
+-4 -5 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R -3 -5 R -5 -5 R
+-4 -5 R -3 -5 R -4 -5 R -4 -5 R -3 -4 R -2 -5 R -2 -4 R
+B -5 -2 R -1 -5 R -4 -5 R 2 -5 R 4 2 R 5 2 R 5 2 R
+5 -2 R 19 -11 R 6 -9 R 5 -9 R 4 -4 R 6 -3 R 5 2 R
+4 1 R 5 1 R 5 -1 R 8 -6 R 3 -5 R 3 2 R 1 8 R
+3 4 R 6 6 R 2 4 R 1 3 R 1 9 R 1 5 R 1 3 R
+2 4 R 1 3 R MI 1 4 R 1 4 R 2 4 R 1 4 R 3 4 R
+5 3 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 4 1 R 5 -1 R 6 -3 R 7 1 R
+5 2 R 5 1 R 8 -1 R 4 -1 R 10 2 R V 18 -2 R 4 1 R
+2 4 R 7 -3 R 4 -3 R 19 1 R 6 1 R w -9 1 R 2 3 R
+5 1 R 5 -1 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R 5 -2 R 5 -2 R 6 -1 R
+16 -1 R 7 -1 R 5 -1 R 5 -1 R 12 -1 R 4 -2 R 5 -2 R
+4 -1 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R 5 -4 R 5 -4 R 7 -5 R 5 -4 R
+4 -3 R 9 -6 R 7 -4 R 8 -6 R 7 -6 R 7 -4 R 5 -4 R
+6 -7 R 3 -5 R 3 -4 R 3 -7 R 1 -5 R 4 -11 R 2 -4 R
+1 -4 R 2 -7 R 2 -5 R 1 -13 R 1 -5 R -1 -5 R 1 -10 R
+1 -5 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 4 -11 R -1 -6 R -4 -5 R -2 -5 R
+-1 -5 R -2 -22 R -2 -4 R -2 -5 R -1 -6 R -2 -5 R -1 -4 R
+-2 -5 R -3 -5 R -3 -5 R -1 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -4 R -1 -9 R
+1 -8 R 1 -5 R -1 -15 R -2 -4 R -1 -9 R -1 -5 R -1 -7 R
+-1 -5 R -2 -7 R G -4 -1 R B -4 -1 R -4 -3 R F -4 -2 R z -2 -4 R
+-5 Y -3 -5 R -3 -4 R -3 -5 R -4 -6 R -3 -5 R -4 -5 R -4 -4 R
+-4 -6 R -3 -4 R -2 4 R -2 4 R -4 3 R -3 4 R -2 4 R
+-3 4 R -4 2 R y 1 -5 R 5 -2 R 2 -4 R -2 -8 R -4 2 R
+-5 -1 R B -4 1 R -4 2 R z -4 -2 R -4 -2 R B H S 5 1 R
+6 1 R 5 -1 R 9 2 R 7 -2 R 5 1 R -5 Y -3 -5 R -1 -4 R
+-4 -1 R -5 -2 R -5 Y -4 -3 R -2 -4 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R 5 -1 R
+Z 2 7 R 5 -5 R -2 -6 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -5 R
+-4 -6 R -4 -3 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R C -4 -2 R -4 -1 R B B -6 -1 R
+-10 2 R w -2 4 R -3 4 R z -7 -1 R -9 -1 R -4 -3 R -4 -3 R
+-4 -3 R -2 -6 R -2 -4 R C -3 -4 R -4 -1 R -10 -1 R -4 -2 R
+B C -4 1 R -6 -3 R 5 -2 R 9 -7 R 4 2 R MI 1 3 R 4 3 R
+5 -2 R 5 1 R 4 4 R 4 3 R 5 2 R 4 2 R 9 -2 R
+3 -5 R 1 -5 R -1 -16 R -1 -4 R -1 -5 R -2 -5 R -4 -4 R
+B C -8 -1 R -9 1 R O 7 -3 R 1 -4 R 4 -1 R 1 3 R 13 5 R
+5 -3 R -4 -4 R -4 -5 R -4 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -5 R -4 -2 R
+-4 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -4 R C -4 -2 R -7 1 R z -12 1 R -5 1 R
+-5 1 R F -2 -5 R -12 -2 R -4 -3 R -4 2 R -6 -1 R B -4 -1 R
+B -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -3 -8 R -1 -6 R F -4 -2 R B -4 -1 R O 5 1 R
+5 1 R 4 2 R 3 4 R 2 3 R 1 4 R 4 2 R 8 1 R
+4 1 R 8 -1 R 5 2 R 5 -2 R 4 -2 R 13 -1 R 5 -1 R
+5 -1 R 5 -7 R -2 -5 R -4 -2 R -8 1 R -5 1 R -4 -2 R
+-4 -5 R -4 -4 R -4 -1 R B -4 -3 R 4 -5 R 5 -2 R 7 -2 R
+Z 5 1 R 4 -3 R 4 X 5 2 R 2 3 R -1 4 R -1 4 R 1 4 R
+4 -2 R 4 X 1 6 R 3 6 R 5 -2 R 7 -2 R 7 -1 R 5 -1 R
+5 -1 R 4 -1 R 5 -1 R 5 -6 R 6 -8 R 1 -5 R B -4 -3 R
+-4 -2 R B z z -6 1 R -10 1 R G 4 -2 R 4 -1 R 5 -1 R 11 -2 R
+4 -1 R 8 1 R 5 2 R 13 1 R 4 3 R 4 3 R 5 3 R
+11 1 R 8 1 R 7 2 R 4 1 R 5 2 R 5 1 R V 5 -1 R
+9 2 R 5 1 R 10 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R
+6 1 R 4 -2 R ST
+1016 -741 MP -1 -17 R -2 -6 R -3 -4 R -10 -2 R H 2 -5 R
+2 -9 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R 1 -6 R 1 -8 R -1 -20 R
+-9 -15 R -4 -4 R -5 -2 R -9 -5 R -7 -4 R -5 -1 R -8 -3 R
+-5 -6 R -9 -3 R -5 -1 R -5 1 R -5 -1 R -6 -5 R -7 -6 R
+-11 -12 R -3 -5 R -2 -5 R -1 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -4 R 1 -5 R
+1 -7 R 2 -4 R -3 -7 R -4 -1 R -4 1 R -9 1 R -7 1 R
+-5 2 R -6 1 R -5 2 R -11 -3 R -5 -4 R -7 -5 R -5 -6 R
+-3 -4 R -4 -5 R -4 -3 R -4 -1 R -7 -3 R -4 -1 R -4 -2 R
+-9 -3 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -11 -4 R -5 -1 R -6 -1 R -9 -4 R
+-11 -7 R -2 -4 R -3 -4 R -7 -5 R -4 -5 R -2 -5 R -5 -6 R
+-4 -1 R -7 1 R -4 2 R -5 3 R -4 2 R -17 2 R -4 2 R
+-6 4 R -6 -1 R -8 2 R -4 1 R -4 2 R -5 2 R -4 1 R
+-5 2 R -5 1 R z -5 1 R -5 2 R -6 1 R -6 1 R -12 -2 R
+-5 2 R -6 -1 R -4 -1 R -5 -2 R -9 -4 R -5 -2 R -6 -1 R
+-8 -2 R -5 -3 R -7 1 R -11 -1 R -5 -2 R -4 -1 R -4 -1 R
+-9 -1 R -5 -2 R -7 -1 R -4 -1 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -6 -1 R
+-5 -3 R -4 -2 R -5 1 R 4 -4 R -1 -7 R -4 -4 R B -5 3 R
+-5 3 R -4 3 R -4 3 R -4 1 R -4 2 R -5 2 R -4 3 R
+4 Y 3 2 R 2 4 R V 3 2 R -3 5 R -3 4 R -4 2 R -1 -4 R
+-2 -4 R M 1 4 R -2 6 R -8 -2 R 1 -4 R 4 -3 R -2 -4 R
+-5 Y -3 -10 R -7 1 R -6 -3 R -2 4 R 3 4 R 5 7 R 1 6 R
+1 3 R w -5 3 R -6 -3 R -2 -5 R -3 -15 R -8 -5 R -5 2 R
+x 2 7 R 2 3 R w 2 3 R 4 2 R -2 5 R -10 -1 R -5 X
+-5 1 R F S 5 -5 R 4 -3 R -1 -9 R -2 -6 R -5 X -6 1 R
+-4 4 R -4 4 R -3 4 R -5 3 R -5 3 R -4 2 R -4 1 R
+-4 3 R -4 4 R -4 4 R -4 3 R -4 4 R -4 3 R z -4 2 R
+-3 4 R -4 2 R -5 2 R -4 1 R F 4 -2 R S 4 -2 R MI S 4 -3 R
+2 -4 R 4 -4 R 4 -2 R 4 -3 R 4 -4 R 4 -7 R P -3 -9 R
+-4 -5 R -6 -4 R -5 -2 R -9 -1 R -6 -1 R -4 -2 R -9 -6 R
+-5 -3 R -9 -11 R F -4 2 R -4 3 R -4 2 R -5 1 R -4 2 R
+-7 1 R -5 1 R -5 -1 R -4 -2 R -9 -3 R N 4 -3 R -4 -1 R
+-7 1 R -5 2 R -13 -2 R -5 -1 R -5 -1 R -10 -11 R -5 -1 R
+w 1 3 R w -3 4 R -10 -1 R -5 -1 R -6 2 R -8 -2 R -2 -7 R
+-2 -4 R 5 2 R 5 4 R 4 -3 R 1 -6 R 5 2 R 4 1 R
+Q 6 -1 R 5 -1 R -1 -5 R -1 -4 R S S 3 -5 R -9 -6 R 1 -4 R
+-2 -6 R -4 -3 R -5 1 R -12 -1 R -5 -4 R -4 2 R -3 4 R
+z -7 1 R -11 4 R -7 2 R -11 1 R -5 1 R -7 1 R -6 1 R
+-10 1 R y -11 1 R -8 -1 R -6 -2 R -2 -5 R -2 -8 R -3 -5 R
+3 -4 R 4 -1 R 4 -5 R 1 -5 R -3 -5 R -3 -4 R -1 -4 R
+-4 -5 R ST
+11 -1143 MP -1 4 R 1 5 R 1 5 R w -3 10 R -5 4 R -11 9 R
+-11 10 R -11 10 R -5 3 R -15 7 R -4 2 R -9 6 R -8 6 R
+-4 2 R -4 1 R -6 1 R -5 1 R -5 1 R -4 2 R -4 1 R
+-9 -1 R -4 -4 R -5 -2 R -4 -2 R -5 -3 R -5 -1 R -9 1 R
+-7 -1 R -5 -3 R -5 -2 R -14 1 R -8 -1 R -6 -1 R -4 -1 R
+-5 -3 R C F -3 -4 R H -3 -4 R -4 -2 R -4 -3 R -5 -4 R -5 -1 R
+-9 1 R -3 4 R -2 10 R -3 5 R -7 8 R -1 -4 R 4 -5 R
+N N -1 -7 R 2 -7 R -1 -7 R G -1 -5 R -3 -4 R G -3 -4 R F
+-2 -4 R H -1 -4 R 1 -8 R 3 -5 R 3 -5 R -4 -3 R -12 -3 R
+G 1 -5 R 1 -9 R S 4 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -3 R -7 -9 R -1 -5 R
+-3 -7 R -7 2 R -3 4 R -2 -5 R 3 -5 R F -5 -1 R -10 -7 R
+-2 -4 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -1 -5 R -1 -4 R 1 -8 R -2 -4 R
+-9 -1 R -7 -4 R -6 2 R -5 2 R -5 -1 R -5 X -4 2 R -5 3 R
+-4 4 R w -1 6 R -3 4 R -3 4 R -5 4 R -4 1 R -5 2 R
+-1 4 R -4 1 R -5 -1 R -13 -2 R -5 X -6 1 R -2 4 R -4 2 R
+-5 1 R y -2 12 R -3 4 R -5 1 R -5 X -6 3 R G 4 -3 R
+4 -3 R -5 -7 R -3 -5 R -5 X -3 6 R -4 3 R -3 4 R -4 2 R
+-4 2 R -5 1 R -26 1 R -5 -1 R -5 -4 R -8 -7 R -10 -1 R
+-10 1 R -7 1 R -10 -1 R -12 -3 R -5 2 R -1 5 R -3 4 R
+-5 -3 R B -8 -2 R -2 -4 R 2 -5 R F -3 -4 R -2 -4 R 2 -6 R
+-2 -7 R -6 -9 R -4 3 R -4 2 R -6 -2 R -5 -3 R -4 -3 R
+-3 -4 R -2 -4 R -5 2 R -8 -3 R -4 -6 R H -1 -5 R -8 -6 R
+2 3 R x z 2 4 R -2 7 R w 1 3 R 1 3 R 1 3 R z -2 -4 R
+-7 -5 R 2 -6 R -2 -7 R C P S -3 -4 R -5 -3 R -3 -5 R -3 -7 R
+-6 -3 R S 4 -3 R 4 -1 R 2 -5 R 3 -4 R MI -1 -7 R -9 -11 R
+-3 -5 R -8 1 R -5 -1 R -4 -3 R -4 -6 R -2 -5 R H -3 -4 R
+x -7 6 R -2 4 R -2 4 R -2 4 R 1 3 R 1 3 R -1 5 R
+x -2 4 R -1 5 R -3 4 R -3 4 R -6 4 R -4 4 R -8 2 R
+-5 3 R -7 1 R -5 2 R -4 3 R -4 3 R z -12 -1 R -6 -8 R
+1 -5 R -1 -8 R -3 -5 R -6 -4 R -6 -1 R -11 -1 R -5 -2 R
+-7 2 R -5 4 R -4 3 R 1 7 R 5 7 R -1 6 R w -1 4 R
+1 4 R 2 4 R 1 4 R Z 4 1 R V 4 1 R 3 2 R 4 1 R
+4 2 R 5 3 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 7 2 R V 8 -2 R
+1 -5 R 4 -2 R S 6 2 R 6 7 R 1 4 R 1 3 R 3 2 R
+S V 4 -1 R 8 7 R 4 3 R 4 2 R V 9 10 R 4 6 R 1 3 R
+4 2 R 5 2 R 6 5 R 4 1 R 2 3 R 1 5 R -1 7 R
+1 7 R 1 4 R 8 2 R V V 5 1 R 5 2 R 3 4 R 1 4 R
+1 4 R 1 3 R 2 3 R -1 6 R -2 4 R 2 6 R 3 5 R
+2 11 R 5 -2 R S 5 5 R 4 4 R 3 -5 R 4 3 R 2 4 R
+-2 8 R 4 -1 R Q 4 -1 R V 4 3 R 16 1 R 4 1 R 3 5 R
+3 5 R 1 7 R 1 4 R -1 4 R 1 5 R 5 3 R 5 3 R
+V 4 3 R 3 2 R Z 4 4 R 3 7 R 2 3 R Z 3 2 R Z 4 4 R
+4 1 R 4 4 R 2 4 R 1 7 R 1 16 R -2 9 R -1 5 R
+1 7 R 1 10 R 3 5 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 1 3 R 1 5 R
+1 17 R ST
+-526 -922 MP 5 X 14 -2 R 6 -2 R 5 -3 R 6 -4 R 5 -2 R 4 -1 R
+6 1 R 5 4 R 4 4 R 5 3 R 10 8 R 3 5 R 5 7 R
+5 Y -2 5 R -2 12 R y -2 5 R 2 4 R 7 2 R 1 5 R -2 7 R
+2 3 R 7 4 R 6 2 R 5 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 13 -1 R
+4 -2 R 5 2 R 5 3 R 9 -1 R 6 2 R 6 2 R 5 -1 R
+9 2 R 12 -2 R 6 3 R V 5 -1 R 9 -1 R 5 -1 R 5 -2 R
+11 -1 R 5 -2 R 6 -1 R 8 3 R Z 5 -2 R 6 -1 R 5 -2 R
+S 5 -2 R 5 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -4 R 3 -4 R S 14 -1 R 9 -1 R
+13 1 R 5 2 R 6 4 R 7 1 R 8 2 R 5 1 R V 5 -2 R
+8 -1 R 7 3 R 4 2 R 8 2 R 1 5 R -2 10 R -2 5 R
+1 11 R 1 6 R -2 6 R 4 1 R 4 3 R -1 8 R Z 3 5 R
+1 5 R -1 5 R 5 2 R S 5 3 R 5 4 R 2 4 R 4 5 R
+3 4 R 4 5 R 3 4 R 9 7 R 4 3 R 6 3 R 12 2 R
+3 5 R 3 4 R 4 5 R 2 4 R 1 4 R 2 5 R 3 5 R
+3 5 R 3 4 R 4 4 R 7 9 R 1 4 R 8 13 R 8 7 R
+4 4 R 3 8 R 6 8 R 6 2 R 5 1 R 4 2 R 5 4 R
+-1 9 R z -1 -10 R -4 -1 R -11 -1 R B -5 -6 R -2 -4 R -3 -4 R
+-4 -3 R -9 -8 R -4 -3 R C F -6 -7 R G -2 -4 R -8 -9 R -5 -6 R
+F -6 -4 R B -6 -1 R -4 -1 R C -4 -2 R -5 -4 R -4 -2 R B -4 -1 R
+B -7 -1 R -7 1 R -9 2 R -1 6 R -4 -3 R -2 -4 R B -2 -4 R
+-4 -3 R -4 -2 R C -4 -3 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R G -2 -4 R
+-1 -4 R -2 -4 R z -4 -2 R 2 -4 R N -1 -8 R -2 -4 R G -14 -1 R
+-4 -2 R -4 -3 R B -5 1 R -4 2 R B C -10 1 R -12 1 R z -10 1 R
+z z -4 2 R -9 1 R -4 3 R -2 5 R -4 4 R -4 2 R x -4 4 R
+-4 5 R MI -4 4 R z -5 -1 R -4 1 R -5 2 R -2 5 R -4 6 R
+-1 11 R -2 4 R -1 4 R -4 7 R -4 4 R -2 4 R M -4 5 R
+-1 4 R -1 4 R -5 -1 R -7 -1 R -4 -1 R C z z -6 -1 R -4 -1 R
+-4 -3 R -3 -4 R 2 -5 R 5 -4 R -1 -4 R -5 1 R -4 -1 R
+F -4 5 R -5 -2 R B -5 2 R -4 2 R -5 -1 R -4 -2 R F -2 -5 R
+z z z -2 -4 R -6 1 R -4 2 R -4 4 R y -4 1 R x 4 7 R
+-2 5 R -1 4 R 3 4 R 5 4 R 5 6 R Q 2 -4 R 7 2 R
+5 -3 R 5 1 R 9 4 R 13 9 R 1 7 R z -2 -4 R C -9 -1 R
+B -4 4 R M -4 3 R -21 -1 R -4 -2 R -5 1 R -4 3 R -4 4 R
+-3 4 R -4 4 R -1 8 R 5 -1 R 5 -2 R 5 3 R y z -5 1 R
+-3 4 R 2 6 R 1 5 R -2 5 R F -3 -4 R -3 -4 R -5 2 R
+x -2 4 R F G 4 -4 R O -1 -4 R -14 -1 R B -7 1 R -6 1 R
+-9 -2 R -15 -1 R -5 -1 R -4 -4 R H N -2 -5 R -1 -4 R N -3 -4 R
+-3 -4 R -8 1 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R G -6 3 R -6 2 R -5 -1 R
+-6 -2 R -4 -3 R -3 -4 R -3 -6 R -4 -1 R -6 -2 R -5 3 R
+-5 2 R -9 3 R z -4 2 R 3 4 R -1 7 R -4 5 R -7 2 R
+-5 3 R -3 4 R Z S 4 -2 R Q 7 3 R 2 3 R S 4 -2 R 11 1 R
+4 1 R 4 2 R 7 2 R 5 1 R 2 5 R -6 -2 R -8 -1 R
+-8 -2 R -5 -1 R -4 1 R -5 3 R -6 -1 R -8 -1 R -4 4 R
+-5 1 R -13 -2 R 1 -6 R -2 -4 R -6 3 R 1 4 R -2 5 R
+-6 4 R -5 5 R 6 -1 R 4 2 R 2 6 R 6 3 R Z 14 2 R
+-1 16 R -1 4 R -1 10 R -1 4 R -6 2 R -6 4 R -5 2 R
+-7 1 R -4 -1 R -6 1 R -5 -2 R -7 -1 R 2 4 R -1 5 R
+V -1 6 R 2 5 R 13 1 R 4 4 R 5 2 R 3 4 R MI 4 2 R
+7 2 R 3 2 R 4 -1 R 4 1 R Z 4 5 R 2 10 R -2 6 R
+3 2 R 5 1 R 5 -1 R 4 -2 R 6 -1 R 4 -2 R N 2 -4 R
+3 2 R 4 2 R V 4 7 R 7 -6 R 4 1 R 9 2 R -2 5 R
+2 6 R V V 6 2 R 3 2 R 4 4 R 2 5 R 2 4 R 1 4 R
+4 2 R 4 -2 R 4 -1 R -1 9 R Z S 5 1 R 4 1 R 5 -1 R
+11 2 R 5 -2 R 5 -1 R 6 2 R 4 3 R Z 4 3 R 5 2 R
+5 3 R 5 4 R 6 7 R 2 4 R 8 -1 R 5 2 R 5 2 R
+4 2 R 8 7 R 5 2 R 12 13 R 4 6 R 4 6 R 4 4 R
+3 5 R 3 5 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 2 5 R
+1 5 R 1 7 R 1 9 R 4 9 R 1 4 R 1 5 R 1 13 R
+5 X 9 2 R 5 2 R 5 3 R 4 3 R w -7 -1 R B -4 -1 R
+B B -8 1 R -4 4 R -2 5 R -2 5 R -5 8 R -3 5 R 2 4 R
+1 5 R 2 5 R 1 4 R 4 6 R 5 3 R 3 8 R 2 5 R
+9 3 R 6 9 R -4 -1 R -9 -7 R -5 6 R -4 5 R -3 5 R
+-2 4 R -3 5 R -4 3 R -2 5 R -2 4 R 3 7 R 4 3 R
+1 5 R -1 8 R -4 9 R -3 6 R -3 4 R -7 1 R z z B -6 -2 R
+B -12 -1 R -4 -3 R -7 1 R -9 -2 R -5 -4 R -4 -1 R -4 -2 R
+-4 -5 R H -3 -4 R -3 -4 R H 1 -4 R 3 -4 R -1 -4 R B -4 -2 R
+G -4 2 R w -2 4 R -4 4 R -4 2 R z z -4 -2 R -3 -4 R -12 -2 R
+-4 1 R -5 -1 R G -4 -2 R -5 3 R ST
+-561 -181 MP 2 7 R 5 7 R 3 5 R
+3 5 R 4 3 R 3 4 R 4 2 R 3 5 R 2 4 R 6 5 R
+3 4 R 5 2 R 8 4 R 9 2 R 4 3 R 4 4 R 5 4 R
+5 4 R 21 19 R 4 5 R 2 5 R 1 5 R 3 22 R O 4 -2 R
+2 5 R 3 6 R 6 7 R 12 11 R 4 6 R 1 7 R 6 5 R
+7 4 R 4 1 R 5 -1 R 4 2 R 4 -2 R 8 2 R 4 1 R
+4 2 R 5 2 R 5 4 R 13 6 R 6 2 R 4 2 R 7 2 R
+S Z -2 4 R -1 4 R -4 4 R -4 3 R Z 7 -3 R 4 -3 R 4 -1 R
+8 -2 R 4 -3 R 4 -4 R O 5 -1 R 5 -1 R 5 -1 R 11 -1 R
+11 2 R 4 2 R 5 4 R 5 2 R 13 5 R 4 2 R 5 2 R
+9 5 R 5 2 R 17 -2 R 4 -4 R 4 -4 R 5 -4 R 5 -4 R
+5 -3 R 4 -3 R 5 -3 R 3 -4 R 5 -3 R 4 -4 R 4 -3 R
+N 3 -4 R 5 2 R 1 13 R -2 4 R -4 4 R 7 Y -4 5 R -3 4 R
+-4 3 R -4 5 R -4 5 R -3 5 R 11 Y 5 4 R 4 1 R 5 1 R
+4 2 R 9 5 R 5 1 R 7 -2 R 2 -4 R 1 -5 R O 2 -4 R
+1 -7 R 2 -4 R O O 2 -4 R 1 -4 R 3 -4 R 3 -4 R 4 -4 R
+4 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R S 6 1 R 5 4 R 7 5 R
+1 5 R 2 6 R 3 4 R -4 1 R C -6 -4 R -6 1 R -13 2 R
+y M -4 2 R -4 2 R -4 4 R -4 2 R -4 3 R -4 7 R -2 4 R
+-2 5 R -1 6 R -2 5 R w -2 5 R -4 5 R -1 4 R -1 5 R
+-1 4 R -4 5 R -4 4 R -2 5 R -2 4 R 2 8 R 2 4 R
+5 8 R 9 15 R 2 4 R 3 5 R 4 5 R 10 7 R 6 3 R
+4 5 R 7 6 R 5 2 R 5 3 R z -4 -1 R -9 1 R z -5 -1 R
+C -8 1 R B -4 1 R -4 4 R -4 5 R -1 5 R -1 5 R 1 13 R
+1 4 R 1 12 R 1 9 R 2 23 R 4 2 R 14 2 R 4 1 R
+7 3 R 6 -2 R 6 3 R 3 4 R 4 2 R x -4 3 R 1 4 R
+3 6 R z MI -6 -3 R -1 5 R -2 5 R -2 4 R 1 6 R 3 5 R
+3 4 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 3 R 2 8 R 1 5 R
+-4 9 R -4 6 R -2 4 R 2 7 R 4 3 R -4 2 R -5 -2 R
+-7 -2 R F -4 -3 R H H -5 -4 R -5 -1 R -5 1 R -3 4 R -2 7 R
+y -3 5 R -4 -5 R H -1 -7 R -3 -5 R -1 -5 R G -3 -4 R -4 -3 R
+-2 -4 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R H 3 -4 R N -4 1 R -4 3 R -2 5 R
+-4 4 R -7 1 R -3 5 R 2 13 R -2 8 R 1 4 R 5 3 R
+1 9 R 2 4 R 1 5 R -1 4 R -2 4 R -2 8 R H H H -1 -7 R
+H 2 -4 R -2 -4 R -4 -1 R -5 1 R -4 -2 R B -4 4 R -5 9 R
+-2 4 R -3 4 R -5 7 R -2 5 R -4 5 R 1 7 R 1 5 R
+-1 7 R -1 5 R x -6 6 R -3 5 R -2 4 R -3 5 R -3 5 R
+-3 4 R -3 4 R -4 5 R -4 4 R -2 4 R -3 4 R -5 8 R
+-4 3 R -3 5 R -1 4 R 4 4 R 2 3 R 2 6 R 2 5 R
+2 6 R 2 7 R 1 6 R 2 17 R 3 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R
+4 7 R 1 5 R 5 7 R 4 3 R 8 9 R 3 8 R -1 8 R
+3 9 R 3 4 R 7 15 R 3 5 R 5 6 R 5 3 R 1 -4 R
+5 -1 R 4 -4 R 4 1 R 3 6 R Z y -7 3 R 1 3 R 3 4 R
+4 3 R 5 3 R 6 3 R 5 -1 R P 4 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R
+5 -2 R 5 3 R 5 3 R 7 3 R M -4 -1 R B 5 Y 4 2 R
+S 6 3 R 1 3 R -2 4 R -6 -1 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R B -7 -1 R
+-4 -2 R -5 2 R -8 1 R -5 -1 R B -4 -1 R -7 2 R z -4 1 R
+-4 2 R -4 -1 R B -8 1 R -4 2 R -4 2 R -4 2 R C C -4 1 R
+y y -2 -4 R -6 -4 R -3 5 R -4 3 R G -2 -4 R 2 -4 R N H
+-1 -4 R H O N -2 -11 R -4 -5 R C -4 2 R -13 1 R -9 -2 R -7 -6 R MI
+B -4 1 R z z -1 -4 R -4 -1 R -2 5 R 2 4 R -6 -5 R 1 -4 R
+-3 -4 R N 4 -2 R O -4 -3 R -6 -2 R -4 -2 R -5 -4 R -4 -3 R
+-4 -3 R F -4 -2 R -6 1 R z -5 -1 R -6 2 R -1 4 R 1 9 R
+1 3 R 1 5 R -2 5 R F H H -1 -4 R -1 -5 R -3 -4 R 2 -4 R
+-4 -2 R -4 5 R C -4 3 R -4 3 R -1 4 R -2 5 R -5 2 R
+-1 5 R -1 7 R 2 4 R -1 5 R C -2 -4 R -6 -5 R -8 2 R
+M -7 2 R -4 2 R -3 4 R -2 5 R 1 5 R -2 4 R -4 3 R
+H N -7 -6 R -2 -4 R 2 -5 R 1 -4 R 3 -9 R 4 -3 R 4 -3 R
+5 -3 R N -2 -5 R C 3 -10 R H H H H N 3 -4 R -1 -5 R H -4 -4 R
+ST
+-443 595 MP -10 3 R -11 5 R -5 1 R -5 2 R -2 5 R -4 4 R -6 7 R
+-2 7 R -4 3 R -2 5 R -4 2 R -7 3 R -4 1 R -4 4 R
+-11 8 R -4 2 R -5 1 R -5 3 R -2 5 R -2 5 R M -5 -2 R
+-4 -2 R -5 -2 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R -5 -2 R -2 -4 R -4 -3 R
+-2 -4 R 2 -5 R N 2 -9 R O N 1 -6 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R N 2 -5 R
+4 -1 R 2 -4 R -1 -6 R -2 -4 R -1 -4 R Q -6 Y -4 3 R -4 1 R
+-6 4 R -4 3 R -2 4 R -2 5 R 5 Y 3 4 R -1 6 R 5 Y
+-5 3 R M -3 7 R 5 Y -3 5 R -4 2 R -3 4 R -3 4 R -11 10 R
+-3 5 R -4 10 R -1 6 R -7 15 R -1 5 R 1 9 R 1 5 R
+1 3 R 2 8 R 1 5 R 2 3 R 9 2 R S 4 -2 R 3 -4 R
+N 1 -4 R N -2 -4 R 1 -4 R -1 -4 R 1 -5 R 1 -4 R Q 4 -2 R
+5 -4 R 5 3 R 1 4 R -2 5 R -7 9 R -3 9 R -2 5 R
+-1 5 R -3 7 R 1 8 R 2 5 R 2 4 R 1 5 R 2 4 R
+3 5 R 1 3 R 1 5 R 1 9 R 3 4 R 4 2 R 4 4 R
+4 3 R 3 2 R 3 5 R 3 5 R Z Z 4 3 R 2 5 R 1 4 R
+1 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 1 4 R 1 4 R -1 8 R 1 5 R
+4 3 R 4 6 R 4 3 R 3 5 R 1 3 R 1 7 R 3 5 R
+2 4 R 3 2 R 4 2 R V 4 3 R 4 1 R 6 1 R 3 7 R
+1 4 R 4 8 R -1 8 R -3 6 R -6 7 R z x 4 2 R 2 5 R
+-4 5 R -1 4 R -1 5 R -4 5 R -6 4 R -5 1 R -7 4 R
+-8 3 R 1 5 R -4 5 R -4 4 R -4 3 R -4 4 R -7 5 R
+2 6 R 4 4 R 5 5 R 3 5 R -1 9 R -3 5 R -1 5 R
+-3 5 R -1 6 R 1 8 R -1 19 R 2 4 R 3 7 R 2 4 R
+2 7 R 4 1 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 8 1 R 4 -1 R 5 -4 R
+5 -1 R 3 -4 R 6 -1 R 11 -1 R Q 8 -1 R 4 -1 R 6 -1 R
+12 1 R -4 2 R -4 1 R -5 1 R -5 1 R -4 2 R MI -4 2 R
+-5 1 R -7 5 R -6 5 R -3 4 R -5 7 R -5 4 R -8 6 R
+-4 5 R -2 5 R -2 5 R y H 1 -5 R 1 -4 R O 2 -4 R 5 -4 R
+4 -5 R -3 -6 R B -5 1 R -4 1 R -4 4 R -3 6 R -1 4 R
+-1 6 R -1 4 R 1 6 R 3 5 R 2 5 R 2 5 R 2 5 R
+4 4 R -4 X -3 -4 R -8 X 1 11 R -1 6 R -4 X 1 -6 R -1 -5 R
+H N 1 -4 R 4 -5 R -1 -6 R H H -1 -4 R -1 -13 R 1 -8 R -4 -2 R
+y -4 -2 R 4 -3 R 3 -5 R H H H -2 -4 R G H H -1 -4 R H -2 -4 R
+-4 -4 R N -5 -4 R -8 1 R -4 6 R -2 17 R -2 15 R -2 5 R
+-4 3 R H 1 -4 R 2 -4 R N 1 -5 R 1 -5 R -2 -4 R -5 2 R
+-5 4 R -5 4 R -4 2 R -2 5 R -3 11 R H -1 -4 R -2 -11 R
+F H -3 -4 R H 2 -4 R 2 -8 R N N N -3 -5 R M -5 3 R -5 3 R
+-6 3 R -4 1 R -1 4 R -3 5 R -3 9 R 1 8 R 1 10 R
+-2 9 R 1 3 R 1 6 R 3 4 R 3 5 R 3 4 R 1 5 R
+1 5 R 2 4 R Z 4 4 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 7 11 R 2 4 R
+3 2 R 4 1 R V 5 2 R 3 2 R 4 3 R 4 3 R Z 1 7 R
+2 4 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 3 R
+4 2 R 4 3 R 3 5 R -7 -2 R -5 -3 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R
+-4 -1 R -4 2 R -6 -2 R H H H H H H G -2 -4 R -5 -3 R -5 -2 R
+-6 -1 R -5 -4 R -4 -4 R -5 -4 R -4 -4 R H -3 -4 R -4 -4 R
+H H -5 -4 R -4 -1 R -1 -4 R -1 -7 R -5 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -2 R
+-8 6 R M H 1 -11 R -1 -5 R H 2 -7 R 3 -5 R 1 -4 R 1 -10 R
+2 -5 R 2 -8 R -2 -4 R 3 -4 R 5 -6 R O 2 -4 R 2 -4 R
+2 -4 R 1 -4 R N MI -1 -8 R -6 -3 R -5 -1 R -4 -3 R -4 -4 R
+F -3 -4 R -4 -4 R H -2 -6 R -2 -4 R G -3 -9 R -1 -4 R 1 -4 R
+-2 -4 R H 1 -4 R Q 4 -5 R -2 -5 R -6 -2 R H 1 -4 R -1 -8 R
+-4 -4 R -1 -8 R H -2 -6 R -4 -2 R H -1 -7 R -2 -6 R -8 -5 R
+4 -2 R Q O 3 -4 R 1 -4 R 1 -7 R N -2 -4 R -3 -4 R -5 -4 R
+-3 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -1 R -5 -1 R -4 -1 R -4 -1 R -10 -2 R
+-4 -3 R -19 1 R -6 9 R 2 10 R -1 5 R 1 7 R 2 5 R
+1 5 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 5 6 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 2 4 R
+1 5 R -1 11 R 1 7 R 1 4 R 1 8 R 2 4 R -1 6 R
+-2 5 R 2 6 R 3 4 R 1 5 R 3 5 R 2 5 R 1 6 R
+2 5 R -1 8 R Z 4 2 R 3 4 R 4 7 R 1 4 R 2 4 R
+4 3 R 2 4 R 3 4 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 5 R V 2 3 R
+Z 4 6 R 2 4 R 2 5 R C -4 -2 R H -6 -5 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R
+-6 -6 R -5 -2 R -5 -4 R y -3 7 R -6 3 R -2 4 R -2 6 R
+1 7 R 2 8 R 3 6 R 3 5 R 3 4 R 1 4 R 4 4 R
+4 4 R 4 5 R -6 -2 R -4 -3 R G -5 -4 R -4 -1 R -3 -4 R
+-4 3 R 1 10 R 1 7 R 4 3 R 4 4 R 4 5 R 4 5 R
+2 5 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 3 5 R 5 Y -5 X -5 -3 R -2 -7 R
+-3 -4 R -7 -6 R H H -2 -7 R H F -1 5 R 1 13 R 3 4 R 3 4 R
+3 4 R 4 4 R 3 11 R 3 4 R 4 5 R 3 4 R 4 3 R
+Q Q S 1 4 R -2 8 R -3 4 R 2 6 R 3 4 R 2 4 R 4 6 R
+3 5 R -3 4 R G -7 -5 R -2 -4 R F G F -1 -4 R -4 3 R 1 5 R
+3 4 R 2 5 R 2 4 R 2 4 R 1 5 R Z 4 4 R -3 6 R
+-5 1 R -3 6 R 1 5 R 1 4 R 1 5 R 1 9 R 1 5 R
+1 6 R 2 5 R 3 2 R 6 3 R MI 2 8 R 4 5 R 4 5 R
+3 5 R 1 3 R 2 6 R 3 5 R V 4 -1 R V 17 -1 R V 4 -1 R
+4 -1 R 6 -2 R -3 5 R -10 1 R -6 3 R -5 -2 R -8 3 R
+-3 8 R -1 4 R B -1 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 7 R 4 5 R 1 6 R
+4 2 R 5 -2 R 6 -4 R 3 2 R 7 2 R 4 3 R 3 4 R
+4 2 R V 5 1 R -4 2 R -5 -1 R -4 -1 R -5 -3 R -5 -4 R
+-5 -2 R -4 4 R -3 4 R -1 4 R 1 5 R S 2 5 R 1 6 R
+4 5 R 3 4 R 4 3 R 5 5 R 1 5 R 5 Y 4 2 R 4 2 R
+4 1 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 11 -1 R 4 -2 R 11 2 R 3 2 R
+V 4 1 R -4 2 R -5 -1 R -5 -4 R -8 1 R -11 5 R -6 3 R
+2 5 R 3 4 R 3 5 R 3 4 R 4 5 R 3 5 R 3 4 R
+Z 3 4 R 2 5 R -4 -2 R -4 -3 R -3 -4 R -4 -4 R -3 -4 R
+-5 -3 R -4 -1 R N -2 -5 R G -1 -5 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R -5 1 R
+-3 -4 R -5 -2 R F -1 -6 R -5 -4 R -3 -4 R -5 -2 R -5 -1 R
+-2 -4 R H -5 -1 R -3 -4 R G -3 -4 R H -4 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -4 R
+-3 -4 R -4 -4 R -5 -4 R -5 -2 R -4 -2 R -5 -2 R -4 -4 R
+-4 2 R -3 5 R -8 2 R -6 4 R x -7 2 R -5 2 R -6 2 R
+-4 1 R -5 3 R -4 5 R -5 4 R -4 7 R -8 17 R 1 6 R
+12 2 R V Q 9 -2 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 7 2 R 4 3 R V 3 4 R
+4 2 R V 8 -2 R O S 4 -2 R 6 -1 R 8 1 R 4 1 R 9 3 R
+z -9 -1 R -5 -1 R -7 1 R -6 3 R -8 5 R -5 1 R -5 1 R
+F -5 -4 R -5 -4 R -4 -2 R -13 1 R -6 1 R -6 2 R -5 -2 R
+-9 3 R -5 -1 R -5 3 R -9 1 R -9 -1 R -8 1 R -6 2 R
+-3 5 R -3 8 R 2 4 R ST
+-836 1452 MP 8 3 R 2 6 R 8 3 R 5 -1 R
+12 -1 R 5 2 R 5 X 5 X 7 3 R 5 X 3 -4 R 4 -3 R 6 -1 R
+5 3 R -3 4 R 5 1 R 6 -3 R 11 4 R 4 3 R -4 3 R
+-4 2 R -4 2 R -4 2 R -3 5 R 2 4 R 5 1 R 5 1 R
+8 3 R 10 -2 R 4 2 R 3 4 R Z 125 49 MB
+-718 1500 MP C -5 1 R -4 1 R W -15 1 MB
+373 -1066 MP -11 -4 R
+-5 -3 R -4 -5 R -2 -4 R H -3 -14 R -5 -3 R -9 -3 R -4 -1 R
+-5 -1 R -4 -1 R -8 2 R -4 4 R -8 7 R -5 4 R -5 3 R
+-5 2 R -4 2 R -5 3 R -4 2 R w -5 3 R -4 2 R -6 -1 R
+-4 -2 R -5 -1 R 1 4 R 3 4 R 4 4 R 1 5 R 7 1 R
+4 1 R 3 2 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 1 -6 R 4 1 R
+6 7 R 4 4 R 4 3 R 4 4 R 6 5 R V S 4 -1 R 4 -3 R
+4 -3 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R S S S S 7 1 R 4 1 R 4 -3 R 3 -5 R
+N 4 -2 R N 3 -4 R -3 -4 R ST
+-1011 -1353 MP 2 -4 R -2 -4 R -4 2 R 1 3 R
+2 3 R r ST
+-1021 -1340 MP 4 -3 R 1 -5 R -4 -1 R w -2 4 R J ST
+-531 37 MP 5 -1 R 7 -3 R
+7 -8 R 2 -11 R 4 -6 R -3 -5 R -4 1 R -3 5 R -3 4 R
+-2 4 R -4 3 R -9 2 R w -2 4 R 2 4 R 3 4 R r ST
+-467 78 MP 6 -2 R
+7 -2 R 9 -1 R 5 -2 R 5 -3 R 2 -9 R 2 -6 R 3 -5 R
+P 1 -5 R 6 -9 R 2 -9 R 6 1 R 4 2 R 5 2 R 7 4 R
+4 -2 R 5 -1 R 8 -2 R -2 -5 R F -4 -5 R -3 -5 R -4 -3 R
+-4 -2 R -4 -2 R -4 -3 R B -4 -2 R -4 -3 R -5 -6 R -2 -4 R
+-2 -7 R -4 -1 R -4 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -3 R -4 -2 R -4 -2 R
+z -1 -6 R -5 1 R y -4 2 R -4 X -3 5 R y -2 4 R w y -8 2 R
+w 1 4 R -2 6 R x -2 4 R -2 4 R -3 4 R w -2 5 R M 1 6 R
+1 3 R w -1 7 R 4 Y 1 3 R 1 4 R 1 3 R -1 14 R 4 Y
+3 2 R 8 2 R 7 2 R Z 6 -2 R 4 2 R 4 2 R E ST
+-441 484 MP -2 -9 R
+-1 -4 R G -1 -5 R 1 -8 R 2 -7 R P 5 -3 R 4 -4 R -2 -4 R
+-2 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 -5 R -2 -4 R -2 -6 R -5 -3 R -4 -4 R
+3 -4 R -1 -6 R -8 -7 R -12 -8 R -3 -8 R -5 -2 R -5 -3 R
+-3 -4 R -8 -5 R -5 -3 R -3 -4 R -1 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 4 R
+-7 -2 R -4 X w -7 4 R -5 -3 R -6 -4 R -5 -2 R -4 2 R 1 5 R
+4 2 R -2 4 R 3 4 R 2 3 R 2 3 R 1 4 R 4 6 R
+-1 8 R 2 8 R 2 3 R 1 3 R 1 4 R 2 7 R V 4 3 R
+4 2 R 4 3 R 10 11 R 2 3 R 2 3 R 1 3 R 2 4 R
+1 3 R 1 4 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 3 4 R
+4 2 R 5 4 R 4 3 R 4 2 R V 4 1 R V 4 1 R 4 1 R
+4 3 R P ST
+-610 1109 MP 7 -8 R 4 -4 R 4 -2 R 4 -7 R 2 -9 R 5 -2 R
+2 -4 R 1 -6 R 1 -7 R 3 -7 R 1 -4 R -2 -4 R -4 -5 R
+4 -7 R -2 -5 R z -3 4 R -1 4 R w -1 4 R -4 2 R M z -4 3 R
+-1 9 R -2 4 R w 1 7 R -2 4 R -4 2 R -2 4 R -3 4 R
+-1 4 R w 2 7 R 4 5 R T ST
+-636 1029 MP 6 -1 R 6 -5 R 4 -2 R 4 -5 R
+5 -7 R 2 -10 R 2 -8 R -2 -12 R H 3 -4 R 7 -5 R 2 -5 R
+-2 -5 R C -4 -2 R 3 -6 R S 5 -4 R -2 -4 R -2 -9 R 3 -5 R
+-2 -7 R F -8 -1 R -7 -2 R -12 1 R B -4 3 R -4 3 R -5 3 R
+-4 4 R -3 4 R -5 4 R 1 5 R -3 4 R -2 4 R 1 3 R
+2 8 R -1 9 R w -3 4 R w -3 4 R w w 1 3 R 1 7 R 1 3 R
+1 3 R 1 3 R 1 5 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 2 3 R
+2 3 R 8 2 R 1 3 R 5 X ST
+-833 1121 MP -2 -7 R H 2 -5 R 1 -5 R 3 -10 R
+1 -21 R 1 -4 R 9 -10 R 1 -4 R -1 -5 R 2 -5 R 3 -6 R
+-5 Y -2 -12 R -5 -2 R C -2 -7 R -4 X C -13 -4 R -4 1 R -5 1 R
+-5 -2 R -3 -7 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -5 -3 R -5 -1 R -5 3 R
+-6 6 R 2 3 R w 1 4 R 3 4 R 1 3 R 2 3 R V 7 2 R
+-1 6 R -1 6 R -2 4 R -2 4 R -4 4 R -4 2 R x 2 4 R
+6 5 R 4 3 R V 4 2 R -3 5 R -14 1 R -4 -2 R -2 -4 R
+-2 -4 R -1 -5 R -3 -5 R -2 -4 R -4 -5 R -8 -7 R -5 -3 R
+-9 -2 R -4 1 R 1 4 R -2 4 R 2 4 R 3 4 R 2 8 R
+6 5 R 3 2 R 2 4 R 1 4 R -2 4 R -4 3 R 1 5 R
+5 2 R -1 6 R 1 6 R 1 5 R 3 4 R 4 1 R S 5 1 R
+6 4 R 5 4 R Q -2 -5 R H -1 -7 R 2 -7 R 3 2 R 2 11 R
+2 3 R 1 4 R 4 2 R 2 4 R 4 2 R 4 1 R 4 3 R
+6 6 R 4 2 R 7 1 R 4 2 R 4 -1 R -2 -4 R d ST
+-767 1134 MP -2 -11 R
+-1 -5 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -3 -4 R -3 -4 R F -5 -3 R -1 -4 R
+-3 -5 R 1 -5 R -2 -6 R -3 -9 R -4 X -4 1 R -5 1 R -4 2 R
+-8 5 R -2 4 R -1 4 R w -1 4 R 1 8 R w 1 9 R 3 4 R
+3 4 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 3 4 R V 4 1 R 14 -1 R 10 1 R
+4 2 R 8 2 R K ST
+-730 1207 MP 1 -5 R 1 -8 R -3 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R
+-3 -5 R -4 -11 R -2 -4 R -2 -4 R -7 -8 R -2 -5 R -1 -6 R
+-6 -2 R -7 4 R -5 -2 R -6 -1 R -4 -3 R -5 X -5 2 R -5 4 R
+-1 4 R 5 6 R 2 4 R 2 3 R 2 6 R 4 3 R 3 2 R
+4 3 R 2 3 R Z 4 2 R 4 3 R 4 2 R 3 2 R Z 1 4 R
+8 2 R 5 4 R 2 4 R 6 2 R V r ST
+-830 1202 MP -8 -17 R -5 -6 R -3 -12 R
+-5 2 R -5 2 R -5 -1 R 4 Y 3 4 R 1 3 R 2 7 R 7 6 R
+1 3 R 4 -1 R 4 2 R 1 3 R 4 3 R 4 X D ST
+-713 1329 MP -3 -8 R C
+3 -4 R -1 -6 R G -9 1 R 1 6 R -5 -3 R -5 -7 R 4 X 4 1 R
+7 -2 R -1 -5 R -7 -6 R -5 -4 R -7 -3 R -11 -5 R -5 -2 R
+-10 2 R 2 4 R 4 3 R 3 4 R M -8 -2 R F -11 -8 R -7 -1 R
+-5 -2 R -13 -5 R -4 2 R -4 -1 R -6 -1 R -6 -3 R -4 1 R
+-11 1 R -9 -3 R H F -9 3 R z -2 6 R -3 9 R -4 2 R 1 3 R
+2 4 R 1 3 R 5 3 R 4 -1 R P 5 -3 R -5 Y 7 -1 R V
+-2 4 R x 4 2 R P 5 -1 R 4 2 R 4 -1 R V 4 2 R 6 1 R
+4 2 R 4 1 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 4 2 R 4 3 R -1 4 R
+-7 -1 R -5 -2 R -6 -3 R -4 -1 R -12 -2 R -4 -1 R -6 2 R
+x 1 3 R 2 4 R 3 4 R V 7 8 R 2 4 R 2 5 R V S 7 2 R
+4 2 R 4 3 R 4 1 R 4 3 R 3 5 R -4 3 R -6 -2 R
+-5 -1 R -5 -2 R -6 -2 R -7 3 R -1 4 R x -4 4 R z -4 3 R
+-7 5 R -13 2 R -7 1 R -2 6 R 2 4 R 4 1 R 6 5 R
+M -4 2 R 1 5 R 1 3 R V 7 3 R 6 -2 R 7 -6 R -1 6 R
+-2 6 R 4 X 3 7 R 4 1 R 5 2 R S 4 1 R 6 -4 R S
+Q N 1 -5 R 4 -1 R 4 -5 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R 3 -4 R N 2 -5 R
+O N 1 -4 R N S 4 -3 R 5 2 R 8 -1 R 4 -1 R N 4 -1 R
+3 2 R 4 -2 R 4 -5 R N 4 -3 R S 5 -2 R 3 -4 R 4 -2 R
+N 4 -1 R N ST
+-952 1379 MP -3 -4 R -5 -1 R -4 1 R -5 -1 R -2 -5 R -1 -5 R
+-5 -2 R -5 1 R -8 -2 R -3 -4 R H -2 -8 R -5 X -5 4 R -8 2 R
+2 4 R 1 16 R 4 2 R 5 4 R S V 5 -1 R 8 2 R 6 2 R
+V S S 4 1 R Z Z 5 -6 R j ST
+-888 1434 MP -3 -5 R -4 -9 R -3 -5 R -5 -6 R
+-5 -4 R -6 -5 R -5 -1 R -5 -1 R -5 -3 R -7 2 R -4 1 R
+F H y 2 5 R 5 2 R 4 2 R 2 4 R 2 3 R 3 2 R 3 2 R
+1 6 R 4 1 R 4 2 R 4 3 R 5 4 R 5 3 R 4 2 R
+4 X 4 1 R S d ST
+-884 624 MP -3 -4 R -4 -5 R -1 -5 R -9 -11 R -2 -5 R
+-2 -4 R 1 -4 R Q 5 -2 R 2 -5 R -3 -6 R -9 -3 R -5 -4 R
+1 -4 R -2 -5 R -5 -1 R 1 -5 R 2 -5 R F -5 -4 R -5 1 R
+-5 -2 R x -3 6 R -5 2 R -5 3 R -7 -3 R -4 -1 R -5 -2 R
+-4 3 R -3 4 R -4 3 R -2 4 R 1 8 R 1 3 R 4 1 R
+V 4 3 R 1 4 R Z 4 3 R 1 3 R 3 4 R 1 8 R -1 5 R
+x -1 13 R 2 12 R 2 5 R 2 3 R 4 2 R 6 -1 R H H 2 -6 R
+6 -1 R 3 -4 R 4 1 R S 10 2 R V 3 2 R 9 1 R V 6 -1 R
+4 -5 R d ST
+-494 1245 MP 1 -14 R 1 -5 R -1 -4 R 3 -11 R 1 -4 R 2 -5 R
+1 -5 R 4 -5 R 4 -5 R 5 -2 R 1 -4 R 3 -5 R 7 -5 R
+1 -4 R -2 -8 R -8 -1 R -4 -4 R -2 -4 R 2 -4 R -1 -5 R
+-6 7 R -5 6 R 2 4 R 1 3 R -2 7 R 1 8 R w -1 5 R
+-1 4 R w -1 4 R -1 4 R -1 4 R -2 7 R -1 4 R w w 1 4 R
+-1 11 R 1 10 R 2 3 R ST
+Nlw SLW -904 373 MP -5 4 R -5 -3 R -4 -1 R -8 -2 R
+-3 -6 R -9 -2 R -4 -1 R -5 2 R -3 4 R -8 -3 R -5 -4 R
+z -7 -1 R -5 -1 R -4 -3 R -6 1 R -3 4 R -1 4 R -3 4 R
+-2 4 R 1 11 R 3 5 R 2 4 R 1 5 R -1 6 R -1 4 R
+-5 7 R -5 3 R -4 2 R -6 -2 R -4 -2 R -13 12 R -2 4 R
+-3 9 R -2 10 R -4 6 R 1 9 R -2 5 R -1 7 R -4 6 R
+-4 3 R -2 5 R -3 5 R -4 5 R -4 5 R -7 3 R -4 3 R
+-5 2 R -4 -3 R -2 -4 R -4 -4 R -4 -4 R -3 -4 R -2 -4 R
+F -4 -3 R -9 -4 R G -2 -4 R -5 -3 R G 4 -3 R 4 -3 R -1 -4 R
+5 -6 R -1 -6 R 1 -6 R -2 -4 R -5 -1 R -4 -2 R -7 -1 R
+-1 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -2 R 1 -6 R -2 -7 R H H -238 32 MB
+-1143 775 MP 4 5 R 7 -1 R
+5 2 R 7 X 4 1 R E ST
+-1141 3 MP 14 -2 R 1 -4 R 2 -16 R 2 -5 R 1 -18 R
+-2 -4 R 3 -7 R 5 -7 R 5 -11 R 2 -5 R 4 -6 R 1 -8 R
+3 -8 R 1 -5 R 1 -6 R -1 -7 R -1 -19 R H -2 -6 R -4 -9 R
+-1 -11 R -2 -7 R -2 -5 R -1 -5 R 2 -5 R -2 -4 R -2 -12 R
+-3 -5 R 1 -16 R N 2 -6 R 4 -6 R 1 -4 R 4 -7 R -2 -5 R
+-4 -3 R H 2 -6 R 1 -7 R -1 -5 R -1 -13 R 3 -5 R -2 -10 R
+-4 -1 R -2 -6 R -2 -7 R -3 -5 R -1 -4 R -5 -5 R -1 -14 R
+-2 -5 R -3 -4 R 2 -6 R ST
+130 -666 MP 4 1 R 7 1 R 5 -2 R 6 -3 R
+5 3 R 14 2 R 3 4 R 9 3 R 6 4 R 9 3 R 9 4 R
+4 -1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 5 2 R 10 2 R 10 2 R 5 -1 R
+4 1 R 18 10 R 9 14 R 4 6 R 3 6 R 11 -2 R O 1 -5 R
+3 -4 R 7 -4 R 5 -2 R N 1 -5 R 1 -4 R 1 -5 R 1 -4 R
+H -3 -4 R B -7 -2 R 3 -6 R 6 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 3 R 4 3 R
+P 6 -4 R 4 -2 R 7 -11 R -1 -5 R -1 -12 R -3 -5 R 1 -9 R
+3 -8 R 11 -10 R 10 -2 R 6 -5 R 5 -1 R 4 -5 R 4 -2 R
+5 1 R 4 3 R 5 5 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 4 4 R 1 3 R
+-2 9 R w 2 8 R 5 X 4 -3 R 4 2 R 5 X 5 2 R 4 2 R
+5 2 R 5 3 R 4 3 R 4 -3 R 4 -7 R -1 -10 R 1 -5 R
+8 -9 R 5 X 8 -2 R 6 2 R 2 -4 R 2 -5 R 4 -3 R -1 -4 R
+3 -5 R 4 -1 R 6 -2 R 3 -5 R 6 -9 R 5 -5 R 8 1 R
+4 2 R 4 3 R 5 3 R 5 2 R 4 -2 R 7 -4 R 4 3 R
+-1 9 R -2 4 R 3 4 R -2 5 R 2 5 R 5 4 R 7 -2 R
+5 2 R 5 3 R 6 -7 R 4 1 R 4 3 R 5 3 R 4 3 R
+2 3 R 3 4 R 5 3 R 8 -2 R 5 -1 R 4 -3 R 3 -4 R
+Z 5 3 R 4 -1 R 15 1 R 4 4 R 5 2 R 10 -1 R 5 -1 R
+2 -4 R 2 -5 R 9 -1 R 4 -2 R 5 -3 R 7 -5 R 5 3 R
+7 -1 R 7 -3 R 4 1 R ST
+-303 -315 MP 10 -7 R 6 -4 R 6 -5 R 5 X 8 -2 R
+5 2 R 11 3 R 8 1 R 4 2 R 3 2 R 1 3 R 1 4 R
+1 5 R 3 5 R 8 5 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 1 R
+5 2 R 9 6 R 5 3 R 5 4 R 5 3 R 6 6 R 3 5 R
+2 6 R Z 2 5 R 1 4 R 2 5 R 1 4 R 4 9 R 2 4 R
+3 5 R 4 5 R 3 5 R 9 7 R 4 -1 R 5 -2 R S 4 3 R
+6 2 R N 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 6 2 R 4 2 R 5 4 R 2 3 R
+2 4 R 5 -1 R 2 -4 R 2 -8 R 4 -2 R 4 -1 R 4 3 R
+S N 2 -7 R 4 -4 R 3 -4 R 5 X 1 -4 R 3 -8 R 9 -2 R
+4 -1 R 5 -2 R 4 1 R 13 -2 R 5 -2 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R
+4 -2 R N H H 2 -4 R 4 -3 R 2 -4 R -1 -4 R H 2 -12 R 4 -4 R
+-1 -4 R 2 -4 R 2 -4 R 2 -10 R 2 -4 R 2 -8 R 4 -6 R
+2 -5 R 2 -4 R 3 -4 R 2 -4 R 3 -10 R 5 -4 R 1 -4 R
+-1 -8 R 2 -8 R -1 -5 R 4 -4 R 3 -9 R -2 -9 R 1 -4 R
+2 -7 R 3 -9 R -2 -26 R 3 -7 R 1 -5 R 3 -9 R 2 -5 R
+-1 -5 R 2 -5 R 1 -5 R 7 -9 R -4 -6 R -3 -4 R -3 -5 R
+-4 -4 R -2 -4 R -3 -4 R -4 -3 R -1 -7 R 1 -5 R 2 -7 R
+-3 -4 R -4 -8 R -2 -4 R -4 -1 R -6 4 R B -4 -9 R -2 -12 R
+-6 1 R -4 2 R -6 4 R -3 -4 R 3 -7 R 4 -2 R Q ST
+88 -63 MP -2 -5 R
+1 -8 R -2 -4 R -1 -8 R -2 -5 R -1 -4 R -2 -6 R -5 -7 R
+2 -11 R 3 -4 R 3 -4 R 2 -7 R 2 -5 R 4 -5 R 3 -4 R
+6 -9 R 8 -3 R P 5 -2 R P 3 -7 R 1 -4 R 2 -4 R 4 -5 R
+7 -6 R 7 -1 R 8 -2 R 5 -4 R 7 -3 R 9 1 R 10 -1 R
+5 -4 R 4 -3 R 4 -1 R 6 1 R 2 8 R 3 4 R 2 3 R
+2 4 R 4 3 R 3 2 R 2 4 R 2 3 R 2 4 R 2 4 R
+1 3 R 4 4 R 5 2 R 7 1 R 4 1 R 5 1 R 5 -1 R
+3 2 R 7 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 X 5 2 R Z 3 4 R 4 4 R 19 1 R
+5 4 R Z 4 4 R 4 4 R 3 4 R 5 4 R 9 5 R 7 2 R
+4 2 R 9 2 R 2 4 R 1 3 R 2 4 R 4 1 R 4 1 R
+Z 2 4 R 4 4 R 2 3 R 2 3 R 1 3 R 3 4 R 2 3 R
+4 3 R 6 1 R 2 4 R 3 8 R 5 2 R 4 3 R 5 Y 2 9 R
+-1 8 R 1 5 R 2 6 R 1 5 R -1 7 R 1 14 R 1 5 R
+-1 5 R 3 7 R 2 6 R -2 5 R -1 4 R -1 4 R -1 6 R
+-4 2 R -2 20 R -2 7 R z -3 6 R 2 6 R 4 5 R 1 3 R
+2 6 R 3 4 R 2 6 R 6 3 R 1 4 R -1 8 R -1 7 R
+1 7 R 1 11 R 4 6 R 2 18 R 2 5 R v ST
+-6 838 MP -3 -5 R -3 -4 R
+-3 -4 R -4 -6 R -1 -4 R 2 -4 R 4 -5 R 4 -2 R 4 -5 R
+Q 14 -3 R 4 -2 R 5 -1 R 5 -2 R 12 -2 R 5 -2 R 8 -3 R
+5 -3 R 4 -3 R 5 -4 R -1 -5 R -5 Y 2 -4 R 2 -5 R P 4 -3 R
+4 -2 R 5 -3 R 6 -2 R 1 -5 R -3 -4 R -2 -6 R 2 -5 R
+3 -4 R 4 -2 R 4 -2 R S 12 -1 R 6 -2 R 5 -4 R 4 -2 R
+8 1 R 5 2 R 5 2 R 5 4 R 6 1 R 11 4 R 9 -1 R
+9 -4 R 9 -3 R 6 1 R 5 1 R 5 2 R 7 -3 R 4 -1 R
+4 -1 R Z 2 4 R 9 4 R 7 2 R 3 4 R 3 4 R ST
+-231 896 MP 1 6 R
+1 5 R 1 5 R 1 5 R 3 5 R 4 2 R 5 4 R 6 7 R
+1 5 R 2 10 R 1 5 R 1 4 R 1 5 R 4 4 R 4 1 R
+5 1 R 10 11 R 5 4 R 5 -1 R 7 X 3 4 R 5 -1 R 5 -3 R
+5 -2 R 8 -2 R 3 -4 R 4 -3 R 7 1 R 16 -1 R 12 -2 R
+Q 5 -1 R 4 -3 R 1 -4 R 8 -5 R 8 3 R 5 4 R 5 2 R
+7 1 R 5 2 R 7 -2 R 2 -8 R 8 -2 R 4 -1 R 5 2 R
+15 2 R 5 6 R 5 1 R 13 3 R 11 9 R 4 5 R 5 1 R
+5 2 R 12 1 R 4 3 R 5 7 R 2 4 R 5 7 R 2 5 R
+3 5 R 9 7 R 11 8 R 9 3 R 5 2 R 6 X ST
+-566 1501 MP -4 -6 R -5 -7 R
+-5 -4 R -5 -6 R ST
+CityDotFont CityDotFontSize SCF
+LGcolor
+showpage
+grestore
+\end{filecontents*}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{picinpar,graphicx}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{figwindow}[3,l,%
+ \fbox{\includegraphics[width=30mm]{ukmap}},%
+ {United Kingdom}]
+ Is this a dagger which I see before me, The
+ handle toward my hand? Come, let me clutch
+ thee. I have thee not, and yet I see thee
+ still. Art thou not, fatal vision,
+ sensible To feeling as to sight? or art
+ thou but A dagger of the mind, a false
+ creation, Proceeding from the
+ heat-oppressed brain? I see thee yet, in
+ form as palpable As this which now I draw.
+ Thou marshall'st me the way that I was
+ going; And such an instrument I was to use.
+ Mine eyes are made the fools o' the other
+ senses, Or else worth all the rest; I see
+ thee still, And on thy blade and dudgeon
+ gouts of blood, Which was not so before.
+ (\emph{Macbeth}, Act II, Scene 1).
+\end{figwindow}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..513927d261e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-6 on page 83.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+ \usepackage{amsmath}
+ \newcommand\p{$p$\nobreakdash}% "\p-adic"
+ \newcommand\Ndash{\nobreakdash--}% "3\Ndash 9"
+ \newcommand\n[1]{$n$\nobreakdash-\hspace{0pt}}
+ % "\n-dimensional"
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \noindent The generalization to the \n-dimensional
+ case (using the standard \p-adic topology) can be found
+ on Pages 3\Ndash 9 of Volume IV.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8d2852dd246
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-7 on page 84.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+% To show real and faked capitals we use
+% the commercial Lucida fonts in the example:
+\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J%
+ with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.}
+\IfFileExists{lucidabr.sty}{}{\typeout{The lucidabr package is not available}\stop}
+ \usepackage[lucidasmallscale]{lucidabr}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{relsize}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\Large Some large text with a few
+ {\relsize{-2}small words} inside.
+\par\medskip
+\normalsize\noindent
+S\textsmaller[2]{MALL} C\textsmaller[2]{APS} (faked)\\
+\textsc{Small Caps} (real; compare the running length
+ and stem thickness to previous line).
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..94e91c8f2da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-8 on page 85.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{exscale,relsize}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \sum \neq \mathlarger{\sum} \]
+and $\frac{1}{2} \neq \frac{\mathlarger 1}
+{2}$ but $N = \mathlarger {N}$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..edfcecd4214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-1-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-1-9 on page 85.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{exscale,relsize}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \mathsmaller\sum_{i=1}^n \neq
+ \sum_{i=1}^n \neq \mathlarger\sum_{i=1}^n
+\qquad \mathsmaller\int_0^\infty \neq
+ \int_0^\infty \neq \mathlarger\int_0^\infty
+\]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4379e7b6c2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-1 on page 110.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\renewcommand\thefootnote
+ {\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+text text text\footnote{The first}
+text text\footnote{The second} text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eccfc45d82b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-10 on page 118.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{6.5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-50pt}
+\setlength\marginparwidth{40pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[side,flushmargin]{footmisc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text with a footnote.\footnote{A first.}
+A lot of additional text here with a
+footnote.\footnote{A second.}
+Even more text and then another
+footnote.\footnote{A third.}
+Some more text.\footnote{A fourth.} A lot of
+additional lines of text here to fill up the
+space on the left.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..872212c9e0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-11 on page 118.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-10pt} %account for marginal space in example
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[marginal]{footmisc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\footnote{A first.} with a
+footnote. More text.\footnote{A second.}
+Even more text.\footnote{A third.} Some
+final text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..81fe9f145c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-12 on page 119.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{footmisc}
+\setlength\footnotemargin{10pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\footnote{A first.} with a
+footnote. More text.\footnote{A second.}
+Even more text.\footnote{A third.} Some
+final text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..71a33dfc316
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-13 on page 119.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{6.5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-80pt}
+\setlength\marginparwidth{72pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[side,ragged]{footmisc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\footnote{In the margin ragged
+right often looks better.} with a footnote
+A lot of additional text here to fill
+up the space in the example. A lot of
+additional text here to fill up the space
+in the example.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6a4e081ec6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-14 on page 119.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{3.5\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[norule,para]{footmisc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text with a footnote.\footnote{A first.}
+More text.\footnote{A second.} Even more
+text.\footnote{A third.} Some final text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0f77302bad0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-15 on page 120.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{3\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[para]{footmisc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnote{A second.} with
+two footnotes. Even more text.\footnote{A third.}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fd44654f4d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-16 on page 120.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{3\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[multiple,para]{footmisc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnote{A second.} with
+two footnotes. Even more text.\footnote{A third.}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-17.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-17.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0120a253c61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-17.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-17 on page 121.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip}
+\sloppy % since the examples are so small ...
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[symbol]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{perpage}
+\MakePerPage[2]{footnote}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\footnote{First.} with a footnote.
+More\footnote{Second.} text. Even more
+text.\footnote{Third.} And even\footnote
+ {Fourth.} more text. Some final text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-18.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-18.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b40d4d610e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-18.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-18 on page 121.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip}
+\newcounter{mnote}
+\newcommand\mnote[1]{{\refstepcounter{mnote}%
+ \marginpar[\itshape\small\raggedleft\themnote.\ #1]%
+ {\itshape\small\raggedright\themnote.\ #1}}}
+\usepackage{perpage} \MakePerPage{mnote}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-38pt}
+\setlength\marginparwidth{36pt}
+\setlength\marginparsep{5pt}
+\sloppy % since the examples are so small ...
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+% code as above
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\mnote{First.} with a
+footnote. More\footnote{Second
+as footnote.} text. Even more
+text.\mnote{Third!} And even
+more\mnote {Fourth.} text. Some
+final text.\footnote{Fifth!}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6311ad475c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-19 on page 123.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{7.5\baselineskip}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[multiple]{footmisc}
+\usepackage[para]{manyfoot}
+\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}[alph]
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnoteB{B-level.}
+with footnotes. Even more text.\footnoteB{A second.}
+Some text\footnote{Another main note.}%
+\FootnoteB{*}{A manual marker.} with footnotes.
+Even more text.\footnoteB{Another B note.}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..98c389c023f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-2 on page 110.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{10\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\noindent\ldots{} main text \ldots
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+ Footnotes in a minipage are numbered using
+ lowercase letters.\footnote{Inside minipage}
+ \par This text references a footnote at the
+ bottom of the page.\footnotemark{}
+ And another\footnote{Inside again} note.
+ \end{minipage}\footnotetext{At bottom of page}
+\end{center}
+\ldots{} main text \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5439f72bb25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-20 on page 123.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\sloppy % since the example measure is soooo small
+\setlength\textheight{7.8\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-44pt}
+\setlength\marginparwidth{34pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[side,flushmargin,ragged,multiple]
+ {footmisc}
+\usepackage[para*]{manyfoot}
+\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}[roman]
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnoteB{B-level.}
+with footnotes. Even more text.\footnoteB{A
+second.} Some text\footnote{Another main note.}%
+\FootnoteB{*}{A manual marker.} with footnotes.
+Even more text.\footnoteB{Another B note.}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-21.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-21.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1d83f9aeb2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-21.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-21 on page 123.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+\setlength\textheight{7\baselineskip}
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for
+ this block to fill the page. }
+\sloppy % since the examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[para]{manyfoot}
+\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}[roman]
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some\footnote{A first.} text with two
+footnotes.\footnoteB{A second.} More
+text.\footnoteB{This is a very very long
+footnote that\SplitNote} Even more text.
+
+Some\FootnotetextB{}{is continued here.}
+text here and\footnote{Another first.}
+even more there. \sample % as elsewhere
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..496effd07b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-22 on page 124.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip}
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for
+ this block to fill the page. }
+\sloppy % since the examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[para]{manyfoot}
+\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}[roman]
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some\footnote{A first.} text with two
+footnotes.\footnoteB{A second.} More
+text.\footnoteB{This is a very very long
+footnote that\SplitNote} Even more text.
+
+Some\FootnotetextB{}{is continued here.}
+text here and\footnote{Another first.}
+even more there. \sample % as elsewhere
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-23.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6cffee581fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-23.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-23 on page 124.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{8.5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-4pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[marginal,multiple]{footmisc}
+\usepackage[ruled]{manyfoot}
+\DeclareNewFootnote{B}[fnsymbol]
+\DeclareNewFootnote{C}[Alph]
+\setlength{\skip\footinsB}{5pt minus 1pt}
+\setlength{\skip\footinsC}{5pt minus 1pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\footnote{A first.}\footnoteB{A second.}
+with a footnote. Even more text.\footnoteC{A third.}
+Some text\footnoteB{A sample.} with a
+footnote.\footnoteC{Another sample.} Some more
+text for the example.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-24.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-24.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..913ade857c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-24.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-24 on page 125.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{81.00082pt}
+\setlength\textheight{8.3\baselineskip}
+\sloppy % since the examples are so small
+\raggedbottom
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[multiple]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{manyfoot,perpage}
+\DeclareNewFootnote{B}[fnsymbol]
+\DeclareNewFootnote{C}[Alph]
+\MakePerPage{footnoteB}\MakePerPage{footnoteC}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\footnote{A first.} with a footnote.
+Even more\footnoteB{Second.}\footnoteC{Third.}
+text. Some text\footnoteC{A sample.} with a
+footnote here.\footnoteC{Another sample.} Some
+more text. And\footnote{Again.}\footnoteB{A
+ last.} a last note.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-25.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ace31191320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-25.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-25 on page 125.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{endnotes}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+This is simple text.\endnote{The first endnote.}
+This is simple text.\endnote{The second endnote.}
+Some more text with a mark.\endnotemark[1]
+
+\theendnotes % output endnotes here
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-26.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dd7e19cda52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-26.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-26 on page 126.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\addtolength\textwidth{-10pt}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{endnotes}
+\renewcommand\theendnote{\alph{endnote}}
+\renewcommand\makeenmark{\textsuperscript{\theenmark)}}
+\renewcommand\notesname {Chapter Notes}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+This is simple text.\endnote{The first endnote.}
+This is simple text.\endnote{The second endnote.}
+Some more text with a mark.\endnotemark[1]
+\theendnotes
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-27.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8a39e0bce42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-27.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-27 on page 126.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\addtolength\textwidth{-10pt}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{endnotes}
+\renewcommand\enoteformat{\noindent\raggedright
+ \setlength\parindent{12pt}\makebox[0pt][r]{\theenmark.\,}}
+\renewcommand\enotesize{\scriptsize}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+This is simple text.\endnote{The first endnote with a lot
+ of text to produce two lines.\par And even a second
+ paragraph.}
+This is simple text.\endnote{The second endnote.}
+Some more text with a mark.\endnotemark[1]
+\theendnotes
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-28.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..011a7b44a1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-28.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-28 on page 127.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-70pt}
+\setlength\marginparwidth{58pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+ \newcommand\marginlabel[1]{\mbox{}\marginpar
+ {\raggedright\hspace{0pt}#1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ Some\marginpar{ASuperLongFirstWord with problems}
+ text with a marginal note. Some more text.
+ Another\marginlabel{ASuperLongFirstword without
+ problems} text with a marginal note. Some more
+ text. A lot of additional text here to fill
+ up the space in the example on the left.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8633e5492ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-3 on page 111.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{footmisc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\noindent Main text \ldots \begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+ Footnotes in a minipage are numbered using
+ lowercase letters.\footnote{Inside minipage}
+ \par This text references the previous
+ footnote.\addtocounter{mpfootnote}{-1}%
+ \mpfootnotemark{}
+ And another\footnote{Inside as well} note.
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{center} \ldots{} main text \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..adbdafd8d4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-4 on page 111.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some\footnote{A sample\footnotemark{}
+footnote.}\footnotetext{A subfootnote.}
+text and some more text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..306faf91ace
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-5 on page 111.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\fnref[1]{\unskip~(\ref{#1})}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+This is some text.\footnote{Text inside
+referenced footnote\label{fn:myfoot}.}\par
+\ldots as shown in footnote\fnref{fn:myfoot}
+on page~\pageref{fn:myfoot},\ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2c4aa1abcfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-6 on page 114.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\@makefntext[1]%
+ {\noindent\makebox[0pt][r]{\@thefnmark.\,}#1}
+\makeatother
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+text text text\footnote{The first}
+text text\footnote{The second} text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-7.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-7.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7414e52098c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-7.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-7 on page 116.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip}
+\sloppy % examples are so small ...
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[perpage,symbol]{footmisc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\footnote{First.} with a footnote.
+More\footnote{Second.} text. Even more
+text.\footnote{Third.} And even\footnote
+ {Fourth.} more text. Some final text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..04b08187d5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-8 on page 117.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{7\baselineskip}
+\sloppy % examples are so small ...
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[symbol]{footmisc}
+\DefineFNsymbols{stars}[text]{* {**} {***} {****}}
+\setfnsymbol{stars}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text\footnote{First.} with a footnote.
+More\footnote{Second.} text. Even more
+text.\footnote{Third.} And even\footnote{Fourth.}
+more text. Some more text to finish up.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..84c9c638cfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-2-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-2-9 on page 118.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{3.5\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[para]{footmisc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text with a footnote.\footnote{A first.}
+More text.\footnote{A second.} Even more
+text.\footnote{A third.} Some final text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c42bd32c32c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-1 on page 128.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+ \usepackage{pifont}
+ \newenvironment{MYitemize}{\renewcommand\labelitemi
+ {\ding{43}}\begin{itemize}}{\end{itemize}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \begin{MYitemize}
+ \item Text of the first item in the list.
+ \item Text of the first sentence in the second
+ item of the list. And the second sentence.
+ \end{MYitemize}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f9a90f24f12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-10 on page 134.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[pointedenum]{paralist}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{compactenum}
+\item First level.
+ \begin{compactenum}
+ \item Second level.
+ \begin{compactenum} \item Third level. \end{compactenum}
+ \item Second level again.
+ \end{compactenum}
+\end{compactenum}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..883b75ebab6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-11 on page 134.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{paralist}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The left margin may vary if we are not careful.
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item An item in a normal \texttt{enumerate}.
+\end{enumerate}
+\begin{compactenum}
+\item Same left margin in \item this case.
+\end{compactenum}
+\begin{compactenum}[i)]
+\item But a different one \item here.
+\end{compactenum}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3865ef2fe35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-12 on page 135.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[alwaysadjust]{paralist}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Here we force the shortest possible indentation always:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item An item in a normal \texttt{enumerate}.
+\end{enumerate}
+\begin{compactenum}[i)]
+\item But a different \item indentation \item here.
+\end{compactenum}
+\begin{compactenum}[1.]
+\item Same left margin as \item in the first case.
+\end{compactenum}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0b9b3012941
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-13 on page 135.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so
+ %small
+\addtolength\textwidth{-24pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[neveradjust]{paralist}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+With this option the label is pushed into the margin.
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item An item in a normal\\ \texttt{enumerate}.
+\end{enumerate}
+\begin{compactenum}[{Task} A)]
+\item Same left indentation in \item this case.
+\end{compactenum}
+\begin{compactenum}[1)]
+\item And the same indentation \item here.
+\end{compactenum}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e4445f3ebfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-14 on page 135.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[neverdecrease]{paralist}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Producing itemized lists with special labels is easy.
+\begin{compactitem}[$\star$]
+\item This example uses the package option
+ \texttt{neverdecrease}.
+\item Without it the left margin would be smaller.
+\end{compactitem}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..defc2994f60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-15 on page 136.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy % as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{paralist}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Do you like inline description lists? Try them out!
+\begin{compactdesc}
+\item[paralist] A useful package as it supports
+ \begin{inparadesc} \item[compact\ldots] environments
+ that have zero vertical space, \item[aspara\ldots]
+ environments formatted as paragraphs, and
+ \item[inpara\ldots] environments as inline lists.
+ \end{inparadesc}
+\item[enumerate] A package that is superseded now.
+\end{compactdesc}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..47060a2fc14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-16 on page 136.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{paralist} \setdefaultitem{}{\textbullet}{$\star$}{}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{compactitem}
+\item Outer level is using the default label.
+ \begin{compactitem}
+ \item On the second level we use again a bullet.
+ \begin{compactitem}
+ \item And on the third level a star.
+ \end{compactitem}
+ \end{compactitem}
+\end{compactitem}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f2076b66906
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-17 on page 137.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{paralist} \setdefaultenum{1)}{a)}{i)}{A)}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{compactenum}
+\item All levels get a closing parenthesis in this example.
+ \begin{compactenum}
+ \item Lowercase letters here.
+ \begin{compactenum}
+ \item Roman numerals here. \item Really!
+ \end{compactenum}
+ \end{compactenum}
+\end{compactenum}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..aacaf1ef715
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-18 on page 137.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{paralist}
+\setdefaultenum{1)}{a)}{i)}{A)}
+\setdefaultleftmargin{\parindent}{\parindent}
+ {\parindent}{}{}{}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{compactenum}
+\item All levels get a closing parenthesis in this example.
+ \begin{compactenum}
+ \item Lowercase letters here.
+ \begin{compactenum}
+ \item Roman numerals here. \item Really!
+ \end{compactenum}
+ \end{compactenum}
+\end{compactenum}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..76ded2d4b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-19 on page 139.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsthm}
+\newtheorem{lem}{Lemma}
+\newtheorem*{ML}{Mittelbach's Lemma}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{lem}[Main] The \LaTeX{} Companion
+ complements any \LaTeX{} introduction.
+\end{lem}
+\begin{ML} The \LaTeX{} Companion contains
+ packages from all application areas.
+\end{ML}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c165338cd6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-2 on page 129.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\renewcommand\theenumi {\Roman{enumi}}
+\renewcommand\theenumii {\Alph{enumii}}
+\renewcommand\labelenumii{\theenumii.}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \textbf{Introduction} \label{q1}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item \textbf{Applications} \\
+ Motivation for research and applications
+ related to the subject. \label{q2}
+ \item \textbf{Organization} \\
+ Explain organization of the report, what
+ is included, and what is not. \label{q3}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item \textbf{Literature Survey} \label{q4}
+\end{enumerate}
+q1=\ref{q1} q2=\ref{q2} q3=\ref{q3} q4=\ref{q4}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f6f9076c450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-20 on page 140.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsthm}
+\theoremstyle{plain} \newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}
+\theoremstyle{definition} \newtheorem{defn}[thm]{Definition}
+\theoremstyle{remark} \newtheorem*{rem}{Remark}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{defn}
+ A typographical challenge is a problem that cannot be
+ solved with the help of \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion}.
+\end{defn}
+\begin{thm}There are no typographical challenges.\end{thm}
+\begin{rem}The proof is left to the reader.\end{rem}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e35679eec81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-21 on page 142.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\addtolength\textwidth{-2pt} % for the example in the book
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ragged2e,amsthm}
+\newtheoremstyle{break}%
+ {9pt}{9pt}% Space above and below
+ {\itshape\RaggedRight}% Body style
+ {-12pt}% Heading indent amount
+ {\sffamily\bfseries}{:}% Heading font and punctuation after it
+ {\newline}% Space after heading (\newline = linebreak)
+ {}% Head spec (empty = same as `plain' style)
+\theoremstyle{break}
+\newtheorem{exa}{Exercise}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{exa}[Active author]
+ Find the author responsible for the largest number of
+ packages described in The \LaTeX{} Companion.
+\end{exa}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2ed22bb0d56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-22 on page 143.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+% FAKE: definition for \cite to fit book bibliography !!!
+\renewcommand\cite[1]{[87]}
+% FAKE: in real life this example should have a bibliography!!!
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsthm}
+\newtheoremstyle{citing}% Name
+ {3pt}{3pt}% Space above and below
+ {\itshape}% Body font
+ {\parindent}{\bfseries}% Heading indent and font
+ {.}% Punctuation after heading
+ { }% Space after head (" " = normal interword space)
+ {\thmnote{#3}}% Typeset note only, if present
+\theoremstyle{citing} \newtheorem*{varthm}{}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{varthm}[Theorem 3.16 in \cite{Knuth90}]
+By focusing on small details, it is possible to
+understand the deeper significance of a passage.
+\end{varthm}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-23.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..deef3dad7ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-23.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-23 on page 144.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsthm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{proof}[Proof (sufficiency)]
+This proof involves a list:
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item because the proof comes in two parts ---
+ \item --- we need to use \verb|\qedhere|. \qedhere
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{proof}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-24.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..79dca725a41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-24.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-24 on page 145.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+ \usepackage{layouts}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \setlayoutscale{0.37}
+ \listdiagram
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-25.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ad22a70cb09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-25.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-25 on page 147.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newenvironment{Quote}%
+ {\begin{list}{}%
+ {\setlength\rightmargin{\leftmargin}}%
+ \item[]\makebox[0pt][r]{``}\ignorespaces}%
+ {\unskip\makebox[0pt][l]{''}\end{list}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots\ text before.
+\begin{Quote}
+ Some quoted text, followed by more quoted text.
+\end{Quote}
+Text following \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-26.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b825a2ffef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-26.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-26 on page 148.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc}
+\newenvironment{Description}
+ {\begin{list}{}{\let\makelabel\Descriptionlabel
+ \setlength\labelwidth{40pt}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}%
+ {\end{list}}
+\newcommand*\Descriptionlabel[1]{\textsf{#1:}\hfil}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Description}
+\item[Description]
+ Returns from a function. If issued at top level,
+ the interpreter simply terminates, just as if
+ end of input had been reached.
+\item[Errors] None.
+\item[Return values]
+ \mbox{}\\
+ Any arguments in effect are passed back to the
+ caller.
+\end{Description}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-27.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..87b32cefda5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-27.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-27 on page 149.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc}
+\newenvironment{altDescription}[1]
+ {\begin{list}{}%
+ {\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\textsf{##1:}\hfil}%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\makelabel{#1}}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}%
+ {\end{list}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{altDescription}{Return values}
+\item[Description]
+ Returns from a function. If issued at top level,
+ the interpreter simply terminates, just as if end
+ of input had been reached.
+\item[Errors]
+ None.
+\item[Return values]
+ Any arguments in effect are passed back to the
+ caller.
+\end{altDescription}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-28.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..95acad1c8ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-28.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-28 on page 150.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy % as the column in the book is so small
+\newenvironment{Description}
+ {\begin{list}{}{\let\makelabel\Descriptionlabel
+ \setlength\labelwidth{40pt}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}%
+ {\end{list}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc,ifthen} \newlength{\Mylen}
+% definition of Description environment as before
+\newcommand*\Descriptionlabel[1]{%
+ \settowidth\Mylen{\textsf{#1:}}% determine width
+ \ifthenelse{\lengthtest{\Mylen > \labelwidth}}%
+ {\parbox[b]{\labelwidth}% term > labelwidth
+ {\makebox[0pt][l]{\textsf{#1:}}\\\mbox{}}}%
+ {\textsf{#1:}}% term <= labelwidth
+ \hfill}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Description}
+\item[Description] Returns from a function.
+ If issued at top level, the interpreter simply
+ terminates, just as if end of input had been reached.
+\item[Errors] None.
+\item[Return values]
+ Any arguments in effect are passed back to the caller.
+\end{Description}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-29.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3983a06e6b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-29.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-29 on page 150.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy % as the column in the book is so small
+\newenvironment{Description}
+ {\begin{list}{}{\let\makelabel\Descriptionlabel
+ \setlength\labelwidth{40pt}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}%
+ {\end{list}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc}
+% definition of Description environment as before
+\newcommand*\Descriptionlabel[1]
+ {\raisebox{0pt}[1ex][0pt]%
+ {\makebox[\labelwidth][l]%
+ {\parbox[t]{\labelwidth}%
+ {\hspace{0pt}\textsf{#1:}}}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Description}
+\item[Description] Returns from a function.
+ If issued at top level, the interpreter simply
+ terminates, just as if end of input had been reached.
+\item[Errors] None.
+\item[Return\\values]
+ Any arguments in effect are passed back to the caller.
+\end{Description}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..65beab76d00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-3 on page 130.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\renewcommand\labelenumi{\S\theenumi.}
+\usepackage{varioref} \labelformat{enumi}{\S#1}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item \label{w1} text inside list, more text inside list
+\item \label{w2} text inside list, more text inside list
+\item \label{w3} text inside list, more text inside list
+\end{enumerate}
+w1=\ref{w1} w2=\ref{w2} w3=\ref{w3}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-30.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b46e871e9ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-30.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-30 on page 151.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\sloppy % as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcounter{notes}
+\newenvironment{Notes}
+ {\begin{list}{\textsc{Note} \arabic{notes}.}%
+ {\setlength\labelsep{10pt}%
+ \setlength\itemindent{10pt}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{0pt}%
+ \setlength\labelwidth{0pt}%
+ \usecounter{notes}}}%
+ {\end{list}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Notes}
+\item This is the text of the first note item.
+ Some more text for the first note item.
+\item This is the text of the second note item.
+ Some more text for the second note item.
+\end{Notes}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2da59e2cea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-4 on page 131.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc,pifont} \newcounter{local}
+\renewcommand\theenumi{\protect\setcounter{local}%
+ {171+\the\value{enumi}}\protect\ding{\value{local}}}
+\renewcommand\labelenumi{\theenumi}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item text inside list, text inside list, \label{l1}
+ text inside list, more text inside list;
+\item text inside list, text inside list, \label{l2}
+ text inside list, more text inside list;
+\item text inside list, text inside list, \label{l3}
+ text inside list, more text inside list.
+\end{enumerate}
+l1=\ref{l1} l2=\ref{l2} l3=\ref{l3}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a69efdd4d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-5 on page 131.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\renewcommand\descriptionlabel[1]%
+ {\hspace{\labelsep}\textsf{#1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{description}
+\item[A.] text inside list, text inside list,
+ text inside list, more text inside list;
+\item[B.] text inside list, text inside list,
+ text inside list, more text inside list;
+\end{description}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..96936e303e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-6 on page 132.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{paralist}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+We may want to enumerate items within a paragraph to
+\begin{inparaenum}[(a)]
+ \item save space
+ \item make a less prominent statement, or
+ \item for some other reason.
+\end{inparaenum}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e1ec017be8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-7 on page 132.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{paralist}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+On the other hand we may want to enumerate like this:
+\begin{compactenum}[i)]
+ \item still make a display list
+ \item format items as usual but with less
+ vertical space, that is
+ \item similar to normal \texttt{enumerate}.
+\end{compactenum}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c964502ce8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-8 on page 133.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{paralist}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Or perhaps we may want to enumerate like this:
+\begin{asparaenum}[1)]
+\item still make a display list \item format items
+ as paragraphs with turnover lines not indented,
+ that is \item similar to normal \texttt{enumerate}.
+\end{asparaenum}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ffe04edcfde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-3-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-3-9 on page 133.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy %as the column in the book is so small
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{paralist}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Item~\ref{bad} shows what can go wrong:
+\begin{asparaenum}[Example a:]
+\item On the first item we will not notice it
+but \item the second item then shows what
+happens if a special character is mistakenly
+matched. \label{bad}
+\end{asparaenum}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c6e2f4ae6b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-1 on page 152.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{alltt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{alltt}
+One can have font changes, like
+\emph{emphasized text}.
+Some special characters: # $ % ^ & ~ _
+\end{alltt}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..91b3f36f3c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-10 on page 157.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ifthen,color,fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\renewcommand\FancyVerbFormatLine[1]
+ {\ifthenelse{\isodd{\value{FancyVerbLine}}}%
+ {\textcolor{blue}{#1}}{#1}}
+\begin{Verbatim}[gobble=2]
+ This line should become blue while
+ this one will be black. And here
+you can observe that gobble removes
+not only blanks but any character.
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..87f77a0cc8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-11 on page 157.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{itemize} \item Normal indentation left:
+ \begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,xrightmargin=2pc]
+A verbatim line of text!
+ \end{Verbatim}
+ \item No indentation at either side:
+ \begin{Verbatim}[resetmargins=true,
+ frame=single]
+A verbatim line of text!
+ \end{Verbatim}
+\end{itemize}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..53eb97e8f5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-12 on page 158.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{color,fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,rulecolor=\color{blue},
+ framerule=3pt,framesep=1pc,fillcolor=\color{yellow}]
+A framed verbatim line!
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eb091a660f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-13 on page 158.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{color,fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\renewcommand\FancyVerbFormatLine[1]
+ {\colorbox{green}{#1}}
+\begin{Verbatim}
+Some verbatim lines with a
+background color.
+\end{Verbatim}
+\renewcommand\FancyVerbFormatLine[1]
+ {\colorbox{yellow}{\makebox[\linewidth][l]{#1}}}
+\begin{Verbatim}
+Some verbatim lines with a
+background color.
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b28239761d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-14 on page 159.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,label=\fbox{Example code},
+ framesep=5mm,labelposition=bottomline]
+Some verbatim text framed
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..36880ffadbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-15 on page 159.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Verbatim}[frame=lines,framesep=5mm,
+ label={[Start of code]End of code}]
+ A line of code
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f4b2c1565c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-16 on page 159.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Verbatim}[baselinestretch=1.6]
+This text is more or less double-spaced.
+See also the discussion about the
+setspace package elsewhere.
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7e2e3ec8975
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-17 on page 160.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Verbatim}[numbers=left,numbersep=6pt]
+Verbatim lines can be numbered
+at either left or right.
+\end{Verbatim}
+Some intermediate text\ldots
+\begin{Verbatim}[numbers=left,firstnumber=last]
+Continuation is possible too
+as we can see here.
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0a88dbdd098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-18 on page 160.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\def\thechapter{3}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\renewcommand\theFancyVerbLine{\footnotesize
+ \thechapter.\arabic{FancyVerbLine}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Verbatim}[numbers=left,stepnumber=2,
+ numberblanklines=true]
+Normally empty lines in
+in a verbatim will not receive
+numbers---here they do!
+
+Admittedly using stepnumber
+with such a redefinition of
+FancyVerbLine looks a bit odd.
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5edc17ffa04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-19 on page 161.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Verbatim}[showtabs=true]
+123456789012345678901234567890
+Two default tabs
+\end{Verbatim}
+\begin{Verbatim}[obeytabs=true,showtabs=true]
+Two real tabs
+\end{Verbatim}
+\renewcommand\FancyVerbTab{$\triangleright$}
+\begin{Verbatim}[obeytabs=true,showtabs=true]
+Two new tabs
+\end{Verbatim}
+\begin{Verbatim}[obeytabs=true,tabsize=3,showtabs=true]
+Using a special tab size
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8227ecccfd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-2 on page 152.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{shortvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+The use of |\MakeShortVerb| can make sources
+much more readable.
+\DeleteShortVerb{\|}\MakeShortVerb{\+}
+And with the declaration +\DeleteShortVerb{\|}+
+we can return the +|+ character back to normal.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..14ac5c1cde1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-20 on page 161.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Verbatim}[commandchars=\|\[\],commentchar=\!]
+We can |emph[emphasize] text
+! see above (this line is invisible)
+Line with label|label[linea] ! removes new line
+is shown here.
+\end{Verbatim}
+On line~\ref{linea} we see\ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9e33b044305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-21 on page 162.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\newcommand*\FancyVerbStartString{START}
+\newcommand*\FancyVerbStopString{STOP}
+\begin{Verbatim}
+ A verbatim line not shown.
+START
+ Only the third line is shown.
+STOP
+ But the remainder is left out.
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3f79d333e53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-22 on page 163.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb,color}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\newenvironment{example}
+ {\VerbatimEnvironment\begin{VerbatimOut}{test.out}}
+ {\end{VerbatimOut}\noindent
+ \BVerbatimInput[lastline=1,formatcom=\color{blue}]{test.out}%
+ \VerbatimInput[numbers=left,firstnumber=1,firstline=2]{test.out}}
+\begin{example}
+A blue line.
+Two lines
+with numbers.
+\end{example}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-23.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3ad4ba26508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-23.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-23 on page 164.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{BVerbatim}[boxwidth=4pc,baseline=t]
+first line
+second line
+\end{BVerbatim}
+\begin{BVerbatim}[baseline=c]
+first line
+second line
+\end{BVerbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-24.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cac3caee499
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-24.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-24 on page 164.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb} \fvset{gobble=2}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\noindent A line of text to show the left margin.
+\begin{Verbatim}
+ The new `normal' case.
+\end{Verbatim}
+\begin{Verbatim}[gobble=0]
+We now need to explicitly
+cancel gobble occasionally!
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-25.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9c9b4abcbed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-25.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-25 on page 165.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\CustomVerbatimEnvironment{myverbatim}{Verbatim}
+ {numbers=left,frame=lines,framerule=2pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{myverbatim}
+The normal case with thick
+rules and numbers on the left.
+\end{myverbatim}
+\begin{myverbatim}[numbers=none,framerule=.6pt]
+The exception without numbers
+and thinner rules.
+\end{myverbatim}
+\RecustomVerbatimEnvironment{myverbatim}{Verbatim}
+ {numbers=left,frame=none,showspaces=true}
+\begin{myverbatim}
+And from here on the environment
+behaves differently again.
+\end{myverbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-26.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f7026c96bce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-26.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-26 on page 166.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\addtolength\textwidth{-50pt}
+\setlength\marginparwidth{20pt}
+\setlength\marginparsep{15pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\SaveVerb{danger}=Real \danger=
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{\protect\UseVerb{danger}}
+
+\UseVerb*{danger} is no longer dangerous
+and can\marginpar{\UseVerb[fontsize=\tiny]
+ {danger}}
+be reused as often as desired.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-27.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0de6f665338
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-27.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-27 on page 167.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\newcommand\vitem[1][]{\SaveVerb[commandchars=\|\<\>,%
+ aftersave={\item[\textnormal{\UseVerb[#1]{vsave}}]}]{vsave}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{description}
+\vitem+\ddanger+ Dangerous beast;\\ found in \TeX books.
+\vitem[fontsize=\tiny]+\danger+ Its small brother,
+ still dangerous.
+\vitem+\dddanger{|emph<arg>}+ The ultimate horror.
+\end{description}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-28.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..11c4e3a4461
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-28.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-28 on page 167.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\VerbatimFootnotes
+A bit of text to give us a reason to use a
+footnote.\footnote{Here is proof: \verb=\danger{%_^}=}
+Was this good enough?
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-29.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6310969c79f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-29.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-29 on page 167.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\CustomVerbatimCommand\verbx{Verb}{commandchars=\|\<\>}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\Verb[fontfamily=courier]+\realdanger{|emph<arg>}+ \\
+\verbx[fontfamily=courier]+\realdanger{|emph<arg>}+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3508d12bc8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-3 on page 153.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{shortvrb} \MakeShortVerb*{\+}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Instead of \verb*/ / we can now write + +.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-30.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..118267321fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-30.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-30 on page 168.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\DefineShortVerb[fontsize=\tiny]{\|}
+The use of |\DefineShortVerb| can make sources
+much more readable---or unreadable! \par
+\UndefineShortVerb{\|}\DefineShortVerb{\+}
+\fvset{fontfamily=courier}
+And with +\UndefineShortVerb{\|}+
+we can return the +|+ character back to normal.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-31.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..00ca26b9849
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-31.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-31 on page 168.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{algorithmic}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{algorithmic}
+\IF {$i\leq0$} \STATE $i\gets1$ \ELSE
+\IF {$i\geq0$} \STATE $i\gets0$ \ENDIF
+\ENDIF
+\end{algorithmic}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-32.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4239d0924f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-32.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-32 on page 170.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{listings}
+\lstloadlanguages{C,Ada}
+\lstset{language=C,commentstyle=\scriptsize}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+A ``for'' loop in C:
+\begin{lstlisting}[keywordstyle=\underbar]
+int sum;
+int i; /*for loop variable*/
+sum=0;
+for (i=0;i<n;i++) {
+ sum += a[i];
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+Now the same loop in Ada:
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=Ada]
+Sum: Integer;
+-- no decl for I necessary
+Sum := 0;
+for I in 1..N loop
+ Sum := Sum + A(I);
+end loop;
+\end{lstlisting}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-33.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..012477103e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-33.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-33 on page 171.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{listings,color}
+\lstset{emph={Sum,N},emphstyle=\color{blue},
+ emph=[2]I,emphstyle=[2]\underbar}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=Ada]
+Sum: Integer; Sum := 0;
+for I in 1..N loop
+ Sum := Sum + A(I);
+end loop;
+\end{lstlisting}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-34.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..870ead3acc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-34.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-34 on page 171.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{listings} \lstset{language=C}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The \lstinline[keywordstyle=\underbar]!for!
+loop is specified as \lstinline!i=0;i<n;i++!.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-35.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8680abc10cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-35.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-35 on page 171.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{listings}
+\begin{filecontents*}{pascal.src}
+for i:=1 to maxint do
+begin
+ WrItE('This is stupid');
+end.
+\end{filecontents*}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\lstinputlisting[language=Pascal]{pascal.src}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-36.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1d5e98d669a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-36.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-36 on page 172.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\begin{filecontents*}{pascal.src}
+for i:=1 to maxint do
+begin
+ WrItE('This is stupid');
+end.
+\end{filecontents*}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{listings}
+% pascal.src as defined before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\lstset{numberstyle=\tiny,numbers=left,
+ stepnumber=2,numbersep=5pt,firstnumber=10,
+ xleftmargin=12pt,showstringspaces=false}
+\noindent Some text before \ldots
+\lstinputlisting[language=Pascal]{pascal.src}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-37.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..26c6b3c6dd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-37.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-37 on page 172.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\addtolength\textwidth{-15pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{listings} \lstset{language=Ada,numbers=right,
+ numberstyle=\tiny,stepnumber=1,numbersep=5pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{lstlisting}[name=Test]
+Sum: Integer;
+\end{lstlisting}
+The second fragment continues the numbering.
+\begin{lstlisting}[name=Test]
+Sum := 0;
+for I in 1..N loop
+ Sum := Sum + A(I);
+end loop;
+\end{lstlisting}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-38.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..679c84d44bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-38.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-38 on page 173.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{color,listings}
+\lstset{breaklines=true,breakindent=0pt,
+ prebreak=\mbox{\tiny$\searrow$},
+ postbreak=\mbox{{\color{blue}\tiny$\rightarrow$}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{lstlisting}
+Text at left margin
+ /*A long string is broken across the line!*/
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[breakautoindent=false,
+ postbreak=\tiny (cont.)\,]
+ /*A long string is broken across the line!*/
+\end{lstlisting}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-39.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..38a8280066a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-39.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-39 on page 173.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\begin{filecontents*}{pascal.src}
+for i:=1 to maxint do
+begin
+ WrItE('This is stupid');
+end.
+\end{filecontents*}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-20pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{listings}
+% pascal.src as defined before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\lstset{frame=trBL,framerule=2pt,framesep=4pt,
+ rulesep=1pt,showspaces=true}
+\lstinputlisting[language=Pascal]{pascal.src}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8fd7e698ac0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-4 on page 153.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{verbatim,moreverb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Text before listing environment.
+\begin{listing*}[2]{3}
+The listing environment numbers the
+lines in it. It takes an optional
+argument, which is the step between
+numbered lines (line 1 is always
+numbered if present), and a required
+argument, which is the starting line.
+The star form makes blanks visible.
+\end{listing*}
+Text between listing environments.
+\begin{listingcont}
+This listingcont environment continues
+where the previous listing environment
+left off. Both the listing and
+listingcont environments expand tabs
+with a default tab width of 8.
+\end{listingcont}
+Text following listing environments.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-40.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-40.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f08eea0361f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-40.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-40 on page 174.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\begin{filecontents*}{pascal.src}
+for i:=1 to maxint do
+begin
+ WrItE('This is stupid');
+end.
+\end{filecontents*}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-20pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{listings}
+% pascal.src as defined before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\lstset{frame=single,frameround=tftt,
+ language=Pascal,captionpos=b}
+\lstlistoflistings
+ %
+\bigskip % normally the above is in the
+\noindent % front matter section, but here ...
+ %
+The Pascal code in listing~\ref{foo} shows\ldots
+\lstinputlisting
+ [caption={[Pascal listing]Pascal},label=foo]
+ {pascal.src}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-41.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-41.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b9dabc77e32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-41.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-41 on page 175.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage{listings}
+\lstset{language=C,commentstyle=\scriptsize}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{lstlisting}
+int i; /*für die äußere Schleife*/
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[extendedchars=true]
+int i; /*für die äußere Schleife*/
+\end{lstlisting}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-42.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-42.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e0aea4eefda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-42.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-42 on page 175.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{listings}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\lstset{literate={:=}{{$\gets$}}1
+ {<=}{{$\leq$}}1 {>=}{{$\geq$}}1 {<>}{{$\neq$}}1}
+\begin{lstlisting}[gobble=2]
+ var i:integer;
+ if (i<=0) i := 1;
+ if (i>=0) i := 0;
+ if (i<>0) i := 0;
+\end{lstlisting}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a4c687bcedf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-5 on page 154.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[scaled=0.85]{luximono}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\raggedright
+\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+
+\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{pcr}
+\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+
+\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt}
+\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a6bdfb4ec1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-6 on page 154.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[scaled=0.85]{luximono}
+\usepackage{upquote}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\raggedright
+\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+
+\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{pcr}
+\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+
+\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt}
+\verb+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`+
+\par \texttt{but `text' is unaffected!}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..690e6e814a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-7 on page 154.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+\usepackage{listings} \lstset{upquote}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=ksh]
+TEST=`ls -l |awk '{print $3}'`
+\end{lstlisting}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a2e4fbb732c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-8 on page 156.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}
+\usepackage[OT1,T1]{fontenc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont
+\begin{Verbatim}[fontfamily=tt]
+Family `tt' is fine in OT1: \sum_{i=1}^n
+\end{Verbatim}
+\begin{Verbatim}[fontfamily=helvetica]
+But `helvetica' fails in OT1: \sum_{i=1}^n
+\end{Verbatim}
+\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont
+\begin{Verbatim}[fontfamily=helvetica]
+... while it works in T1: \sum_{i=1}^n
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1d7f06d3cc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-4-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-4-9 on page 156.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{relsize,fancyvrb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Verbatim}[fontsize=\relsize{-2}]
+ \sum_{i=1}^n
+\end{Verbatim}
+A line of text to show the body size.
+\begin{Verbatim}[fontshape=sl,fontsize=\Large]
+ \sum_{i=1}^n
+\end{Verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..33ee3a52a6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-1 on page 177.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{lineno}
+\newcommand\para{ Some text to experiment
+ with line numbering.\par}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+No line numbers here.\para
+\linenumbers
+But here we get line numbers.\para
+And here too.\para
+\linenumbers[-10]
+Restart with a negative number.\para
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4f9376a61fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-10 on page 182.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{parallel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Parallel}{}{}
+ \ParallelLText{This is text in the English
+ language explaining the command \verb=\foo=.}
+ \ParallelRText{Dies ist Text in deutscher Sprache,
+ der das Kommando \verb=\foo= erl\"autert.}
+\end{Parallel}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c67701b5ce0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-11 on page 182.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-10pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{parallel,lineno}
+\linenumbers \modulolinenumbers[2]
+\setlength\linenumbersep{1pt}
+\newcommand\LR[2]{\ParallelLText{#1}%
+ \ParallelRText{#2}\ParallelPar}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Parallel}{.45\linewidth}{}
+\raggedright \setlength\leftskip{10pt}
+ \setlength\parindent{-\leftskip}
+\LR{I just go online and download an update.}{Ich
+ geh mal eben auf den Strich und lade mir ein
+ Auffrisch herunter.} \LR{This laptop is missing
+ several interfaces.} {Dieser Scho\ss\-spitze
+ fehlt so manches Zwi\-schen\-ge\-sicht.}
+\LR{Microsoft Office on floppy disks.}{Kleinweich
+ B\"uro auf Schlabberscheiben.}
+\end{Parallel}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..23735bffb5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-12 on page 183.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{parallel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Parallel}{}{}
+ \ParallelLText{This is text that contains:
+ \[ \sum_{n=1}^x2 a_n \]}
+ \ParallelRText{And here is the explanation
+ showing some surprising effect.}
+\end{Parallel}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6c8d31b2504
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-13 on page 183.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[OldStyleNums,SeparatedFootnotes]{parallel}
+\renewcommand\ParallelAtEnd{\vspace{7pt}\footnoterule}
+\renewcommand\ParallelDot
+ {\makebox[0pt][l]{\textperiodcentered}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Parallel}[v]{}{} \raggedright
+ \ParallelLText{This is text in the English
+ language\footnote{We hope!} explaining the
+ command \verb=\foo=.}
+ \ParallelRText{Dies ist Text\footnote{Ein Satz.} in
+ deutscher Sprache\footnote{Schlechter Stil!}, der
+ das Kommando \verb=\foo= erl\"autert.}
+\end{Parallel}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7a9e37ad470
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-14 on page 184.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+% To help with narrow measure in the book:
+\addtolength\columnsep{6pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{multicols}{3}
+ Here is some text to be distributed over
+ several columns. If the columns are very
+ narrow try typesetting ragged right.
+\end{multicols}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d3c581bac93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-15 on page 185.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+% To help with narrow measure in the book:
+\addtolength\columnsep{6pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+ [\section*{Some useful advice}]
+ Here is some text to be distributed over
+ several columns. If the columns are very
+ narrow try typesetting ragged right.
+\end{multicols}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8424974d587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-16 on page 186.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{multicol,ragged2e}
+\setlength\columnseprule{0.4pt}
+\addtolength\columnsep{2pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{multicols}{3}
+\RaggedRight
+ Here is some text to be distributed over
+ several columns. In this example ragged-right
+ typesetting is used.
+\end{multicols}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..256bc52646a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-17 on page 187.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{multicol,ragged2e}
+\addtolength\columnsep{2pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{multicols}{3}
+\RaggedRight
+\setcounter{unbalance}{1}
+ Here is some text to be distributed over
+ several columns. In this example ragged-right
+ typesetting is used.
+\end{multicols}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b0e946bdd96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-18 on page 189.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{multicol,ragged2e}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{multicols}{2} \RaggedRight
+ Here is some text to be distributed over several
+ columns. \par \vfill\columnbreak
+ With the help of the \verb=\columnbreak= command
+ this paragraph was forced into the second column.
+\end{multicols}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b50aa2e9b1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-19 on page 190.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setcounter{page}{1} % we start at the beginning
+\addtolength\textwidth{-32pt} % account for change bars in printing
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{changebar}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cbstart
+This is the text in the first paragraph.
+This is the text in the first paragraph.\cbend
+
+This is the text in the second paragraph.
+\cbdelete
+This is the text in the second paragraph.
+
+\setcounter{changebargrey}{35}
+\begin{changebar}[4pt]
+This is paragraph three. \par
+This is paragraph four.
+\end{changebar}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c6b3d7867d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-2 on page 177.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\sloppy
+\setlength\marginparwidth{65pt}
+\setlength\marginparsep{25pt}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-100pt}
+\newcommand\para{ Some text to experiment
+ with line numbering.\par}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{lineno}
+% \para defined as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\linenumbers
+Some text on the main vertical list!
+\marginpar{\footnotesize
+ \internallinenumbers* \para}
+\para \para In this paragraph we use
+a second marginal note affecting the
+\marginpar{\footnotesize
+ \internallinenumbers \para}
+line numbers this time.\para
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a9dcd346d40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-20 on page 191.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\setcounter{page}{1} % we start at the beginning
+\addtolength\textwidth{-12pt} % account for change bars in printing
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[rightbars,color]{changebar}
+\cbcolor{blue}
+\setlength\changebarsep{10pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\cbstart
+This is the text in the first paragraph.
+This is the text in the first paragraph.\cbend
+
+This is the text in the second paragraph.
+\cbdelete
+This is the text in the second paragraph.
+
+\begin{changebar}
+This is paragraph three. \par
+This is paragraph four.
+\end{changebar}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fb6382d4414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-3 on page 178.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{lineno} \linenumbers
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text to
+ experiment with line numbering.}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+No line number before the display:
+\[ x \neq y \] \sample \par
+But line numbers in this case:
+\begin{linenomath}
+ \[ x \neq y \]
+\end{linenomath}
+\sample\par
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..06c97c465c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-4 on page 178.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt}
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment
+ with line numbering.}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[displaymath,mathlines]
+ {lineno}
+\linenumbers
+% \sample as defined before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\sample \[ x \neq y \] \sample\par
+\sample
+\begin{displaymath}
+ x \neq y
+\end{displaymath}
+\sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ae15cfdf79e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-5 on page 179.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt}
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment
+ with line numbering.}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{lineno}
+\linenumbers
+% \sample as defined before
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\sample\linelabel{first}\sample\sample
+\sample\linelabel{second}\sample
+
+In the text on lines~\ref{first},
+\lineref[1]{first}, up to and including
+line~\ref{second} we see refererences to
+individual lines \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a786d5365de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-6 on page 179.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt}
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment
+ with line numbering.}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{lineno}
+\linenumbers
+% \sample defined as before
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\sample \sample \sample \par
+\modulolinenumbers[2]
+And now a paragraph with numbers on every
+second line.\sample \sample \sample \par
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cc3a14e9c30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-7 on page 180.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt}
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment
+ with line numbering.}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[right]{lineno}
+\linenumbers
+% \sample defined as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The option ``right'' changes the line
+number position. \sample \sample \par
+\renewcommand\linenumberfont
+ {\normalfont\footnotesize\ttfamily}
+\setlength\linenumbersep{20pt}
+Now we use a different font and a bigger
+separation. \sample \sample \par
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a28d7607b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-8 on page 180.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt}
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment
+ with line numbering.}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{lineno}
+\linenumbers
+% \sample defined as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{quote}
+ \sample
+\end{quote}
+\sample \sample
+\begin{numquote}
+ \sample
+\end{numquote}
+Some more text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8dbf1fc6394
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/3-5-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 3-5-9 on page 181.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\sloppy
+\setlength\marginparsep{20pt}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt}
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text to experiment
+ with line numbering.}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{lineno} \linenumbers
+% \sample defined as before
+\newenvironment{numarrows}
+ {\renewcommand\makeLineNumber
+ {\llap{\LineNumber$\rightarrow$ }}}
+ {\par}
+\newenvironment{arrows}{\renewcommand\makeLineNumber
+ {\rlap{\hspace{\textwidth} $\leftarrow$}}}{\par}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{numarrows} \sample \end{numarrows}
+\begin{arrows} \sample \sample \end{arrows}
+\sample
+\begin{numarrows} \sample \end{numarrows}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-1-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..327955e6bd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-1-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-1-1 on page 194.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\usepackage[landscape,a5paper,hmarginratio=1:4]{geometry}
+\usepackage{layout}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\makeatletter\@twosidefalse\makeatother %pretend we do not have
+ %twoside set
+\layout
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c0ac5b7cb17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-1 on page 200.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{layouts}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setlayoutscale{0.33}
+\setparametertextfont
+ {\scriptsize}
+\setlabelfont{\scriptsize}
+\pagediagram
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4494bc253aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-10 on page 211.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\newcommand\showpage{%
+ \setlayoutscale{0.27}%
+ \setlabelfont{\tiny}%
+ \printheadingsfalse
+ \printparametersfalse
+ \currentpage\pagedesign}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[a6paper,landscape,
+ margin=1in,includeall]{geometry}
+% overwriting some values:
+\geometry{right=2in,ignoremp}
+\usepackage{layouts}
+% \showpage as previously defined
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\showpage
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f0ba4dd2cef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-11 on page 213.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx,geometry}
+\geometry{paperwidth=2in,
+ paperheight=1in,
+ margin=5mm}
+\usepackage[cam,a5,center]{crop}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text to show the text area
+\includegraphics[width=8mm]
+ {rosette.ps}
+selected in relation to the crop
+marks.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9131bf7d41e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-12 on page 214.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx,geometry}
+\geometry{paperwidth=2in,
+ paperheight=1in,
+ margin=5mm}
+\usepackage[cross,a5,nographics]
+ {crop}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text to show the text area
+\includegraphics[width=8mm]
+ {rosette.ps}
+selected in relation to the crop
+marks.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..489e7fd1c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-13 on page 214.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx,geometry}
+\geometry{paperwidth=2in,
+ paperheight=1in,
+ margin=5mm}
+\usepackage[frame,a5,mirror]{crop}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text to show the text area
+\includegraphics[width=8mm]
+ {rosette.ps}
+selected in relation to the crop
+marks.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fc763ccb75d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-2 on page 201.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc,layouts}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setlayoutscale{0.3}
+\currentpage
+\oddpagelayoutfalse
+\twocolumnlayouttrue
+
+\trypaperwidth{11in}
+\trypaperheight{8.5in}
+\trytextwidth{500pt}
+\trytextheight{\topskip
+ + 30\baselineskip}
+\trycolumnsep{120pt}
+\trycolumnseprule{3pt}
+
+\tryheadheight{12pt}
+\tryheadsep{18pt}
+\tryfootskip{40pt}
+
+\tryevensidemargin{120pt}
+
+\setfootbox{12pt}{24pt}
+
+\setlabelfont{\tiny}
+\drawdimensionsfalse
+\printheadingsfalse
+\pagedesign
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..10087cbe457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-3 on page 203.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{vmargin}
+\setpapersize[portrait]{A5}
+\setmarginsrb{80pt}{40pt}% left, top
+ {120pt}{80pt}% right, bottom
+ {12pt}{10pt}% head height, sep
+ {12pt}{30pt}% foot height, sep
+\setlength\marginparwidth{100pt}
+% Code to display the resulting layout:
+\usepackage{layouts}
+\newcommand\showpage{%
+ \setlayoutscale{0.25}\setlabelfont{\tiny}%
+ \printheadingsfalse\printparametersfalse
+ \currentpage\pagedesign}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\showpage
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2785e0a3b84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-4 on page 204.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[a5paper,landscape,DIVcalc]{typearea}
+% to display the resulting layout:
+\usepackage{layouts}
+\newcommand\showpage{%
+ \setlayoutscale{0.27}\setlabelfont{\tiny}%
+ \printheadingsfalse\printparametersfalse
+ \currentpage\pagedesign}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\showpage
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..920564b1cee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-5 on page 205.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\newcommand\showpage{%
+ \setlayoutscale{0.27}%
+ \setlabelfont{\tiny}%
+ \printheadingsfalse
+ \printparametersfalse
+ \currentpage\pagedesign}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[a5paper,landscape,
+ 2.5headlines,
+ headinclude,mpinclude,
+ DIVcalc]{typearea}
+\usepackage{layouts}
+% \showpage as previously defined
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\showpage
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..445053df9d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-6 on page 205.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\newcommand\showpage{%
+ \setlayoutscale{0.27}%
+ \setlabelfont{\tiny}%
+ \printheadingsfalse
+ \printparametersfalse
+ \currentpage\pagedesign}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[a5paper,landscape]{typearea}
+\usepackage{bookman}
+
+% syntax: \typearea[<binding corr.>]{<slices>}
+\typearea[10mm]{11}
+
+\usepackage{layouts}
+% \showpage as previously defined
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\showpage
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a588ec67894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-7 on page 206.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\newcommand\showpage{%
+ \setlayoutscale{0.27}%
+ \setlabelfont{\tiny}%
+ \printheadingsfalse
+ \printparametersfalse
+ \currentpage\pagedesign}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[marginratio=1:2,
+ paper=a5paper,landscape=true,
+ tmargin=52pt,lmargin=74pt,
+ headheight=30pt,marginparwidth=62pt,
+ includehead,includemp]{geometry}
+\usepackage{layouts}
+% \showpage as previously defined
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\showpage
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-8.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-8.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..09052fa2bbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-8.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-8 on page 209.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+%
+\newcommand\showpage{%
+ \setlayoutscale{0.27}%
+ \setlabelfont{\tiny}%
+ \printheadingsfalse
+ \printparametersfalse
+ \currentpage\pagedesign}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[a6paper,twoside]
+ {geometry}
+\usepackage{layouts}
+% \showpage as previously defined
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\showpage \newpage \showpage
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-9.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-9.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..317c07c93e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-2-9.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-2-9 on page 209.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+%
+\newcommand\showpage{%
+ \setlayoutscale{0.27}%
+ \setlabelfont{\tiny}%
+ \printheadingsfalse
+ \printparametersfalse
+ \currentpage\pagedesign}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[a6paper,asymmetric,
+ bindingoffset=18pt,
+ marginparwidth=.8in,reversemp,
+ hmarginratio=2:1,vmarginratio=4:5,
+ left=1in,top=1in]{geometry}
+\usepackage{layouts}
+% \showpage as previously defined
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\showpage \newpage \showpage
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-1.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..21e18bf23a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-1.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-3-1 on page 215.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+\setlength\textheight{5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\sloppy
+\pagestyle{origplain} % plain is disabled by the class
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+We are now on page~\label{p1}\pageref{p1}.
+This type of coding always gives correct
+results while ``page \thepage{}'', though
+okay here, will be wrong at a later point
+in the paragraph, such as here: ``page
+\thepage'', because \LaTeX{} decided to
+break the paragraph over two pages.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-2.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-2.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..585481e0b0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-2.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-3-2 on page 217.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+\pagestyle{origplain} %plain in this class
+\setlength\textheight{2\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{chappg}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \chapter*{Preface} % --- not shown
+ \pagenumbering[Preface]{bychapter}
+\ldots here we are in the middle of
+the front matter where chapters are
+usually unnumbered.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-3.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-3.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..de6fe245721
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-3-3.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-3-3 on page 221.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+\setlength\textheight{5.5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr,extramarks}
+\pagestyle{fancy} \cfoot{}
+\lhead{\firstleftxmark}
+\rfoot{\lastrightxmark}
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our
+ page that is reused over and over again.}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\extramarks{A story}{}
+\extramarks{\ldots continued}
+ {turn page to continue}
+\sample \sample \sample
+\extramarks{\ldots continued}{}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bc223380414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-1 on page 224.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr} \pagestyle{fancy}
+\lhead{LEFT} \chead{CENTER} \rhead{RIGHT}
+\lfoot{very-very-very-very-long-left} \cfoot{}
+\rfoot{very-long-right}
+\renewcommand\headrulewidth{2pt}
+\renewcommand\footrulewidth{0.4pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\sample \par \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-10.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-10.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..49a2ee17bf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-10.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-10 on page 230.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+\renewcommand\sectionmark[1]
+ {\markboth{\thesection\ #1}{}}
+\renewcommand\subsectionmark[1]
+ {\markright{\thesubsection\ #1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \sample defined as before
+\section{Test}
+\subsection{B-head} \sample
+\subsection{B-head2}\sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-11.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-11.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2f6f4859964
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-11.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-11 on page 230.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+\fancypagestyle{memo}{\fancyhf{}%
+ \fancyhead[RO,LE]{\thepage}%
+ \fancyhead[LO,RE]{Memo}%
+ \fancyfoot[R]{\scriptsize\today}
+ \renewcommand\headrulewidth{1pt}}
+\pagestyle{memo}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \sample defined as before
+\sample \par \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-12.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-12.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a05c3b77bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-12.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-12 on page 231.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+\pagestyle{fancy} \fancyhf{}
+\chead{\iftopfloat{SPECIAL}{NORMAL}}
+\cfoot{\thepage}
+\renewcommand\headrulewidth
+ {\iftopfloat{0pt}{0.4pt}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+
+% \sample defined as before
+\sample
+\begin{figure}[t]
+ \centering
+ \fbox{Sample t-figure}
+\end{figure}
+\sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-13.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-13.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f4046b6ac33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-13.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-13 on page 232.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\raggedright % as these examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ifthen,fancyhdr,extramarks}
+\pagestyle{fancy} \fancyhf{}
+\newcommand\combinemarks{\ifthenelse
+ {\equal{\firstrightmark}{\lastrightmark}}%
+ {\firstrightmark}% equal values
+ {\firstrightmark---\lastrightmark}}
+\chead{\combinemarks} \cfoot{\thepage}
+\newcommand\idxitem[1]{\par\vspace{8pt}%
+ \textbf{#1}\markright{#1}\quad\ignorespaces}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\idxitem{galley} Text formatted but not
+ cut into pages.
+\idxitem{OR} Output routine.
+\idxitem{mark} An object in the galley
+ used to communicate with the OR.
+\idxitem{running header} page title
+ changing with page contents.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bd853117729
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-14 on page 233.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{truncate}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+|This text has been~truncated|
+
+|\truncate{50pt}
+ {This text has been~truncated}|
+
+|\truncate[{\,[..]}]{100pt}
+ {This text has been~truncated}|
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-15.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-15.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..47f8afb13e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-15.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-15 on page 233.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+\setlength\textheight{6.8\baselineskip}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[fit]{truncate}
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+\fancyhf{} % --- clear all fields
+\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\truncate
+ {.95\headwidth}{\leftmark}}
+\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \sample defined as before
+\section{Section with a long title}
+\sample \par \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3a812d9ec19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-2 on page 225.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+% fixed date for the example
+\day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr} \pagestyle{fancy}
+\setlength\headheight{23pt}
+\lhead{From: Frank\\ To: Michel}
+\rhead{Page: \thepage\\ \today}
+\chead{} \lfoot{} \cfoot{} \rfoot{}
+\renewcommand\headrule{\vspace{-8pt}\dotfill}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \sample defined as before
+\sample \par \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..99e653dbdc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-3 on page 225.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+% fixed date for the example
+\day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr} \pagestyle{fancy}
+\setlength\headheight{23pt}
+\lhead{From: Frank\\ To: Michel}
+\rhead{\begin{tabular}[b]{l@{}}
+ Page: \thepage\\ \today
+ \end{tabular}}
+\chead{} \lfoot{} \cfoot{} \rfoot{}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \sample defined as before
+\sample \par \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-4.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-4.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1d5aca69c43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-4.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-4 on page 226.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}\pagestyle{fancy}
+\fancyhead{} % clear header fields
+\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\thepage}
+\fancyhead[LO,RE]{Memo}
+\fancyfoot{} % clear footer fields
+\fancyfoot[L]{Author: Frank}
+\renewcommand\headrulewidth{0.4pt}
+\renewcommand\footrulewidth{0.4pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \sample defined as before
+\sample \par \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-5.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-5.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cf0c17cd15d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-5.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-5 on page 226.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr,lastpage}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+\fancyhf{} % --- clear all fields
+\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\leftmark}
+\fancyfoot[C]{Page \thepage\
+ of \pageref{LastPage}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \sample defined as before
+\section{A test}
+\sample \par \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-6.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b44eb415af2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-6.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-6 on page 227.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\textwidth{-30pt} % compensate for header in example
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{color,fancyhdr}
+\pagestyle{fancy} \fancyhf{}
+\fancyheadoffset[RO,LE]{30pt}
+\fancyhead[RO,LE]{TITLE}
+\fancyhead[LO]{\rightmark}
+\fancyhead[RE]{\leftmark}
+\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage}
+\renewcommand\headrule
+ {{\color{blue}%
+ \hrule height 2pt
+ width\headwidth
+ \vspace{1pt}%
+ \hrule height 1pt
+ width\headwidth
+ \vspace{-4pt}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \sample defined as before
+\section{A-head}
+\subsection{B-head}
+\sample \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-7.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-7.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a5ced0c1ad0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-7.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-7 on page 228.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+\setlength\textheight{6\baselineskip}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+%\fancyhead[LE,RO]
+% {\slshape\rightmark}
+%\fancyhead[LO,RE]
+% {\slshape\leftmark}
+%\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage}
+%\renewcommand\headrulewidth{0.4pt}
+%\renewcommand\footrulewidth{0pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \sample defined as before
+\section{Test}
+\subsection{B-head} \sample
+\subsection{B-head2}\sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-8.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-8.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b7ee1451f4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-8.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-8 on page 228.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text
+ for our page that we reuse.}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setcounter{page}{5}
+\section{A-head} \newpage
+% Above makes a section on
+% page 5 (not displayed)
+\subsection{B-head} \sample
+\section{A-head2} \sample
+\subsection{B-head2}\sample
+\section{A-head3} \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-9.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-9.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4a393a64f97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-4-9.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-4-9 on page 229.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+\setlength\textheight{8\baselineskip}
+% for the book examples we shorten the vertical spaces
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-2.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {0.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\addtolength\headsep{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\addtolength\footskip{-12pt} % shortened for the book
+\sloppy % as these examples are so small
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text
+ for our page that we reuse.}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{extramarks}
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+\fancyhead[RO]{\lastrightmark}
+\fancyhead[RE]{\firstleftmark}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \sample defined as before
+\setcounter{page}{5}
+\section{A-head} \newpage
+% Above makes a section on
+% page 5 (not displayed)
+\subsection{B-head} \sample
+\section{A-head2} \sample
+\subsection{B-head2}\sample
+\section{A-head3} \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-1.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..78145f6aee6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-1.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-5-1 on page 235.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% right-hand page on the left in
+% this example due to:
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+
+\section{A Test}
+\subsection{A subsection}
+Some text for our page.
+\cleardoublepage
+\section{Another Section}
+This would appear on page 3.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-2.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-2.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3e6584d58a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/4-5-2.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 4-5-2 on page 236.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4.5\baselineskip}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{nextpage}\pagestyle{headings}
+\newcommand\myclearpage{\cleartooddpage
+ [\vspace*{\fill} \centering
+ BLANK PAGE \vspace*{\fill}]}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setcounter{page}{1} %right-hand page
+\section{A Test}
+\subsection{A subsection}
+Some text for our page.
+\myclearpage
+\section{Another Section}
+This would appear on page 3.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6c9e407d2db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-1-1 on page 241.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabbing}
+First Tab Stop \= Second \= Third \= \kill
+one \> two \> three \> four \\
+one \> two \\[3mm]
+new tab\ \= two \> \a'{e}\a`{e}
+ \`(accent commands)\\
+one \> two \> three \> four \\
+\end{tabbing}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bcba463dc76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-1-2 on page 241.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} \newcommand\acafe{caf\'e}
+\newcommand\bcafe{caf\a'e} \newcommand\ccafe{café}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabbing}
+Tab one \= Tab two \\
+7 bit \> \acafe \\
+7 bit \> \bcafe \\
+8 bit \> \ccafe \end{tabbing}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f0f373c000b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-1-3 on page 242.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\newcommand\acafe{caf\'e}
+\newcommand\bcafe{caf\a'e}
+\newcommand\ccafe{café}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} \usepackage{Tabbing}
+% definitions as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Tabbing}Tab one \TAB= Tab two\\
+7 bit \TAB> \acafe \\
+7 bit \TAB> \bcafe \\
+8 bit \TAB> \ccafe \end{Tabbing}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..74723f67e1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-1-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-1-4 on page 242.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\lenrule[1]{\makebox[#1]{%
+ \rule{.4pt}{4pt}\hrulefill\rule{.4pt}{4pt}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabbing}
+dd\quad \= \hspace{.55\linewidth} \= \kill
+pc \> Pica = 12pt \> \lenrule{1pc} \\
+cc \> Cicero = 12dd \> \lenrule{1cc} \\
+cm \> Centimeter = 10mm \> \lenrule{1cm} \\
+\end{tabbing}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..72dacc00b50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-1 on page 244.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|>{\large}c|>{\large\bfseries}l|>{\itshape}c|}
+\hline A & B & C\\\hline 100 & 10 & 1 \\\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..78e75a8db7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-10 on page 247.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{c@{}c!{}c@{--}c!{--}c}
+ one&two&three&four&five\\
+ 1&2&3&4&5
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..963f6e99db1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-11 on page 248.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{flushleft} \textbf{text text text text}\\
+\begin{tabular}{lr}
+ one&two\\ three&four\\
+\end{tabular}\textbf{material following \ldots}\\
+\textbf{text text text text\\text text text text}\\
+\begin{tabular}{@{}lr@{}}
+ one&two\\ three&four\\
+\end{tabular}\textbf{material following \ldots}\\
+\textbf{text text text text} \end{flushleft}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..adf2e1d54b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-12 on page 249.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\newcolumntype{P}[1]
+ {>{#1\hspace{0pt}\arraybackslash}p{14mm}|}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}
+ {|P{\raggedleft}P{\centering}P{\raggedright}}
+\hline
+ Superconsciousness is a long word &
+ Possibi\-li\-t\'es et esp\'erances &
+ Moge\-lijk\-heden en hoop \\\hline
+ Ragged left text in column one &
+ Centered text in column two &
+ Ragged right text in column three \\\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..af61c8dde97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-13 on page 249.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array} \newcolumntype{Z}{clr}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{Z} one&two&three\\1&2&3 \end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..05fe7c038ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-2 on page 245.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setlength\extrarowheight{4pt}
+\begin{tabular}{|>{\large}c|>{\large\bfseries}l|>{\itshape}c|}
+\hline A & B & C\\\hline 100 & 10 & 1 \\\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c923e9d7202
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-3 on page 245.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|p{1cm}|p{1cm}|p{1cm}|}
+\hline 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 &
+ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 & 3 3 3 3 \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5fd775f9987
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-4 on page 245.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|m{1cm}|m{1cm}|m{1cm}|}
+\hline 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 &
+ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 & 3 3 3 3 \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..19998482c68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-5 on page 245.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|b{1cm}|b{1cm}|b{1cm}|}
+\hline 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 &
+ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 & 3 3 3 3 \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..16fc2d2ff3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-6 on page 246.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}
+ {|>{\setlength\parindent{5mm}}p{2cm}|p{2cm}|}
+\hline 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 &
+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5a2759bb4c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-7 on page 246.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setlength\extrarowheight{4pt}
+\begin{tabular}{|>{$}l<{$}|l|} \hline
+ 10!^{10!} & a big number \\
+ 10^{-999} & a small number \\\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e56626f3e09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-8 on page 246.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fbox{\parbox{11mm}{Characteristics}}%
+\hfill
+\fbox{\parbox{11mm}{\hspace{0pt}Characteristics}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..58bc43fc195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-2-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-2-9 on page 247.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}%
+ {|>{\raggedleft\hspace{0pt}}p{14mm}%
+ |>{\centering\hspace{0pt}}p{14mm}%
+ |>{\raggedright\hspace{0pt}}p{14mm}|}
+\hline
+ Superconsciousness is a long word &
+ Possibi\-li\-t\'es et esp\'erances &
+ Moge\-lijk\-heden en hoop \tabularnewline
+\hline
+ Ragged left text in column one &
+ Centered text in column two &
+ Ragged right text in column three
+ \tabularnewline
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a9e4930bef5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-3-1 on page 250.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array,calc} \newlength\mylen
+\newenvironment{tabularc}[1]
+ {\setlength\mylen
+ {\linewidth/(#1)-\tabcolsep*2-\arrayrulewidth*(#1+1)/(#1)}%
+ \par\noindent % new paragraph, flush left start
+ \begin{tabular*}{\linewidth}%
+ {*{#1}{|>{\centering\hspace{0pt}} p{\the\mylen}}|}}
+{\end{tabular*}\par}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabularc}{3}
+\hline
+Material in column one & column two & This is column three
+\tabularnewline\hline
+\empty
+Column one again &
+and column two &
+This is column three \tabularnewline\hline
+Once more column one &
+column two &
+Last time column three \tabularnewline\hline
+\end{tabularc}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6c3f202e002
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-3-2 on page 251.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{tabularx}
+\newcolumntype{Y}{>{\small\raggedright\arraybackslash}X}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\noindent\begin{tabularx}{100mm}{|Y|Y|Y|}
+\empty
+\hline
+The Two Gentlemen of Verona &
+The Taming of the Shrew &
+The Comedy of Errors \\\hline
+Love's Labour's Lost &
+A Midsummer Night's Dream &
+The Merchant of Venice \\\hline
+The Merry Wives of Windsor &
+Much Ado About Nothing &
+As You Like It \\\hline
+Twelfth Night &
+Troilus and Cressida &
+Measure for Measure \\\hline
+All's Well That Ends Well &
+Pericles Prince of Tyre &
+The Winter's Tale \\\hline
+Cymbeline &
+The Tempest & \\\hline
+\end{tabularx}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..15edb47bc1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-3-3 on page 251.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{tabularx}
+\newcolumntype{Y}{>{\small\raggedright\arraybackslash}X}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\noindent\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{|Y|Y|Y|}
+\empty
+\hline
+The Two Gentlemen of Verona &
+The Taming of the Shrew &
+The Comedy of Errors \\\hline
+Love's Labour's Lost &
+A Midsummer Night's Dream &
+The Merchant of Venice \\\hline
+The Merry Wives of Windsor &
+Much Ado About Nothing &
+As You Like It \\\hline
+Twelfth Night &
+Troilus and Cressida &
+Measure for Measure \\\hline
+All's Well That Ends Well &
+Pericles Prince of Tyre &
+The Winter's Tale \\\hline
+Cymbeline &
+The Tempest & \\\hline
+\end{tabularx}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ea7af8953c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-3-4 on page 252.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{tabularx} \tracingtabularx
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\noindent
+\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}%
+ {|>{\setlength\hsize{.85\hsize}}X|%
+ >{\setlength\hsize{1.15\hsize}}X|}
+ Superconsciousness is a long word &
+ Moge\-lijk\-heden en hoop \\
+ Some text in column one &
+ A somewhat longer text in column two \\
+\end{tabularx}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..305cb88c04c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-3-5 on page 253.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{tabulary}
+\setlength\tymin{10pt}
+\setlength\tymax{\maxdimen}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabulary}{200pt}{|C|C|C|C|}
+ a & b b b b &
+ c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c &
+ d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d
+\empty
+ d d d d d d d d d d d d d d
+ d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d
+ \end{tabulary}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5d8b4e8c292
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-3-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-3-6 on page 254.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{tabulary}
+\setlength\tymin{30pt}
+\setlength\tymax{200pt}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabulary}{200pt}{|C|C|C|C|}
+\empty
+ a&b b b b&
+ c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c &
+ d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d
+ d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d
+ \end{tabulary}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-1.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-1.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6748e3a1a60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-1.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-4-1 on page 257.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\makeatletter
+\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill}
+\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot
+\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot
+\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
+\setlength\textheight{27\baselineskip}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{supertabular}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\tablecaption{The ISOGRK3 entity set}
+\tablehead
+ {\bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline}
+\tabletail
+ {\hline \multicolumn{3}{r}{\emph{Continued on next page}}\\}
+\tablelasttail{\hline}
+\begin{supertabular}{lll}
+alpha & GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA & 03B1\\
+beta & GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA & 03B2\\
+chi & GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI & 03C7\\
+Delta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA & 0394\\
+delta & GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA & 03B4\\
+epsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\
+epsis & GREEK LUNATE EPSILON SYMBOL & 03F5\\
+\empty
+epsiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\
+eta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA & 03B7\\
+Gamma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA & 0393\\
+gamma & GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA & 03B3\\
+gammad & GREEK SMALL LETTER DIGAMMA & 03DD\\
+iota & GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA & 03B9\\
+kappa & GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA & 03BA\\
+kappav & GREEK KAPPA SYMBOL & 03F0\\
+Lambda & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA & 039B\\
+lambda & GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA & 03BB\\
+mu & GREEK SMALL LETTER MU & 03BC\\
+nu & GREEK SMALL LETTER NU & 03BD\\
+Omega & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA & 03A9\\
+omega & GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA & 03C9\\
+Phi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI & 03A6\\
+phis & GREEK PHI SYMBOL & 03D5\\
+phiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI & 03C6\\
+Pi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI & 03A0\\
+pi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PI & 03C0\\
+piv & GREEK PI SYMBOL & 03D6\\
+Psi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI & 03A8\\
+psi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI & 03C8\\
+rho & GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO & 03C1\\
+rhov & GREEK RHO SYMBOL & 03F1\\
+Sigma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA & 03A3\\
+sigma & GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA & 03C3\\
+sigmav & GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA & 03C2\\
+tau & GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU & 03C4\\
+Theta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA & 0398\\
+thetas & GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA & 03B8\\
+thetav & GREEK THETA SYMBOL & 03D1\\
+Upsi & GREEK UPSILON WITH HOOK SYMBOL & 03D2\\
+upsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON & 03C5\\
+Xi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI & 039E\\
+xi & GREEK SMALL LETTER XI & 03BE\\
+zeta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA & 03B6\\
+\end{supertabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-2.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-2.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..134e26a7cbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-2.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-4-2 on page 258.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\makeatletter
+\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill}
+\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot
+\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot
+\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
+\setlength\textheight{28\baselineskip}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array,supertabular}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\tablecaption{The ISOGRK3 entity set}
+\tablefirsthead
+ {\bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline}
+\tablehead
+ {\bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline}
+\tabletail{\hline \multicolumn{3}{r}{\emph{Continued on next page}}\\}
+\tablelasttail{\hline}
+\centering
+\begin{supertabular*}{\textwidth}{ll!{\extracolsep{\fill}}l}
+alpha & GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA & 03B1\\
+beta & GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA & 03B2\\
+chi & GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI & 03C7\\
+\empty
+Delta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA & 0394\\
+delta & GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA & 03B4\\
+epsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\
+epsis & GREEK LUNATE EPSILON SYMBOL & 03F5\\
+epsiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\
+eta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA & 03B7\\
+Gamma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA & 0393\\
+gamma & GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA & 03B3\\
+gammad & GREEK SMALL LETTER DIGAMMA & 03DD\\
+iota & GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA & 03B9\\
+kappa & GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA & 03BA\\
+kappav & GREEK KAPPA SYMBOL & 03F0\\
+Lambda & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA & 039B\\
+lambda & GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA & 03BB\\
+mu & GREEK SMALL LETTER MU & 03BC\\
+nu & GREEK SMALL LETTER NU & 03BD\\
+Omega & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA & 03A9\\
+omega & GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA & 03C9\\
+Phi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI & 03A6\\
+phis & GREEK PHI SYMBOL & 03D5\\
+phiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI & 03C6\\
+Pi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI & 03A0\\
+pi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PI & 03C0\\
+piv & GREEK PI SYMBOL & 03D6\\
+Psi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI & 03A8\\
+psi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI & 03C8\\
+rho & GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO & 03C1\\
+rhov & GREEK RHO SYMBOL & 03F1\\
+Sigma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA & 03A3\\
+sigma & GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA & 03C3\\
+sigmav & GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA & 03C2\\
+tau & GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU & 03C4\\
+Theta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA & 0398\\
+thetas & GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA & 03B8\\
+thetav & GREEK THETA SYMBOL & 03D1\\
+Upsi & GREEK UPSILON WITH HOOK SYMBOL & 03D2\\
+upsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON & 03C5\\
+Xi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI & 039E\\
+xi & GREEK SMALL LETTER XI & 03BE\\
+zeta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA & 03B6\\
+\end{supertabular*}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-3.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-3.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b00e7f63dad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-3.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-4-3 on page 260.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\makeatletter
+\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill}
+\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot
+\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot
+\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
+\setlength\textheight{28\baselineskip}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{longtable}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{longtable}{lll}
+ \caption{The ISOGRK3 entity set}\\
+ \bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline
+\endfirsthead
+ \bfseries Entity&\bfseries Unicode Name&\bfseries Unicode\\ \hline
+\endhead
+ \hline \multicolumn{3}{r}{\emph{Continued on next page}}
+\endfoot
+ \hline
+\endlastfoot
+alpha & GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA & 03B1\\
+beta & GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA & 03B2\\
+chi & GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI & 03C7\\
+\empty
+Delta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA & 0394\\
+delta & GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA & 03B4\\
+epsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\
+epsis & GREEK LUNATE EPSILON SYMBOL & 03F5\\
+epsiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON & 03B5\\
+eta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA & 03B7\\
+Gamma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA & 0393\\
+gamma & GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA & 03B3\\
+gammad & GREEK SMALL LETTER DIGAMMA & 03DD\\
+iota & GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA & 03B9\\
+kappa & GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA & 03BA\\
+kappav & GREEK KAPPA SYMBOL & 03F0\\
+Lambda & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA & 039B\\
+lambda & GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA & 03BB\\
+mu & GREEK SMALL LETTER MU & 03BC\\
+nu & GREEK SMALL LETTER NU & 03BD\\
+Omega & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA & 03A9\\
+omega & GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA & 03C9\\
+Phi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI & 03A6\\
+phis & GREEK PHI SYMBOL & 03D5\\
+phiv & GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI & 03C6\\
+Pi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI & 03A0\\
+pi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PI & 03C0\\
+piv & GREEK PI SYMBOL & 03D6\\
+Psi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI & 03A8\\
+psi & GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI & 03C8\\
+rho & GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO & 03C1\\
+rhov & GREEK RHO SYMBOL & 03F1\\
+Sigma & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA & 03A3\\
+sigma & GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA & 03C3\\
+sigmav & GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA & 03C2\\
+tau & GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU & 03C4\\
+Theta & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA & 0398\\
+thetas & GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA & 03B8\\
+thetav & GREEK THETA SYMBOL & 03D1\\
+Upsi & GREEK UPSILON WITH HOOK SYMBOL & 03D2\\
+upsi & GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON & 03C5\\
+Xi & GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI & 039E\\
+xi & GREEK SMALL LETTER XI & 03BE\\
+zeta & GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA & 03B6\\
+\end{longtable}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..847ad01bd0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-4-4 on page 262.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{longtable,supertabular}
+\usepackage[font=sl,labelfont=bf]{caption}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{table}[t]\centering
+ \caption{A standard table}
+ \begin{tabular}{ccc}1&2&3\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{longtable}{ccc}\caption{A longtable}\\
+1&2&3\end{longtable}
+
+\centering
+\tablecaption{A supertabular}
+\begin{supertabular}{ccc}1&2&3\\\end{supertabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-5.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-5.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..345e09cbff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-5.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-4-5 on page 263.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\makeatletter
+\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill}
+\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot
+\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot
+\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
+\setlength\textheight{7.7\baselineskip}
+\AtBeginDocument{\Large}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{longtable}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{longtable}{llp{43mm}}
+ entry 1.1 & entry 1.2 & entry 1.3, a long text entry taking several lines.\\
+ entry 2.1 & entry 2.2 & entry 2.3, a long text entry taking several lines
+ when set in a narrow column.
+\end{longtable}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-6.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..19ccc630206
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-4-6.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-4-6 on page 264.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\makeatletter
+\def\@oddfoot{\hrulefill\quad Page \thepage\quad \hrulefill}
+\let\@oddhead\@oddfoot
+\let\@evenhead\@oddfoot
+\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
+\textheight=7.7\baselineskip
+\AtBeginDocument{\Large}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{longtable}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{longtable}{llp{43mm}}
+ entry 1.1 & entry 1.2 & entry 1.3, a long text entry taking several lines.\\
+ entry 2.1 & entry 2.2 & \setlength{\parfillskip}{0pt}%
+ entry 2.3, a long text entry taking several\\
+ & & lines when set in a narrow column.
+\end{longtable}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6aee7fe88ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-5-1 on page 264.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array,color}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{>{\color{blue}\bfseries}lr}
+Day & \textcolor{blue}{\bfseries Attendance}\\\hline
+Monday& 57\\ Tuesday& 11\\
+Wednesday& 96\\ Thursday& 122\\
+Friday& 210\\ Saturday& 198\\
+Sunday& 40
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3630df922e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-5-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-5-2 on page 265.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{colortbl}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}
+ {>{\columncolor{blue}\color{white}\bfseries}lr}
+\rowcolor[gray]{0.8}
+ \color{black} Day & \bfseries Attendance\\[2pt]
+Monday& 57 \\ Tuesday& 11 \\
+Wednesday& 96 \\ Thursday& 122 \\
+Friday& 210 \\ Saturday& 198 \\
+Sunday& 40 \\
+\cellcolor[gray]{0.8}\color{black}Total& 724
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a069e8a17bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-6-1 on page 265.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{colortbl} \setlength\arrayrulewidth{1pt}
+\newcolumntype{B}{!{\color{blue}\vline}}
+\newcommand\bhline
+ {\arrayrulecolor{blue}\hline\arrayrulecolor{black}}
+\newcommand\bcline[1]
+ {\arrayrulecolor{blue}\cline{#1}\arrayrulecolor{black}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|cBc|c|}
+\hline
+ A & B & C \\ \cline{1-1}\bcline{2-3}
+ X & Y & Z \\ \bhline
+100 & 10 & 1 \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fbf111f9fbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-6-2 on page 266.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\newcolumntype{I}{!{\vrule width 3pt}}
+\newlength\savedwidth
+\newcommand\whline{\noalign{\global\savedwidth\arrayrulewidth
+ \global\arrayrulewidth 3pt}%
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\global\arrayrulewidth\savedwidth}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|cIc|c|} \hline
+ A & B & C \\ \hline
+ X & Y & Z \\ \whline
+100 & 10 & 1 \\ \hline \end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..88245180a59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-6-3 on page 267.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array,hhline}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setlength\arrayrulewidth{.8pt}
+\renewcommand\arraystretch{1.5}
+\begin{tabular}{||cc||c|c||c}
+ \hhline{|t:==:t:==:t|}
+a & b & c & d \\ \hhline{|:==:|~|~||}
+1 & 2 & 3 & 4 \\ \hhline{#==#~|=:b|-}
+i & j & k & l & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{?}
+ \\ \hhline{||--||---}
+w & x & y & z \\ \hhline{|b:==:b:==:b|}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b59f4b2bbfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-6-4 on page 268.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array,arydshln}
+\setlength\extrarowheight{4pt}% extra space on row top
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|c::c|c|}
+\hline
+ A & B & C \\ \hline
+ X & Y & Z \\ \hdashline
+100 & 10 & 1 \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..87f11d9be6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-6-5 on page 268.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array,arydshln}
+\renewcommand\arraystretch{1.3333}% extra space evenly
+ % distributed
+\setlength\dashlinedash{1pt}
+\setlength\dashlinegap{1pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{;{5pt/2pt}c::c:c;{5pt/2pt}}
+\hdashline
+ A & B & C \\ \hdashline
+ X & Y & Z \\ \hdashline[5pt/2pt]
+100 & 10 & 1 \\ \hdashline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9b7ca14f528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-6-6 on page 269.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{tabls} \setlength\tablinesep{2pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|} \hline
+ \large A &\large B &\large C \\ \hline[5pt]
+ 100 & 10 & 1 \\[5pt] \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8f1a6731552
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-6-7 on page 270.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{booktabs}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}llr@{}}
+\toprule
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{Item} &\multicolumn{1}{c}{Price/lb} \\
+\cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3}
+ Food & Category & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\$}\\
+\midrule
+ Apples & Fruit & 1.50 \\
+ Oranges & Fruit & 2.00 \\
+ Beef & Meat & 4.50 \\
+\bottomrule
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9caea02d016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-6-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-6-8 on page 272.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{booktabs}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}llr@{}}
+\toprule
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{Item} &\multicolumn{1}{c}{Price/lb} \\
+\cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3}
+ a & b & c \\
+\cmidrule(l{2pt}r{2pt}){1-2}\cmidrule(l{2pt}r{2pt}){3-3}
+\morecmidrules
+\cmidrule(l{2pt}r{2pt}){2-3}
+\addlinespace[5pt]
+ Food& Category & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\$}\\
+\midrule
+ Apples & Fruit & 1.50 \\
+ Oranges & Fruit & 2.00 \\
+\addlinespace
+ Beef & Meat & 4.50 \\
+\specialrule{.5pt}{3pt}{3pt}
+ x & y & z \\
+\bottomrule
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9c6d0b3c10b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-7-1 on page 272.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|} \hline
+ & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{qqq}\\\cline{2-3}
+\raisebox{1.5ex}[0cm][0cm]{100}
+ & A & B \\\hline
+20000000 & 10 & 10 \\\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ad5419332f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-7-2 on page 272.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{r@{.}l}
+ 1 & 2 \\ 1 & 23 \\ 913 & 17
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cd6a1adc1e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-7-3 on page 273.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{multirow}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|l|} \hline
+\multirow{4}{14mm}{Text in column 1}
+ & C2a & \multirow{4}{14mm}{Text in column 3}
+ & C4a \\
+ & C2b & & C4b \\
+ & C2c & & C4c \\
+ & C2d & & C4d \\\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..267f10095b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-7-4 on page 274.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{multirow}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\renewcommand\multirowsetup{\centering}
+\newlength\LL \settowidth\LL{100}
+\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|} \hline
+\multirow{2}{\LL}{100}&
+ \multicolumn{2}{c|}{qqq} \\\cline{2-3}
+ & A & B \\\hline
+20000000 & 10 & 10 \\\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..94c17942aa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-7-5 on page 274.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{multirow}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|l|l|}
+\hline
+\multirow{4}{25mm}{Common text in column 1}
+& Cell 1a \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 1b\\\cline{2-2}
+& Cell 1c \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 1d\\\hline
+\multirow{4}{25mm}[-3mm]{Common text in column 1}
+& Cell 2a \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 2b\\\cline{2-2}
+& Cell 2c \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 2d\\\hline
+\multirow{4}{25mm}[3mm]{Common text in column 1}
+& Cell 3a \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 3b\\\cline{2-2}
+& Cell 3c \\\cline{2-2} & Cell 3d\\\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6d3c60e903b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-7-6 on page 275.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{dcolumn}
+\newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{\cdot}{#1}}
+\newcolumntype{.}{D{.}{.}{-1}}
+\newcolumntype{,}{D{,}{,}{2}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|d{-1}|d{2}|.|,|}
+ 1.2 & 1.2 &1.2 &1,2 \\
+ 1.23 & 1.23 &12.5 &300,2 \\
+ 1121.2& 1121.2&861.20 &674,29 \\
+ 184 & 184 &10 &69 \\
+ .4 & .4 & &,4 \\
+ & &.4 &
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7b8f78254d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-7-7 on page 276.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{dcolumn}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|D..{-1}|D..{2}|D..{4.2}|}
+\multicolumn{1}{|c|}{wide heading}&
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{wide heading}&
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{wide heading}\\[3pt]
+ 1000.20 & 1000.20 &1000.20 \\
+ 123.45 & 123.45 & 123.45
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..687370445eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-7-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-7-8 on page 276.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{dcolumn}
+\newcolumntype{+}{D{/}{\mbox{--}}{4}}
+\newcolumntype{,}{D{,}{,}{2}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|r||+|
+ >{\raggedright}p{2.2cm}|,|} \hline
+\multicolumn{4}{|c|}{GG\&A Hoofed Stock}\\
+\hline\hline
+& \multicolumn{1}{c|}{Price}& &
+\\ \cline{2-2} \multicolumn{1}{|c||}{Year}
+& \mbox{low}/\mbox{high}
+& \multicolumn{1}{c|}{Comments}
+& \multicolumn{1}{c|}{Other} \\ \hline
+1971 & 97/245 &Bad year for farmers in
+ the West. & 23,45 \\ \hline
+ 72 &245/245 &Light trading due to a
+ heavy winter. & 435,23\\ \hline
+ 73 &245/2001 &No gnus was very good
+ gnus this year. & 387,56\\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..04ec4599d04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-8-1 on page 277.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+\renewcommand\thefootnote{\thempfootnote}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bfseries PostScript
+ Type 1 fonts} \\
+ Courier\footnote{Donated by IBM.}
+ & cour, courb, courbi, couri \\
+ Charter\footnote{Donated by Bitstream.}
+ & bchb, bchbi, bchr, bchri \\
+ Nimbus\footnote{Donated by URW GmbH.}
+ & unmr, unmrs \\
+ URW Antiqua\footnotemark[\value{mpfootnote}]
+ & uaqrrc \\
+ URW Grotesk\footnotemark[\value{mpfootnote}]
+ & ugqp \\
+ Utopia\footnote{Donated by Adobe.}
+ & putb, putbi, putr, putri
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3df81851f2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-8-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-8-2 on page 278.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{threeparttable}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{threeparttable}
+\caption[Example of a \texttt{threeparttable}
+ environment]{\textbf{PostScript Type 1 fonts}}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+Courier\tnote{a} & cour, courb, courbi, couri \\
+Charter\tnote{b} & bchb, bchbi, bchr, bchri \\
+Nimbus\tnote{c} & unmr, unmrs \\
+URW Antiqua\tnote{c} & uaqrrc \\
+URW Grotesk\tnote{c} & ugqp \\
+Utopia\tnote{d} & putb, putbi, putr, putri\\
+\end{tabular}
+\begin{tablenotes}
+\item[a]Donated by IBM.
+\item[b]Donated by Bitstream.
+\item[c]Donated by URW GmbH.
+\item[d]Donated by Adobe.
+\end{tablenotes}
+
+\begin{tablenotes}[flushleft,online]
+\item[a]Donated by IBM.
+\item[b]Donated by Bitstream.
+\item[c]Donated by URW GmbH.
+\item[d]Donated by Adobe.
+\end{tablenotes}
+
+\begin{tablenotes}[para]
+\item[]Donated by:
+\item[a]IBM, \item[b]Bitstream,
+\item[c]URW GmbH,
+\item[d]Adobe.
+\end{tablenotes}
+\end{threeparttable}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8663f96a71c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-9-1 on page 279.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{ccc}
+\multicolumn{3}{c}{this-is-a-rather-long-row}\\
+C1 &C2 &C3 \\ 2.1&2.2&2.3 \\ 3.1&3.2&3.3
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9f530d82d77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-9-2 on page 280.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\newlength\Mylen
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\settowidth\Mylen{this-is-a-rather-long-row}
+\addtolength\Mylen{2\tabcolsep}
+\begin{tabular*}{\Mylen}%
+ {!{\extracolsep{4in minus 4in}}ccc}
+\multicolumn{3}{c}{this-is-a-rather-long-row}\\
+C1 &C2 &C3 \\ 2.1&2.2&2.3 \\ 3.1&3.2&3.3
+\end{tabular*}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..09060b7c6f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-9-3 on page 280.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Tables \begin{tabular}[t]{l}
+ with no\\ hline \\ commands \\ used
+\end{tabular}
+versus tables
+\begin{tabular}[t]{|l|} \hline
+ with some \\ hline \\ commands \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular} used.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5cf4c8c72ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-9-4 on page 281.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Tables \begin{tabular}[t]{l}
+ with no\\ hline \\ commands \\ used
+\end{tabular}
+versus tables
+\begin{tabular}[t]{|l|} \firsthline
+ with some \\ hline \\ commands \\
+\lasthline
+\end{tabular} used.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1f9aacfee04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-9-5 on page 282.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array}
+\setlength\extratabsurround{5pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|cc|} \hline
+\emph{name} & \emph{telephone} \\\hline\hline
+ John & \begin{tabular}[t]{|cc|} \firsthline
+ \emph{day} & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\itshape telephone}
+ \\\hline\hline
+ Wed & 5554434 \\\hline
+ Mon & \begin{tabular}[t]{|cc|} \firsthline
+ \emph{time} & \emph{telephone} \\\hline\hline
+ 8--10 & 5520104 \\ 1--5 & 2425588 \\\lasthline
+ \end{tabular} \\\lasthline
+ \end{tabular} \\\hline
+Martin & \begin{tabular}[t]{|cp{4.5cm}|} \firsthline
+ \emph{telephone} & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\itshape instructions}
+ \\\hline\hline
+ 3356677 & Mary should answer forwarded message. \\\lasthline
+ \end{tabular} \\\hline
+ Peter & \begin{tabular}[t]{|cl|} \firsthline
+ \emph{month} &\multicolumn{1}{c|}{\itshape telephone}
+ \\\hline\hline
+ Sep--May & 5554434 \\ Jun & No telephone \\
+ Jul--Aug & 2211456 \\ \lasthline
+ \end{tabular} \\\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ba70fecc7ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/5-9-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 5-9-6 on page 282.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array,tabularx,multirow}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\newlength\Tl \settowidth{\Tl}{Prefix} \setlength\tabcolsep{1mm}
+\newcommand\T[1]{$10^{#1}$}
+\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{|l|l|*{10}{>{\small}X|}} \hline
+\multicolumn{12}{|c|}{\textbf{Prefixes used in the SI system of units}}\\\hline
+\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{Factor} &
+\T{24}&\T{21}&\T{18}&\T{15}&\T{12}&\T{9}&\T{6}&\T{3}&\T{2}&\T{ }\\\cline{1-2}
+\multirow{2}{\Tl}{Prefix}&Name &
+yotta &zetta &exa &peta &tera &giga &mega &kilo &hecto &deca \\
+ &Symbol &
+\empty
+Y &Z &E &P &T &G &M &k &h &da \\\hline
+\multirow{2}{\Tl}{Prefix}&Symbol &
+y &z &a &f &p &n &$\mu$ &m &c &d \\
+ &Name &
+yocto &zepto &atto &femto &pico &nano &micro &milli &centi &deci \\\cline{1-2}
+\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{Factor} &
+\T{-24}&\T{-21}&\T{-18}&\T{-15}&\T{-12}&\T{-9}&\T{-6}&\T{-3}&\T{-2}&\T{-1}\\\hline
+\end{tabularx}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c9344db58fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-3-1 on page 293.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\setlength\textheight{22\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5pt} % fix linebreaking
+\setlength\textfloatsep{6pt}
+\setlength\intextsep{6pt}
+% for the book examples we shorten the
+% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for
+% the heading
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+ \usepackage{float}
+ \floatstyle{boxed}
+ \newfloat{Series}{b}{los}[section]
+ \floatstyle{ruled}
+ \newfloat{XMLexa}{H}{lox}
+ \floatname{XMLexa}{XML Listing}
+ \newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+ \newcommand\sample{Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again. }
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \section{New float environments}
+ \sample
+ \begin{XMLexa} \caption{A simple XML file}
+ \xmlcode{<XMLphrase>Great fun!</XMLphrase>}
+ \end{XMLexa}
+ \sample
+ \begin{XMLexa}
+ \caption{Processing instruction}
+ \xmlcode{<?xml version=''1.0''?>}
+ \end{XMLexa}
+ \sample
+ \begin{Series}
+ \caption{Euler's constant}
+ \[e = 1 + \sum^\infty_{k=1} \frac{1}{k!}\]
+ \end{Series}
+ \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..07ade84c320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-3-2 on page 294.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\setlength\textheight{11.6\baselineskip}
+\setlength\textfloatsep{6pt}
+\setlength\intextsep{6pt}
+% for the book examples we shorten the
+% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for
+% the heading
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{float}
+\floatstyle{boxed}
+\newfloat{Series}{b}{los}[section]
+\floatstyle{ruled}
+\newfloat{XMLexa}{H}{lox}
+\floatname{XMLexa}{XML Listing}
+\newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page
+ which might get reused over and over again. }
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{float}
+% Float types ``Series'' and ``XMLexa'' and
+% commands \xmlcode and \sample as defined
+% in previous example
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\listof{XMLexa}{XML Listings}
+\listof{Series}{List of Series}
+\section{New float environments}
+\sample
+\begin{XMLexa} \caption{A simple XML file}
+ \xmlcode{<XMLphrase>Great fun!</XMLphrase>}
+\end{XMLexa}
+\empty
+\sample
+\begin{XMLexa} \caption{Processing instruction}
+ \xmlcode{<?xml version=''1.0''?>} \end{XMLexa}
+\sample
+\begin{Series}
+\caption{Euler's constant}
+ \[e = 1 + \sum^\infty_{k=1} \frac{1}{k!}\]
+\end{Series}
+\sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d447edb5de4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-3-3 on page 294.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\setlength\textheight{15.2\baselineskip}
+\setlength\textfloatsep{12pt plus 4pt}
+% for the book examples we shorten the
+% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for
+% the heading
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again. }
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+ \usepackage{graphicx,float}
+ \floatstyle{boxed} \restylefloat{figure}
+ \floatstyle{ruled} \restylefloat{table}
+ \floatplacement{table}{b}
+ % \sample as previously defined
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \section{Customizing standard floats}
+ \sample
+ \begin{table}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}llr}
+ AAAA&BBBB&123\\CCC&DDDD&45\end{tabular}
+ \caption{Sample table}
+ \end{table}
+ \sample
+ \begin{figure} \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=12mm]{rosette.ps}
+ \caption{Sample figure}
+ \end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-4.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-4.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e5a24c88754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-4.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-3-4 on page 295.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{95.40097pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{10\baselineskip}
+ \pagestyle{origplain}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{float,array}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+All float placement specifiers are
+shown together in the following example.
+\begin{table}[H]
+\begin{tabular}{>{\ttfamily}cl}
+ t & Top of page \\ b & Bottom of page \\
+ p & Page of floats \\
+ h & Here, if possible \\ H & Here, always
+\end{tabular}
+\caption{Float placement specifiers}
+\end{table}
+With ``h'' instead of the ``H'' specifier
+this text would have appeared before the
+table in the current example.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7360e67d064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-3-5 on page 296.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\setlength\textheight{18\baselineskip}
+% for the book examples we shorten the
+% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for
+% the heading
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {0.6ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{caption}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\listoffigures
+\section{Various kinds of figures}
+Here we mix standard and nonfloating figures.
+\begin{figure}[b] \centering
+ \fbox{Figure I}
+ \caption{Standard figure} \label{fig:I}
+\end{figure}
+\begin{center}
+ \fbox{Figure II} \\
+ \captionof{figure}[Fake LOF entry]
+ {Nonfloating figure}
+ \label{fig:II}
+\end{center}
+As Figure \ref{fig:I} is forced to
+the bottom with an optional \texttt{[b]}
+argument it passes Figure \ref{fig:II}
+and the numbering gets out of sync.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-6.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3ce0dafb61c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-6.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-3-6 on page 297.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+\setlength\textheight{2.7cm}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{rotating}
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+\fancyhead[RO,LE]{Turned floats}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{sidewaysfigure}
+ \centering \fbox{Figure Body}
+ \caption{Caption}
+\end{sidewaysfigure}
+\begin{sidewaystable}
+ \centering \fbox{Table Body}
+ \caption{Caption}
+\end{sidewaystable}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-7.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-7.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f97174783a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-3-7.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-3-7 on page 297.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+\setlength\textheight{2.7cm}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[figuresright]{rotating}
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+\fancyhead[LE]{Floats turned}
+\fancyhead[RO]{Floats partly turned}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{sidewaystable} \centering
+ \fbox{Table Body} \caption{Caption}
+\end{sidewaystable}
+\begin{table} \centering
+ \begin{sideways}
+ \fbox{Table Body}
+ \end{sideways}
+ \caption{Caption}
+\end{table}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..65b7dba202d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-4-1 on page 300.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page
+ that is reused over and over again. }
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{wrapfig}
+% \sample as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{wraptable}[4]{l}{4cm}
+ \centering\fbox{Wrapped Table}
+ \caption{The Caption}\label{T}
+\end{wraptable}
+\sample \sample Reference to Table~\ref{T}.
+\sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d342460f724
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-4-2 on page 301.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-36pt} % to cover the margin in example
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page
+ that is reused over and over again. }
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{wrapfig}
+\usepackage[labelfont={sf,bf},
+ justification=centerlast]{caption}
+% \sample as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The starting place for the wrapfigure
+environment was manually determined in
+the current ex-
+\begin{wrapfigure}[7]{l}[0.2\width]{0pt}
+ \centering
+ \fbox{This is a ``wrapfigure''.}
+ \caption{An example of the
+ \texttt{wrapfigure} environment}
+\end{wrapfigure}
+ample by first setting the text without
+the figure to find the linebreaks.
+
+\sample \sample \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7ac2ffd1671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-4-3 on page 303.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{picins,graphicx}
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page
+ that is reused over and over again. }
+\newcommand\FIG{\includegraphics
+ [width=14mm]{cat}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\parpic{\fbox{\Large\scshape Box}}
+\sample\sample\par
+\parpic[d]{\FIG}
+\noindent\sample\sample\sample\sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b9f07556744
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-4-4 on page 304.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page
+ that is reused over and over again. }
+\sloppy
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{picins,graphicx}
+\newcommand\FIG{\includegraphics
+ [width=10mm]{elephant}}
+% \sample as previously defined
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\parpic(15mm,15mm)[f]{\FIG}\noindent
+\sample\sample\par
+Here we prove that the ``picture'' can
+span more than a single paragraph.
+\parpic(15mm,15mm)(2mm,14mm)[dr]{\FIG}%
+\noindent\sample\sample\par
+\picskip{2}
+Without the explicit request in the source
+this paragraph would have only one
+shortened line, like the one surrounding
+the previous ``picture''.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-5.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-5.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8c2f4b30393
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-5.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-4-5 on page 304.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{5cm}
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page
+ that is reused over and over again. }
+\sloppy
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{picins}
+% \sample as previously defined
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\parpic(15mm,10mm)(0mm,0mm)
+ [dr]{\fbox{Box}}%
+\sample\sample\par
+\parpic(15mm,10mm)(2mm,5mm)
+ [dr]{\fbox{Box}}%
+\sample\sample\par
+\parpic(15mm,10mm)(4mm,10mm)
+ [dr]{\fbox{Box}}%
+\sample\sample\par
+\parpic(15mm,10mm)(6mm,15mm)
+ [dr]{\fbox{Box}}%
+\sample\sample\par
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-6.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-6.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1c07063345b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-6.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-4-6 on page 305.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{6.5cm}
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page
+ that is reused over and over again. }
+\sloppy
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{picins}
+% \sample as previously defined
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\sample
+\begin{itemize} \item
+ \dashlength{2mm}
+ \linethickness{1mm}
+ \parpic(15mm,10mm)[dr]{BOX}
+ \sample\sample
+\item
+ \shadowthickness{3mm}
+ \linethickness{.4pt}
+ \parpic(15mm,10mm)[sr]{BOX}
+ \sample\sample
+\item
+ \boxlength{2mm}
+ \parpic(15mm,10mm)[x]{BOX}
+ \sample\sample
+\end{itemize} \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c9b39baa380
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-4-7 on page 305.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page
+ that is reused over and over again. }
+\sloppy
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{picins}
+\newcommand\FOR{\(\displaystyle E=mc^2\)}
+% \sample as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\pichskip{6mm}
+\piccaption{Einstein's formula.}
+\parpic(45mm,10mm)[s]{\FOR}
+\sample\sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..94c1a04ac82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-4-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-4-8 on page 306.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page
+ that is reused over and over again. }
+\newcommand\FOR{\(\displaystyle E=mc^2\)}
+\sloppy
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{picins}
+\usepackage[labelfont={sf,bf}]{caption}
+% \sample and \FOR as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\piccaptioninside
+\piccaption{Einstein's formula.}
+\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{\FOR}
+\sample\sample\sample
+
+\piccaptionside
+\piccaption{Einstein's formula.}
+\parpic(30mm,10mm)[s]{\FOR}
+\sample
+
+\piccaptiontopside
+\piccaption{Einstein's formula.}
+\parpic(30mm,10mm)[sr]{\FOR}
+\sample\sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9dad2cb2160
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-1 on page 307.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+% for the book examples we shorten the
+% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for
+% the heading
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {0.6ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\listoffigures
+
+\section{Caption}
+
+Figures \ref{Fig1} and \ref{Fig2}
+have captions.
+
+\begin{figure}[ht]
+\centerline{\fbox{\small A small Figure}}
+\caption{Short caption text}\label{Fig1}
+\end{figure}
+
+\begin{figure}[ht]
+\centerline{\fbox{\small A small Figure}}
+\caption[Short entry in lof]
+ {Long caption text with some extra
+ explanation that this figure is important
+ even though it is small.}\label{Fig2}
+\end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c9c103e515b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-10 on page 318.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\setlength\textfloatsep{10pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{subfig}
+\captionsetup[table] {position=top,aboveskip=5pt}
+\captionsetup[subtable]{singlelinecheck=false,
+ format=hang,font={sl,small},
+ justification=raggedright}
+\renewcommand\thesubtable{\thetable.\arabic{subtable}}
+\newcommand\TAB[2]{\fbox{\parbox{#2\textwidth}{Table #1}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{table}
+\caption{Three sub-tables}\label{tbl}
+ \subfloat[First] {\TAB{1}{.4}\label{tbl1}}\hfill
+ \subfloat[Second]{\TAB{2}{.4}\label{tbl2}}\\
+ \subfloat[Third table with a much longer caption]
+ {\TAB{3}{.8}\label{tbl3}}
+\end{table}
+Table \ref{tbl} contains sub-tables \subref{tbl1} to
+\subref{tbl3}. But don't use now: \ref{tbl3} (see text).
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c9c974034c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-11 on page 319.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\usepackage[font={scriptsize,sl},captionskip=3pt]{subfig}
+\newcommand\FIG[1]{\includegraphics[#1]{cat}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{figure} \centering
+ \subfloat[]{\FIG{width=3pc}\label{a}} \quad
+ \subfloat[]{\FIG{angle=20,width=3pc}\label{b}} \quad
+ \subfloat[]{\FIG{height=1pc,width=3pc}\label{c}}
+\caption[A group of cats]{A group of cats: \subref{a}
+ the first cat, \subref{b} a climbing one,
+ and \subref{c} one that is stretched.}
+\end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..962685bef6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-12 on page 319.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{subfig} \usepackage{graphicx}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{figure} \centering
+ \captionsetup[subfloat]{nearskip=-3pt}
+ \subfloat[Small]
+ {\includegraphics[width=12mm]{elephant}\label{sf1}}
+ \qquad
+ \subfloat[Bigger]
+ {\includegraphics[width=16mm]{elephant}\label{sf2}}
+ \caption{Two elephants}\label{elephants}
+\end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7da7d7710f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-13 on page 321.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\setlength\textheight{5.5cm}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[nearskip=-3pt,captionskip=5pt]{subfig}
+\captionsetup[subfloat]{listofindent=5em,
+ listofformat=parens}
+\setcounter{lofdepth}{2}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\listoffigures \medskip
+\begin{figure}[!ht]\centering
+ \subfloat[First]{\fbox{Figure I}} \qquad
+ \subfloat[Second]{\fbox{Figure II}}
+ \caption{Three figures}
+\end{figure}
+ \pagebreak % <-- for illustration
+\begin{figure}[!ht] \centering \ContinuedFloat
+ \subfloat[Third]{\fbox{Figure III}}
+ \caption[]{Three figures (cont.)}
+\end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-14.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-14.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1b387aa67a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-14.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-14 on page 322.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\setlength\textheight{6cm}\setlength\intextsep{6pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{subfloat}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\listoffigures \medskip
+\begin{subfigures}
+ \begin{figure}[!ht]
+ \centering\fbox{Figure I}
+ \caption{First figure}\label{FI}
+ \end{figure}
+ \begin{figure}[!ht]
+ \centering\fbox{Figure II}
+ \caption{Second figure}\label{FII}
+ \end{figure}
+\end{subfigures}
+Figures \ref{FI} and \ref{FII} in
+this example are sub-numbered, while
+Figure~\ref{FIII} is not.
+\begin{figure}[!ht]
+ \centering\fbox{Figure III}
+ \caption{Third figure}\label{FIII}
+\end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9a30fa0cc80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-15 on page 324.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[ragged]{sidecap}
+\usepackage[labelfont={sf,bf},textfont=it,
+ labelsep=period]{caption}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Paragraph text showing how floats are
+horizontally aligned with respect to the galley.
+\begin{SCtable} \caption{A small table with a
+ rather long caption text}
+ \begin{tabular}{|ll|} AAA & BBB \\
+ CCC & DDD \\ EEE & FFF \end{tabular}
+\end{SCtable}
+\begin{SCfigure}[2] \caption{A small figure}
+ \framebox[.3\linewidth][c]{Figure I}
+\end{SCfigure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6fcd6cad9bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-16 on page 324.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\setlength\marginparwidth{44pt}
+\setlength\marginparsep{6pt}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-60pt} % to cover the margin in example
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[wide]{sidecap}
+\renewcommand\sidecaptionsep{15pt}
+\renewcommand\sidecaptionrelwidth{20}
+\sidecaptionvpos{table}{c}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Text showing how the float is horizontally
+aligned with respect to the galley.
+\begin{SCtable} \caption{A small table with
+ a rather long caption text}
+ \begin{tabular}{|ll|} AAA & BBB \\
+ CCC & DDD \\ EEE & FFF \end{tabular}
+\end{SCtable}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..53db1b41754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-17 on page 325.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\newcommand\sample{Some text for our page
+ that is reused over and over again. }
+\setlength\textheight{10\baselineskip}
+\setlength\marginparwidth{53pt}
+\setlength\marginparsep{8pt}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-\marginparwidth}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-\marginparsep}
+\sloppy
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[margincaption,ragged]{sidecap}
+% \sample as defined earlier
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{SCtable} \caption{A misaligned caption}
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \sample \sample
+ \end{minipage}\end{SCtable}
+\begin{SCtable} \caption{An aligned caption}
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \strut \sample \sample \unskip\strut
+ \end{minipage}\end{SCtable}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-18.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-18.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..73f697b7c78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-18.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-18 on page 326.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{124.20126pt}
+
+\setlength\textheight{14\baselineskip}
+% for the book examples we shorten the
+% vertical spaces and use a smaller font for
+% the heading
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {0.6ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+\sloppy
+\pagestyle{origplain} % plain is disabled by the class
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[twoside,varioref,
+ closeFloats]{fltpage}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\listoffigures
+\section{Full-page floats}
+Figure~\ref{FP1} is a
+full-page float whose caption
+and body are on separate pages.
+\begin{FPfigure}
+ \setlength\fboxsep{0pt}
+ \framebox[.97\linewidth][c]
+ {\rule[-3cm]{0pt}
+ {.97\textheight}%
+ A full-page figure}
+\caption[A full-page figure]
+ {Caption for a full-page float
+ for which there was no room
+ on the same page}\label{FP1}
+\end{FPfigure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4b7d9e7ba70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-2 on page 309.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+%
+\setlength\intextsep{6pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{float,graphicx}
+\usepackage[format=hang,margin=10pt]{caption}
+\floatstyle{boxed} \restylefloat{figure}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{figure}[ht] \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=8mm]{elephant}
+ \includegraphics[width=10mm]{elephant}
+ \caption{Short caption}
+\end{figure}
+\begin{figure}[ht] \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=15mm]{elephant}
+ \caption{A caption that runs over more than one line}
+\end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1dc32ca7efa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-3 on page 310.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+%
+\setlength\intextsep{6pt}
+% Not shown here since explained later in the
+% book:
+\AtBeginDocument{\captionsetup{aboveskip=3pt}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{float,graphicx}
+\usepackage[font={sf,bf},textfont=md]{caption}
+\floatstyle{boxed} \restylefloat{table}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{figure}[ht] \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=10mm]{Escher}
+ \caption{Short caption}
+\end{figure}
+\begin{table}[ht] \centering A B C D E F G H I J K L M
+ \caption{A caption that runs over more than one line}
+\end{table}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..927c1dbfaa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-4 on page 311.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+%
+\setlength\intextsep{6pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{float,graphicx}
+\floatstyle{boxed} \restylefloat{figure}
+\usepackage{caption}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period-newline}{.\newline}
+\captionsetup{aboveskip=3pt,singlelinecheck=false,
+ labelsep=period-newline,labelfont={small,bf}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{figure}[ht] \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=10mm]{Escher} \caption{}
+\end{figure}
+\begin{figure}[ht] \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=10mm]{elephant}
+ \caption{A small elephant}
+\end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..63aa2f926ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-5 on page 311.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+%
+\setlength\intextsep{6pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[textfont={rm,it},labelfont={sf},
+ labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad,
+ justification=centerfirst,parskip=3pt]{caption}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{figure}[ht] \centering
+ {\fontfamily{put}\fontsize{60}{60}\bfseries Bild}
+ \caption[A short caption text]
+ {A caption that runs over more than one line
+ to show the effect of the centerfirst keyword.}
+\end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..414b2fc9405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-6 on page 313.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+%
+\setlength\intextsep{8pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{caption,graphicx}
+\DeclareCaptionStyle{italic}
+ {labelfont={sf,bf},textfont={rm,it},indention=18pt,
+ labelsep=period,justification=raggedright}
+\captionsetup[figure]{style=italic}
+\captionsetup{style=default,labelfont={sf,bf}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{figure}[ht]
+ \centering \includegraphics{cat}
+ \caption{A long caption that runs over more
+ than one line to show the effect of the
+ style keyword.}
+\end{figure}
+\begin{table}[ht]
+ \centering \fbox{A B C D E F G H I J}
+ \caption{A long caption that runs over more
+ than one line to show the effect of the
+ style keyword.}
+\end{table}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-7.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-7.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..667f86fa250
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-7.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-7 on page 315.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{109.80112pt}
+\setlength\textheight{4.2cm}
+
+% make the heading a bit smaller in the examples
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {0.6ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+\pagestyle{origplain} % plain is disabled by the class
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{caption}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\listoffigures \medskip
+\begin{figure}[!b]
+ \centering \fbox{Figure body}
+ \caption{Huge}
+\end{figure}
+A figure placed at the page bottom and
+continued at the top of the next page.
+\begin{figure}[!t] \ContinuedFloat
+ \centering
+ \fbox{\rule[-.5cm]{0pt}{1.5cm}%
+ Figure body}
+ \caption{Huge (cont.)}
+\end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e01a3513fde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-8 on page 316.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{subfig} \usepackage{graphicx}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{figure} \centering
+ \subfloat[Small]
+ {\includegraphics[width=12mm]{elephant}\label{sf1}}
+ \qquad
+ \subfloat[Bigger]
+ {\includegraphics[width=16mm]{elephant}\label{sf2}}
+ \caption{Two elephants}\label{elephants}
+\end{figure}
+Figure~\ref{elephants} contains sub-figure~\ref{sf1},
+which is smaller than sub-figure~\ref{sf2}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..57236325f14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/6-5-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 6-5-9 on page 316.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[font=sf]{caption}
+\usepackage{subfig}
+\newcommand\LCap{A longer caption with more text}
+\newcommand\FIG{\fbox{\parbox{.4\textwidth}{\strut}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{figure}[ht] \centering
+ \subfloat[Short caption]{\FIG} \subfloat[\LCap]{\FIG}
+ \caption{Default sub-figures}
+\end{figure}
+\captionsetup[subfloat]{format=hang,textfont=it,
+ labelfont={rm,bf},labelformat=simple,labelsep=period,
+ margin=5pt,justification=raggedright}
+\begin{figure}[ht] \centering
+ \subfloat[Short caption]{\FIG} \subfloat[\LCap]{\FIG}
+ \caption{Customized sub-figures}
+\end{figure}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-10-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-10-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..05b8e202c5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-10-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-10-1 on page 439.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J%
+ with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.}
+\begin{filecontents}{t1zasj.fd}
+\ProvidesFile{t1zasj.fd}
+ [2003/10/12 font definitions for T1 Aldus/Palatino mix.]
+\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{zasj}{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{m}{n} {<->pasr9d}{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{m}{sc}{<->pasrc9d}{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{m}{it}{<->pasri9d}{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{m}{sl}{<->ssub * pasx/m/it}{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{b}{n}{<-> pplb8t}{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{b}{sc}{<->pplbc8t}{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{b}{sl}{<->pplbo8t}{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{zasj}{b}{it}{<->pplbi8t}{}
+\end{filecontents}
+\begin{filecontents}{fontmix.sty}
+\ProvidesPackage{fontmix}[2003/10/12 T1 Aldus/Palatino mix.]
+\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{zasj} \renewcommand\bfdefault{b}
+\end{filecontents}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fontmix}
+% t1zasj.fd and fontmix.sty as defined above
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section*{Zapf's Palatino and Aldus}
+This text is set in the typeface Aldus with
+matching \emph{old-style} numerals `123456789'.
+
+As a companion \textbf{bold face} Zapf's
+Palatino is selected.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-12-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-12-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..38a1ba947d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-12-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-12-1 on page 464.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{latexsym} \newcommand\Q[1]{$#1$ \quad}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\Q{\Box} \Q{\Diamond} \Q{\Join} \Q{\leadsto} \Q{\lhd} \Q{\mho}
+\Q{\rhd} \Q{\sqsubset} \Q{\sqsupset} \Q{\unlhd} \Q{\unrhd}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cb137e5fd51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-3-1 on page 338.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some words in this sentence are
+\begin{bfseries}typeset in bold letters.
+
+The bold typeface\end{bfseries} continues here.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c07904e4b0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-3-2 on page 341.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\raggedright
+When switching back from {\itshape italic\/} or
+{\slshape slanted\/} shapes to an upright font
+one should add the {\itshape italic correction},
+except when a small punctuation character follows.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..26d3f94d93d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-3-3 on page 342.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+{\em Nevertheless, one has to be careful about
+the\/ {\em proper\/} use of italic corrections
+on both ends of the emphasized text}. It is
+therefore better to use the \verb=\emph= command,
+which \emph{automatically} takes care of the
+italic correction on both sides.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3bb97bd0f49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-3-4 on page 342.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fixltx2e}
+\renewcommand\eminnershape{\scshape}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+{\em Nevertheless, one has to be careful about
+the\/ {\em proper\/} use of italic corrections
+on both ends of the emphasized text}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..044a1d4c5a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-3-5 on page 343.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+One can typeset a text
+ {\sffamily\bfseries\large
+ in a large sans serif bold typeface}
+but note the unchanged leading!
+\LaTeX{} uses the value in force at
+the \emph{end} of the paragraph!
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..096eb470e47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-3-6 on page 345.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\emph{When using the \LaTeX{} high-level font
+commands, the \emph{proper} use of italic
+corrections is automatically taken care of}.
+Only \emph{sometimes} one has to help \LaTeX{}
+by adding a \verb=\nocorr= command.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..36fa10bb455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-3-7 on page 345.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newenvironment{bfitemize}{\begin{itemize}%
+ \normalfont\bfseries\raggedright}{\end{itemize}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{bfitemize}
+\item This environment produces boldface items.
+\item It is defined in terms of \LaTeX's
+ \texttt{itemize} environment and NFSS declarations.
+\end{bfitemize}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4446d1688d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-3-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-3-8 on page 345.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+In the Cork font encoding (\texttt{T1}),
+characters like \symbol{"DE}, \symbol{'237},
+and \symbol{32} are included and can be
+accessed with the \verb=\symbol= command.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ac9fd208e0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-4-1 on page 349.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Therefore, $\mathsf{G}$ can be computed as
+\begin{equation}
+ \mathsf{G} = \mathcal{A} +
+ \sum_{i=1}^{n} \mathcal{B}_{i}
+\end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e181159e38e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-4-2 on page 350.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+ x &=& 12345 \\
+ \mathrm{x} &=& \mathrm{12345} \\
+ \mathnormal{x} &=& \mathnormal{12345}
+\end{eqnarray}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..58984ab5f1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-4-3 on page 351.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\DeclareMathAlphabet{\msfsl}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{sl}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+We demonstrate this with the formula
+\begin{equation}
+ \sum \msfsl{A}_{i} = a \tan \beta
+\end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..10578d987af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-4-4 on page 351.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\sffamily The result will be
+\[ x = 10 \textbf{ and thus } y = 12 \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ae1b0c22edf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-4-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-4-5 on page 352.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation}
+ \sum_{j=1}^{z} j = \frac{z(z+1)}{2}
+\end{equation}
+\mathversion{bold}
+\begin{equation}
+ \sum_{j=1}^{z} j = \frac{z(z+1)}{2}
+\end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..96035920b99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-1 on page 355.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontencoding{OT1}\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont
+Computer Modern sharp s: \ss \par
+\fontencoding{T1}\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont
+EC Modern sharp s: \ss
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9a7597312b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-10 on page 365.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[safe]{textcomp}
+\DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\textbullet}{OMS}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\textbullet{} now like \fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont\textbullet
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7eb395a6d6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-11 on page 365.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[safe]{textcomp}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\Huge \`o\`x \`O\`X \capitalgrave O\capitalgrave X
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e309016512c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-12 on page 365.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[safe]{textcomp}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+b\u{}g (this fails) \par
+b\u\textcompwordmark g \quad B\u\textcapitalcompwordmark G
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3ff6a7a90bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-13 on page 366.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\raggedright
+\setlength\parindent{15pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[safe]{textcomp}
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textborn}
+ {{\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont\UseTextSymbol{TS1}{\textborn}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont
+ Burkhard and Holger \textborn 8.11.1997
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e3f84136825
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-14 on page 367.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[warn]{textcomp} \renewcommand\textcompsubstdefault{cmss}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontfamily{phv}\selectfont Helvetica with \textnumero, \textohm,
+\textcopyleft, \textpilcrow. Not perfect but better than nothing.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..03eaf013b59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-15 on page 367.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[warn,safe]{textcomp}
+\newcommand\born[1]{\textborn
+ {\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont #1}}
+\raggedright
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontfamily{phv}\selectfont Arno \born{29.11.1984},
+\fontfamily{ccr}\selectfont
+ Burkhard and Holger \born{8.11.1997}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..17d1d9c25a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-16 on page 367.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[warn]{textcomp}
+\newcommand\born[1]{\textborn\oldstylenums{#1}}
+\raggedright
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontfamily{phv}\selectfont Arno \born{29.11.1984},
+\fontfamily{ccr}\selectfont
+ Burkhard and Holger \born{8.11.1997}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ec3253f085c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-17 on page 368.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage{textcomp} \raggedright
+\DeclareEncodingSubset{TS1}{hlcf}{3}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontfamily{hlcf}\selectfont We can now typeset \textohm,
+but then the \texteuro{} will fail without warning.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..791079d2196
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-2 on page 355.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+%
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % the default for the examples is times package
+\renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss} %
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontencoding{OT1}\sffamily\bfseries
+\Huge The fox jumps \par
+\normalsize quickly over the fence!\par
+\fontencoding{T1}\sffamily\bfseries
+\Huge The fox jumps \par
+\normalsize quickly over the fence!\par
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ce930f11270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-3 on page 356.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+%
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % the default for the examples is times package
+\renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss} %
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fix-cm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontencoding{OT1}\sffamily\bfseries
+\Huge The fox jumps \par
+\normalsize quickly over the fence!\par
+\fontencoding{T1}\sffamily\bfseries
+\Huge The fox jumps \par
+\normalsize quickly over the fence!
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7f14a636675
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-4 on page 356.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ae}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontencoding{T1}\sffamily\bfseries
+\Huge The fox jumps \par
+\normalsize quickly over the fence!
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7f9e6ce790c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-5 on page 357.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{lmodern} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The \textbf{Latin Modern} fonts are carefully
+handcrafted PostScript Type~1 fonts based on the
+designs of Knuth's \emph{Computer Modern}
+families. They contain all the glyphs needed to
+typeset Latin-based European languages. At the
+moment the \texttt{T1} and \texttt{TS1} encodings
+are supported. In a later step the project will
+address glyphs needed for typesetting Native
+American, Vietnamese, and Transliteration. Also
+planned are 8-bit math encodings (based on
+earlier work by \textsc{Clasen/Vieth} and
+\textsc{Ziegler}~[40,174]).
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7880406b0fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-6 on page 358.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+%
+\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont % the default for the examples in book is
+ % Times so we change it here
+
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[russian]{babel}
+\usepackage[koi8-r]{inputenc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+òÕÓÓËÉÊ ÑÚÙË (The Russian language)
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d62d3eb197c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-7 on page 361.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\usepackage{textcomp} % for Latin interpretation
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+German umlauts in UTF-8: ^^c3^^a4^^c3^^b6^^c3^^bc
+\par\inputencoding{latin1}% switch to Latin 1
+But interpreted as Latin 1: ^^c3^^a4^^c3^^b6^^c3^^bc
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..90315dcaced
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-8 on page 364.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % example default in the book is Times
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[force,full]{textcomp}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+CM fonts: \textcircled{x}\quad \t oo \par Times fonts:
+\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont\textcircled{x}\quad \t oo \par
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..59425707f83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-5-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-5-9 on page 364.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[safe]{textcomp}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\textdagger\textparagraph\textbullet{} viz.\
+\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont\textdagger\textparagraph\textbullet
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..761102d3f28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-6-1 on page 371.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\centering
+\fontsize{20mm}{22mm}% select size
+\usefont{T1}{put}{b}{n}% select font
+
+Utopia-Bold
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cf707d98e25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-6-10 on page 380.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{pifont}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+{\Pifont{psy} MHDEIS\ AGEWMETPHTOS\ EISITW}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6b76447ac84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-6-11 on page 381.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{pifont}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Pilist}{psy}{'336}
+ \item The first item. \item The second.
+\end{Pilist}
+\begin{Piautolist}{pzd}{'115}
+ \item The first item. \item The second.
+ \item The third.
+\end{Piautolist}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..41ad0b5ecec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-6-12 on page 381.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{pifont}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\Piline{pzd}{36} \par\medskip
+\noindent\Pifill{psy}{222} text
+\Pifill{psy}{219}text\Pifill{psy}{220}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d0aed94ed9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-6-2 on page 376.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{mathptmx}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+An example showing a trigonometric function:
+\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} =
+ \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \]
+The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..820b7dedb12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-6-3 on page 377.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{mathptmx,bm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Bold is difficult to achieve: {\boldmath$\alpha
+ \neq A$} and at best looks questionable:
+$A \neq \mathbf{A} = \bm\alpha - \bm\gamma$.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..77303e8860b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-6-4 on page 377.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{mathpazo}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+An example showing a trigonometric function:
+\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} =
+ \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \]
+The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..faeac438625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-6-5 on page 378.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{mathpazo,bm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Bold is easy to achieve: {\boldmath$\alpha
+ \neq A$} and blends well:
+$A \neq \mathbf{A} = \bm\alpha - \bm\gamma$.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f0ffffb32bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-6-6 on page 378.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{mathpazo}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$\mathbb{ABCDEFGHIJK}$ $\mathbb{0123}$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..21ddaca22ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-6-7 on page 379.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{pifont}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{dinglist}{"E4}
+ \item The first item. \item The second
+ item in the list. \item A final item.
+\end{dinglist}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4f3533f3c3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-6-8 on page 380.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{pifont}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{dingautolist}{'300}
+ \item The first item in the list.\label{lst:a}
+ \item The second item in the list.\label{lst:b}
+ \item The third item in the list.\label{lst:c}
+\end{dingautolist}
+References to list items work as expected:
+\ref{lst:a}, \ref{lst:b}, \ref{lst:c}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4501b560ae8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-6-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-6-9 on page 380.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{pifont}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\dingline{35} \par\medskip
+\noindent\dingfill{233} text text
+\dingfill{235} text text \dingfill{236}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..669fcb8d8b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-1 on page 383.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{eco}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+In 1996 Sebastian developed fonts producing
+old-style numerals in text but lining numerals
+in math. So do not write ``the value can be 1
+or $-1$'', as both numbers should be lining
+numerals. In text lining numerals can be
+obtained as well: \newstylenums{1996}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2dfa8dd6555
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-10 on page 390.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath,mathptmx}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+A problematic example:
+\[ t[u_1, \dots, u_n] = \sum_{k=1}^n
+ \binom{n-1}{k-1} (1-t)^{n-k}t^{k-1}u_k \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..17809506fd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-11 on page 390.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\sloppy % as example has such short measure
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{pxfonts}\usepackage[full]{textcomp}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+An example showing a trigonometric function:
+\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} =
+ \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \]
+The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$.\\
+From textcomp: \textdollaroldstyle\ \texteuro\
+\textborn\ \textmarried\ \textdied\ \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e62ab07c511
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-12 on page 391.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath,pxfonts}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+A problematic example:
+\[ t[u_1, \dots, u_n] = \sum_{k=1}^n
+ \binom{n-1}{k-1} (1-t)^{n-k}t^{k-1}u_k \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6c8c4468a54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-13 on page 391.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\sloppy % as example has such short measure
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fourier}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+An example showing a trigonometric function:
+\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} =
+ \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \]
+The alphabets are $\mathcal{ABC}$ and
+$\mathbb{ABC}$.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7b2212e3665
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-14 on page 392.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}\usepackage[upright]{fourier}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ 0 \xleftarrow [\zeta]{} F \times \Delta (n - 1)
+ \xrightarrow {\partial_0 \alpha(b)} E^{\partial_0 b} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..723536e0dda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-15 on page 392.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{fourier}
+\setlength\delimitershortfall{-2pt} % make delimiters grow
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \left\llbracket \left\VERT
+ \xswordsup \nparallelslant \xswordsdown
+ \right\VERT \right\rrbracket
+ \oiint \oiiint \slashint \widetilde{xxxxxx} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0f0a7e580f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-16 on page 392.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[upright]{fourier}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \Omega_\beta \neq \otherOmega_\otherbeta \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2163d51cabb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-17 on page 393.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[sloped]{fourier}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \Omega_\beta \neq \otherOmega_\otherbeta \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e0fabe17c53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-18 on page 394.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{yfonts}\usepackage[document]{ragged2e}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The package provides \textgoth{Gotisch, also
+called Textur}, \textswab{Schwabacher}, and
+\textfrak{Fraktur} typefaces, also generally
+known as \textfrak{``ge\-bro\-che\-ne Schriften''}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d4a7ed4d6f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-19 on page 395.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+%\setlength\parindent{0pt} % for the book example
+%\renewcommand\quad{\hspace{0.5em minus 0.1em}} % to fit space in book
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{yfonts}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\Large \frakfamily Fraktur: "a "e "u "o
+\hfil *a *e *u *o \hfil sz \hfil s viz.\ s:
+\par\swabfamily Swab: "a "e "u "o
+\hfil *a *e *u *o \hfil sz \hfil s viz.\ s:
+\par\gothfamily Gothic: "a "e "u "o
+\hfil (unavail) \hfil sz \hfil s viz.\ s:
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f4880b1ed0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-2 on page 384.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{beton,euler}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Concrete Roman blends well with Euler Math,
+as can be seen with
+\[ \sum_{0\leq k<n} k = \frac{n(n-1)}{2} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d65e6c83da1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-20 on page 395.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{yfonts}
+\newcommand\test{+ = ` [ ] / * \$ \% \& ; @}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Symbols: \ttfamily \test \par
+\frakfamily Fraktur problems:: \test \par
+\swabfamily Swab problems:: \test \par
+\gothfamily Gothic problems:: \test
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..94d40c20373
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-21 on page 395.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[german]{babel} \usepackage{color}
+\usepackage[varumlaut]{yfonts}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\frakfamily\fraklines
+\yinipar{\color{blue}D}ies: ist ein Blindtext an dem
+sich verschiedene Dinge ablesen lassen. Der Grauwert
+der Schriftfl\"ache wird sichtbar und man kann an
+ihm pr\"ufen, wie gut die Schrift zu lesen ist und
+wie sie auf den Leser wirkt. Bei genauerem
+Hinsehen werden die einzelnen Buchstaben und ihre
+Besonderheiten erkennbar, \etc
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..940446e047e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-22 on page 396.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[german]{babel} \usepackage{color}
+\usepackage[varumlaut]{yfonts}
+\renewcommand\frakdefault{ysmfrak}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\frakfamily\fraklines
+\yinipar{\color{blue}D}ies: ist ein Blindtext an dem
+sich verschiedene Dinge ablesen lassen. Der Grauwert
+der Schriftfl\"ache wird sichtbar und man kann an ihm
+pr\"ufen, wie gut die Schrift zu lesen ist und wie
+sie auf den Leser wirkt. Bei genauerem Hinsehen
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-23.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ebbb14f1de6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-23.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-23 on page 397.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[mathscr]{eucal} \usepackage{eufrak}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \mathcal{A} \neq \sum_{k<n} \mathscr{A}_k \neq \mathfrak{A} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-24.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..768cf8229a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-24.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-24 on page 398.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{eulervm,eufrak}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \mathcal{A} \neq \sum_{k<n} A_k \neq \mathfrak{A} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-25.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4f3a32883ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-25.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-25 on page 398.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amssymb,euler}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \hslash \neq \hbar \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-26.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b29ab7237b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-26.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-26 on page 398.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{eulervm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \hslash \equiv \hbar \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-27.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..843b5395877
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-27.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-27 on page 398.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ccfonts}
+\usepackage[euler-digits]{eulervm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The value can be 1, 2, or $-1$ (wrong!)\par
+The value can be $1$, $2$, or $-1$ (right!)
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-28.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6020f4d3dd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-28.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-28 on page 399.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{palatino,eulervm,eufrak}
+\DeclareMathAccent\varhat{\mathalpha}{symbols}{222}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\Large $ \hat x \neq \varhat x $ and
+$ \hat \mathfrak{K} \neq \varhat \mathfrak{K} $
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-29.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6ee117b95a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-29.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-29 on page 399.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ccfonts,amssymb}
+\usepackage[euler-digits]{eulervm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Concrete Roman blends well with Euler Math,
+as can be seen with
+\[ \sum_{0\leq k<n} k = \frac{n(n-1)}{2} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..57d1e4171b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-3 on page 384.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[boldsans]{ccfonts}
+\usepackage[full]{textcomp}
+\usepackage{ragged2e} %small measure
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Testing headings}
+An example showing a trigonometric function:
+\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} =
+ \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \]
+The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$.\\
+From textcomp: \textdollaroldstyle\ \texteuro\
+\textborn\ \textmarried\ \textdied\ \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2866e7f65ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-4 on page 386.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{cmbright}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A CM Bright document}
+The CM Bright family contains
+\texttt{typewriter} fonts and matching fonts
+for math formulas, e.g.,
+\[ \sum_{0\leq k<n} k = \frac{n(n-1)}{2} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dd274958663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-5 on page 387.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[scaled=0.85]{luximono}
+\newcommand\allletters{The dazed brown
+ fox quickly gave 12345--67890 jumps!
+ x-height=\the\fontdimen5\font\ }
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\raggedright
+\texttt{\allletters (LuxiMono)}
+\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt}
+\texttt{\allletters (CM Typewriter)}
+\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{pcr}
+\texttt{\allletters (Adobe Courier)}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c1df6af9114
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-6 on page 387.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}\usepackage[scaled]{luximono}
+\usepackage[euro]{textcomp}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\texttt{This font contains a \texteuro{} symbol.}
+\par \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt}
+\texttt{This font contains a \texteuro{} symbol.}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dd9b4023585
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-7 on page 389.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{txfonts}\usepackage[full]{textcomp}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+An example showing a trigonometric function:
+\[ \sin \frac{\alpha}{2} =
+ \pm \sqrt{\frac{1-\cos\alpha}{2}} \]
+The script looks like this: $\mathcal{ABC}$.\\
+From textcomp: \textdollaroldstyle\ \texteuro\
+\textborn\ \textmarried\ \textdied\ \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c3875b7da84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-8 on page 389.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{txfonts}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont % LaTeX default encoding!
+\L.\l.\textdollar.\textsterling.\r{A}.\r{a}\hfill (txfont)
+
+\fontfamily{cmtt}\itshape % italic CM Typewriter
+\L.\l.\textdollar.\textsterling.\r{A}.\r{a}\hfill
+ (all errors)
+
+\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont % ... in T1
+\L.\l.\textdollar.\textsterling.\r{A}.\r{a}\hfill (okay)
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b63342c29c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-7-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-7-9 on page 390.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath,txfonts}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+A problematic example:
+\[ t[u_1, \dots, u_n] = \sum_{k=1}^n
+ \binom{n-1}{k-1} (1-t)^{n-k}t^{k-1}u_k \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9805af87092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-1 on page 401.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{dingbat}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\smallpencil \quad \frame{\largepencil} \quad
+\anchor \quad \eye \quad \carriagereturn \\[5pt]
+\leftpointright \quad \rightpointleft \quad
+\leftthumbsdown \quad \rightthumbsdown \quad
+\leftthumbsup \quad \rightthumbsup
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fe35f5d79f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-10 on page 406.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{mathptmx,tipa}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+In linguistics, f\textschwa\textupsilon
+\textprimstress n\textepsilon t\i k transcriptions
+are usually shown in square brackets, e.g.,
+\textsf{phonetics \textipa{[f@U"nEtIks]}}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a02008cc153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-11 on page 406.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parskip{3pt} % nicer display in book
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % book uses Times
+\renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{tipa}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{IPA}
+ \textrm{N\!o\`{\~*o}\~o \r*N\!o\^aP\~a } \par
+ \textsf{\*A) dOg, \*B) k\ae{}t, \*C) maUs} \par
+ \texttt{*\|c{k}\r*mt\'om *bhr\'=at\=er} \end{IPA}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2cfe4ce3c38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-12 on page 407.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[tone]{tipa}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\tone{55}ma (mother) \tone{214}ma (horse) \par
+\tone{35}ma (hemp) \tone{51}ma (scold) \par
+\tone{153325413}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8dd49fec563
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-13 on page 407.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+\renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss}
+\renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt}
+\renewcommand\bfdefault{bx}
+\sloppy
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+A normal \texteuro{}, \textit{an italic \texteuro},
+\textbf{a bold \texteuro},
+\textbf{\itshape a bold italic \texteuro}.
+Compare the \textsf{sans serif \texteuro}
+and \texttt{typewriter \texteuro} all in EC fonts.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c0f0110f88c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-14 on page 408.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\sloppy
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{cmbright,textcomp}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+A normal \texteuro{}, \textsl{a slanted \texteuro},
+\textbf{a bold \texteuro}, \textbf{\slshape a bold
+slanted \texteuro}. Compare this to the
+\texttt{typewriter \texteuro} all in CM Bright.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ee59e6f834c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-15 on page 408.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{eurosym}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontsize{40}{40}\usefont{U}{eurosym}{m}{n}\symbol{0}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a1a40785690
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-16 on page 408.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{eurosym}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Regular \euro{}, \textsl{a slanted \euro},
+\textbf{a bold \euro}, and
+\textbf{\itshape a bold italic \euro}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bbcc47b3e8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-17 on page 409.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{times,eurosym}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\rmfamily \geneuro, \geneuronarrow, \geneurowide\ (Times)\par
+\sffamily \geneuro, \geneuronarrow, \geneurowide\ (Helvetica)\par
+\ttfamily \geneuro, \geneuronarrow, \geneurowide\ (Courier)
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..263e98e4c14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-18 on page 409.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[right]{eurosym}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Das Buch kostet \EUR{19,60} im Handel.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7c576d2700f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-19 on page 410.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J%
+ with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.}
+\IfFileExists{lucidabr.sty}{}{\typeout{The lucidabr package is not available}\stop}
+\sloppy % small measure
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{lucidabr} \usepackage[scaled=0.97]{eurosans}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+A regular \euro{} symbol, \textit{an italic \euro},
+\textbf{a bold \euro{}, and \textit{a bold italic \euro}}.
+\par\sffamily
+A regular \euro{} symbol, \textit{an italic \euro},
+\textbf{a bold \euro{}, and \textit{a bold italic \euro}}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e8c36c2c8b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-2 on page 401.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{wasysym,pifont}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\phone\ using \texttt{wasysym} \par
+\Pisymbol{wasy}{7} using \texttt{pifont}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..76b1e6d829a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-20 on page 410.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J%
+ with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.}
+\IfFileExists{lucidabr.sty}{}{\typeout{The lucidabr package is not available}\stop}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{lucidabr} \usepackage[scaled=0.97]{eurosans}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\euro}{{\fontencoding{U}%
+ \fontfamily{eurosans}\fontshape{n}\selectfont E}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+A regular \euro{} symbol, \textit{not an italic \euro},
+\textbf{a bold \euro{}, and \textit{not a bold italic \euro}}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..052f6296b54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-21 on page 411.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{array,times,europs}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{rc>{\sffamily}c>{\ttfamily}c}
+ & rm & sf & tt \\
+regular & \EUR & \EUR & \EUR \\
+\itshape italic &\itshape\EUR & \itshape\EUR &\itshape\EUR \\
+\bfseries\itshape bold italic & \bfseries\itshape\EUR &
+ \bfseries\itshape\EUR & \bfseries\itshape\EUR \\
+(body font) & C & C & C \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..181e6e72cc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-22 on page 412.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\addtolength\textwidth{6pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{times,marvosym}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Currencies: \Shilling, \Denarius, \Pfund, \EyesDollar, \EURtm\par
+Comparisons: C \EURtm, \textsf{C} \EURhv, \texttt{C} \EURcr \par
+Official logos: {\Large \frame{\EUR} or \frame{\EURdig}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..59cc5ed782c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-3 on page 401.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{marvosym}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\Large \Mobilefone\ \Faxmachine\ \Fixedbearing\ \Lineload\
+\Coffeecup\ \Football\ \AtForty\ \IroningII\ \Cancer\ \Virgo\
+\RewindToStart\ \ForwardToIndex\ \ComputerMouse\ \Keyboard\
+\Female\ \FEMALE\ \Smiley\ \Frowny\ \Yingyang\ \Bicycle
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bca49890fb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-4 on page 403.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{filecontents}{umvs.fd}
+ \DeclareFontFamily{U}{mvs}{}
+ \DeclareFontShape{U}{mvs}{m}{n}{<-> fmvr8x}{}
+\end{filecontents}
+\usepackage{pifont}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\Huge \Pisymbol{mvs}{73} \Pisymbol{mvs}{74} \Pisymbol{mvs}{98}
+\Pisymbol{mvs}{120} \Pisymbol{mvs}{121} \Pisymbol{mvs}{234}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d56dd592990
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-5 on page 403.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{bbding}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\XSolid\ \XSolidBold\ \XSolidBrush\ \Plus\ \PlusOutline\ \DavidStar\
+\DavidStarSolid\ \JackStar\ \JackStarBold\ \FourStar\ \FiveFlowerPetal\
+\SixFlowerOpenCenter\ \PhoneHandset\ \Peace\ \OrnamentDiamondSolid
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1ba1fc2d677
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-6 on page 403.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{pifont}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\Pisymbol{ding}{13} \Pisymbol{ding}{15} \Pisymbol{ding}{8}
+\Pisymbol{ding}{17} \Pisymbol{ding}{19} \Pisymbol{ding}{9}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e2573cb8dea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-7 on page 404.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+%
+% the book examples use ``b'' but here we need LaTeX's standard
+\renewcommand\bfdefault{bx}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[clock]{ifsym}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Normal: \showclock{3}{20} rounded: \textbf{\showclock{6}{17}}
+\\ Problem: \showclock{16}{35}\\ Fixed symbols: \Taschenuhr{}
+\StopWatchStart{} \StopWatchEnd{} \Interval{}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7349263616b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-8 on page 405.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parskip{3pt} % nicer display in book
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[weather,alpine,misc,geometry]{ifsym}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\Sun\ \Rain\ \Snow\ \Lightning\ \SunCloud\ \Thermo{1} \Thermo{4}\par
+\Summit\ \Mountain\ \Joch\ \Hut\ \Flag\ \Tent\ \Village \par
+\Cube{5} \StrokeFive\ \Radiation\ \Fire\ \Telephone\ \Letter \par
+\TriangleUp\ \RightDiamond\ \SquareShadowC\ \SpinUp\ \SpinDown
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..aa8553af3e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-8-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-8-9 on page 405.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\setlength\parskip{3pt} % nicer display in book
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ifsym}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\textifsymbol{3} \textifsymbol[ifgeo]{113} \par
+\textifsym{LLL|H|L|h|l} \textifsym{MM<DD>m<d>M}\par
+\textifsym{-31.458} \textit{\textifsym{-99.4b80}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..12ea2430785
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-9-1 on page 417.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[T2A,T1]{fontenc}\usepackage[koi8-r,latin1]{inputenc}
+\newenvironment{Cyr}{\inputencoding{koi8-r}%
+ \fontencoding{T2A}\selectfont}{}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\raggedright \begin{Cyr}òÕÓÓËÉÊ ÑÚÙË\end{Cyr}
+heißt auf Deutsch: die russische Sprache.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..19ceb3bb277
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/7-9-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 7-9-2 on page 417.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+%
+\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont % the default for the examples is times
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont
+\j{} \ng{} \NG{} \textperthousand{} \textpertenthousand \par
+\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont
+\j{} \ng{} \NG{} \textperthousand{} \textpertenthousand{}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..df722330b26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-1 on page 469.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation} (a+b)^2 = a^2+2ab+b^2 \end{equation}
+\[ \sin^2\eta+\cos^2\eta = 1 \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3841350c234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-10 on page 475.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{gather}
+ (a + b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 \\
+ (a + b) \cdot (a - b) = a^2 - b^2
+\end{gather}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1fdbfb26bb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-11 on page 475.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{gather}
+ D(a,r) \equiv \{ z \in \mathbf{C}
+ \colon |z - a| < r \} \notag \\
+ \operatorname{seg} (a, r) \equiv
+ \{ z \in \mathbf{C} \colon
+ \Im z < \Im a, \ |z - a| < r \} \\
+ C (E, \theta, r) \equiv
+ \bigcup_{e \in E} c (e, \theta, r)
+\end{gather}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8092e5b567c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-12 on page 475.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{align}
+ (a + b)^3 &= (a + b) (a + b)^2 \\
+ &= (a + b)(a^2 + 2ab + b^2) \\
+ &= a^3 + 3a^2b + 3ab^2 + b^3
+\end{align}
+\begin{align}
+ x^2 + y^2 & = 1 \\
+ x & = \sqrt{1-y^2}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a0aad14c9c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-13 on page 476.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+This example has two column-pairs.
+\begin{align} \text{Compare }
+ x^2 + y^2 &= 1 &
+ x^3 + y^3 &= 1 \\
+ x &= \sqrt {1-y^2} &
+ x &= \sqrt[3]{1-y^3}
+\end{align}
+This example has three column-pairs.
+\begin{align}
+ x &= y & X &= Y &
+ a &= b+c \\
+ x' &= y' & X' &= Y' &
+ a' &= b \\
+ x + x' &= y + y' &
+ X + X' &= Y + Y' & a'b &= c'b
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..26e74e28d25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-14 on page 476.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+This example has two column-pairs.
+\begin{flalign} \text{Compare }
+ x^2 + y^2 &= 1 &
+ x^3 + y^3 &= 1 \\
+ x &= \sqrt {1-y^2} &
+ x &= \sqrt[3]{1-y^3}
+\end{flalign}
+This example has three column-pairs.
+\begin{flalign}
+ x &= y & X &= Y &
+ a &= b+c \\
+ x' &= y' & X' &= Y' &
+ a' &= b \\
+ x + x' &= y + y' &
+ X + X' &= Y + Y' & a'b &= c'b
+\end{flalign}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7734c520efb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-15 on page 477.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+This example has two column-pairs.
+\renewcommand\minalignsep{0pt}
+\begin{align} \text{Compare }
+ x^2 + y^2 &= 1 &
+ x^3 + y^3 &= 1 \\
+ x &= \sqrt {1-y^2} &
+ x &= \sqrt[3]{1-y^3}
+\end{align}
+This example has three column-pairs.
+\renewcommand\minalignsep{15pt}
+\begin{flalign}
+ x &= y & X &= Y &
+ a &= b+c \\
+ x' &= y' & X' &= Y' &
+ a' &= b \\
+ x + x' &= y + y' &
+ X + X' &= Y + Y' & a'b &= c'b
+\end{flalign}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3098053146d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-16 on page 477.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\renewcommand\minalignsep{2em}
+\begin{align}
+ x &= y && \text{by hypothesis} \\
+ x' &= y' && \text{by definition} \\
+ x + x' &= y + y' && \text{by Axiom 1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..30509d47598
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-17 on page 478.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{aligned}
+ x^2 + y^2 &= 1 \\
+ x &= \sqrt{1-y^2} \\
+ \text{and also }y &= \sqrt{1-x^2}
+\end{aligned} \qquad
+\begin{gathered}
+ (a + b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 \\
+ (a + b) \cdot (a - b) = a^2 - b^2
+\end{gathered} \end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..62bd5436080
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-18 on page 478.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{aligned}[b]
+ x^2 + y^2 &= 1 \\
+ x &= \sqrt{1-y^2} \\
+ \text{and also }y &= \sqrt{1-x^2}
+\end{aligned} \qquad
+\begin{gathered}[t]
+ (a + b)^2 = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 \\
+ (a + b) \cdot (a - b) = a^2 - b^2
+\end{gathered}
+\end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7c9d990e827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-19 on page 478.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath,bm}
+\newenvironment{rcase}
+ {\left.\begin{aligned}}
+ {\end{aligned}\right\rbrace}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation*}
+ \begin{rcase}
+ \bm{B}' &=-c\nabla\times\bm{E} \\
+ \bm{E}' &=c\nabla\times\bm{B} - 4\pi\bm{J}\,
+ \end{rcase}
+ \quad \text {Maxwell's equations}
+\end{equation*}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e1e0e4dac5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-2 on page 469.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[fleqn,reqno]{amsmath}
+\setlength\mathindent{1pc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation} (a+b)^2 = a^2+2ab+b^2 \end{equation}
+\[ \sin^2\eta+\cos^2\eta = 1 \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6aed567e79e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-20 on page 479.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\renewcommand\minalignsep{5pt}
+\begin{equation} \begin{aligned}
+ V_j &= v_j &
+ X_i &= x_i - q_i x_j &
+ &= u_j + \sum_{i\ne j} q_i \\
+ V_i &= v_i - q_i v_j &
+ X_j &= x_j &
+ U_i &= u_i
+\end{aligned} \end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..28a1e110624
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-21 on page 479.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{align}
+ A_1 &= N_0 (\lambda ; \Omega')
+ - \phi ( \lambda ; \Omega') \\
+ A_2 &= \phi (\lambda ; \Omega')
+ \phi (\lambda ; \Omega) \\
+\intertext{and finally}
+ A_3 &= \mathcal{N} (\lambda ; \omega)
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ce66e53f21a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-22 on page 480.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+We now have the following:
+\[ X = a \qquad a = c \]
+and thus we have
+\begin{equation} X = c \end{equation}
+And now we don't get much space
+around the display!
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-23.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2b2ae80474b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-23.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-23 on page 481.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Empty line before display:
+
+\[ a \neq b \]
+
+In both cases, too much space before! \ldots
+
+\begin{equation} a \neq b \end{equation}
+
+\ldots\ and not a lot of space after!
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-24.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8d25b459ef4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-24.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-24 on page 481.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Empty line before display:
+
+\[ a \neq b \]
+
+Enough space now, but don't rely on it!
+
+\begin{equation} a \neq b \end{equation}
+
+Less space after in this case!
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-25.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..14838de9a4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-25.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-25 on page 482.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{align}
+ x^2+y^2 &= z^2 \label{eq:A} \\
+ x^3+y^3 &= z^3 \notag \\
+ x^4+y^4 &= r^4 \tag{$*$} \\
+ x^5+y^5 &= r^5 \tag*{$*$} \\
+ x^6+y^6 &= r^6 \tag{\ref{eq:A}$'$} \\
+ A_1 &= N_0 (\lambda ; \Omega')
+ - \phi ( \lambda ; \Omega') \\
+ A_2 &= \phi (\lambda ; \Omega')
+ \, \phi (\lambda ; \Omega)
+ \tag*{ALSO (\theequation)} \\
+ A_3 &= \mathcal{N} (\lambda ; \omega)
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-26.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..01f975f9e85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-26.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-26 on page 483.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{278.40106pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation} \begin{split}
+ \lvert I_2 \rvert &= \left\lvert \int_{0}^T \psi(t)
+ \left\{ u(a, t) - \int_{\gamma(t)}^a \frac{d\theta}{k}
+ (\theta, t) \int_{a}^\theta c (\xi) u_t (\xi, t) \,d\xi
+ \right\} dt \right\rvert \\
+ &\le C_6 \Biggl\lvert
+ \left\lvert f \int_\Omega \left\lvert
+ \widetilde{S}^{-1,0}_{a,-} W_2(\Omega, \Gamma_l)
+ \right\rvert \ \right\rvert
+ \left\lvert \lvert u \rvert
+ \overset{\circ}{\to} W_2^{\widetilde{A}} (\Omega; \Gamma_r,T)
+ \right\rvert \Biggr\rvert
+\end{split} \end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-27.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bcdf7048366
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-27.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-27 on page 484.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{279.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{align}
+ \lvert I_2 \rvert &=
+ \left\lvert \int_{0}^T \psi(t)
+ \left\lbrace
+ u(a, t) - \int_{\gamma(t)}^a \frac {d\theta} k(\theta, t)
+ \int_{a}^\theta c (\xi) u_t (\xi, t) \,d\xi
+ \right\rbrace dt
+ \right\rvert \notag \\
+ &\le C_6
+ \Biggl\lvert
+ \left\lvert f \int_\Omega
+ \left\lvert
+ \widetilde{S}^{-1,0}_{a,-} W_2(\Omega, \Gamma_l)
+ \right\rvert \
+ \right\rvert
+ \left\lvert
+ \lvert u \rvert \overset{\circ}{\to} W_2^{\widetilde{A}}
+ (\Omega; \Gamma_r,T)
+ \right\rvert
+ \Biggr\rvert
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-28.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6e500377f33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-28.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-28 on page 484.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{gather} \raisetag{-10pt}
+ \text{The sign function: \ }
+ \mathcal{S}(x) = \begin{cases}
+ -1 & x < 0 \\
+ 0 & x = 0 \\
+ 1 & x > 0
+ \end{cases}
+\end{gather}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-29.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0bf0e5497b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-29.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-29 on page 485.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{subequations} \label{eq:1}
+\begin{align} f &= g \label{eq:1A} \\
+ f' &= g' \label{eq:1B} \\
+ \mathcal{L}f &= \mathcal{L}g \label{eq:1C}
+\end{align}
+\end{subequations}
+\begin{subequations} \label{eq:2}
+\renewcommand\theequation{\theparentequation\roman{equation}}
+\begin{align} f &= g \label{eq:2A} \\
+ f' &= g' \label{eq:2B} \\
+ \mathcal{L}f &= \mathcal{L}g + K \label{eq:2C}
+\end{align}
+\end{subequations}
+Note the relationship between~\eqref{eq:1}
+and~\eqref{eq:2}: only~\ref{eq:1C} and~\ref{eq:2C} differ.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8476613911c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-3 on page 470.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation}
+ x^2 + y^2 = z^2
+\end{equation}
+\begin{align}
+ x^2 + y^2 &= z^2 \\
+ x^3 + y^3 &< z^3
+\end{align}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+ x^2 + y^2 &=& z^2 \\
+ x^3 + y^3 &<& z^3
+\end{eqnarray}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b4ea3fe5878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-4 on page 471.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation*}
+ n^2 + m^2 = k^2
+\end{equation*}
+\begin{equation}
+ n^p +m^p \neq k^p \qquad p > 2
+\end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..090d5081fc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-5 on page 472.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{multline}
+ \text{First line of a multline} \\
+ \text{Centered Middle line} \\
+ \shoveright{\text{A right Middle}} \\
+ \text{Another centered Middle} \\
+ \text{Yet another centered Middle} \\
+ \shoveleft{\text{A left Middle}} \\
+ \text{Last line of the multline}
+\end{multline}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c4c165edf51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-6 on page 472.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{multline} \tag{2}
+ \sum_{t \in \mathbf{T}} \int_a^t
+ \biggl\lbrace \int_a^t f(t - x)^2 \,
+ g(y)^2 \,dx \biggr\rbrace \,dy \\
+ = \sum_{t \notin \mathbf{T}} \int_t^a
+ \biggl\lbrace g(y)^2 \int_t^a
+ f(x)^2 \,dx \biggr\rbrace \,dy
+\end{multline}
+
+\setlength\multlinegap{0pt}
+\begin{multline} \tag{2}
+ \sum_{t \in \mathbf{T}} \int_a^t
+ \biggl\lbrace \int_a^t f(t - x)^2 \,
+ g(y)^2 \,dx \biggr\rbrace \,dy \\
+ = \sum_{t \notin \mathbf{T}} \int_t^a
+ \biggl\lbrace g(y)^2 \int_t^a
+ f(x)^2 \,dx \biggr\rbrace \,dy
+\end{multline}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3964709fc19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-7 on page 473.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation}
+ \begin{split}
+ (a + b)^4
+ &= (a + b)^2 (a + b)^2 \\
+ &= (a^2 + 2ab + b^2)
+ (a^2 + 2ab + b^2) \\
+ &= a^4 + 4a^3b + 6a^2b^2 + 4ab^3 + b^4
+ \end{split}
+\end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f1a19e1bfec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-8 on page 473.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[tbtags]{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation}
+ \begin{split}
+ (a + b)^3 &= (a + b) (a + b)^2 \\
+ &= (a + b)(a^2 + 2ab + b^2) \\
+ &= a^3 + 3a^2b + 3ab^2 + b^3
+ \end{split}
+\end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dbe235148ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-2-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-2-9 on page 474.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexamargin}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{330.59894pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\newcommand\relphantom[1]{\mathrel{\phantom{#1}}}
+\newcommand\ve{\varepsilon} \newcommand\tve{t_{\varepsilon}}
+\newcommand\vf{\varphi} \newcommand\yvf{y_{\varphi}}
+\newcommand\bfE{\mathbf{E}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation} \begin{split}
+ f_{h, \ve}(x, y)
+ &= \ve \bfE_{x, y} \int_0^{\tve} L_{x, \yvf(\ve u)} \vf(x) \,du \\
+ &= h \int L_{x, z} \vf(x) \rho_x(dz) \\
+ &\relphantom{=} {} + h \biggl[
+ \frac{1}{\tve}
+ \biggl( \bfE_{y} \int_0^{\tve} L_{x, y^x(s)} \vf(x) \,ds
+ - \tve \int L_{x, z} \vf(x) \rho_x(dz) \biggr) + \\
+ &\relphantom{=} \phantom{{} + h \biggl[ }
+ \frac{1}{\tve}
+ \biggl( \bfE_{y} \int_0^{\tve} L_{x, y^x(s)} \vf(x) \,ds
+ - \bfE_{x, y} \int_0^{\tve} L_{x, \yvf(\ve s)}
+ \vf(x) \,ds \biggr) \biggr]
+\end{split} \end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..453ce8c56d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-1 on page 486.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation} P_{r - j} =
+ \begin{cases}
+ 0 & \text{if $r - j$ is odd,} \\
+ r! \, (-1)^{(r - j)/2}
+ & \text{if $r - j$ is even.}
+ \end{cases} \end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a1b4ed0fecd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-10 on page 504.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\setlength\parindent{10pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[spanish,activeacute]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+La e~ne est'a presente en \verb|\alph|~y~\verb|\Alph|.
+Como en castellano~{}no se usan n'umeros romanos
+en min'uscula, \verb|\roman| se redefine para que
+los d'e en versalitas.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0a46f4d15b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-11 on page 505.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,french]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+En fran\c{c}ais on doit m\^{e}tre un petit bout de \og
+white space \fg\ devant le ponctuation: comme \c{c}a!
+\selectlanguage{english}
+For English this is not done: as shown here!
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e6fc7293fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-12 on page 505.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,catalan,activegrave]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+``P`agina, Ap`endix, Pr`oleg'' \selectlanguage{english}
+are Catalan translations for ``Page, Appendix, and Preface''.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..12e267a2889
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-13 on page 505.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[hungarian]{babel}
+\newcommand\present[1]{\fbox{\parbox[t]{20mm}{#1}}
+ \fbox{\parbox[t]{8,5mm}{#1}}\par}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\present{lo`ccsan}
+\present{e`ddz\"unk}
+\present{po`ggy\'asz}
+\present{Kod\'a`llya}
+\present{me`nnyei}
+\present{vi`ssza}
+\present{po`ttyan}
+\present{ri`zzsel}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e1951d9f4b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-14 on page 506.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,galician,activeacute]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+``P'axina, Cap'itulo, Ap'endice''
+\selectlanguage{english} are Galician translations
+for ``Page, Chapter, and Appendix''.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..29a8a3674fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-15 on page 506.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{txr}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,esperanto]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+``Pa^go, ^Capitro, Cita^joj'' \selectlanguage{english}
+are Esperanto translations for ``Page, Chapter, and
+References''.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4d65e7367dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-16 on page 507.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[latin]{babel} \languageattribute{latin}{withprosodicmarks}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ProsodicMarksOn ^a ^e ^i ^o ^u
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c6a41584aa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-17 on page 507.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[latin]{babel} \languageattribute{latin}{withprosodicmarks}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ProsodicMarksOn =a =e =i =o =u
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3d1d7083377
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-18 on page 507.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,turkish]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\selectlanguage{english} a =b \par \selectlanguage{turkish} a =b
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..90ee0ac1e77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-19 on page 507.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[spanish]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text with <<quoted text with a <<nested quote>>
+within it.
+
+A second paragraph in the quotation.>>
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dcbfcc60128
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-2 on page 486.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{gather*}
+ \begin{matrix} 0 & 1 \\ 1 & 0 \end{matrix} \quad
+ \begin{pmatrix} 0 & -i \\ i & 0 \end{pmatrix} \\
+ \begin{bmatrix} 0 & -1 \\ 1 & 0 \end{bmatrix} \quad
+ \begin{Bmatrix} 1 & 0 \\ 0 & -1 \end{Bmatrix} \\
+ \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} \quad
+ \begin{Vmatrix} i & 0 \\ 0 & -i \end{Vmatrix}
+\end{gather*}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ad907835ac9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-20 on page 508.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[spanish]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\decimalcomma $1000.10$ \par \decimalpoint $1000.10$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d3eb4f42ca7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-21 on page 508.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+%
+% set up a fixed date for the example:
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[bulgarian]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\today \par \todayRoman
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..796bc8bd66a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-22 on page 509.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+%
+% set up a fixed date for the example:
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[esperanto]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\today \par \hodiau \par \hodiaun
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-23.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b76ffbcd2cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-23.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-23 on page 509.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+%
+% set up a fixed date for the example:
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[greek]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\today \par \Grtoday
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-24.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..920d19306a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-24.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-24 on page 509.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+%
+% set up a fixed date for the example:
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,hebrew]{babel}
+\usepackage{hebcal}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\hebday \par \Hebrewtoday \par
+\selectlanguage{english} \today: \Hebrewtoday
+\selectlanguage{hebrew} \hebdate{8}{11}{1997}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-25.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..25d0665e26a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-25.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-25 on page 509.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+%
+% set up a fixed date for the example:
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[usorbian,lsorbian]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\newdatelsorbian \today \par
+\olddatelsorbian \today \par
+\newdateusorbian \today \par
+\olddateusorbian \today
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-26.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0c906016fc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-26.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-26 on page 509.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+%
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+ \parindent0pt
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[swedish]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Default date format: \today\\
+\verb|\datesymd| gives: \datesymd \today \\
+\verb|\datesdmy| gives: \datesdmy \today
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-27.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dc9751d4460
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-27.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-27 on page 510.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[esperanto,greek,hebrew,bulgarian,russian,english]{babel}
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % needed for esperanto (dotless j)
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength{\tabcolsep}{3pt}
+\newcommand\GR[1]{{\extrasgreek#1}}
+\newcommand\BU[1]{{\extrasbulgarian#1}}
+\newcommand\HEB[1]{{\extrashebrew#1}}
+\newcommand\RU[1]{{\extrasrussian#1}}
+\newcommand\smskip{\hskip.5pt}
+\makeatletter
+ \gdef\@ctrerr{-} % don't produce counter errors but dash
+\makeatother
+\newcommand\row{\thecount & %
+ \alph{count} & \Alph{count} & %
+ \esper{count} & \Esper{count} & %
+ \GR{\alph{count}} & \GR{\Alph{count}} & %
+ \RU{\asbuk{count}} & \RU{\Asbuk{count}} & %
+ \BU{\alph{count}} & \BU{\Alph{count}} &
+ \HEB{\alph{count}} & \HEB{\Alph{count}} & \HEB{\Alphfinal{count}}\\}
+%
+\newcounter{count}
+\setcounter{count}{1}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \centering
+ \small
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}c@{\smskip}c@{}}
+%
+ & \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{default}} & %
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Esperanto}} & %
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Greek}} & %
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Russian}} & %
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Bulgarian}} & %
+ \multicolumn{3}{c}{\textsf{Hebrew}} \\[1pt]
+%
+ Value & %
+ \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & %
+ \verb|\esper| & \verb|\Esper| & %
+ \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & %
+ \verb|\asbuk| & \verb|\Asbuk| & %
+ \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & %
+ \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & \verb|\Alphfinal| \\[4pt]
+%
+ \whiledo{\value{count}<31}{\row\stepcounter{count}}%
+ \setcounter{count}{40}\row
+ \setcounter{count}{50}\row
+ \setcounter{count}{100}\row
+ \setcounter{count}{250}\row
+ \setcounter{count}{500}\row
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-28.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a8fd14e125f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-28.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-28 on page 510.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,french]{babel} \usepackage{dcolumn}
+\newcolumntype{d}{D{,}{\decimalsep}{-1}} % align at explicit `,'
+ % but output \decimalsep
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline
+ 12,34567 \\ % recognized but not corectly formatted
+ \nombre{12,34567} \\ % not recognized but corectly formatted
+ \nombre[,]{12,34567} \\
+ \nombre[,]{9876543,21} \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\par\vspace{1cm} \selectlanguage{english} % change language
+\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline
+ \nombre[,]{12,34567} \\ \nombre[,]{9876543,21} \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-29.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e9760c5ba8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-29.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-29 on page 511.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,greek]{babel}
+\newcommand\eng[1]{\foreignlanguage{english}{#1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+123456 \eng{in Greek notation:} \greeknumeral{123456} \par
+987654 \eng{in Greek notation:} \Greeknumeral{987654}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..82456ba0232
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-3 on page 487.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\setcounter{MaxMatrixCols}{20}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[
+ \begin{Vmatrix}
+ \,a&b&c&d&e&f&g&h&i&j &\cdots\,{} \\
+ &a&b&c&d&e&f&g&h&i &\cdots\,{} \\
+ & &a&b&c&d&e&f&g&h &\cdots\,{} \\
+ & & &a&b&c&d&e&f&g &\cdots\,{} \\
+ & & & &\ddots&\ddots&\hdotsfor[2]{5}\,{}
+ \end{Vmatrix} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-30.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0c907446d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-30.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-30 on page 512.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\parindent0pt
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,greek]{babel}
+ \usepackage{athnum}
+ \newcommand\eng[1]{\foreignlanguage{english}{#1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+6284 \eng{in Athenian notation:} \\ \athnum{6284}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-31.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..14cbb6f5844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-31.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-31 on page 512.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,icelandic]{babel}
+ \usepackage{dcolumn} \newcolumntype{d}{D{,}{\decimalsep}{-1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\tala{3141,592653} \par
+\foreignlanguage{english}{\tala{3141,592653}}\par \bigskip
+\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline
+ 3,14 \\
+ \tala[,]{123,4567} \\ \tala[,]{9876,543} \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-32.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4134a17a649
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-32.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-32 on page 513.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[french]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Leslie~\bsc{Lamport} \quad \No9 \ \primo \ \tertio
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-33.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..879101fa747
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-33.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-33 on page 513.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\parindent0pt
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\tnick{\vrule depth 3pt height 0pt\relax}
+ \def\cs#1{\ifx\@nil#1\@nil\else\texttt{\textbackslash#1}\fi}
+ \def\line#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \ \cs{#1} & $#2$ & &
+ \ \cs{#3} & \selectlanguage{serbian} $#4$ & &
+ \ \cs{#5} & \selectlanguage{russian} $#6$}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+%
+ \usepackage[serbian,russian,english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \setlength{\tabcolsep}{2pt}
+ \begin{tabular}{llcllcll@{}l}
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick
+ \hrulefill \LaTeX\hrulefill\tnick} & &
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick
+ \hrulefill Serbian\hrulefill\tnick} & &
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick
+ \hrulefill Russian\hrulefill\tnick} \\[2pt]
+ \line{tan}{\tan}{tg}{\tg}{tg}{\tg}\\
+ \line{cot}{\cot}{ctg}{\ctg}{ctg}{\ctg}\\
+ \line{sinh}{\sinh}{sh}{\sh}{sh}{\sh}\\
+ \line{cosh}{\cosh}{ch}{\ch}{ch}{\ch}\\
+ \line{tanh}{\tanh}{th}{\th}{th}{\th}\\
+ \line{coth}{\coth}{cth}{\cth}{cth}{\cth}\\
+ \line{csc}{\csc}{}{}{cosec}{\cosec}\\
+ \line{arcsin}{\arcsin}{sh}{\sh}{}{}\\
+ \line{arccos}{\arccos}{arch}{\arch}{}{}\\
+ \line{arctan}{\arctan}{arctg}{\arctg}{arctg}{\arctg}\\
+ \line{}{}{arcctg}{\arcctg}{arcctg}{\arcctg}&\quad (\textit{extra})\\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-34.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..928d79ce8a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-34.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-34 on page 514.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[french,english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm}
+ Some text with a list.
+ \begin{itemize} \item item 1
+ \item item 2 \end{itemize}
+ And some text following.
+\end{minipage}
+\quad \selectlanguage{french}
+\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm}
+ Some text with a list.
+ \begin{itemize} \item item 1
+ \item item 2 \end{itemize}
+ And some text following.
+\end{minipage}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-35.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2f3a175bf6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-35.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-35 on page 515.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[french,english]{babel}
+\AddThinSpaceBeforeFootnotes
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{minipage}{70pt} Some text\footnote{with a footnote}.
+\end{minipage}
+\selectlanguage{french}\FrenchFootnotes
+\begin{minipage}{70pt} Some text\footnote{with a footnote}.
+\end{minipage}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-36.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a4c1ebd4c73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-36.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-36 on page 515.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[icelandic]{babel}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+"o "O "ó "Ó "e "E "é "É but: "\'e "\'E
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-37.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b8597e2f689
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-37.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-37 on page 517.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[polish]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+"a "A "c "C "e "E "l "n "N "o "O "s "S \par
+\polishrz "r "R "z "Z "x "X \par
+\polishzx "r "R "z "Z "x "X \par
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-38.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..117d9580c60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-38.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-38 on page 517.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\k a \k A \'c \'C \k e \k E \l{} \'n \'N \'o \'O \'s \'S\par
+\.z \.Z \'z \'Z
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-39.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..730ecb4cc9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-39.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-39 on page 517.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage[X2,T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[greek,russian,hebrew,english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some English text, \R{hebrew text}, \textgreek{Greek text},
+\textcyrillic{Cyrillic text}
+\sethebrew more Hebrew text\unsethebrew{}, more English text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b4beb1d614d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-4 on page 487.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+To show the effect of the matrix on surrounding
+lines inside a paragraph, we put it here:
+ $ \left( \begin{smallmatrix}
+ 1 & 0 \\ 0 & -1
+ \end{smallmatrix} \right) $
+and follow it with enough text to ensure that
+there is at least one full line below the matrix.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..83ea905d287
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-5 on page 488.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{gather}
+ \sum_{\substack{0 \le i \le m \\ 0 < j < n}} P(i, j) \\
+ \sum_{\begin{subarray}{l} i \in \Lambda \\
+ 0 \le i \le m \\
+ 0 < j < n
+ \end{subarray}} P(i, j)
+\end{gather}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..28d5faf24ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-6 on page 488.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath,amscd}
+\DeclareMathOperator\add{add}
+\DeclareMathOperator\cf {cf}
+\DeclareMathOperator\cov{cov}
+\DeclareMathOperator\non{non}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \begin{CD}
+ \cov (L) @>>> \non (K) @>>> \cf (K) \\
+ @VVV @AAA @AAA \\
+ \add (L) @>>> \add (K) @>>> \cov (K) \\
+ \end{CD} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2963172799d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-7 on page 489.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath,amscd}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\End}{End}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \begin{CD}
+ S^{W_\Lambda}\otimes T @>j>> T \\
+ @VVV @VV{\End P}V \\
+ (S \otimes T)/I @= (Z\otimes T)/J
+ \end{CD} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b74fc1cd13a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-8 on page 489.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[\begin{array}{ccc}
+ S^{\mathcal{W}_\Lambda}\otimes T &
+ \stackrel{j}{\longrightarrow} &
+ T \\
+ \Big\downarrow & &
+ \Big\downarrow\vcenter{%
+ \rlap{$\scriptstyle{\mathrm{End}}\,P$}} \\
+ (S\otimes T)/I & = &
+ (Z\otimes T)/J
+ \end{array}\]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b6428cb24ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-3-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-3-9 on page 489.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{delarray}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \mathcal{Q} =
+\begin{array}[t] ( {cc} ) X & Y \end{array}
+\begin{array}[t] [ {cc} ] A & B \\ C & D \end{array}
+\begin{array}[b] \lgroup{cc}\rgroup L \\ M \end{array}
+\]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fae98535106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-1 on page 490.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[
+ 0 \xleftarrow [\zeta]{} F \times \Delta (n - 1)
+ \xrightarrow {\partial_0 \alpha(b)} E^{\partial_0 b}
+\]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c7f0513e6d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-10 on page 494.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+%
+% there is a bug in the amsmath macros for ddd and dddd dots which the
+% AMS intends to fix as follows (we already anticipated that fix
+% here, though it isn't quite right yet for all cases):
+%
+\makeatletter
+\AtBeginDocument{% we have to be after amsmath is loaded in the example
+ \renewcommand{\dddot}[1]{%
+ {\mathop{\kern\z@#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@
+ \hbox{\,\normalfont...}\vss}}}}
+ \renewcommand{\ddddot}[1]{%
+ {\mathop{\kern\z@#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@
+ \hbox{\,\normalfont....}\vss}}}}
+ }
+\makeatother
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$ \dot{S} \quad \ddot{P} \quad \dddot{Q} \quad \ddddot{R} $
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f145dbdd2f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-11 on page 495.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{accents}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \accentset{\ast}{X} \quad
+ \hat{\accentset{\star}{\hat h}} \quad
+ \underaccent{\diamond}{\mathcal{M}} \quad
+ \undertilde{C}\quad\undertilde{M}\quad\undertilde{ABC} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9030fc08c83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-12 on page 495.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsxtra}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$(xyz)\spdddot$ \quad $(xyz)\spddot$ \quad $(xyz)\spdot$ \\
+$(xyz)\spbreve$ \quad $(xyz)\spcheck$ \\
+$(xyz)\sphat$ \quad $(xyz)\sptilde$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..42221aa6010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-13 on page 495.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \overset{*}{X} > \underset{*}{X}
+ \iff \sideset{}{'}\sum_{a,b \in \mathbf{R^*}}
+ \overset{a}{\underset{b}{X}} = X \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..16c07a0e01e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-14 on page 495.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \sideset{_{i = 1}^n}{_{j = 2}^m}\prod_{k > 1}
+ \mathcal{T}_{i, j}^k \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0f9b1319ec9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-2 on page 490.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation*}
+\cfrac {1}{\sqrt{2} +
+ \cfrac {1}{\sqrt{3} +
+ \cfrac {1}{\sqrt{4} +
+ \cfrac[r] {1}{\sqrt{5} +
+ \cfrac[l] {1}{\sqrt{6} + \dotsb }
+ }}}}
+\end{equation*}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..25a3c1505a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-3 on page 491.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation}
+ \boxed { W_t - F \subseteq V(P_i) \subseteq W_t }
+\end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2a7c9fdee15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-4 on page 491.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[
+ \sum_{i=1}^n \qquad \int_0^\infty \qquad \lim_{n \to 0}
+\]
+Text: $\sum_{i=1}^n$, $\int_0^\infty$, $\lim_{n \to 0}$.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..021a7423492
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-5 on page 492.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[
+ \sum\nolimits_{i=1}^n \qquad \int\limits_0^\infty
+ \qquad \lim\displaylimits_{n \to 0}
+\]
+Text: $\sum\nolimits_{i=1}^n$, $\int\limits_0^\infty$,
+$\lim\displaylimits_{n \to 0}$.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a28bba5b86c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-6 on page 492.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{gather*}
+ \iint \limits _V \mu(v,w)
+ \,du \,dv \\
+ \iiint \limits _V \mu(u,v,w)
+ \,du \,dv \,dw \\
+ \iiiint \limits _V \mu(t,u,v,w)
+ \,dt \,du \,dv \,dw \\
+ \idotsint \limits _V \mu(z_1, \dots, z_k)
+ \,\mathbf{dz}
+\end{gather*}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..af958f76883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-7 on page 493.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{align*}
+ u & \equiv v + 1 \mod{n^2} \\
+ u & \equiv v + 1 \bmod{n^2} \\
+ u & = v + 1 \pmod{n^2} \\
+ u & = v + 1 \pod{n^2}
+\end{align*}
+The in-text layout: $ u = v + 1 \pmod{n^2} $
+\begin{gather*}
+ (m \bmod n) = k^2 \, ; \quad
+ x \equiv y \pmod b \, ; \\
+ x \equiv y \mod c \, ; \quad
+ x \equiv y \pod d\, .
+\end{gather*}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f747954f41b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-8 on page 493.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation} \frac{1}{k} \log_2 c(f)
+ \quad \tfrac{1}{k} \log_2 c(f) \end{equation}
+Text: $ \sqrt{ \frac{1}{k} \log_2 c(f) } \quad
+ \sqrt{ \dfrac{1}{k} \log_2 c(f) }\, $.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dcc95110747
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-4-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-4-9 on page 493.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation} \binom{k}{2} 2^{k - 1}
+ + \tbinom{k - 1}{2} 2^{k - 2} \end{equation}
+Text: $ \binom{k}{2} 2^{k - 1}
+ + \dbinom{k - 1}{2} 2^{k - 2} $.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e8701be02bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-5-1 on page 496.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+A series $H_1, H_2, \dots, H_n$, a sum
+$H_1 + H_2 + \dots + H_n$, an orthogonal product
+$H_1 \times H_2 \times \dots \times H_n$.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..824f8f2c1a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-5-2 on page 496.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+A series $H_1, H_2, \dotsc\,$, a sum
+$H_1 + H_2 + \dotsb\,$, an orthogonal product
+$H_1 \times H_2 \times \dotsm\,$, and an infinite
+integral: \[ \int_{H_1} \int_{H_2} \dotsi \;
+ {-\Gamma}\, d\Theta \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9ecc742c921
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-5-3 on page 497.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{align*}
+\widehat {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h}
+&= \widetilde {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} \\
+\overline {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h}
+&= \underline {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h} \\
+\overbrace {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h}
+&= \underbrace {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h}
+& & \text{Do not change style} \\
+\overrightarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h}
+&= \overleftarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h}
+& & \text{Do not change style} \\[-3pt]
+& & & \text{without \textsf{amsmath}} \\
+\underrightarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h}
+&= \underleftarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h}
+& & \text{Do need \textsf{amsmath}} \\
+\overleftrightarrow {\psi_\delta(t) E_t h}
+&=\underleftrightarrow{\psi_\delta(t) E_t h}
+& & \text{Do need \textsf{amsmath}}
+\end{align*}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..08d08ca2ffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-5-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-5-4 on page 499.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \[
+ \sqrtsign{1 + \sqrtsign{1 + \sqrtsign{1 +
+ \sqrtsign{1 + \sqrtsign{1 + \sqrtsign{1 + x}}}}}}
+ \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a0648ece0de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-6-1 on page 499.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{gather}
+ \text{Also, if } \Delta_{\text{max up}}
+ = \Delta_{\text{min down}} \notag \\
+ \text{(for all ups and downs) then} \notag \\
+ \Delta_{\text{sum of ups}}
+ = \Delta_{\text{sum of downs}}
+\end{gather}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7dbb52c11e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-6-2 on page 500.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath}
+\newcommand\abs[1]{\lvert#1\rvert}
+\setlength\mathindent{0pt}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{gather*}
+ \lim_{x \rightarrow 0} \frac{ \sin^2(x) }{ x^2 } = 1 \\
+ \varliminf_{n \rightarrow \infty}
+ \abs{a_{n+1}} / \abs{a_n} = 0 \\
+ \varinjlim (m_i^\lambda \cdot M)^* \le
+ \varprojlim_{A/p \rightarrow \lambda(A)}A_p \le 0
+\end{gather*}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9748633eddb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-6-3 on page 501.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath}
+\DeclareMathOperator \meas {meas}
+\DeclareMathOperator*\esssup {ess \, sup}
+\DeclareMathOperator*\supminus{sup - minus*}
+\newcommand\abs [1]{\lvert#1\rvert}
+\newcommand\norm[1]{\lVert#1\rVert}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{gather*}
+ \norm{f}_\infty = \esssup_{x \in R^n} \abs{f(x)} \\
+ \meas_1 \{ u \in R_+^1 \colon f^*(u)>\alpha \} = \\
+ \quad \esssup_{x \in R^i} \; \meas_i
+ \{ u \in R^n \colon \abs{f(u)} \geq \alpha \} \\
+ \quad (\forall \alpha \in \supminus_{f^*} R_{*+})
+\end{gather*}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b1d29522a0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-6-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-6-4 on page 501.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+%% Low-level TeX needed here to cancel
+%% the old definition of \csc:
+\let \csc \relax
+\DeclareMathOperator\csc{cosec}
+\newcommand\calQ{\mathcal{Q}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \varlimsup_{n\to\infty} \calQ (u_n, u_n - u^{\#})
+ \ge \csc (\calQ' (u^{\#})) \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ac3d28eaa25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-7-1 on page 503.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\normalsize %% Style:
+\[ b %% D
+ ^0 %% S
+ + %% D
+ \frac{(k + p) %% T
+ _{j'} %% S'
+ % \displaystyle
+ \pm %% T [D]
+ \frac{(f + q) %% S [T]
+ ^{(pk) %% SS [S]
+ ^y %% SS
+ _{j'}}} %% SS'
+ {(h + y)}} %% S' [T']
+ {(l + q) %% T'
+ ^{(pk)}} %% S'
+\]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a0894f957d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-7-2 on page 503.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ b %% D
+ ^0 %% S
+ + %% D
+ \frac{(k + p) %% T
+ _{j'} %% S'
+ \displaystyle
+ \pm %% D
+ \frac{(f + q) %% T
+ ^{(pk) %% S
+ ^y %% SS
+ _{j'}}} %% SS'
+ {(h + y)}} %% T'
+ {(l + q) %% T'
+ ^{(pk)}} %% S'
+\]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e24beee9ae9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-7-3 on page 504.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ \biggl( \mathbf{E}_{y} \int_0^{t_\varepsilon}
+ L_{x, y^x(s)} \varphi(x)\, ds \biggr) \]
+\Large
+\[ \biggl( \mathbf{E}_{y} \int_0^{t_\varepsilon}
+ L_{x, y^x(s)} \varphi(x)\, ds \biggr) \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eeb595f2222
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-7-4 on page 505.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[
+ \sqrt[\beta]{k} \qquad
+ \sqrt[\leftroot{2}\uproot{4} \beta]{k} \qquad
+ \sqrt[\leftroot{1}\uproot{3} \beta]{k}
+\]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3e687a72676
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-7-5 on page 505.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{y} + \sqrt{z}$ \\
+$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{\mathstrut y} + \sqrt{z}$ \\
+$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{\smash{y}} + \sqrt{z}$ \\
+$\sqrt{x} + \sqrt{\smash[b]{y}} + \sqrt{z}$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e0b3b09fe40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-7-6 on page 506.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[
+ f_p (x) =
+ \begin{cases}
+ \frac{1}{\smash[b]{p}} & x = p \\
+ \frac{\strut
+ \smash[t]{\frac{(1 - x)^{\frac{1}{2}} }
+ { x - \sin (x - p) } } }
+ {\sqrt{1 - p} \, \cos (x - p)} & x \neq p
+ \end{cases}
+\]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c91c83088b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-7-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-7-7 on page 507.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[
+ \sqrt{ \frac{a+b}{x_j} } \quad
+ \sqrt{ \frac{a+b}{\smash{x_j}} } \quad
+ \sqrt{ \frac{a+b}{{}\smash{x_j}} } \quad
+ \sqrt{ \frac{a+b}{\smash{x_j+b}} }
+\]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8b0db0ae796
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-1 on page 509.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsfonts}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$ \forall n \in \mathbb{N} : \mathfrak{M}_n \leq \mathfrak{A} $
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c1cc3756798
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-10 on page 513.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % since examples are normally in Times
+ % Roman in the book
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9cbccc74ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-11 on page 514.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage[boldsans]{ccfonts}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4e4bee0991a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-12 on page 514.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,ccfonts}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage[euler-digits]{eulervm}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3e2135dbc7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-13 on page 515.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\usepackage{fourier}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cf302fd099b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-14 on page 516.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{mathptmx}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a4155dfd29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-15 on page 516.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{txfonts}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dc22358bbec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-16 on page 517.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J%
+ with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.}
+\IfFileExists{tmmath.sty}{}{\typeout{The tmmath package is not available}\stop}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\usepackage{tmmath,tmams}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..96722684577
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-17 on page 518.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{mathpazo}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e9f68bd8192
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-18 on page 518.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{pxfonts}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e9f941072e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-19 on page 519.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J%
+ with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.}
+\IfFileExists{pamath.sty}{}{\typeout{The pa package is not available}\stop}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\usepackage{pamath}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b000fd736ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-2 on page 509.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsfonts}
+\DeclareMathAlphabet\mathbb{U}{fplmbb}{m}{n}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$ \lbrace n,m \in \mathbb{N} \mid \mathfrak{N}_{n,m} \rbrace $
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ad386246a99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-20 on page 520.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J%
+ with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.}
+\IfFileExists{ba.sty}{}{\typeout{The ba package is not available}\stop}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\usepackage{ba}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{bm}
+\addtolength\textheight{\baselineskip} % BA math has large symbols!
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c8249cb9f90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-21 on page 520.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J%
+ with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.}
+\IfFileExists{chmath.sty}{}{\typeout{The chmath package is not available}\stop}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\usepackage{chmath,chams}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b58070c2e03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-22 on page 521.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J%
+ with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.}
+\IfFileExists{lucidabr.sty}{}{\typeout{The lucidabr package is not available}\stop}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\usepackage{lucidabr}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-23.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bc08a108d58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-23.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-23 on page 522.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\usepackage{cmbright}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-24.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6056906c168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-24.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-24 on page 522.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J%
+ with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.}
+\IfFileExists{hvmath.sty}{}{\typeout{The hvmath package is not available}\stop}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\usepackage{hvmath,hvams}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-25.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fb08966e4bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-25.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-25 on page 523.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \setlength\textheight{.44\textheight}
+\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J%
+ with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.}
+\IfFileExists{infomath.sty}{}{\typeout{The infomath package is not available}\stop}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\usepackage[OT1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{infomath}
+\newcommand\ibinom[2]{\genfrac\lbrace\rbrace{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}
+\usepackage{bm}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample page of mathematical typesetting}
+
+First some large operators
+both in text: \( \iiint\limits_{\mathcal{Q}}
+f(x,y,z)\,dx\,dy\,dz \) and
+\(\prod_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widetilde{C}}}
+\partial(\widetilde{X}_\gamma)\); and also on display:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{split}
+%% This line is deliberately long so as to show
+%% differences in widths; it is a little over the measure
+%% in article/cmr.
+\iiiint\limits_{\mathbf{Q}} f(w,x,y,z)\,dw\,dx\,dy\,dz &\leq
+\oint_{\bm{\partial Q}} f' \left( \max \left\lbrace
+\frac{\lVert w \rVert}{\lvert w^2 + x^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert z \rVert}{\lvert y^2 + z^2 \rvert} ;
+\frac{\lVert w \oplus z \rVert}{\lVert x \oplus y \rVert}
+\right\rbrace\right)
+\\
+&\precapprox \biguplus_{\mathbb{Q} \Subset \bar{\mathbf{Q}}}
+\left[ f^{\ast} \left(
+ \frac{\left\lmoustache\mathbb{Q}(t)\right\rmoustache}
+ {\sqrt {1 - t^2}}
+ \right)\right]_{t=\alpha}^{t=\vartheta}
+\end{split}
+\end{equation}
+
+For $x$ in the open interval \( \left] -1, 1 \right[ \)
+the infinite sum in Equation~\eqref{eq:binom1} is convergent;
+however, this does not hold
+throughout the closed interval \( \left[ -1, 1 \right] \).
+\begin{align}
+ (1 - x)^{-k} &=
+ 1 + \sum_{j=1}^{\infty} (-1)^j \ibinom{k}{j} x^j
+ \text{\quad for $k \in \mathbb{N}$; $k \neq 0$.}
+ \label{eq:binom1}
+\end{align}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6ae107c53c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-3 on page 509.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+%%
+\typeout{This example requires commercial fonts that are not provided^^J%
+ with a free LaTeX installation but must be obtained separately.}
+%%
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\DeclareMathAlphabet\mathscr{T1}{hlcw}{m}{it}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$A_B \neq \mathscr{A}_\mathscr{B} \neq \mathcal{A}_\mathcal{B}$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9685c25d668
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-4 on page 510.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt}
+%%
+%% Examples normally use Times, but here we explicitly
+%% want Computer Modern:
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+%%
+%% Also the math axis in the headings is slightly too low,
+%% so here is a little command that allows you to change font dimens
+%% using NFSS conventions. You are welcome to use it, but be sure you
+%% understand the implications when messing with these things :-)
+%% No support!
+%%
+\makeatletter
+\def\setfontdimen#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\begingroup
+ \edef\font@name{\csname #2/#3/#4/#5/#6\endcsname}%
+ \pickup@font
+ \fontdimen#1\font@name=#7\relax
+ \endgroup}
+\makeatother
+
+\setfontdimen{22}{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}{14.4}{4.3pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,bm}
+\newcommand\bfB{\mathbf{B}} \newcommand\bfx{\mathbf{x}}
+\bmdefine\bpi{\pi} \bmdefine\binfty{\infty}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{The bold equivalence
+ $\sum_{j < B} \prod_\lambda : \bm{\sum_{x_j} \prod_\lambda}$}
+\begin{gather}
+ B_\infty + \pi B_1 \sim \bfB_{\binfty} \bm{+}\bpi \bfB_{\bm{1}}
+ \bm {\sim B_\infty + \pi B_1} \\
+ B_\binfty + \bpi B_{\bm{1}} \bm{\in} \bm{\biggl\lbrace}
+ (\bfB, \bfx) : \frac {\partial \bfB}{\partial \bfx}
+ \bm{\lnapprox} \bm{1} \bm{\biggr\rbrace}
+\end{gather}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a1509ab2519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-5 on page 511.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{348.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,txfonts,bm}
+\newcommand\bfB{\mathbf{B}}
+\newcommand\bfx{\mathbf{x}}
+\bmdefine\bpi{\pi} \bmdefine\binfty{\infty}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{The bold equivalence
+ $\sum_{j < B} \prod_\lambda : \bm{\sum_{x_j} \prod_\lambda}$}
+\begin{gather}
+ B_\infty + \pi B_1 \sim \bfB_{\binfty} \bm{+}\bpi \bfB_{\bm{1}}
+ \bm {\sim B_\infty + \pi B_1} \\
+ B_\binfty + \bpi B_{\bm{1}} \bm{\in} \bm{\biggl\lbrace}
+ (\bfB, \bfx) : \frac {\partial \bfB}{\partial \bfx}
+ \bm{\lnapprox} \bm{1} \bm{\biggr\rbrace}
+\end{gather}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..89e55e1d0ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-6 on page 511.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+%
+% Special setting to make delimiters always grow in this example
+\setlength\delimitershortfall{-3pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{bm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$\bm{\Biggl\lbrace\biggl\lbrace\Bigl\lbrace\bigl\lbrace \lbrace
+ \mathcal{Q}
+ \rangle \bigr\rangle\Bigr\rangle\biggr\rangle\Biggr\rangle}$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0392a775f16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-7 on page 511.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+%
+% Special setting to make delimiters always grow in this example
+\setlength\delimitershortfall{-3pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{pxfonts,bm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$\bm{\Biggl\lbrace\biggl\lbrace\Bigl\lbrace\bigl\lbrace \lbrace
+ \mathcal{Q}
+ \rangle \bigr\rangle\Bigr\rangle\biggr\rangle\Biggr\rangle}$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0f7f4cef4af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-8 on page 512.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amsmath,bm}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$ \bm{\sqrt[2]{x \times \alpha}} $ but
+$ \bm{\sqrt[2]{x \mathbin{\mbox{\unboldmath$\times$}} \alpha}} $
+ or the similar
+$ \bm{\sqrtsign}{\bm{x} \times \bm{\alpha}} $
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..86fad6258d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-8-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-8-9 on page 512.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{bm} \bmdefine\bhat{\hat}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$\hat a \neq \bm{\hat a} \neq \bm\hat a = \bhat a \neq \bm\widehat a$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f6b4226784f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-9-1 on page 524.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ a \# \top _x^\alpha x^\alpha_b \]
+\[ a \mathrel{\#} \mathop{\top}_x^\alpha x^\alpha_b \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fb896d63f85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-9-2 on page 525.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\thinmuskip=10mu \medmuskip=17mu \thickmuskip=30mu
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[
+ a - b = -\max \{ x , y \}
+\]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c20cc2c9a23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-9-3 on page 526.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\thinmuskip=10mu \medmuskip=17mu \thickmuskip=30mu
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ a \Bigl( \sum x \Bigr) \neq a \left( \sum x \right) \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1f29afff177
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-9-4 on page 528.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+% To show the difference better, we enlarge the default
+% (not advisable for real documents):
+\thickmuskip=7mu plus 5mu
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath} \usepackage{amssymb}
+\DeclareMathSymbol\bneg {\mathbin}{symbols}{"3A}
+\DeclareMathSymbol\rsquare{\mathrel}{AMSa}{"03}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ a \neg b \qquad x \square y + z \]
+\[ a \mathbin{\neg} b \qquad x \mathrel{\square} y + z \]
+\[ a \bneg b \qquad x \rsquare y + z \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..44bc630c6a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-9-5 on page 529.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amstext}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\[ a = b \text{ but } a \tilde{=} b
+ \text{ which is not } a \mathrel{\tilde{=}} b \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b58c2b04057
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-9-6 on page 531.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\parindent0pt
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$ u \not< v$ or $a \not\in \mathbf{A} $
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7dbf2542493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-9-7 on page 531.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{amssymb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$ \not\leq \ \not\succeq \ \not\sim $ \par
+$ \nleq \ \nsucceq \ \nsim $
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bef45f469a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/8-9-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 8-9-8 on page 533.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{87.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{stmaryrd}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+$\Longarrownot\longleftrightarrow \qquad \arrownot\hookleftarrow$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..982ce9dff90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-2-1 on page 545.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[german,french,english]{babel}
+\raggedright
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The expansion of fixed document element names
+depends on the language, e.g., in English
+we have ``\refname'' or ``\chaptername''. \par
+\selectlanguage{german} Auf Deutsch ergibt sich
+``\refname'' oder ``\chaptername''. \par
+\begin{otherlanguage}{french} Voici en
+ fran\c cais: ``\refname'' ou ``\chaptername''.
+ \par\foreignlanguage{english}{But in short
+ phrases ``\refname'' does not change!}
+\end{otherlanguage}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d4d5d72c8db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-2-2 on page 545.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{minipage}{5cm}
+ This text shows the effect of hyphenation.\par
+ \begin{hyphenrules}{nohyphenation}
+ This text shows the effect of hyphenation.
+ \end{hyphenrules}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..10994b8573c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-2-3 on page 546.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[german,english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+English and Austrian use \iflanguage{austrian}{the same}{different}
+\foreignlanguage{german}{while German
+ and Austrian use \iflanguage{austrian}{the same}{different}}
+hyphenation patterns.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7092fbe7cb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-2-4 on page 546.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\parindent0pt
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[german,french,english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\par(1) The language is \languagename.
+\par(2) \selectlanguage{german}%
+ The language is \languagename.
+\par(3) \begin{otherlanguage}{french}
+ The language is \languagename.
+ \end{otherlanguage}
+\par(4) \foreignlanguage{english}{%
+ The language is \languagename.}
+\par(5) \iflanguage{french}{En fran\c cais.}
+ {Pas en fran\c cais.}
+\par(6) The language is \languagename.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..74fa11b67df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-2-5 on page 548.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\setlength\parindent{10pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english]{babel} \useshorthands{"}
+\defineshorthand{"a}{\"{a}} \defineshorthand{"i}{\"{\i}}
+\aliasshorthand{"}{|}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+This shows the use and effect of \verb="a=: "a and \verb="i=: "i.
+
+This shows the use and effect of \verb=|a=: |a and \verb=|i=: |i.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7e75890a705
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-2-6 on page 549.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{xy} \usepackage[french]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Voici un exemple avec \emph{xypic}:
+\[ \shorthandoff{;?}
+\begin{xy} (0,0)*{\bullet}, (0,0) ; (10,0),
+ **\dir {-} ?>* \dir {>}, (12,0)*{x}, \end{xy}
+ \]
+Quelle belle fl\`eche !
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5e9c5ee534b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-2-7 on page 549.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\parindent0pt
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[greek,english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The Greek word for `Index' is \selectlanguage{greek}\indexname.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..71307edaf6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-2-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-2-8 on page 550.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\parindent0pt
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[greek,english]{babel}
+\languageattribute{greek}{polutoniko}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The Greek word for `Index' is \selectlanguage{greek}\indexname.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..29618b45427
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-1 on page 551.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+%
+\usepackage[polish,french,russian,greek,english]{babel}
+\substitutefontfamily{LGR}{ptm}{cmr}
+\def\line#1{%
+ \texttt{\textbackslash#1} & %
+ \selectlanguage{french}\csname #1\endcsname & %
+ \selectlanguage{greek}\csname #1\endcsname & %
+ \selectlanguage{polish}\csname #1\endcsname & %
+ \selectlanguage{russian}\csname #1\endcsname}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+
+% show that \partname produces the number as a word
+\setcounter{part}{2}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \setlength{\tabcolsep}{2pt}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}lllll@{}}
+ \textit{Command} & \textit{French} %
+ & \textit{Greek} & \textit{Polish} & \textit{Russian}\\[2pt]
+ \line{abstractname}\\
+ \line{alsoname}\\
+ \line{appendixname}\\
+ \line{bibname}\\
+ \line{ccname}\\
+ \line{chaptername}\\
+ \line{contentsname}\\
+ \line{enclname}\\
+ \line{figurename}\\
+ \line{glossaryname}\\
+ \line{headtoname}\\
+ \line{indexname}\\
+ \line{listfigurename}\\
+ \line{listtablename}\\
+ \line{pagename}\\
+ \line{partname}\\
+ \line{prefacename}\\
+ \line{proofname}\\
+ \line{refname}\\
+ \line{seename}\\
+ \line{tablename}\\[2pt]
+ \multicolumn{4}{l}{\footnotesize\itshape\quad In French
+ \texttt{\textbackslash partname} also generates the part number as a
+ word, e.g., ``Premi\`ere, Deuxi\`eme, \ldots''}
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..db5ef67b1ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-10 on page 554.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\setlength\parindent{10pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[spanish,activeacute]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+La e~ne est'a presente en \verb|\alph|~y~\verb|\Alph|.
+Como en castellano~{}no se usan n'umeros romanos
+en min'uscula, \verb|\roman| se redefine para que
+los d'e en versalitas.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c0e5205e1e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-11 on page 554.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,french]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+En fran\c{c}ais on doit mettre un \og petit espace\fg\
+devant la ponctuation double: comme cela!
+\selectlanguage{english}
+For English this is not done: as shown here!
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..faa504cecdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-12 on page 555.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,catalan,activegrave]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+``P`agina, Ap`endix, Pr`oleg'' \selectlanguage{english}
+are Catalan translations for ``Page, Appendix, and Preface''.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..48847e4d0a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-13 on page 555.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[hungarian]{babel}
+\newcommand\present[1]{\fbox{\parbox[t]{20mm}{#1}}
+ \fbox{\parbox[t]{8,5mm}{#1}}\par}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\present{lo`ccsan}
+\present{e`ddz\"unk}
+\present{po`ggy\'asz}
+\present{Kod\'a`llya}
+\present{me`nnyei}
+\present{vi`ssza}
+\present{po`ttyan}
+\present{ri`zzsel}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2001b79e9bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-14 on page 556.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,galician,activeacute]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+``P'axina, Cap'itulo, Ap'endice''
+\selectlanguage{english} are Galician translations
+for ``Page, Chapter, and Appendix''.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7386a039298
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-15 on page 556.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{txr}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,esperanto]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+``Pa^go, ^Capitro, Cita^joj'' \selectlanguage{english}
+are Esperanto translations for ``Page, Chapter, and
+References''.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8099fc71734
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-16 on page 556.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[latin]{babel} \languageattribute{latin}{withprosodicmarks}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ProsodicMarksOn ^a ^e ^i ^o ^u
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..710cf39aca7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-17 on page 557.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[latin]{babel} \languageattribute{latin}{withprosodicmarks}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ProsodicMarksOn =a =e =i =o =u
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..db058279933
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-18 on page 557.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{63.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,turkish]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\selectlanguage{english} a =b \par \selectlanguage{turkish} a =b
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2a0a5395275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-19 on page 557.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[spanish]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some text with <<quoted text with a <<nested quote>>
+within it.
+
+A second paragraph in the quotation.>>
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8a9c6100d5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-2 on page 550.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+%
+% set up a fixed date for the example:
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[catalan,bulgarian,british]{babel}
+\raggedright
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+In England the date is `\today', while in Bulgaria
+it is `{\selectlanguage{bulgarian}\today}'. In Catalonia
+they write `{\selectlanguage{catalan}\today}'.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cc79f163b11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-20 on page 558.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[spanish]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\decimalcomma $1000.10$ \par \decimalpoint $1000.10$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5090a75c59f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-21 on page 558.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+%
+% set up a fixed date for the example:
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[bulgarian]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\today \par \todayRoman
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-22.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-22.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9214d26a4b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-22.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-22 on page 558.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+%
+% set up a fixed date for the example:
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[esperanto]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\today \par \hodiau \par \hodiaun
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-23.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-23.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cdce6d15d88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-23.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-23 on page 558.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+%
+% set up a fixed date for the example:
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[greek]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\today \par \Grtoday
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-24.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-24.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..73d70656937
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-24.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-24 on page 559.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+%
+% set up a fixed date for the example:
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,hebrew]{babel}
+\usepackage{hebcal}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\hebday \par \Hebrewtoday \par
+\selectlanguage{english} \today: \Hebrewtoday
+\selectlanguage{hebrew} \hebdate{8}{11}{1997}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-25.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-25.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..af58f10e7dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-25.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-25 on page 559.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+%
+% set up a fixed date for the example:
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[usorbian,lsorbian]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\newdatelsorbian \today \par
+\olddatelsorbian \today \par
+\newdateusorbian \today \par
+\olddateusorbian \today
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-26.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-26.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..99da5c2a358
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-26.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-26 on page 559.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+%
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+ \parindent0pt
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[swedish]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Default date format: \today\\
+\verb|\datesymd| gives: \datesymd \today \\
+\verb|\datesdmy| gives: \datesdmy \today
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-27.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-27.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2749c53f8d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-27.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-27 on page 560.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{351.0pt}
+
+ \typeout{This example requires fonts that are not available^^J%
+ on the TLC2 demo CD}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[esperanto,greek,hebrew,bulgarian,russian,english]{babel}
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % needed for esperanto (dotless j)
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength{\tabcolsep}{3pt}
+\newcommand\GR[1]{{\extrasgreek#1}}
+\newcommand\BU[1]{{\extrasbulgarian#1}}
+\newcommand\HEB[1]{{\extrashebrew#1}}
+\newcommand\RU[1]{{\extrasrussian#1}}
+\newcommand\smskip{\hskip.5pt}
+\makeatletter
+ \gdef\@ctrerr{-} % don't produce counter errors but dash
+\makeatother
+\newcommand\row{\thecount & %
+ \alph{count} & \Alph{count} & %
+ \esper{count} & \Esper{count} & %
+ \GR{\alph{count}} & \GR{\Alph{count}} & %
+ \RU{\asbuk{count}} & \RU{\Asbuk{count}} & %
+ \BU{\alph{count}} & \BU{\Alph{count}} &
+ \HEB{\alph{count}} & \HEB{\Alph{count}} & \HEB{\Alphfinal{count}}\\}
+%
+\newcounter{count}
+\setcounter{count}{1}
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \centering
+ \small
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}cc@{\smskip}c@{\smskip}c@{}}
+%
+ & \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{default}} & %
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Esperanto}} & %
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Greek}} & %
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Russian}} & %
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsf{Bulgarian}} & %
+ \multicolumn{3}{c}{\textsf{Hebrew}} \\[1pt]
+%
+ Value & %
+ \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & %
+ \verb|\esper| & \verb|\Esper| & %
+ \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & %
+ \verb|\asbuk| & \verb|\Asbuk| & %
+ \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & %
+ \verb|\alph| & \verb|\Alph| & \verb|\Alphfinal| \\[4pt]
+%
+ \whiledo{\value{count}<31}{\row\stepcounter{count}}%
+ \setcounter{count}{40}\row
+ \setcounter{count}{50}\row
+ \setcounter{count}{100}\row
+ \setcounter{count}{250}\row
+ \setcounter{count}{500}\row
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-28.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-28.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e5b4deff4cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-28.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-28 on page 561.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,french]{babel} \usepackage{dcolumn}
+\newcolumntype{d}{D{,}{\decimalsep}{-1}} % align at explicit `,'
+ % but output \decimalsep
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline
+ 12,34567 \\ % recognized but not correctly formatted
+ \nombre{12,34567} \\ % not recognized but correctly formatted
+ \nombre[,]{12,34567} \\
+ \nombre[,]{9876543,21} \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\par\vspace{1cm} \selectlanguage{english} % change language
+\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline
+ \nombre[,]{12,34567} \\ \nombre[,]{9876543,21} \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-29.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-29.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e8791f23c67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-29.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-29 on page 562.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,greek]{babel}
+\newcommand\eng[1]{\foreignlanguage{english}{#1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+123456 \eng{in Greek notation:} \greeknumeral{123456} \par
+987654 \eng{in Greek notation:} \Greeknumeral{987654}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3168b636255
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-3 on page 552.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\setlength\parindent{10pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[dutch]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Den Koning van Hispani"en heb ik altijd ge"eerd!
+Den Koning van Hispani"en heb ik altijd ge"eerd!
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-30.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-30.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..839a1a1ec8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-30.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-30 on page 562.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\parindent0pt
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,greek]{babel}
+ \usepackage{athnum}
+ \newcommand\eng[1]{\foreignlanguage{english}{#1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+6284 \eng{in Athenian notation:} \\ \athnum{6284}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-31.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-31.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9486c6223d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-31.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-31 on page 563.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[english,icelandic]{babel}
+ \usepackage{dcolumn} \newcolumntype{d}{D{,}{\decimalsep}{-1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\tala{3141,592653} \par
+\foreignlanguage{english}{\tala{3141,592653}}\par \bigskip
+\begin{tabular}{|d|} \hline
+ 3,14 \\
+ \tala[,]{123,4567} \\ \tala[,]{9876,543} \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-32.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-32.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1258baf2d89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-32.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-32 on page 563.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[french]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Leslie~\bsc{Lamport} \quad \No9 \ \primo \ \tertio
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-33.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-33.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8176782949d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-33.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-33 on page 564.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\parindent0pt
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\tnick{\vrule depth 3pt height 0pt\relax}
+ \def\cs#1{\ifx\@nil#1\@nil\else\texttt{\textbackslash#1}\fi}
+ \def\line#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \ \cs{#1} & $#2$ & &
+ \ \cs{#3} & \selectlanguage{serbian} $#4$ & &
+ \ \cs{#5} & \selectlanguage{russian} $#6$}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+%
+ \usepackage[serbian,russian,english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+% \setlength{\tabcolsep}{2pt}
+ \begin{tabular}{llcllcll@{}l}
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick
+ \hrulefill \LaTeX\hrulefill\tnick} & &
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick
+ \hrulefill Serbian\hrulefill\tnick} & &
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape \tnick
+ \hrulefill Russian\hrulefill\tnick} \\[2pt]
+ \line{tan}{\tan}{tg}{\tg}{tg}{\tg}\\
+ \line{cot}{\cot}{ctg}{\ctg}{ctg}{\ctg}\\
+ \line{sinh}{\sinh}{sh}{\sh}{sh}{\sh}\\
+ \line{cosh}{\cosh}{ch}{\ch}{ch}{\ch}\\
+ \line{tanh}{\tanh}{th}{\th}{th}{\th}\\
+ \line{coth}{\coth}{cth}{\cth}{cth}{\cth}\\
+ \line{csc}{\csc}{}{}{cosec}{\cosec}\\
+ \line{arcsin}{\arcsin}{arsh}{\arsh}{}{}\\
+ \line{arccos}{\arccos}{arch}{\arch}{}{}\\
+ \line{arctan}{\arctan}{arctg}{\arctg}{arctg}{\arctg}\\
+ \line{}{}{arcctg}{\arcctg}{arcctg}{\arcctg}&\quad (\textit{extra})\\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-34.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-34.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5952fa6ba86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-34.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-34 on page 565.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[french,english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm}
+ Some text with a list.
+ \begin{itemize} \item item 1
+ \item item 2 \end{itemize}
+ And some text following.
+\end{minipage}
+\quad \selectlanguage{french}
+\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm}
+ Some text with a list.
+ \begin{itemize} \item item 1
+ \item item 2 \end{itemize}
+ And some text following.
+\end{minipage}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-35.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-35.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9df682495bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-35.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-35 on page 566.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[french,english]{babel}
+\AddThinSpaceBeforeFootnotes
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{minipage}{70pt} Some text\footnote{with a footnote}.
+\end{minipage}
+\selectlanguage{french}\FrenchFootnotes
+\begin{minipage}{70pt} Some text\footnote{with a footnote}.
+\end{minipage}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-36.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-36.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5c6d560fbdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-36.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-36 on page 567.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[icelandic]{babel}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+"o "O "ó "Ó "e "E "é "É but: "\'e "\'E
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-37.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-37.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..38b2e42f51b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-37.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-37 on page 567.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[polish]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+"a "A "c "C "e "E "l "n "N "o "O "s "S \par
+\polishrz "r "R "z "Z "x "X \par
+\polishzx "r "R "z "Z "x "X \par
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-38.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-38.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e4045c0516
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-38.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-38 on page 567.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\k a \k A \'c \'C \k e \k E \l{} \'n \'N \'o \'O \'s \'S\par
+\.z \.Z \'z \'Z
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-39.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-39.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..311dbc7d44d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-39.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-39 on page 569.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\usepackage[X2,T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[greek,russian,hebrew,english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Some English text, \R{hebrew text}, \textgreek{Greek text},
+\textcyrillic{Cyrillic text}
+\sethebrew more Hebrew text\unsethebrew{}, more English text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..92f3230240b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-4 on page 552.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[catalan,english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The ``geminated~l'' appears in words such as
+\foreignlanguage{catalan}{inte"lig\`encia, i"lusi\'o}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..523cb88a749
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-5 on page 552.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[dutch,ngerman,french,english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+English ``quoted text'' has quotes different from
+\selectlanguage{dutch}Dutch "`quoted text"' or
+\selectlanguage{ngerman}German "`quoted text"' or
+\selectlanguage{french}French \og quoted text\fg.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c238f3f24e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-6 on page 553.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\parindent0pt
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[german]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fbox{\parbox[t]{1,5cm}{Brote ba"cken}} \quad
+\fbox{\parbox[t]{1,5cm}{Farbsto"ffabrik}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a3b79bd4bc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-7 on page 553.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[german]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Das deutsche Wort "`Auflage"' sollte nicht so,
+sondern als ">Auf"|lage"< gesetzt werden.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..69cc0b43618
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-8 on page 553.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[dutch]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister"-president}} \quad
+\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister\-president}} \quad
+\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{ministerpresident}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9b25052b19e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-3-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-3-9 on page 553.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[german]{babel}
+\newcommand\present[1]{%
+ \fbox{\parbox[t]{31mm}{#1}}
+ \fbox{\parbox[t]{16mm}{#1}}
+ \par}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+1. \present{Gutenberg-Universit"at}
+2. \present{Gutenberg"-Universit"at}
+3. \present{Gutenberg""Universit"at}
+4. \present{Gutenberg"=Universit"at}
+5. \present{Gutenberg"~Universit"at}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..93eb13a9525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-4-1 on page 576.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{327.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+%
+ \usepackage[english,greek]{babel}
+ \def\glyph#1{\makebox[12pt][c]{#1}}
+ \parindent0pt
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \ttfamily
+ \selectlanguage{english}%
+ \glyph{a}\glyph{b}\glyph{c}\glyph{d}\glyph{e}\glyph{f}%
+ \glyph{g}\glyph{h}\glyph{i}\glyph{j}\glyph{k}\glyph{l}%
+ \glyph{m}\glyph{n}\glyph{o}\glyph{p}\glyph{q}\glyph{r}%
+ \glyph{s}\glyph{t}\glyph{u}\glyph{v}\glyph{w}\glyph{x}%
+ \glyph{y}\glyph{z}\\
+ \selectlanguage{greek}%
+ \glyph{a}\glyph{b}\glyph{c}\glyph{d}\glyph{e}\glyph{f}%
+ \glyph{g}\glyph{h}\glyph{i}\glyph{j}\glyph{k}\glyph{l}%
+ \glyph{m}\glyph{n}\glyph{o}\glyph{p}\glyph{q}\glyph{r}%
+ \glyph{s}\glyph{t}\glyph{u}\glyph{ }\glyph{w}\glyph{x}%
+ \glyph{y}\glyph{z}\\[5pt]
+ \selectlanguage{english}%
+ \glyph{A}\glyph{B}\glyph{C}\glyph{D}\glyph{E}\glyph{F}%
+ \glyph{G}\glyph{H}\glyph{I}\glyph{J}\glyph{K}\glyph{L}%
+ \glyph{M}\glyph{N}\glyph{O}\glyph{P}\glyph{Q}\glyph{R}%
+ \glyph{S}\glyph{T}\glyph{U}\glyph{V}\glyph{W}\glyph{X}%
+ \glyph{Y}\glyph{Z}\\
+ \selectlanguage{greek}%
+ \glyph{A}\glyph{B}\glyph{C}\glyph{D}\glyph{E}\glyph{F}%
+ \glyph{G}\glyph{H}\glyph{I}\glyph{J}\glyph{K}\glyph{L}%
+ \glyph{M}\glyph{N}\glyph{O}\glyph{P}\glyph{Q}\glyph{R}%
+ \glyph{S}\glyph{T}\glyph{U}\glyph{ }\glyph{W}\glyph{X}%
+ \glyph{Y}\glyph{Z}\\
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dfbfa0884ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-4-2 on page 576.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{375.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+%
+ \usepackage[greek,english]{babel}
+ \def\GR{\selectlanguage{greek}}
+ \parindent0pt
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\centering
+ \begin{tabular}{lllll}
+ & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\itshape Input}
+ & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\itshape Result}
+ & \multicolumn{2}{c}{\itshape Example} \\[3pt]
+ Acute & \verb='a 'e 'h 'i 'o 'u 'w=
+ & \GR{'a 'e 'h 'i 'o 'u 'w}
+ & \verb=g'ata= & \GR{g'ata}\\
+ Diaeresis & \verb="i "u "I "U =
+ & \GR{"i "u "I "U}
+ & \verb=qa"ide'uh|c= & \GR{qa"ide'uh|c}\\
+ Rough breathing & \verb=<a <e <h <i <o <r <u <w=
+ & \GR{<a <e <h <i <o <r <u <w}
+ & \verb=<'otan= & \GR{<'otan}\\
+ Smooth breathing & \verb=>a >e >h >i >o >r >u >w=
+ & \GR{>a >e >h >i >o >r >u >w}
+ & \verb=>'aneu= & \GR{>'aneu}\\
+ Grave & \verb=`a `e `h `i `o `u `w=
+ & \GR{`a `e `h `i `o `u `w}
+ & \verb=dad`i= & \GR{dad`i}\\
+ Circumflex & \verb=~a ~h ~i ~u ~w=
+ & \GR{\~a \~h \~i \~u \~w}
+ & \verb=ful~hc= & \GR{ful\~hc}\\
+ Diacritic below & \verb=a| h| w|= & \GR{a| h| w|} &&\\
+ & \verb=`w| 'w| >`w| >'w| <`w| <'w|=
+ & \GR{`w| 'w| >`w| >'w| <`w| <'w|} &&\\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c6ac0aae18c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-4-3 on page 576.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{375.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+%
+ \usepackage[greek,english]{babel}
+ \languageattribute{greek}{polutoniko}
+ \def\GR{\selectlanguage{greek}}
+ \parindent0pt
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \begin{tabular}{rlrl@{\kern-10pt}}
+ \multicolumn1{c}{\itshape Input} & \multicolumn1{c}{\itshape Result} &
+ \multicolumn1{c}{\itshape Input} & \multicolumn1{c}{\itshape Result} \\[3pt]
+ \verb='"i `"i '"u `"u= & \GR{'"i `"i '"u `"u} & & \\
+ \verb=>`a >`e >`h >`i >`o >`u >`w= & \GR{>`a\,>`e\,>`h\,>`i\,>`o\,>`u\,>`w} &
+ \verb=>`A >`E >`H >`I >`O >`U >`W= & \GR{>`A\,>`E\,>`H\,>`I\,>`O\,>`U\,>`W}\\
+ \verb=>'a >'e >'h >'i >'o >'u >'w= & \GR{>'a\,>'e\,>'h\,>'i\,>'o\,>'u\,>'w} &
+ \verb=>'A >'E >'H >'I >'O >'U >'W= & \GR{>'A\,>'E\,>'H\,>'I\,>'O\,>'U\,>'W}\\
+ \verb=<`a <`e <`h <`i <`o <`u <`w= & \GR{<`a\,<`e\,<`h\,<`i\,<`o\,<`u\,<`w} &
+ \verb=<`A <`E <`H <`I <`O <`U <`W= & \GR{<`A\,<`E\,<`H\,<`I\,<`O\,<`U\,<`W}\\
+ \verb=<'a <'e <'h <'i <'o <'u <'w= & \GR{<'a\,<'e\,<'h\,<'i\,<'o\,<'u\,<'w} &
+ \verb=<'A <'E <'H <'I <'O <'U <'W= & \GR{<'A\,<'E\,<'H\,<'I\,<'O\,<'U\,<'W}\\
+ \verb=>~a >~h >~i >~u >~w= & \GR{>~a\,>~h\,>~i\,>~u\,>~w} &
+ \verb=>~A >~H >~I >~U >~W= & \GR{>~A\,>~H\,>~I\,>~U\,>~W}\\
+ \verb=<~a <~h <~i <~u <~w= & \GR{<~a\,<~h\,<~i\,<~u\,<~w} &
+ \verb=<~A <~H <~I <~U <~W= & \GR{<~A\,<~H\,<~I\,<~U\,<~W}\\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3bfcad3b476
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-4-4 on page 577.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{327.0pt}
+
+ \typeout{This example requires fonts that are not available^^J%
+ on the TLC2 demo CD}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} % examples are normally in Times
+
+\usepackage[cp1255]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[hebrew,english]{babel}
+\day=2 \month=2 \year=2002
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+
+\sethebrew
+
+\title{ëåúøú ùì îàîø ùðëúá áàîöòåú \L{\LaTeX} áòáøéú}
+\author{øîä ôåøú}
+\maketitle
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+
+\section{æàú ääúçìä}
+\noindent
+àôùø ìäúçéì áòáøéú åàçø ëê ìòáåø ììåòæéú
+\unsethebrew
+and continue with English text
+\sethebrew
+{àôùø âí ìëìåì ðåñçàåú $83 + a^2 =102$
+åìçæåø ìòáøéú.}
+
+\subsection{úú ñòéó áòáåãä}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[*]
+äîöá ìà èåá àáì éù ú^^f7åä ìòúéã.
+
+\item[*]
+éù ìôðéê ùåìçï òí äîåï îèáòåú. ìëì îèáò öã ìáï åöã ùçåø. òéðéê ^^f7ùåøåú.
+àúä éåãò ù \L{10} îèáòåú äï òí äöã äìáï ìîòìä, åäùàø òí äöã äùçåø ìîòìä.
+òìéê ìçì^^f7 àú äîèáòåú ìùúé ^^f7áåöåú, ëê ùáëì ^^f7áåöä éäéä àåúå îñôø ùì ìáðéí
+ )ëìåîø öã ìáï ìîòìä(.
+
+ìà îöàú àú äôéúøåï? - \L{rama@huji.ac.il}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{\L{Last section}}
+\sethebrew
+
+àôùø ìäùúîù áëì äàôùøåéåú ùì äúåëðä áâéøñúä äìåòæéú.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c1e5c573d5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-4-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-4-5 on page 579.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{231.0pt}
+
+ \typeout{This example requires fonts that are not available^^J%
+ on the TLC2 demo CD}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+%
+\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+\renewcommand\bfdefault{bx}
+\renewcommand\itdefault{it}
+\usepackage[LHE,T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[hebrew,english]{babel} \usepackage{hebfont}
+\newcommand\cs[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash#1}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{llll}
+ \itshape Command & \itshape Corresponds to Declaration & \itshape Font
+ Family & \itshape Example \\[4pt]
+ \cs{textjm} & \cs{rmfamily} & Jerusalem font & \R{\textjm{\contentsname}} \\
+ \cs{textds} & \cs{bfseries} & Dead Sea font & \R{\textds{\contentsname}} \\
+ \cs{textoj} & \cs{itshape} & Old Jaffa font& \R{\textoj{\contentsname}}\\
+ \cs{textta} & \cs{sffamily} & Tel Aviv font & \R{\textta{\contentsname}}\\
+ & \cs{ttfamily} & \\[2pt]
+ \cs{textcrml} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={crml}= & Carmel fonts & \R{\textcrml{\contentsname}}\\[2pt]
+ \cs{textfr} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={fr}}= & Frank Ruehl fonts& \R{\textfr{\contentsname}}\\[2pt]
+ \cs{textredis} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={redis}= & Redis fonts& \R{\textredis{\contentsname}}\\[2pt]
+ \cs{textclas} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={clas}= & Classic fonts& \R{\textclas{\contentsname}}\\[2pt]
+ \cs{textshold} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={shold}= & Shalom Old Style font& \R{\textshold{\contentsname}}\\
+ \cs{textshscr} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={shscr}= & Shalom Script font& \R{\textshscr{\contentsname}}\\
+ \cs{textshstk} & \cs{fontfamily}\verb={schstk}= & Shalom Stick font& \R{\textshstk{\contentsname}}\\
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-5-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-5-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..00b28181528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/9-5-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example 9-5-1 on page 585.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+%
+ \day=29 \month=2 \year=2004
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage[dutch,afrikaans,norsk,nynorsk,english]{babel}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Dialectical variants: \par
+\selectlanguage{norsk} Norsk: \bibname \par
+\selectlanguage{nynorsk} Nynorsk: \bibname \par
+\selectlanguage{dutch} Dutch: \today \par
+\selectlanguage{afrikaans} Afrikaans: \today
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d78c7508ebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-1 on page 843.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand{\PS}{Post\-Script}
+\newcommand{\EPS}{Encapsulated \PS}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\PS{} and its variant \EPS{} are often used for
+including graphics in \LaTeX{} documents \ldots
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6a43d07c818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-10 on page 852.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcounter{ex} \renewcommand\theex{\thesection.\alph{ex}}
+\newenvironment{EX}{\begin{flushleft}%
+ \textbf{\refstepcounter{ex}Exercise~\theex:}}
+ {\end{flushleft}}
+\setcounter{section}{4} % for testing
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\section{A Failure}
+\begin{EX} \label{A} A test. \end{EX}
+\begin{EX} \label{B} Another test. \end{EX}
+Referencing exercises: \ref{A} and \ref{B}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6087b919856
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-11 on page 853.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcounter{exa}\setcounter{exa}{8}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\arabic{exa}, \roman{exa}, \Roman{exa}, \alph{exa},
+\Alph{exa}, \fnsymbol{exa} \par
+\setcounter{exa}{1994} Anno Domini \scshape{\roman{exa}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b556bfe3c52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-12 on page 855.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newlength\Mylen
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setlength \Mylen{10mm} Mylen = \the\Mylen
+\addtolength\Mylen{0pt plus 4pt minus 2pt}
+\par Mylen = \the\Mylen
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..205a7387c0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-13 on page 856.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newlength\Mylen \raggedright% to make example nicer
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\settowidth \Mylen{Typography} width = \the\Mylen \\
+\settoheight\Mylen{Typography} height = \the\Mylen \\
+\settodepth \Mylen{Typography} depth = \the\Mylen \par
+Use larger font and recalculate: \\
+\settowidth\Mylen{\large Typography} width = \the\Mylen
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..df759b8b4fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-14 on page 856.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\par This is a\hspace{0.5in}0.5~in wide space.
+\par This is a \hspace{0.5in}0.5~in wide space.
+\par This is a \hspace{0.5in} 0.5~in wide space.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..862a8ad302e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-15 on page 857.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\newcommand{\HS}[1][1.]{\hspace{\stretch{#1}}}
+\begin{center}
+left \hfill right\\
+left \HS[2]\fbox{$\frac{2}{5}$}\HS[5] right\\
+left \HS middle \hfill right\\
+left \hrulefill\ middle \hrulefill\ right\\
+left \dotfill\ right\\
+left \dotfill\ \HS[.5] \dotfill\ right\\
+left \dotfill\ \HS \dotfill\ right\\
+left \dotfill\ \HS[2.] \dotfill\ right
+\end{center}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6e12f169c92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-16 on page 857.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The \vspace{3mm}use of a \verb!\vspace! command
+inside a paragraph is considered somewhat odd.
+It could perhaps be used with a negative space
+value to get rid of redundant space.
+
+\vspace{\baselineskip}
+
+Between paragraphs, adjusting the spacing is
+somewhat more useful, and it allows control
+of the white space before and after displayed
+material.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0eeea0f5283
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-17 on page 858.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\setlength\textheight{16\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\textwidth{-25pt}
+% Next definitions are only to squeeze example
+% into the book, so this is all faked
+\renewcommand\normalsize{\fontsize{6}{8}\selectfont}
+\renewcommand\LARGE{\fontsize{10}{12}\selectfont}
+\setlength\topsep{.2\topsep}
+\newsavebox\titlebox
+\renewenvironment{titlepage}{\begin{lrbox}{\titlebox}%
+ \begin{minipage}[c][.98\textheight][s]{.9\linewidth}}
+ {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}\noindent\fbox{\usebox{\titlebox}}}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\HRule{\noindent\rule{\linewidth}{1.5pt}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{titlepage}
+ \vspace*{\stretch{1}}
+ \HRule
+ \begin{flushright}
+ \LARGE Geoffrey Chaucer \\
+ The Canterbury Tales
+ \end{flushright}
+ \HRule
+ \vspace*{\stretch{2}}
+ \begin{center}
+ \textsc{London 1400}
+ \end{center}
+\end{titlepage}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5d5eb4d5b4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-2 on page 844.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\xvec{\mbox{$x_1,\ldots,x_n$}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The series of \xvec\ or $\xvec+G_{\xvec}$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2875dc29361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-3 on page 844.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\xvec{\ensuremath{x_1,\ldots,x_n}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The series of \xvec\ or $\xvec+G_{\xvec}$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..11a5ecf8fa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-4 on page 844.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\xvec{\ensuremath{x_1,\ldots,x_n}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The series of \xvec\ or $\xvec+G_{\xvec}$ \par
+\renewcommand\xvec[1]{\ensuremath{x_1,\ldots,x_{#1}}}
+The series of \xvec{n} or $\xvec{k}+G_{\xvec{k}}$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5051c796b10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-5 on page 845.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\lvec[2][n]
+ {\ensuremath{#2_1+\cdots + #2_{#1}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+For the series \lvec{x} we have
+\[ \lvec{x} = \sum_{k=1}^{n} G_{\lvec[k]{y}} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2ad80f8011d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-6 on page 846.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\lvec{}
+\newcommand\DEFlvec[2]{\renewcommand\lvec[1][#2]%
+ {\ensuremath{#1_1+\cdots + #1_{##1}}}}
+\DEFlvec{x}{n} % initial definition
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+Default: $\lvec \neq \lvec[k]$ \par
+\DEFlvec{y}{i} Now: $\lvec \neq \lvec[k]$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3921da926d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-7 on page 848.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newenvironment{Abstract}
+ {\begin{center}\normalfont\bfseries Abstract%
+ \end{center}\begin{quote}}{\end{quote}\par}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Abstract}
+ This abstract explains the approach used
+ to solve the problems at hand.
+\end{Abstract}
+Some text following the abstract. Some text
+following the abstract. And some more.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b16d5826bd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-8 on page 849.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcounter{Citctr} \newsavebox{\Citname}
+\newenvironment{Citation}[1]
+ {\sbox\Citname{\emph{#1}}%
+ \stepcounter{Citctr}\begin{description}
+ \item[Citation \arabic{Citctr}]}
+ {\hspace*{\fill}\nolinebreak[1]%
+ \quad\hspace*{\fill}%
+%% \finalhyphendemerits=0 %% see text below
+ \usebox{\Citname}\end{description}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{Citation}{Protagoras} Man is the
+ measure of all things. \end{Citation}
+This is some regular text in between two
+Citation environments.
+\begin{Citation}{Blaise Pascal}
+ On mourra seul. \end{Citation}
+More regular text \ldots
+\begin{Citation}{William Pitt} Necessity
+ is the plea for every infringement of
+ human freedom. \end{Citation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..245fc899dd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-1-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-1-9 on page 850.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc}
+\newenvironment{altDescription}[1][\quad]%
+ {\begin{list}{}{%
+ \renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\hfil\textsf{##1}}%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\makelabel{#1}}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}
+ {\end{list}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{altDescription}
+\item[First] This is a short term with text that wraps.
+\item[Long term] This is a long term.
+\item[Even longer term] A very long term.
+\end{altDescription}
+\begin{altDescription}[Even longer term]
+\item[First] This is a short term with text that wraps.
+\item[Long term] This is a long term.
+\item[Even longer term] A very long term.
+\end{altDescription}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..11046803a37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-1 on page 860.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\makebox[5cm]{some words} \par
+\framebox[5cm][r]{some words}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5ca8a1c244f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-10 on page 864.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm}
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm}
+ A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
+ \end{minipage} xx \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm}
+ B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
+ \end{minipage}
+ \par\vspace{0mm}
+\end{minipage}\HR
+\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage}\HR
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6480e7453f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-11 on page 864.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm}
+ A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A \end{minipage}\HR
+\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm}
+ B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
+ \end{minipage} xx
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage}
+ \par\vspace{0mm}
+\end{minipage}\HR
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-12.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-12.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..edd7eb3ddeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-12.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-12 on page 865.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm}
+ A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A \end{minipage}\HR
+\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm}
+ B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B gg jj
+ \end{minipage} xx
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage}
+ \par\vspace{0mm}
+\end{minipage}\HR
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-13.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-13.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..44d9133fcb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-13.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-13 on page 865.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm}
+ A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A \end{minipage}\HR
+\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm} \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm}
+ B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B gg jj
+ \par\vspace{-\prevdepth}
+ \end{minipage} xx
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage}
+ \par\vspace{0pt}
+\end{minipage}\HR
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-14.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-14.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..793dfc246d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-14.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-14 on page 866.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+xx \fbox{\parbox[b][\height+\baselineskip][s]
+ {20mm}{Some text on top. \par\vfill
+ And a few lines on the
+ bottom of the box.}}
+ \fbox{\parbox[b][\height+\baselineskip][s]
+ {20mm}{This time a few lines on the
+ top of the box. But only one
+ line \par\vfill down here.}} xx
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-15.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-15.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5731ec7ce97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-15.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-15 on page 866.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+x111x
+ \fbox{some text}
+x222x
+ \fbox{\rule[-5mm]{0cm}{15mm}more text}
+x333x
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-16.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-16.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e84974cf241
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-16.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-16 on page 867.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots \sample \par
+\noindent\rule{\linewidth}{0.4pt} \par
+A following paragraph. \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-17.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-17.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a1fed2c2c20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-17.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-17 on page 867.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc} % \sample as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots \sample \par
+\nointerlineskip \vspace{5.8pt}
+\rule{\linewidth-2\parindent}{0.4pt}\par
+\nointerlineskip \vspace{5.8pt}
+A following paragraph. \sample
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-18.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-18.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..104275a7baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-18.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-18 on page 868.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+
+\newcommand\sample{ Some text for our page
+ that might get reused over and over again.}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+% \sample as before
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ldots \sample \par
+\vspace{3pt}\hrule\relax\vspace{3pt}
+A following paragraph. \sample \par
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-19.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-19.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f534d1482e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-19.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-19 on page 869.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newsavebox{\myboxa}\newsavebox{\myboxb}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\sbox{\myboxa}{inside box a}
+\savebox{\myboxb}[2cm][l]{inside box b}
+ x1x \usebox{\myboxa} x2x \usebox{\myboxb} x3x
+\savebox{\myboxb}[2cm][r]{inside box b}
+ \par
+ x1x \usebox{\myboxa} x2x \usebox{\myboxb} x3x
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..70f46158b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-2 on page 861.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\fbox{Boxed Text} \hfill
+\setlength\fboxrule{2pt}%
+{\setlength\fboxsep{2mm}\fbox{Boxed Text}}
+\hfill \fbox{Boxed Text}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-20.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-20.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..617eaf8f3c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-20.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-20 on page 869.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc}
+\newsavebox{\fcolbox} \newlength{\fcolwidth}
+\newenvironment{fcolumn}[1][\linewidth]
+ {\setlength{\fcolwidth}{#1-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}%
+ \begin{lrbox}{\fcolbox}\begin{minipage}{\fcolwidth}}
+ {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}\noindent\fbox{\usebox{\fcolbox}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{fcolumn} In this environment verbatim text like
+ \verb=\fcolbox= can be used. \end{fcolumn}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-21.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-21.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..14dc778ad0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-21.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-21 on page 870.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc}
+\newsavebox{\fcolbox} \newlength{\fcolwidth}
+\newenvironment{boxedminipage}[2][c]
+ {\setlength{\fcolwidth}{#2-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}%
+ \begin{lrbox}{\fcolbox}%
+ \begin{minipage}[#1]{\fcolwidth}}
+ {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}\fbox{\usebox{\fcolbox}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+ left \begin{boxedminipage}[b]{4cm}
+ In this environment verbatim text like
+ \verb=\fcolbox= can be used.
+ \end{boxedminipage}
+ right
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e0d63245bc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-3 on page 861.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\framebox{ A few words of advice } \par
+\framebox[\width + 8mm][s]{ A few words of advice }
+\par \framebox[1.5\width]{ A few words of advice }
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ea14be83bf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-4 on page 861.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\centering
+A sentence.\makebox[0pt][l]{\textsuperscript{123}}\\
+Some more text in the middle. \\
+\makebox[0cm][r]{\textsuperscript{321}}A sentence.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eb1423faed3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-5 on page 862.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+x111x \raisebox{\depth}{upward} x222x
+ \raisebox{-\height}{downward} x333x
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b6f48ed04b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-6 on page 862.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\begin{flushleft}
+x111x \raisebox{-1ex}{downward} x222x \\
+x333x \raisebox{1ex}{upward} x444x \\[4mm]
+x111x \raisebox{-1ex}[0cm][0cm]{downward} x222x\\
+x333x \raisebox{1ex}[0cm]{upward} x444x
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b7478472626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-7 on page 863.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{255.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\parbox{.3\linewidth}{This is
+ the contents of the left-most
+ parbox.}
+\hfill CURRENT LINE \hfill
+\parbox{.3\linewidth}{This is
+ the right-most parbox.
+ Note that the typeset text
+ looks sloppy because \LaTeX{}
+ cannot nicely balance the
+ material in these narrow
+ columns.}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..292593d56e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-8 on page 863.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\HR
+\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm}
+ A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
+\end{minipage}\HR
+\begin{minipage}[c]{12mm}
+ B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
+\end{minipage}\HR
+\begin{minipage}[t]{12mm}
+ C C C C C C C
+\end{minipage}\HR
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-9.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-9.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..67b6b044b63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-2-9.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-2-9 on page 864.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\HR{\rule{.5em}{0.4pt}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\HR\begin{minipage}[b]{30mm}
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm}
+ A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
+ \end{minipage} xx \begin{minipage}[t]{12mm}
+ B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{minipage}\HR
+\begin{minipage}[b]{12mm} C C C C C C C \end{minipage}\HR
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7602e7feacb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-3-1 on page 871.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc} \newcounter{local}
+\setcounter{local}{2} % initial setting for the example
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The value is currently ``\thelocal''.\\
+\setcounter{local}{\value{local}+5}
+The value has now changed to ``\thelocal''.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-10.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-10.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eb25fe3ed3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-10.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-3-10 on page 876.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{183.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ifthen} \newcounter{howoften}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\setcounter{howoften}{1}
+\whiledo{\value{howoften}<5}{I should not talk
+ during seminar (\thehowoften).
+ \stepcounter{howoften}}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-11.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-11.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c4062e7d102
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-11.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-3-11 on page 877.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\newcommand{\QU}[2]{%
+ \ifthenelse{\(\equal{#1}{ENG}\and\equal{#2}{yes}\)
+ \or \(\equal{#1}{FRE}\and\equal{#2}{oui}\)}%
+ {``OK''}{``not OK''}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+You agree \QU{ENG}{yes} or don't \QU{ENG}{no}. \par
+D'accord \QU{FRE}{oui} ou pas \QU{FRE}{non}?
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-2.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-2.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1e1affd6ab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-2.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-3-2 on page 871.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{calc}
+\newcounter{hours}\newcounter{minutes}
+\newcommand\printtime{\setcounter{hours}{\time/60}%
+ \setcounter{minutes}{\time-\value{hours}*60}%
+ \thehours h \theminutes min}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+The time is \printtime.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-3.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-3.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9d8c9617f3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-3.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-3-3 on page 873.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexareport}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\setcounter{chapter}{1}
+\setcounter{section}{3}
+% provide some values for the example:
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\newcommand\toEng[1]{\arabic{#1}\textsuperscript{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{#1}=1}{st}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{#1}=2}{nd}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{#1}=3}{rd}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{#1}<20}{th}}%
+ {\typeout{Value too high}}}}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+This is the \toEng{section} section in the \toEng{chapter}
+appendix.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-4.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-4.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6fa9b18fbaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-4.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-3-4 on page 873.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ifthen,calc}
+\newcounter{hours}\newcounter{minutes}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\newcommand{\Printtime}{\setcounter{hours}{\time/60}%
+ \setcounter{minutes}{\time-\value{hours}*60}%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{hours}<10}{0}{}\thehours:%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{minutes}<10}{0}{}\theminutes}
+The current time is ``\Printtime''.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-5.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-5.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a570a7bcef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-5.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-3-5 on page 873.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ifthen,shortvrb} \MakeShortVerb\|
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\newcommand\BB{\CC}\newcommand\CC{\DD}
+\newcommand\DD{AA} \newcommand\EE{EE}
+|\BB|=|\EE|? \ifthenelse{\equal{\BB}{\EE}}{True}{False}.\par
+|\BB|=|\CC|? \ifthenelse{\equal{\BB}{\CC}}{True}{False}.\par
+|\DD|=|\BB|? \ifthenelse{\equal{\DD}{\BB}}{True}{False}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-6.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-6.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e5e980ed9b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-6.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-3-6 on page 874.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{207.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\newcommand{\IX}[2][R]{\texttt{#2}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{D}}%
+ {\index{#2|textbf}}{\index{#2}}}
+ we define item \IX[D]{AAAA}
+ \ldots{} we reference item \IX{AAAA}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-7.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-7.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5a0536183d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-7.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-3-7 on page 874.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{135.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\newcommand\IXE[2][!*!,!]{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{!*!,!}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{}{\textbf{#2}\index{#2}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{}{\index{#1}}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{}{\textbf{#2}}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\par Identical in text and index |\IXE{both}|.
+\par Different in text and index |\IXE[index]{text}|.
+\par Only to index |\IXE[indexonly]{}|.
+\par In text only |\IXE[]{textonly}|.
+\par Nothing in text or index |\IXE[]{}|.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-8.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-8.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e7a932fb073
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-8.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-3-8 on page 875.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{111.0pt}
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ifthenelse{\boolean{@twoside}}{Two-sided}{One-sided} printing.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-9.ltx2 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-9.ltx2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f11060f94ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/A-3-9.ltx2
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example A-3-9 on page 876.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{66.60068pt}
+
+\pagestyle{origplain} % page numbers normally suppress in examples
+\setlength\textheight{2\baselineskip} % make this example small
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\usepackage{ifthen} \newcounter{pl}
+\newcommand\pcheck{\stepcounter{pl}\label{pl-\thepl}%
+ \ifthenelse{\isodd{\pageref{pl-\thepl}}}{odd}{even}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+This is an \pcheck-numbered page. \newpage
+This is an \pcheck-numbered page.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/B-3-1.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/B-3-1.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ed59105406b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/B-3-1.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed (second printing August 2004)
+%%
+%% Example B-3-1 on page 935.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\documentclass{ttctexa}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{6}
+\setlength\textwidth{159.0pt}
+
+\StartShownPreambleCommands
+\newcommand\xvec[1]{\ensuremath{x_1,\ldots,x_{#1}}}
+\StopShownPreambleCommands
+\begin{document}
+\ttfamily % use typewriter
+\raggedright
+\meaning\xvec \par \the\parskip\par
+\the\topmargin \par \the\topsep \par
+footnote=\the\value{footnote}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/Escher.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/Escher.ps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..87e6b36a84f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/Escher.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+%!
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 236 236
+% M. C. Escher style impossible triangle
+% written by Guy Shaw
+
+% Things that are easy to play with:
+% Position on paper, overall size, and linewidth
+/inch { 72 mul } bind def
+
+gsave
+
+.15 inch 0 translate
+3 inch dup scale
+1 3 inch div setlinewidth
+
+% Thickness parameter:
+% /Thick is the thickness of the structural members of the triange,
+% as a fraction of the height of the triangle.
+% Reasonable looking impossible triangles can be obtained with Thick <= 1/6.
+% right at /Thick == 1/6, there is no space left inside the triangle.
+% /Thick > 1/6 yields bizarre, but not very interesting results.
+% /Thick < 1/20 is less interesting, because the "impossibility"
+% is not so striking when the structural members are that thin.
+% A good "standard" value is 1/8.
+
+/Thick 1 8 div def
+
+% You would not normally want to change anything that follows.
+
+/Tall 1 def
+/HalfThick Thick .5 mul def
+
+newpath
+ HalfThick Thick moveto
+ Thick 0 lineto
+ 1 Thick sub 0 lineto
+ 1 HalfThick sub Thick lineto
+ .5 HalfThick add Tall Thick sub lineto
+
+ 1 Thick sub 0 moveto
+ .5 HalfThick add Tall 3 Thick mul sub lineto
+ Thick 3 mul Thick 2 mul lineto
+
+ 1 Thick 2.5 mul sub Thick moveto
+ .5 Tall Thick 4 mul sub lineto
+stroke
+
+newpath
+ HalfThick Thick moveto
+ 1 Thick 2.5 mul sub Thick lineto
+ HalfThick neg Thick rlineto
+ Thick Thick add Thick Thick add lineto
+ .5 HalfThick add Tall Thick sub lineto
+ Thick neg 0 rlineto
+ closepath
+fill
+grestore
+/Helvetica findfont 30 scalefont setfont
+0 5 moveto (L) show
+3.1 inch 5 moveto (R) show
+1.6 inch 2.7 inch moveto (T) show
+showpage
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/cat.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/cat.ps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0042ea088fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/cat.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
+%%BoundingBox: 44 527 80 559
+%%Creator: COREL DRAW
+%%Title: CAT.TMP
+%%CreationDate: Sat Jan 18 17:29:05 1992
+
+%%DocumentFonts:
+%%EndComments
+%%BeginProlog
+% -------------- POSTSCRIPT PROLOG FOR CORELDRAW 2.X ------
+% Copyright Corel Systems Corporation 1990
+/AutoFlatness 0 def/wCorelDict 300 dict def
+wCorelDict begin/bd{bind def}bind def/ld{load def}bd
+/xd{exch def}bd/_ null def/$c 0 def/$m 0 def
+/$y 0 def/$k 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$o 0 def
+/$fil 0 def/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$K 0 def
+/$T 1 def/$N _ def/$O 0 def/$PF false def
+/$pan 0 def/$h false def/$al 0 def/$tr 0 def
+/$le 0 def/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def
+/$ptm matrix def/$ttm matrix def/$stm matrix def
+/$skm matrix def/$fst 128 def/$pad 0 def/$rox 0 def
+/$roy 0 def currentscreen/@dsp xd/$dsp/@dsp def
+/$dsa xd/$dsf xd/$sdf false def/$SDF false def
+/$Scra 0.0 def statusdict/pageparams known{statusdict begin
+pageparams end 1 ne{/$Scra -90.0 def}if pop pop pop}if
+/$sv 0 def/@cp/closepath ld/@gs/gsave ld/@gr/grestore ld
+/@np/newpath ld/@sv{/$sv save def}bd/@rs{$sv restore}bd
+/@ss{load setscreen}bd AutoFlatness 1 eq{/$cpx ([Error: PathTooComplex; OffendingCommand: AnyPaintingOperator;\n) def
+/@err1{$cpx print flush newpath}bd/@ifl{currentflat dup 10 gt{pop @err1 exit}if 2 add setflat}bd
+/@fill/fill ld/fill{currentflat{{@fill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@eofill/eofill ld/eofill{currentflat{{@eofill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@clip/clip ld/clip{currentflat{{@clip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@eoclip/eoclip ld/eoclip{currentflat{{@eoclip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@stroke/stroke ld/stroke{currentflat{{@stroke}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+}if/InRange{3 -1 roll 2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse
+2 copy ge{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd/wDstChck{2 1 roll dup 3 -1 roll
+eq{1 add}if}bd/@dot{dup mul exch dup mul add 1 exch sub 2 div}bd
+/@lin{exch pop abs 1 exch sub}bd/@MN{2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd
+/setcmykcolor where{pop}{/setcmykcolor{4 1 roll
+3{3 index add 1 @MN 1 exch sub 3 1 roll}repeat
+setrgbcolor pop}bd}ifelse/colorimage where{pop}{/colorimage{/$ncl xd
+pop pop pop pop{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}repeat
+pop}bd}ifelse/@tc{dup 1 ge{pop}{4{dup 6 -1 roll
+mul exch}repeat pop}ifelse}bd/@spc{7 2 roll
+ColorSeparationMode 1 eq{6 index @tc 0 4 $ink sub index
+exch pop}{5 index dup _ eq{pop 0 4 $ink sub index
+exch pop}{CurrentInkName eq{6 index}{0}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse
+5 1 roll 8 -2 roll 6{pop}repeat 1 exch sub dup setgray
+1 eq exch 1 eq and not}bd/@scc{$ink -1 eq
+{$c $m $y $k $t @tc setcmykcolor true}{$o $c $m $y $k $t $n @spc
+}ifelse}bd/@SCC{$ink -1 eq{$C $M $Y $K $T @tc setcmykcolor true}{
+$O $C $M $Y $K $T $N @spc}ifelse}bd/@sft{
+/$tx $tllx $pxf add dup $tllx gt{$pwid sub}if def
+/$ty $tury $pyf sub dup $tury lt{$phei add}if def}bd
+/@stb{pathbbox/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd}bd
+/@ep{{cvx exec}forall}bd/@tp{@sv/$in true def
+2 copy dup $lly le{/$in false def}if $phei sub $ury ge{/$in false def}if
+dup $urx ge{/$in false def}if $pwid add $llx le{/$in false def}if
+$in{@np 2 copy moveto $pwid 0 rlineto 0 $phei neg rlineto
+$pwid neg 0 rlineto 0 $phei rlineto clip @np
+$pn cvlit load aload pop 7 -1 roll 5 index sub
+7 -1 roll 3 index sub translate/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def
+@ep pop pop pop pop}{pop pop}ifelse @rs}bd/@th{@sft
+0 1 $tly 1 sub{dup $psx mul $tx add{dup $llx gt{$pwid sub}{exit}ifelse
+}loop exch $phei mul $ty exch sub 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{$pwid mul
+3 copy 3 -1 roll add exch @tp pop}for pop pop}for}bd
+/@tv{@sft 0 1 $tlx 1 sub{dup $pwid mul $tx add
+exch $psy mul $ty exch sub{dup $ury lt{$phei add}{exit}ifelse}loop
+0 1 $tly 1 sub{$phei mul 3 copy sub @tp pop}for
+pop pop}for}bd/@pf{@gs $ctm setmatrix $pm concat
+@stb @gs ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{1 setgray eofill}{
+$o 0 0 0 0 0 (Black) @spc{eofill}if}ifelse
+@gr eoclip Bburx Bbury $pm itransform/$tury xd/$turx xd
+Bbllx Bblly $pm itransform/$tlly xd/$tllx xd
+/$wid $turx $tllx sub def/$hei $tury $tlly sub def
+$wid 0 gt $hei 0 gt and{$pn cvlit load aload pop
+/$pd xd 3 -1 roll sub/$phei xd exch sub/$pwid xd
+/$tlx $wid $pwid div ceiling 1 add def/$tly $hei $phei div ceiling 1 add def
+$psx 0 eq{@tv}{@th}ifelse}if @gr @np}bd/@dlt{ColorSeparationMode 0 eq{
+/$dc $toc $tot mul $frc $frt mul dup/$c xd sub $fst 1 sub div def
+/$dm $tom $tot mul $frm $frt mul dup/$m xd sub $fst 1 sub div def
+/$dy $toy $tot mul $fry $frt mul dup/$y xd sub $fst 1 sub div def
+/$dk $tok $tot mul $frk $frt mul dup/$k xd sub $fst 1 sub div def
+true}{$o $frc $frm $fry $frk $frt $frn @spc
+dup{/$frk 1 currentgray sub def}{/$frk 0 def}ifelse
+$o $toc $tom $toy $tok $tot $ton @spc dup{/$tok 1 currentgray sub def}
+{/$tok 0 def}ifelse or dup{/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$k $frk def
+/$dc 0 def/$dm 0 def/$dy 0 def/$dk $tok $frk sub $fst 1 sub div def}if
+}ifelse}bd/@ftl{1 index 4 index sub dup $pad mul dup/$pdw xd
+2 mul sub $fst div/$wid xd 2 index sub/$hei xd
+pop translate $c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne
+{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse
+0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill
+$pdw 0 translate $fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne
+{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse
+0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $wid $hei lineto $wid 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill
+$wid 0 translate $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll
+$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat $dk sub 4 1 roll
+$dy sub 4 1 roll $dm sub 4 1 roll $dc sub 4 1 roll
+ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}
+{setcmykcolor}ifelse 0 0 moveto 0 $hei lineto $pdw $hei lineto $pdw 0 lineto 0 0 lineto fill
+}bd/@ftr{1 index 4 index sub dup $rox mul/$row xd
+2 div 1 index 4 index sub dup $roy mul/$roh xd
+2 div 2 copy dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt
+$row dup mul $roh dup mul add sqrt add dup/$hei xd $fst div/$wid xd
+4 index add $roh add exch 5 index add $row add
+exch translate pop pop pop pop currentflat 5 mul setflat
+$c $m $y $k 4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne
+{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}{setcmykcolor}ifelse
+$wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill 1.0 $pad 2 mul sub dup scale
+$fst{4 copy ColorSeparationMode 0 ne{1 exch sub setgray pop pop pop}
+{setcmykcolor}ifelse $wid 0 moveto 0 0 $hei 0 360 arc fill
+/$hei $hei $wid sub def $dk add 4 1 roll $dy add 4 1 roll
+$dm add 4 1 roll $dc add 4 1 roll}repeat pop pop pop pop}bd
+/@ff{@gs @dlt{$ctm setmatrix eoclip newpath Bbllx Bblly moveto
+Bbllx Bbury lineto Bburx Bbury lineto Bburx Bblly lineto
+$fan rotate pathbbox newpath $fty 1 eq{@ftr}{@ftl}ifelse}if
+@gr @np}bd/@Pf{@sv ColorSeparationMode 0 eq $ink 3 eq or{$ctm setmatrix
+72 1000 div dup matrix scale dup concat dup Bburx exch Bbury exch itransform
+ceiling cvi/Bbury xd ceiling cvi/Bburx xd Bbllx exch Bblly exch itransform
+floor cvi/Bblly xd floor cvi/Bbllx xd $Prm aload pop
+$Psn load exec}{1 setgray eofill}ifelse @rs
+@np}bd/@ftx{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put
+@gs true charpath currentpoint $ctm setmatrix
+@@txt @gr @np moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall pop}bd
+/@sm{/$ctm $ctm currentmatrix def}bd/@lorg{$lx $ly moveto
+/$ly $ly $le sub def}bd/@ft{matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll
+$sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if $fil 1 eq{/@@txt/@pf ld @ftx}{$fil 2 eq
+{/@@txt/@ff ld @ftx}{$fil 3 eq{/@@txt/@Pf ld @ftx}{@scc
+{dup $tr exch 0 exch ashow}if pop pop}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse
+$sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if setmatrix}bd/@st{
+matrix currentmatrix 3 1 roll $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if
+@SCC{{(0) dup 3 -1 roll 0 exch put @gs true charpath currentpoint
+$ctm setmatrix $ptm concat stroke @gr moveto $tr 0 rmoveto}forall
+pop}{pop pop}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if
+setmatrix}bd/@pt{dup length exch}bd/@te{@pt
+@lorg @ft cleartomark [}bd/@tr{@pt @lorg @st cleartomark [}bd
+/@ta{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @ft @gr @st cleartomark [}bd
+/@t@a{@pt @lorg 2 copy @gs @st @gr @ft cleartomark [}bd
+/g{1 exch sub/$k xd/$c 0 def/$m 0 def/$y 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def
+}bd/G{1 exch sub/$K xd/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd
+/k{/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$fil 0 def}bd
+/K{/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd/$T 1 def/$N _ def}bd
+/x{1 exch sub/$t xd/$n xd/$k xd/$y xd/$m xd/$c xd/$fil 0 def}bd
+/X{1 exch sub/$T xd/$N xd/$K xd/$Y xd/$M xd/$C xd}bd
+/d/setdash ld/i{dup 0 ne{setflat}{pop}ifelse}bd
+/j/setlinejoin ld/J/setlinecap ld/M/setmiterlimit ld
+/w/setlinewidth ld/O{/$o xd}bd/R{/$O xd}bd
+/c/curveto ld/C/c ld/v{4 -2 roll 2 copy 6 -2 roll curveto}bd
+/V/v ld/y{2 copy curveto}bd/Y/y ld/l/lineto ld
+/L/l ld/m/moveto ld/n/newpath ld/N/newpath ld
+/F{matrix currentmatrix $sdf{$scf $sca $scp @ss}if
+$fil 1 eq{@pf}{$fil 2 eq{@ff}{$fil 3 eq{@Pf}{@scc{eofill}{@np}ifelse
+}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse $sdf{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if
+setmatrix}bd/f{@cp F}bd/S{matrix currentmatrix
+$ctm setmatrix $SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if @SCC{$skm currentmatrix
+$ptm concat stroke setmatrix}{@np}ifelse $SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if
+setmatrix}bd/s{@cp S}bd/B{@gs F @gr S}bd/b{@cp B}bd
+/W{eoclip}bd/p{/$pm xd 7{pop}repeat/$pyf xd/$pxf xd
+/$pn xd/$fil 1 def}bd/P{11{pop}repeat}bd/z{/$al xd
+/$tr xd/$le xd exch findfont exch scalefont setfont}bd
+/Z{dup type 0 type eq{/$bDir xd}if findfont
+dup maxlength 1 add dict exch dup{1 index/FID ne{3 index
+3 1 roll put}{pop pop}ifelse}forall pop dup dup/Encoding get
+256 array copy dup/$fe xd/Encoding exch put
+dup/Fontname 3 index put 3 -1 roll dup length 0 ne{0 exch{
+dup type 0 type eq{exch pop}{$fe exch 2 index exch put
+1 add}ifelse}forall pop}if definefont pop}bd
+/e{@sm concat [/t{@te}def}bd/r{@sm concat [/t{@tr}def}bd
+/o{@sm concat [/t{pop}def}bd/a{@sm concat [/t{@ta}def}bd
+/t{@te}def/T{cleartomark @np/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def
+$ctm setmatrix/$ttm matrix def}bd/u{}bd/U{}bd
+/A{pop}bd/H{/$h true def}bd/h{@cp H}bd/q/@gs ld
+/Q/@gr ld/E{5 array astore exch cvlit exch def}bd
+/`{}bd/~{}bd/@{}bd/&{}bd/CorelDrawRencodeVect [
+16#80/grave/circumflex/tilde/dotlessi/florin/quotedblleft/quotedblright/guilsinglleft
+16#88/guilsinglright/fi/fl/dagger/daggerdbl/endash/periodcentered/breve
+16#90/quotedblbase/ellipsis/perthousand/trademark/Pt/fractionbar
+16#98/divide 16#a1/exclamdown/cent/sterling/currency/yen/bar/section
+16#a8/dieresis/copyright/ordfeminine/guillemotleft/logicalnot/emdash/registered/overbar
+16#b0/ring/plusminus/twosuperior/threesuperior/acute/mu/paragraph/bullet
+16#b8/cedilla/onesuperior/ordmasculine/guillemotright/onequarter/onehalf/threequarters/questiondown
+16#c0/Agrave/Aacute/Acircumflex/Atilde/Adieresis/Aring/AE/Ccedilla
+16#c8/Egrave/Eacute/Ecircumflex/Edieresis/Igrave/Iacute/Icircumflex/Idieresis
+16#d0/Eth/Ntilde/Ograve/Oacute/Ocircumflex/Otilde/Odieresis/OE
+16#d8/Oslash/Ugrave/Uacute/Ucircumflex/Udieresis/Yacute/Thorn/germandbls
+16#e0/agrave/aacute/acircumflex/atilde/adieresis/aring/ae/ccedilla
+16#e8/egrave/eacute/ecircumflex/edieresis/igrave/iacute/icircumflex/idieresis
+16#f0/eth/ntilde/ograve/oacute/ocircumflex/otilde/odieresis/oe
+16#f8/oslash/ugrave/uacute/ucircumflex/udieresis/yacute/thorn/ydieresis
+] def/@cc{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}bd
+/@ii{concat 3 index 3 index m 3 index 1 index l
+2 copy l 1 index 3 index l 3 index 3 index l
+clip pop pop pop pop}bd/@E{/Bbury xd/Bburx xd
+/Bblly xd/Bbllx xd}bd/@c{@cp}bd/@p{/$fil 1 def
+/$pm xd/$psy xd/$psx xd/$pyf xd/$pxf xd/$pn xd}bd
+/@P{/$fil 3 def/$Psn xd array astore/$Prm xd}bd
+/@k{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd/$fty xd/$fan xd
+$fty 1 eq{/$fan 0 def}if/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd
+/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd/$frn _ def/$frt 1 def/$ton _ def/$tot 1 def
+}bd/@x{/$fil 2 def/$roy xd/$rox xd/$pad xd
+/$fty xd/$fan xd 1 exch sub/$tot xd/$ton xd/$tok xd/$toy xd/$tom xd/$toc xd
+1 exch sub/$frt xd/$frn xd/$frk xd/$fry xd/$frm xd/$frc xd}bd
+/@i{@sm @gs @ii 5 index 1 ne{@gs 1 g F @gr}if
+1 eq 5 index 1 eq and{@gs $ctm setmatrix F @gr}if
+@np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$bts xd
+/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def
+$bts 1 eq{@SCC/$frg xd}{1 G @SCC/$frg xd}ifelse
+$frg{$SDF{$SCF $SCA $SCP @ss}if $llx $lly translate
+$urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale $wid $hei abs
+$bts 1 eq{false}{$bts}ifelse [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0
+$hei 0 gt{$hei}{0}ifelse]/@cc load $bts 1 eq{imagemask}{image}ifelse
+$SDF{$dsf $dsa $dsp @ss}if}{$hei{@cc pop}repeat}ifelse
+@gr $ctm setmatrix}def/@M {@sv}bd/@N{/@cc{}def
+12 -1 roll neg 12 1 roll @i @rs}bd/@I{@sm @gs
+@ii @np/$ury xd/$urx xd/$lly xd/$llx xd/$ncl xd
+/$bts xd/$hei xd/$wid xd/$dat $wid $bts mul $ncl mul 8 div ceiling cvi string def
+$llx $lly translate $urx $llx sub $ury $lly sub scale
+$wid $hei $bts [ $wid 0 0 $hei neg 0 $hei]/@cc load
+false $ncl colorimage @gr $ctm setmatrix}bd
+/@t{/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$stm $stm currentmatrix def
+3 1 roll translate $ttm concat 1 exch t $stm setmatrix}def
+/@n{/$ttm exch matrix rotate def}bd/@z{ exch findfont exch scalefont setfont
+}bd/@s{}bd/@l{}bd/@B{@gs S @gr F}bd/@b{@cp @B}bd
+/@a{@sm concat [/t{@t@a}def}bd/@w{5 2 roll dup/$pan xd
+matrix rotate/$ptm xd matrix scale $ptm dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd
+1 eq{$ptm exch dup concatmatrix/$ptm xd}{pop}ifelse
+1 w}bd/@g{1 eq dup/$sdf xd{/$scp xd/$sca xd
+/$scf xd}if}bd/@G{1 eq dup/$SDF xd{/$SCP xd
+/$SCA xd/$SCF xd}if}bd/@D{3 copy @ss/$dsp xd
+/$dsa xd/$dsf xd}bd/@j{@sv @np}bind def/@J{@rs}bind def
+/@sep{/ColorSeparationMode where{pop}{/ColorSeparationMode 0 def
+/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse ColorSeparationMode 0 eq
+{/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}if/CurrentInkName where{pop}{
+/CurrentInkName (Composite) def}ifelse CurrentInkName (Composite) eq{/$ink -1 def}
+{CurrentInkName (Cyan) eq{/$ink 0 def} {CurrentInkName (Magenta) eq{/$ink 1 def}
+{CurrentInkName (Yellow) eq{/$ink 2 def} {CurrentInkName (Black) eq{/$ink 3 def}
+{/$ink 4 def}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse}bd
+@sep/@whi{@gs -72000 dup moveto -72000 72000 lineto
+72000 dup lineto 72000 -72000 lineto closepath 1 setgray fill
+@gr}bd/@neg{ [{1 exch sub}/exec cvx currenttransfer/exec cvx] cvx settransfer
+@whi}bd/@reg{[] 0 d 0 setgray .3 setlinewidth
+2 copy 5.4 0 360 arc closepath 2 copy moveto 9 0 rlineto
+2 copy moveto -9 0 rlineto 2 copy moveto 0 9 rlineto
+moveto 0 -9 rlineto stroke}bd/leftbracket{(\050)}def
+/rightbracket{(\051)}def
+
+%%EndProlog
+%%BeginSetup
+11.4737 setmiterlimit
+1.00 setflat
+/$fst 128 def
+
+%%EndSetup
+@sv
+/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def
+u
+%%Note: Object
+45.22 528.19 78.98 558.14 @E
+0 J 0 j [] 0 d 0 R 0 @G
+0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 K
+1.01 1.01 0.00 [1.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1.00000 0.00000 0.00000] 0 @w
+%%CURV 106
+73.30 539.78 m
+73.08 538.42 72.22 537.26 71.78 536.33 C
+72.79 534.67 73.73 531.43 74.81 530.64 C
+74.59 530.64 77.04 528.84 73.87 529.06 C
+73.08 529.34 73.08 530.93 70.20 533.81 C
+69.70 533.74 70.56 530.57 71.50 529.63 c
+73.15 528.19 70.27 528.55 70.13 528.62 C
+68.98 529.34 68.62 534.60 67.03 536.26 c
+66.24 537.19 65.16 536.98 64.30 536.90 C
+63.22 536.62 60.62 537.19 60.55 534.02 C
+60.62 532.66 62.14 530.21 62.86 529.78 c
+65.30 528.41 62.06 528.34 61.70 528.77 C
+61.13 529.34 60.19 530.64 59.26 531.65 C
+57.74 532.44 56.38 533.66 56.02 534.96 C
+54.94 534.74 53.86 534.17 53.64 533.23 C
+53.42 532.22 53.86 531.58 54.86 530.14 C
+56.02 529.85 56.38 529.27 56.02 528.98 c
+55.87 528.84 53.71 528.62 53.57 528.91 C
+52.70 529.49 51.70 531.86 51.19 533.16 c
+50.90 533.88 49.97 535.82 51.55 537.77 C
+51.98 538.49 51.91 539.86 51.77 540.65 c
+51.55 541.94 51.55 542.74 52.42 544.46 C
+49.75 546.77 45.22 551.23 49.61 557.14 C
+50.11 557.64 51.55 558.14 50.76 556.27 C
+49.82 553.68 46.66 551.45 53.42 546.19 C
+54.50 546.91 58.97 546.48 60.48 546.19 c
+64.66 545.33 65.52 545.33 68.40 546.05 C
+68.76 546.19 68.83 547.99 70.34 549.22 C
+70.06 550.15 72.00 551.45 72.22 552.53 C
+72.65 553.39 73.66 550.73 73.66 550.66 C
+73.58 551.23 74.66 552.31 74.81 552.96 C
+75.74 553.25 75.10 550.94 75.89 549.50 c
+76.32 548.93 76.68 549.07 77.11 547.70 C
+77.47 546.34 78.98 545.18 76.54 543.89 c
+75.17 543.17 74.59 543.31 73.58 542.88 C
+73.58 542.23 73.51 540.79 73.30 539.78 c
+@c
+S
+U
+@rs
+%%Trailer
+ end
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/elephant.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/elephant.ps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a38bfcb75df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/elephant.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,639 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-1.2
+%%Creator:Adobe Illustrator(TM) 1.1 0000000000
+%%For:
+%%Title:elephant.ps
+%%CreationDate:25/4/88 7:57 pm
+%%DocumentProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0
+%%DocumentSuppliedProcSets:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0
+%%DocumentFonts:Courier
+%%BoundingBox: 40 -505 507 -87
+%%TemplateBox:0 -720 576 0
+%%EndComments
+%%BeginProcSet:Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 0 0
+% Copyright (C) 1987 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
+% All Rights Reserved.
+% Adobe Illustrator is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
+/Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 dup 100 dict def load begin
+/Version 0 def
+/Revision 0 def
+% definition operators
+/bdef {bind def} bind def
+/ldef {load def} bdef
+/xdef {exch def} bdef
+% graphic state operators
+/_K {3 index add neg dup 0 lt {pop 0} if 3 1 roll} bdef
+/_k /setcmybcolor where
+{/setcmybcolor get} {{1 sub 4 1 roll _K _K _K setrgbcolor pop} bind} ifelse def
+/g {/_b xdef /p {_b setgray} def} bdef
+/G {/_B xdef /P {_B setgray} def} bdef
+/k {/_b xdef /_y xdef /_m xdef /_c xdef /p {_c _m _y _b _k} def} bdef
+/K {/_B xdef /_Y xdef /_M xdef /_C xdef /P {_C _M _Y _B _k} def} bdef
+/d /setdash ldef
+/_i currentflat def
+/i {dup 0 eq {pop _i} if setflat} bdef
+/j /setlinejoin ldef
+/J /setlinecap ldef
+/M /setmiterlimit ldef
+/w /setlinewidth ldef
+% path construction operators
+/_R {.25 sub round .25 add} bdef
+/_r {transform _R exch _R exch itransform} bdef
+/c {_r curveto} bdef
+/C /c ldef
+/v {currentpoint 6 2 roll _r curveto} bdef
+/V /v ldef
+/y {_r 2 copy curveto} bdef
+/Y /y ldef
+/l {_r lineto} bdef
+/L /l ldef
+/m {_r moveto} bdef
+% error operators
+/_e [] def
+/_E {_e length 0 ne {gsave 0 g 0 G 0 i 0 J 0 j 1 w 10 M [] 0 d
+/Courier 20 0 0 1 z [0.966 0.259 -0.259 0.966
+_e 0 get _e 2 get add 2 div _e 1 get _e 3 get add 2 div] e _f t T grestore} if} bdef
+/_fill {{fill} stopped
+{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't fill, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef
+/_stroke {{stroke} stopped
+{/_e [pathbbox] def /_f (ERROR: can't stroke, increase flatness) def n _E} if} bdef
+% path painting operators
+/n /newpath ldef
+/N /n ldef
+/F {p _fill} bdef
+/f {closepath F} bdef
+/S {P _stroke} bdef
+/s {closepath S} bdef
+/B {gsave F grestore S} bdef
+/b {closepath B} bdef
+% text block construction and painting operators
+/_s /ashow ldef
+/_S {(?) exch {2 copy 0 exch put pop dup false charpath currentpoint _g setmatrix
+_stroke _G setmatrix moveto 3 copy pop rmoveto} forall pop pop pop n} bdef
+/_A {_a moveto _t exch 0 exch} bdef
+/_L {0 _l neg translate _G currentmatrix pop} bdef
+/_w {dup stringwidth exch 3 -1 roll length 1 sub _t mul add exch} bdef
+/_z [{0 0} bind {dup _w exch neg 2 div exch neg 2 div} bind {dup _w exch neg exch neg} bind] def
+/z {_z exch get /_a xdef /_t xdef /_l xdef exch findfont exch scalefont setfont} bdef
+/_g matrix def
+/_G matrix def
+/_D {_g currentmatrix pop gsave concat _G currentmatrix pop} bdef
+/e {_D p /t {_A _s _L} def} bdef
+/r {_D P /t {_A _S _L} def} bdef
+/a {_D /t {dup p _A _s P _A _S _L} def} bdef
+/o {_D /t {pop _L} def} bdef
+/T {grestore} bdef
+% group construction operators
+/u {} bdef
+/U {} bdef
+% font construction operators
+/Z {findfont begin currentdict dup length dict begin
+{1 index /FID ne {def} {pop pop} ifelse} forall /FontName exch def dup length 0 ne
+{/Encoding Encoding 256 array copy def 0 exch {dup type /nametype eq
+{Encoding 2 index 2 index put pop 1 add} {exch pop} ifelse} forall} if pop
+currentdict dup end end /FontName get exch definefont pop} bdef
+end
+%%EndProcSet
+%%EndProlog
+%%BeginSetup
+Adobe_Illustrator_1.1 begin
+n
+%%EndSetup
+0 g
+0 G
+1 i
+0 J
+0 j
+0.7 w
+10 M
+[]0 d
+%%Note:
+90.632 -245.419 m
+86.134 -229.425 95.131 -228.926 96.63 -221.429 c
+98.129 -213.932 107.126 -212.932 109.125 -202.936 c
+111.124 -192.94 119.121 -183.944 125.618 -176.947 c
+132.116 -169.949 146.61 -163.952 156.106 -168.45 c
+165.602 -172.948 169.102 -174.947 178.598 -176.447 c
+188.094 -177.946 195.591 -179.945 208.086 -176.947 c
+220.581 -173.948 226.578 -171.949 237.074 -172.948 c
+247.569 -173.948 277.557 -172.948 290.052 -171.949 c
+302.547 -170.949 335.034 -171.449 345.53 -171.449 c
+356.026 -171.449 374.019 -177.446 388.012 -182.444 c
+402.006 -187.442 426.996 -197.438 439.491 -204.435 c
+451.986 -211.433 469.979 -230.425 479.476 -238.422 c
+488.972 -246.418 497.969 -243.42 499.968 -278.905 c
+501.967 -314.39 499.968 -334.882 498.968 -346.377 c
+497.969 -357.872 492.971 -371.367 491.971 -382.862 c
+490.971 -394.358 490.971 -399.356 490.971 -410.851 c
+490.971 -422.346 490.971 -433.342 492.471 -442.338 c
+493.97 -451.336 494.47 -457.333 494.97 -461.332 c
+495.47 -465.33 491.971 -464.83 489.472 -465.83 c
+486.973 -466.829 483.474 -462.331 481.975 -458.333 c
+480.476 -454.334 481.475 -444.837 481.475 -441.339 c
+481.475 -437.84 483.474 -434.841 483.974 -427.844 c
+484.474 -420.847 485.474 -386.861 482.975 -378.364 c
+480.476 -369.868 484.974 -364.37 485.973 -354.374 c
+486.973 -344.378 491.971 -311.391 489.972 -308.392 c
+487.973 -305.394 484.474 -327.885 478.475 -333.882 c
+472.478 -339.88 471.478 -346.377 471.478 -351.875 c
+471.478 -357.373 467.48 -363.37 464.981 -365.869 c
+462.482 -368.368 461.982 -374.366 457.984 -380.863 c
+453.985 -387.36 450.987 -394.857 450.487 -402.854 c
+449.987 -410.851 451.486 -436.341 450.487 -440.839 c
+449.487 -445.337 447.988 -447.836 446.988 -448.836 c
+445.989 -449.835 451.486 -448.336 451.486 -453.835 c
+451.486 -459.332 449.987 -459.832 449.487 -468.329 c
+448.987 -476.825 447.488 -479.324 447.488 -484.322 c
+447.488 -489.32 447.488 -495.318 445.489 -495.818 c
+443.49 -496.317 437.492 -498.317 433.494 -498.816 c
+429.495 -499.316 420.999 -499.816 419.999 -499.316 c
+419 -498.816 419.499 -495.318 420.999 -494.318 c
+422.498 -493.319 424.746 -490.011 y
+417.5 -495.818 415.501 -496.817 v
+413.502 -497.817 410.003 -499.816 407.004 -499.316 c
+404.006 -498.816 402.506 -498.317 401.507 -496.817 c
+400.507 -495.318 397.508 -496.817 394.509 -494.818 c
+391.511 -492.819 392.01 -490.82 393.01 -489.32 c
+394.01 -487.821 399.507 -482.323 y
+394.01 -483.323 392.51 -483.323 v
+391.011 -483.323 377.017 -484.322 374.019 -484.322 c
+371.02 -484.322 364.023 -485.322 363.023 -484.822 c
+362.024 -484.322 361.024 -483.323 361.024 -482.823 c
+361.024 -482.323 356.526 -482.823 356.026 -482.823 c
+355.526 -482.823 353.027 -480.324 353.527 -479.324 c
+354.027 -478.325 357.525 -473.327 359.525 -471.827 c
+361.524 -470.328 365.022 -466.329 368.021 -465.33 c
+371.02 -464.33 371.52 -459.832 373.019 -457.333 c
+374.518 -454.834 375.018 -451.336 375.518 -447.836 c
+376.018 -444.337 377.017 -433.342 377.017 -427.844 c
+377.017 -422.346 379.516 -406.353 382.015 -399.356 c
+384.514 -392.358 386.514 -386.861 385.514 -381.363 c
+384.514 -375.865 381.016 -368.368 381.016 -366.369 c
+381.016 -364.37 381.016 -358.872 y
+377.517 -358.872 371.02 -361.371 v
+364.523 -363.87 348.529 -368.368 342.531 -367.369 c
+336.534 -366.369 308.044 -365.369 306.545 -362.371 c
+305.046 -359.372 289.552 -353.374 289.052 -352.874 c
+288.552 -352.375 288.052 -359.872 289.552 -367.369 c
+291.051 -374.866 292.551 -382.362 294.55 -389.36 c
+296.549 -396.357 298.548 -425.345 300.048 -433.842 c
+301.547 -442.338 307.545 -449.335 310.044 -453.335 c
+312.542 -457.333 313.542 -460.332 313.042 -464.83 c
+312.542 -469.328 311.043 -475.326 310.543 -477.825 c
+310.044 -480.324 306.045 -484.322 303.046 -483.822 c
+300.048 -483.323 291.051 -480.824 289.552 -481.323 c
+288.052 -481.823 285.054 -485.322 284.054 -485.822 c
+283.055 -486.321 277.557 -486.321 274.558 -487.321 c
+271.559 -488.321 263.063 -489.82 261.563 -488.321 c
+260.064 -486.821 262.063 -493.319 249.568 -491.319 c
+246.078 -490.761 239.072 -491.819 235.075 -492.819 c
+231.077 -493.818 224.579 -492.319 224.079 -492.319 c
+223.58 -492.319 215.583 -491.819 214.083 -490.82 c
+212.584 -489.82 204.087 -489.82 204.087 -487.321 c
+204.087 -484.822 208.586 -482.823 211.085 -480.324 c
+213.584 -477.825 220.581 -472.827 221.081 -470.328 c
+221.58 -467.829 221.081 -461.332 221.081 -458.333 c
+221.081 -455.334 219.081 -449.335 217.082 -445.337 c
+215.083 -441.339 213.584 -427.344 213.084 -424.845 c
+212.584 -422.346 214.583 -415.349 213.584 -413.35 c
+212.584 -411.351 210.085 -398.356 209.085 -395.357 c
+208.086 -392.358 206.087 -385.361 205.587 -379.364 c
+205.087 -373.366 202.088 -354.874 201.089 -351.875 c
+200.089 -348.876 198.59 -335.881 199.089 -331.883 c
+199.589 -327.885 192.092 -314.89 191.592 -312.391 c
+191.093 -309.892 188.594 -305.394 188.594 -300.895 c
+188.594 -296.397 184.096 -294.898 181.597 -294.898 c
+179.098 -294.898 170.101 -291.899 169.102 -290.899 c
+168.102 -289.9 159.105 -293.398 155.606 -293.898 c
+152.107 -294.398 140.112 -296.897 139.613 -296.397 c
+139.113 -295.897 135.114 -303.894 134.615 -306.393 c
+134.115 -308.892 132.615 -313.39 131.116 -313.89 c
+129.617 -314.39 126.118 -318.888 126.118 -320.388 c
+126.118 -321.887 122.12 -317.889 y
+122.12 -312.391 121.62 -308.392 v
+121.12 -304.394 124.619 -300.895 125.118 -298.396 c
+125.618 -295.897 131.116 -287.901 130.616 -286.401 c
+130.116 -284.902 128.131 -286.36 125.118 -288.4 c
+121.244 -291.026 118.121 -310.392 115.622 -313.39 c
+113.123 -316.389 106.626 -331.383 105.126 -333.882 c
+103.627 -336.381 103.127 -363.87 102.128 -372.866 c
+101.128 -381.863 103.127 -397.356 104.627 -401.355 c
+106.126 -405.353 107.625 -409.352 106.626 -409.851 c
+105.626 -410.351 112.623 -403.354 118.121 -403.854 c
+123.619 -404.354 130.616 -408.352 131.616 -413.85 c
+132.615 -419.348 131.116 -428.844 127.617 -431.343 c
+124.119 -433.842 110.624 -436.341 108.125 -433.842 c
+105.626 -431.343 94.631 -427.844 90.632 -418.848 c
+89.333 -415.924 80.137 -391.859 79.637 -384.861 c
+79.202 -378.776 76.514 -369.619 76.638 -367.868 c
+76.673 -367.37 64.143 -379.364 61.644 -380.863 c
+59.145 -382.362 50.149 -389.859 48.15 -387.86 c
+46.15 -385.861 50.649 -383.362 52.148 -381.363 c
+53.647 -379.364 61.144 -372.866 63.143 -371.367 c
+65.143 -369.868 55.147 -374.866 51.148 -375.365 c
+47.15 -375.865 45.151 -373.866 46.15 -373.366 c
+47.15 -372.866 57.146 -368.368 62.144 -364.87 c
+67.142 -361.371 74.139 -355.873 74.639 -353.374 c
+75.139 -350.875 74.139 -326.885 73.139 -319.888 c
+72.14 -312.891 77.138 -296.397 77.638 -287.401 c
+78.137 -278.405 82.136 -267.91 84.135 -262.412 c
+86.134 -256.914 90.824 -246.099 90.632 -245.419 c
+s
+262.063 -478.325 m
+263.562 -474.326 271.059 -469.828 272.559 -467.829 c
+274.058 -465.83 274.558 -460.332 272.559 -457.833 c
+270.56 -455.334 267.561 -446.836 266.561 -444.837 c
+265.562 -442.838 264.562 -437.34 263.562 -433.842 c
+262.563 -430.343 262.063 -423.846 261.063 -421.347 c
+260.064 -418.848 257.065 -412.35 256.565 -411.351 c
+256.065 -410.351 254.066 -418.848 254.066 -422.346 c
+254.066 -425.845 257.565 -430.343 257.565 -433.842 c
+257.565 -437.34 258.065 -439.839 257.065 -443.338 c
+256.065 -446.836 254.566 -450.836 255.066 -455.334 c
+255.566 -459.832 256.565 -465.33 258.065 -468.828 c
+259.564 -472.327 261.814 -478.986 262.063 -478.325 c
+s
+114.374 -421.846 m
+114.123 -422.846 117.122 -422.597 118.621 -421.846 c
+120.12 -421.098 121.371 -418.848 119.871 -417.348 c
+118.372 -415.849 117.405 -416.194 116.122 -416.6 c
+113.748 -417.348 114.509 -421.305 114.374 -421.846 c
+s
+121.871 -294.148 m
+119.372 -291.65 119.121 -289.4 y
+108.789 -290.299 108.625 -293.898 v
+107.625 -315.889 64.143 -370.867 63.143 -371.367 c
+S
+76.638 -367.868 m
+83.635 -362.371 105.126 -333.382 105.126 -333.882 c
+S
+164.602 -189.442 m
+172.1 -193.44 172.6 -194.939 178.098 -194.939 c
+183.596 -194.939 186.595 -191.441 191.592 -197.438 c
+196.59 -203.436 198.59 -210.433 199.589 -217.43 c
+200.589 -224.427 198.59 -229.425 194.591 -232.924 c
+190.593 -236.422 194.091 -240.921 192.592 -242.42 c
+191.093 -243.919 190.593 -248.418 190.593 -250.417 c
+190.593 -252.416 182.845 -253.666 181.346 -254.665 c
+179.846 -255.665 174.635 -263.779 173.849 -263.162 c
+166.852 -257.664 168.351 -252.416 165.853 -250.417 c
+163.354 -248.418 158.605 -239.921 157.105 -238.921 c
+155.606 -237.922 148.021 -233.866 148.021 -231.367 c
+148.021 -228.868 149.109 -219.166 148.609 -216.667 c
+148.109 -214.168 152.107 -209.433 152.107 -208.434 c
+S
+159.781 -179.035 m
+164.485 -180.211 169.189 -181.975 172.717 -182.563 c
+176.245 -183.151 185.653 -186.091 188.593 -187.267 c
+191.533 -188.443 198.001 -193.735 199.765 -197.263 c
+201.529 -200.791 202.117 -206.671 202.705 -209.023 c
+203.293 -211.375 203.293 -219.607 202.117 -221.371 c
+200.941 -223.135 197.413 -231.955 196.237 -232.543 c
+S
+108.097 -233.86 m
+112.167 -236.446 116.296 -237.525 120.179 -236.971 c
+125.831 -236.166 128.942 -227.524 129.27 -225.841 c
+S
+109.73 -237.489 m
+111.163 -238.845 115.233 -241.43 117.92 -241.079 c
+120.607 -240.727 123.178 -240.834 125.479 -238.64 c
+127.339 -236.869 130.379 -228.116 130.528 -226.81 c
+S
+108.46 -230.129 m
+110.117 -226.085 113.633 -223.711 115.101 -223.019 c
+120.739 -220.367 127.21 -223.619 127.234 -224.548 c
+S
+108.8 -230.633 m
+111.01 -231.549 112.29 -232.49 113.598 -232.64 c
+116.814 -233.01 120.042 -233.379 122.149 -230.779 c
+123.23 -229.447 123.643 -229.297 125.175 -227.488 c
+126.707 -225.678 126.557 -225.264 127.234 -224.548 c
+S
+u
+117.144 -223.904 m
+118.708 -223.335 120.422 -224.096 120.972 -225.607 c
+121.522 -227.117 120.699 -228.804 119.135 -229.373 c
+117.57 -229.943 115.856 -229.179 115.307 -227.669 c
+114.757 -226.159 115.58 -224.472 117.144 -223.904 c
+f
+118.14 -226.638 m
+F
+U
+129.952 -224.71 m
+130.389 -223.353 131.426 -223.641 129.289 -222.158 c
+128.199 -221.4 122.082 -217.838 119.797 -218.137 c
+117.44 -218.445 114.876 -219.824 113.16 -222.044 c
+S
+109.974 -231.066 m
+110.638 -229.885 111.271 -230.044 110.638 -229.885 c
+110.188 -229.77 109.038 -229.138 y
+S
+125.118 -288.4 m
+132.615 -282.903 135.114 -282.903 138.113 -276.906 c
+141.112 -270.909 139.613 -259.413 137.613 -255.915 c
+135.614 -252.416 133.615 -244.919 y
+S
+128.971 -242.98 m
+126.971 -247.478 124.472 -253.975 120.973 -255.475 c
+117.474 -256.974 111.477 -257.974 109.478 -258.473 c
+S
+129.823 -220.573 m
+126.834 -218.203 123.007 -214.64 121.267 -214.609 c
+119.528 -214.578 116.234 -213.677 113.623 -215.785 c
+111.96 -217.128 108.602 -222.181 107.962 -223.343 c
+S
+73.139 -317.889 m
+82.136 -309.392 94.631 -316.389 y
+S
+74.139 -305.394 m
+77.638 -301.395 78.137 -298.396 85.135 -299.396 c
+92.132 -300.396 97.13 -303.894 97.63 -303.894 c
+S
+74.139 -331.883 m
+77.138 -329.384 83.635 -327.385 85.135 -327.885 c
+86.634 -328.384 92.632 -329.884 y
+S
+74.639 -345.877 m
+76.638 -343.878 83.635 -343.878 y
+S
+77.138 -371.367 m
+80.137 -369.368 86.01 -366.119 90.008 -366.869 c
+92.204 -367.28 99.629 -370.867 y
+S
+79.512 -382.114 m
+82.011 -380.614 89.633 -374.866 96.63 -380.863 c
+S
+83.635 -399.356 m
+92.383 -389.611 99.129 -397.356 y
+S
+86.885 -408.603 m
+93.131 -400.355 101.628 -407.352 y
+S
+89.384 -414.6 m
+94.631 -407.852 104.127 -413.35 y
+S
+93.631 -423.597 m
+94.631 -420.598 104.378 -417.848 104.627 -417.848 c
+S
+106.877 -420.347 m
+103.127 -423.097 102.128 -429.594 y
+S
+117.872 -422.097 m
+116.873 -431.343 124.869 -432.093 y
+S
+112.375 -420.847 m
+106.877 -427.844 114.374 -434.841 y
+S
+120.371 -419.348 m
+125.118 -425.596 131.616 -419.099 y
+S
+119.871 -417.348 m
+127.118 -416.6 124.619 -406.104 y
+S
+118.372 -416.349 m
+123.119 -408.603 114.374 -404.354 y
+S
+116.122 -416.6 m
+114.874 -409.103 106.126 -410.351 106.626 -409.851 c
+106.877 -409.602 103.878 -416.849 105.377 -420.347 c
+108.125 -413.85 114.374 -421.846 v
+114.528 -422.044 109.876 -419.598 105.377 -420.347 c
+S
+114.623 -418.848 m
+111.875 -411.851 104.878 -415.1 105.126 -415.1 c
+S
+74.639 -356.373 m
+74.763 -354.498 74.639 -353.374 v
+S
+81.012 -390.235 m
+83.511 -388.735 91.132 -382.987 98.129 -388.984 c
+S
+95.506 -346.127 m
+95.881 -346.127 99.629 -347.377 y
+S
+77.388 -352.75 m
+76.388 -352.125 74.639 -352.874 74.639 -352.75 c
+S
+89.384 -353.998 m
+91.507 -353.75 97.88 -356.249 y
+S
+78.137 -279.904 m
+84.135 -277.405 89.133 -276.406 94.131 -277.905 c
+99.129 -279.405 107.126 -285.402 y
+S
+83.635 -265.411 m
+88.133 -262.412 95.131 -262.912 99.629 -263.412 c
+104.127 -263.911 113.623 -270.909 y
+121.62 -276.406 l
+S
+77.388 -352.75 m
+S
+74.639 -352.75 m
+S
+256.565 -411.351 m
+262.563 -398.856 259.564 -384.362 261.563 -374.866 c
+263.562 -365.369 263.063 -354.374 267.561 -348.376 c
+272.059 -342.379 281.555 -321.387 283.554 -314.89 c
+285.553 -308.392 276.057 -271.908 273.059 -264.911 c
+270.06 -257.914 265.562 -248.917 264.562 -244.419 c
+263.562 -239.921 261.563 -225.927 263.562 -221.928 c
+S
+1 w
+291.198 -93.775 m
+S
+0.7 w
+289.052 -352.874 m
+284.554 -343.878 266.561 -350.875 y
+S
+242.394 -491.555 m
+242.394 -488.056 239.469 -483.145 238.221 -482.896 c
+236.972 -482.645 231.474 -483.645 231.474 -483.896 c
+231.474 -484.145 228.225 -480.897 226.976 -479.898 c
+225.726 -478.898 221.727 -480.146 220.728 -480.646 c
+219.728 -481.146 217.229 -479.398 216.729 -478.898 c
+216.23 -478.398 212.951 -478.957 212.701 -479.207 c
+S
+219.728 -480.397 m
+220.479 -483.896 212.701 -490.085 y
+S
+231.474 -483.896 m
+231.723 -486.395 224.079 -492.319 y
+S
+261.872 -477.736 m
+264.621 -485.233 260.622 -487.483 y
+S
+284.054 -485.822 m
+280.556 -485.572 268.369 -482.734 267.869 -481.485 c
+267.37 -480.235 262.622 -480.486 y
+S
+288.552 -482.073 m
+285.054 -478.075 279.806 -473.826 278.057 -473.826 c
+276.307 -473.826 268.854 -481.809 268.854 -481.559 c
+S
+269.06 -470.828 m
+272.559 -470.328 275.807 -475.076 y
+S
+358.525 -473.327 m
+362.272 -472.577 366.271 -474.326 367.27 -475.576 c
+368.27 -476.825 361.524 -482.823 361.024 -482.823 c
+S
+367.374 -474.988 m
+369.623 -474.237 372.622 -474.988 374.371 -476.236 c
+376.121 -477.487 379.869 -483.484 y
+S
+390.275 -261.943 m
+380.278 -279.436 357.347 -332.502 384.015 -355.373 c
+398.54 -367.832 399.507 -387.86 404.505 -393.358 c
+409.503 -398.856 405.005 -410.351 406.005 -416.849 c
+407.004 -423.346 410.003 -429.843 410.003 -439.839 c
+410.003 -449.835 408.004 -460.832 408.504 -465.33 c
+409.004 -469.828 405.005 -475.826 404.006 -477.825 c
+403.006 -479.824 398.008 -483.323 y
+403.506 -482.823 407.504 -486.821 407.755 -487.071 c
+408.004 -487.321 401.007 -496.067 y
+S
+407.269 -487.071 m
+415.017 -483.821 423.513 -490.319 y
+432.259 -485.321 441.006 -497.067 y
+S
+381.016 -358.872 m
+382.337 -358.961 385.277 -357.197 y
+S
+489.972 -308.392 m
+491.998 -302.514 496.114 -294.87 496.114 -293.106 c
+S
+490.234 -445.397 m
+490.234 -453.629 493.762 -464.213 y
+S
+487.882 -446.573 m
+487.882 -450.101 489.299 -465.683 489.472 -465.83 c
+S
+484.942 -443.045 m
+483.178 -447.749 484.354 -461.273 y
+S
+421.439 -452.453 m
+431.435 -455.981 446.668 -448.747 446.988 -448.836 c
+S
+376.163 -444.221 m
+383.219 -451.277 401.447 -451.277 y
+S
+377.927 -423.641 m
+382.043 -426.581 397.331 -425.993 y
+S
+406.739 -407.765 m
+417.323 -418.349 438.491 -410.117 y
+S
+370.871 -461.861 m
+376.163 -468.917 397.331 -471.857 y
+S
+409.679 -434.225 m
+416.735 -440.693 439.079 -431.285 y
+S
+406.739 -396.593 m
+414.383 -398.945 433.787 -391.301 y
+S
+448.487 -477.737 m
+430.847 -486.557 412.031 -479.501 y
+S
+312.072 -455.981 m
+306.78 -462.449 281.496 -464.213 y
+S
+300.048 -433.842 m
+295.608 -439.517 276.792 -439.517 y
+S
+295.608 -395.417 m
+290.904 -392.477 263.856 -397.769 y
+S
+297.96 -413.057 m
+293.844 -417.173 268.56 -420.113 y
+S
+291.492 -374.249 m
+287.376 -372.485 261.623 -374.307 261.563 -374.866 c
+S
+250.92 -424.229 m
+247.392 -444.221 217.993 -435.401 y
+S
+253.272 -430.109 m
+250.92 -448.337 223.285 -454.217 y
+S
+256.8 -461.861 m
+245.04 -473.033 225.637 -468.329 y
+S
+213.584 -413.35 m
+220.933 -420.701 239.16 -413.645 y
+S
+236.809 -380.129 m
+232.693 -386.597 205.645 -383.657 y
+S
+238.572 -389.537 m
+245.04 -387.185 260.328 -394.829 y
+S
+237.985 -371.897 m
+240.924 -370.133 261.504 -378.365 y
+S
+237.985 -358.961 m
+235.045 -362.489 202.705 -361.901 y
+S
+199.177 -335.442 m
+215.641 -344.262 248.568 -327.21 y
+S
+192.709 -314.274 m
+201.529 -306.63 238.572 -311.334 y
+S
+149.785 -246.655 m
+158.605 -263.707 138.025 -287.814 y
+S
+160.957 -258.415 m
+166.837 -267.823 146.257 -288.402 y
+S
+174.481 -270.763 m
+178.597 -277.818 167.425 -290.166 y
+S
+191.533 -259.591 m
+200.353 -270.175 183.889 -294.87 y
+S
+206.233 -247.243 m
+212.113 -269.587 187.418 -299.865 188.594 -300.895 c
+S
+159.193 -201.379 m
+162.133 -207.259 161.545 -215.491 161.545 -217.255 c
+161.545 -219.019 153.313 -227.251 153.901 -230.779 c
+S
+237.985 -176.095 m
+244.452 -180.799 251.508 -187.855 254.448 -192.559 c
+257.388 -197.263 253.861 -213.37 253.566 -214.431 c
+251.359 -222.372 242.571 -252.416 244.57 -262.412 c
+246.569 -272.408 251.567 -282.403 252.567 -295.398 c
+253.566 -308.392 253.566 -320.388 246.569 -331.383 c
+239.572 -342.379 236.574 -357.373 237.574 -368.368 c
+238.572 -379.364 235.575 -404.354 245.57 -422.346 c
+S
+457.895 -360.725 m
+464.951 -348.378 464.363 -327.798 469.067 -315.45 c
+473.77 -303.102 477.886 -295.458 477.298 -278.994 c
+476.71 -262.531 473.77 -263.119 y
+S
+410.267 -370.133 m
+402.035 -357.197 396.155 -340.734 394.979 -328.974 c
+394.151 -320.699 409.091 -287.814 y
+S
+u
+116.786 -223.328 m
+119.079 -222.493 121.637 -223.74 122.502 -226.115 c
+123.365 -228.487 122.208 -231.089 119.915 -231.922 c
+117.621 -232.757 115.064 -231.51 114.199 -229.135 c
+113.335 -226.763 114.493 -224.163 116.786 -223.328 c
+s
+118.351 -227.626 m
+S
+U
+118.294 -232.651 m
+116.002 -233.016 113.653 -232.151 112.636 -230.643 c
+111.618 -229.137 111.9 -227.548 112.377 -226.28 c
+112.854 -225.01 114.424 -223.735 114.926 -223.396 c
+115.428 -223.057 118.062 -222.269 119.178 -222.397 c
+122.279 -222.753 123.831 -224.223 124.232 -225.328 c
+124.635 -226.433 124.862 -227.915 124.723 -227.965 c
+S
+%%Trailer
+_E end
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/indexexa.ltx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/indexexa.ltx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..61823aa406b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/indexexa.ltx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\setlength\textwidth{260pt}
+\setlength\marginparwidth{90pt}
+\usepackage{makeidx,showidx}
+\newcommand\bs{\symbol{'134}}% print backslash
+\newcommand\Com[1]{\texttt{\bs#1}%
+ \index{#1@\texttt{\bs#1}}}
+\newcommand\Prog[1]{\texttt{#1}%
+ \index{#1@\texttt{#1} program}}
+\makeindex
+\begin{document}
+\section{Generating an Index}
+Using the \textsf{showidx} package users can
+see where they define index entries.
+\par Entries are entered into the index by the
+\Com{index} command. More precisely, the argument
+of the \Com{index} command is written literally into
+the auxiliary file \texttt{idx}. Note, however, that
+information is actually written into that file only
+when the \Com{makeindex} command was given in the
+document preamble.
+
+\section{Preparing the Index}
+To prepare the index for printing, the
+\texttt{idx} file has to be transformed by an external
+program, such as \Prog{makeindex}.
+This program writes the \texttt{ind} file.
+\begin{verbatim}
+makeindex filename
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Printing the Index}
+
+During the final production run of a document the
+index can be included by putting a \Com{printindex}
+command at the position in the text where you want
+the index to appear (normally at the end).
+This command will input the \texttt{ind} file
+prepared by the index processor and \LaTeX{} will
+typeset the information.
+\printindex
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/jura.bib b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/jura.bib
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b97e09e7f31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/jura.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+@BOOK{zpo,
+ author = {Adolf Baumbach and Wolfgang Lauterbach
+ and Jan Albers and Peter Hartmann},
+ title = {Zivilproze\ss ordnung mit
+ Gerichtsverfassungsgesetz und anderen
+ Nebengesetzen},
+ shorttitle = {ZPO},
+ language = {ngerman},
+ edition = {59. neubearb.},
+ year = 2002,
+ address = {M\"unchen}
+}
+@BOOK{aschur,
+ author = {Hans Brox and Wolf-Dietrich Walker},
+ title = {Allgemeines Schuldrecht},
+ language = {ngerman},
+ edition = {29.},
+ year = 2003,
+ address = {M\"unchen}
+}
+ @BOOK{bschur,
+ author = {Hans Brox and Wolf-Dietrich Walker},
+ title = {Besonderes Schuldrecht},
+ shorttitle = {BSchuR},
+ language = {ngerman},
+ edition = {27.},
+ year = 2002,
+ address = {M\"unchen}
+ }
+ @BOOK{bgb,
+ author = {Otto Palandt},
+ shortauthor= {Otto Palandt},
+ title = {B\"urgerliches Gesetzbuch},
+ shorttitle = {BGB},
+ language = {ngerman},
+ edition = {62.},
+ year = 2003,
+ publisher = {Beck Juristischer Verlag},
+ address = {M\"unchen}
+ }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/rosette.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/rosette.ps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fa4ccc73617
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/rosette.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: 1 1. 44. 44.
+% Cookbook Example Program from First Printing, Revised 7 Jan 1985
+% Program: Repeated Shapes Number: 6
+/inch {10 mul} def
+/wedge
+ { newpath
+ 0 0 moveto
+ 1 0 translate
+ 15 rotate
+ 0 15 sin translate
+ 0 0 15 sin -90 90 arc
+ closepath
+ } def
+gsave
+ 2.25 inch 2.25 inch translate
+ 1.75 inch 1.75 inch scale
+ 0.02 setlinewidth
+ 2 1 13
+ {13 div setgray
+ gsave
+ wedge
+ gsave
+ fill
+ grestore
+ 0 setgray stroke
+ grestore
+ 30 rotate
+ } for
+grestore
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/tex.bib b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/tex.bib
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..18b33720bc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/tex.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+ @String{ttct = "Tools and Techniques for Computer
+ Typesetting" }
+
+ @Book{LGC97,
+ author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz
+ and Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion:
+ Illustrating Documents with {\TeX}
+ and {PostScript}",
+ publisher = "Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey Longman",
+ address = "Reading, MA, USA",
+ pages = "xxi + 554",
+ year = "1997",
+ ISBN = "0-201-85469-4",
+ series = ttct
+ }
+ @UNPUBLISHED{test97,
+ author = "Michel Goossens and Ben User
+ and Joe Doe and others",
+ title = "Ambiguous citations",
+ year = "1997",
+ note = "Submitted to the " # ibmjrd
+ }
+ @Book{LWC99,
+ author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz",
+ title = "The {\LaTeX} {Web} companion:
+ integrating {\TeX}, {HTML},
+ and {XML}",
+ publisher = "Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey Longman",
+ address = "Reading, MA, USA",
+ pages = "xxii + 522",
+ year = "1999",
+ ISBN = "0-201-43311-7",
+ note = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore
+ and Robert S. Sutor",
+ series = ttct
+ }
+ @Book{Knuth-CT-a,
+ Author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ Title = "The {\TeX}book",
+ Publisher = "Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey",
+ Address = "Reading, MA, USA",
+ Volume = "A",
+ Series = "Computers and Typesetting",
+ pages = "ix + 483",
+ year = 1986,
+ isbn = "0-201-13447-0",
+ }
+ @Article{Knuth:TB10-1-31,
+ Author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ Title = "{Typesetting Concrete
+ Mathematics}",
+ Journal = "TUGboat",
+ Volume = "10",
+ Number = "1",
+ Pages = "31--36",
+ year = 1989,
+ month = apr,
+ issn = "0896-3207"
+ }
+ @Book{vLeunen:92,
+ author = "Mary-Claire van Leunen",
+ gender = "sf",
+ title = "A handbook for scholars",
+ publisher = "Oxford University Press",
+ address = "Walton Street, Oxford OX2 6DP, UK",
+ pages = "xi + 348",
+ year = "92"
+ }
+
+ @manual{GNUMake, key = {make},
+ title = {{GNU Make}, A Program for Directing
+ Recompilation}, organization= "Free
+ Software Foundation",address = "Boston,
+ Massachusetts",ISBN={1-882114-80-9},year = 2000}
+
+ @book{G-G,
+ TITLE = {{Gutenberg Jahrbuch}},
+ EDITOR = {Hans-Joachim Koppitz},
+ PUBLISHER = {Gutenberg-Gesellschaft, Internationale
+ Vereinigung f\"ur Geschichte und
+ Gegenwart der Druckkunst e.V.},
+ ADDRESS = {Mainz, Germany},
+ NOTE = {Contains results on the past and present
+ history of the art of printing. Founded
+ by Aloys Ruppel. Published since 1926.}
+ }
+ @misc{oddity,
+ title = "{{TUGboat} The Communications of the
+ {\TeX} User Group}",
+ howpublished = "Quarterly published.",
+ year = {1980ff},
+ }
+@InProceedings{MR-PQ,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley",
+ title = "The Pursuit of Quality: How can
+ Automated Typesetting achieve the
+ Highest Standards of Craft
+ Typography?",
+ pages = "261--273",
+ crossref = "EP92"}
+@InProceedings{Southall,
+ Author = "Richard Southall",
+ Title = "Presentation Rules and Rules of
+ Composition in the Formatting of
+ Complex Text",
+ Pages = "275--290",
+ crossref = "EP92"}
+@Proceedings{EP92,
+ title = "{EP92}---Proceedings of Electronic
+ Publishing, '92",
+ shorttitle = "{EP92}",
+ editor = "Christine Vanoirbeek and Giovanni Coray",
+ publisher = "Cambridge University Press",
+ address = "Cambridge",
+ year = 1992,
+ booktitle = "{EP92}---Proceedings of Electronic
+ Publishing, '92"
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexa.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexa.cls
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..34917c15b27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexa.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+%
+% $Id: ttctexa.cls,v 1.16 2004/02/29 22:44:52 david Exp $
+%
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example ``article'' class for use with the Companion examples.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+%
+\LoadClass[twoside]{article}
+
+
+\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\RequirePackage{times}
+\RequirePackage[scaled]{helvet}
+
+
+\let\StartShownPreambleCommands\relax
+\let\StopShownPreambleCommands\relax
+
+
+\let\ps@origplain\ps@plain
+\let\ps@plain\ps@empty % this class doesn't produces page numbers
+ % since this would make examples too big
+ % but if necessary there is origplain
+
+
+
+% Public version uses cmtt (ectt)
+\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{cmtt}\endinput
+% Book version uses emtt, and restricts to two colors.
+
+\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{n}{
+ <-9> emtt8
+ <9-10> emtt9
+ <10-12> emtt10
+ <12-> emtt12
+ }{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{it}{
+ <-> emitt10
+ }{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sl}{
+ <-> emsltt10
+ }{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sc}{
+ <-> emtcsc10
+ }{}
+
+% FAKE OT1 as it is needed in one example
+
+\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne}
+\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{emtt}{m}{n}{
+ <-9> emtt8
+ <9-10> emtt9
+ <10-12> emtt10
+ <12-> emtt12
+ }{}
+
+\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{emtt}
+
+
+% as the book is printed in two colors only (black and blue) we need
+% to ensure that other colors are replaced by gray if necessary:
+
+\AtBeginDocument{
+\ifx\color\@undefined
+\else
+\definecolor{red}{gray}{.7}
+\definecolor{green}{gray}{.8}
+\definecolor{yellow}{gray}{.9}
+\fi
+}
+
+\endinput
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexamargin.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexamargin.cls
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..825d36dfe6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexamargin.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+%
+% $Id: ttctexamargin.cls,v 1.7 2004/03/26 14:38:02 frank Exp $
+%
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example ``margin lines'' class for use with the Companion examples.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+%
+\LoadClass[twoside]{article}
+
+\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\RequirePackage{times}
+\RequirePackage[scaled]{helvet}
+
+
+\let\StartShownPreambleCommands\relax
+\let\StopShownPreambleCommands\relax
+
+
+\let\ps@origplain\ps@plain
+\let\ps@plain\ps@empty % this class doesn't produces page numbers
+ % since this would make examples too big
+ % but if necessary there is origplain
+
+
+% Public version uses cmtt (ectt)
+\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{cmtt}\endinput
+% Book version uses emtt, and restricts to two colors.
+
+\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{n}{
+ <-9> emtt8
+ <9-10> emtt9
+ <10-12> emtt10
+ <12-> emtt12
+ }{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{it}{
+ <-> emitt10
+ }{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sl}{
+ <-> emsltt10
+ }{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sc}{
+ <-> emtcsc10
+ }{}
+
+% FAKE OT1 as it is needed in one example
+
+\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne}
+\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{emtt}{m}{n}{
+ <-9> emtt8
+ <9-10> emtt9
+ <10-12> emtt10
+ <12-> emtt12
+ }{}
+
+\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{emtt}
+
+% as the book is printed in two colors only (black and blue) we need
+% to ensure that other colors are replaced by gray if necessary:
+
+\AtBeginDocument{
+\ifx\color\@undefined
+\else
+\definecolor{red}{gray}{.7}
+\definecolor{green}{gray}{.8} % we keep green
+\definecolor{yellow}{gray}{.9}
+\fi
+}
+
+% for margin rules in math examples we need color to make them
+% blue. So in this class color is actually always present:
+
+\RequirePackage{color}
+
+\newcommand \EX@rulewidth {0.25pt}
+
+%% Keep on hacking!
+\newcommand \SetupMarginLines{%
+ \AtBeginDocument
+ {\hbox\bgroup \kern-\EX@rulewidth
+ {\color{blue}\vrule width \EX@rulewidth}%
+ \vbox\bgroup}%
+ \AtEndDocument
+ {\egroup
+ {\color{blue}\vrule width \EX@rulewidth}%
+ \kern-\EX@rulewidth \egroup}%
+}
+
+
+\SetupMarginLines
+
+
+\endinput
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexareport.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexareport.cls
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d199ba7ecbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/ttctexareport.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+%
+% $Id: ttctexareport.cls,v 1.11 2004/02/29 22:44:52 david Exp $
+%
+%%
+%% The LaTeX Companion, 2ed
+%%
+%% Example ``report class for use with the Companion examples.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
+%% Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%%
+%% See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt for details.
+%%
+
+\LoadClass{report}
+
+\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\RequirePackage{times}
+\RequirePackage[scaled]{helvet}
+
+\let\StartShownPreambleCommands\relax
+\let\StopShownPreambleCommands\relax
+
+\let\ps@origplain\ps@plain
+\let\ps@plain\ps@empty % this class doesn't produces page numbers
+ % since this would make examples too big
+ % but if necessary there is origplain
+
+% Public version uses cmtt (ectt)
+\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{cmtt}\endinput
+% Book version uses emtt, and restricts to two colors.
+
+\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{emtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{n}{
+ <-9> emtt8
+ <9-10> emtt9
+ <10-12> emtt10
+ <12-> emtt12
+ }{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{it}{
+ <-> emitt10
+ }{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sl}{
+ <-> emsltt10
+ }{}
+\DeclareFontShape{T1}{emtt}{m}{sc}{
+ <-> emtcsc10
+ }{}
+\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{emtt}
+
+
+% as the book is printed in two colors only (black and blue) we need
+% to ensure that other colors are replaced by gray if necessary:
+
+\AtBeginDocument{
+\ifx\color\@undefined
+\else
+\definecolor{red}{gray}{.7}
+\definecolor{green}{gray}{.8}
+\definecolor{yellow}{gray}{.9}
+\fi
+}
+
+\endinput
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.eps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e93588a2d8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0
+%%BoundingBox:100 100 150 150
+100 100 translate % put origin at 100 100
+ 0 0 moveto % define current point
+ 50 50 rlineto % trace diagonal line
+ 50 neg 0 rlineto % trace horizontal line
+ 50 50 neg rlineto % trace other diagonal line
+stroke % draw (stroke) the lines
+ 0 0 moveto % redefine current point
+/Times-Roman findfont % get Times-Roman font
+ 50 scalefont % scale it to 50 big points
+ setfont % make it the current font
+(W) show % draw an uppercase W
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.ps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b6e84dce501
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/tlc2/w.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+%! A small Encapsulated PostScript image used in the examples
+%%BoundingBox:100 100 150 150
+100 100 translate % put origin at 100 100
+ 0 0 moveto % define current point
+ 50 50 rlineto % trace diagonal line
+ 50 neg 0 rlineto % trace horizontal line
+ 50 50 neg rlineto % trace other diagonal line
+stroke % draw (stroke) the lines
+ 0 0 moveto % redefine current point
+/Times-Roman findfont % get Times-Roman font
+ 50 scalefont % scale it to 50 big points
+ setfont % make it the current font
+(W) show % draw an uppercase W
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/Makefile b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2d0546e0c4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+all: distclean sample sample_eps ttf-tetex.pdf htm install
+
+
+ttf-tetex.pdf:
+ pdflatex ttf-tetex
+ bibtex ttf-tetex
+ pdflatex ttf-tetex
+ thumbpdf --verbose ttf-tetex
+ pdflatex ttf-tetex
+
+
+sample_eps:
+ latex sample_eps
+ dvips -E -Pvagrounded sample_eps
+ epstopdf sample_eps.ps
+
+sample:
+ latex sample
+ latex sample
+ dvips -Pvagrounded sample
+
+htm:
+ rm -f html/*
+ latex2html -split 0 -show_section_numbers -local_icons -no_navigation -image_type gif -dir html/ ttf-tetex
+
+install:
+ cp Makefile fonts.bib ttf-tetex.tex sample_eps.tex html/
+ cp sample_eps.ps sample_eps.pdf sample.tex sample.ps html/
+ cp ttf2type1 vagrounded.map config.vagrounded html/
+ cp ttf-tetex.pdf html/
+ cp vagrounded.sty html/
+ -rm -f html/*.log html/*.out html/*.pl html/*.aux html/*.bbl
+ -rm -f html/images.tex html/WARNINGS
+
+clean:
+ -rm -f sample.dvi sample.log sample.aux
+ -rm -f sample_eps.dvi sample_eps.log sample_eps.aux
+ -rm -f ttf-tetex.aux ttf-tetex.bbl ttf-tetex.blg ttf-tetex.dvi \
+ ttf-tetex.log ttf-tetex.out ttf-tetex.toc ttf-tetex.tpt
+ -rm -f html/WARNINGS html/images.pl html/labels.pl html/images.log \
+ html/images.aux html/images.bbl html/images.tex \
+ html/internals.pl
+
+distclean: clean
+ -rm -f html/*
+ -rm -f sample.ps sample_eps.pdf sample_eps.ps
+ -rm -f ttf-tetex.pdf ttf-tetex.ps
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/config.vagrounded b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/config.vagrounded
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..24f2e698493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/config.vagrounded
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+o
+p +vagrounded.map
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/fonts.bib b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/fonts.bib
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7b5e49bec68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/fonts.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+@Misc{berry1999a,
+ author = {Berry, K.},
+ title = {Fontname},
+ month = {March},
+ year = 1999,
+ note = {\url{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/}},
+ language = {english}
+}
+
+@Misc{rakityansky,
+ author = {Rakityansky, Damir},
+ title = {Using {TrueType} with {TeX} {(LaTeX)} and {pdfTeX}
+ {(pdfLaTeX)}},
+ note = {\url{http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm}},
+ language = {english}
+}
+
+@Misc{quy2000a,
+ author = {Qu{\'y}, Nguy{\^e}n-Dai},
+ title = {TrueType with teTEX : Quick and Dirty},
+ year = 2000,
+ note = {\url{http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/}},
+ language = {english}
+}
+
+@Misc{smith2001a,
+ author = {Hume Smith},
+ title = {Kwantus' {TTF/teTeX} notes},
+ year = 2001,
+ note = {\url{http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html}},
+ language = {english}
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img1.gif b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img1.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5e5b74ca34b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img1.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img2.gif b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img2.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..74254b5cf07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/img2.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/index.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6bd36a17edd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,617 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.70)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ttf-tetex">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ttf-tetex.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER">Using TrueType fonts with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X via Postscript Type1 format</H1><DIV>
+
+<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>Harald Harders
+ (<A NAME="tex2html2"
+ HREF="mailto:h.harders@tu-bs.de"><TT>h.harders@tu-bs.de</TT></A>)</STRONG></P>
+<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>2003-10-31</STRONG></P>
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+
+<H3>Abstract:</H3>
+<DIV>
+This document describes how I have managed to use TrueType
+fonts with teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X 1.0 under SuSE Linux 6.2.<A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="#foot30"><SUP>1</SUP></A> The way described in
+``Using TrueType fonts with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X (L<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X) and pdfT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X (pdfL<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X)''
+[<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#rakityansky">Rak</A>] did work with MiKT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X, but I did not manage to use
+the fonts with teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X.
+
+<P>
+Strictly speaking this document doesn't describe how to use TrueType
+fonts with teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X but how to convert TrueType fonts to PostScript
+Type1 format which can be used with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X.
+
+<P>
+The shown shell commands are unix style.
+Similar commands should also work under Windows.
+Please try yourself to find the according commands.
+
+<P>
+If I have made any errors or if you have a suggestion please mail it
+to me.
+
+<P>
+A <A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf-tetex.pdf"><TT>PDF version</TT></A>
+is also available.
+<P>
+</DIV>
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Contents</A>
+</H2>
+<!--Table of Contents-->
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00020000000000000000">1 Disclaimer</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00030000000000000000">2 Preparing the conversion</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00040000000000000000">3 Generating the Postscript Type1 fonts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00050000000000000000">4 Generating the TEX related font files</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00060000000000000000">5 Move the files to the right places</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html44"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00070000000000000000">6 Make dvips find the new font</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html45"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00071000000000000000">6.1 Use an additional map file</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html46"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00072000000000000000">6.2 Append data to the global map file</A>
+</UL><BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html47"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00080000000000000000">7 Usage of the new font</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html48"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00090000000000000000">A. To do</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html49"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION000100000000000000000">B. Links</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION000110000000000000000">C. References</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION000120000000000000000">Bibliography</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Contents-->
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+1 Disclaimer</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+This document is provides as is.
+I will not guarantee that the described conversion works and that it
+doesn't course any damage.
+I also will not give any support for problems doing the conversion.
+Please refer to the newsgroups, e.g., comp.text.tex or
+de.comp.text.tex.
+My email address is given to give feedback (suggestions, error
+reports), not for support.
+
+<P>
+I don't know if the shown conversion violates any copyrights.
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00030000000000000000">
+2 Preparing the conversion</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+As an example I will show how to convert the font ``VAG Rounded BT'' which
+is part of Microsoft Windows 98 (<code>tt0756m_.TTF</code>).
+
+<P>
+First copy the fonts you want to convert into a temporary directory
+(e.g., a Windows disk is mounted on /dos/c):
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ mkdir ~/ttf</code>
+<BR><code>$ cp /dos/c/windows/fonts/tt0756m_.TTF ~/ttf</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+Then rename the files to a name conforming the fontname scheme by K.&nbsp;Berry
+[<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>]. In this case the supplier is ``Bitstream'' (Filename
+<code>b*******.ttf</code>)<A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="#foot43"><SUP>2</SUP></A>. The Shortcut for the typeface is ``vr'' (Filename
+<code>*vr*****.ttf</code>) taken from [<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>]. The weight is
+``regular'' (Filename <code>***r****.ttf</code>). The variant is omitted
+because itself and the width are normal. The encoding is set to ``8a''
+which means Adobe standard encoding<A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="#foot45"><SUP>3</SUP></A> (Filename <code>****8a**.ttf</code>). Because the
+width is standard and the font is linearly scaled, these parts of the
+filename are omitted. Finally the filename results in <code>bvrr8a.ttf</code>. Move
+the original file to this filename:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ mv tt0756m_.TTF bvrr8a.ttf</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+A more detailed description on the naming conventions can be found in
+[<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>].
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00040000000000000000">
+3 Generating the Postscript Type1 fonts</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+To convert the TrueType font to Postscript Type1 format I used the program
+<code>ttf2pt1</code> by Andrew Weeks et&nbsp;al.
+(<TT><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/">http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/</A></TT>). Generate the font files
+<code>bvrr8a.afm</code>, <code>bvrr8a.pfa</code>, and <code>bvrr8a.pfb</code> by using
+these commands:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ ttf2pt1 -a -e bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a</code>
+<BR><code>$ ttf2pt1 -a -b bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+The switch <code>-a</code> switches the conversion of some ligatures
+(e.g., fi) on (thanks to Hume Smith for that hint).
+In one of the last lines of the output the fontname is noted:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>FontName VAGRoundedBT_Regular</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+Note the name on a sheet of paper--You will need it later again.
+
+<P>
+The script
+<A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf2type1"><TT>ttf2type1</TT></A>
+does these conversion automaticaly for all files with
+the extension <code>ttf</code> in the present working directory. To get the
+font names you should start it as follows:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ ./ttf2type1 2&gt;&amp;1 | grep FontName</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00050000000000000000">
+4 Generating the T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X related font files</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+Use ``fontinst'' by Alan Jeffrey and Rowland McDonnell
+(<TT><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst">ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst</A></TT>) to
+generate the files that T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X needs to use the fonts:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ tex fontinst.sty</code>
+<BR><code>* \latinfamily{bvr}{} \bye</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+If you use fonts with different variants you have to append the letter of
+the variant to the family name of the font (e.g., VAGRoundedBT_Condensed
+would be bvrc).
+This automatic conversion only works if you are using a text font and
+if you have used file names according to the fontname scheme by
+K.&nbsp;Berry&nbsp;[<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>].
+Otherwise, you will get some nearly empty <code>.fd</code> files and nothing
+more.
+
+<P>
+Now use pltotf on every file with the extension <code>.pl</code> and
+vptovf on all files with the extension <code>.vpl</code>:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ for a in *.pl; do pltotf $a; done</code>
+<BR><code>$ for a in *.vpl; do vptovf $a; done</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+Now you may delete all files that are not used anymore:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ rm *.pl *.vpl *.mtx</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+The manual of the fontinst package includes a better description.
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00060000000000000000">
+5 Move the files to the right places</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+Now all files have to be moved to a position where T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X can find them. I
+suggest to put them in the <code>TEXMFLOCAL</code> tree.
+One possibility to get its location is to view the file <code>texmf.cnf</code>.
+You can locate it by using <code>kpsewhich</code>:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ kpsewhich texmf.cnf</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+e.g., on SuSE&nbsp;6.2 and teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X&nbsp;1.0 <code>texmf.cnf</code> is located in the directory
+<code>/etc/texmf/</code>.
+Another possibility to get <code>TEXMFLOCAL</code> is to use <code>kpsexpand</code>:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+On my computer the <code>TEXMFLOCAL</code> tree starts at
+<code>/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf.local</code>. The <code>TEXMFMAIN</code> tree starts at
+<code>/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf</code>.
+In order to have less work I set the shell variable <code>TMF</code> to the
+local T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X tree by typing:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ export TMF=`kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'`</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P>
+The files of each file type are installed in an own directory tree
+which has this structure:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$TMF/fonts/</code>&lt;extension&gt;<code>/</code>&lt;supplier&gt;<code>/</code>&lt;fontname&gt;<code>/</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+In this case:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$TMF/fonts/</code>&lt;extension&gt;<code>/bitstream/vagrounded/</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+The extensions are: <code>tfm</code>, <code>vf</code>, <code>pfa</code>,
+<code>afm</code>, and <code>ttf</code>.
+The extension <code>pfb</code> is an exception, its files have to be copied
+to the subdirectory ...<code>/type1/</code>....
+Copy the files by typing:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ for a in tfm vf pfa afm ttf; do</code>
+<BR><code>&gt; mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;</code>
+<BR><code>&gt; mv *.$a $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;</code>
+<BR><code>&gt; done</code>
+<BR><code>$ mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;</code>
+<BR><code>$ mv *.pfb $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;</code>
+<BR>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+You do not really need to copy the <code>ttf</code> and <code>pfa</code> files
+into the directory because T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X does not use them.
+I just did it to save them at a special place where I surely find
+them, if I need them for other purposes later.
+
+<P>
+Move the <code>*.fd</code> files to the directory
+<code>$TMF/tex/latex/psnfss/</code>: <BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ mkdirhier $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss</code>
+<BR><code>$ mv *.fd $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss</code>
+<BR>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00070000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:mapping"></A><BR>
+6 Make dvips find the new font
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+There are at least two possibilities to make dvips find the new font.
+The first has a simple installation but it' usage is a little bit more
+complicated and it does not enable xdvi to use the font. The second
+possibility has a more complicated installation
+and may leed to problems when updating L<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X later. But it enables
+xdvi to use the new fonts.
+
+<P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00071000000000000000">
+6.1 Use an additional map file</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Create the file
+<A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/config.vagrounded"><TT>$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/config.vagrounded</TT></A>
+with these contents:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>o</code>
+<BR><code>p +vagrounded.map</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+Create the file <A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.map"><TT>$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/vagrounded.map</TT></A>
+with these contents (<I>Each font definition is in one single
+ line.</I> So in this example each line starts with <code>bvr</code> and ends
+with <code>&lt;bvrr8a.pfb</code>. ):
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>bvrr8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular</code><code> "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" &lt;8r.enc &lt;bvrr8a.pfb</code>
+<BR><code>bvrro8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular</code><code> "0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont"</code><code> &lt;8r.enc &lt;bvrr8a.pfb</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+The first item is the filename of the TrueType font with ``8r'' instead of
+``8a''. The second item is the font name you held in mind,
+hopefully. The next items are the same all times. The last one is the
+filename of the TrueType font with the extension <code>.pfb</code>.
+Don't use the tabulator character in the mapping file because this
+causes trouble with the <code>updmap</code> tool generating the map file for
+pdfL<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X. Use one single space instead.
+
+<P>
+In the second line the slanted shape of the font is defined.
+The fontinst package generates slanted, italic and small capital
+shapes of the font automatically if no special font file is available.
+To use the generated slanted shape the second line is necessary.
+
+<P>
+Additional font effects can be reached by using afm2tfm. Type
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ info afm2tfm</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+and go to the section ``Special font effects'' (This was a hint of
+Thomas Henlich (<A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="mailto:henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de"><TT>henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de</TT></A>)).
+
+<P>
+Finally type
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ texhash</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+to update the T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X file database.
+
+<P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00072000000000000000">
+6.2 Append data to the global map file</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+This technique was suggested by Nguy&#234;n-Dai Quý
+(<A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="mailto:daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be"><TT>daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be</TT></A>) [<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#quy2000a">Qu&#253;00</A>].
+There are different possibilities to append the map lines to the
+global map file.
+Here, only the simplest (and best) possibility is described.
+It works with all relativley recent teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X versions.
+
+<P>
+Before you can do it the T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X file database has to be updated if that
+has not been done, yet:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ texhash</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P>
+Then, just type
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ updmap --enable Map vagrounded.map</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+If you have generated more than one map file you have to repeat that
+line for each map file.
+It is not possible to enable multiple map files in one call of
+<TT>updmap</TT>.
+
+<P>
+When you install a new version of teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X probably the added map
+entries get lost.
+Then you have to repeat the <TT>updmap</TT> calls again.
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00080000000000000000">
+7 Usage of the new font</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+To use the new font you simple have to insert
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+into you T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X sourcecode. For example <A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/sample.tex"><TT>sample.tex</TT></A>
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>\documentclass{article}</code>
+<BR><code>\begin{document}</code>
+<BR><code>\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily</code>
+<BR><code>\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT</code>
+<BR><code>{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\</code>
+<BR><code>{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\</code>
+<BR><code>\end{document}</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+It is more elegant to create an new style file that switches to your
+new font.
+The style file <A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.sty"><TT>vagrounded.sty</TT></A>
+is an
+example how this can be done.
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>\ProvidesPackage{vagrounded}</code>
+<BR><code>[2000/05/12 VAG-Rounded font as default sf font]</code>
+<BR><code>%%</code>
+<BR><code>\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{bvr}</code>
+<BR><code>%%</code>
+<BR><code>\AtEndDocument{\PackageWarningNoLine{vagrounded.sty}%</code>
+<BR><code> {Ensure to use dvips with the option -Pvagrounded}}</code>
+<BR><code>%%</code>
+<BR>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P>
+If you have not included the mapping entries to the file
+<code>psfonts.map</code> (section&nbsp;<A HREF="#sec:mapping">6</A>) you also have to tell
+dvips that it should use the font:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ latex sample</code>
+<BR><code>$ dvips -Pvagrounded sample</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+This should produce the PostScript file
+<A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/sample.ps"><TT>sample.ps</TT></A>
+which looks like figure&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:beispiel">1</A>.
+
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:beispiel"></A><A NAME="135"></A>
+<TABLE>
+<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 1:</STRONG>
+Sample of the font VAGRounded&nbsp;BT</CAPTION>
+<TR><TD><DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="328" HEIGHT="52" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="img2.gif"
+ ALT="\includegraphics{sample_eps}">
+</DIV></TD></TR>
+</TABLE>
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00090000000000000000">
+A. To do</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+Nguy&#234;n-Dai Quý has complained that the fontnames contain the
+underscore (<code>_</code>) instead of the minus (<code>-</code>).
+I have not been able to find out whether this causes problems using
+the fonts.
+But I also know that nobody uses fonts with an underscore in the name.
+So I should find out whether the underscores may cause problems e.g.,
+when including eps files which use these fonts (e.g., from Adobe
+Illustrator).
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION000100000000000000000">
+B. Links</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+Nguy&#234;n-Dai Qu&#253; has written a script that does all or most of the
+conversion automatically [<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#quy2000a">Qu&#253;00</A>].
+It is available from
+<TT><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/">http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/</A></TT>.
+This script also replaces the underscores by minuses in the
+fontnames.
+
+<P>
+Hume Smith has developed a method that does not include the Type1
+fonts into the postscript file but tells ghostscript to use the
+TrueType fonts directly [<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#smith2001a">Smi01</A>].
+He says that this approach avoids some problems with some fonts.
+But these files are not portable anymore because they do not contain
+the used fonts.
+His description is available from
+<TT><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html">http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html</A></TT>.
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION000110000000000000000">
+C. References</A>
+</H1>
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION000120000000000000000">
+Bibliography</A>
+</H2><DL COMPACT><DD><P></P><DT><A NAME="berry1999a">Ber99</A>
+<DD>
+K.&nbsp;Berry.
+<BR>Fontname, March 1999.
+<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/">ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/</A></TT>.
+
+<P></P><DT><A NAME="quy2000a">Qu&#253;00</A>
+<DD>
+Nguy&#234;n-Dai Qu&#253;.
+<BR>Truetype with tetex : Quick and dirty, 2000.
+<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/">http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/</A></TT>.
+
+<P></P><DT><A NAME="rakityansky">Rak</A>
+<DD>
+Damir Rakityansky.
+<BR>Using TrueType with TeX (LaTeX) and pdfTeX (pdfLaTeX).
+<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm">http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm</A></TT>.
+
+<P></P><DT><A NAME="smith2001a">Smi01</A>
+<DD>
+Hume Smith.
+<BR>Kwantus' TTF/teTeX notes, 2001.
+<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html">http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html</A></TT>.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION000130000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG>Using TrueType fonts with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X via Postscript Type1 format</STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.70)
+<P>
+Copyright &#169; 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+<A HREF="http://cbl.leeds.ac.uk/nikos/personal.html">Nikos Drakos</A>,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>Copyright &#169; 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-split 0 -show_section_numbers -local_icons -no_navigation -image_type gif -dir html/ ttf-tetex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Harald Harders on 2003-10-31<BR><HR><H4>Footnotes</H4>
+<DL>
+<DT><A NAME="foot30">... 6.2.</A><A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#tex2html3"><SUP>1</SUP></A></DT>
+<DD>The updmap
+ section has been updated to teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X 2.0.
+
+</DD>
+<DT><A NAME="foot43">...
+<code>b*******.ttf</code>)</A><A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#tex2html5"><SUP>2</SUP></A></DT>
+<DD>You can find this out by viewing the
+ file with less.
+
+</DD>
+<DT><A NAME="foot45">... encoding</A><A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#tex2html6"><SUP>3</SUP></A></DT>
+<DD>Maybe the TrueType font
+ is in Windows encoding, but the approach using ``8a'' worked fine,
+ so I won't change it.
+
+</DD>
+</DL><BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Harald Harders
+2003-10-31
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.ps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..609487ef3d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,1357 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0
+%%Creator: dvips(k) 5.92a Copyright 2002 Radical Eye Software
+%%Title: sample.dvi
+%%Pages: 1
+%%PageOrder: Ascend
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 596 842
+%%DocumentFonts: VAGRoundedBT_Regular
+%%DocumentPaperSizes: a4
+%%EndComments
+%DVIPSWebPage: (www.radicaleye.com)
+%DVIPSCommandLine: dvips -Pvagrounded sample
+%DVIPSParameters: dpi=1200, compressed
+%DVIPSSource: TeX output 2003.10.31:1429
+%%BeginProcSet: texc.pro
+%!
+/TeXDict 300 dict def TeXDict begin/N{def}def/B{bind def}N/S{exch}N/X{S
+N}B/A{dup}B/TR{translate}N/isls false N/vsize 11 72 mul N/hsize 8.5 72
+mul N/landplus90{false}def/@rigin{isls{[0 landplus90{1 -1}{-1 1}ifelse 0
+0 0]concat}if 72 Resolution div 72 VResolution div neg scale isls{
+landplus90{VResolution 72 div vsize mul 0 exch}{Resolution -72 div hsize
+mul 0}ifelse TR}if Resolution VResolution vsize -72 div 1 add mul TR[
+matrix currentmatrix{A A round sub abs 0.00001 lt{round}if}forall round
+exch round exch]setmatrix}N/@landscape{/isls true N}B/@manualfeed{
+statusdict/manualfeed true put}B/@copies{/#copies X}B/FMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]
+N/FBB[0 0 0 0]N/nn 0 N/IEn 0 N/ctr 0 N/df-tail{/nn 8 dict N nn begin
+/FontType 3 N/FontMatrix fntrx N/FontBBox FBB N string/base X array
+/BitMaps X/BuildChar{CharBuilder}N/Encoding IEn N end A{/foo setfont}2
+array copy cvx N load 0 nn put/ctr 0 N[}B/sf 0 N/df{/sf 1 N/fntrx FMat N
+df-tail}B/dfs{div/sf X/fntrx[sf 0 0 sf neg 0 0]N df-tail}B/E{pop nn A
+definefont setfont}B/Cw{Cd A length 5 sub get}B/Ch{Cd A length 4 sub get
+}B/Cx{128 Cd A length 3 sub get sub}B/Cy{Cd A length 2 sub get 127 sub}
+B/Cdx{Cd A length 1 sub get}B/Ci{Cd A type/stringtype ne{ctr get/ctr ctr
+1 add N}if}B/id 0 N/rw 0 N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N/G 0 N/CharBuilder{save 3
+1 roll S A/base get 2 index get S/BitMaps get S get/Cd X pop/ctr 0 N Cdx
+0 Cx Cy Ch sub Cx Cw add Cy setcachedevice Cw Ch true[1 0 0 -1 -.1 Cx
+sub Cy .1 sub]/id Ci N/rw Cw 7 add 8 idiv string N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N{
+rc 0 ne{rc 1 sub/rc X rw}{G}ifelse}imagemask restore}B/G{{id gp get/gp
+gp 1 add N A 18 mod S 18 idiv pl S get exec}loop}B/adv{cp add/cp X}B
+/chg{rw cp id gp 4 index getinterval putinterval A gp add/gp X adv}B/nd{
+/cp 0 N rw exit}B/lsh{rw cp 2 copy get A 0 eq{pop 1}{A 255 eq{pop 254}{
+A A add 255 and S 1 and or}ifelse}ifelse put 1 adv}B/rsh{rw cp 2 copy
+get A 0 eq{pop 128}{A 255 eq{pop 127}{A 2 idiv S 128 and or}ifelse}
+ifelse put 1 adv}B/clr{rw cp 2 index string putinterval adv}B/set{rw cp
+fillstr 0 4 index getinterval putinterval adv}B/fillstr 18 string 0 1 17
+{2 copy 255 put pop}for N/pl[{adv 1 chg}{adv 1 chg nd}{1 add chg}{1 add
+chg nd}{adv lsh}{adv lsh nd}{adv rsh}{adv rsh nd}{1 add adv}{/rc X nd}{
+1 add set}{1 add clr}{adv 2 chg}{adv 2 chg nd}{pop nd}]A{bind pop}
+forall N/D{/cc X A type/stringtype ne{]}if nn/base get cc ctr put nn
+/BitMaps get S ctr S sf 1 ne{A A length 1 sub A 2 index S get sf div put
+}if put/ctr ctr 1 add N}B/I{cc 1 add D}B/bop{userdict/bop-hook known{
+bop-hook}if/SI save N @rigin 0 0 moveto/V matrix currentmatrix A 1 get A
+mul exch 0 get A mul add .99 lt{/QV}{/RV}ifelse load def pop pop}N/eop{
+SI restore userdict/eop-hook known{eop-hook}if showpage}N/@start{
+userdict/start-hook known{start-hook}if pop/VResolution X/Resolution X
+1000 div/DVImag X/IEn 256 array N 2 string 0 1 255{IEn S A 360 add 36 4
+index cvrs cvn put}for pop 65781.76 div/vsize X 65781.76 div/hsize X}N
+/p{show}N/RMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]N/BDot 260 string N/Rx 0 N/Ry 0 N/V{}B/RV/v{
+/Ry X/Rx X V}B statusdict begin/product where{pop false[(Display)(NeXT)
+(LaserWriter 16/600)]{A length product length le{A length product exch 0
+exch getinterval eq{pop true exit}if}{pop}ifelse}forall}{false}ifelse
+end{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR 1 1 scale Rx Ry false RMat{BDot}imagemask
+grestore}}{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR Rx Ry scale 1 1 false RMat{BDot}
+imagemask grestore}}ifelse B/QV{gsave newpath transform round exch round
+exch itransform moveto Rx 0 rlineto 0 Ry neg rlineto Rx neg 0 rlineto
+fill grestore}B/a{moveto}B/delta 0 N/tail{A/delta X 0 rmoveto}B/M{S p
+delta add tail}B/b{S p tail}B/c{-4 M}B/d{-3 M}B/e{-2 M}B/f{-1 M}B/g{0 M}
+B/h{1 M}B/i{2 M}B/j{3 M}B/k{4 M}B/w{0 rmoveto}B/l{p -4 w}B/m{p -3 w}B/n{
+p -2 w}B/o{p -1 w}B/q{p 1 w}B/r{p 2 w}B/s{p 3 w}B/t{p 4 w}B/x{0 S
+rmoveto}B/y{3 2 roll p a}B/bos{/SS save N}B/eos{SS restore}B end
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginProcSet: 8r.enc
+% File 8r.enc as of 2002-03-12 for PSNFSS 9
+%
+% This is the encoding vector for Type1 and TrueType fonts to be used
+% with TeX. This file is part of the PSNFSS bundle, version 9
+%
+% Authors: S. Rahtz, P. MacKay, Alan Jeffrey, B. Horn, K. Berry, W. Schmidt
+%
+% Idea is to have all the characters normally included in Type 1 fonts
+% available for typesetting. This is effectively the characters in Adobe
+% Standard Encoding + ISO Latin 1 + extra characters from Lucida + Euro.
+%
+% Character code assignments were made as follows:
+%
+% (1) the Windows ANSI characters are almost all in their Windows ANSI
+% positions, because some Windows users cannot easily reencode the
+% fonts, and it makes no difference on other systems. The only Windows
+% ANSI characters not available are those that make no sense for
+% typesetting -- rubout (127 decimal), nobreakspace (160), softhyphen
+% (173). quotesingle and grave are moved just because it's such an
+% irritation not having them in TeX positions.
+%
+% (2) Remaining characters are assigned arbitrarily to the lower part
+% of the range, avoiding 0, 10 and 13 in case we meet dumb software.
+%
+% (3) Y&Y Lucida Bright includes some extra text characters; in the
+% hopes that other PostScript fonts, perhaps created for public
+% consumption, will include them, they are included starting at 0x12.
+%
+% (4) Remaining positions left undefined are for use in (hopefully)
+% upward-compatible revisions, if someday more characters are generally
+% available.
+%
+% (5) hyphen appears twice for compatibility with both ASCII and Windows.
+%
+% (6) /Euro is assigned to 128, as in Windows ANSI
+%
+/TeXBase1Encoding [
+% 0x00 (encoded characters from Adobe Standard not in Windows 3.1)
+ /.notdef /dotaccent /fi /fl
+ /fraction /hungarumlaut /Lslash /lslash
+ /ogonek /ring /.notdef
+ /breve /minus /.notdef
+% These are the only two remaining unencoded characters, so may as
+% well include them.
+ /Zcaron /zcaron
+% 0x10
+ /caron /dotlessi
+% (unusual TeX characters available in, e.g., Lucida Bright)
+ /dotlessj /ff /ffi /ffl
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ % very contentious; it's so painful not having quoteleft and quoteright
+ % at 96 and 145 that we move the things normally found there down to here.
+ /grave /quotesingle
+% 0x20 (ASCII begins)
+ /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign
+ /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
+ /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen /period /slash
+% 0x30
+ /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven
+ /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question
+% 0x40
+ /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O
+% 0x50
+ /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W
+ /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore
+% 0x60
+ /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o
+% 0x70
+ /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w
+ /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /asciitilde
+ /.notdef % rubout; ASCII ends
+% 0x80
+ /Euro /.notdef /quotesinglbase /florin
+ /quotedblbase /ellipsis /dagger /daggerdbl
+ /circumflex /perthousand /Scaron /guilsinglleft
+ /OE /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+% 0x90
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /quotedblleft
+ /quotedblright /bullet /endash /emdash
+ /tilde /trademark /scaron /guilsinglright
+ /oe /.notdef /.notdef /Ydieresis
+% 0xA0
+ /.notdef % nobreakspace
+ /exclamdown /cent /sterling
+ /currency /yen /brokenbar /section
+ /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft
+ /logicalnot
+ /hyphen % Y&Y (also at 45); Windows' softhyphen
+ /registered
+ /macron
+% 0xD0
+ /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior
+ /acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered
+ /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright
+ /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown
+% 0xC0
+ /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla
+ /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis
+ /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis
+% 0xD0
+ /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute
+ /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply
+ /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex
+ /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls
+% 0xE0
+ /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde
+ /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla
+ /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis
+ /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis
+% 0xF0
+ /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute
+ /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide
+ /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex
+ /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis
+] def
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginProcSet: texps.pro
+%!
+TeXDict begin/rf{findfont dup length 1 add dict begin{1 index/FID ne 2
+index/UniqueID ne and{def}{pop pop}ifelse}forall[1 index 0 6 -1 roll
+exec 0 exch 5 -1 roll VResolution Resolution div mul neg 0 0]FontType 0
+ne{/Metrics exch def dict begin Encoding{exch dup type/integertype ne{
+pop pop 1 sub dup 0 le{pop}{[}ifelse}{FontMatrix 0 get div Metrics 0 get
+div def}ifelse}forall Metrics/Metrics currentdict end def}{{1 index type
+/nametype eq{exit}if exch pop}loop}ifelse[2 index currentdict end
+definefont 3 -1 roll makefont/setfont cvx]cvx def}def/ObliqueSlant{dup
+sin S cos div neg}B/SlantFont{4 index mul add}def/ExtendFont{3 -1 roll
+mul exch}def/ReEncodeFont{CharStrings rcheck{/Encoding false def dup[
+exch{dup CharStrings exch known not{pop/.notdef/Encoding true def}if}
+forall Encoding{]exch pop}{cleartomark}ifelse}if/Encoding exch def}def
+end
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginFont: VAGRoundedBT_Regular
+%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0 VAGRoundedBT_Regular Copyright 1990-1993 Bitstream Inc. All rights reserved.
+%%CreationDate: Thu Jan 13 11:52:00 2000
+% Converted from TrueType font bvrr8a.ttf by ttf2pt1 program
+%
+%%EndComments
+12 dict begin
+/FontInfo 9 dict dup begin
+/version (mfgpctt-v1.57 Wednesday, February 24, 1993 12:05:38 pm [EST]) readonly def
+/Notice (Copyright 1990-1993 Bitstream Inc. All rights reserved.) readonly def
+/FullName (VAG Rounded BT) readonly def
+/FamilyName (VAGRounded BT) readonly def
+/Weight (Regular) readonly def
+/ItalicAngle 0.000000 def
+/isFixedPitch false def
+/UnderlinePosition -110 def
+/UnderlineThickness 102 def
+end readonly def
+/FontName /VAGRoundedBT_Regular def
+/PaintType 0 def
+/StrokeWidth 0 def
+/FontType 1 def
+/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] def
+/FontBBox {-47 -236 1032 989} readonly def
+/Encoding 256 array
+dup 0 /.notdef put
+dup 1 /.notdef put
+dup 2 /.notdef put
+dup 3 /.notdef put
+dup 4 /.notdef put
+dup 5 /.notdef put
+dup 6 /.notdef put
+dup 7 /.notdef put
+dup 8 /.notdef put
+dup 9 /.notdef put
+dup 10 /.notdef put
+dup 11 /.notdef put
+dup 12 /.notdef put
+dup 13 /.notdef put
+dup 14 /.notdef put
+dup 15 /.notdef put
+dup 16 /.notdef put
+dup 17 /.notdef put
+dup 18 /.notdef put
+dup 19 /.notdef put
+dup 20 /.notdef put
+dup 21 /.notdef put
+dup 22 /.notdef put
+dup 23 /.notdef put
+dup 24 /.notdef put
+dup 25 /.notdef put
+dup 26 /.notdef put
+dup 27 /.notdef put
+dup 28 /.notdef put
+dup 29 /.notdef put
+dup 30 /.notdef put
+dup 31 /.notdef put
+dup 32 /space put
+dup 33 /exclam put
+dup 34 /quotedbl put
+dup 35 /numbersign put
+dup 36 /dollar put
+dup 37 /percent put
+dup 38 /ampersand put
+dup 39 /quotesingle put
+dup 40 /parenleft put
+dup 41 /parenright put
+dup 42 /asterisk put
+dup 43 /plus put
+dup 44 /comma put
+dup 45 /hyphen put
+dup 46 /period put
+dup 47 /slash put
+dup 48 /zero put
+dup 49 /one put
+dup 50 /two put
+dup 51 /three put
+dup 52 /four put
+dup 53 /five put
+dup 54 /six put
+dup 55 /seven put
+dup 56 /eight put
+dup 57 /nine put
+dup 58 /colon put
+dup 59 /semicolon put
+dup 60 /less put
+dup 61 /equal put
+dup 62 /greater put
+dup 63 /question put
+dup 64 /at put
+dup 65 /A put
+dup 66 /B put
+dup 67 /C put
+dup 68 /D put
+dup 69 /E put
+dup 70 /F put
+dup 71 /G put
+dup 72 /H put
+dup 73 /I put
+dup 74 /J put
+dup 75 /K put
+dup 76 /L put
+dup 77 /M put
+dup 78 /N put
+dup 79 /O put
+dup 80 /P put
+dup 81 /Q put
+dup 82 /R put
+dup 83 /S put
+dup 84 /T put
+dup 85 /U put
+dup 86 /V put
+dup 87 /W put
+dup 88 /X put
+dup 89 /Y put
+dup 90 /Z put
+dup 91 /bracketleft put
+dup 92 /backslash put
+dup 93 /bracketright put
+dup 94 /asciicircum put
+dup 95 /underscore put
+dup 96 /grave put
+dup 97 /a put
+dup 98 /b put
+dup 99 /c put
+dup 100 /d put
+dup 101 /e put
+dup 102 /f put
+dup 103 /g put
+dup 104 /h put
+dup 105 /i put
+dup 106 /j put
+dup 107 /k put
+dup 108 /l put
+dup 109 /m put
+dup 110 /n put
+dup 111 /o put
+dup 112 /p put
+dup 113 /q put
+dup 114 /r put
+dup 115 /s put
+dup 116 /t put
+dup 117 /u put
+dup 118 /v put
+dup 119 /w put
+dup 120 /x put
+dup 121 /y put
+dup 122 /z put
+dup 123 /braceleft put
+dup 124 /bar put
+dup 125 /braceright put
+dup 126 /asciitilde put
+dup 127 /.notdef put
+dup 128 /.notdef put
+dup 129 /.notdef put
+dup 130 /quotesinglbase put
+dup 131 /florin put
+dup 132 /quotedblbase put
+dup 133 /ellipsis put
+dup 134 /dagger put
+dup 135 /daggerdbl put
+dup 136 /circumflex put
+dup 137 /perthousand put
+dup 138 /Scaron put
+dup 139 /guilsinglleft put
+dup 140 /OE put
+dup 141 /.notdef put
+dup 142 /.notdef put
+dup 143 /.notdef put
+dup 144 /.notdef put
+dup 145 /quoteleft put
+dup 146 /quoteright put
+dup 147 /quotedblleft put
+dup 148 /quotedblright put
+dup 149 /bullet put
+dup 150 /endash put
+dup 151 /emdash put
+dup 152 /tilde put
+dup 153 /trademark put
+dup 154 /scaron put
+dup 155 /guilsinglright put
+dup 156 /oe put
+dup 157 /.notdef put
+dup 158 /.notdef put
+dup 159 /Ydieresis put
+dup 160 /nbspace put
+dup 161 /exclamdown put
+dup 162 /cent put
+dup 163 /sterling put
+dup 164 /currency put
+dup 165 /yen put
+dup 166 /brokenbar put
+dup 167 /section put
+dup 168 /dieresis put
+dup 169 /copyright put
+dup 170 /ordfeminine put
+dup 171 /guillemotleft put
+dup 172 /logicalnot put
+dup 173 /sfthyphen put
+dup 174 /registered put
+dup 175 /macron put
+dup 176 /degree put
+dup 177 /plusminus put
+dup 178 /twosuperior put
+dup 179 /threesuperior put
+dup 180 /acute put
+dup 181 /mu put
+dup 182 /paragraph put
+dup 183 /periodcentered put
+dup 184 /cedilla put
+dup 185 /onesuperior put
+dup 186 /ordmasculine put
+dup 187 /guillemotright put
+dup 188 /onequarter put
+dup 189 /onehalf put
+dup 190 /threequarters put
+dup 191 /questiondown put
+dup 192 /Agrave put
+dup 193 /Aacute put
+dup 194 /Acircumflex put
+dup 195 /Atilde put
+dup 196 /Adieresis put
+dup 197 /Aring put
+dup 198 /AE put
+dup 199 /Ccedilla put
+dup 200 /Egrave put
+dup 201 /Eacute put
+dup 202 /Ecircumflex put
+dup 203 /Edieresis put
+dup 204 /Igrave put
+dup 205 /Iacute put
+dup 206 /Icircumflex put
+dup 207 /Idieresis put
+dup 208 /Eth put
+dup 209 /Ntilde put
+dup 210 /Ograve put
+dup 211 /Oacute put
+dup 212 /Ocircumflex put
+dup 213 /Otilde put
+dup 214 /Odieresis put
+dup 215 /multiply put
+dup 216 /Oslash put
+dup 217 /Ugrave put
+dup 218 /Uacute put
+dup 219 /Ucircumflex put
+dup 220 /Udieresis put
+dup 221 /Yacute put
+dup 222 /Thorn put
+dup 223 /germandbls put
+dup 224 /agrave put
+dup 225 /aacute put
+dup 226 /acircumflex put
+dup 227 /atilde put
+dup 228 /adieresis put
+dup 229 /aring put
+dup 230 /ae put
+dup 231 /ccedilla put
+dup 232 /egrave put
+dup 233 /eacute put
+dup 234 /ecircumflex put
+dup 235 /edieresis put
+dup 236 /igrave put
+dup 237 /iacute put
+dup 238 /icircumflex put
+dup 239 /idieresis put
+dup 240 /eth put
+dup 241 /ntilde put
+dup 242 /ograve put
+dup 243 /oacute put
+dup 244 /ocircumflex put
+dup 245 /otilde put
+dup 246 /odieresis put
+dup 247 /divide put
+dup 248 /oslash put
+dup 249 /ugrave put
+dup 250 /uacute put
+dup 251 /ucircumflex put
+dup 252 /udieresis put
+dup 253 /yacute put
+dup 254 /thorn put
+dup 255 /ydieresis put
+readonly def
+currentdict end
+currentfile eexec
+
+D9D66F633B846A989B9974B0179FC6CC445BC2C03103C68570A7B354A4A280AE6FBF7F9888E0
+62ACE92116EDA3164AB431B6AA5D94F1C30434FBEBFD8DB1F9AFD6140E48A2D1DF43A352ACB2
+A005E8D43CDF44B0FB04B46BF57CB25ACF592BA684F3B81821BEFEF4FD83303119637076CC17
+8DF5BB1B08B239997440FCE8A575B0E8064F42A4ED7BD4DE19F885975A82E97ADAF9E99E707F
+D5D6504E24FEADB3D183B06304B0435DCFE8E0F701B5AE80A2ABF3F9025EE4710D729D9AFD81
+96C5DE19F8BC1110CCDB88847974A721BAC25BB5ABF8C3A3B87FBDC10AF13B394395F0DFCD80
+AB984365B08BA0C8DFF1FEA3D2548498B94D58EE247BC42FA10BFA1A096DEF10A802A71E0FA9
+DDC1548C00C15FA237635474E5E99426173FABF2E9986CD2C77BADD7FBCEB391A72FD3F18480
+0519A1700E846A1E1FCEAD31799F67FC876992A68ACC21E1627F578E5CF5AE17D24996436218
+36BCFEBF4BB5A1928D52B1E5C79AB410A6C3E679822124E5F700792BC427424BEEE3A42B4E56
+C9E44CFE5654100E7B0A5B49898532040D16931C09CA5A38042F86A27FE64A1CDC08E751E70F
+B3FDDBCD3A4D01ABEF6CCDF3A82D538D2D4EF016217CCD47EE1BD1F02702C5E52113DC80ED7F
+5B705EAC5AC48DB7B64C5A457A19270B08DFF0EE9EA7B6C1300859647242A66159E4B7DCE8DF
+9A8429C5618C213484F2E573678A57F11B65901957507D4B848AFF203EC104817919FA34C578
+71258C2B026383A36DB34AA6289D144ED42EDF1EFEAECD0FC1837F5F335E8BDAF5369495A9F4
+329BA8AC0A2E8FB4727B01BCBBB9B720B45B8AE1B06B63DFBF9F56DD50A85FE2D75F0C6AAD17
+D6E56EB5489717AB5530428D78EBB78393A49EE11BE365740E3880B4E047AA349709E214E71D
+3DF6E3E24603C74E1ACD6579A7DA8CE0AF1F4EE082499F2AB728D33DE5E6F2800F58ABDD0C08
+6A48AD8A3814F107B64A23598E26BCB40DCA92A1C79A025260867911BF8A9A018E40B1253DE8
+20154BC779046867124DD43BCEA31BA78FA523FD7BD9B86EC0B9AD3F22A183264224B3A612A5
+79825A4C196B77434E58553C8FE1AF8AA466FCCD131E2A211E081056FC3B8E298FD9959FBBB9
+6C4A6ABE69D77C780EAD990036F9D48FBE9384DA40CF63FC175C1438672709C681CC3031D1CF
+310022B0ABA951ED0E9AB03CD9AA0222A580463BCC001CB369A9BEFFD0F4B8BE5652311D7476
+5D740FD43EC67AB21B29F861B22BE248D7FEDBD8C8BED3C01D72AF8633B72643ED3E715B3C00
+EE5F262F5973F1CB7B23B1D53A05D9A6CEB8DF71136158CB3FB539E56625A14591A1336E5E65
+B544DF3CB234C48F8FB87EBDCF3F5E119EDD3F47BA7B1422CAFD012D2C62C333E00D75F9A810
+EDCB3BAFBD583663288AFCEE923266A3BF255B8F175FB9EF4572B4CDC606A7ECE39370AF0A13
+B7F7888FE49200B24861D0CFEDD009C7B8E3F3DB3EA8D83DB98426B75AB72BEB8B60F5E8F9B9
+13FD61F64F28B7B7503797383A2E2C366B90597D73D7F00B036F99BD0B39AF2A450F4ABECA32
+CA9D982FE2E78074B9ECF92AC5CDFE16AAC76957321AB84378489661FA284C07ADCAA4D085A3
+AF3E31812593E47D5BEBE3A145F2A33CF00AA1704DAFB58FF270BF5ECF03BFEBF0C0B873BEAF
+D66C983E056C4755E8E7648D8E16812FA58FFC8373CCAB936B9468177CB8790EAEA52155A7EB
+0BB4F2C8AE029B51C982B56842F2F2D4A349E0C919F6BE73CC082CFF65F04F363E61F7C4AE65
+EEB6E312B602C7CC8FEA7C44B46265DE4DDB2C29A15E13AE9B685F4861026B7BC367392ADC78
+48E07E39F92759EA6864F592AA3ABF1B0BD628926A6DEC5658256C39B0A3B2EFCA6955ADD6F2
+837BBEC196419AEC9C88F4F2849A140F76C81624672ADB701D29CBB52EFE24454BC271787AE6
+539ADD86ABB5473F56FB0F4835722C68F5A995C0003740C448EF257C51D47BF51B38D12D16C3
+21458B9691300891ECF32CF175A5A0000AF9DD613E1E98225608514DA3F1F092E6BFA83577EF
+DB733886EAB226DA362EC7D990161CF725E51AAFBCAC766D1F7B35EF3B2B94AE6514A317E0D5
+043122509FA9E0CCA0547844ADE1D1E6A66D854D10AD0A19A1BCE38116324B8EC5259A221C93
+D39089464D58BFF725490C2E64BA801808B99336F34902A1B9B32EFF0024E5A7C12876A004BD
+EDBFDD9CC43F3E650897547D761F183D7F037D850C206AA57BDD304733ED2DBB2701E8901EE8
+ECF81B8AAE869F7C23B06D6A63604DE8ADE1F625432D18F1DB019AD51C7C4E8F904AD23D3FFB
+F1AF3F3DE923F1F6B469D9F8DD839A45F030F1C227ED6042AEDD287DC2C70318BEDA6D44E0E4
+15DF23C1F384AC4E54AF16CCA790332862884E756BBFA538FF4F92B54780BB4645C40EC731A3
+837E5BD921E3A3D9A9A27B36AED8925FE1C313C1FAD214C2FD555BEB043F5461976368250C26
+F8E6A0AAB31DA32621FAE19EF11B472680F4F3527BA459DBC9C27464AEC0AB7B24C27743DBD4
+BD58CD7D2FE4CC2253045379526E226AE2E4C1213061BDE820ADCB2B7AB655641408E3E0E061
+A15B581E6CB5CCA396CA924C4CD6D75DB24E12EA230FF26C11BCE0DC7AB1E94F0F4BE24E9ACF
+FEC9AC21FCD66013DCE2661216B792A17687863E55A11AE89A7B964DCCF25D2190D079AFE8FC
+683A814F14B662ED28E03F94B881D2B6270157E06FD022C3FE582AB5AC1F928CC6D3044754AD
+6F9BC900638CCFF261229D5E34F4F6952DD3A3D3462FEF648BBAB619E3BBC7036273B5F9FE6E
+9E5947CD03DABC8BE88F0C038B3F69D54F1DFCF2DBA93EF3FB8A69CFBD0AD437B04DF8FF5794
+A4FA5668DA2084F4BC54FE460FAB1ABEC90AF24C83D6A1764362711BB51CDF90FE389CF6E050
+74F51D97574EE217A93BF17870E8061CB3CFE0B11AC0930506BB4E444417912F4CEDA8A7E467
+9CC14784CFCE6072BE2C80637F7939FA4B19985BE1776280F669E93B30BC479780965CD43DEE
+134D12095FBD9E6F52132DE050D3AD0EF307E3822A98BEB1DD5DD27B293CCC88835DBF299995
+25C72952510B70D514914AFA06A7E5967AA0D3241D90E8850AB5945A0D04C9449A08DFC4640D
+05A61B8A410B9201B4A740A177FE2EBC2DC4F5869265763577760DA15152CE522D9587AD3DE7
+0285212ACEB7578A66EFED4B6938CD41C3D4DE74D74FA51EA9C0D030F2F68C456DEB25F526A3
+72920CF594A92D70D27CD4AACCC198BC352127B967F65BD10806F742F209114BA483899C5534
+AB46C0A2E54C28246385F91F7783B91947B7EA53FD3D3ABA1F2228529C5CB7801555D97D35C1
+18CE9FECB50B43975B69FD051B5B1D995C80AB54C823B6A09206DBE9785EB00202B06B2B1B27
+D50B5F8E93AE0B6BF7071E652B1BCB9A51CF1EBC31B169BCF41827E2F0426F9D11FD782E6A34
+033A659AF249408367364E5F5BF930CA4E794990F5CF933E28C807B38ECD009F6AB25A108CD7
+E825A1125E123A33AC784405E678798016935CEB62EF1684A1781349B9C378708212617A9424
+D17996841FF227E9B6B7B5CB54F10B4E8F66183D8BC6BF64ACB772B0CE09DF8CE791EF5B4348
+E7F78813359D3BD437080E1667FE7461D051191E948688FE1C41A9EA4C0F19FC7B9B76158F21
+0D8B52F93676CD7156CC441C3B0783CA051902C3C73BC9615278B51D8931F5BC75F27FB4D445
+6C2434FF363E77D530A4662C6FF24A72CBAEC33538ECE07BFE81519A38D863E06B015F9235F2
+96289AAB899850CF9A7551968478DB42C7E3D7A6720FFC2ADFB95CB0B5F430D1EBEA42200DC0
+A85BBA264C900734E9927F561DDA2FACB4CDA9385B0BD19D4F1CB5F61CEA6E6F3AA7817F9DDC
+1E7DF6A6D369AB15E68E64DE971BE0CA542E762A9B54F6AFFDA3E4557A2FEDF4A26AE8147BAF
+1DB1F0AF9F6C855266A0A161E422EA5D352FA6452E1A6B3DC92230290242232FA58CCE95FCB4
+E971101277B26AC761B1A9385BD19CA7F16EF9DBD6D13A30BAE64E2C5F65E282DA63FB37B89D
+2796C0BB5DE94CA526B7B707D5F9D6BA839AF6E3A0D03D7F9806BA3FE53FFBBEE5A084DF6E1E
+A3C3E622E9A0FE4100E48534F1C493664A7BC78214C66315A1CE3775C24125A1FC220B7FEF90
+5D6F7887CCA68E1BB3A52F03A544A3EAFED6221CD88BCA03F8123444DA00BFBA8C96845B5E24
+4E92F2CF3D24005F50777C309E5C9A40CC038731112796338977159D77AC6B77D9250C9F9101
+29C107E4996E4D4B40A22419A7F1AD0D1DA492BDC29CE3BFD5F834D753276D178A1BF67E3D9B
+49F500073C9D12164E86E6B201ED650468AFFA08202B5C3F1D6E8B8B1EBD0EBDE53043D4A43B
+D44767FC4F835708BFCEC0D6DB07E0AE348BF7AB20A649CE72C1439546FBF7A05F172CB5ABBE
+88BD5B739A48EEA4B8CC241028A60A645B7503EF021FA259BEEDB8652E5AEBBBC011D9714F41
+F85A54AD06DDE493A576C3EA1FC6A0239863AA2492C1E69ACEF633408EE1937FAF24FC6D6FD1
+FEE06173E0803A90F6AAD0DEF288CA4B0A8F030BA482992D4786797847C3F0049BBACF16D8E0
+BE6C0897A39F96F6BE0C03A4837203B49388A37FD701D62124D983EA61961896ECCA0EAC8F08
+C268207948D1140E04DC605EFC9E0EA6F50B027C0BAC0869FE3020357BDA7E613647A93FAEC7
+56B584CD177E92DF729212FBEE0A8ADFAA016692EE1E4DB4B59DA33E63EAE659C4AB296028A1
+1BA7470BBC7470C84F0A5FEE281ACD73E29AA83488BDBC4D5559D86D43BACD958075208EBFB6
+9DE7902B8F5FB61FA2EA13D7C27C7095C456171ADB2048BF43F0D3EDA4A62046C05F4B8618F5
+A8CE9D5AB488C1EF0C375C93A198B5A109CA9D94C985766D3793E2DD20BA1D6D5258907A3DA3
+02F7AD250BD282E2F9E52520A115F69B8F342EAFC84A2E823C79BFE2B5B2185DEE5DA4F4235C
+C5273493B8E03F3C9AB319A8B3875C58370C8DEB465DD16385AE4F23161B5F8C6559D84DB532
+BF4368E12CED705AD8F15082C93802CA541E00409056A8B102F11EFDA4371EA0D02BD4EF1917
+2378FB0F3A595E6FC2E5518E189496AA3CA84FD66C8FC2D63A1058F88F6B239B709F3E8560F4
+828AB57289C49A02494BB15127E23BF6EE0F1308CF76F3DA6DEA5983D40CFB12395B751A1473
+87F771AD7B4F82A3D903045BCBEF7190AA3F7904397D8F81E4FC4985BFE92B507C8049A5036F
+C3FC728C4835487AD09A89F4ACEDEB0416F44904959291CB70FB6D02134E42AD7F54AD5CE01D
+D7D757D8F61A90635D1B0ACD5905D890805F3C0ED3269EDB5378FC85B12746EC2A8157ECE9A8
+9A063DF5B53687EA96B4EB1DB7B1CD216CC7F53DB83347B0947F4F79BE1D36FAB49A180E4CD7
+BC5FEBD0811C44EA167F351E1FF7EE2DF560A83AB78C68F95ECDCC72D3AC00B0FD20B684C574
+D81329A3D923D6838C4AF5CE2B3965C6FAF9D6B4969DDF9B9EDE5CB67D617BEF6ED790F75A6D
+E0C498662141CCE0815FFFFEF0D6758F97BA13DBFA308F2B4D864D36CA89549BEDD024250DD6
+B132FFF4EE43D2D824949A252036B921F5B14EE8F66EDBC8CDABBCACE4850C972E92730625AC
+58BA8A83892D67F2D461B4E232E8C58297D6674DC7D90B3EF4CE000AFB1ADC898AB10E3CF2EA
+7B656E6C90F4F32267536A1B6FCC31A64D5C5CCE542E01B8A53AD7ACC95BA501A57B6299EE8B
+A9B99FD8B598095A7F21C39DB6A2CA7C0047D3A4CC69CD9EEA71AE39EC89E119D955F8CFBE43
+0251FA93B64DE582A8A27250F10684388A7E00ACD53C24389F386D4A79FFDF00ACA533E84B2E
+F107BC77B186F9AE782F6A1AA2BFE4529BCEC46CFD0E38B6E4F33A37F67D37DAE72CDC3658AC
+237D6034F2253A0487CD646416ED0C750A2AAEFC88D353FF0D856E7EB1608CDEB8FDEB73957E
+61E01C7084E3A0169DA2FDBA4ECD2B8A7E6EF33376BF3B229BAB643D8FCF6A611510B89318CA
+ABA783BE3F73D0DE87F58BC5079742B93431656860BDBD49220640FA9D37C9AA2B37F6588BA6
+9E45D16CD53C8020A1DA332974DE12E75A890E1FDB6079235DFCF1B8E3282C79045FC8BFDE0D
+7F8539CABAF24D12D1C7A33DEBDC37FBED62C38AC52B76CB77D9282BEF10F81B405F6CCE7B2D
+761CEF1CA994231829EFD28D3CABF7536E0B33BF7B86835440F95A22318791D9735269B47089
+8FEA580AC16F6187A9FA3EB7980B6B2279A7202A51CEE0486B08E8C69DFF35F52E7BC19BB470
+917C2E51E8F43E9AB9006DBE91DA831450CA9621AAFF04AC8CA4BBFBD60FF77795D59EEF84F7
+F64A7682B47DBBB70A1E0365458BB93248B6B16BD8B4629655B40D407CE9C36B52D25CFD8616
+CD24C3343AE2C8D9B426854CC0877953C5435A4CBBB1B5762EB11AB014BAA07581AAA3295DB1
+B31D4272DE780D0CE1F21BB87778581626D2E693E5ED562F08CE56BCEAD5F3202ED118D21C71
+4279773BE2EE13CED2BDC92F00C7652CCB6DFE5046CD726288EA2E9D6982EFECCB83FE3E3606
+0BF5AF673D5A756EE906499AB8DF81465B416324DC71F73249F3E00CC6F662F72507C02D2F88
+0A5C256A292D498667986EE478E2E2A206FF4F7536A1A18C71A1FF63C83CB323EDEC71D3F9E6
+5905490A332F0A456A3E9F9AB5959669CC0FC953603F05A58B1C38AC9C6C582F37B9AC651E04
+15983562A94B142460BF06ED328685DCF832C4A1EE0BFBC9A5714A091EE8E72630FBC4D96383
+12E4371F0D776B856C79E9A1A0F350B571175292D30968134B443732CC85FFF0BA2F6862D8B6
+7673357253427861EF7774F2B4917433187613616E32EC6217850CA0BA1CB6A60F39CA3C093D
+9CC1A1339F962CE4D4B3B5867EDB60ED393454C4CB271E0B2CE6D9A2CC67410091032CFBEE54
+DD57EF2246844666CFDC2482D858E2BBA331E41DAC81342ECDE52CAEB42F24410205082AED62
+8CE64A94BA36C2963600AC9485D3620E5D64FA3ECA2D4506038E76EC13C6A66D12C4D1455D16
+0F9E76EC2C20BB178F1032BFCF6A19EBA3C999381947DBA31488BA5FBD0D8B7AAEBA352D69BF
+9A3B6BC8CC2C5A03EB63404AAEBA8C7DD2902B41A073AC70518CE5641389DBDCF422EFDC908F
+2AC72378E3C4B616CBE6156486CB568564FB0770094BE439E93FACC5F9D361C495902086CAB5
+B70B1F67D54FF40F6713F36C6DBC899CA4561CBC9338586D02122A46802A8EAA1A20EB5DA174
+232AEE461D58138734AAB97B37F6455A77629FA2F227C67E896901F031B3A5A1DA30B49569B6
+CF03E7B879F13298462C4DE0265A0711AED49B0F15558A658FDE18C678282C0A3FE0E994A940
+9E285F2A749594C6716E75BA7BC4F4769814CD3C078B29FAF12C5233EDD5929B25DA8F770DB9
+84B1CDC9DD218632F9A97872E54B50A65ECC99AD9C55AEC4EB2147C0298F4BA9D0E856A3EC55
+296369DAA884E10D23A905106EE514944B53346451AEFD7C28917CFB4D3BC51647D79D30A1BD
+3984739212E1CE4C39CE1F113CDBBFF326FA93D5E3D23B220D1B15C39597FC79DC677F59EDC8
+2BD690D416966F7E6028F13DFBAFEDB69411186F5DE1F4F0C6F4FC9C8ACC1AA169A0B7C6255D
+22823D0E170BCBD4A9B114DA6DE060318DA4078A796EC8EFA356FAF804E85265E4C76AB8FC65
+C5A327F63AA79F64499BF20CB3D693063F8D527D529F48A21783881F9C31E8B1240FF89DAF05
+C6497D1F72E4401304AD811336A49ADD2ED30C0947B345820F0017446AC9356468F942412B77
+1662FE193EE6491226EF85EEB10CF46D25FB350EB31E4C67580D184970645B7F7E8D88318CAB
+95B7A5ABB133B4E25AB74CACED79AE9ED6EC7CB93403991566A0CF6F326B6C7DE9543D1B892D
+9CC5035B247C52E4BD86F90B6BF72DE2114E761AE8626E3620BDE6D46DCD841E87C21A05D434
+B21763A0C99049F1C71814D988A793467788D3BDE9ED41E21778E51D2BE18136F99D72ED2C83
+E6B4F79EC50CD4AB44C6C00CA57C1DB4592055BD3649C4A6C32E2F0588C52FB815F8BA30711E
+048FCC022A4F15031002F5260B232E8183BABDEB74F2C20246021800B7F1BDB61AE87F19064F
+9E93CCAB111C19999D3A12E001677BF4BACE2B6C889B37F13453A23F7797EF50E907FDDC5579
+854D056E741B63FBD22A8FCD590CD287657F1318996CE8E40499718ABEF514520DAD60D93961
+7F3BE13683378FDEB0D17846013FA9B27AF64C856DDA41A0C467802D864A15C4F7F6628A5F45
+BDEA132F1FF21D41F4E4751D7569F8C56AA32BBBAD601C845DE7A1EC8F196CB3B1AB027DC95F
+5F969ACDFB6D16D884CD033F279D24F476C30A037998E21CF37267237443A814BC656FE30F2C
+D998561A6EAD8BB3F7B3E8F434738B35B2A06906CD794498B2700E894B49CA6626651ED6388A
+1CF1BCF53DC9EAFA7EBCCB68E67BE65510A164CF3586D15079826846A3868A96962FE1EE443B
+707A440C144D291D8D956DF8A44DDA4A0473A3DD0EB38C393EA3672ED022C6E7FF72A920A5FE
+FD6468B71BD647EE35ECDF287A1B209E82D97D5F1423390BAFA854D4DBA21637EBE1EA4D88B0
+0956AB8FE91CFEC846C19B89601BF0777981193BF2ACA6D8DC03980765FF35F4F3A37CDD0A1A
+87FF9EEB17EE1DFC06843703999A4C2D9CD8E40A2C773B251FA9FF52271F63D2FF76A2850C87
+007600B30B70569410BB47F4B3039FBB542862B51939EB3C2282392D54D3D62982D0218AC886
+D6392070312983E93F8B21BB8801AAD5F6E7E64451F52E64F05CFEA1110293C438C791236BEA
+88746E4CFBDD8076F1D9AAF24C5061500A09178F0B0291E40198E0199DC0D4445281D3A53DC7
+3943784B6815C12C5C8FACEF0FA905DD13A2ADB9D88B0850472B81C9230F07FFA292D1BA24E0
+33C52A2B8076DF0EB484A012B4EEF56F79830B5EA8ED43548D00B091DF47572269E7D4903228
+4003A17754FBDA3A6DFC41ED82EBC817BA9E8C95357668807EDA56819C8CEC2D87303008E169
+13DEECDF40A38BF628343676A4A1966C893BE95D2A5657F92FF0EFD3FDA17AC2E515BDB35693
+F7419B2E7E0DD3B3C5768C6D336A6B1A4C042CE3EDA3B4AD06CE04A3C10D40C9AE220C66D6CD
+D902FEA382B8A22276360423593E301320F3CB10B7A373949E8EB9B61D63B06478DECA33822D
+124AE9596A8196862C3D7E60AD702C499FDBD95989542A5C0CBD8B6209CD78FACCD70AAB233E
+1F6D8E7E2F6A290B9C5D5C32FB680BB1FA89DF82512F21C29C472FD294FA9024FC03B2F2C3BA
+DE08A41A11A78CAE4D38906FB7C127699B88C1D31AE210FB332DA12897F09F4AB44037126927
+798E6064A2501BDC52E2D6A39571F58B45E02191D687467E341BA084C55C889F96066E1987C4
+6C745C8A5AAA0E3A71A28B2F74279A4F9576E2917C348409148982501FF2C776D643A2FE49D6
+B4AD263398BE642223D82A6572459065D625D117728024EB39A3872458C07BAB538A6D104711
+FAF930CF72687FDBDB0E22268D476C86258CF4E24666041A8A58723299A864F1A3AB63C0B34A
+9D484C8FBD6ACF8B8F1E8709E72B07EF6C5C50070A786E0806FDAE854A7A2738DA0B54909C26
+06F4156CD1CAD40796810A82FF1BDCFB7164FCE4453B3CA665D10CCB0FDE4D3FE386DFAC2247
+BE8969E668C3188EEE236D4D39D7E17BE3CBD9462632B7B028EA1D8F60A2F66EE3F4F62E44BC
+06E6BF9451219B8BCE80A6D79A11AEE76964653B2614F0A900EE385E32317540A448B2D2AB36
+D827392766ADA88D263F84CE00522753D3165AF65D5904C817B54286D6A89D025324AA90ECE4
+8C9B511CBEAB502FC510B3F9676AC9AA998575902490B8AFD3BD6AF8D699298C63AC26EEF70C
+7EA5AEAFB5260753EEDAC35DD9E7E548B35BA5DCA2034A35A0B60240032F1D4F9781226C01A9
+F68C76AD239F86B9894B8AD6AAC3EB152B49C0C25F1A16422BF8BC84E3642F63B8ED0FEA0978
+BCB2DC287840236D749F7F5C4C558BA0BA7198AF8B631A0E8F314248AC4784FE3175E33B438A
+E35FA74260AFD5A20B8BD3249F0A8EB7CC84ECE3362392E499B072512B759B604A52D4BEBA36
+CD157D31AD1F5ED8E6E940B00EB518BDB3150FA178DB34EF98863E0A1A5B8E1633843A152EB5
+82AC94ED5B90C93837922C499D097613DE5EFE09F1A05E6E902238C7F61DDDFED77C80138654
+A6A7D00DA04CCB12B4C521968EEE9FFD3B9DFB3ED60B6F647B966775C9A83DD0E81936FA9F55
+FB39BA2AD2514BC3417EE60E974B216593F3CAAECD86495F05A6B4DC4D74A41CB2A6EAE517CD
+E929F66502A549FEBB4F9F2A3CC9383C49F018FC1E8A2B8935BA0A162DC9F1AB8C1BD95B00A0
+D67421AD761394B30B9ED6302ACFD5456A9E91A87F363B295BF9D22F3F4F21D0DADA65074BD3
+7A8BCEB2382D0CA20CD5AD61E182BE60D8694E5245D8E4C881A2C4C5D54177C59125ED261339
+D6DE985E69FDC35262AE795BEE30FF90E5973369B596558C250D9AC70C17F1103B2D0083BBC5
+E0DCD6D6D2C4E34FC6BA1BE9E7AA453DF6731EA3488A2ED78464586E20EE4BE12146B373165F
+B07F327D1E26A1A6B322CF673F2C2F8AEC3468B11CDD0C3F9A2E30C61D5BB2338DDD5597644C
+504E3108FD23D2AF07AA1AC2E3F2E8EB35736E4E77887E3EAF8A02F97560F15462E93CFF4CF5
+C85AD50DF015A9C24F10305D05601239CE8334B44CD7E794147BB5DC786B1606D8C5B745441D
+505465C39E03E3E5D26C103A20D82CADE30443E41E6ADEECAC982F3299C184615BF53C4CECBC
+9A56706410BA7DCD29C34BE8A4E4A1FCD9CA5F6C76B53BC2F08A969D818E3A90B736ACD18122
+88826287ACA963AAFA81307156C8AB3032D03E45FE9039300DB2FEA105015EDD34D7314BFBF3
+EA55C8D6655F1FAA609BF457AD10B162BE9DBDFE7670B12B8895A399DFD3C62C042A95828006
+5E13550907FC580430386FAE361782142ADF130C2DB0C82E1D202E31B635029727C092DC3012
+C19713E8C284AC756F50845445C7D5E9D700E9D771F4F7B95E40C2C8A48A3FB9AB86A6070882
+4A9F93DBAAE27150B67FF5589C1890FDAB139EDB9C366BE7775D5FF3CBDF9ADAC14A3E23E9A8
+054D3D6B6359A6E610B197BDF5DABFC9A3546364E6FDA631761FE344E89330A4F0E71A092878
+CB9F46F740CED25F6D4A89AEF0DC2EEBF9780D9B8CAF5A324069D71A55D41AD0765648D47F52
+4222FBD4367B9CA8DE151EDEE0045D21CF191A2A9F426EBDBF6F89C96BD92B15384AD0A4445E
+4F0B048F8B25A8B2D82DDCE0E8672870D9434AF9CCF86D17C9334CCBAE3AA3B20112C3F1D99A
+3FCD0C7ECB005C099D8EC78180B13D30FA3924960A87C2E6C9A25CFB60701F4F7C66B6111866
+5B09DA8A276C5CD5AD5AC7C2BB34865A1516A361F613A9ADEA0522EAE580429F7A98F0BBDF89
+30A3AA06C95183522499F5A11D1937471C4C8BDDF19167B87F0FB5D99FB9D3C2A194E73145C0
+11ABB5A6B8626445931D89A2D64E9CEF7B504C042C4DE22AC24A9ABBC0005F30C675CDAA138C
+FD83F7A5C7FC1A46B5A1BBA36CDE83A702233735A7D2D8B4BFFBD4C5AFD6CDCAE8B6FFBC66DA
+4D87D9A6E57EDDD71C069368A3212CD50B9AF08E23DA4E745F703183B6D384744BE963DE8A96
+019395C3E24DAF924C839E0AF55FBFF4C3C9C639E42DBF1E9DA9D78C8996A34FE4052DDDEB7E
+05A37E404757778433DC5E79BE0F10B4403D66CF546B3A372163A897597079C999095BBC0CF5
+DDF1F660567A6FBC21B283AA4BE44C87F251F567454DBB68732E766D27C2FB99B97F231236E7
+37648DE7F12FDDE048C69E79CBFB4ED3D0EE7B3F376538D2EF0AF589D6B8C5D1C0B8D928BE2A
+D526727355692C4C13A58D182ACDEC519610F599F216FAC0E0E70862E1ED2697313A3FE338B2
+6490AE33E5B195A9DDC7DB42C38D1F9FC567A536E4D33FCD2573149D107C755E3126BA46D3D7
+A673F7548345CF563059333B27DF8A57932271BF73F890E16ED4D92D44D73674F015B1B22AB7
+EF43A2D094754F634359FCEE0C48C6DC468D485E6770BADDF64CEA527DBF9ECAA47D4E179DA8
+59810B48816F79DC210B3BDD7CA30CB2C0B437EA27AA5C8C45399618B5B893DF6FBEA41F6A0E
+A3B38F9DA7B7CFE777DC398BB9D2559B687B4DF77CCE774ED9CCD58AD509908ACD994D4A939B
+41207539A9892E4FB8FA519275D418F3CFC3B76471DA4726FB0135903668D3A144CAE3253E9D
+62F781BF3B41B5D0B3EA5FC6B117FE6433E4734F33736B283AFA19C9E06E2646637025A62388
+6DEDB85B2FD2920D28FEE1455A4B57D801EBDCD7ADAE6FFF830A9B9AF97E9A8751D1005486FB
+25F8AF4E1F5EDEE8C67F95A16D8A7C9B94C2E9D6969FD6176A38AAA5D55FCCB1F867CEA246C0
+2D6CF969A05AF8DA6689D77F0E4D998DF5C926A7B1349EB857DDF1F492C90D7078954D8FF156
+A88337C3B58BDDB1D6C1302DFF780E99190FA9633E84AF81C8CE24B73E2A922D685C13EAA01C
+73BFBFCA9586229528AC3E6B8817E18CFBA395D9F53FEB4B1F1B25DE4F8D851DF3F9BB1BED5B
+43D16AAF08D3101EABB72A137A17C8C9D592E6FBC3DB6FDEA821C7B82ABF066C17904BBCB06B
+012B8DB21C149B1BD3AD77AE916A6C6893CA9BE8E1DEBB06F61EC2FC922FE4C857D462BE54EF
+687EBD68E3E7AE31BB1DAE6C5B73A28E241A4FB29DDCBD06CB78E9738148F12DB1E850ACB7EA
+7080282382FB1854E231FA167D96A3E9DB4EBB4242AF204FC6F05279C4E4E69A3983A8D9296B
+5E3A51DA1F1D50B21C63ACE46758034D067E1D12BCE5D260B740750EBC63DE92E01FF2F58454
+583D49F72410405F88E51122E6CD76AF2711D43E8722A12EE7DF36574D1F2B8AD1362E7297D8
+A0E9F6DD9DB5A351BA571E1EDA8C6FF7D087007330460CBF3F6E6990FE5657CB6561567A1D66
+805C4AC815852D91DB3276E1446B3EDC9F538BB16AD261A68AA8C5EB408407C44F2D6CA37048
+D8A10E735416EA362D731D3C9DD49144302F45411678F3A0E1CE05F0507CDACC8ABADA8DC5D5
+0CD943D8F369953D656D41EDF70151BCAB0F8A2579CE8F577E5C695C4B75F55B1511E9354BF2
+3BC4FF55F895E47890EF09A90D60672A349E2E4714431C1D9A00BB9E40216DD722531A16D85D
+0A48C8E980CE4518A35F29C6A7D75A85E792BFCC596E6D0FCB95D8CE0DB10726F076275C63D3
+06EFE08AF037BE19FCC836EE9A1C250BB36CC1AB3D6A2263CD02A475D091E6E8650A92FAAF81
+1130DCB9928F048BC5DFEE5396E44407FAEE665379894179DBFB46D9D91D8FABE2929254A3F7
+D28714C8EAB094E508042551CE5EDDCFE2CFDE7F70B72CFA531302D4367F644B5B176D687841
+BB359C84E10653156B67446DE4BA3145424AA08560173E206A72FEADA8CB4C601F10DB3056F1
+760DED0B87A8D3282CF2DBE0337CF096388FEB97A88B68E2A7E4B4DC9C9FCBF1BACA1D82E7D1
+EF493C1B65321A81F00CBCEC18C707A8E8CD0438C65FE2D783C5D4C7978CA924DD6278301750
+F831D555ABDF47D399552FD4DA5EB6D9808C4FA5C50ADAA7F27CC47974591E73882BA06868E9
+65A5DE1C2C9568FFEAA63303435CF0503AE2C91869B096491022150C3DC235E100A4E60F84AD
+69810D760E3616F3CCB7462FDF99B72AC1CA2ECE2DA59E80B9874BC58F924DEB04FE0CB89307
+B6739700D2A5C939380433BEF0892627321B71F69548E9A09CA057549AD678E40625E7C3B6BC
+2D27705F959F2EE79138D5B9FDD4BB999E21CCCBE19F94D9941DC8D63325539DF827E5EE8997
+F4D67BDE961F5ED7FF62739784B3F24F3C882F9C0B564BE38054672622321138F9D627EA63CE
+66370F1692713575F1ECC462A3E11D60F1DB10780C82977137479698BCDBA01675BA872C316F
+C2FBF5067E59924007DD31B8251C552BBA8398A2118B3DED60F22F985F72F277036485C1629F
+E2DE7B4B3ED47C95742A5C9073D6DAAD38C8CA00639605B589225FE771D9D5662C14110DF185
+C44B798402235942C62F2AAF743D5AC0323D0B45B9712ECEF0A90A139C136A5C199CDDCD7C9A
+8E99CFEFB5381856F76E793EE198A7C798214F30C89176B85A2A825977B8970A43001BF5699F
+7FAD085B3F34B08557BFE4D72E83F4EE4CEBDDAC613D86410A5351EDE2FB5895ECE75EF8DDE3
+F51092E240FC53752173FF2B3E7116986B4E706E57B5994217B18E7C3DD520D1D307B432F3F8
+6777A1F2676225A2291B64D77A2075DA6CC57CD775611D6E7ABCCAD928646BE37EAB8BD40F31
+706BC607A4B0D68FBC92B2364B8C6574EB34928D04AA7D1AF0749A39A679F9B559F7BCA8F320
+050C12B247FB0C1C15241399E75AAF18FBC038713BF9D3BBC4607E4EF53A04FDDDAC2B500B37
+969F67D4E4D474B7B24873BC1E1D9D29441C30E7DAE79D215EB7F0C3D8BCC73A94403A5642E4
+AA105119566D0AA83E87AE403AB9B996FDD4D202E2160EDBC165EDAC4FA7887E16595C8E57C1
+337AF85EDAF18F8F85CD1F689749AE9A85DAC3E04BF2C046923AD53F1D1ECC3326E93153037C
+D6CC5EEF96BB708603D689FA88A18089EBEFA61BA82047BDAC51ABD39E8506A5D681202796C8
+967C92B0E0AA67E0235AEB98DE39DA2922EA563D0354B49A5D9605D88C072791820CBF64CCE9
+385A2CDB3E70AC4020E3B44D98C681659696ED35B89D174EC2BED0C58558CCFD8E88659D9544
+727D3CB08F85CAEC509D0A5A9EDA6A82E82E27EF5902C16F272D2CAC907C00B15B66EB7451C8
+40D11BF7939741EC25C12D58DEACDB3DEEA2B547CA89076DD548766F5554FD4715C157CEDBFE
+3DDBCEDEDB93B735DCA9F7ED8CD2713F8D993BAF94AF61F3B2C157BBBA3AD11A350C671C3DD7
+E2E76784B4ABDB63EA844B7AE5A005514A13C7441651605B1C87D045E1C7BBB00D9FE0E9F854
+95308AB0A5441E4FFAAB03986EA30AF8F7523E4F454F598E2CD01D3895DE22760DFB8CECB583
+915FE78A8A02F50303703AFC1AA9745D64E3F1DA127992465236BAAAC51586B4C1555D9040D7
+2F7234FF219169B822A9F3A766A9794251B5496D3200DB53490C75D1DAADEA7B454602B8EE12
+2304D3611B944E337FBADFAD3D7C9D53126432B63300C87EC4234FB54BB8EBC96D7348938CF5
+A4F632EDD2996AF966D6FCD2EC0165777A9A9D33AB3CAB1C293C5066772467BE8DE764F25AC3
+3F562E5CB6D06C4BEE12D1B32728184A4565FB0E28A503A5BDC02F2680C5584FE99D4CBEE4DC
+23636D0369BD4E2A85966FEB64369133FB79A29DAAA53A6CD99C639E5E1C69D317341B1AEB99
+AD05494844C6D0DD4524DDFE796633E3B0E3364282140D77F40651D99A1349844F58329E28F5
+4DCCEDD9EC53CF2DD6F51CD8B3540BD8AFA87D9454D0971DF68D774693C453736192B6ADBE01
+064B1D4ACD79B1618122BD71A5AA59C4E8895E16224581D674530D410D33B22CF41E6FB024A4
+C8CB0627FED063CAAA0A0F021047C35951886993C66B74F5C62B17680467857C467FFBEAC7FD
+EA633AB3D1EE3AAFE8FE83EF74EF54940B46882A30E3271731DEC86AF16F458083B608401FCD
+1E073F31EFFC895DEDB51B7DBF079210243E212E04B5942FCB54B332FF421E400AA2B11877D0
+ABD25A7723D0CC4AB220256432ADFA8D1AC3F66CF8C808AFB62565E613DA3184F537466AB8A0
+DBE7F15C3C2254C0F004B9ECB56B3B2847C00495D90768137B3EA29DB320310519B78BC5D2C6
+9C5E0CC9742B09A8DCFCCF3ACBB19D7262B5638E5AF3338BCC233F79FA230D05034ED48AF978
+45672EE0A627A2B03D54C9B3A90C013AD76357F4C2809EEE69E6C88DC4185F28D61945BE19B4
+BD40FA070B11EFCF7778090C2EA21DA40E2F38704624FEEFFF7578C6D0D43AD4B3747A57D21E
+0846139E8FDF0918F62DC5730F6328676AB9B9CED315922272BCAE06B182565C7831CD7CC3D8
+200ACF970DDE4584BEE047AE16451F8225A2008516071D47C91CBB1C7B3D28251354AEEA6284
+47DC37FE94DD3D08A24613FE69E5CCC6CA397B6CAB226383B1C81854D366D36139041A322B18
+C790B42BF5B9F635021B989785B00278D655675ADEF0D2F8E31930F9515DC3FCA2DB6B82BAFD
+925DCABA26681169F16FF18BC0C45DF494DA3F9649EB136285449B48BF20FCAEE8A57561CDF8
+60BF221B1E3D74346D1DE15449879BE1698CD1937AB59D127B66168F5693699776329FFDECDC
+D30D21ECFA3C671C9C8A542573496B4B0B6DF32272352BF747A78598771A4FA7071B361F96C4
+17CD93EE7391785DFF44B4AFA7CA7496C82547F065D40F0A77E7B5159EE5CFA27965F1EA863B
+1E4CA428542E27878BAEE83AB15A77A48550DC392BB76615BBCA6DC471834F603320BAB3C949
+91121BD20AAD2503A4104FA075A0D76E2E14885C2533A5B661F9E76C2F021AA3DC4453CF10DF
+2800D3DBF9F7A547D50D094B78E00DE77EA9C275914E310475F956C00D08C2320D6E3DC43D33
+F51C5A12BCC72375557B22AA3ECA9366FCBCC5398B5A81CF08A783DA8249E8168FBFA5B68CE6
+57D2D89761099240F7211A5C127A7B66CC7572FFE4C334C192F5D09919A8D4A2269744C29421
+1D882CD01C738DF99235FC8A7792AB75805B8230772D547657919D82C549CDEFBA83EFDBA855
+4D975030203E6F4B3FF733EE5CC38D33A9677826DFE8561189D253788FA57C41E17D49C8549B
+4F61B264EAC5152C3F3BDE733D2E123A21F2F53D2323B724185C22A3F3D3B5C6F13C70A94B0A
+7919083B48535172C673606F6023F475ACCC7B10DFCA30127A3C7B726EA6A4611C4268088084
+7C592B6A55AD5AA2836568563932329FF8063E19BD0C9B51490B3B734C83E29829BFE469DD85
+7E969F14903760B5C3E058193EAC1CF7A4914D3D5479A8C4BEDB03E79706C54C3D9996F57110
+70BA09E96EC8F3289735FA084DEFB75A5FDA5C340D5F910B318ECE80777A5FA5A9905CE28848
+38E168734327B9F8FC9B6E1755B62976B22B049BB11AA7E46BD2FC4883050C36A4D42C0D47EE
+39F02FC479E64201CB0CAB7449CC619DAA5C5815D57AD443E04A1BBF8132BC2E59DEEB52636B
+1CD90E15BC9FAA60C7158AEA69F8542DBFFE3E134BB20CF83F54F85140A244BBDCB7E04B25EF
+2764AFDD9D107F58246D570563BDFA648F2F4A4415883145929F4208CCA8F84EF52DF989AD2C
+56839CE9AC9E9F74C944ED5D9189E65B1A17E06E84A2D0595DCEEFC59F9B2075AC8BD1ECDD99
+9269685FEAB0FE4427D4336D48DA0C6C371E6C7CCF3D23E59137B96B403E58953B4AC8209E9E
+60E323E866094742790FD6F0E49C2F264C2EDCFEC3F217699FE87C686A960732459E1797AF24
+6F941D4803565A25235DFAA0AE8C2F3B639A2065B4496E10C7F0376517F4090200AE559BA60E
+53C3528F22F9976D4657E79F56382375C260A30D2724253C3DCC1470BB8D5BCBF02555126AFC
+F2A1C79498EDA690F1CA0FB82CEFD4056DF0A67C3D4C3CAE4565C40242D2A62E3EEDC78F8E46
+3AF4F17356D0AD0FBAF2575FD73308CD235FA73813485A6EDC880D1C1080220E1D3E8231584F
+3D3BB1FE77969D35ECB29299CFF85C1C01B1D724D3CC83F0BA2D13DC626D8FDD15A5182C5013
+BDE778DC2CA1A7D0D01410357F0FE4A7BB9D409A99A7E6A7A0EF44B1D496F9DFEA73E5CFCDB2
+DAD0BAAB0F470460FD03C783077BBD1F078FC7FE040CA8CF60B53BFBBB6F767BD6948F362595
+15102F85DBE96CB560EA4099D596CAE1E1A18C27B7F3E787779D7A72DDFBE902F51B9955CFD6
+2E71003C4BD53477FC18A1D501CD71B0DC643185427D4A20D1DA2CC447ADE487150D0164F9DF
+CA038632BD9DD627BF390BD32742E21A630A8EBF2D170199C9D4E0EE8FE1382C67BAE86D7647
+D502A0052FC736D8AF8FC4D315079011EEB1220306F2C4FF9ED7581AAB389AC26C747E0C69CB
+456602969C6560A8DA1EE4C4210AF9CBF65DCDE2E3DD2FB6FF0B38841AB3A2988B22DC10427D
+3126FE201982A96C7EF316510D7F95DD59CD3C24D2894D4E5BC824004932C69A8DA99C7A3489
+7BDC970F0F91A8BAC0B9CC3494AA26931D6EE9413422B871CBB609BA3D1ED82D644D4F547F14
+8F160822645ACE26BF50C94DA502877A1E734864BCDB4F5A68765ED4F5053669EB2E887E8C42
+D2ADD34ACADCF01EEA997E8D6770109DB347156F989F5ECF2074D9C6E7ADAE177E9864E23154
+FD2387CE6E35813AF441364AE6BC3961BB57CF4CF7B483AFC15EA9CC6DFA761E2FB0E3F09642
+F04E5B41B2B1527D0596F6E554D418F92E4772D750B53B6C6C08518488AF5F7E131358D79850
+1D27DAD12D293270C946B79201DD7BB05B7B8FAF4C46C4997B40972809F8D78D51F243D68405
+7ADA376564D74DB1B4165B664B78A06E4DA541AE1F4F94829380DDE4785FED9E460A04568F52
+C4954655BDE15167A7CA65A41466B3970CB8D58BA0DD8C23581456C6FE3B0161A268CE791310
+93C521BE522A80D21B8C5F48C31C3919F91CB83BEECED75373863D8D5C1625C85168161DD4E3
+52C0680282492560AC3BEA469193FE61B71A6761840BFF734CEE1CA7EF007D93974E09C2413E
+9C51A271D5D2B1BE1ECC7E3D57581484E4A91E8C5F220C2EDDC53DC7714194436488F2090533
+70D52C9686E831327F395CC0C9B6DD5CDEF072143BBCDADBB5864D8943E31F7A68581BE6C314
+0657464BAE5FD4783B5B897114B7BC5B47F4A8D08BA7F1E3011FF5149E36420AA3B8E4CB9833
+87CC8F9EC064FC88F9716EC7968B61625686084A68FA420C6BC09902D05A7EC6AFFBA2FDC344
+99B29ACC7C23CC7891D19FB91561E6ECDD3E91D91C57D8D5E69DACE1CF5481AD47D7362F5E7C
+A3D6BA0E66570CACBB62A8EF3279AA56E4CF766995E32E851BC72630EF627830B37FBA71A37C
+DE8E0DFD5378337E185778294CE0FFE6F582BD751CD86115F004ABDE1C6422BFAD0DCBE544F6
+DC06718683B1BD807905C2CF4CFF32072860589D0D7145CC191096F13FFD91E69FB9AE79CB45
+164ED3484C9DABEBED7EEFE3072094B5275E884F3B0F041BC7073C470CF37DC8E76B972A8383
+DEEFF5C5C3830684897748B8290947D72880716E925D1E8FB916CA422066355395F23C9557FA
+2BA4FF269ADB2C3643256189EC56DAC4889E3D15070FF51CE9C3199DB6A708D8A99F5DB5D6E3
+21DFC6122ED9EF88A6D935BACC07CAFA8A24787D64FFFC2B6D379CD1DBD4DD1D550261C3F3A9
+D0F5AC27640C2C87A2F53ED5BC1E34AFBCFAFC27EA6CD0D301AAEED1878A1735059F4DE3F1D8
+7C5B846DC976DBB555C61AD837E3B985C75177B0C9964974BD5721555D55A5E9FF4B40DDEFE4
+358FD801F3ECEE1D1FE39EDEAD4594E44106FC5C64B046AA883581F15F6452D52210510249F9
+EC133CB399F6BC6BEB69F53140F8D26F1CEB1D31441671C5827960289351E2423A12E22874EF
+93A699B336083016B9E3554FFBFCD49EC4833A86890ADC9E182371C15D1901D3F428D662B9E7
+D163756C8AE84AB02D55DF1E875A47FBF64CFD281E133677881EB1D04689890D7332BEC1CDCB
+E866E79C81308B5762E7CA3B95FEAE17EDF4D78408491F6C83296A182B00C0B5A6D96D8291F2
+BB5D2C0C3A8F0721D9A9710E8DBB7ACA859C56AD46FEBAB184146C5195950C178B476F012723
+1D4D9FF5F3159833995EDA4207BF9503226231A394C34DAF8A927B2F4FCC8144A5B9880FC159
+C6FD48B8937D6F892D13F1112E00B9B9ED48B438C03B8BC9F613366D1F205AB9E477C6BB3C68
+73A82F4F25D8E4BA681D7D9572C254669CAD6D7C8B536F0AC66B0FDD16C5FA552D1DBB1474D4
+5D36162EC2D0A5A2C378590F44CA6D428E8613FC2D3B2D87202FA93429F74238DC1A7D9EC6BA
+F9EEF6096407AE9253675B6770B22CBDA45402BAD50A0C89BFCCD5BB355D2D74BD689237C39D
+3E75E8A0B2D99EC0E7293F540631DDB7238749C0421C550665E7B6B305C2CD9F761DA13CD763
+EEB4F5CD988CB466139C2E9D30331858489543F1541D0A537807C4205CE085F97A61BDED75FF
+773E5437976C6171673AA06BC17D9DD0DE1A4C574B0E943266170D418CB8F81114A54AC1C61F
+1009F2BA8B432CAE8C9D717FD71B5E5ED65ECC454829194FCCE260027A7D9634BFBB4CE86966
+646E3DE424A7FD5FE4C6284DA0193323E40F72865A8BA4911825A72F11A18D57450A2567BFB0
+D5EEFF8D431FC17D443628D9D4C76CF663C0CC25671662C3603DF87EB0BDF8DE00A95F5E1A51
+AFD1230BB98D2190912B3D2461E9DFA5D177AD06A4BAF065BFD0856037F5C72EB1A9EDFCC141
+A799784B11333A4DBC76C8C7524B55EFB312D7437F2167E3B612E13B4E4CD9DA212DD50E129A
+A62C007C5731E97ED9957A49C1D362AAA8B86F0C8E798F57D177AC2A8FF5C2C90CCD7E9FB4E8
+F12B8944A86329FD4E74C74F21BD7EFB3C6C791AA0F12EE12F179B2A6A7C85335899C01C0E22
+8508A66FE4627BA9BA3125FA2ED6812A4540A744F77262750B0B5DF493B86DC07915C1EEF5F1
+A7804732CD080BAF75A7015057767BD78B473480D1892497C614F7CEDE9FCC85378DD5E34081
+9A8BC3C615C5B89D95B2231094868E83AE2D304ACB01D12C33427ADC9027617CE4BB507B8B95
+842CDB67DF93E9FF0D80426EC276332795771C712F2AE7432397A5D1A9B4D5B943576D61D6CC
+6D9B877584B3740CE0C9BDBC7B9F34AE736A4DC4054583302F87D470A6C5897342BA296A6493
+A868CDF607BC4216F1801E969BC263D8112D30110C2EBF817222030227488215B7D0EF213C91
+D3A50AEBD0EA9206A0428FFE3F0A1088EAF11B9593B5A48A963ADEB32C1B4B4AAB33905B2FF1
+CD354C403FC61B5A7706B02D47F9D8E3E75C0E24A3E2DC088BF8834F5E6C5E3BDFE2844ADD20
+1D3EA9E0584AD393F2D47019205F1B92D293997E6B6A0AFFCF4174DE77E8470278E4B388873B
+124729C839E8ABA9E5E6C9B291B18FA4A98D13E57E379C6420D1FCC5D2A6307B0D5785470A97
+B301DDC6D9B1BB67F863E28AEA48F2E295B309C4981E95609BBCBA15E8FFA8B3FE98A2F9112F
+9477EC40A66E7B551B12BBD6695986A541EA0E360D86A6335F4E0CE678DBCDEA2BDE8349EA40
+F2F028A51F90D6A6B210A5013490DE4DEF0BF67F1DE545B6B587B41F72C6B0D9C17C4F7D91E3
+2B1B542B5F2E2CD40A58408106AD3D03BA659E4789CF1C40674601477E27968B49AE2D2549DF
+49D8A3348266A9D41AD84A20F9913470683D289AEBA0D5D9F4C7F60D5602880FA7405D07B12D
+30996A61FA6CB589E0D931CB25FA13274011F621DDA962457BAC50B1720AF435F65500B035B9
+E9987D665879D1B38EBBA8E066E13A5A216C11578D54404C6088C956A060FED3497572F11F70
+2BC27E29F3D231013A52B85F744548012CFF1686C8824378D0FB526A5C5FD918ACEF20CBD3AF
+59F8CEFD4DBCB542061ADE851DB4765340A9664558AF42732D939EC6919CEF6586C52A0DAB04
+C6104C3FAF0E082B433CAF163C998F2D766DC5100BAC7D3392085E21E17767F3BC39AC72F0EB
+4CD0AA15AB6E71BF0847C572A48169B994852A0B5C638FF8F1428E8DD1B2A8982251A23F2BF3
+88CCFA9EEA76AF17336908C2532391BFEB749CC2ECC2AF6B28534F898AB720AD5CDB75D186DB
+B17BADAE79C815F97E8F55901ECE60C2682827EC450F51C94FCB5FB1168AD8AD3CD8850A4754
+16A1198252141A628D4B829E5E1E28359928EFC6DE282A1D339180333857E9FE29968294DF18
+33B5164147F02B14B4DD3CF974BF4394E1CBE4D7B0085E92BA3CBF4F3610BA4BFD76A70D0F7B
+F689EB7506E150895D82D5CD6B2422FC535A8F1840DD17C68224037EC75EE8E049743867883B
+9555BB35C1DD0C5DBFD20F11625161EB9BBBFA98EC970F81EFA677A9B28CEE0D8C03BE04F6D8
+149AA0F973A394C3D0EB4D1D4232C1EA01AB6AC6EB4622C978A29D8A7EB210C98E7B42D80541
+9ECDB2945062D0FB70BD6A5D34AA84BF690FAF84B3A3C2CC7969D9ACE9427F75577F2BCBB544
+8616E240BF7748380FBB1561659510C55E282728728389E0D15F3F89B9363D1F405635C9B118
+F91C0851E02D47E76E6DFDF0265AF41A140B2470A9071137A6C66A279574BDB0FFE4161364D2
+BE4760D6113C2D8C8522559656B545D99A4DAFECDD6DF4D937F83B54860B191140A806847F4A
+37AD14B671D4650B762DC2D3DF04DD8972F4FA4521754A26497D53025F24EDC08A7806253285
+EC8ACE120677DCE04DABEEFAE036A7E2671DE3F43F254BCB18699FD087CB6E27FD2A693124E4
+EC3D4123BC70A0251A2E94024CDBB271B86BF52572EE7363BA488931480A6B41FB43FCAE990A
+7C43865049C3FBEA9B322AACA0BBF86F2EB5B1C0A625BBA5E0B8D148672F72023DEEB5BCBEEF
+E8252A55E24A47C72D75467EC76B0E514E3D2B4571045674B71D1AE63BA9E5B61897D9662F14
+7D19A7947CCD3C1781C9530CB7CF2DD227E05965825722891F01B713F616A6F81A6E887BB061
+074EEA8091B4AF40EA5D53F7A7AAB98FBF52C622342FE2362280A0F808DEC56F48ED98864C9C
+F8C7A986CF2EEE20EE2D4FC68932D865F699F38138FA187DC39D2A59FA4D1992501247DB0899
+82DD6D83B64795B76C8591D0651BBE3EBD8DC7A92CB913F6F6FF67699EDBA914A97D461E0A77
+C561856DBBA08D83C921D1E9940341EC394FE459AD43A7D276FC4299EC86BDD1648D15C0768B
+283379C896A337472C4F08826D3327AE0870C991061D8751402F55C38E0C20DFBEE17C77096B
+266743B58C05C1F4F1792976F41EAA3B67D68CD4954C50CA1BC79D346820D4B694EA275326A6
+B33262E00ED83A5A0A32F892642424C477C787CE6D5674A46CE3F54D4C42BEDEF7B64900F454
+B82F49BB395034B3E9AE9076701AA3A03D80B7427E76C352FC15107931698B10253FF59BC8D9
+E884D22AC64AC4ED1C68285ACB63318B969CFFF1E3F3C0847B10C664C5A5CE1C8A02A2D3CA17
+E3EEFF97145D3071668593F634C96862A33B1D028135E5448BFE90E8818A0B51853C90FA2FEE
+A150367A7BBCCB0FC874E988D9985272BCC9CC666A1A1DFC4E09DD8F22A580916F7352A67A57
+311747EF4E1D56AABF9860827994EF1DCEFF06D7E57A0DE0BF044DABFD6FC90D0C8F8AE956F5
+5B466AE47C48F0BBBCDF18C4E28A3DC6A8EB9C30DD54DDF39BF7CAEA9B1146436BB6277CDCD5
+193358D9C986F830FB2950AFA5C8B3227A0CF6893EF7DC4AEC6DBD7527962F534D2EB1805539
+76BCEFE9FFE5C3C3AC1C55DF73FD870B26583628C63E8E38D62A92F562FA0957907D8321F789
+15BB179321709784E6BEF2DC39772B153A0FFBA5399EF7238918292614FB9ABDB728575FF5D3
+0BEE5309C0DF3E564BCFAE69630E776EBE52EE40F89A43D54A43B9F6C5D1F00C786F89F90DF8
+B25ED077664FF18C656075C65AB1F53272BD8ECDA12A2DFF4BB3A8BF6E321DF51303725D50A7
+115D98AC14725D9FA901A456C837C47EF3A59D85CFD6CA75F4947628DF0E5B3FF0670E13C4BC
+C85E31CAD2D60599E902CBB2906666982A5D2A7D0B8A4F52182F4996125E47CEC395B984EE9A
+1A55E05DA112C7D1BE85FD0329EB03BB16C2E50DC88E6CE0CEA3D83CE8666D9A7124124B0F7B
+70A74683CE0633768DFEA5D8C267EC8080820A59D98CDDAEC887115C34B4EC76ACAAD81D63DD
+EA18BB923A216C4F4DE64207D14A41F859D34F91430122927D51FC9DB46B9E771A3D293AD03E
+D8E4A10FBAFBFFD4C20033C8675C16A69025002231BA1378F93D6F9CA6756F8D5D506D397105
+64F6C9D8B243CFC5807C5516517FB3AFEE9BE5359113E44F8269C1ECB2521888927958DC2D91
+1A5CB4C86BF6F59321D42E477A4B41E6358EB50B353FBCADCE8D2F1C720CA4FFF834E01CABF4
+F5E847BDCB28A83BF67A086EEE52BA036C495771AE7584A132E6E464A17B45AABCB24459EA84
+46212A668619E83309FCB8CB267A97E54FF19F3611811766AEE1A60CA80542D909E09C882238
+E23B87AD03557D1C5DAF985A1B20F39BA8159FE5DEDBC1969B03B1A6869489628C0D6A6C3BD5
+215251D9D923C1E6FCD562A651B00B284F52DC18A1FA025A74E8F03713B4A24904F3974D6509
+136E73F5040A1BBD58D5232EBD9E5019721926C6F6C1A26C12C08859F39EB788ED8AD0D85F56
+5EE3D0B815847CF31EB72643BD7C005AC520F79AA86649B690B76E24E1B72F5721F569508EF8
+752D49C17E2D2A2C94443430A2C7AACE48A476FB187D9122B27A88709E4E4DE7277E826C6D73
+4494DB79E0BE6C06167FE639CE9068C040BE49F2033FD076A072BFE0A51B8BED9A894DD7990D
+D9B4CA9726CA4504EC1ED7D72E9F8D98A9F384FD8B90DF0630238E5289FF323AD250B74227F6
+D99AF79E08C4C9E6D765588B72122D935F0273B80814D9D84A1D113EF672C476649093D5214D
+6F1B7B9AAF975FD3AC5CFBE7D2A14687A2B064B1923BBECDBD95AEA174DCF4519491B6B1155B
+58392BAF6840C5D36D16438DC7C833049560CC481BC727A05409EA624C09647B477C47E73E96
+88E3FC7704F0D5E3BC7908E554EE14A52E72AD3B0BB9F94968AB5440A9FD0DDCF099C416E017
+8A2C18AD6363258E412B888313DCFD5C0FB6AFA0CD41406841F2DCAD031814263DED545B8FC4
+7A2AED8B56ABCD0ABD889E2714D3EC27D115F6D442B3FF955316EF6DD0BE97F000D03FCCA11B
+BD1DF3EB4957185BAC02B7DF058ACE97306F02FA28BD03FBEB3BDC313E0AB6DC6B776DA3E6B2
+095D8379B4F7422A6B4F2829913880B7C9828E16A20981832582AD4FA702375D9247DCC59E67
+DF1923B68C471F298F99C0C111DC3D2395362224D7369F63C954988110819318F72216268246
+E3E16A1AC8894557FFB735BB3BF20029F6F14050DD6AF862C8BFAC9475A59FF864B2C0FD358B
+9FBB93CB4FF060828F10388A89BB41A9EA8BE5905979276F7459D59441D9281A99C0AA026311
+0460D1F2EE176FA2901AB567747B540191F5CC24DBA291A03B8730DED7C8552D4B7B4237E609
+43A787C67D93F2AC4650DF92962F052F34FA6231873726600FE8186AB18029F1EC61581A4B4C
+ED1C44FD3C173D43AFAAA98C03F7ABE0C2BAB13751D176C512CB8C447D3C5B12A1F53BD7CA65
+90EA2FA466A5BC98F8DF49F334D9968641DA71C1147CF097AB601FD42B07B5214F4032358F0A
+34C6C0F97CD1DF68EC6B2E8CDE0AF1D13230142C8F99FDD5350B93F19232C73DAB33BC3FE933
+21CD1689157EDB77B73A6E6E9938ECC566AC494F81C124CD44ADC7BD55F687A75857E435E9BD
+432789E6997273B90C5D496DCB96A46391B2807FF160B85E44C6571D18E482B307E6A5303EDC
+C7400D33C9FF97F82F42079D15AEB711697F734CCA4255C4406CA50934DF8BDABE8201FA54B1
+6402F1DAA65A917DB4C2EF6B19A4F761C09DC6A586A7F15F59A1ADAD12C5251EF361B6EF05AE
+F41B387AE7E4D6ED42C9364509D9BE6D81C3F78670A2050925379809539E635893D4C73836C4
+F9B4965A77E117D3FF73B28097D00C694CA5D57E3D8FF52960498D9F7E59268409D6651CA2B4
+B99EFE8E7D287BB80DF2DBA0C277FED1174757C91B9291D3987E5BBA2DDDB40967A95E0FD2E9
+6D8FBA4C0E1605445CCF1B6C49E8E420042D9AF6C9419F38DF58462D29AAFAE31E0E59F7B22B
+D0010242CBDC16283881DEC6EE3B038906E192E2F3CBFC2A1F2405D0538A4E0F97DF60C19ACA
+981A5DA4B048B3F4471DF663F1396FBFFFA53B169A9D1887ECA2C60210FEF502A3BBD7C301F2
+A81E2BCBED7C084751F5EEC233E6D5F90DCB855DFEA6F17CC40CD9A60AEBBA3FAD5C85D54EDF
+8ADB66924890E1DCB11CAF16E8C79A6903C6C9DE2DD2A42071CC23261065DCB00C7C2DCCC49F
+75E328C32690B2BC9934ECB20686A79A272095BAF37EED3A155C970405D0D5A953A58B173F0D
+0AEB5A3F920E12AC4412DC359FCC7C8B7677F1DA64D074A27BB5118FD2F29189720CB48DA0C5
+D9AF88F8F5C7BA5EC56AFC517E5C95D5D85442AFCCB6A85E265D23A90CB0496D54B6C1322044
+34D3E1730427438F1F00983E00FE1FF4D80EB5CC9C2D3BD6CCF7B4F29D9662C36CDF115A44D0
+FA916B3A0E33241680F487E50BD04FEEB3695F3D667CB2B48F9AA8311E60145096E657EB95AD
+505BA8BFDB6BBF8184EB70587A4B5F651677FDA333070981F1E8FF9CC5FECB9271596B52639A
+F60FDC3B130C7EA9B3708E460CB1BA4019E4621F88031BF25D22536DFD635C3DA12153DDE0D7
+AB7008015B4422BAD14FF49561CEB86E397A9DDFC31105273C85EA5BC1DC792FB34157DB0D13
+67E5EA6B379E7750EA9D9F739A906B44907DE777CCC1506B69E657C9C1C9F4BA5DBDCDFBED4D
+62BB8262FFCD6D1083505496F3958E9EFDA7FDC4A5AD81C9828E70164449D162DDB5D13A0047
+2355BFD6AF7634AEE6B6C7205FB6B7EC4065B28501687F7FDFA4ED938A10156411369A1558D0
+0997910BE86A12F6AE8C4A8E16A163F0187A5592DA15B29CA142C7BB70D17F4824C985E863ED
+46D4016628E2C0EA1B36AADA854380A15C3ED48C7348985B22AFA15648A4E544156B980A9C2B
+3B30506FB84E4CD6465C434B8D9A2BF67498AC89DE07B6306FA907A5F54150EE1DBA2E6DDA75
+183E5D18DA0C5F5D504613E5B2C8DBCB3CFE67BB63EBAAFFC0DBA5AD18323D46BD351A7EC4A4
+3372F7220F608D14F001CAB959DB4EB48E0003BF9D78C2F63E051CA8E5F641C912CA1D7550BF
+A929CB69452B5503C5CFFAFBB44EBFE84D547CF728C87BC76CA422CDE6FE7448704347931A8D
+8058A932D4615A86412CCDD8D1A21B763B1F2884C567E204610A959D7E3CAFE4217E18F38EAC
+7BFD602B7A642E00F7811827AFB48184D56DEFCA7213024011274A157C7D91CE1BDB8D0CB6DA
+0DA223614CC219D234EB8ECBA3F6632E26F2798E5C61A518A8E0ED92FA2C04788A070E89CBCE
+A5A19D3EE02333D366482C2A4F04C575E469EDC9A819630F381D57F4E52A26B38F203A075F06
+984D676D1F962999C86F931BBD99143E1436948081CA2B909A49C9D421554AA442B5964EC7F9
+68104DE6E902CE75E9977FF0500A8E02BD9130075266F19956698872E5B37A6F1B61AAD3CE5D
+A8387FA43ADB97C7F23850A35A22B668DEC9DC4C0FF6CFEFFCAAFC1D0017F12C5F8A59DAB86C
+67F92B595D42EEA90BFBE0F68172CBBC9007F23392A12987F4353095EB95ED91F7BD849065CC
+FC25363CB758497B5E4FBDF3010BA40C564F4434690BE64FC4B1207549CED8920C0B631CAD92
+5F19E6B4DB856CDDD89E0634970BD7D050C44EDC22DF8CE53AD039CC47C2C966068FD9A5F2AA
+E1A34EF5914FE027EF91D7D43B13D4A65A64737B7E989146C48617EC45BE4F76F947437F9AEA
+4167A256D75C8B52146B5BCC8E7E1C8361A054D24E1C72C1D1B1DD561B9A31EADE32C052B3C4
+363F4103809BF850EF6DA9ABC92CACD5401B1A603259FC779F79D60A8CFEE207F776FB82BFDD
+389FB235CBBE82050585429B09E0ECF86BFF4E4875D60BAA4519F542A0655F5A239FB714E813
+DF2625F8D2D76DC8EFB09228B67B02B659D6083BE7FCFBC6BCE67211AC4B833EF85B214F555C
+7B2637501618AFFB4E99C1DB82AC245BD182ECBC5B97DFD575624AA9E51F75587A452D351218
+1E4B8A453B323255F32EBF180FF596A09CD2557109ECADF276E96F28260232C65289D65F60E0
+CD5CFD18FA8CDF2F403EBA472480604DAD9A9260DD5D895A631989E644ADC695E1854C1A0800
+89E97003690A7D45F1218031CD6087FFE1B3198B0E832B5CB5E45FB302157D745E08E11A5068
+002035F69AE7DE0FBB38C589C0909442DCF70CEE947A9D4983A30E1E898AB9A7EC2C36189DD5
+957B961F066F849099E22897A512AE85E45DDF17FF3439C047648267B53EA0738ECE910EA741
+2B0412B6585D761334A03B4BF91790E509FDA7AF48D71D79B5A3CAA23AAC10C4941EB7F61BE9
+BD780126996542FA07B3CBB3E2F405299D2418B1A77FF15BA9179B08E80351EC23ED924D212B
+C2461DF0C85263D772827F2B5550862FF22E38262358FF82114D15A3708E849282C9850E9EC5
+1C5D5E422BF5995D9097EBE16E5B7528D95E845681E7D6814A6BC08AB02412E9220132399CD8
+38432A4A537CDE0B2E2657B30BD7C88E0C549C9F63DE37AB466E1043759F23EA3CA5E227E9D2
+D50C00E3B08A51B7D4929F8E0703FCFA128E38AD97C4F61F62D9EB90DA310BDFD2FCA4C2117D
+64AFD2B2A4BFD308A3179FA6DA87FBAFE212CCD636852C6969A2B06FABC6FB9F48339AF889D0
+75CF1DF640DEB577D40FD35E9BDECD2C503EBE21D5D1F489AE55BC4A1F95CC7681E0D520CBAE
+5E6C09FD19D6A823081AEE5E8A551D0D010F20FE6FB6CD5C61112CF2B77C153EF24C817DB376
+99CA738C5956745546B75C2A9F0BEE7B7BEE1E25444C47982E3384D40412A1083F7796B915D2
+0FBCB3CD84E01C0941927664987802972E76AE435D5748DD91F5652F128A8DD4D22C46F930A3
+52816A3B69EDA60B24ADF80ED171F27F375028514CDE8FBE3B3266EE7AE005A9A9DC4DA508A5
+700568671C4D7029B741DF901FC75F489B8281A113F8B48E65C68FB0D0FE167F5F181C62EA13
+9A3FAB8E9A41410FB63C44B563A78F360A319ED0DEC0A3CB0EB2DDF92837FD095DAB3A0DACE1
+18137BD4B7CC07EED8BA718E3F37F28C9E7CD0E891F24ED352D8F2D7C306359804B8E4E33BC7
+BDFEAF4275F2A09A319D14ED56EDB0DD6E576B619D58FC1CC831EF5DA9F18C9FE8D0C0D65304
+6B0A03DCDF6E9D73F1F868412CF101C1B9B9313ADEAF3E4F22E16ECD2FADC754CA7A140E4C1B
+05EFFFAA8854A79858A3160E158B74F27674324A86A1CCA22D97CF759FFF63D83A142FA8DF80
+326374699907986544CD6F2A61AF3F4281603E263F09411CDA75C4C5C786CF08844B6EFEC52E
+942297F181AB8A07940A9CEFEC1DFC35A114E548D6107A0D1A803B1EF5A031A1E706FDA3A43C
+313CB1F0900BB768460E135BCA6370FE964169E21B0B399522A7DFF0A672363AB47F8BE4DD27
+A88CF0F03E5FDF382C49F3327BBC0285245F6FDF56AC3577E81424DB0A79BA826B0C3A7893E5
+A7FB4842B3A47D574A3D68FE3898BECCFE44F1B31A67570928AA363B3D3C81B5E038F7848911
+00E3EC3A2F70EA0D0C859A98618DA179B6ED217971A42FDA21590695C6460D8731D1A716C712
+43CEB27CF8BA7E75EEAEB9E4710D34F307B84B51CDFA7AC21DA6399BC71893478EEDACD50F26
+C2BB2B8C1E887D8DC8C333C478087BF9953095E1898200F20F6E4CC82093818AC9E40F5C0A63
+CCCC380C0AAFDBAD81FC1737499C0C8D820AE7BD744CCF854FDC6913E93DC0137FFFE1A0F8D4
+715F35BC6D2464F0BE57B19C0EF5C92C27ED09765546EAAC860E13BE2A453F63A69032A23A66
+E4877D5CA87A5DD8CD400ED0B7DB4830F09B3A5D4A2E0FA5C72F18B122B158D15D3450924359
+35756DB8DF1945C27065F702188FFA7A1DA20E270D90726F3CCEFE0AD13C38BBD27D7BB198EB
+9B7A6680FC77D1328F23F6717DC23F1FA30644395E7090BA81791DFC2986440D716C7D8F029D
+C5C7F7476086E30BB24291BE0428E0DD058FD8380F231600910CD6EF7FFCA931B4C9D9FED8A3
+BF7182CD25682390EB9232BCE0D42EC9754AFAF3B4540D7B01EBEC0092CF9CE0EA4B47C359EB
+71FDD0C9F1DDDF90A7B8C52996EC56A2D5CDCD6FFFA0DB765058F6508B76AEC68EB8238AB65A
+D71799018E4194BCA51362811038D75B3886A3F34CB0529E74A8CC195A6080C5113C1FE4F7A6
+142E8939915BC647493D337E068032DB27C61E7BE6988902EEA7D0BD114F1337994AF5BF8006
+0A5741278FEAB63C7D05883CF7E557D1098CEEACD0C8F47AE83D250489BC7C4FD7CD4EF677A6
+4702210ADA794B9CF0360B21D04547645E9444EAD9B318466A6FE054E043051540ABBE8B4ED0
+903C439077636718389312F33ABDAC50518837D4E64368271DA44C4954EBC27261B77F532C74
+AC20A24E31C7191AA45E4C10E520048932AE9F8800817A71BF1E8D0682CA401E0BD1C29D934F
+6D280898C9F15C84D2B21494D49F6F992DC9880FBCDAE2DFCF16CB08E009132395AD0DC636D0
+AA0848C721265F3831D56ADF9E18CBEEB060D587EAF7DC5D6EDD2C40D410D3A45B7B75A02FD3
+F02DD6F82DA2A9F2707D16DC9F79F2AA5610BBC4A41DAC525A030B3A7FD18A61E5EC3E6AE058
+61C74046474ACEBBB54F8C3462FF154864A26050C94C5956457B2166E68A3634D5B9E087C242
+0806AFC2508827F43FC8995E284B4270C1B4B3D225DC5DA8A2609B5D06C1992CE9306E1ADB5B
+C65D1038DE2790175B3ECDA2D4A5A445FE4490D29EBE05DBE5ECDFED548E036E85514D8930A9
+0E76609E3F819087F988BDE40548BB9BA4885F0D89CCAE7B895584630D18BE147112D5D4A05E
+2791E75B9ABAC06F279871A1F633E02B3AD474D18AC4E373C085A96913D4897A1F7889FF915D
+9EBBB5407FE37031E13B6F420693C50E69A492A07EB96D90703551E6F3EC9D7A2029D10232EB
+5FA6495C05CFCFBD069E6FDA67AAB324886C7E8EBAE0228E69FBB879F0C14AAE259B80D18599
+DC2E63528A65E3E255F95E6832D84899C06C78EE14CB8B4117BFA4952CE67BF3E59DF671B524
+0D7958998658BD87202F20BBA32FFB770B27321F187F8131476CA6F4E70C721709DDBADD511B
+3AF24E9BD7F6E4631B05985340C1C43AB63F80E03D1AFDAB6A9D9768568444EF8E198AB7ACE2
+3D4ACA3DA20570B2B2A80AB7B924F13E9D78FFE26B480D11A9ABC5D609DCB4C20B6D70A75C42
+69E8F488DC5464AE2DB652E1FCC3F0B4E7C9F9A90977CBDB816666792990294BA50094E954EF
+25FEA0A57A6FC5216160BC1072CFDB7B7766356F9FEEFD581149BF22BE3FA9F4189BB70F6793
+79D412AA306F7BB84EEC94B2BACC1D70B371A4178FB130567492277AD528A7F729269BFC20EB
+B39E1D1143FCC9A3C6CF29E04A030AF017095BBBD07360F3E05119035CFF6A04D41973F487D4
+C1353EBC85CD5BC0299506C53E58CDE2C8D69381E3FDA0CBBAD4A7B3FE6ED2C230A0044CC5AD
+18927C58D25B4235ACE9D82D7C83DE6FBA7492AE97F508FB0FBAFFD1AB05E337356459EAD771
+A7801E11F374898E5192E2EAC362D7C0B919D38F6EE67BC6C97CD784D9DB83F45ACFA517C30B
+B1E58C8A7E627FE364B97D7188A9DF40BBD7C6E91F212659ADDAAC725D06E4C4BF3706F31FA4
+1195FDE08109EA02112DA746E17E5E8B6B751CF8057070B82E47232754F89771AFA10FC642E2
+EDF0C8ACB05999ACAAC3BBC93009B50865A3C291AF7F75848EF5AF89CD0084CB5C408BFEBA0E
+D024C1C601B2F872398B59841BCC7E339E1D7B93C0FBC80C21A28EBBCEF4EAC732D24D094347
+54DFD677CA81A33BDBCA72A6DEC50DBCDF746FAB1C870DCAFB8A03BE4E8367AAD97AB689B60D
+24FA4B9BD5239FB5964457179CB3876030DAECAB8186FF5B25F58D771229C2A3A411E6C8C3D6
+BE6F54ECF50DEEBBCECBD0AE4365CE1D15E68FA1B06EBC70FE61541228959A4B473749BBCDB1
+BD89B1081A0630A0483C6324E654CB262E5C25DDCD97B0E186AD40D02BA35439F4C18A45B244
+8027C2CA264BB43AD46653106F7337931B5D7DEF6F9EBB3E4A92E5CC7FDB9F1ECD987D1FE1E3
+24A21BCBA26FC8784DDCD2388451681B6268F674F16E0D0E9D4230A3BF08F9F5919CD18830AB
+0B323F280182588F257B4DDCA47C230BAC7CE30BA37C3D4DCDC6190BA361B1EBA0EA71B222F9
+8A8D28389A61359FE189AF16E8911F981CA9450B91616753D23390AF0FEFFA3CB21EDC9B33BD
+C9A898576021E6EC56732F10CCC989948AC01C4397244B0480047028A72D455843BEB4CCB6D6
+740163974FB4AD56C245A286531AFEE7B113BD574C18E6FB66CC9D031D73B473A931C7672801
+1F5449D9C07EA504408C812F5587A0360C258F11F6D964936037C05C09A1E9ED1BC117DD963A
+6A089D6AD235BF4B1DE65030C913DC4B48A95ADBCD60BF2F980AC8B074B3CA581A194AF0F949
+FF15347C322131BB05966D88718810E5C36BFED7271ACA9CFB693B4A31F8D910952E5E68C955
+99776889FDC6621ED20E1ED9703949E5F3806EBEBC8C43A24D6EB06701728EB2B5E862BE900C
+34DA738E303B349BDBEA1344101D17547A25B9485FC141F15412AB88393D1453605110C2AA5B
+572AF545DD41BC1E0D367E59FBF9A407DC7081FFC0B6D025B6D903E9571A02BF1F4F3AF2E532
+CFB369F2AFC8115B18317091CB767FE0136D4325060045DC9BABECD607098E01C5312E00576B
+6269F3DE65AEF2DEED9F07886A2DE015C8F575A90DE3C2F53DB0BDFCD55900D5F58F37B806DD
+B559E7163E0A19446D439B73ECCDBE6BBBD46FFC3F33A0C3E7CFD1F040F3B57BB9DA7294FC31
+081C7181A4E8B2B54E51919D1DA98FE35D6EA8923C76D9BEE6F5A6F45FA4292BB4AB1FB8E6F2
+8F59F48F52694A5B47B00A6008A2C8EC8E1439A2A50371B64152FCAEB560D434ABFA9F07026B
+D2BB0102C21DB8EF4440102E6F81B341F9F9F6FFC19E50EFE1C3440ABC38EAD42FEB18B83C64
+9C8A942C2847CC627F1A3595E544768BFFC6DAD4BC0FFF2763FF81CB40017F3AF93CCD9698C0
+C0C9683827212D23AA2F83D087C2DFFC0BDA003E75EC551EE957C5A85185DCF1AE47F5D81A95
+8F17C20C65DE11F036E413E2EEE36FA15268A6BAE27A14C62B3752A76AD22BF805C03F228365
+3D7BC5AFBC6D8E5A87E99908DB1EDB2C3D9A1B3C2A539ECEBD5DE83A2A1B479A34600154161E
+3A31343116DA08F0180A411CE7F3B7DB3D57F35250F6867FA6F533D3AE96EF140E7CE139651A
+3258022E76DACC73E6640E64578639D1D21EE16CFEA146C6D2CD022AD3707C4B0A83EDBE06EB
+73E0FE3BAFCB1755866880E4E1D2BED716CA2ED69481D6C9FF1CD009D9EA44F57D0AEC4F81FE
+4853E78CAA89C871E59FEE150D1A71FABCD5A01B891E54C0A8BBD7CCF7FDF2FCB9F1F855FBE3
+45B3FBF941F5475084CC0C625F39D0E32A8B79064F9ABD81DE7E062645110D98592FA62690F0
+35E213BCD4A2FC290A308D92EED23CB63783F6B0DD475E04F1DD8317C45D72F17B396E8F8286
+05AA0F2623E940262063A80B94210CE532333D0BFEBE3FD3095545DA622FBEBCA9B5E040C5EC
+E1B818E0CD8A229C68B8351E3E6D3FB753FF5B8A2C201D53C94F95B0C5004B0CB7DB2BF6EB2C
+69BC0608AA7FB7B73F2F29B5AFFE7619585E27E08326949F52854C8CC88BCBE5B89841C0A10E
+6F2C457F0D3F3BDE50AA3ABB57536F1C9C507D7BA1673D79D158E5EF0AAF2179A29C1DC9CB3D
+5043FC1AA11ED983076356175F874827EA77F3C18BC80B9A72C7C9637799D607498B27D9CC4F
+279A72A244DB139912CDB19F5BFB9A39E16FF2276DD0C2F4EDC3C217B8BB8F6F9C08B63E2ADE
+4CFB2B8C010537E12A37C6C645A65F1067F4AE3D6A246BD219910788FA189E8D1C5B57941057
+842908A467C89900618B4A4CB9133E00E702A76D306D65C410B881A7A84DD8DAB6CC83A3E84A
+A0565A3C6886F4F3C33D960F6284884D776326096DF783A8563688B76634BFFF48110970FEFB
+BFC7EB689C01207493CE69DE5BFD981C61451422DE0E7866A50D75C06D40719706F0D6FB2548
+CB84A9D07D87BC4CEAC0BA8391682527A92E9D78A4463B355D25EE25D0F97F4CC63FC30447DE
+FEEB6DFA12814DFA947D613D75085336E9576AB61347C16C8A5A0F078AC9BF306D41408A6363
+4EA5EA4FBB4A4FBA05807F534FA1A9F944CF32B86B9E556397B92D3D46537F771F6DF4AAD57A
+5CEDB59168AEA42ECE643B31B23FBBE1911B878D818A06FFE61478722DE69589F9CBD6B7C1A0
+34C4FC75E4374990649B9B16C757F3AB066CB53741B36214532212E7B46832C5BC8D908F86C3
+635E6683EEF2E840BDBAA628EE56CDE129922D4226BC5FA63B27E75C42E56DB274446263AE71
+829DFF191A06FE7B8A181D56098B3FC89D6FCDFD1B8ED6B86CD3179D7106ECFAF506DBCFE6E4
+FF324DF79D926811D27F1536D6939438D4C6D111D72935DCF89689A99A75A661E80FDDBFAE07
+E501F7E74DF206A3FF1710FD2919BE7C8AC438D2E7D68FBA308E87C124CC97D602BDC5C69F60
+1C765C9F2D4131CFFAF9B2FD0B9F8816EE0C3EC931B1FC8D0C8A3E5A498919C42E76B3FD322C
+CDFDDFF0181CAE4DB2AFDD3E4E006103E8C0EA058B5518C684B8BED3E06A7FCFF7AF7254446A
+AFE25EEF3C33CF14795827D75665525EC2DBFEF92D772E5EF74E7E0AD4CA89944A7EE2364BCB
+B337E303D267B0132BB1974FB82D5ABA7019819AB2A4F682D1C10A81D26842891F631DB8A780
+50D003706D465C55910647F35334E0AE3C38B55D05DC8A58FD2319F7667C6288ADC75EB89022
+221FF3C04316CC9B1A29A00FD4AA2134AA3019D11720C9A0A06DDC0323DD74DAA826CA81B92E
+5F0C5AE1CF2B9F1E752A3623672557C37EFB41CB5A4C110FA26C9C328049636CE6231E3C4824
+3AA26981EDA308F8182AF499725A0D117C22A5906D8AF59FE7D82FCAA28B80A2A04753E5DBC4
+ADECF49CBF310CA28AE8AE25D4D4918D63886CA4F077C66C48240A27932D8C4537EE876B9EC0
+1A8F33A7584F9542E8F5FA2C10E098589975E222D51394306DD1E331EA372572B28F412E6990
+45646DF7BBA0EE8344C1BF5511F284FBDC48FEB389D421A35FE7C5F97F5270FC68C43B695901
+BE332334584C258FB3BFFF8DAA8D9D123A54E4D2D81C92F779023A9EA6A184ADC3948D81C738
+834F03E9B00AC0702AB14883C49F2EFB3128ED2680D6FB6C37BECCEA84568ABD139FF0DF2639
+68E50F2AD6236F6121C6EDD26D9622AA78400348196C7B8845507BC6B5E7E7F491EA3955467E
+A50E2FE1097AAC79DEE3EB8CCF59C5357DE969EED55AB19F1EE632443ACE9FEE62FA81E32B85
+D983BD0E0480ADDDE1B29164A650077389A0CC43669490946F8BB6D27B5C46C11E9E1DA3FECC
+BA2600A3BA0CC30ECEE4038862069E5AD74506AEA7DEEE96EE967B87EE8F4BADAC29F2699F28
+1C310940CEF7445D209827BC6FA810D4AA4FCF3EC311428EA3BBC13A44C33A6428BA53C9DB60
+AA88D41529023F5DC77F173E3B49E43CFE82E4F6D7CA7D1AD93DCDF00475C40DDA0265661E81
+B611472E2C4D6A74099E874AD0C5B973FB8A6D7582683A14559CE79B6A2301EE7431B172E1ED
+FB4D9DABE91D6F8E38205E8C6985D863195A544C766491D8F6CE1AEC34A27C674BCA1DA029B6
+2D1464B5304123B5E8AAA9B1244171450EF472C38B73CC736EFD14C38F9B82D872CA947E2290
+EE1354FE69E9AF764210B44A28386300C1344BA8547961D9835A772FC49789F58915FFB72231
+57A374141919DEEF76058DB9AD1C708197C6C72FAF10ABD891832BA1146379A792BC928D786A
+F0E42F6A21235FAC40C5143AE541A190078B32BAB43220A9AE9BC66E6E4A5CB4922F13B18678
+8013F129AE0E9DE759C3790427CCF00962C8DF5C7EE437482E2495643912BD3846D02E5B609A
+A51B9083E10586DE27556414EC21AB98CBDB0EF68013A59FF21278AD9613E7BCEB3D06D691B7
+91063DC82A0B8EB6EE644282882E872E1244CADFD80A69D60EC61499A511994117EAD312A0AA
+B9CF40D1E8B0704BB582650D5FAD8C2337971E3098B2F8C956DFBBA15DE0E3AA28BCD6E26D22
+577FC33FE200705D5705518C41AAEBCE88838DE4387811AB26AD4A20B32D1788F0F88B288577
+75DF77A31672C67A543BACCB5CE132A1FA432B55743784410E933E88D9DD2BCAE45BAE6646AE
+9956D6DFA69861B477C70EB9A84A9E1FCC1015C38F9624921C6CFE99044E1B7AFA7834298066
+BC33DC71A3022985DA251A0AFEF26F468B3DF2DA0254416A18DADBAE5927AB28974E57BC58DE
+B139E515DD7AF2B17E085F0C8CA34326965B01187C2C5337AE459F6EC19BD63D28292DBD5DE8
+17D2BE95842BE7C832A6A6F67E93AA21D7B795207F2200288D33BEBC25E34EA85B2A92446177
+7D0EEE9F4171F84CD2EB54F803C08B119FB3E2EF8169DEF235D1C7F9C6C9036F94D085DA7329
+0861F11693819D9C419B730ECBF8B393D72BE59F7CD7168593E9191AD63F10A154D3C624190B
+8A0F5656EA901F22D7781FB0960D22D669E69B47E871B05E8ADA83CE45DD54095BAAA3186898
+CCFCCACA055B96DB841928A87543C9C223ECC1E9546C226FC33548858BDC6C2DDE5E0EE9BAF1
+A2AF2D9890BB54560C52BF8140810E42169E8CD8CE6C09F1C027B96AB585E2BABD5842E541D5
+3B0FA72B7EB8D8B97028A22E042BCF1CCA6450ED51355E3F25D4AE88E3F0AC8AEF7978C619C7
+D00C3B35C04368FFF53352C0058F1B08B2C734AF34B294425C5CCFBE1547E59D7DF3405E72BA
+3B2D17E55EFF654ADC64D104506D295F8C5EA5AF89202D80CE90879E1206F6580799D3D61BD7
+72B251A918D42A36B56866CDDA8D96CBB6B9BE0BF3CE0962419A5C3FE6046875CDA368879ABB
+9E679412D3D35CE48E0A74030A2F61330637AFDFA5D1788602FA6DEA48CDFB4D4FF5766EEBEB
+882B5CE798206A61A4D95258C179F788FB01AC81FF05DE26CBFE835BC07FBA35D0C18E02AA3C
+1C9FA22A5A0D8FDDD88AAC6CBC0C17C6FBEB660F5B6521A011949EFE4FD2DEDD4A2D118D1AFA
+20425A58E747C931D632652FFED6BCB55F06262DAF56EB8E3973E9E6561CF750ACCD72489287
+E72EE2D65D4F1448031E4F6392E2E7791C8BC7707657CD19AFECDF902FAF3E32BC7008119E0B
+1F827F8185BE227D233A9DA82923E0CE2C7F5A96F0A8613290773ADAC36A7FB6EC6D5CBC7F2B
+E4AA63D85676624F299E6DCC9F657E60DA948A9EAEE54C3F6CFF7084F767A1120116578F9BF2
+8FA2D7E803E691C3CE5F5125C716F7B4A3135AC7CEC1CE5C2FBEB3947B5859905FCF36F79B7F
+6F4B77306E7793D9DF6B1B884BBF42E93FB2226BA59807A4E5337E1F7AF6CF9DD9F95A0BE827
+C7C8DBC514EA5354409659C9803F2DB071B66A4E6FA93401847054FAAB7BD042F244F9C1F1A7
+10C414518BE3851CBE68D072F0DDFF582462BA986E0F01381B38905098C0BFF23288E84961AE
+942B18B875233EE916B7A728E4FCCC6BE0CAE2D43D60B0501EB99EDCC6639EA0A81F0847E7E1
+0E21A4C930A01BBFF2D13D3A9461F4795D5EF05F81E727B14A073A731166BB73302193B02CF2
+6DBAE2550DD4AC20FD44127FFED9EA6AB8AC50E4071285BB5C4FB6AF34EB1F5EA7558EDB73DD
+BFE83FCED5036D7C9BA87D02C21E90035CAEB9D73FA578AA65EFAA955B9A3F38711EF74BF687
+24AC9F8A132A02B7CDAC44D5EDF86DA42746F04580C62C2C85136FF38996593A78379A2D2D21
+6EF0740503729E537D4AFD60D581D8B96BF5AB4E365F99A464287102341C1B7680C1C24C24B6
+FBC8612389B9B2F94A5642CE2A670B7DCFC13DC4615C6FDA1265D9DB9C02D18FCFD30F727C2A
+D115DCCA0B5666404CBC1E524FA3186C58AC5E9F000692557966FDC27A04E1541C94BF8925A8
+3851B30251816EF6D5A27F2A5184E263D4F5F833AAF6CE0C4D86CBA4EEF153B7B3700118ABA7
+689547E7C9C5C2F61DBCAD0DA1237F7C9E8ED744BEE85F2CE3E3BAEB9097A331D8EFC2E410BF
+E7D433612A7363C09B1057CDC289862EB1C0D585B6BFA0105F3F550C08B19153BB11AF8AEDBE
+F3BD6E4529DCBEB0858B69AC953CB432FD4288398825DD4D0C03C6CD6923A9D165DFADD1DC56
+1CDE0EFAC1C13615B5C5BE742CDCEEEBE5CE432F8FFA2D5090FB9F2E1384A46F78946927B77A
+A521C155CEBBA16E401A3586E0171B00F0BCF96948E738B474858D292E5CF8851681E3444643
+CADD78FA6A760D1017A9CAF659AC434D5C0E84197A214F51777E68E1EC8B094F649B70FEFC12
+0E4D14BE53D5B4EDAA120BF3624EEAA0EE16772FB17722AA3725F97B0ADA7F1BB3C06815554C
+FCB68B552E949EF5E7412884058A6B27BF3542F6BC89503B55AACE1EA042E1483B93707B475E
+D90398E501F042096285ED384E758BF307E3610190A5DCFC6E6F41FEC37F549DA3028D205CF1
+52D946852E63053D4FB8C0FF22C8EB132E532BF562BAA2F2A0AC795B9D4C211493CFCA11EE12
+A9776C2F5B16DB205141052247C560DDFB792EDCEF45B58F720E0E0E6D2B3DD318B575DA9711
+F31836710D98D0D62B108406903998728E3819F2AA9F573FB5ED62839AFF4E7F55A8D1370D56
+6B96C5079D1249777EA18175AF5CE42F972C7374DDD55107D73DD72F69122B21B94FF3297E3C
+4CD135D3C96A548F9F23AAE451E1C563F8BACF4CCE8528EA04FA3527E75CA155ACA1AA4004C0
+79EA436F8C80AE85C6318BCB06487BFB90D88F370EF7319A773DDA455E4D1DDF62DABC376BD0
+FA69695350F9E5F6AC0C91B392A8D09BDE1193CC70AB8C1663CC6CC0AD2C4C9A05B51DF2AFD0
+4C5CB2EDC204B546CA185F4F5A05E980B845FA04102FB5313E59F6B554604075E56C7AE1C704
+8A1AB3167D66F1848157B58236AB002F9FF4620C5B41235404F8FEBEC7C0EC9D5910E330DAD2
+9EDA04B3129CF16F478860E61899D2732DD39E8DC4974809C847308992A48FC0E4136DF6CE7B
+55463197F95D3EF360AFC994D0C7CC4F69DFD4F0F5EF8DE218ECE9CAC7A8DEB736972206D9A8
+3DE6B1DA026EED7E774CEA442410C1CCE4B1E0C0F5D8F28811AEFA8978CC6B74C097D63B43A4
+A430D9AD5308D4A4C45E3318DB3EDDABB4B8CDAD7A473D29D7315B04929305D2678B8D5EBF5F
+2764360921CEC8EEE01A7CB296AB8E39F8A41449E5DD4A30C6C6AA8D4C350BE8FFFD4F8B5AD2
+337DB6EC80A29591410856FAE5740DB97900D61D5FCFBE1E8943FB1AC3730DF4BFE7885C1D27
+5C49CAA44358E0805C84C950ACF0FEBD5071DEB3FB8AF2D1399238B201EF46332CA48E87DE8B
+21660672225474B9C3E2B6F02D636941D3FF641B1F343502EEB06F357F886B72E49DB5D1067F
+0A9BB5D94C3F7413C1E2CBADC35CC86859F780D0166E021A197EF767CB2F63881391357372A9
+CD85A0CC6FE7F8A1080F2DC1A82D9D4526D31AAEE352A1A10161777DCF40CD176EA23B5FE827
+E983C8D9725B8F7C04A3E61900BA1AF1B8B7F8D9F2939CFA8F42A7959D621AAF0ECD04BEA622
+4760DC66C972C86618C44B8A24A220F1F5BAA34484815A11299DC6174D1B713FC809F28BAED3
+21DD5DCF816D263CEF0C8AEC72236BC20D05778DE46EC1DA4C10E38367C49381EB84000E488C
+4DE7DA2260FFDB68B831545AC45A47C770E62C69C1B1DC700528C08546A82031F8F482D55CF0
+D097B4E4C581A1A3080F5F8FEE0F7C4146A05ADB46D9D1F0855CFA1EA9085AD6717073367E30
+9A69921EE428847AE79CFC87CE017E525B5EE8EAE4D2E08798C3EEED76D6B88C4D6DE1C92ED4
+AE792A8D385E72ADF072E5875A090522754122EEE0FEC8958DE32F2D531F34B68595C4AE8288
+8A84EAD350E8AA585C6FA290DF6C5B04089A756561662D91D4BCD81971084871283BA9921373
+5FA47174630CF5433ECB883BC240260376D90242E40E7ACC6D3BDCBC9C02C4C5CA12C01C9B49
+3EA0E67EDD5E55CFBE9E2EF9470E434B29FBC72D82878092E3937D4732377890D5BBEF19F0A4
+22AE973D8D1E40550D97226B71D43037E682FF24ED42CCD5677E5F90DF7E1E27CB13D8DFAD0E
+A52B710EC543A0C90777DABB5E4C78DD230DA64F1AFEAAD39C1C8A73671CF6D8FA74D2F97818
+1E83B6E0CBC9EFC112C32F6309E9A99A206EC6282269090FA530CE2474FC22C0E14EB3C92AF6
+1E9A210D7A1DF112C318B7BC2F0940E19E659A407C9CC30FBF5C95F47808C6C25F1F762F2287
+EA8D2FC1121054E973061C496979C41C28AE5D76A251ACC242CC7D537ABE52087208DF935043
+A3432BB561C9F1BBAF72885B220328481706B42541A33802359E723778A37111D121FE71C195
+8477FE4A9A3C81D6783996028F6D2D5FC526C6EFAACA9CB77B1596C9D05A7630F59EB1129FBD
+EC56964D7833FF375F541EA71A578DF419DBF634E53287B9385C1B0FDA9A1502CD2D92917405
+F23170D4DD5CBF7522DDB8DF35E1B801F01459540E1B3A47AF588A40B193A08169ED99198B1C
+E56126EE9B5B57A87CCCA30182B754BF3132571A6964ADD0C3DE99CE8DE0A22B9B2F1C4C6831
+B7F8AE3BB35B4DF47139D4FAC2902421D37EE49D1E2F7FCDCCF99E3597E6250FDF755248EE44
+B21936174CC0E2877DDC595DBBE096E6ECD28F0F42BB0AF72140056DCC96074FB66F0598D44F
+D05989AC634DB53F454A6E150B3FBB71AAB92F26CD514AEEDD4E55642850A8D396D71B30E388
+F50899D89742155588FCDAC263EC6786E8CCB00C313032119CC71867EB03EFAD1C1D523717DE
+667E171954B4A9EB7EC53858FBDEAC883F1654BA4356B7564F98584ACA795863ACCABB4BAC99
+560D013145179880A3A8736C7DEBDA0F1E747E017B998AF0DA565B0F8D8A3AECB558B2249EEC
+5EECD865032BE636DABACBEA09144A2712766489BCCC49BE293BA89F3C73C0CFD1E520E806EE
+D32346303E01B138C50D0AB535146CCFDBC20996F10F1C1168E2E6C845C50B7661EB6113BEE1
+338E1AEB52532519C0761100C84BA0768725B8FD63FF8F0957D64DF1DBB7917622BB992628AD
+027A8591FD6A438255208D314DE4F9A5E6AAAEE3C5B1683969081A67D165364F03E9B0427FE4
+213C727629E566F84130A581A2A2E80C82CAFACB5AF5B5D3B2FFFD43F95FB85A0214F27189AB
+69FA0568DF1F3DBAC633048F3A0D12BEA6F198E72CAEEB90743ADA4FBA6669822C75975DAE86
+AE4D6F8C16B03D9701D052016067EDE2ED942508F194D09129E2021AB93401040ABDB43EA769
+A502F9371FDBE65DAB4FCB44B737303E89CC0DB930D46BB908155976F49DA55390766694CA6B
+F1839D1D7C534E2894EDFDC2D99CD2BAF6133C949502E1F78034A2D0CC38A7A4E1F69B968968
+19C4A1A2E9484ABA6FDD8720C694494C9DB3B5E6C151FEC4E6779B390ED9E528C06BB5063854
+EC07453B017CDFEDB68BC7317D972884BAD2ACB0EE1E29A43806C04D350DCBFADF7A7DA41A73
+57A53CF3798C7BA58227540BBC02F8ABF59365547216E2005A7A0FDF6957827956A92EB85852
+E0AFC658AAF5802962BBD050EE841E62319FEF3879A72145603CAFA5F019F25D4433087D034C
+8DFD9D3369D8CE590D3DCBBAA206228D5805B28D067E2DEB3268CF5D93D0672AE8E51367AEB5
+D1901F7C8D3E6828BB8179E7250FC832C2FC780965A3B12F699FC07B600533698C42B7900B6B
+6A898B2FFFC238335183F53EEBEB2838D68C0AAABC63527617C1662779BF9273B7F4C80671BC
+2218B29F4AD4DF2E683E8AE028406361FD54FD2D9A356E5AD370A2BC49DBAF3C93F286446ED4
+5DF52BBB32F1000A73875BC2031A36A7029A37C2FDBC0966C5A9329E6C2CD06EDD78EA68551E
+5C50303794AD2AF76F67033F2DF350D271935B9548838DA886CF9C86050507DCC4F7094AEE94
+10CC3159F53F11A19815B7C0DB7A46C9ABD2B9B2760365B0040A465E7BB7D66B56D4B3108FD9
+FA52222FF58F1100ECE350A6A14CE936268BFF438C1D11B4860F032E844EAC0EA2E2AA7A86DA
+4CA2962EFE60D076B8C81E4D281401E5EFCE0673EDBDCB6FF19C9D18588710A49EC84CAB7AE8
+B18D22EBBE44E4CB528E027E7DB787B31C3C048FB42603FF3EC5A971FB622550E1B4AABA9A51
+626D951360EE1A7CE9EC4030FB826343392BD07EE651540BCE076C93D95BD64D45750DAE5AFD
+CB2CA2CEB30B50D7A4C7B0CB69473D7D57248D4ABB5A9A35A68AD3DAFA7E9CC54E369EEF6D99
+11FA68E5AA3CD880E3627C6D70C3B0F9F47FFE4E798824F110890C434AB72F98493382AE638D
+7C6D4D93ED3DE9DD8A7A746CCD642F815F55B51BEC1F1A02B1F1B7FAFEDFCBA61555371779AE
+EC176B18274F661C342C80B3F6F31CDE251C61637406BE0562A9E9436A8B9140DC7B9471E12C
+DCB70B5995419D0ACD5E30C52647C5645C01919FB2226B23D5370CBAD5873329B24A5499C678
+0A5BAD6A446394421C22116593F23938A2616C73EEB5CCA18F9A218F6C002E4B31785F2FFD8B
+71A6055B92F14E328D504DB927272827815B54558D9BE3B21493EDB238AA873F020131C38744
+1ABBDD97F73C5AC84C69E4FEAD720CC0354429DE3A8B70C60CEA6AA02B645A3D8129FA0C89B2
+9C18AC23BDC155B24C0DAB471C75FA7CD0967434856DF64281C9CE8D7DA89E5C8FE763507F9F
+8718B14A247FCC660E5F7891CC7179E1B15C5C4929A8B4E5469807DF64A0ACC6D28468D15250
+21F09A342208A3E0BF3CA4BEDC0CF531BC66FDFEF2380810355351D99F5571F6EEE4D7C0FBB4
+C9544706D0DDB86B8F6978F44E2DCFFFED3E22F3C32DEC4F5EDB896093B60EA01E8279AF612D
+ABBC5AB15D43B3E8F3CB80AF7BFCE39CA2E992BEBEEC686AB948128019A3E4BD261D1EC15110
+1597A8110D99A7D47A850CE2E075BA5DC715D0B3366461E86E42EAB8E63B1ED8DAC7FAB022A1
+DB2F0AA1449789122C560B60277382A58329F7FF2C3439E7F5A2825A6432EC66DE46C0FA3375
+9C641F0FF7EFAB1A3276468B50436A8538B981CA4E68CF4EBBAD25B06C6DF0B5903524F3AAF3
+34715A0EBB872E89C117C24331681A26D12576096AF9C9A5ACB87BF93A6F49F572B299C38DD4
+B2E921813852EE707E8B3A4947F1178CFFFBC03091DBB8B0A5532E7A1BCB72037ACBBCBD21D4
+05B51E169B75B944784B619237B5E4125616AEC8704D8EEA03AF45A7F0B0D701CF259C15182E
+0F168907BCFED454870A49BFD7139D981B473891DADFA9EF0FF23CEDE5723881ADB372419395
+79C17953ABB01DA404F0F5A4E40925CCE86A962C63062FAE0CFE63A1CDB1929A2BB3D959D2DF
+32AB1C0CAE3A6EBB0C27F6B3D4D3641D0542D093CF3AC32C13A6F10A78DAFF1B8896C4C0B7C3
+1745BC9967676327B8E41B31E4BEBDB951AC631312481E81713FDDEF46DF8A53B284A61CF2B6
+FB2D32A72AA0692C9D082F23821A36F06E9D69BC73EDCA2A8EEFC7CB3508A99BEBDF4CD8928C
+F92819B883F266F75DBCF0797FF3934C3BA7CE9683830DE3B3AE630AA7908DBBD4AED7C767C6
+9F6C94592CC48941D89404065DA666E112752C0B208EA66D3927567459B4EBA87D4449438048
+BCBF34D4650F143D8297C0083E45434E8822CAE532F37EA34EE96E9A5FA6BFBEB9D787E74E15
+46C663EA73F15509CEC11141A0BDB45D751F66C1DD99F4138B86F9F3DB6051A039AAF3147A0E
+58F2A0EF641C773F153806A4061AE6C8B5BCBD4DF065E0478EB66D503E2D0FF2A7BF902CED6C
+79DD59A10B92BEE773A171EE1E940F2137EB01F15D7BA0067BE01AC61A8228B0C4719D0730B8
+7A5B95A7BD4FE647F5D859336EE0873DBA0FE18355212BE2299B41F5B484FC286E6755F103A5
+45031CDC2161600C5F0C2D8913EA178116D785BE3812CCDFF96D805221CC3DACF92DAA1D596E
+66BFB5DF04947FE913D4DA9C019667741C842A1952856AA15179232C02C6481453E456D81AFD
+191A4C97667AFFE360A2E86FA0471317CCCF8587EDB0874A45D13C1CA924FD76E079FEA11792
+89024EE4A661EDE72291F637DE666D27A9EB1DC584F36E7C42F1E34927E1B8349B1D34310E8A
+C9BCA544D8EECCAA3A528705C19695782C27538435199DC18D09BA0A16B1E8B5A843AEDA8487
+AC2FEAB027B7A1A4D15558707F6FEA1982DEF3DAF91187EEE46BAE28553D010AB926B07932D6
+E9311CDF1D07B984776E107BF6ADDAFDBD9AA1DE6F258EB6C73932D3B4667A0C07674F77766F
+CC012A6FEA65CE3A594B6E5CC8B0C9380F0D4196C2FED89013560BA67B259FFE22D94E7B3784
+266D62E4B8CB5CD1EB4027F969B2D25588109B945908F8DD62F9976884A1087CC8C6BD630EC2
+BA0DC61C83D16EFD5D60D7A88752A6D3FB40A232FB0549E2B454AD08CBB58356D9C3C264BE71
+986F13B9F989BB0E1905CEFD395B1B9D002B8AD392D4F6526DB2D542B5C8807DD5E18AC97FAD
+356E02CC50FE1F54C2E7E3D8957E0FE213C65F4B8FB8AA09CD020E5F331B07AE102B9E1B57CA
+B49D417C2C0535815B6AC74EF415350DB4A13916A7C1D7C563F90EF021093C87C7D2CDA9FE5F
+D06CB2F58F53CE66BF1B1028634658F1B311A2363A21CB1425E896DF0DD675DF23E3DDA17473
+896F6EB9017E16AA1FA5E79ADF33B205B3CE0A38C7A1C7C13897E1B97F92084BA0706185C8A9
+730000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+cleartomark
+
+
+%%EndFont
+TeXDict begin 39158280 55380996 1000 1200 1200 (sample.dvi)
+@start /Fa 170[98 63 73 2[80 100 99 115 61 2[39 3[67
+93 80 1[83 65[{TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}13 132.835
+/VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf /Fb 138[96 55 72 3[96 98 146
+46 6[93 100 2[100 10[96 1[78 1[99 8[49 124 120 4[102
+104 20[38 44[{0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}19
+166.044 /VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf /Fc 138[96 5[96 98 146
+46 6[93 100 2[100 10[96 1[78 1[99 8[49 124 120 4[102
+104 15[60 4[38 44[{TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}18 166.044
+/VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf end
+%%EndProlog
+%%BeginSetup
+%%Feature: *Resolution 1200dpi
+TeXDict begin
+%%BeginPaperSize: a4
+a4
+%%EndPaperSize
+ end
+%%EndSetup
+%%Page: 1 1
+TeXDict begin 1 0 bop 1029 1046 a Fc(Hello,)54 b(I)g(am)g(V)m(AG)f
+(Rounded)h(BT)1029 1245 y Fb(Hello,)g(I)g(am)g(V)m(AG)f(Rounded)h(BT)h
+(slanted)1033 1445 y Fc(H)8 b Fa(E)g(L)g(L)s(O)d Fc(,)65
+b(I)e Fa(A)8 b(M)62 b Fc(V)5 b(A)j(G)62 b(R)8 b Fa(O)g(U)g(N)g(D)g(E)g
+(D)63 b Fc(B)8 b(T)63 b Fa(S)8 b(M)g(A)g(L)g(L)63 b(C)13
+b(A)8 b(P)g(I)g(TA)g(L)g(S)3864 10511 y Fc(1)p eop end
+%%Trailer
+
+userdict /end-hook known{end-hook}if
+%%EOF
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..86c367df2c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily
+\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT\\
+{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\
+{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1406cbb790d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.ps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..88a85cfa180
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,1350 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
+%%Creator: dvips(k) 5.92a Copyright 2002 Radical Eye Software
+%%Title: sample_eps.dvi
+%%BoundingBox: 133 631 342 666
+%%DocumentFonts: VAGRoundedBT_Regular
+%%EndComments
+%DVIPSWebPage: (www.radicaleye.com)
+%DVIPSCommandLine: dvips -E -Pvagrounded sample_eps
+%DVIPSParameters: dpi=1200, compressed
+%DVIPSSource: TeX output 2003.10.31:1429
+%%BeginProcSet: texc.pro
+%!
+/TeXDict 300 dict def TeXDict begin/N{def}def/B{bind def}N/S{exch}N/X{S
+N}B/A{dup}B/TR{translate}N/isls false N/vsize 11 72 mul N/hsize 8.5 72
+mul N/landplus90{false}def/@rigin{isls{[0 landplus90{1 -1}{-1 1}ifelse 0
+0 0]concat}if 72 Resolution div 72 VResolution div neg scale isls{
+landplus90{VResolution 72 div vsize mul 0 exch}{Resolution -72 div hsize
+mul 0}ifelse TR}if Resolution VResolution vsize -72 div 1 add mul TR[
+matrix currentmatrix{A A round sub abs 0.00001 lt{round}if}forall round
+exch round exch]setmatrix}N/@landscape{/isls true N}B/@manualfeed{
+statusdict/manualfeed true put}B/@copies{/#copies X}B/FMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]
+N/FBB[0 0 0 0]N/nn 0 N/IEn 0 N/ctr 0 N/df-tail{/nn 8 dict N nn begin
+/FontType 3 N/FontMatrix fntrx N/FontBBox FBB N string/base X array
+/BitMaps X/BuildChar{CharBuilder}N/Encoding IEn N end A{/foo setfont}2
+array copy cvx N load 0 nn put/ctr 0 N[}B/sf 0 N/df{/sf 1 N/fntrx FMat N
+df-tail}B/dfs{div/sf X/fntrx[sf 0 0 sf neg 0 0]N df-tail}B/E{pop nn A
+definefont setfont}B/Cw{Cd A length 5 sub get}B/Ch{Cd A length 4 sub get
+}B/Cx{128 Cd A length 3 sub get sub}B/Cy{Cd A length 2 sub get 127 sub}
+B/Cdx{Cd A length 1 sub get}B/Ci{Cd A type/stringtype ne{ctr get/ctr ctr
+1 add N}if}B/id 0 N/rw 0 N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N/G 0 N/CharBuilder{save 3
+1 roll S A/base get 2 index get S/BitMaps get S get/Cd X pop/ctr 0 N Cdx
+0 Cx Cy Ch sub Cx Cw add Cy setcachedevice Cw Ch true[1 0 0 -1 -.1 Cx
+sub Cy .1 sub]/id Ci N/rw Cw 7 add 8 idiv string N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N{
+rc 0 ne{rc 1 sub/rc X rw}{G}ifelse}imagemask restore}B/G{{id gp get/gp
+gp 1 add N A 18 mod S 18 idiv pl S get exec}loop}B/adv{cp add/cp X}B
+/chg{rw cp id gp 4 index getinterval putinterval A gp add/gp X adv}B/nd{
+/cp 0 N rw exit}B/lsh{rw cp 2 copy get A 0 eq{pop 1}{A 255 eq{pop 254}{
+A A add 255 and S 1 and or}ifelse}ifelse put 1 adv}B/rsh{rw cp 2 copy
+get A 0 eq{pop 128}{A 255 eq{pop 127}{A 2 idiv S 128 and or}ifelse}
+ifelse put 1 adv}B/clr{rw cp 2 index string putinterval adv}B/set{rw cp
+fillstr 0 4 index getinterval putinterval adv}B/fillstr 18 string 0 1 17
+{2 copy 255 put pop}for N/pl[{adv 1 chg}{adv 1 chg nd}{1 add chg}{1 add
+chg nd}{adv lsh}{adv lsh nd}{adv rsh}{adv rsh nd}{1 add adv}{/rc X nd}{
+1 add set}{1 add clr}{adv 2 chg}{adv 2 chg nd}{pop nd}]A{bind pop}
+forall N/D{/cc X A type/stringtype ne{]}if nn/base get cc ctr put nn
+/BitMaps get S ctr S sf 1 ne{A A length 1 sub A 2 index S get sf div put
+}if put/ctr ctr 1 add N}B/I{cc 1 add D}B/bop{userdict/bop-hook known{
+bop-hook}if/SI save N @rigin 0 0 moveto/V matrix currentmatrix A 1 get A
+mul exch 0 get A mul add .99 lt{/QV}{/RV}ifelse load def pop pop}N/eop{
+SI restore userdict/eop-hook known{eop-hook}if showpage}N/@start{
+userdict/start-hook known{start-hook}if pop/VResolution X/Resolution X
+1000 div/DVImag X/IEn 256 array N 2 string 0 1 255{IEn S A 360 add 36 4
+index cvrs cvn put}for pop 65781.76 div/vsize X 65781.76 div/hsize X}N
+/p{show}N/RMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]N/BDot 260 string N/Rx 0 N/Ry 0 N/V{}B/RV/v{
+/Ry X/Rx X V}B statusdict begin/product where{pop false[(Display)(NeXT)
+(LaserWriter 16/600)]{A length product length le{A length product exch 0
+exch getinterval eq{pop true exit}if}{pop}ifelse}forall}{false}ifelse
+end{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR 1 1 scale Rx Ry false RMat{BDot}imagemask
+grestore}}{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR Rx Ry scale 1 1 false RMat{BDot}
+imagemask grestore}}ifelse B/QV{gsave newpath transform round exch round
+exch itransform moveto Rx 0 rlineto 0 Ry neg rlineto Rx neg 0 rlineto
+fill grestore}B/a{moveto}B/delta 0 N/tail{A/delta X 0 rmoveto}B/M{S p
+delta add tail}B/b{S p tail}B/c{-4 M}B/d{-3 M}B/e{-2 M}B/f{-1 M}B/g{0 M}
+B/h{1 M}B/i{2 M}B/j{3 M}B/k{4 M}B/w{0 rmoveto}B/l{p -4 w}B/m{p -3 w}B/n{
+p -2 w}B/o{p -1 w}B/q{p 1 w}B/r{p 2 w}B/s{p 3 w}B/t{p 4 w}B/x{0 S
+rmoveto}B/y{3 2 roll p a}B/bos{/SS save N}B/eos{SS restore}B end
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginProcSet: 8r.enc
+% File 8r.enc as of 2002-03-12 for PSNFSS 9
+%
+% This is the encoding vector for Type1 and TrueType fonts to be used
+% with TeX. This file is part of the PSNFSS bundle, version 9
+%
+% Authors: S. Rahtz, P. MacKay, Alan Jeffrey, B. Horn, K. Berry, W. Schmidt
+%
+% Idea is to have all the characters normally included in Type 1 fonts
+% available for typesetting. This is effectively the characters in Adobe
+% Standard Encoding + ISO Latin 1 + extra characters from Lucida + Euro.
+%
+% Character code assignments were made as follows:
+%
+% (1) the Windows ANSI characters are almost all in their Windows ANSI
+% positions, because some Windows users cannot easily reencode the
+% fonts, and it makes no difference on other systems. The only Windows
+% ANSI characters not available are those that make no sense for
+% typesetting -- rubout (127 decimal), nobreakspace (160), softhyphen
+% (173). quotesingle and grave are moved just because it's such an
+% irritation not having them in TeX positions.
+%
+% (2) Remaining characters are assigned arbitrarily to the lower part
+% of the range, avoiding 0, 10 and 13 in case we meet dumb software.
+%
+% (3) Y&Y Lucida Bright includes some extra text characters; in the
+% hopes that other PostScript fonts, perhaps created for public
+% consumption, will include them, they are included starting at 0x12.
+%
+% (4) Remaining positions left undefined are for use in (hopefully)
+% upward-compatible revisions, if someday more characters are generally
+% available.
+%
+% (5) hyphen appears twice for compatibility with both ASCII and Windows.
+%
+% (6) /Euro is assigned to 128, as in Windows ANSI
+%
+/TeXBase1Encoding [
+% 0x00 (encoded characters from Adobe Standard not in Windows 3.1)
+ /.notdef /dotaccent /fi /fl
+ /fraction /hungarumlaut /Lslash /lslash
+ /ogonek /ring /.notdef
+ /breve /minus /.notdef
+% These are the only two remaining unencoded characters, so may as
+% well include them.
+ /Zcaron /zcaron
+% 0x10
+ /caron /dotlessi
+% (unusual TeX characters available in, e.g., Lucida Bright)
+ /dotlessj /ff /ffi /ffl
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ % very contentious; it's so painful not having quoteleft and quoteright
+ % at 96 and 145 that we move the things normally found there down to here.
+ /grave /quotesingle
+% 0x20 (ASCII begins)
+ /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign
+ /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
+ /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen /period /slash
+% 0x30
+ /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven
+ /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question
+% 0x40
+ /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O
+% 0x50
+ /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W
+ /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore
+% 0x60
+ /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o
+% 0x70
+ /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w
+ /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /asciitilde
+ /.notdef % rubout; ASCII ends
+% 0x80
+ /Euro /.notdef /quotesinglbase /florin
+ /quotedblbase /ellipsis /dagger /daggerdbl
+ /circumflex /perthousand /Scaron /guilsinglleft
+ /OE /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+% 0x90
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /quotedblleft
+ /quotedblright /bullet /endash /emdash
+ /tilde /trademark /scaron /guilsinglright
+ /oe /.notdef /.notdef /Ydieresis
+% 0xA0
+ /.notdef % nobreakspace
+ /exclamdown /cent /sterling
+ /currency /yen /brokenbar /section
+ /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft
+ /logicalnot
+ /hyphen % Y&Y (also at 45); Windows' softhyphen
+ /registered
+ /macron
+% 0xD0
+ /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior
+ /acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered
+ /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright
+ /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown
+% 0xC0
+ /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla
+ /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis
+ /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis
+% 0xD0
+ /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute
+ /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply
+ /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex
+ /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls
+% 0xE0
+ /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde
+ /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla
+ /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis
+ /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis
+% 0xF0
+ /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute
+ /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide
+ /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex
+ /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis
+] def
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginProcSet: texps.pro
+%!
+TeXDict begin/rf{findfont dup length 1 add dict begin{1 index/FID ne 2
+index/UniqueID ne and{def}{pop pop}ifelse}forall[1 index 0 6 -1 roll
+exec 0 exch 5 -1 roll VResolution Resolution div mul neg 0 0]FontType 0
+ne{/Metrics exch def dict begin Encoding{exch dup type/integertype ne{
+pop pop 1 sub dup 0 le{pop}{[}ifelse}{FontMatrix 0 get div Metrics 0 get
+div def}ifelse}forall Metrics/Metrics currentdict end def}{{1 index type
+/nametype eq{exit}if exch pop}loop}ifelse[2 index currentdict end
+definefont 3 -1 roll makefont/setfont cvx]cvx def}def/ObliqueSlant{dup
+sin S cos div neg}B/SlantFont{4 index mul add}def/ExtendFont{3 -1 roll
+mul exch}def/ReEncodeFont{CharStrings rcheck{/Encoding false def dup[
+exch{dup CharStrings exch known not{pop/.notdef/Encoding true def}if}
+forall Encoding{]exch pop}{cleartomark}ifelse}if/Encoding exch def}def
+end
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginFont: VAGRoundedBT_Regular
+%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0 VAGRoundedBT_Regular Copyright 1990-1993 Bitstream Inc. All rights reserved.
+%%CreationDate: Thu Jan 13 11:52:00 2000
+% Converted from TrueType font bvrr8a.ttf by ttf2pt1 program
+%
+%%EndComments
+12 dict begin
+/FontInfo 9 dict dup begin
+/version (mfgpctt-v1.57 Wednesday, February 24, 1993 12:05:38 pm [EST]) readonly def
+/Notice (Copyright 1990-1993 Bitstream Inc. All rights reserved.) readonly def
+/FullName (VAG Rounded BT) readonly def
+/FamilyName (VAGRounded BT) readonly def
+/Weight (Regular) readonly def
+/ItalicAngle 0.000000 def
+/isFixedPitch false def
+/UnderlinePosition -110 def
+/UnderlineThickness 102 def
+end readonly def
+/FontName /VAGRoundedBT_Regular def
+/PaintType 0 def
+/StrokeWidth 0 def
+/FontType 1 def
+/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] def
+/FontBBox {-47 -236 1032 989} readonly def
+/Encoding 256 array
+dup 0 /.notdef put
+dup 1 /.notdef put
+dup 2 /.notdef put
+dup 3 /.notdef put
+dup 4 /.notdef put
+dup 5 /.notdef put
+dup 6 /.notdef put
+dup 7 /.notdef put
+dup 8 /.notdef put
+dup 9 /.notdef put
+dup 10 /.notdef put
+dup 11 /.notdef put
+dup 12 /.notdef put
+dup 13 /.notdef put
+dup 14 /.notdef put
+dup 15 /.notdef put
+dup 16 /.notdef put
+dup 17 /.notdef put
+dup 18 /.notdef put
+dup 19 /.notdef put
+dup 20 /.notdef put
+dup 21 /.notdef put
+dup 22 /.notdef put
+dup 23 /.notdef put
+dup 24 /.notdef put
+dup 25 /.notdef put
+dup 26 /.notdef put
+dup 27 /.notdef put
+dup 28 /.notdef put
+dup 29 /.notdef put
+dup 30 /.notdef put
+dup 31 /.notdef put
+dup 32 /space put
+dup 33 /exclam put
+dup 34 /quotedbl put
+dup 35 /numbersign put
+dup 36 /dollar put
+dup 37 /percent put
+dup 38 /ampersand put
+dup 39 /quotesingle put
+dup 40 /parenleft put
+dup 41 /parenright put
+dup 42 /asterisk put
+dup 43 /plus put
+dup 44 /comma put
+dup 45 /hyphen put
+dup 46 /period put
+dup 47 /slash put
+dup 48 /zero put
+dup 49 /one put
+dup 50 /two put
+dup 51 /three put
+dup 52 /four put
+dup 53 /five put
+dup 54 /six put
+dup 55 /seven put
+dup 56 /eight put
+dup 57 /nine put
+dup 58 /colon put
+dup 59 /semicolon put
+dup 60 /less put
+dup 61 /equal put
+dup 62 /greater put
+dup 63 /question put
+dup 64 /at put
+dup 65 /A put
+dup 66 /B put
+dup 67 /C put
+dup 68 /D put
+dup 69 /E put
+dup 70 /F put
+dup 71 /G put
+dup 72 /H put
+dup 73 /I put
+dup 74 /J put
+dup 75 /K put
+dup 76 /L put
+dup 77 /M put
+dup 78 /N put
+dup 79 /O put
+dup 80 /P put
+dup 81 /Q put
+dup 82 /R put
+dup 83 /S put
+dup 84 /T put
+dup 85 /U put
+dup 86 /V put
+dup 87 /W put
+dup 88 /X put
+dup 89 /Y put
+dup 90 /Z put
+dup 91 /bracketleft put
+dup 92 /backslash put
+dup 93 /bracketright put
+dup 94 /asciicircum put
+dup 95 /underscore put
+dup 96 /grave put
+dup 97 /a put
+dup 98 /b put
+dup 99 /c put
+dup 100 /d put
+dup 101 /e put
+dup 102 /f put
+dup 103 /g put
+dup 104 /h put
+dup 105 /i put
+dup 106 /j put
+dup 107 /k put
+dup 108 /l put
+dup 109 /m put
+dup 110 /n put
+dup 111 /o put
+dup 112 /p put
+dup 113 /q put
+dup 114 /r put
+dup 115 /s put
+dup 116 /t put
+dup 117 /u put
+dup 118 /v put
+dup 119 /w put
+dup 120 /x put
+dup 121 /y put
+dup 122 /z put
+dup 123 /braceleft put
+dup 124 /bar put
+dup 125 /braceright put
+dup 126 /asciitilde put
+dup 127 /.notdef put
+dup 128 /.notdef put
+dup 129 /.notdef put
+dup 130 /quotesinglbase put
+dup 131 /florin put
+dup 132 /quotedblbase put
+dup 133 /ellipsis put
+dup 134 /dagger put
+dup 135 /daggerdbl put
+dup 136 /circumflex put
+dup 137 /perthousand put
+dup 138 /Scaron put
+dup 139 /guilsinglleft put
+dup 140 /OE put
+dup 141 /.notdef put
+dup 142 /.notdef put
+dup 143 /.notdef put
+dup 144 /.notdef put
+dup 145 /quoteleft put
+dup 146 /quoteright put
+dup 147 /quotedblleft put
+dup 148 /quotedblright put
+dup 149 /bullet put
+dup 150 /endash put
+dup 151 /emdash put
+dup 152 /tilde put
+dup 153 /trademark put
+dup 154 /scaron put
+dup 155 /guilsinglright put
+dup 156 /oe put
+dup 157 /.notdef put
+dup 158 /.notdef put
+dup 159 /Ydieresis put
+dup 160 /nbspace put
+dup 161 /exclamdown put
+dup 162 /cent put
+dup 163 /sterling put
+dup 164 /currency put
+dup 165 /yen put
+dup 166 /brokenbar put
+dup 167 /section put
+dup 168 /dieresis put
+dup 169 /copyright put
+dup 170 /ordfeminine put
+dup 171 /guillemotleft put
+dup 172 /logicalnot put
+dup 173 /sfthyphen put
+dup 174 /registered put
+dup 175 /macron put
+dup 176 /degree put
+dup 177 /plusminus put
+dup 178 /twosuperior put
+dup 179 /threesuperior put
+dup 180 /acute put
+dup 181 /mu put
+dup 182 /paragraph put
+dup 183 /periodcentered put
+dup 184 /cedilla put
+dup 185 /onesuperior put
+dup 186 /ordmasculine put
+dup 187 /guillemotright put
+dup 188 /onequarter put
+dup 189 /onehalf put
+dup 190 /threequarters put
+dup 191 /questiondown put
+dup 192 /Agrave put
+dup 193 /Aacute put
+dup 194 /Acircumflex put
+dup 195 /Atilde put
+dup 196 /Adieresis put
+dup 197 /Aring put
+dup 198 /AE put
+dup 199 /Ccedilla put
+dup 200 /Egrave put
+dup 201 /Eacute put
+dup 202 /Ecircumflex put
+dup 203 /Edieresis put
+dup 204 /Igrave put
+dup 205 /Iacute put
+dup 206 /Icircumflex put
+dup 207 /Idieresis put
+dup 208 /Eth put
+dup 209 /Ntilde put
+dup 210 /Ograve put
+dup 211 /Oacute put
+dup 212 /Ocircumflex put
+dup 213 /Otilde put
+dup 214 /Odieresis put
+dup 215 /multiply put
+dup 216 /Oslash put
+dup 217 /Ugrave put
+dup 218 /Uacute put
+dup 219 /Ucircumflex put
+dup 220 /Udieresis put
+dup 221 /Yacute put
+dup 222 /Thorn put
+dup 223 /germandbls put
+dup 224 /agrave put
+dup 225 /aacute put
+dup 226 /acircumflex put
+dup 227 /atilde put
+dup 228 /adieresis put
+dup 229 /aring put
+dup 230 /ae put
+dup 231 /ccedilla put
+dup 232 /egrave put
+dup 233 /eacute put
+dup 234 /ecircumflex put
+dup 235 /edieresis put
+dup 236 /igrave put
+dup 237 /iacute put
+dup 238 /icircumflex put
+dup 239 /idieresis put
+dup 240 /eth put
+dup 241 /ntilde put
+dup 242 /ograve put
+dup 243 /oacute put
+dup 244 /ocircumflex put
+dup 245 /otilde put
+dup 246 /odieresis put
+dup 247 /divide put
+dup 248 /oslash put
+dup 249 /ugrave put
+dup 250 /uacute put
+dup 251 /ucircumflex put
+dup 252 /udieresis put
+dup 253 /yacute put
+dup 254 /thorn put
+dup 255 /ydieresis put
+readonly def
+currentdict end
+currentfile eexec
+
+D9D66F633B846A989B9974B0179FC6CC445BC2C03103C68570A7B354A4A280AE6FBF7F9888E0
+62ACE92116EDA3164AB431B6AA5D94F1C30434FBEBFD8DB1F9AFD6140E48A2D1DF43A352ACB2
+A005E8D43CDF44B0FB04B46BF57CB25ACF592BA684F3B81821BEFEF4FD83303119637076CC17
+8DF5BB1B08B239997440FCE8A575B0E8064F42A4ED7BD4DE19F885975A82E97ADAF9E99E707F
+D5D6504E24FEADB3D183B06304B0435DCFE8E0F701B5AE80A2ABF3F9025EE4710D729D9AFD81
+96C5DE19F8BC1110CCDB88847974A721BAC25BB5ABF8C3A3B87FBDC10AF13B394395F0DFCD80
+AB984365B08BA0C8DFF1FEA3D2548498B94D58EE247BC42FA10BFA1A096DEF10A802A71E0FA9
+DDC1548C00C15FA237635474E5E99426173FABF2E9986CD2C77BADD7FBCEB391A72FD3F18480
+0519A1700E846A1E1FCEAD31799F67FC876992A68ACC21E1627F578E5CF5AE17D24996436218
+36BCFEBF4BB5A1928D52B1E5C79AB410A6C3E679822124E5F700792BC427424BEEE3A42B4E56
+C9E44CFE5654100E7B0A5B49898532040D16931C09CA5A38042F86A27FE64A1CDC08E751E70F
+B3FDDBCD3A4D01ABEF6CCDF3A82D538D2D4EF016217CCD47EE1BD1F02702C5E52113DC80ED7F
+5B705EAC5AC48DB7B64C5A457A19270B08DFF0EE9EA7B6C1300859647242A66159E4B7DCE8DF
+9A8429C5618C213484F2E573678A57F11B65901957507D4B848AFF203EC104817919FA34C578
+71258C2B026383A36DB34AA6289D144ED42EDF1EFEAECD0FC1837F5F335E8BDAF5369495A9F4
+329BA8AC0A2E8FB4727B01BCBBB9B720B45B8AE1B06B63DFBF9F56DD50A85FE2D75F0C6AAD17
+D6E56EB5489717AB5530428D78EBB78393A49EE11BE365740E3880B4E047AA349709E214E71D
+3DF6E3E24603C74E1ACD6579A7DA8CE0AF1F4EE082499F2AB728D33DE5E6F2800F58ABDD0C08
+6A48AD8A3814F107B64A23598E26BCB40DCA92A1C79A025260867911BF8A9A018E40B1253DE8
+20154BC779046867124DD43BCEA31BA78FA523FD7BD9B86EC0B9AD3F22A183264224B3A612A5
+79825A4C196B77434E58553C8FE1AF8AA466FCCD131E2A211E081056FC3B8E298FD9959FBBB9
+6C4A6ABE69D77C780EAD990036F9D48FBE9384DA40CF63FC175C1438672709C681CC3031D1CF
+310022B0ABA951ED0E9AB03CD9AA0222A580463BCC001CB369A9BEFFD0F4B8BE5652311D7476
+5D740FD43EC67AB21B29F861B22BE248D7FEDBD8C8BED3C01D72AF8633B72643ED3E715B3C00
+EE5F262F5973F1CB7B23B1D53A05D9A6CEB8DF71136158CB3FB539E56625A14591A1336E5E65
+B544DF3CB234C48F8FB87EBDCF3F5E119EDD3F47BA7B1422CAFD012D2C62C333E00D75F9A810
+EDCB3BAFBD583663288AFCEE923266A3BF255B8F175FB9EF4572B4CDC606A7ECE39370AF0A13
+B7F7888FE49200B24861D0CFEDD009C7B8E3F3DB3EA8D83DB98426B75AB72BEB8B60F5E8F9B9
+13FD61F64F28B7B7503797383A2E2C366B90597D73D7F00B036F99BD0B39AF2A450F4ABECA32
+CA9D982FE2E78074B9ECF92AC5CDFE16AAC76957321AB84378489661FA284C07ADCAA4D085A3
+AF3E31812593E47D5BEBE3A145F2A33CF00AA1704DAFB58FF270BF5ECF03BFEBF0C0B873BEAF
+D66C983E056C4755E8E7648D8E16812FA58FFC8373CCAB936B9468177CB8790EAEA52155A7EB
+0BB4F2C8AE029B51C982B56842F2F2D4A349E0C919F6BE73CC082CFF65F04F363E61F7C4AE65
+EEB6E312B602C7CC8FEA7C44B46265DE4DDB2C29A15E13AE9B685F4861026B7BC367392ADC78
+48E07E39F92759EA6864F592AA3ABF1B0BD628926A6DEC5658256C39B0A3B2EFCA6955ADD6F2
+837BBEC196419AEC9C88F4F2849A140F76C81624672ADB701D29CBB52EFE24454BC271787AE6
+539ADD86ABB5473F56FB0F4835722C68F5A995C0003740C448EF257C51D47BF51B38D12D16C3
+21458B9691300891ECF32CF175A5A0000AF9DD613E1E98225608514DA3F1F092E6BFA83577EF
+DB733886EAB226DA362EC7D990161CF725E51AAFBCAC766D1F7B35EF3B2B94AE6514A317E0D5
+043122509FA9E0CCA0547844ADE1D1E6A66D854D10AD0A19A1BCE38116324B8EC5259A221C93
+D39089464D58BFF725490C2E64BA801808B99336F34902A1B9B32EFF0024E5A7C12876A004BD
+EDBFDD9CC43F3E650897547D761F183D7F037D850C206AA57BDD304733ED2DBB2701E8901EE8
+ECF81B8AAE869F7C23B06D6A63604DE8ADE1F625432D18F1DB019AD51C7C4E8F904AD23D3FFB
+F1AF3F3DE923F1F6B469D9F8DD839A45F030F1C227ED6042AEDD287DC2C70318BEDA6D44E0E4
+15DF23C1F384AC4E54AF16CCA790332862884E756BBFA538FF4F92B54780BB4645C40EC731A3
+837E5BD921E3A3D9A9A27B36AED8925FE1C313C1FAD214C2FD555BEB043F5461976368250C26
+F8E6A0AAB31DA32621FAE19EF11B472680F4F3527BA459DBC9C27464AEC0AB7B24C27743DBD4
+BD58CD7D2FE4CC2253045379526E226AE2E4C1213061BDE820ADCB2B7AB655641408E3E0E061
+A15B581E6CB5CCA396CA924C4CD6D75DB24E12EA230FF26C11BCE0DC7AB1E94F0F4BE24E9ACF
+FEC9AC21FCD66013DCE2661216B792A17687863E55A11AE89A7B964DCCF25D2190D079AFE8FC
+683A814F14B662ED28E03F94B881D2B6270157E06FD022C3FE582AB5AC1F928CC6D3044754AD
+6F9BC900638CCFF261229D5E34F4F6952DD3A3D3462FEF648BBAB619E3BBC7036273B5F9FE6E
+9E5947CD03DABC8BE88F0C038B3F69D54F1DFCF2DBA93EF3FB8A69CFBD0AD437B04DF8FF5794
+A4FA5668DA2084F4BC54FE460FAB1ABEC90AF24C83D6A1764362711BB51CDF90FE389CF6E050
+74F51D97574EE217A93BF17870E8061CB3CFE0B11AC0930506BB4E444417912F4CEDA8A7E467
+9CC14784CFCE6072BE2C80637F7939FA4B19985BE1776280F669E93B30BC479780965CD43DEE
+134D12095FBD9E6F52132DE050D3AD0EF307E3822A98BEB1DD5DD27B293CCC88835DBF299995
+25C72952510B70D514914AFA06A7E5967AA0D3241D90E8850AB5945A0D04C9449A08DFC4640D
+05A61B8A410B9201B4A740A177FE2EBC2DC4F5869265763577760DA15152CE522D9587AD3DE7
+0285212ACEB7578A66EFED4B6938CD41C3D4DE74D74FA51EA9C0D030F2F68C456DEB25F526A3
+72920CF594A92D70D27CD4AACCC198BC352127B967F65BD10806F742F209114BA483899C5534
+AB46C0A2E54C28246385F91F7783B91947B7EA53FD3D3ABA1F2228529C5CB7801555D97D35C1
+18CE9FECB50B43975B69FD051B5B1D995C80AB54C823B6A09206DBE9785EB00202B06B2B1B27
+D50B5F8E93AE0B6BF7071E652B1BCB9A51CF1EBC31B169BCF41827E2F0426F9D11FD782E6A34
+033A659AF249408367364E5F5BF930CA4E794990F5CF933E28C807B38ECD009F6AB25A108CD7
+E825A1125E123A33AC784405E678798016935CEB62EF1684A1781349B9C378708212617A9424
+D17996841FF227E9B6B7B5CB54F10B4E8F66183D8BC6BF64ACB772B0CE09DF8CE791EF5B4348
+E7F78813359D3BD437080E1667FE7461D051191E948688FE1C41A9EA4C0F19FC7B9B76158F21
+0D8B52F93676CD7156CC441C3B0783CA051902C3C73BC9615278B51D8931F5BC75F27FB4D445
+6C2434FF363E77D530A4662C6FF24A72CBAEC33538ECE07BFE81519A38D863E06B015F9235F2
+96289AAB899850CF9A7551968478DB42C7E3D7A6720FFC2ADFB95CB0B5F430D1EBEA42200DC0
+A85BBA264C900734E9927F561DDA2FACB4CDA9385B0BD19D4F1CB5F61CEA6E6F3AA7817F9DDC
+1E7DF6A6D369AB15E68E64DE971BE0CA542E762A9B54F6AFFDA3E4557A2FEDF4A26AE8147BAF
+1DB1F0AF9F6C855266A0A161E422EA5D352FA6452E1A6B3DC92230290242232FA58CCE95FCB4
+E971101277B26AC761B1A9385BD19CA7F16EF9DBD6D13A30BAE64E2C5F65E282DA63FB37B89D
+2796C0BB5DE94CA526B7B707D5F9D6BA839AF6E3A0D03D7F9806BA3FE53FFBBEE5A084DF6E1E
+A3C3E622E9A0FE4100E48534F1C493664A7BC78214C66315A1CE3775C24125A1FC220B7FEF90
+5D6F7887CCA68E1BB3A52F03A544A3EAFED6221CD88BCA03F8123444DA00BFBA8C96845B5E24
+4E92F2CF3D24005F50777C309E5C9A40CC038731112796338977159D77AC6B77D9250C9F9101
+29C107E4996E4D4B40A22419A7F1AD0D1DA492BDC29CE3BFD5F834D753276D178A1BF67E3D9B
+49F500073C9D12164E86E6B201ED650468AFFA08202B5C3F1D6E8B8B1EBD0EBDE53043D4A43B
+D44767FC4F835708BFCEC0D6DB07E0AE348BF7AB20A649CE72C1439546FBF7A05F172CB5ABBE
+88BD5B739A48EEA4B8CC241028A60A645B7503EF021FA259BEEDB8652E5AEBBBC011D9714F41
+F85A54AD06DDE493A576C3EA1FC6A0239863AA2492C1E69ACEF633408EE1937FAF24FC6D6FD1
+FEE06173E0803A90F6AAD0DEF288CA4B0A8F030BA482992D4786797847C3F0049BBACF16D8E0
+BE6C0897A39F96F6BE0C03A4837203B49388A37FD701D62124D983EA61961896ECCA0EAC8F08
+C268207948D1140E04DC605EFC9E0EA6F50B027C0BAC0869FE3020357BDA7E613647A93FAEC7
+56B584CD177E92DF729212FBEE0A8ADFAA016692EE1E4DB4B59DA33E63EAE659C4AB296028A1
+1BA7470BBC7470C84F0A5FEE281ACD73E29AA83488BDBC4D5559D86D43BACD958075208EBFB6
+9DE7902B8F5FB61FA2EA13D7C27C7095C456171ADB2048BF43F0D3EDA4A62046C05F4B8618F5
+A8CE9D5AB488C1EF0C375C93A198B5A109CA9D94C985766D3793E2DD20BA1D6D5258907A3DA3
+02F7AD250BD282E2F9E52520A115F69B8F342EAFC84A2E823C79BFE2B5B2185DEE5DA4F4235C
+C5273493B8E03F3C9AB319A8B3875C58370C8DEB465DD16385AE4F23161B5F8C6559D84DB532
+BF4368E12CED705AD8F15082C93802CA541E00409056A8B102F11EFDA4371EA0D02BD4EF1917
+2378FB0F3A595E6FC2E5518E189496AA3CA84FD66C8FC2D63A1058F88F6B239B709F3E8560F4
+828AB57289C49A02494BB15127E23BF6EE0F1308CF76F3DA6DEA5983D40CFB12395B751A1473
+87F771AD7B4F82A3D903045BCBEF7190AA3F7904397D8F81E4FC4985BFE92B507C8049A5036F
+C3FC728C4835487AD09A89F4ACEDEB0416F44904959291CB70FB6D02134E42AD7F54AD5CE01D
+D7D757D8F61A90635D1B0ACD5905D890805F3C0ED3269EDB5378FC85B12746EC2A8157ECE9A8
+9A063DF5B53687EA96B4EB1DB7B1CD216CC7F53DB83347B0947F4F79BE1D36FAB49A180E4CD7
+BC5FEBD0811C44EA167F351E1FF7EE2DF560A83AB78C68F95ECDCC72D3AC00B0FD20B684C574
+D81329A3D923D6838C4AF5CE2B3965C6FAF9D6B4969DDF9B9EDE5CB67D617BEF6ED790F75A6D
+E0C498662141CCE0815FFFFEF0D6758F97BA13DBFA308F2B4D864D36CA89549BEDD024250DD6
+B132FFF4EE43D2D824949A252036B921F5B14EE8F66EDBC8CDABBCACE4850C972E92730625AC
+58BA8A83892D67F2D461B4E232E8C58297D6674DC7D90B3EF4CE000AFB1ADC898AB10E3CF2EA
+7B656E6C90F4F32267536A1B6FCC31A64D5C5CCE542E01B8A53AD7ACC95BA501A57B6299EE8B
+A9B99FD8B598095A7F21C39DB6A2CA7C0047D3A4CC69CD9EEA71AE39EC89E119D955F8CFBE43
+0251FA93B64DE582A8A27250F10684388A7E00ACD53C24389F386D4A79FFDF00ACA533E84B2E
+F107BC77B186F9AE782F6A1AA2BFE4529BCEC46CFD0E38B6E4F33A37F67D37DAE72CDC3658AC
+237D6034F2253A0487CD646416ED0C750A2AAEFC88D353FF0D856E7EB1608CDEB8FDEB73957E
+61E01C7084E3A0169DA2FDBA4ECD2B8A7E6EF33376BF3B229BAB643D8FCF6A611510B89318CA
+ABA783BE3F73D0DE87F58BC5079742B93431656860BDBD49220640FA9D37C9AA2B37F6588BA6
+9E45D16CD53C8020A1DA332974DE12E75A890E1FDB6079235DFCF1B8E3282C79045FC8BFDE0D
+7F8539CABAF24D12D1C7A33DEBDC37FBED62C38AC52B76CB77D9282BEF10F81B405F6CCE7B2D
+761CEF1CA994231829EFD28D3CABF7536E0B33BF7B86835440F95A22318791D9735269B47089
+8FEA580AC16F6187A9FA3EB7980B6B2279A7202A51CEE0486B08E8C69DFF35F52E7BC19BB470
+917C2E51E8F43E9AB9006DBE91DA831450CA9621AAFF04AC8CA4BBFBD60FF77795D59EEF84F7
+F64A7682B47DBBB70A1E0365458BB93248B6B16BD8B4629655B40D407CE9C36B52D25CFD8616
+CD24C3343AE2C8D9B426854CC0877953C5435A4CBBB1B5762EB11AB014BAA07581AAA3295DB1
+B31D4272DE780D0CE1F21BB87778581626D2E693E5ED562F08CE56BCEAD5F3202ED118D21C71
+4279773BE2EE13CED2BDC92F00C7652CCB6DFE5046CD726288EA2E9D6982EFECCB83FE3E3606
+0BF5AF673D5A756EE906499AB8DF81465B416324DC71F73249F3E00CC6F662F72507C02D2F88
+0A5C256A292D498667986EE478E2E2A206FF4F7536A1A18C71A1FF63C83CB323EDEC71D3F9E6
+5905490A332F0A456A3E9F9AB5959669CC0FC953603F05A58B1C38AC9C6C582F37B9AC651E04
+15983562A94B142460BF06ED328685DCF832C4A1EE0BFBC9A5714A091EE8E72630FBC4D96383
+12E4371F0D776B856C79E9A1A0F350B571175292D30968134B443732CC85FFF0BA2F6862D8B6
+7673357253427861EF7774F2B4917433187613616E32EC6217850CA0BA1CB6A60F39CA3C093D
+9CC1A1339F962CE4D4B3B5867EDB60ED393454C4CB271E0B2CE6D9A2CC67410091032CFBEE54
+DD57EF2246844666CFDC2482D858E2BBA331E41DAC81342ECDE52CAEB42F24410205082AED62
+8CE64A94BA36C2963600AC9485D3620E5D64FA3ECA2D4506038E76EC13C6A66D12C4D1455D16
+0F9E76EC2C20BB178F1032BFCF6A19EBA3C999381947DBA31488BA5FBD0D8B7AAEBA352D69BF
+9A3B6BC8CC2C5A03EB63404AAEBA8C7DD2902B41A073AC70518CE5641389DBDCF422EFDC908F
+2AC72378E3C4B616CBE6156486CB568564FB0770094BE439E93FACC5F9D361C495902086CAB5
+B70B1F67D54FF40F6713F36C6DBC899CA4561CBC9338586D02122A46802A8EAA1A20EB5DA174
+232AEE461D58138734AAB97B37F6455A77629FA2F227C67E896901F031B3A5A1DA30B49569B6
+CF03E7B879F13298462C4DE0265A0711AED49B0F15558A658FDE18C678282C0A3FE0E994A940
+9E285F2A749594C6716E75BA7BC4F4769814CD3C078B29FAF12C5233EDD5929B25DA8F770DB9
+84B1CDC9DD218632F9A97872E54B50A65ECC99AD9C55AEC4EB2147C0298F4BA9D0E856A3EC55
+296369DAA884E10D23A905106EE514944B53346451AEFD7C28917CFB4D3BC51647D79D30A1BD
+3984739212E1CE4C39CE1F113CDBBFF326FA93D5E3D23B220D1B15C39597FC79DC677F59EDC8
+2BD690D416966F7E6028F13DFBAFEDB69411186F5DE1F4F0C6F4FC9C8ACC1AA169A0B7C6255D
+22823D0E170BCBD4A9B114DA6DE060318DA4078A796EC8EFA356FAF804E85265E4C76AB8FC65
+C5A327F63AA79F64499BF20CB3D693063F8D527D529F48A21783881F9C31E8B1240FF89DAF05
+C6497D1F72E4401304AD811336A49ADD2ED30C0947B345820F0017446AC9356468F942412B77
+1662FE193EE6491226EF85EEB10CF46D25FB350EB31E4C67580D184970645B7F7E8D88318CAB
+95B7A5ABB133B4E25AB74CACED79AE9ED6EC7CB93403991566A0CF6F326B6C7DE9543D1B892D
+9CC5035B247C52E4BD86F90B6BF72DE2114E761AE8626E3620BDE6D46DCD841E87C21A05D434
+B21763A0C99049F1C71814D988A793467788D3BDE9ED41E21778E51D2BE18136F99D72ED2C83
+E6B4F79EC50CD4AB44C6C00CA57C1DB4592055BD3649C4A6C32E2F0588C52FB815F8BA30711E
+048FCC022A4F15031002F5260B232E8183BABDEB74F2C20246021800B7F1BDB61AE87F19064F
+9E93CCAB111C19999D3A12E001677BF4BACE2B6C889B37F13453A23F7797EF50E907FDDC5579
+854D056E741B63FBD22A8FCD590CD287657F1318996CE8E40499718ABEF514520DAD60D93961
+7F3BE13683378FDEB0D17846013FA9B27AF64C856DDA41A0C467802D864A15C4F7F6628A5F45
+BDEA132F1FF21D41F4E4751D7569F8C56AA32BBBAD601C845DE7A1EC8F196CB3B1AB027DC95F
+5F969ACDFB6D16D884CD033F279D24F476C30A037998E21CF37267237443A814BC656FE30F2C
+D998561A6EAD8BB3F7B3E8F434738B35B2A06906CD794498B2700E894B49CA6626651ED6388A
+1CF1BCF53DC9EAFA7EBCCB68E67BE65510A164CF3586D15079826846A3868A96962FE1EE443B
+707A440C144D291D8D956DF8A44DDA4A0473A3DD0EB38C393EA3672ED022C6E7FF72A920A5FE
+FD6468B71BD647EE35ECDF287A1B209E82D97D5F1423390BAFA854D4DBA21637EBE1EA4D88B0
+0956AB8FE91CFEC846C19B89601BF0777981193BF2ACA6D8DC03980765FF35F4F3A37CDD0A1A
+87FF9EEB17EE1DFC06843703999A4C2D9CD8E40A2C773B251FA9FF52271F63D2FF76A2850C87
+007600B30B70569410BB47F4B3039FBB542862B51939EB3C2282392D54D3D62982D0218AC886
+D6392070312983E93F8B21BB8801AAD5F6E7E64451F52E64F05CFEA1110293C438C791236BEA
+88746E4CFBDD8076F1D9AAF24C5061500A09178F0B0291E40198E0199DC0D4445281D3A53DC7
+3943784B6815C12C5C8FACEF0FA905DD13A2ADB9D88B0850472B81C9230F07FFA292D1BA24E0
+33C52A2B8076DF0EB484A012B4EEF56F79830B5EA8ED43548D00B091DF47572269E7D4903228
+4003A17754FBDA3A6DFC41ED82EBC817BA9E8C95357668807EDA56819C8CEC2D87303008E169
+13DEECDF40A38BF628343676A4A1966C893BE95D2A5657F92FF0EFD3FDA17AC2E515BDB35693
+F7419B2E7E0DD3B3C5768C6D336A6B1A4C042CE3EDA3B4AD06CE04A3C10D40C9AE220C66D6CD
+D902FEA382B8A22276360423593E301320F3CB10B7A373949E8EB9B61D63B06478DECA33822D
+124AE9596A8196862C3D7E60AD702C499FDBD95989542A5C0CBD8B6209CD78FACCD70AAB233E
+1F6D8E7E2F6A290B9C5D5C32FB680BB1FA89DF82512F21C29C472FD294FA9024FC03B2F2C3BA
+DE08A41A11A78CAE4D38906FB7C127699B88C1D31AE210FB332DA12897F09F4AB44037126927
+798E6064A2501BDC52E2D6A39571F58B45E02191D687467E341BA084C55C889F96066E1987C4
+6C745C8A5AAA0E3A71A28B2F74279A4F9576E2917C348409148982501FF2C776D643A2FE49D6
+B4AD263398BE642223D82A6572459065D625D117728024EB39A3872458C07BAB538A6D104711
+FAF930CF72687FDBDB0E22268D476C86258CF4E24666041A8A58723299A864F1A3AB63C0B34A
+9D484C8FBD6ACF8B8F1E8709E72B07EF6C5C50070A786E0806FDAE854A7A2738DA0B54909C26
+06F4156CD1CAD40796810A82FF1BDCFB7164FCE4453B3CA665D10CCB0FDE4D3FE386DFAC2247
+BE8969E668C3188EEE236D4D39D7E17BE3CBD9462632B7B028EA1D8F60A2F66EE3F4F62E44BC
+06E6BF9451219B8BCE80A6D79A11AEE76964653B2614F0A900EE385E32317540A448B2D2AB36
+D827392766ADA88D263F84CE00522753D3165AF65D5904C817B54286D6A89D025324AA90ECE4
+8C9B511CBEAB502FC510B3F9676AC9AA998575902490B8AFD3BD6AF8D699298C63AC26EEF70C
+7EA5AEAFB5260753EEDAC35DD9E7E548B35BA5DCA2034A35A0B60240032F1D4F9781226C01A9
+F68C76AD239F86B9894B8AD6AAC3EB152B49C0C25F1A16422BF8BC84E3642F63B8ED0FEA0978
+BCB2DC287840236D749F7F5C4C558BA0BA7198AF8B631A0E8F314248AC4784FE3175E33B438A
+E35FA74260AFD5A20B8BD3249F0A8EB7CC84ECE3362392E499B072512B759B604A52D4BEBA36
+CD157D31AD1F5ED8E6E940B00EB518BDB3150FA178DB34EF98863E0A1A5B8E1633843A152EB5
+82AC94ED5B90C93837922C499D097613DE5EFE09F1A05E6E902238C7F61DDDFED77C80138654
+A6A7D00DA04CCB12B4C521968EEE9FFD3B9DFB3ED60B6F647B966775C9A83DD0E81936FA9F55
+FB39BA2AD2514BC3417EE60E974B216593F3CAAECD86495F05A6B4DC4D74A41CB2A6EAE517CD
+E929F66502A549FEBB4F9F2A3CC9383C49F018FC1E8A2B8935BA0A162DC9F1AB8C1BD95B00A0
+D67421AD761394B30B9ED6302ACFD5456A9E91A87F363B295BF9D22F3F4F21D0DADA65074BD3
+7A8BCEB2382D0CA20CD5AD61E182BE60D8694E5245D8E4C881A2C4C5D54177C59125ED261339
+D6DE985E69FDC35262AE795BEE30FF90E5973369B596558C250D9AC70C17F1103B2D0083BBC5
+E0DCD6D6D2C4E34FC6BA1BE9E7AA453DF6731EA3488A2ED78464586E20EE4BE12146B373165F
+B07F327D1E26A1A6B322CF673F2C2F8AEC3468B11CDD0C3F9A2E30C61D5BB2338DDD5597644C
+504E3108FD23D2AF07AA1AC2E3F2E8EB35736E4E77887E3EAF8A02F97560F15462E93CFF4CF5
+C85AD50DF015A9C24F10305D05601239CE8334B44CD7E794147BB5DC786B1606D8C5B745441D
+505465C39E03E3E5D26C103A20D82CADE30443E41E6ADEECAC982F3299C184615BF53C4CECBC
+9A56706410BA7DCD29C34BE8A4E4A1FCD9CA5F6C76B53BC2F08A969D818E3A90B736ACD18122
+88826287ACA963AAFA81307156C8AB3032D03E45FE9039300DB2FEA105015EDD34D7314BFBF3
+EA55C8D6655F1FAA609BF457AD10B162BE9DBDFE7670B12B8895A399DFD3C62C042A95828006
+5E13550907FC580430386FAE361782142ADF130C2DB0C82E1D202E31B635029727C092DC3012
+C19713E8C284AC756F50845445C7D5E9D700E9D771F4F7B95E40C2C8A48A3FB9AB86A6070882
+4A9F93DBAAE27150B67FF5589C1890FDAB139EDB9C366BE7775D5FF3CBDF9ADAC14A3E23E9A8
+054D3D6B6359A6E610B197BDF5DABFC9A3546364E6FDA631761FE344E89330A4F0E71A092878
+CB9F46F740CED25F6D4A89AEF0DC2EEBF9780D9B8CAF5A324069D71A55D41AD0765648D47F52
+4222FBD4367B9CA8DE151EDEE0045D21CF191A2A9F426EBDBF6F89C96BD92B15384AD0A4445E
+4F0B048F8B25A8B2D82DDCE0E8672870D9434AF9CCF86D17C9334CCBAE3AA3B20112C3F1D99A
+3FCD0C7ECB005C099D8EC78180B13D30FA3924960A87C2E6C9A25CFB60701F4F7C66B6111866
+5B09DA8A276C5CD5AD5AC7C2BB34865A1516A361F613A9ADEA0522EAE580429F7A98F0BBDF89
+30A3AA06C95183522499F5A11D1937471C4C8BDDF19167B87F0FB5D99FB9D3C2A194E73145C0
+11ABB5A6B8626445931D89A2D64E9CEF7B504C042C4DE22AC24A9ABBC0005F30C675CDAA138C
+FD83F7A5C7FC1A46B5A1BBA36CDE83A702233735A7D2D8B4BFFBD4C5AFD6CDCAE8B6FFBC66DA
+4D87D9A6E57EDDD71C069368A3212CD50B9AF08E23DA4E745F703183B6D384744BE963DE8A96
+019395C3E24DAF924C839E0AF55FBFF4C3C9C639E42DBF1E9DA9D78C8996A34FE4052DDDEB7E
+05A37E404757778433DC5E79BE0F10B4403D66CF546B3A372163A897597079C999095BBC0CF5
+DDF1F660567A6FBC21B283AA4BE44C87F251F567454DBB68732E766D27C2FB99B97F231236E7
+37648DE7F12FDDE048C69E79CBFB4ED3D0EE7B3F376538D2EF0AF589D6B8C5D1C0B8D928BE2A
+D526727355692C4C13A58D182ACDEC519610F599F216FAC0E0E70862E1ED2697313A3FE338B2
+6490AE33E5B195A9DDC7DB42C38D1F9FC567A536E4D33FCD2573149D107C755E3126BA46D3D7
+A673F7548345CF563059333B27DF8A57932271BF73F890E16ED4D92D44D73674F015B1B22AB7
+EF43A2D094754F634359FCEE0C48C6DC468D485E6770BADDF64CEA527DBF9ECAA47D4E179DA8
+59810B48816F79DC210B3BDD7CA30CB2C0B437EA27AA5C8C45399618B5B893DF6FBEA41F6A0E
+A3B38F9DA7B7CFE777DC398BB9D2559B687B4DF77CCE774ED9CCD58AD509908ACD994D4A939B
+41207539A9892E4FB8FA519275D418F3CFC3B76471DA4726FB0135903668D3A144CAE3253E9D
+62F781BF3B41B5D0B3EA5FC6B117FE6433E4734F33736B283AFA19C9E06E2646637025A62388
+6DEDB85B2FD2920D28FEE1455A4B57D801EBDCD7ADAE6FFF830A9B9AF97E9A8751D1005486FB
+25F8AF4E1F5EDEE8C67F95A16D8A7C9B94C2E9D6969FD6176A38AAA5D55FCCB1F867CEA246C0
+2D6CF969A05AF8DA6689D77F0E4D998DF5C926A7B1349EB857DDF1F492C90D7078954D8FF156
+A88337C3B58BDDB1D6C1302DFF780E99190FA9633E84AF81C8CE24B73E2A922D685C13EAA01C
+73BFBFCA9586229528AC3E6B8817E18CFBA395D9F53FEB4B1F1B25DE4F8D851DF3F9BB1BED5B
+43D16AAF08D3101EABB72A137A17C8C9D592E6FBC3DB6FDEA821C7B82ABF066C17904BBCB06B
+012B8DB21C149B1BD3AD77AE916A6C6893CA9BE8E1DEBB06F61EC2FC922FE4C857D462BE54EF
+687EBD68E3E7AE31BB1DAE6C5B73A28E241A4FB29DDCBD06CB78E9738148F12DB1E850ACB7EA
+7080282382FB1854E231FA167D96A3E9DB4EBB4242AF204FC6F05279C4E4E69A3983A8D9296B
+5E3A51DA1F1D50B21C63ACE46758034D067E1D12BCE5D260B740750EBC63DE92E01FF2F58454
+583D49F72410405F88E51122E6CD76AF2711D43E8722A12EE7DF36574D1F2B8AD1362E7297D8
+A0E9F6DD9DB5A351BA571E1EDA8C6FF7D087007330460CBF3F6E6990FE5657CB6561567A1D66
+805C4AC815852D91DB3276E1446B3EDC9F538BB16AD261A68AA8C5EB408407C44F2D6CA37048
+D8A10E735416EA362D731D3C9DD49144302F45411678F3A0E1CE05F0507CDACC8ABADA8DC5D5
+0CD943D8F369953D656D41EDF70151BCAB0F8A2579CE8F577E5C695C4B75F55B1511E9354BF2
+3BC4FF55F895E47890EF09A90D60672A349E2E4714431C1D9A00BB9E40216DD722531A16D85D
+0A48C8E980CE4518A35F29C6A7D75A85E792BFCC596E6D0FCB95D8CE0DB10726F076275C63D3
+06EFE08AF037BE19FCC836EE9A1C250BB36CC1AB3D6A2263CD02A475D091E6E8650A92FAAF81
+1130DCB9928F048BC5DFEE5396E44407FAEE665379894179DBFB46D9D91D8FABE2929254A3F7
+D28714C8EAB094E508042551CE5EDDCFE2CFDE7F70B72CFA531302D4367F644B5B176D687841
+BB359C84E10653156B67446DE4BA3145424AA08560173E206A72FEADA8CB4C601F10DB3056F1
+760DED0B87A8D3282CF2DBE0337CF096388FEB97A88B68E2A7E4B4DC9C9FCBF1BACA1D82E7D1
+EF493C1B65321A81F00CBCEC18C707A8E8CD0438C65FE2D783C5D4C7978CA924DD6278301750
+F831D555ABDF47D399552FD4DA5EB6D9808C4FA5C50ADAA7F27CC47974591E73882BA06868E9
+65A5DE1C2C9568FFEAA63303435CF0503AE2C91869B096491022150C3DC235E100A4E60F84AD
+69810D760E3616F3CCB7462FDF99B72AC1CA2ECE2DA59E80B9874BC58F924DEB04FE0CB89307
+B6739700D2A5C939380433BEF0892627321B71F69548E9A09CA057549AD678E40625E7C3B6BC
+2D27705F959F2EE79138D5B9FDD4BB999E21CCCBE19F94D9941DC8D63325539DF827E5EE8997
+F4D67BDE961F5ED7FF62739784B3F24F3C882F9C0B564BE38054672622321138F9D627EA63CE
+66370F1692713575F1ECC462A3E11D60F1DB10780C82977137479698BCDBA01675BA872C316F
+C2FBF5067E59924007DD31B8251C552BBA8398A2118B3DED60F22F985F72F277036485C1629F
+E2DE7B4B3ED47C95742A5C9073D6DAAD38C8CA00639605B589225FE771D9D5662C14110DF185
+C44B798402235942C62F2AAF743D5AC0323D0B45B9712ECEF0A90A139C136A5C199CDDCD7C9A
+8E99CFEFB5381856F76E793EE198A7C798214F30C89176B85A2A825977B8970A43001BF5699F
+7FAD085B3F34B08557BFE4D72E83F4EE4CEBDDAC613D86410A5351EDE2FB5895ECE75EF8DDE3
+F51092E240FC53752173FF2B3E7116986B4E706E57B5994217B18E7C3DD520D1D307B432F3F8
+6777A1F2676225A2291B64D77A2075DA6CC57CD775611D6E7ABCCAD928646BE37EAB8BD40F31
+706BC607A4B0D68FBC92B2364B8C6574EB34928D04AA7D1AF0749A39A679F9B559F7BCA8F320
+050C12B247FB0C1C15241399E75AAF18FBC038713BF9D3BBC4607E4EF53A04FDDDAC2B500B37
+969F67D4E4D474B7B24873BC1E1D9D29441C30E7DAE79D215EB7F0C3D8BCC73A94403A5642E4
+AA105119566D0AA83E87AE403AB9B996FDD4D202E2160EDBC165EDAC4FA7887E16595C8E57C1
+337AF85EDAF18F8F85CD1F689749AE9A85DAC3E04BF2C046923AD53F1D1ECC3326E93153037C
+D6CC5EEF96BB708603D689FA88A18089EBEFA61BA82047BDAC51ABD39E8506A5D681202796C8
+967C92B0E0AA67E0235AEB98DE39DA2922EA563D0354B49A5D9605D88C072791820CBF64CCE9
+385A2CDB3E70AC4020E3B44D98C681659696ED35B89D174EC2BED0C58558CCFD8E88659D9544
+727D3CB08F85CAEC509D0A5A9EDA6A82E82E27EF5902C16F272D2CAC907C00B15B66EB7451C8
+40D11BF7939741EC25C12D58DEACDB3DEEA2B547CA89076DD548766F5554FD4715C157CEDBFE
+3DDBCEDEDB93B735DCA9F7ED8CD2713F8D993BAF94AF61F3B2C157BBBA3AD11A350C671C3DD7
+E2E76784B4ABDB63EA844B7AE5A005514A13C7441651605B1C87D045E1C7BBB00D9FE0E9F854
+95308AB0A5441E4FFAAB03986EA30AF8F7523E4F454F598E2CD01D3895DE22760DFB8CECB583
+915FE78A8A02F50303703AFC1AA9745D64E3F1DA127992465236BAAAC51586B4C1555D9040D7
+2F7234FF219169B822A9F3A766A9794251B5496D3200DB53490C75D1DAADEA7B454602B8EE12
+2304D3611B944E337FBADFAD3D7C9D53126432B63300C87EC4234FB54BB8EBC96D7348938CF5
+A4F632EDD2996AF966D6FCD2EC0165777A9A9D33AB3CAB1C293C5066772467BE8DE764F25AC3
+3F562E5CB6D06C4BEE12D1B32728184A4565FB0E28A503A5BDC02F2680C5584FE99D4CBEE4DC
+23636D0369BD4E2A85966FEB64369133FB79A29DAAA53A6CD99C639E5E1C69D317341B1AEB99
+AD05494844C6D0DD4524DDFE796633E3B0E3364282140D77F40651D99A1349844F58329E28F5
+4DCCEDD9EC53CF2DD6F51CD8B3540BD8AFA87D9454D0971DF68D774693C453736192B6ADBE01
+064B1D4ACD79B1618122BD71A5AA59C4E8895E16224581D674530D410D33B22CF41E6FB024A4
+C8CB0627FED063CAAA0A0F021047C35951886993C66B74F5C62B17680467857C467FFBEAC7FD
+EA633AB3D1EE3AAFE8FE83EF74EF54940B46882A30E3271731DEC86AF16F458083B608401FCD
+1E073F31EFFC895DEDB51B7DBF079210243E212E04B5942FCB54B332FF421E400AA2B11877D0
+ABD25A7723D0CC4AB220256432ADFA8D1AC3F66CF8C808AFB62565E613DA3184F537466AB8A0
+DBE7F15C3C2254C0F004B9ECB56B3B2847C00495D90768137B3EA29DB320310519B78BC5D2C6
+9C5E0CC9742B09A8DCFCCF3ACBB19D7262B5638E5AF3338BCC233F79FA230D05034ED48AF978
+45672EE0A627A2B03D54C9B3A90C013AD76357F4C2809EEE69E6C88DC4185F28D61945BE19B4
+BD40FA070B11EFCF7778090C2EA21DA40E2F38704624FEEFFF7578C6D0D43AD4B3747A57D21E
+0846139E8FDF0918F62DC5730F6328676AB9B9CED315922272BCAE06B182565C7831CD7CC3D8
+200ACF970DDE4584BEE047AE16451F8225A2008516071D47C91CBB1C7B3D28251354AEEA6284
+47DC37FE94DD3D08A24613FE69E5CCC6CA397B6CAB226383B1C81854D366D36139041A322B18
+C790B42BF5B9F635021B989785B00278D655675ADEF0D2F8E31930F9515DC3FCA2DB6B82BAFD
+925DCABA26681169F16FF18BC0C45DF494DA3F9649EB136285449B48BF20FCAEE8A57561CDF8
+60BF221B1E3D74346D1DE15449879BE1698CD1937AB59D127B66168F5693699776329FFDECDC
+D30D21ECFA3C671C9C8A542573496B4B0B6DF32272352BF747A78598771A4FA7071B361F96C4
+17CD93EE7391785DFF44B4AFA7CA7496C82547F065D40F0A77E7B5159EE5CFA27965F1EA863B
+1E4CA428542E27878BAEE83AB15A77A48550DC392BB76615BBCA6DC471834F603320BAB3C949
+91121BD20AAD2503A4104FA075A0D76E2E14885C2533A5B661F9E76C2F021AA3DC4453CF10DF
+2800D3DBF9F7A547D50D094B78E00DE77EA9C275914E310475F956C00D08C2320D6E3DC43D33
+F51C5A12BCC72375557B22AA3ECA9366FCBCC5398B5A81CF08A783DA8249E8168FBFA5B68CE6
+57D2D89761099240F7211A5C127A7B66CC7572FFE4C334C192F5D09919A8D4A2269744C29421
+1D882CD01C738DF99235FC8A7792AB75805B8230772D547657919D82C549CDEFBA83EFDBA855
+4D975030203E6F4B3FF733EE5CC38D33A9677826DFE8561189D253788FA57C41E17D49C8549B
+4F61B264EAC5152C3F3BDE733D2E123A21F2F53D2323B724185C22A3F3D3B5C6F13C70A94B0A
+7919083B48535172C673606F6023F475ACCC7B10DFCA30127A3C7B726EA6A4611C4268088084
+7C592B6A55AD5AA2836568563932329FF8063E19BD0C9B51490B3B734C83E29829BFE469DD85
+7E969F14903760B5C3E058193EAC1CF7A4914D3D5479A8C4BEDB03E79706C54C3D9996F57110
+70BA09E96EC8F3289735FA084DEFB75A5FDA5C340D5F910B318ECE80777A5FA5A9905CE28848
+38E168734327B9F8FC9B6E1755B62976B22B049BB11AA7E46BD2FC4883050C36A4D42C0D47EE
+39F02FC479E64201CB0CAB7449CC619DAA5C5815D57AD443E04A1BBF8132BC2E59DEEB52636B
+1CD90E15BC9FAA60C7158AEA69F8542DBFFE3E134BB20CF83F54F85140A244BBDCB7E04B25EF
+2764AFDD9D107F58246D570563BDFA648F2F4A4415883145929F4208CCA8F84EF52DF989AD2C
+56839CE9AC9E9F74C944ED5D9189E65B1A17E06E84A2D0595DCEEFC59F9B2075AC8BD1ECDD99
+9269685FEAB0FE4427D4336D48DA0C6C371E6C7CCF3D23E59137B96B403E58953B4AC8209E9E
+60E323E866094742790FD6F0E49C2F264C2EDCFEC3F217699FE87C686A960732459E1797AF24
+6F941D4803565A25235DFAA0AE8C2F3B639A2065B4496E10C7F0376517F4090200AE559BA60E
+53C3528F22F9976D4657E79F56382375C260A30D2724253C3DCC1470BB8D5BCBF02555126AFC
+F2A1C79498EDA690F1CA0FB82CEFD4056DF0A67C3D4C3CAE4565C40242D2A62E3EEDC78F8E46
+3AF4F17356D0AD0FBAF2575FD73308CD235FA73813485A6EDC880D1C1080220E1D3E8231584F
+3D3BB1FE77969D35ECB29299CFF85C1C01B1D724D3CC83F0BA2D13DC626D8FDD15A5182C5013
+BDE778DC2CA1A7D0D01410357F0FE4A7BB9D409A99A7E6A7A0EF44B1D496F9DFEA73E5CFCDB2
+DAD0BAAB0F470460FD03C783077BBD1F078FC7FE040CA8CF60B53BFBBB6F767BD6948F362595
+15102F85DBE96CB560EA4099D596CAE1E1A18C27B7F3E787779D7A72DDFBE902F51B9955CFD6
+2E71003C4BD53477FC18A1D501CD71B0DC643185427D4A20D1DA2CC447ADE487150D0164F9DF
+CA038632BD9DD627BF390BD32742E21A630A8EBF2D170199C9D4E0EE8FE1382C67BAE86D7647
+D502A0052FC736D8AF8FC4D315079011EEB1220306F2C4FF9ED7581AAB389AC26C747E0C69CB
+456602969C6560A8DA1EE4C4210AF9CBF65DCDE2E3DD2FB6FF0B38841AB3A2988B22DC10427D
+3126FE201982A96C7EF316510D7F95DD59CD3C24D2894D4E5BC824004932C69A8DA99C7A3489
+7BDC970F0F91A8BAC0B9CC3494AA26931D6EE9413422B871CBB609BA3D1ED82D644D4F547F14
+8F160822645ACE26BF50C94DA502877A1E734864BCDB4F5A68765ED4F5053669EB2E887E8C42
+D2ADD34ACADCF01EEA997E8D6770109DB347156F989F5ECF2074D9C6E7ADAE177E9864E23154
+FD2387CE6E35813AF441364AE6BC3961BB57CF4CF7B483AFC15EA9CC6DFA761E2FB0E3F09642
+F04E5B41B2B1527D0596F6E554D418F92E4772D750B53B6C6C08518488AF5F7E131358D79850
+1D27DAD12D293270C946B79201DD7BB05B7B8FAF4C46C4997B40972809F8D78D51F243D68405
+7ADA376564D74DB1B4165B664B78A06E4DA541AE1F4F94829380DDE4785FED9E460A04568F52
+C4954655BDE15167A7CA65A41466B3970CB8D58BA0DD8C23581456C6FE3B0161A268CE791310
+93C521BE522A80D21B8C5F48C31C3919F91CB83BEECED75373863D8D5C1625C85168161DD4E3
+52C0680282492560AC3BEA469193FE61B71A6761840BFF734CEE1CA7EF007D93974E09C2413E
+9C51A271D5D2B1BE1ECC7E3D57581484E4A91E8C5F220C2EDDC53DC7714194436488F2090533
+70D52C9686E831327F395CC0C9B6DD5CDEF072143BBCDADBB5864D8943E31F7A68581BE6C314
+0657464BAE5FD4783B5B897114B7BC5B47F4A8D08BA7F1E3011FF5149E36420AA3B8E4CB9833
+87CC8F9EC064FC88F9716EC7968B61625686084A68FA420C6BC09902D05A7EC6AFFBA2FDC344
+99B29ACC7C23CC7891D19FB91561E6ECDD3E91D91C57D8D5E69DACE1CF5481AD47D7362F5E7C
+A3D6BA0E66570CACBB62A8EF3279AA56E4CF766995E32E851BC72630EF627830B37FBA71A37C
+DE8E0DFD5378337E185778294CE0FFE6F582BD751CD86115F004ABDE1C6422BFAD0DCBE544F6
+DC06718683B1BD807905C2CF4CFF32072860589D0D7145CC191096F13FFD91E69FB9AE79CB45
+164ED3484C9DABEBED7EEFE3072094B5275E884F3B0F041BC7073C470CF37DC8E76B972A8383
+DEEFF5C5C3830684897748B8290947D72880716E925D1E8FB916CA422066355395F23C9557FA
+2BA4FF269ADB2C3643256189EC56DAC4889E3D15070FF51CE9C3199DB6A708D8A99F5DB5D6E3
+21DFC6122ED9EF88A6D935BACC07CAFA8A24787D64FFFC2B6D379CD1DBD4DD1D550261C3F3A9
+D0F5AC27640C2C87A2F53ED5BC1E34AFBCFAFC27EA6CD0D301AAEED1878A1735059F4DE3F1D8
+7C5B846DC976DBB555C61AD837E3B985C75177B0C9964974BD5721555D55A5E9FF4B40DDEFE4
+358FD801F3ECEE1D1FE39EDEAD4594E44106FC5C64B046AA883581F15F6452D52210510249F9
+EC133CB399F6BC6BEB69F53140F8D26F1CEB1D31441671C5827960289351E2423A12E22874EF
+93A699B336083016B9E3554FFBFCD49EC4833A86890ADC9E182371C15D1901D3F428D662B9E7
+D163756C8AE84AB02D55DF1E875A47FBF64CFD281E133677881EB1D04689890D7332BEC1CDCB
+E866E79C81308B5762E7CA3B95FEAE17EDF4D78408491F6C83296A182B00C0B5A6D96D8291F2
+BB5D2C0C3A8F0721D9A9710E8DBB7ACA859C56AD46FEBAB184146C5195950C178B476F012723
+1D4D9FF5F3159833995EDA4207BF9503226231A394C34DAF8A927B2F4FCC8144A5B9880FC159
+C6FD48B8937D6F892D13F1112E00B9B9ED48B438C03B8BC9F613366D1F205AB9E477C6BB3C68
+73A82F4F25D8E4BA681D7D9572C254669CAD6D7C8B536F0AC66B0FDD16C5FA552D1DBB1474D4
+5D36162EC2D0A5A2C378590F44CA6D428E8613FC2D3B2D87202FA93429F74238DC1A7D9EC6BA
+F9EEF6096407AE9253675B6770B22CBDA45402BAD50A0C89BFCCD5BB355D2D74BD689237C39D
+3E75E8A0B2D99EC0E7293F540631DDB7238749C0421C550665E7B6B305C2CD9F761DA13CD763
+EEB4F5CD988CB466139C2E9D30331858489543F1541D0A537807C4205CE085F97A61BDED75FF
+773E5437976C6171673AA06BC17D9DD0DE1A4C574B0E943266170D418CB8F81114A54AC1C61F
+1009F2BA8B432CAE8C9D717FD71B5E5ED65ECC454829194FCCE260027A7D9634BFBB4CE86966
+646E3DE424A7FD5FE4C6284DA0193323E40F72865A8BA4911825A72F11A18D57450A2567BFB0
+D5EEFF8D431FC17D443628D9D4C76CF663C0CC25671662C3603DF87EB0BDF8DE00A95F5E1A51
+AFD1230BB98D2190912B3D2461E9DFA5D177AD06A4BAF065BFD0856037F5C72EB1A9EDFCC141
+A799784B11333A4DBC76C8C7524B55EFB312D7437F2167E3B612E13B4E4CD9DA212DD50E129A
+A62C007C5731E97ED9957A49C1D362AAA8B86F0C8E798F57D177AC2A8FF5C2C90CCD7E9FB4E8
+F12B8944A86329FD4E74C74F21BD7EFB3C6C791AA0F12EE12F179B2A6A7C85335899C01C0E22
+8508A66FE4627BA9BA3125FA2ED6812A4540A744F77262750B0B5DF493B86DC07915C1EEF5F1
+A7804732CD080BAF75A7015057767BD78B473480D1892497C614F7CEDE9FCC85378DD5E34081
+9A8BC3C615C5B89D95B2231094868E83AE2D304ACB01D12C33427ADC9027617CE4BB507B8B95
+842CDB67DF93E9FF0D80426EC276332795771C712F2AE7432397A5D1A9B4D5B943576D61D6CC
+6D9B877584B3740CE0C9BDBC7B9F34AE736A4DC4054583302F87D470A6C5897342BA296A6493
+A868CDF607BC4216F1801E969BC263D8112D30110C2EBF817222030227488215B7D0EF213C91
+D3A50AEBD0EA9206A0428FFE3F0A1088EAF11B9593B5A48A963ADEB32C1B4B4AAB33905B2FF1
+CD354C403FC61B5A7706B02D47F9D8E3E75C0E24A3E2DC088BF8834F5E6C5E3BDFE2844ADD20
+1D3EA9E0584AD393F2D47019205F1B92D293997E6B6A0AFFCF4174DE77E8470278E4B388873B
+124729C839E8ABA9E5E6C9B291B18FA4A98D13E57E379C6420D1FCC5D2A6307B0D5785470A97
+B301DDC6D9B1BB67F863E28AEA48F2E295B309C4981E95609BBCBA15E8FFA8B3FE98A2F9112F
+9477EC40A66E7B551B12BBD6695986A541EA0E360D86A6335F4E0CE678DBCDEA2BDE8349EA40
+F2F028A51F90D6A6B210A5013490DE4DEF0BF67F1DE545B6B587B41F72C6B0D9C17C4F7D91E3
+2B1B542B5F2E2CD40A58408106AD3D03BA659E4789CF1C40674601477E27968B49AE2D2549DF
+49D8A3348266A9D41AD84A20F9913470683D289AEBA0D5D9F4C7F60D5602880FA7405D07B12D
+30996A61FA6CB589E0D931CB25FA13274011F621DDA962457BAC50B1720AF435F65500B035B9
+E9987D665879D1B38EBBA8E066E13A5A216C11578D54404C6088C956A060FED3497572F11F70
+2BC27E29F3D231013A52B85F744548012CFF1686C8824378D0FB526A5C5FD918ACEF20CBD3AF
+59F8CEFD4DBCB542061ADE851DB4765340A9664558AF42732D939EC6919CEF6586C52A0DAB04
+C6104C3FAF0E082B433CAF163C998F2D766DC5100BAC7D3392085E21E17767F3BC39AC72F0EB
+4CD0AA15AB6E71BF0847C572A48169B994852A0B5C638FF8F1428E8DD1B2A8982251A23F2BF3
+88CCFA9EEA76AF17336908C2532391BFEB749CC2ECC2AF6B28534F898AB720AD5CDB75D186DB
+B17BADAE79C815F97E8F55901ECE60C2682827EC450F51C94FCB5FB1168AD8AD3CD8850A4754
+16A1198252141A628D4B829E5E1E28359928EFC6DE282A1D339180333857E9FE29968294DF18
+33B5164147F02B14B4DD3CF974BF4394E1CBE4D7B0085E92BA3CBF4F3610BA4BFD76A70D0F7B
+F689EB7506E150895D82D5CD6B2422FC535A8F1840DD17C68224037EC75EE8E049743867883B
+9555BB35C1DD0C5DBFD20F11625161EB9BBBFA98EC970F81EFA677A9B28CEE0D8C03BE04F6D8
+149AA0F973A394C3D0EB4D1D4232C1EA01AB6AC6EB4622C978A29D8A7EB210C98E7B42D80541
+9ECDB2945062D0FB70BD6A5D34AA84BF690FAF84B3A3C2CC7969D9ACE9427F75577F2BCBB544
+8616E240BF7748380FBB1561659510C55E282728728389E0D15F3F89B9363D1F405635C9B118
+F91C0851E02D47E76E6DFDF0265AF41A140B2470A9071137A6C66A279574BDB0FFE4161364D2
+BE4760D6113C2D8C8522559656B545D99A4DAFECDD6DF4D937F83B54860B191140A806847F4A
+37AD14B671D4650B762DC2D3DF04DD8972F4FA4521754A26497D53025F24EDC08A7806253285
+EC8ACE120677DCE04DABEEFAE036A7E2671DE3F43F254BCB18699FD087CB6E27FD2A693124E4
+EC3D4123BC70A0251A2E94024CDBB271B86BF52572EE7363BA488931480A6B41FB43FCAE990A
+7C43865049C3FBEA9B322AACA0BBF86F2EB5B1C0A625BBA5E0B8D148672F72023DEEB5BCBEEF
+E8252A55E24A47C72D75467EC76B0E514E3D2B4571045674B71D1AE63BA9E5B61897D9662F14
+7D19A7947CCD3C1781C9530CB7CF2DD227E05965825722891F01B713F616A6F81A6E887BB061
+074EEA8091B4AF40EA5D53F7A7AAB98FBF52C622342FE2362280A0F808DEC56F48ED98864C9C
+F8C7A986CF2EEE20EE2D4FC68932D865F699F38138FA187DC39D2A59FA4D1992501247DB0899
+82DD6D83B64795B76C8591D0651BBE3EBD8DC7A92CB913F6F6FF67699EDBA914A97D461E0A77
+C561856DBBA08D83C921D1E9940341EC394FE459AD43A7D276FC4299EC86BDD1648D15C0768B
+283379C896A337472C4F08826D3327AE0870C991061D8751402F55C38E0C20DFBEE17C77096B
+266743B58C05C1F4F1792976F41EAA3B67D68CD4954C50CA1BC79D346820D4B694EA275326A6
+B33262E00ED83A5A0A32F892642424C477C787CE6D5674A46CE3F54D4C42BEDEF7B64900F454
+B82F49BB395034B3E9AE9076701AA3A03D80B7427E76C352FC15107931698B10253FF59BC8D9
+E884D22AC64AC4ED1C68285ACB63318B969CFFF1E3F3C0847B10C664C5A5CE1C8A02A2D3CA17
+E3EEFF97145D3071668593F634C96862A33B1D028135E5448BFE90E8818A0B51853C90FA2FEE
+A150367A7BBCCB0FC874E988D9985272BCC9CC666A1A1DFC4E09DD8F22A580916F7352A67A57
+311747EF4E1D56AABF9860827994EF1DCEFF06D7E57A0DE0BF044DABFD6FC90D0C8F8AE956F5
+5B466AE47C48F0BBBCDF18C4E28A3DC6A8EB9C30DD54DDF39BF7CAEA9B1146436BB6277CDCD5
+193358D9C986F830FB2950AFA5C8B3227A0CF6893EF7DC4AEC6DBD7527962F534D2EB1805539
+76BCEFE9FFE5C3C3AC1C55DF73FD870B26583628C63E8E38D62A92F562FA0957907D8321F789
+15BB179321709784E6BEF2DC39772B153A0FFBA5399EF7238918292614FB9ABDB728575FF5D3
+0BEE5309C0DF3E564BCFAE69630E776EBE52EE40F89A43D54A43B9F6C5D1F00C786F89F90DF8
+B25ED077664FF18C656075C65AB1F53272BD8ECDA12A2DFF4BB3A8BF6E321DF51303725D50A7
+115D98AC14725D9FA901A456C837C47EF3A59D85CFD6CA75F4947628DF0E5B3FF0670E13C4BC
+C85E31CAD2D60599E902CBB2906666982A5D2A7D0B8A4F52182F4996125E47CEC395B984EE9A
+1A55E05DA112C7D1BE85FD0329EB03BB16C2E50DC88E6CE0CEA3D83CE8666D9A7124124B0F7B
+70A74683CE0633768DFEA5D8C267EC8080820A59D98CDDAEC887115C34B4EC76ACAAD81D63DD
+EA18BB923A216C4F4DE64207D14A41F859D34F91430122927D51FC9DB46B9E771A3D293AD03E
+D8E4A10FBAFBFFD4C20033C8675C16A69025002231BA1378F93D6F9CA6756F8D5D506D397105
+64F6C9D8B243CFC5807C5516517FB3AFEE9BE5359113E44F8269C1ECB2521888927958DC2D91
+1A5CB4C86BF6F59321D42E477A4B41E6358EB50B353FBCADCE8D2F1C720CA4FFF834E01CABF4
+F5E847BDCB28A83BF67A086EEE52BA036C495771AE7584A132E6E464A17B45AABCB24459EA84
+46212A668619E83309FCB8CB267A97E54FF19F3611811766AEE1A60CA80542D909E09C882238
+E23B87AD03557D1C5DAF985A1B20F39BA8159FE5DEDBC1969B03B1A6869489628C0D6A6C3BD5
+215251D9D923C1E6FCD562A651B00B284F52DC18A1FA025A74E8F03713B4A24904F3974D6509
+136E73F5040A1BBD58D5232EBD9E5019721926C6F6C1A26C12C08859F39EB788ED8AD0D85F56
+5EE3D0B815847CF31EB72643BD7C005AC520F79AA86649B690B76E24E1B72F5721F569508EF8
+752D49C17E2D2A2C94443430A2C7AACE48A476FB187D9122B27A88709E4E4DE7277E826C6D73
+4494DB79E0BE6C06167FE639CE9068C040BE49F2033FD076A072BFE0A51B8BED9A894DD7990D
+D9B4CA9726CA4504EC1ED7D72E9F8D98A9F384FD8B90DF0630238E5289FF323AD250B74227F6
+D99AF79E08C4C9E6D765588B72122D935F0273B80814D9D84A1D113EF672C476649093D5214D
+6F1B7B9AAF975FD3AC5CFBE7D2A14687A2B064B1923BBECDBD95AEA174DCF4519491B6B1155B
+58392BAF6840C5D36D16438DC7C833049560CC481BC727A05409EA624C09647B477C47E73E96
+88E3FC7704F0D5E3BC7908E554EE14A52E72AD3B0BB9F94968AB5440A9FD0DDCF099C416E017
+8A2C18AD6363258E412B888313DCFD5C0FB6AFA0CD41406841F2DCAD031814263DED545B8FC4
+7A2AED8B56ABCD0ABD889E2714D3EC27D115F6D442B3FF955316EF6DD0BE97F000D03FCCA11B
+BD1DF3EB4957185BAC02B7DF058ACE97306F02FA28BD03FBEB3BDC313E0AB6DC6B776DA3E6B2
+095D8379B4F7422A6B4F2829913880B7C9828E16A20981832582AD4FA702375D9247DCC59E67
+DF1923B68C471F298F99C0C111DC3D2395362224D7369F63C954988110819318F72216268246
+E3E16A1AC8894557FFB735BB3BF20029F6F14050DD6AF862C8BFAC9475A59FF864B2C0FD358B
+9FBB93CB4FF060828F10388A89BB41A9EA8BE5905979276F7459D59441D9281A99C0AA026311
+0460D1F2EE176FA2901AB567747B540191F5CC24DBA291A03B8730DED7C8552D4B7B4237E609
+43A787C67D93F2AC4650DF92962F052F34FA6231873726600FE8186AB18029F1EC61581A4B4C
+ED1C44FD3C173D43AFAAA98C03F7ABE0C2BAB13751D176C512CB8C447D3C5B12A1F53BD7CA65
+90EA2FA466A5BC98F8DF49F334D9968641DA71C1147CF097AB601FD42B07B5214F4032358F0A
+34C6C0F97CD1DF68EC6B2E8CDE0AF1D13230142C8F99FDD5350B93F19232C73DAB33BC3FE933
+21CD1689157EDB77B73A6E6E9938ECC566AC494F81C124CD44ADC7BD55F687A75857E435E9BD
+432789E6997273B90C5D496DCB96A46391B2807FF160B85E44C6571D18E482B307E6A5303EDC
+C7400D33C9FF97F82F42079D15AEB711697F734CCA4255C4406CA50934DF8BDABE8201FA54B1
+6402F1DAA65A917DB4C2EF6B19A4F761C09DC6A586A7F15F59A1ADAD12C5251EF361B6EF05AE
+F41B387AE7E4D6ED42C9364509D9BE6D81C3F78670A2050925379809539E635893D4C73836C4
+F9B4965A77E117D3FF73B28097D00C694CA5D57E3D8FF52960498D9F7E59268409D6651CA2B4
+B99EFE8E7D287BB80DF2DBA0C277FED1174757C91B9291D3987E5BBA2DDDB40967A95E0FD2E9
+6D8FBA4C0E1605445CCF1B6C49E8E420042D9AF6C9419F38DF58462D29AAFAE31E0E59F7B22B
+D0010242CBDC16283881DEC6EE3B038906E192E2F3CBFC2A1F2405D0538A4E0F97DF60C19ACA
+981A5DA4B048B3F4471DF663F1396FBFFFA53B169A9D1887ECA2C60210FEF502A3BBD7C301F2
+A81E2BCBED7C084751F5EEC233E6D5F90DCB855DFEA6F17CC40CD9A60AEBBA3FAD5C85D54EDF
+8ADB66924890E1DCB11CAF16E8C79A6903C6C9DE2DD2A42071CC23261065DCB00C7C2DCCC49F
+75E328C32690B2BC9934ECB20686A79A272095BAF37EED3A155C970405D0D5A953A58B173F0D
+0AEB5A3F920E12AC4412DC359FCC7C8B7677F1DA64D074A27BB5118FD2F29189720CB48DA0C5
+D9AF88F8F5C7BA5EC56AFC517E5C95D5D85442AFCCB6A85E265D23A90CB0496D54B6C1322044
+34D3E1730427438F1F00983E00FE1FF4D80EB5CC9C2D3BD6CCF7B4F29D9662C36CDF115A44D0
+FA916B3A0E33241680F487E50BD04FEEB3695F3D667CB2B48F9AA8311E60145096E657EB95AD
+505BA8BFDB6BBF8184EB70587A4B5F651677FDA333070981F1E8FF9CC5FECB9271596B52639A
+F60FDC3B130C7EA9B3708E460CB1BA4019E4621F88031BF25D22536DFD635C3DA12153DDE0D7
+AB7008015B4422BAD14FF49561CEB86E397A9DDFC31105273C85EA5BC1DC792FB34157DB0D13
+67E5EA6B379E7750EA9D9F739A906B44907DE777CCC1506B69E657C9C1C9F4BA5DBDCDFBED4D
+62BB8262FFCD6D1083505496F3958E9EFDA7FDC4A5AD81C9828E70164449D162DDB5D13A0047
+2355BFD6AF7634AEE6B6C7205FB6B7EC4065B28501687F7FDFA4ED938A10156411369A1558D0
+0997910BE86A12F6AE8C4A8E16A163F0187A5592DA15B29CA142C7BB70D17F4824C985E863ED
+46D4016628E2C0EA1B36AADA854380A15C3ED48C7348985B22AFA15648A4E544156B980A9C2B
+3B30506FB84E4CD6465C434B8D9A2BF67498AC89DE07B6306FA907A5F54150EE1DBA2E6DDA75
+183E5D18DA0C5F5D504613E5B2C8DBCB3CFE67BB63EBAAFFC0DBA5AD18323D46BD351A7EC4A4
+3372F7220F608D14F001CAB959DB4EB48E0003BF9D78C2F63E051CA8E5F641C912CA1D7550BF
+A929CB69452B5503C5CFFAFBB44EBFE84D547CF728C87BC76CA422CDE6FE7448704347931A8D
+8058A932D4615A86412CCDD8D1A21B763B1F2884C567E204610A959D7E3CAFE4217E18F38EAC
+7BFD602B7A642E00F7811827AFB48184D56DEFCA7213024011274A157C7D91CE1BDB8D0CB6DA
+0DA223614CC219D234EB8ECBA3F6632E26F2798E5C61A518A8E0ED92FA2C04788A070E89CBCE
+A5A19D3EE02333D366482C2A4F04C575E469EDC9A819630F381D57F4E52A26B38F203A075F06
+984D676D1F962999C86F931BBD99143E1436948081CA2B909A49C9D421554AA442B5964EC7F9
+68104DE6E902CE75E9977FF0500A8E02BD9130075266F19956698872E5B37A6F1B61AAD3CE5D
+A8387FA43ADB97C7F23850A35A22B668DEC9DC4C0FF6CFEFFCAAFC1D0017F12C5F8A59DAB86C
+67F92B595D42EEA90BFBE0F68172CBBC9007F23392A12987F4353095EB95ED91F7BD849065CC
+FC25363CB758497B5E4FBDF3010BA40C564F4434690BE64FC4B1207549CED8920C0B631CAD92
+5F19E6B4DB856CDDD89E0634970BD7D050C44EDC22DF8CE53AD039CC47C2C966068FD9A5F2AA
+E1A34EF5914FE027EF91D7D43B13D4A65A64737B7E989146C48617EC45BE4F76F947437F9AEA
+4167A256D75C8B52146B5BCC8E7E1C8361A054D24E1C72C1D1B1DD561B9A31EADE32C052B3C4
+363F4103809BF850EF6DA9ABC92CACD5401B1A603259FC779F79D60A8CFEE207F776FB82BFDD
+389FB235CBBE82050585429B09E0ECF86BFF4E4875D60BAA4519F542A0655F5A239FB714E813
+DF2625F8D2D76DC8EFB09228B67B02B659D6083BE7FCFBC6BCE67211AC4B833EF85B214F555C
+7B2637501618AFFB4E99C1DB82AC245BD182ECBC5B97DFD575624AA9E51F75587A452D351218
+1E4B8A453B323255F32EBF180FF596A09CD2557109ECADF276E96F28260232C65289D65F60E0
+CD5CFD18FA8CDF2F403EBA472480604DAD9A9260DD5D895A631989E644ADC695E1854C1A0800
+89E97003690A7D45F1218031CD6087FFE1B3198B0E832B5CB5E45FB302157D745E08E11A5068
+002035F69AE7DE0FBB38C589C0909442DCF70CEE947A9D4983A30E1E898AB9A7EC2C36189DD5
+957B961F066F849099E22897A512AE85E45DDF17FF3439C047648267B53EA0738ECE910EA741
+2B0412B6585D761334A03B4BF91790E509FDA7AF48D71D79B5A3CAA23AAC10C4941EB7F61BE9
+BD780126996542FA07B3CBB3E2F405299D2418B1A77FF15BA9179B08E80351EC23ED924D212B
+C2461DF0C85263D772827F2B5550862FF22E38262358FF82114D15A3708E849282C9850E9EC5
+1C5D5E422BF5995D9097EBE16E5B7528D95E845681E7D6814A6BC08AB02412E9220132399CD8
+38432A4A537CDE0B2E2657B30BD7C88E0C549C9F63DE37AB466E1043759F23EA3CA5E227E9D2
+D50C00E3B08A51B7D4929F8E0703FCFA128E38AD97C4F61F62D9EB90DA310BDFD2FCA4C2117D
+64AFD2B2A4BFD308A3179FA6DA87FBAFE212CCD636852C6969A2B06FABC6FB9F48339AF889D0
+75CF1DF640DEB577D40FD35E9BDECD2C503EBE21D5D1F489AE55BC4A1F95CC7681E0D520CBAE
+5E6C09FD19D6A823081AEE5E8A551D0D010F20FE6FB6CD5C61112CF2B77C153EF24C817DB376
+99CA738C5956745546B75C2A9F0BEE7B7BEE1E25444C47982E3384D40412A1083F7796B915D2
+0FBCB3CD84E01C0941927664987802972E76AE435D5748DD91F5652F128A8DD4D22C46F930A3
+52816A3B69EDA60B24ADF80ED171F27F375028514CDE8FBE3B3266EE7AE005A9A9DC4DA508A5
+700568671C4D7029B741DF901FC75F489B8281A113F8B48E65C68FB0D0FE167F5F181C62EA13
+9A3FAB8E9A41410FB63C44B563A78F360A319ED0DEC0A3CB0EB2DDF92837FD095DAB3A0DACE1
+18137BD4B7CC07EED8BA718E3F37F28C9E7CD0E891F24ED352D8F2D7C306359804B8E4E33BC7
+BDFEAF4275F2A09A319D14ED56EDB0DD6E576B619D58FC1CC831EF5DA9F18C9FE8D0C0D65304
+6B0A03DCDF6E9D73F1F868412CF101C1B9B9313ADEAF3E4F22E16ECD2FADC754CA7A140E4C1B
+05EFFFAA8854A79858A3160E158B74F27674324A86A1CCA22D97CF759FFF63D83A142FA8DF80
+326374699907986544CD6F2A61AF3F4281603E263F09411CDA75C4C5C786CF08844B6EFEC52E
+942297F181AB8A07940A9CEFEC1DFC35A114E548D6107A0D1A803B1EF5A031A1E706FDA3A43C
+313CB1F0900BB768460E135BCA6370FE964169E21B0B399522A7DFF0A672363AB47F8BE4DD27
+A88CF0F03E5FDF382C49F3327BBC0285245F6FDF56AC3577E81424DB0A79BA826B0C3A7893E5
+A7FB4842B3A47D574A3D68FE3898BECCFE44F1B31A67570928AA363B3D3C81B5E038F7848911
+00E3EC3A2F70EA0D0C859A98618DA179B6ED217971A42FDA21590695C6460D8731D1A716C712
+43CEB27CF8BA7E75EEAEB9E4710D34F307B84B51CDFA7AC21DA6399BC71893478EEDACD50F26
+C2BB2B8C1E887D8DC8C333C478087BF9953095E1898200F20F6E4CC82093818AC9E40F5C0A63
+CCCC380C0AAFDBAD81FC1737499C0C8D820AE7BD744CCF854FDC6913E93DC0137FFFE1A0F8D4
+715F35BC6D2464F0BE57B19C0EF5C92C27ED09765546EAAC860E13BE2A453F63A69032A23A66
+E4877D5CA87A5DD8CD400ED0B7DB4830F09B3A5D4A2E0FA5C72F18B122B158D15D3450924359
+35756DB8DF1945C27065F702188FFA7A1DA20E270D90726F3CCEFE0AD13C38BBD27D7BB198EB
+9B7A6680FC77D1328F23F6717DC23F1FA30644395E7090BA81791DFC2986440D716C7D8F029D
+C5C7F7476086E30BB24291BE0428E0DD058FD8380F231600910CD6EF7FFCA931B4C9D9FED8A3
+BF7182CD25682390EB9232BCE0D42EC9754AFAF3B4540D7B01EBEC0092CF9CE0EA4B47C359EB
+71FDD0C9F1DDDF90A7B8C52996EC56A2D5CDCD6FFFA0DB765058F6508B76AEC68EB8238AB65A
+D71799018E4194BCA51362811038D75B3886A3F34CB0529E74A8CC195A6080C5113C1FE4F7A6
+142E8939915BC647493D337E068032DB27C61E7BE6988902EEA7D0BD114F1337994AF5BF8006
+0A5741278FEAB63C7D05883CF7E557D1098CEEACD0C8F47AE83D250489BC7C4FD7CD4EF677A6
+4702210ADA794B9CF0360B21D04547645E9444EAD9B318466A6FE054E043051540ABBE8B4ED0
+903C439077636718389312F33ABDAC50518837D4E64368271DA44C4954EBC27261B77F532C74
+AC20A24E31C7191AA45E4C10E520048932AE9F8800817A71BF1E8D0682CA401E0BD1C29D934F
+6D280898C9F15C84D2B21494D49F6F992DC9880FBCDAE2DFCF16CB08E009132395AD0DC636D0
+AA0848C721265F3831D56ADF9E18CBEEB060D587EAF7DC5D6EDD2C40D410D3A45B7B75A02FD3
+F02DD6F82DA2A9F2707D16DC9F79F2AA5610BBC4A41DAC525A030B3A7FD18A61E5EC3E6AE058
+61C74046474ACEBBB54F8C3462FF154864A26050C94C5956457B2166E68A3634D5B9E087C242
+0806AFC2508827F43FC8995E284B4270C1B4B3D225DC5DA8A2609B5D06C1992CE9306E1ADB5B
+C65D1038DE2790175B3ECDA2D4A5A445FE4490D29EBE05DBE5ECDFED548E036E85514D8930A9
+0E76609E3F819087F988BDE40548BB9BA4885F0D89CCAE7B895584630D18BE147112D5D4A05E
+2791E75B9ABAC06F279871A1F633E02B3AD474D18AC4E373C085A96913D4897A1F7889FF915D
+9EBBB5407FE37031E13B6F420693C50E69A492A07EB96D90703551E6F3EC9D7A2029D10232EB
+5FA6495C05CFCFBD069E6FDA67AAB324886C7E8EBAE0228E69FBB879F0C14AAE259B80D18599
+DC2E63528A65E3E255F95E6832D84899C06C78EE14CB8B4117BFA4952CE67BF3E59DF671B524
+0D7958998658BD87202F20BBA32FFB770B27321F187F8131476CA6F4E70C721709DDBADD511B
+3AF24E9BD7F6E4631B05985340C1C43AB63F80E03D1AFDAB6A9D9768568444EF8E198AB7ACE2
+3D4ACA3DA20570B2B2A80AB7B924F13E9D78FFE26B480D11A9ABC5D609DCB4C20B6D70A75C42
+69E8F488DC5464AE2DB652E1FCC3F0B4E7C9F9A90977CBDB816666792990294BA50094E954EF
+25FEA0A57A6FC5216160BC1072CFDB7B7766356F9FEEFD581149BF22BE3FA9F4189BB70F6793
+79D412AA306F7BB84EEC94B2BACC1D70B371A4178FB130567492277AD528A7F729269BFC20EB
+B39E1D1143FCC9A3C6CF29E04A030AF017095BBBD07360F3E05119035CFF6A04D41973F487D4
+C1353EBC85CD5BC0299506C53E58CDE2C8D69381E3FDA0CBBAD4A7B3FE6ED2C230A0044CC5AD
+18927C58D25B4235ACE9D82D7C83DE6FBA7492AE97F508FB0FBAFFD1AB05E337356459EAD771
+A7801E11F374898E5192E2EAC362D7C0B919D38F6EE67BC6C97CD784D9DB83F45ACFA517C30B
+B1E58C8A7E627FE364B97D7188A9DF40BBD7C6E91F212659ADDAAC725D06E4C4BF3706F31FA4
+1195FDE08109EA02112DA746E17E5E8B6B751CF8057070B82E47232754F89771AFA10FC642E2
+EDF0C8ACB05999ACAAC3BBC93009B50865A3C291AF7F75848EF5AF89CD0084CB5C408BFEBA0E
+D024C1C601B2F872398B59841BCC7E339E1D7B93C0FBC80C21A28EBBCEF4EAC732D24D094347
+54DFD677CA81A33BDBCA72A6DEC50DBCDF746FAB1C870DCAFB8A03BE4E8367AAD97AB689B60D
+24FA4B9BD5239FB5964457179CB3876030DAECAB8186FF5B25F58D771229C2A3A411E6C8C3D6
+BE6F54ECF50DEEBBCECBD0AE4365CE1D15E68FA1B06EBC70FE61541228959A4B473749BBCDB1
+BD89B1081A0630A0483C6324E654CB262E5C25DDCD97B0E186AD40D02BA35439F4C18A45B244
+8027C2CA264BB43AD46653106F7337931B5D7DEF6F9EBB3E4A92E5CC7FDB9F1ECD987D1FE1E3
+24A21BCBA26FC8784DDCD2388451681B6268F674F16E0D0E9D4230A3BF08F9F5919CD18830AB
+0B323F280182588F257B4DDCA47C230BAC7CE30BA37C3D4DCDC6190BA361B1EBA0EA71B222F9
+8A8D28389A61359FE189AF16E8911F981CA9450B91616753D23390AF0FEFFA3CB21EDC9B33BD
+C9A898576021E6EC56732F10CCC989948AC01C4397244B0480047028A72D455843BEB4CCB6D6
+740163974FB4AD56C245A286531AFEE7B113BD574C18E6FB66CC9D031D73B473A931C7672801
+1F5449D9C07EA504408C812F5587A0360C258F11F6D964936037C05C09A1E9ED1BC117DD963A
+6A089D6AD235BF4B1DE65030C913DC4B48A95ADBCD60BF2F980AC8B074B3CA581A194AF0F949
+FF15347C322131BB05966D88718810E5C36BFED7271ACA9CFB693B4A31F8D910952E5E68C955
+99776889FDC6621ED20E1ED9703949E5F3806EBEBC8C43A24D6EB06701728EB2B5E862BE900C
+34DA738E303B349BDBEA1344101D17547A25B9485FC141F15412AB88393D1453605110C2AA5B
+572AF545DD41BC1E0D367E59FBF9A407DC7081FFC0B6D025B6D903E9571A02BF1F4F3AF2E532
+CFB369F2AFC8115B18317091CB767FE0136D4325060045DC9BABECD607098E01C5312E00576B
+6269F3DE65AEF2DEED9F07886A2DE015C8F575A90DE3C2F53DB0BDFCD55900D5F58F37B806DD
+B559E7163E0A19446D439B73ECCDBE6BBBD46FFC3F33A0C3E7CFD1F040F3B57BB9DA7294FC31
+081C7181A4E8B2B54E51919D1DA98FE35D6EA8923C76D9BEE6F5A6F45FA4292BB4AB1FB8E6F2
+8F59F48F52694A5B47B00A6008A2C8EC8E1439A2A50371B64152FCAEB560D434ABFA9F07026B
+D2BB0102C21DB8EF4440102E6F81B341F9F9F6FFC19E50EFE1C3440ABC38EAD42FEB18B83C64
+9C8A942C2847CC627F1A3595E544768BFFC6DAD4BC0FFF2763FF81CB40017F3AF93CCD9698C0
+C0C9683827212D23AA2F83D087C2DFFC0BDA003E75EC551EE957C5A85185DCF1AE47F5D81A95
+8F17C20C65DE11F036E413E2EEE36FA15268A6BAE27A14C62B3752A76AD22BF805C03F228365
+3D7BC5AFBC6D8E5A87E99908DB1EDB2C3D9A1B3C2A539ECEBD5DE83A2A1B479A34600154161E
+3A31343116DA08F0180A411CE7F3B7DB3D57F35250F6867FA6F533D3AE96EF140E7CE139651A
+3258022E76DACC73E6640E64578639D1D21EE16CFEA146C6D2CD022AD3707C4B0A83EDBE06EB
+73E0FE3BAFCB1755866880E4E1D2BED716CA2ED69481D6C9FF1CD009D9EA44F57D0AEC4F81FE
+4853E78CAA89C871E59FEE150D1A71FABCD5A01B891E54C0A8BBD7CCF7FDF2FCB9F1F855FBE3
+45B3FBF941F5475084CC0C625F39D0E32A8B79064F9ABD81DE7E062645110D98592FA62690F0
+35E213BCD4A2FC290A308D92EED23CB63783F6B0DD475E04F1DD8317C45D72F17B396E8F8286
+05AA0F2623E940262063A80B94210CE532333D0BFEBE3FD3095545DA622FBEBCA9B5E040C5EC
+E1B818E0CD8A229C68B8351E3E6D3FB753FF5B8A2C201D53C94F95B0C5004B0CB7DB2BF6EB2C
+69BC0608AA7FB7B73F2F29B5AFFE7619585E27E08326949F52854C8CC88BCBE5B89841C0A10E
+6F2C457F0D3F3BDE50AA3ABB57536F1C9C507D7BA1673D79D158E5EF0AAF2179A29C1DC9CB3D
+5043FC1AA11ED983076356175F874827EA77F3C18BC80B9A72C7C9637799D607498B27D9CC4F
+279A72A244DB139912CDB19F5BFB9A39E16FF2276DD0C2F4EDC3C217B8BB8F6F9C08B63E2ADE
+4CFB2B8C010537E12A37C6C645A65F1067F4AE3D6A246BD219910788FA189E8D1C5B57941057
+842908A467C89900618B4A4CB9133E00E702A76D306D65C410B881A7A84DD8DAB6CC83A3E84A
+A0565A3C6886F4F3C33D960F6284884D776326096DF783A8563688B76634BFFF48110970FEFB
+BFC7EB689C01207493CE69DE5BFD981C61451422DE0E7866A50D75C06D40719706F0D6FB2548
+CB84A9D07D87BC4CEAC0BA8391682527A92E9D78A4463B355D25EE25D0F97F4CC63FC30447DE
+FEEB6DFA12814DFA947D613D75085336E9576AB61347C16C8A5A0F078AC9BF306D41408A6363
+4EA5EA4FBB4A4FBA05807F534FA1A9F944CF32B86B9E556397B92D3D46537F771F6DF4AAD57A
+5CEDB59168AEA42ECE643B31B23FBBE1911B878D818A06FFE61478722DE69589F9CBD6B7C1A0
+34C4FC75E4374990649B9B16C757F3AB066CB53741B36214532212E7B46832C5BC8D908F86C3
+635E6683EEF2E840BDBAA628EE56CDE129922D4226BC5FA63B27E75C42E56DB274446263AE71
+829DFF191A06FE7B8A181D56098B3FC89D6FCDFD1B8ED6B86CD3179D7106ECFAF506DBCFE6E4
+FF324DF79D926811D27F1536D6939438D4C6D111D72935DCF89689A99A75A661E80FDDBFAE07
+E501F7E74DF206A3FF1710FD2919BE7C8AC438D2E7D68FBA308E87C124CC97D602BDC5C69F60
+1C765C9F2D4131CFFAF9B2FD0B9F8816EE0C3EC931B1FC8D0C8A3E5A498919C42E76B3FD322C
+CDFDDFF0181CAE4DB2AFDD3E4E006103E8C0EA058B5518C684B8BED3E06A7FCFF7AF7254446A
+AFE25EEF3C33CF14795827D75665525EC2DBFEF92D772E5EF74E7E0AD4CA89944A7EE2364BCB
+B337E303D267B0132BB1974FB82D5ABA7019819AB2A4F682D1C10A81D26842891F631DB8A780
+50D003706D465C55910647F35334E0AE3C38B55D05DC8A58FD2319F7667C6288ADC75EB89022
+221FF3C04316CC9B1A29A00FD4AA2134AA3019D11720C9A0A06DDC0323DD74DAA826CA81B92E
+5F0C5AE1CF2B9F1E752A3623672557C37EFB41CB5A4C110FA26C9C328049636CE6231E3C4824
+3AA26981EDA308F8182AF499725A0D117C22A5906D8AF59FE7D82FCAA28B80A2A04753E5DBC4
+ADECF49CBF310CA28AE8AE25D4D4918D63886CA4F077C66C48240A27932D8C4537EE876B9EC0
+1A8F33A7584F9542E8F5FA2C10E098589975E222D51394306DD1E331EA372572B28F412E6990
+45646DF7BBA0EE8344C1BF5511F284FBDC48FEB389D421A35FE7C5F97F5270FC68C43B695901
+BE332334584C258FB3BFFF8DAA8D9D123A54E4D2D81C92F779023A9EA6A184ADC3948D81C738
+834F03E9B00AC0702AB14883C49F2EFB3128ED2680D6FB6C37BECCEA84568ABD139FF0DF2639
+68E50F2AD6236F6121C6EDD26D9622AA78400348196C7B8845507BC6B5E7E7F491EA3955467E
+A50E2FE1097AAC79DEE3EB8CCF59C5357DE969EED55AB19F1EE632443ACE9FEE62FA81E32B85
+D983BD0E0480ADDDE1B29164A650077389A0CC43669490946F8BB6D27B5C46C11E9E1DA3FECC
+BA2600A3BA0CC30ECEE4038862069E5AD74506AEA7DEEE96EE967B87EE8F4BADAC29F2699F28
+1C310940CEF7445D209827BC6FA810D4AA4FCF3EC311428EA3BBC13A44C33A6428BA53C9DB60
+AA88D41529023F5DC77F173E3B49E43CFE82E4F6D7CA7D1AD93DCDF00475C40DDA0265661E81
+B611472E2C4D6A74099E874AD0C5B973FB8A6D7582683A14559CE79B6A2301EE7431B172E1ED
+FB4D9DABE91D6F8E38205E8C6985D863195A544C766491D8F6CE1AEC34A27C674BCA1DA029B6
+2D1464B5304123B5E8AAA9B1244171450EF472C38B73CC736EFD14C38F9B82D872CA947E2290
+EE1354FE69E9AF764210B44A28386300C1344BA8547961D9835A772FC49789F58915FFB72231
+57A374141919DEEF76058DB9AD1C708197C6C72FAF10ABD891832BA1146379A792BC928D786A
+F0E42F6A21235FAC40C5143AE541A190078B32BAB43220A9AE9BC66E6E4A5CB4922F13B18678
+8013F129AE0E9DE759C3790427CCF00962C8DF5C7EE437482E2495643912BD3846D02E5B609A
+A51B9083E10586DE27556414EC21AB98CBDB0EF68013A59FF21278AD9613E7BCEB3D06D691B7
+91063DC82A0B8EB6EE644282882E872E1244CADFD80A69D60EC61499A511994117EAD312A0AA
+B9CF40D1E8B0704BB582650D5FAD8C2337971E3098B2F8C956DFBBA15DE0E3AA28BCD6E26D22
+577FC33FE200705D5705518C41AAEBCE88838DE4387811AB26AD4A20B32D1788F0F88B288577
+75DF77A31672C67A543BACCB5CE132A1FA432B55743784410E933E88D9DD2BCAE45BAE6646AE
+9956D6DFA69861B477C70EB9A84A9E1FCC1015C38F9624921C6CFE99044E1B7AFA7834298066
+BC33DC71A3022985DA251A0AFEF26F468B3DF2DA0254416A18DADBAE5927AB28974E57BC58DE
+B139E515DD7AF2B17E085F0C8CA34326965B01187C2C5337AE459F6EC19BD63D28292DBD5DE8
+17D2BE95842BE7C832A6A6F67E93AA21D7B795207F2200288D33BEBC25E34EA85B2A92446177
+7D0EEE9F4171F84CD2EB54F803C08B119FB3E2EF8169DEF235D1C7F9C6C9036F94D085DA7329
+0861F11693819D9C419B730ECBF8B393D72BE59F7CD7168593E9191AD63F10A154D3C624190B
+8A0F5656EA901F22D7781FB0960D22D669E69B47E871B05E8ADA83CE45DD54095BAAA3186898
+CCFCCACA055B96DB841928A87543C9C223ECC1E9546C226FC33548858BDC6C2DDE5E0EE9BAF1
+A2AF2D9890BB54560C52BF8140810E42169E8CD8CE6C09F1C027B96AB585E2BABD5842E541D5
+3B0FA72B7EB8D8B97028A22E042BCF1CCA6450ED51355E3F25D4AE88E3F0AC8AEF7978C619C7
+D00C3B35C04368FFF53352C0058F1B08B2C734AF34B294425C5CCFBE1547E59D7DF3405E72BA
+3B2D17E55EFF654ADC64D104506D295F8C5EA5AF89202D80CE90879E1206F6580799D3D61BD7
+72B251A918D42A36B56866CDDA8D96CBB6B9BE0BF3CE0962419A5C3FE6046875CDA368879ABB
+9E679412D3D35CE48E0A74030A2F61330637AFDFA5D1788602FA6DEA48CDFB4D4FF5766EEBEB
+882B5CE798206A61A4D95258C179F788FB01AC81FF05DE26CBFE835BC07FBA35D0C18E02AA3C
+1C9FA22A5A0D8FDDD88AAC6CBC0C17C6FBEB660F5B6521A011949EFE4FD2DEDD4A2D118D1AFA
+20425A58E747C931D632652FFED6BCB55F06262DAF56EB8E3973E9E6561CF750ACCD72489287
+E72EE2D65D4F1448031E4F6392E2E7791C8BC7707657CD19AFECDF902FAF3E32BC7008119E0B
+1F827F8185BE227D233A9DA82923E0CE2C7F5A96F0A8613290773ADAC36A7FB6EC6D5CBC7F2B
+E4AA63D85676624F299E6DCC9F657E60DA948A9EAEE54C3F6CFF7084F767A1120116578F9BF2
+8FA2D7E803E691C3CE5F5125C716F7B4A3135AC7CEC1CE5C2FBEB3947B5859905FCF36F79B7F
+6F4B77306E7793D9DF6B1B884BBF42E93FB2226BA59807A4E5337E1F7AF6CF9DD9F95A0BE827
+C7C8DBC514EA5354409659C9803F2DB071B66A4E6FA93401847054FAAB7BD042F244F9C1F1A7
+10C414518BE3851CBE68D072F0DDFF582462BA986E0F01381B38905098C0BFF23288E84961AE
+942B18B875233EE916B7A728E4FCCC6BE0CAE2D43D60B0501EB99EDCC6639EA0A81F0847E7E1
+0E21A4C930A01BBFF2D13D3A9461F4795D5EF05F81E727B14A073A731166BB73302193B02CF2
+6DBAE2550DD4AC20FD44127FFED9EA6AB8AC50E4071285BB5C4FB6AF34EB1F5EA7558EDB73DD
+BFE83FCED5036D7C9BA87D02C21E90035CAEB9D73FA578AA65EFAA955B9A3F38711EF74BF687
+24AC9F8A132A02B7CDAC44D5EDF86DA42746F04580C62C2C85136FF38996593A78379A2D2D21
+6EF0740503729E537D4AFD60D581D8B96BF5AB4E365F99A464287102341C1B7680C1C24C24B6
+FBC8612389B9B2F94A5642CE2A670B7DCFC13DC4615C6FDA1265D9DB9C02D18FCFD30F727C2A
+D115DCCA0B5666404CBC1E524FA3186C58AC5E9F000692557966FDC27A04E1541C94BF8925A8
+3851B30251816EF6D5A27F2A5184E263D4F5F833AAF6CE0C4D86CBA4EEF153B7B3700118ABA7
+689547E7C9C5C2F61DBCAD0DA1237F7C9E8ED744BEE85F2CE3E3BAEB9097A331D8EFC2E410BF
+E7D433612A7363C09B1057CDC289862EB1C0D585B6BFA0105F3F550C08B19153BB11AF8AEDBE
+F3BD6E4529DCBEB0858B69AC953CB432FD4288398825DD4D0C03C6CD6923A9D165DFADD1DC56
+1CDE0EFAC1C13615B5C5BE742CDCEEEBE5CE432F8FFA2D5090FB9F2E1384A46F78946927B77A
+A521C155CEBBA16E401A3586E0171B00F0BCF96948E738B474858D292E5CF8851681E3444643
+CADD78FA6A760D1017A9CAF659AC434D5C0E84197A214F51777E68E1EC8B094F649B70FEFC12
+0E4D14BE53D5B4EDAA120BF3624EEAA0EE16772FB17722AA3725F97B0ADA7F1BB3C06815554C
+FCB68B552E949EF5E7412884058A6B27BF3542F6BC89503B55AACE1EA042E1483B93707B475E
+D90398E501F042096285ED384E758BF307E3610190A5DCFC6E6F41FEC37F549DA3028D205CF1
+52D946852E63053D4FB8C0FF22C8EB132E532BF562BAA2F2A0AC795B9D4C211493CFCA11EE12
+A9776C2F5B16DB205141052247C560DDFB792EDCEF45B58F720E0E0E6D2B3DD318B575DA9711
+F31836710D98D0D62B108406903998728E3819F2AA9F573FB5ED62839AFF4E7F55A8D1370D56
+6B96C5079D1249777EA18175AF5CE42F972C7374DDD55107D73DD72F69122B21B94FF3297E3C
+4CD135D3C96A548F9F23AAE451E1C563F8BACF4CCE8528EA04FA3527E75CA155ACA1AA4004C0
+79EA436F8C80AE85C6318BCB06487BFB90D88F370EF7319A773DDA455E4D1DDF62DABC376BD0
+FA69695350F9E5F6AC0C91B392A8D09BDE1193CC70AB8C1663CC6CC0AD2C4C9A05B51DF2AFD0
+4C5CB2EDC204B546CA185F4F5A05E980B845FA04102FB5313E59F6B554604075E56C7AE1C704
+8A1AB3167D66F1848157B58236AB002F9FF4620C5B41235404F8FEBEC7C0EC9D5910E330DAD2
+9EDA04B3129CF16F478860E61899D2732DD39E8DC4974809C847308992A48FC0E4136DF6CE7B
+55463197F95D3EF360AFC994D0C7CC4F69DFD4F0F5EF8DE218ECE9CAC7A8DEB736972206D9A8
+3DE6B1DA026EED7E774CEA442410C1CCE4B1E0C0F5D8F28811AEFA8978CC6B74C097D63B43A4
+A430D9AD5308D4A4C45E3318DB3EDDABB4B8CDAD7A473D29D7315B04929305D2678B8D5EBF5F
+2764360921CEC8EEE01A7CB296AB8E39F8A41449E5DD4A30C6C6AA8D4C350BE8FFFD4F8B5AD2
+337DB6EC80A29591410856FAE5740DB97900D61D5FCFBE1E8943FB1AC3730DF4BFE7885C1D27
+5C49CAA44358E0805C84C950ACF0FEBD5071DEB3FB8AF2D1399238B201EF46332CA48E87DE8B
+21660672225474B9C3E2B6F02D636941D3FF641B1F343502EEB06F357F886B72E49DB5D1067F
+0A9BB5D94C3F7413C1E2CBADC35CC86859F780D0166E021A197EF767CB2F63881391357372A9
+CD85A0CC6FE7F8A1080F2DC1A82D9D4526D31AAEE352A1A10161777DCF40CD176EA23B5FE827
+E983C8D9725B8F7C04A3E61900BA1AF1B8B7F8D9F2939CFA8F42A7959D621AAF0ECD04BEA622
+4760DC66C972C86618C44B8A24A220F1F5BAA34484815A11299DC6174D1B713FC809F28BAED3
+21DD5DCF816D263CEF0C8AEC72236BC20D05778DE46EC1DA4C10E38367C49381EB84000E488C
+4DE7DA2260FFDB68B831545AC45A47C770E62C69C1B1DC700528C08546A82031F8F482D55CF0
+D097B4E4C581A1A3080F5F8FEE0F7C4146A05ADB46D9D1F0855CFA1EA9085AD6717073367E30
+9A69921EE428847AE79CFC87CE017E525B5EE8EAE4D2E08798C3EEED76D6B88C4D6DE1C92ED4
+AE792A8D385E72ADF072E5875A090522754122EEE0FEC8958DE32F2D531F34B68595C4AE8288
+8A84EAD350E8AA585C6FA290DF6C5B04089A756561662D91D4BCD81971084871283BA9921373
+5FA47174630CF5433ECB883BC240260376D90242E40E7ACC6D3BDCBC9C02C4C5CA12C01C9B49
+3EA0E67EDD5E55CFBE9E2EF9470E434B29FBC72D82878092E3937D4732377890D5BBEF19F0A4
+22AE973D8D1E40550D97226B71D43037E682FF24ED42CCD5677E5F90DF7E1E27CB13D8DFAD0E
+A52B710EC543A0C90777DABB5E4C78DD230DA64F1AFEAAD39C1C8A73671CF6D8FA74D2F97818
+1E83B6E0CBC9EFC112C32F6309E9A99A206EC6282269090FA530CE2474FC22C0E14EB3C92AF6
+1E9A210D7A1DF112C318B7BC2F0940E19E659A407C9CC30FBF5C95F47808C6C25F1F762F2287
+EA8D2FC1121054E973061C496979C41C28AE5D76A251ACC242CC7D537ABE52087208DF935043
+A3432BB561C9F1BBAF72885B220328481706B42541A33802359E723778A37111D121FE71C195
+8477FE4A9A3C81D6783996028F6D2D5FC526C6EFAACA9CB77B1596C9D05A7630F59EB1129FBD
+EC56964D7833FF375F541EA71A578DF419DBF634E53287B9385C1B0FDA9A1502CD2D92917405
+F23170D4DD5CBF7522DDB8DF35E1B801F01459540E1B3A47AF588A40B193A08169ED99198B1C
+E56126EE9B5B57A87CCCA30182B754BF3132571A6964ADD0C3DE99CE8DE0A22B9B2F1C4C6831
+B7F8AE3BB35B4DF47139D4FAC2902421D37EE49D1E2F7FCDCCF99E3597E6250FDF755248EE44
+B21936174CC0E2877DDC595DBBE096E6ECD28F0F42BB0AF72140056DCC96074FB66F0598D44F
+D05989AC634DB53F454A6E150B3FBB71AAB92F26CD514AEEDD4E55642850A8D396D71B30E388
+F50899D89742155588FCDAC263EC6786E8CCB00C313032119CC71867EB03EFAD1C1D523717DE
+667E171954B4A9EB7EC53858FBDEAC883F1654BA4356B7564F98584ACA795863ACCABB4BAC99
+560D013145179880A3A8736C7DEBDA0F1E747E017B998AF0DA565B0F8D8A3AECB558B2249EEC
+5EECD865032BE636DABACBEA09144A2712766489BCCC49BE293BA89F3C73C0CFD1E520E806EE
+D32346303E01B138C50D0AB535146CCFDBC20996F10F1C1168E2E6C845C50B7661EB6113BEE1
+338E1AEB52532519C0761100C84BA0768725B8FD63FF8F0957D64DF1DBB7917622BB992628AD
+027A8591FD6A438255208D314DE4F9A5E6AAAEE3C5B1683969081A67D165364F03E9B0427FE4
+213C727629E566F84130A581A2A2E80C82CAFACB5AF5B5D3B2FFFD43F95FB85A0214F27189AB
+69FA0568DF1F3DBAC633048F3A0D12BEA6F198E72CAEEB90743ADA4FBA6669822C75975DAE86
+AE4D6F8C16B03D9701D052016067EDE2ED942508F194D09129E2021AB93401040ABDB43EA769
+A502F9371FDBE65DAB4FCB44B737303E89CC0DB930D46BB908155976F49DA55390766694CA6B
+F1839D1D7C534E2894EDFDC2D99CD2BAF6133C949502E1F78034A2D0CC38A7A4E1F69B968968
+19C4A1A2E9484ABA6FDD8720C694494C9DB3B5E6C151FEC4E6779B390ED9E528C06BB5063854
+EC07453B017CDFEDB68BC7317D972884BAD2ACB0EE1E29A43806C04D350DCBFADF7A7DA41A73
+57A53CF3798C7BA58227540BBC02F8ABF59365547216E2005A7A0FDF6957827956A92EB85852
+E0AFC658AAF5802962BBD050EE841E62319FEF3879A72145603CAFA5F019F25D4433087D034C
+8DFD9D3369D8CE590D3DCBBAA206228D5805B28D067E2DEB3268CF5D93D0672AE8E51367AEB5
+D1901F7C8D3E6828BB8179E7250FC832C2FC780965A3B12F699FC07B600533698C42B7900B6B
+6A898B2FFFC238335183F53EEBEB2838D68C0AAABC63527617C1662779BF9273B7F4C80671BC
+2218B29F4AD4DF2E683E8AE028406361FD54FD2D9A356E5AD370A2BC49DBAF3C93F286446ED4
+5DF52BBB32F1000A73875BC2031A36A7029A37C2FDBC0966C5A9329E6C2CD06EDD78EA68551E
+5C50303794AD2AF76F67033F2DF350D271935B9548838DA886CF9C86050507DCC4F7094AEE94
+10CC3159F53F11A19815B7C0DB7A46C9ABD2B9B2760365B0040A465E7BB7D66B56D4B3108FD9
+FA52222FF58F1100ECE350A6A14CE936268BFF438C1D11B4860F032E844EAC0EA2E2AA7A86DA
+4CA2962EFE60D076B8C81E4D281401E5EFCE0673EDBDCB6FF19C9D18588710A49EC84CAB7AE8
+B18D22EBBE44E4CB528E027E7DB787B31C3C048FB42603FF3EC5A971FB622550E1B4AABA9A51
+626D951360EE1A7CE9EC4030FB826343392BD07EE651540BCE076C93D95BD64D45750DAE5AFD
+CB2CA2CEB30B50D7A4C7B0CB69473D7D57248D4ABB5A9A35A68AD3DAFA7E9CC54E369EEF6D99
+11FA68E5AA3CD880E3627C6D70C3B0F9F47FFE4E798824F110890C434AB72F98493382AE638D
+7C6D4D93ED3DE9DD8A7A746CCD642F815F55B51BEC1F1A02B1F1B7FAFEDFCBA61555371779AE
+EC176B18274F661C342C80B3F6F31CDE251C61637406BE0562A9E9436A8B9140DC7B9471E12C
+DCB70B5995419D0ACD5E30C52647C5645C01919FB2226B23D5370CBAD5873329B24A5499C678
+0A5BAD6A446394421C22116593F23938A2616C73EEB5CCA18F9A218F6C002E4B31785F2FFD8B
+71A6055B92F14E328D504DB927272827815B54558D9BE3B21493EDB238AA873F020131C38744
+1ABBDD97F73C5AC84C69E4FEAD720CC0354429DE3A8B70C60CEA6AA02B645A3D8129FA0C89B2
+9C18AC23BDC155B24C0DAB471C75FA7CD0967434856DF64281C9CE8D7DA89E5C8FE763507F9F
+8718B14A247FCC660E5F7891CC7179E1B15C5C4929A8B4E5469807DF64A0ACC6D28468D15250
+21F09A342208A3E0BF3CA4BEDC0CF531BC66FDFEF2380810355351D99F5571F6EEE4D7C0FBB4
+C9544706D0DDB86B8F6978F44E2DCFFFED3E22F3C32DEC4F5EDB896093B60EA01E8279AF612D
+ABBC5AB15D43B3E8F3CB80AF7BFCE39CA2E992BEBEEC686AB948128019A3E4BD261D1EC15110
+1597A8110D99A7D47A850CE2E075BA5DC715D0B3366461E86E42EAB8E63B1ED8DAC7FAB022A1
+DB2F0AA1449789122C560B60277382A58329F7FF2C3439E7F5A2825A6432EC66DE46C0FA3375
+9C641F0FF7EFAB1A3276468B50436A8538B981CA4E68CF4EBBAD25B06C6DF0B5903524F3AAF3
+34715A0EBB872E89C117C24331681A26D12576096AF9C9A5ACB87BF93A6F49F572B299C38DD4
+B2E921813852EE707E8B3A4947F1178CFFFBC03091DBB8B0A5532E7A1BCB72037ACBBCBD21D4
+05B51E169B75B944784B619237B5E4125616AEC8704D8EEA03AF45A7F0B0D701CF259C15182E
+0F168907BCFED454870A49BFD7139D981B473891DADFA9EF0FF23CEDE5723881ADB372419395
+79C17953ABB01DA404F0F5A4E40925CCE86A962C63062FAE0CFE63A1CDB1929A2BB3D959D2DF
+32AB1C0CAE3A6EBB0C27F6B3D4D3641D0542D093CF3AC32C13A6F10A78DAFF1B8896C4C0B7C3
+1745BC9967676327B8E41B31E4BEBDB951AC631312481E81713FDDEF46DF8A53B284A61CF2B6
+FB2D32A72AA0692C9D082F23821A36F06E9D69BC73EDCA2A8EEFC7CB3508A99BEBDF4CD8928C
+F92819B883F266F75DBCF0797FF3934C3BA7CE9683830DE3B3AE630AA7908DBBD4AED7C767C6
+9F6C94592CC48941D89404065DA666E112752C0B208EA66D3927567459B4EBA87D4449438048
+BCBF34D4650F143D8297C0083E45434E8822CAE532F37EA34EE96E9A5FA6BFBEB9D787E74E15
+46C663EA73F15509CEC11141A0BDB45D751F66C1DD99F4138B86F9F3DB6051A039AAF3147A0E
+58F2A0EF641C773F153806A4061AE6C8B5BCBD4DF065E0478EB66D503E2D0FF2A7BF902CED6C
+79DD59A10B92BEE773A171EE1E940F2137EB01F15D7BA0067BE01AC61A8228B0C4719D0730B8
+7A5B95A7BD4FE647F5D859336EE0873DBA0FE18355212BE2299B41F5B484FC286E6755F103A5
+45031CDC2161600C5F0C2D8913EA178116D785BE3812CCDFF96D805221CC3DACF92DAA1D596E
+66BFB5DF04947FE913D4DA9C019667741C842A1952856AA15179232C02C6481453E456D81AFD
+191A4C97667AFFE360A2E86FA0471317CCCF8587EDB0874A45D13C1CA924FD76E079FEA11792
+89024EE4A661EDE72291F637DE666D27A9EB1DC584F36E7C42F1E34927E1B8349B1D34310E8A
+C9BCA544D8EECCAA3A528705C19695782C27538435199DC18D09BA0A16B1E8B5A843AEDA8487
+AC2FEAB027B7A1A4D15558707F6FEA1982DEF3DAF91187EEE46BAE28553D010AB926B07932D6
+E9311CDF1D07B984776E107BF6ADDAFDBD9AA1DE6F258EB6C73932D3B4667A0C07674F77766F
+CC012A6FEA65CE3A594B6E5CC8B0C9380F0D4196C2FED89013560BA67B259FFE22D94E7B3784
+266D62E4B8CB5CD1EB4027F969B2D25588109B945908F8DD62F9976884A1087CC8C6BD630EC2
+BA0DC61C83D16EFD5D60D7A88752A6D3FB40A232FB0549E2B454AD08CBB58356D9C3C264BE71
+986F13B9F989BB0E1905CEFD395B1B9D002B8AD392D4F6526DB2D542B5C8807DD5E18AC97FAD
+356E02CC50FE1F54C2E7E3D8957E0FE213C65F4B8FB8AA09CD020E5F331B07AE102B9E1B57CA
+B49D417C2C0535815B6AC74EF415350DB4A13916A7C1D7C563F90EF021093C87C7D2CDA9FE5F
+D06CB2F58F53CE66BF1B1028634658F1B311A2363A21CB1425E896DF0DD675DF23E3DDA17473
+896F6EB9017E16AA1FA5E79ADF33B205B3CE0A38C7A1C7C13897E1B97F92084BA0706185C8A9
+730000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+cleartomark
+
+
+%%EndFont
+TeXDict begin 40258437 52099154 1000 1200 1200 (sample_eps.dvi)
+@start /Fa 170[98 63 73 2[80 100 99 115 61 2[39 3[67
+93 80 1[83 65[{TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}13 132.835
+/VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf /Fb 138[96 55 72 3[96 98 146
+46 6[93 100 2[100 10[96 1[78 1[99 8[49 124 120 4[102
+104 20[38 44[{0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}19
+166.044 /VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf /Fc 138[96 5[96 98 146
+46 6[93 100 2[100 10[96 1[78 1[99 8[49 124 120 4[102
+104 20[38 44[{TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont}17 166.044
+/VAGRoundedBT_Regular rf end
+%%EndProlog
+%%BeginSetup
+%%Feature: *Resolution 1200dpi
+TeXDict begin
+ end
+%%EndSetup
+TeXDict begin 1 0 bop 1029 1046 a Fc(Hello,)54 b(I)g(am)g(V)m(AG)f
+(Rounded)h(BT)1029 1245 y Fb(Hello,)g(I)g(am)g(V)m(AG)f(Rounded)h(BT)h
+(slanted)1033 1445 y Fc(H)8 b Fa(E)g(L)g(L)s(O)d Fc(,)65
+b(I)e Fa(A)8 b(M)62 b Fc(V)5 b(A)j(G)62 b(R)8 b Fa(O)g(U)g(N)g(D)g(E)g
+(D)63 b Fc(B)8 b(T)63 b Fa(S)8 b(M)g(A)g(L)g(L)63 b(C)13
+b(A)8 b(P)g(I)g(TA)g(L)g(S)p eop end
+%%Trailer
+
+userdict /end-hook known{end-hook}if
+%%EOF
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bd37b5302cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/sample_eps.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\begin{document}
+\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily
+\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT\\
+{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\
+{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.css
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d1824aff421
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.css
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Century Schoolbook font is very similar to Computer Modern Math: cmmi */
+.MATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; }
+.MATH I { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-style: italic }
+.BOLDMATH { font-family: "Century Schoolbook", serif; font-weight: bold }
+
+/* implement both fixed-size and relative sizes */
+SMALL.XTINY { font-size : xx-small }
+SMALL.TINY { font-size : x-small }
+SMALL.SCRIPTSIZE { font-size : smaller }
+SMALL.FOOTNOTESIZE { font-size : small }
+SMALL.SMALL { }
+BIG.LARGE { }
+BIG.XLARGE { font-size : large }
+BIG.XXLARGE { font-size : x-large }
+BIG.HUGE { font-size : larger }
+BIG.XHUGE { font-size : xx-large }
+
+/* heading styles */
+H1 { }
+H2 { }
+H3 { }
+H4 { }
+H5 { }
+
+/* mathematics styles */
+DIV.displaymath { } /* math displays */
+TD.eqno { } /* equation-number cells */
+
+
+/* document-specific styles come next */
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6bd36a17edd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.html
@@ -0,0 +1,617 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+
+<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.70)
+original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
+* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
+* with significant contributions from:
+ Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format</TITLE>
+<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Using TrueType fonts with TEX via Postscript Type1 format">
+<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="ttf-tetex">
+<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
+<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
+
+<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
+<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
+
+<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="ttf-tetex.css">
+
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY >
+
+<P>
+<H1 ALIGN="CENTER">Using TrueType fonts with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X via Postscript Type1 format</H1><DIV>
+
+<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>Harald Harders
+ (<A NAME="tex2html2"
+ HREF="mailto:h.harders@tu-bs.de"><TT>h.harders@tu-bs.de</TT></A>)</STRONG></P>
+<P ALIGN="CENTER"><STRONG>2003-10-31</STRONG></P>
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+
+<H3>Abstract:</H3>
+<DIV>
+This document describes how I have managed to use TrueType
+fonts with teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X 1.0 under SuSE Linux 6.2.<A NAME="tex2html3"
+ HREF="#foot30"><SUP>1</SUP></A> The way described in
+``Using TrueType fonts with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X (L<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X) and pdfT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X (pdfL<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X)''
+[<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#rakityansky">Rak</A>] did work with MiKT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X, but I did not manage to use
+the fonts with teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X.
+
+<P>
+Strictly speaking this document doesn't describe how to use TrueType
+fonts with teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X but how to convert TrueType fonts to PostScript
+Type1 format which can be used with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X.
+
+<P>
+The shown shell commands are unix style.
+Similar commands should also work under Windows.
+Please try yourself to find the according commands.
+
+<P>
+If I have made any errors or if you have a suggestion please mail it
+to me.
+
+<P>
+A <A NAME="tex2html4"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf-tetex.pdf"><TT>PDF version</TT></A>
+is also available.
+<P>
+</DIV>
+<P>
+
+<P>
+<BR>
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00010000000000000000">
+Contents</A>
+</H2>
+<!--Table of Contents-->
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00020000000000000000">1 Disclaimer</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00030000000000000000">2 Preparing the conversion</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00040000000000000000">3 Generating the Postscript Type1 fonts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00050000000000000000">4 Generating the TEX related font files</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00060000000000000000">5 Move the files to the right places</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html44"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00070000000000000000">6 Make dvips find the new font</A>
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html45"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00071000000000000000">6.1 Use an additional map file</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html46"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00072000000000000000">6.2 Append data to the global map file</A>
+</UL><BR>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html47"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00080000000000000000">7 Usage of the new font</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html48"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION00090000000000000000">A. To do</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html49"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION000100000000000000000">B. Links</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION000110000000000000000">C. References</A>
+<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#SECTION000120000000000000000">Bibliography</A>
+</UL>
+<!--End of Table of Contents-->
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00020000000000000000">
+1 Disclaimer</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+This document is provides as is.
+I will not guarantee that the described conversion works and that it
+doesn't course any damage.
+I also will not give any support for problems doing the conversion.
+Please refer to the newsgroups, e.g., comp.text.tex or
+de.comp.text.tex.
+My email address is given to give feedback (suggestions, error
+reports), not for support.
+
+<P>
+I don't know if the shown conversion violates any copyrights.
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00030000000000000000">
+2 Preparing the conversion</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+As an example I will show how to convert the font ``VAG Rounded BT'' which
+is part of Microsoft Windows 98 (<code>tt0756m_.TTF</code>).
+
+<P>
+First copy the fonts you want to convert into a temporary directory
+(e.g., a Windows disk is mounted on /dos/c):
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ mkdir ~/ttf</code>
+<BR><code>$ cp /dos/c/windows/fonts/tt0756m_.TTF ~/ttf</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+Then rename the files to a name conforming the fontname scheme by K.&nbsp;Berry
+[<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>]. In this case the supplier is ``Bitstream'' (Filename
+<code>b*******.ttf</code>)<A NAME="tex2html5"
+ HREF="#foot43"><SUP>2</SUP></A>. The Shortcut for the typeface is ``vr'' (Filename
+<code>*vr*****.ttf</code>) taken from [<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>]. The weight is
+``regular'' (Filename <code>***r****.ttf</code>). The variant is omitted
+because itself and the width are normal. The encoding is set to ``8a''
+which means Adobe standard encoding<A NAME="tex2html6"
+ HREF="#foot45"><SUP>3</SUP></A> (Filename <code>****8a**.ttf</code>). Because the
+width is standard and the font is linearly scaled, these parts of the
+filename are omitted. Finally the filename results in <code>bvrr8a.ttf</code>. Move
+the original file to this filename:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ mv tt0756m_.TTF bvrr8a.ttf</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+A more detailed description on the naming conventions can be found in
+[<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>].
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00040000000000000000">
+3 Generating the Postscript Type1 fonts</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+To convert the TrueType font to Postscript Type1 format I used the program
+<code>ttf2pt1</code> by Andrew Weeks et&nbsp;al.
+(<TT><A NAME="tex2html7"
+ HREF="http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/">http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/</A></TT>). Generate the font files
+<code>bvrr8a.afm</code>, <code>bvrr8a.pfa</code>, and <code>bvrr8a.pfb</code> by using
+these commands:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ ttf2pt1 -a -e bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a</code>
+<BR><code>$ ttf2pt1 -a -b bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+The switch <code>-a</code> switches the conversion of some ligatures
+(e.g., fi) on (thanks to Hume Smith for that hint).
+In one of the last lines of the output the fontname is noted:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>FontName VAGRoundedBT_Regular</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+Note the name on a sheet of paper--You will need it later again.
+
+<P>
+The script
+<A NAME="tex2html8"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf2type1"><TT>ttf2type1</TT></A>
+does these conversion automaticaly for all files with
+the extension <code>ttf</code> in the present working directory. To get the
+font names you should start it as follows:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ ./ttf2type1 2&gt;&amp;1 | grep FontName</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00050000000000000000">
+4 Generating the T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X related font files</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+Use ``fontinst'' by Alan Jeffrey and Rowland McDonnell
+(<TT><A NAME="tex2html9"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst">ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst</A></TT>) to
+generate the files that T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X needs to use the fonts:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ tex fontinst.sty</code>
+<BR><code>* \latinfamily{bvr}{} \bye</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+If you use fonts with different variants you have to append the letter of
+the variant to the family name of the font (e.g., VAGRoundedBT_Condensed
+would be bvrc).
+This automatic conversion only works if you are using a text font and
+if you have used file names according to the fontname scheme by
+K.&nbsp;Berry&nbsp;[<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#berry1999a">Ber99</A>].
+Otherwise, you will get some nearly empty <code>.fd</code> files and nothing
+more.
+
+<P>
+Now use pltotf on every file with the extension <code>.pl</code> and
+vptovf on all files with the extension <code>.vpl</code>:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ for a in *.pl; do pltotf $a; done</code>
+<BR><code>$ for a in *.vpl; do vptovf $a; done</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+Now you may delete all files that are not used anymore:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ rm *.pl *.vpl *.mtx</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+The manual of the fontinst package includes a better description.
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00060000000000000000">
+5 Move the files to the right places</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+Now all files have to be moved to a position where T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X can find them. I
+suggest to put them in the <code>TEXMFLOCAL</code> tree.
+One possibility to get its location is to view the file <code>texmf.cnf</code>.
+You can locate it by using <code>kpsewhich</code>:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ kpsewhich texmf.cnf</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+e.g., on SuSE&nbsp;6.2 and teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X&nbsp;1.0 <code>texmf.cnf</code> is located in the directory
+<code>/etc/texmf/</code>.
+Another possibility to get <code>TEXMFLOCAL</code> is to use <code>kpsexpand</code>:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+On my computer the <code>TEXMFLOCAL</code> tree starts at
+<code>/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf.local</code>. The <code>TEXMFMAIN</code> tree starts at
+<code>/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf</code>.
+In order to have less work I set the shell variable <code>TMF</code> to the
+local T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X tree by typing:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ export TMF=`kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'`</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P>
+The files of each file type are installed in an own directory tree
+which has this structure:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$TMF/fonts/</code>&lt;extension&gt;<code>/</code>&lt;supplier&gt;<code>/</code>&lt;fontname&gt;<code>/</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+In this case:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$TMF/fonts/</code>&lt;extension&gt;<code>/bitstream/vagrounded/</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+The extensions are: <code>tfm</code>, <code>vf</code>, <code>pfa</code>,
+<code>afm</code>, and <code>ttf</code>.
+The extension <code>pfb</code> is an exception, its files have to be copied
+to the subdirectory ...<code>/type1/</code>....
+Copy the files by typing:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ for a in tfm vf pfa afm ttf; do</code>
+<BR><code>&gt; mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;</code>
+<BR><code>&gt; mv *.$a $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;</code>
+<BR><code>&gt; done</code>
+<BR><code>$ mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;</code>
+<BR><code>$ mv *.pfb $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;</code>
+<BR>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+You do not really need to copy the <code>ttf</code> and <code>pfa</code> files
+into the directory because T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X does not use them.
+I just did it to save them at a special place where I surely find
+them, if I need them for other purposes later.
+
+<P>
+Move the <code>*.fd</code> files to the directory
+<code>$TMF/tex/latex/psnfss/</code>: <BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ mkdirhier $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss</code>
+<BR><code>$ mv *.fd $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss</code>
+<BR>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00070000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:mapping"></A><BR>
+6 Make dvips find the new font
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+There are at least two possibilities to make dvips find the new font.
+The first has a simple installation but it' usage is a little bit more
+complicated and it does not enable xdvi to use the font. The second
+possibility has a more complicated installation
+and may leed to problems when updating L<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X later. But it enables
+xdvi to use the new fonts.
+
+<P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00071000000000000000">
+6.1 Use an additional map file</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+Create the file
+<A NAME="tex2html10"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/config.vagrounded"><TT>$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/config.vagrounded</TT></A>
+with these contents:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>o</code>
+<BR><code>p +vagrounded.map</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+Create the file <A NAME="tex2html11"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.map"><TT>$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/vagrounded.map</TT></A>
+with these contents (<I>Each font definition is in one single
+ line.</I> So in this example each line starts with <code>bvr</code> and ends
+with <code>&lt;bvrr8a.pfb</code>. ):
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>bvrr8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular</code><code> "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" &lt;8r.enc &lt;bvrr8a.pfb</code>
+<BR><code>bvrro8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular</code><code> "0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont"</code><code> &lt;8r.enc &lt;bvrr8a.pfb</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+The first item is the filename of the TrueType font with ``8r'' instead of
+``8a''. The second item is the font name you held in mind,
+hopefully. The next items are the same all times. The last one is the
+filename of the TrueType font with the extension <code>.pfb</code>.
+Don't use the tabulator character in the mapping file because this
+causes trouble with the <code>updmap</code> tool generating the map file for
+pdfL<SUP><SMALL>A</SMALL></SUP>T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X. Use one single space instead.
+
+<P>
+In the second line the slanted shape of the font is defined.
+The fontinst package generates slanted, italic and small capital
+shapes of the font automatically if no special font file is available.
+To use the generated slanted shape the second line is necessary.
+
+<P>
+Additional font effects can be reached by using afm2tfm. Type
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ info afm2tfm</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+and go to the section ``Special font effects'' (This was a hint of
+Thomas Henlich (<A NAME="tex2html12"
+ HREF="mailto:henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de"><TT>henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de</TT></A>)).
+
+<P>
+Finally type
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ texhash</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+to update the T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X file database.
+
+<P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION00072000000000000000">
+6.2 Append data to the global map file</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+This technique was suggested by Nguy&#234;n-Dai Quý
+(<A NAME="tex2html13"
+ HREF="mailto:daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be"><TT>daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be</TT></A>) [<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#quy2000a">Qu&#253;00</A>].
+There are different possibilities to append the map lines to the
+global map file.
+Here, only the simplest (and best) possibility is described.
+It works with all relativley recent teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X versions.
+
+<P>
+Before you can do it the T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X file database has to be updated if that
+has not been done, yet:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ texhash</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P>
+Then, just type
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ updmap --enable Map vagrounded.map</code>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+If you have generated more than one map file you have to repeat that
+line for each map file.
+It is not possible to enable multiple map files in one call of
+<TT>updmap</TT>.
+
+<P>
+When you install a new version of teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X probably the added map
+entries get lost.
+Then you have to repeat the <TT>updmap</TT> calls again.
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00080000000000000000">
+7 Usage of the new font</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+To use the new font you simple have to insert
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+into you T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X sourcecode. For example <A NAME="tex2html15"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/sample.tex"><TT>sample.tex</TT></A>
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>\documentclass{article}</code>
+<BR><code>\begin{document}</code>
+<BR><code>\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily</code>
+<BR><code>\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT</code>
+<BR><code>{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\</code>
+<BR><code>{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\</code>
+<BR><code>\end{document}</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+It is more elegant to create an new style file that switches to your
+new font.
+The style file <A NAME="tex2html16"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.sty"><TT>vagrounded.sty</TT></A>
+is an
+example how this can be done.
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>\ProvidesPackage{vagrounded}</code>
+<BR><code>[2000/05/12 VAG-Rounded font as default sf font]</code>
+<BR><code>%%</code>
+<BR><code>\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{bvr}</code>
+<BR><code>%%</code>
+<BR><code>\AtEndDocument{\PackageWarningNoLine{vagrounded.sty}%</code>
+<BR><code> {Ensure to use dvips with the option -Pvagrounded}}</code>
+<BR><code>%%</code>
+<BR>
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+<P>
+If you have not included the mapping entries to the file
+<code>psfonts.map</code> (section&nbsp;<A HREF="#sec:mapping">6</A>) you also have to tell
+dvips that it should use the font:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+<code>$ latex sample</code>
+<BR><code>$ dvips -Pvagrounded sample</code>
+
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+This should produce the PostScript file
+<A NAME="tex2html17"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/sample.ps"><TT>sample.ps</TT></A>
+which looks like figure&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:beispiel">1</A>.
+
+<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:beispiel"></A><A NAME="135"></A>
+<TABLE>
+<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 1:</STRONG>
+Sample of the font VAGRounded&nbsp;BT</CAPTION>
+<TR><TD><DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><IMG
+ WIDTH="328" HEIGHT="52" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
+ SRC="img2.gif"
+ ALT="\includegraphics{sample_eps}">
+</DIV></TD></TR>
+</TABLE>
+</DIV>
+
+<P>
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION00090000000000000000">
+A. To do</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+Nguy&#234;n-Dai Quý has complained that the fontnames contain the
+underscore (<code>_</code>) instead of the minus (<code>-</code>).
+I have not been able to find out whether this causes problems using
+the fonts.
+But I also know that nobody uses fonts with an underscore in the name.
+So I should find out whether the underscores may cause problems e.g.,
+when including eps files which use these fonts (e.g., from Adobe
+Illustrator).
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION000100000000000000000">
+B. Links</A>
+</H1>
+
+<P>
+Nguy&#234;n-Dai Qu&#253; has written a script that does all or most of the
+conversion automatically [<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#quy2000a">Qu&#253;00</A>].
+It is available from
+<TT><A NAME="tex2html18"
+ HREF="http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/">http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/</A></TT>.
+This script also replaces the underscores by minuses in the
+fontnames.
+
+<P>
+Hume Smith has developed a method that does not include the Type1
+fonts into the postscript file but tells ghostscript to use the
+TrueType fonts directly [<A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#smith2001a">Smi01</A>].
+He says that this approach avoids some problems with some fonts.
+But these files are not portable anymore because they do not contain
+the used fonts.
+His description is available from
+<TT><A NAME="tex2html19"
+ HREF="http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html">http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html</A></TT>.
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION000110000000000000000">
+C. References</A>
+</H1>
+
+<H2><A NAME="SECTION000120000000000000000">
+Bibliography</A>
+</H2><DL COMPACT><DD><P></P><DT><A NAME="berry1999a">Ber99</A>
+<DD>
+K.&nbsp;Berry.
+<BR>Fontname, March 1999.
+<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html20"
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/">ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/fontname/</A></TT>.
+
+<P></P><DT><A NAME="quy2000a">Qu&#253;00</A>
+<DD>
+Nguy&#234;n-Dai Qu&#253;.
+<BR>Truetype with tetex : Quick and dirty, 2000.
+<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html21"
+ HREF="http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/">http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/</A></TT>.
+
+<P></P><DT><A NAME="rakityansky">Rak</A>
+<DD>
+Damir Rakityansky.
+<BR>Using TrueType with TeX (LaTeX) and pdfTeX (pdfLaTeX).
+<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html22"
+ HREF="http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm">http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm</A></TT>.
+
+<P></P><DT><A NAME="smith2001a">Smi01</A>
+<DD>
+Hume Smith.
+<BR>Kwantus' TTF/teTeX notes, 2001.
+<BR><TT><A NAME="tex2html23"
+ HREF="http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html">http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html</A></TT>.
+</DL>
+
+<P>
+
+<H1><A NAME="SECTION000130000000000000000">
+About this document ...</A>
+</H1>
+ <STRONG>Using TrueType fonts with T<SMALL>E</SMALL>X via Postscript Type1 format</STRONG><P>
+This document was generated using the
+<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2002-2-1 (1.70)
+<P>
+Copyright &#169; 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
+<A HREF="http://cbl.leeds.ac.uk/nikos/personal.html">Nikos Drakos</A>,
+Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
+<BR>Copyright &#169; 1997, 1998, 1999,
+<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
+Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
+<P>
+The command line arguments were: <BR>
+ <STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-split 0 -show_section_numbers -local_icons -no_navigation -image_type gif -dir html/ ttf-tetex</TT>
+<P>
+The translation was initiated by Harald Harders on 2003-10-31<BR><HR><H4>Footnotes</H4>
+<DL>
+<DT><A NAME="foot30">... 6.2.</A><A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#tex2html3"><SUP>1</SUP></A></DT>
+<DD>The updmap
+ section has been updated to teT<SMALL>E</SMALL>X 2.0.
+
+</DD>
+<DT><A NAME="foot43">...
+<code>b*******.ttf</code>)</A><A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#tex2html5"><SUP>2</SUP></A></DT>
+<DD>You can find this out by viewing the
+ file with less.
+
+</DD>
+<DT><A NAME="foot45">... encoding</A><A
+ HREF="ttf-tetex.html#tex2html6"><SUP>3</SUP></A></DT>
+<DD>Maybe the TrueType font
+ is in Windows encoding, but the approach using ``8a'' worked fine,
+ so I won't change it.
+
+</DD>
+</DL><BR><HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Harald Harders
+2003-10-31
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9609b02a910
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5dc72e131e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf-tetex.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper,fleqn,11pt]{article}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % use T1 fonts
+\usepackage{graphicx} % graphic inclusion commands
+\usepackage{url} % internet addresses
+\newcommand*{\orgurl}{}
+\let\orgurl=\url % save original url command in orgurl
+\usepackage{html} % make compilable for latex2html
+ % hint by Heiko Oberdiek, oberdiek@ruf.uni-freiburg.de
+\usepackage{hyperref} % hyper references
+\usepackage{thumbpdf} % pdf thumbnails
+
+% setup for pdf file format
+\hypersetup{%
+ pdftitle={Using TrueType fonts with \TeX\ via Postscript Type\,1 format},
+ pdfsubject={Using TrueType fonts with \TeX\ via Postscript Type\,1 format},
+ pdfkeywords={truetype, pdftex, pdflatex, dvips, type1, postscript,
+ font, tex, latex},
+ pdfauthor={Harald Harders (mailto:h.harders@tu-bs.de)},
+ pdfcreator={\LaTeX},
+ pdfproducer={pdf\LaTeX},
+ bookmarksopen=true,
+ bookmarksnumbered=true,
+ pdfstartview={FitH 1000},
+% pdfview={Fit H 1000}
+}
+% use color links only in pdf file (because ps file does not have
+% active links)
+\makeatletter
+\ifx\pdftexversion\undefined
+\else
+ \hypersetup{colorlinks=true}
+\fi
+%\@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{}{\hypersetup{colorlinks=true}}
+\makeatother
+
+% one command for references in both pdf and html output
+\latexhtml{%
+ \newcommand{\hypref}[2]{\href{#2}{\texttt{#1}}}
+}{%
+ \newcommand{\hypref}[2]{\htmladdnormallink{\texttt{#1}}{#2}}
+}
+%\newcommand{\hypref}[2]{\latexhtml{\href{#2}{\texttt{#1}}}
+% {\htmladdnormallink{\texttt{#1}}{#2}}}
+
+% data for the title page
+\title{Using TrueType fonts with \TeX\ via Postscript Type\,1 format}
+\author{Harald Harders
+ (\hypref{\orgurl{h.harders@tu-bs.de}}{mailto:h.harders@tu-bs.de})}
+\date{2003-10-31}
+
+% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+\begin{document}
+% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+% titlepage
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\noindent This document describes how I have managed to use TrueType
+fonts with te\TeX\ 1.0 under SuSE Linux 6.2.\footnote{The updmap
+ section has been updated to te\TeX\ 2.0.} The way described in
+``Using TrueType fonts with \TeX\ (\LaTeX) and pdf\TeX\ (pdf\LaTeX)''
+\cite{rakityansky} did work with MiK\TeX, but I did not manage to use
+the fonts with te\TeX.
+
+Strictly speaking this document doesn't describe how to use TrueType
+fonts with te\TeX\ but how to convert TrueType fonts to PostScript
+Type\,1 format which can be used with \TeX.
+
+The shown shell commands are unix style.
+Similar commands should also work under Windows.
+Please try yourself to find the according commands.
+
+If I have made any errors or if you have a suggestion please mail it
+to me.
+
+\latexhtml{%
+ This document can be downloaded from
+ \url{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/}
+ (PDF and html available).%
+}{%
+ A \hypref{PDF version%
+ }{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf-tetex.pdf}
+ is also available.%
+}
+\end{abstract}
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+% the document itself
+\section{Disclaimer}
+
+This document is provides as is.
+I will not guarantee that the described conversion works and that it
+doesn't course any damage.
+I also will not give any support for problems doing the conversion.
+Please refer to the newsgroups, e.g., \orgurl{comp.text.tex} or
+\orgurl{de.comp.text.tex}.
+My email address is given to give feedback (suggestions, error
+reports), not for support.
+
+I don't know if the shown conversion violates any copyrights.
+
+
+
+\section{Preparing the conversion}
+
+As an example I will show how to convert the font ``VAG Rounded BT'' which
+is part of Microsoft Windows 98 (\verb|tt0756m_.TTF|).
+
+First copy the fonts you want to convert into a temporary directory
+(e.g., a Windows disk is mounted on /dos/c):
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ mkdir ~/ttf|\\ %$
+% The comment in the line above is a workaround for the corrupted
+% xemacs syntax highlightning which does not recognize that the $ sign
+% is within the argument of the \verb command.
+\verb|$ cp /dos/c/windows/fonts/tt0756m_.TTF ~/ttf| %$
+\end{quote}
+Then rename the files to a name conforming the fontname scheme by K.~Berry
+\cite{berry1999a}. In this case the supplier is ``Bitstream'' (Filename
+\verb|b*******.ttf|)\footnote{You can find this out by viewing the
+ file with less.}. The Shortcut for the typeface is ``vr'' (Filename
+\verb|*vr*****.ttf|) taken from \cite{berry1999a}. The weight is
+``regular'' (Filename \verb|***r****.ttf|). The variant is omitted
+because itself and the width are normal. The encoding is set to ``8a''
+which means Adobe standard encoding\footnote{Maybe the TrueType font
+ is in Windows encoding, but the approach using ``8a'' worked fine,
+ so I won't change it.} (Filename \verb|****8a**.ttf|). Because the
+width is standard and the font is linearly scaled, these parts of the
+filename are omitted. Finally the filename results in \verb|bvrr8a.ttf|. Move
+the original file to this filename:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ mv tt0756m_.TTF bvrr8a.ttf| %$
+\end{quote}
+A more detailed description on the naming conventions can be found in
+\cite{berry1999a}.
+
+\section{Generating the Postscript Type\,1 fonts}
+
+To convert the TrueType font to Postscript Type\,1 format I used the program
+\verb|ttf2pt1| by Andrew Weeks et~al.
+(\url{http://ttf2pt1.sourceforge.net/}). Generate the font files
+\verb|bvrr8a.afm|, \verb|bvrr8a.pfa|, and \verb|bvrr8a.pfb| by using
+these commands:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ ttf2pt1 -a -e bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a|\\
+\verb|$ ttf2pt1 -a -b bvrr8a.ttf bvrr8a|
+\end{quote}
+The switch \verb|-a| switches the conversion of some ligatures
+(e.g., fi) on (thanks to Hume Smith for that hint).
+In one of the last lines of the output the fontname is noted:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|FontName VAGRoundedBT_Regular|
+\end{quote}
+Note the name on a sheet of paper---You will need it later again.
+
+The script
+\hypref{ttf2type1}{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/ttf2type1}
+does these conversion automaticaly for all files with
+the extension \verb|ttf| in the present working directory. To get the
+font names you should start it as follows:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb_$ ./ttf2type1 2>&1 | grep FontName_ %$
+\end{quote}
+
+\section{Generating the \TeX\ related font files}
+
+Use ``fontinst'' by Alan Jeffrey and Rowland McDonnell
+(\url{ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst}) to
+generate the files that \TeX\ needs to use the fonts:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ tex fontinst.sty|\\
+\verb|* \latinfamily{bvr}{} \bye| %$
+\end{quote}
+If you use fonts with different variants you have to append the letter of
+the variant to the family name of the font (e.g., VAGRoundedBT\_Condensed
+would be bvrc).
+This automatic conversion only works if you are using a text font and
+if you have used file names according to the fontname scheme by
+K.~Berry~\cite{berry1999a}.
+Otherwise, you will get some nearly empty \verb|.fd| files and nothing
+more.
+
+Now use pltotf on every file with the extension \verb|.pl| and
+vptovf on all files with the extension \verb|.vpl|:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ for a in *.pl; do pltotf $a; done|\\
+\verb|$ for a in *.vpl; do vptovf $a; done|
+\end{quote}
+Now you may delete all files that are not used anymore:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ rm *.pl *.vpl *.mtx| %$
+\end{quote}
+The manual of the fontinst package includes a better description.
+
+\section{Move the files to the right places}
+
+Now all files have to be moved to a position where \TeX\ can find them. I
+suggest to put them in the \verb|TEXMFLOCAL| tree.
+One possibility to get its location is to view the file \verb|texmf.cnf|.
+You can locate it by using \verb|kpsewhich|:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ kpsewhich texmf.cnf| %$
+\end{quote}
+e.g., on SuSE~6.2 and te\TeX~1.0 \verb|texmf.cnf| is located in the directory
+\verb|/etc/texmf/|.
+Another possibility to get \verb|TEXMFLOCAL| is to use \verb|kpsexpand|:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'|
+\end{quote}
+On my computer the \verb|TEXMFLOCAL| tree starts at
+\verb|/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf.local|. The \verb|TEXMFMAIN| tree starts at
+\verb|/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf|.
+In order to have less work I set the shell variable \verb|TMF| to the
+local \TeX\ tree by typing:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ export TMF=`kpsexpand '$TEXMFLOCAL'`|%$
+\end{quote}
+
+
+The files of each file type are installed in an own directory tree
+which has this structure:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$TMF/fonts/|<extension>\verb|/|<%
+supplier>\verb|/|<fontname>\verb|/|
+\end{quote}
+In this case:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$TMF/fonts/|<extension>\verb|/bitstream/vagrounded/|
+\end{quote}
+The extensions are: \verb|tfm|, \verb|vf|, \verb|pfa|,
+\verb|afm|, and \verb|ttf|.
+The extension \verb|pfb| is an exception, its files have to be copied
+to the subdirectory \dots\verb|/type1/|\dots.
+Copy the files by typing:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ for a in tfm vf pfa afm ttf; do|\\ %$
+\verb|> mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;|\\
+\verb|> mv *.$a $TMF/fonts/$a/bitstream/vagrounded;|\\ %$
+\verb|> done|\\
+\verb|$ mkdirhier $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;|\\ %$
+\verb|$ mv *.pfb $TMF/fonts/type1/bitstream/vagrounded;|\\ %$
+\end{quote}
+You do not really need to copy the \verb|ttf| and \verb|pfa| files
+into the directory because \TeX\ does not use them.
+I just did it to save them at a special place where I surely find
+them, if I need them for other purposes later.
+
+Move the \verb|*.fd| files to the directory
+\verb|$TMF/tex/latex/psnfss/|: %$
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ mkdirhier $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss|\\
+\verb|$ mv *.fd $TMF/tex/latex/psnfss|\\
+\end{quote}
+
+\section{Make dvips find the new font}\label{sec:mapping}
+
+There are at least two possibilities to make dvips find the new font.
+The first has a simple installation but it' usage is a little bit more
+complicated and it does not enable xdvi to use the font. The second
+possibility has a more complicated installation
+and may leed to problems when updating \LaTeX\ later. But it enables
+xdvi to use the new fonts.
+
+\subsection{Use an additional map file}
+
+Create the file
+\hypref{\$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/config.vagrounded}
+{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/config.vagrounded}
+with these contents:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|o|\\
+\verb|p +vagrounded.map|
+\end{quote}
+Create the file \hypref{\$TMF/dvips/vagrounded/vagrounded.map}
+{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.map}
+with these contents (\emph{Each font definition is in one single
+ line.} So in this example each line starts with \verb|bvr| and ends
+with \verb|<bvrr8a.pfb|. \latex{The $\backslash$ just shows that the
+ line is continued in the next one; it does not appear in the file itself.}):
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|bvrr8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular|\latex{ $\backslash$\\}%
+\verb| "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb|\\
+\verb|bvrro8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular|\latex{ $\backslash$\\}%
+\verb| "0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont"|\latex{ $\backslash$\\}%
+\verb| <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb|
+\end{quote}%
+
+The first item is the filename of the TrueType font with ``8r'' instead of
+``8a''. The second item is the font name you held in mind,
+hopefully. The next items are the same all times. The last one is the
+filename of the TrueType font with the extension \verb|.pfb|.
+Don't use the tabulator character in the mapping file because this
+causes trouble with the \verb|updmap| tool generating the map file for
+pdf\LaTeX. Use one single space instead.
+
+In the second line the slanted shape of the font is defined.
+The fontinst package generates slanted, italic and small capital
+shapes of the font automatically if no special font file is available.
+To use the generated slanted shape the second line is necessary.
+
+Additional font effects can be reached by using afm2tfm. Type
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ info afm2tfm| %$
+\end{quote}
+and go to the section ``Special font effects'' (This was a hint of
+Thomas Henlich (\hypref{\orgurl{henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de}}
+{mailto:henlich@mmers1.mw.tu-dresden.de})).
+
+Finally type
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ texhash| %$
+\end{quote}
+to update the \TeX\ file database.
+
+
+\subsection{Append data to the global map file}
+
+This technique was suggested by Nguy{\^e}n-Dai Quý
+(\hypref{\orgurl{daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be}}
+{mailto:daiquy.nguyen@ulg.ac.be}) \cite{quy2000a}.
+There are different possibilities to append the map lines to the
+global map file.
+Here, only the simplest (and best) possibility is described.
+It works with all relativley recent te\TeX\ versions.
+
+Before you can do it the \TeX\ file database has to be updated if that
+has not been done, yet:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ texhash| %$
+\end{quote}
+
+Then, just type
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ updmap --enable Map vagrounded.map| %$
+\end{quote}
+If you have generated more than one map file you have to repeat that
+line for each map file.
+It is not possible to enable multiple map files in one call of
+\texttt{updmap}.
+
+When you install a new version of te\TeX\ probably the added map
+entries get lost.
+Then you have to repeat the \texttt{updmap} calls again.
+
+
+\section{Usage of the new font}
+
+To use the new font you simple have to insert
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily|
+\end{quote}
+into you \TeX\ sourcecode. For example \hypref{sample.tex}
+{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/sample.tex}
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\documentclass{article}|\\
+\verb|\begin{document}|\\
+\verb|\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{bvr}\rmfamily|\\
+\verb|\noindent Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT|\\
+\verb|{\slshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT slanted}\\|\\
+\verb|{\scshape Hello, I am VAG Rounded BT small capitals}\\|\\
+\verb|\end{document}|
+\end{quote}
+It is more elegant to create an new style file that switches to your
+new font.
+The style file \hypref{vagrounded.sty}
+{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/vagrounded.sty} is an
+example how this can be done.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\ProvidesPackage{vagrounded}|\\
+\verb|[2000/05/12 VAG-Rounded font as default sf font]|\\
+\verb|%%|\\
+\verb|\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{bvr}|\\
+\verb|%%|\\
+\verb|\AtEndDocument{\PackageWarningNoLine{vagrounded.sty}%|\\
+\verb| {Ensure to use dvips with the option -Pvagrounded}}|\\
+\verb|%%|\\
+\verb|\endinput|
+\end{quote}
+%The \verb|\AtEndDocument| command is only necessary if you don't
+%include the map entries in the file \verb|psfonts.map|.
+
+If you have not included the mapping entries to the file
+\verb|psfonts.map| (section~\ref{sec:mapping}) you also have to tell
+dvips that it should use the font:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|$ latex sample|\\
+\verb|$ dvips -Pvagrounded sample|
+\end{quote}
+This should produce the PostScript file
+\hypref{sample.ps}{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/info/TrueType/sample.ps}
+which looks like figure~\ref{fig:beispiel}.
+%
+\begin{figure}[h!tbp]
+\centering
+\includegraphics{sample_eps}
+\caption{Sample of the font VAGRounded~BT}
+\label{fig:beispiel}
+\end{figure}
+
+\appendix
+
+\section{To do}
+
+Nguy{\^e}n-Dai Quý has complained that the fontnames contain the
+underscore (\verb|_|) instead of the minus (\verb|-|).
+I have not been able to find out whether this causes problems using
+the fonts.
+But I also know that nobody uses fonts with an underscore in the name.
+So I should find out whether the underscores may cause problems e.g.,
+when including eps files which use these fonts (e.g., from Adobe
+Illustrator).
+
+
+\section{Links}
+
+Nguy{\^e}n-Dai Qu\'y has written a script that does all or most of the
+conversion automatically \cite{quy2000a}.
+It is available from
+\url{http://iris.ltas.ulg.ac.be/viettug/contrib/q/}.
+This script also replaces the underscores by minuses in the
+fontnames.
+
+Hume Smith has developed a method that does not include the Type\,1
+fonts into the postscript file but tells ghostscript to use the
+TrueType fonts directly \cite{smith2001a}.
+He says that this approach avoids some problems with some fonts.
+But these files are not portable anymore because they do not contain
+the used fonts.
+His description is available from
+\url{http://geocities.com/kwantus/ttf.html}.
+
+\section{\refname}
+%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{\space}\refname}
+\def\section*#1{}
+\bibliographystyle{alpha}
+\bibliography{fonts}
+
+%\listoffigures
+%\listoftables
+% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+\end{document}
+% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf2type1 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf2type1
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..01624f8d4fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/ttf2type1
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+for a in *.ttf
+do
+ echo $a
+ b=`echo $a | sed s/[.]ttf//`
+ echo $b
+
+ echo FontName $b:
+ ttf2pt1 -a -e $a $b
+ ttf2pt1 -a -b $a $b
+
+done
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.map b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.map
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7b1993cba81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.map
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+bvrr8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb
+bvrro8r VAGRoundedBT_Regular "0.167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bvrr8a.pfb
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b78e21391a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/truetype/vagrounded.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+\ProvidesPackage{vagrounded}
+[2000/05/12 VAG-Rounded font as default sf font]
+%%
+\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{bvr}
+%%
+\AtEndDocument{\PackageWarningNoLine{vagrounded.sty}%
+ {Ensure to use dvips with the option -Pvagrounded}}
+%%
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f4ac6757e65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/README
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+ webguide is a "Brief Guide to LaTeX Tools for Web Publishing".
+For a much more detailed guide see: Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz
+(with Eitan Gurari, Ross Moore, and Robert Sutor), "The LaTeX Web
+Companion --- Integrating TeX, HTML, and XML", Addison Wesley, 1999,
+(ISBN 0-201-43311-7). As an example of capabilities webguide includes a
+LaTeX source file together with PostScript, PDF, and HTML versions all
+generated automatically from the single source.
+
+ You should find the following files:
+o README (this file)
+o webguide.tex --- Source file
+o expeg.6 --- MetaPost generated EPS file
+o expeg6.mps --- copy of expeg.6
+o webguide.ps --- PostScript version of webguide.tex generated by latex
+ and dvips
+o webguide.pdf --- PDF version of webguide.tex generated by pdflatex
+o webguide.html --- HTML version of webguide.tex generated by TeX4ht
+o webguide.css --- file generated by TeX4ht
+o webguide0x.gif --- file generated by TeX4ht
+
+Peter Wilson
+February 2000
+peter.r.wilson@boeing.com
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg.6 b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg.6
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..52439977599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg.6
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+%!PS
+%%BoundingBox: -1 -1 274 159
+%%Creator: MetaPost
+%%CreationDate: 1999.12.08:1516
+%%Pages: 1
+%*Font: cmr10 9.96265 9.96265 28:e000000d4238007e4fbc4
+%%EndProlog
+%%Page: 1 1
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop [] 0 setdash
+ 1 setlinejoin 10 setmiterlimit
+newpath 0 106.29904 moveto
+63.84018 106.29904 lineto
+63.84018 120.47224 lineto
+0 120.47224 lineto
+ closepath stroke
+2.83464 109.92639 moveto
+(man) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+21.37624 109.92639 moveto
+(ufacturer) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+newpath 95.76027 141.73206 moveto
+158.12236 141.73206 lineto
+158.12236 155.90526 lineto
+95.76027 155.90526 lineto
+ closepath stroke
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap
+newpath 152.45308 141.73206 moveto
+152.45308 155.90526 lineto stroke
+104.63104 145.41476 moveto
+(STRING) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 190.04245 106.29904 moveto
+253.88263 106.29904 lineto
+253.88263 120.47224 lineto
+190.04245 120.47224 lineto
+ closepath stroke
+200.36848 109.92639 moveto
+(car) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap
+newpath 214.27739 110.1256 moveto
+217.26628 110.1256 lineto stroke
+217.26628 109.92639 moveto
+(mo) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+230.82658 109.92639 moveto
+(del) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 190.04245 70.86603 moveto
+253.88263 70.86603 lineto
+253.88263 85.03923 lineto
+190.04245 85.03923 lineto
+ closepath stroke
+215.30693 75.80788 moveto
+(car) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+newpath 95.76027 35.43301 moveto
+158.12236 35.43301 lineto
+158.12236 49.60622 lineto
+95.76027 49.60622 lineto
+ closepath stroke
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap
+newpath 152.45308 35.43301 moveto
+152.45308 49.60622 lineto stroke
+100.6183 39.11572 moveto
+(INTEGER) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 95.76027 0 moveto
+158.12236 0 lineto
+158.12236 14.1732 lineto
+95.76027 14.1732 lineto
+ closepath stroke
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth
+newpath 152.45308 0 moveto
+152.45308 14.1732 lineto stroke
+104.63104 3.68271 moveto
+(STRING) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+newpath 31.92009 120.47224 moveto
+31.92009 148.81866 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 31.92009 148.81866 moveto
+90.09087 148.81866 lineto stroke
+newpath 95.76021 148.81866 moveto
+95.76021 149.5705 95.4615 150.29144 94.92992 150.82301 curveto
+94.39835 151.3546 93.6774 151.6533 92.92557 151.6533 curveto
+92.17374 151.6533 91.45279 151.3546 90.92122 150.82301 curveto
+90.38963 150.29144 90.09093 149.5705 90.09093 148.81866 curveto
+90.09093 148.06683 90.38963 147.34589 90.92122 146.81432 curveto
+91.45279 146.28273 92.17374 145.98402 92.92557 145.98402 curveto
+93.6774 145.98402 94.39835 146.28273 94.92992 146.81432 curveto
+95.4615 147.34589 95.76021 148.06683 95.76021 148.81866 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+34.02008 150.91866 moveto
+(*name) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth
+newpath 221.96254 120.47224 moveto
+221.96254 148.81866 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 221.96254 148.81866 moveto
+163.79176 148.81866 lineto stroke
+newpath 163.7917 148.81866 moveto
+163.7917 149.5705 163.493 150.29144 162.96141 150.82301 curveto
+162.42984 151.3546 161.7089 151.6533 160.95706 151.6533 curveto
+160.20523 151.6533 159.48428 151.3546 158.95271 150.82301 curveto
+158.42113 150.29144 158.12242 149.5705 158.12242 148.81866 curveto
+158.12242 148.06683 158.42113 147.34589 158.95271 146.81432 curveto
+159.48428 146.28273 160.20523 145.98402 160.95706 145.98402 curveto
+161.7089 145.98402 162.42984 146.28273 162.96141 146.81432 curveto
+163.493 147.34589 163.7917 148.06683 163.7917 148.81866 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+191.63495 150.91866 moveto
+(*name) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+newpath 190.04245 113.38565 moveto
+69.50941 113.38565 lineto stroke
+newpath 69.50945 113.38565 moveto
+69.50945 114.13748 69.21074 114.85843 68.67915 115.39 curveto
+68.14758 115.92159 67.42664 116.22029 66.6748 116.22029 curveto
+65.92297 116.22029 65.20203 115.92159 64.67046 115.39 curveto
+64.13887 114.85843 63.84016 114.13748 63.84016 113.38565 curveto
+63.84016 112.63382 64.13887 111.91287 64.67046 111.3813 curveto
+65.20203 110.84972 65.92297 110.55101 66.6748 110.55101 curveto
+67.42664 110.55101 68.14758 110.84972 68.67915 111.3813 curveto
+69.21074 111.91287 69.50945 112.63382 69.50945 113.38565 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+150.59355 117.42284 moveto
+(made) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap
+newpath 174.43755 117.62204 moveto
+177.42635 117.62204 lineto stroke
+177.42635 117.42284 moveto
+(b) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+182.68436 117.42284 moveto
+(y) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap
+newpath 221.96254 85.03923 moveto
+221.96254 100.62985 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 224.79718 103.46445 moveto
+224.79718 104.21628 224.49847 104.93723 223.96689 105.4688 curveto
+223.43532 106.00038 222.71437 106.29909 221.96254 106.29909 curveto
+221.21071 106.29909 220.48976 106.00038 219.95819 105.4688 curveto
+219.4266 104.93723 219.1279 104.21628 219.1279 103.46445 curveto
+219.1279 102.71262 219.4266 101.99167 219.95819 101.4601 curveto
+220.48976 100.92851 221.21071 100.6298 221.96254 100.6298 curveto
+222.71437 100.6298 223.43532 100.92851 223.96689 101.4601 curveto
+224.49847 101.99167 224.79718 102.71262 224.79718 103.46445 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+224.06253 89.07642 moveto
+(mo) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+237.62283 89.07642 moveto
+(del) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap
+newpath 250.95064 89.27562 moveto
+253.93944 89.27562 lineto stroke
+253.93944 89.07642 moveto
+(t) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+257.53712 89.07642 moveto
+(yp) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+268.60674 89.07642 moveto
+(e) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 1 setlinecap
+newpath 190.04245 77.95264 moveto
+31.92009 77.95264 lineto stroke
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth
+newpath 31.92009 77.95264 moveto
+31.92009 100.62985 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 34.75473 103.46423 moveto
+34.75473 104.21606 34.45602 104.93701 33.92444 105.46858 curveto
+33.39287 106.00017 32.67192 106.29887 31.92009 106.29887 curveto
+31.16826 106.29887 30.44731 106.00017 29.91574 105.46858 curveto
+29.38416 104.93701 29.08545 104.21606 29.08545 103.46423 curveto
+29.08545 102.7124 29.38416 101.99146 29.91574 101.45988 curveto
+30.44731 100.9283 31.16826 100.6296 31.92009 100.6296 curveto
+32.67192 100.6296 33.39287 100.9283 33.92444 101.45988 curveto
+34.45602 101.99146 34.75473 102.7124 34.75473 103.46423 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+112.81847 82.54333 moveto
+(\(DER\)) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+145.61217 82.54333 moveto
+(*made) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap
+newpath 174.43747 82.74254 moveto
+177.42627 82.74254 lineto stroke
+177.42627 82.54333 moveto
+(b) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+182.68437 82.54333 moveto
+(y) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap
+newpath 211.32219 70.86603 moveto
+211.32219 42.51962 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 211.32219 42.51962 moveto
+163.79173 42.51962 lineto stroke
+newpath 163.79169 42.51962 moveto
+163.79169 43.27145 163.49298 43.9924 162.9614 44.52397 curveto
+162.42982 45.05556 161.70888 45.35426 160.95705 45.35426 curveto
+160.20522 45.35426 159.48427 45.05556 158.9527 44.52397 curveto
+158.42111 43.9924 158.1224 43.27145 158.1224 42.51962 curveto
+158.1224 41.76779 158.42111 41.04684 158.9527 40.51527 curveto
+159.48427 39.98369 160.20522 39.68498 160.95705 39.68498 curveto
+161.70888 39.68498 162.42982 39.98369 162.9614 40.51527 curveto
+163.49298 41.04684 163.79169 41.76779 163.79169 42.51962 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+190.9297 46.55681 moveto
+(y) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+195.911 46.55681 moveto
+(ear) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth
+newpath 232.60289 70.86603 moveto
+232.60289 7.08661 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 232.60289 7.08661 moveto
+163.79114 7.08661 lineto stroke
+newpath 163.79138 7.08661 moveto
+163.79138 7.83844 163.49268 8.55939 162.96109 9.09096 curveto
+162.42952 9.62254 161.70857 9.92125 160.95674 9.92125 curveto
+160.20491 9.92125 159.48396 9.62254 158.9524 9.09096 curveto
+158.4208 8.55939 158.1221 7.83844 158.1221 7.08661 curveto
+158.1221 6.33478 158.4208 5.61383 158.9524 5.08226 curveto
+159.48396 4.55067 160.20491 4.25197 160.95674 4.25197 curveto
+161.70857 4.25197 162.42952 4.55067 162.96109 5.08226 curveto
+163.49268 5.61383 163.79138 6.33478 163.79138 7.08661 curveto closepath stroke
+188.6431 9.1866 moveto
+(*serial) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap
+newpath 216.9979 9.3858 moveto
+219.9867 9.3858 lineto stroke
+219.9867 9.1866 moveto
+(no) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+showpage
+%%EOF
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg6.mps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg6.mps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..52439977599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/expeg6.mps
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+%!PS
+%%BoundingBox: -1 -1 274 159
+%%Creator: MetaPost
+%%CreationDate: 1999.12.08:1516
+%%Pages: 1
+%*Font: cmr10 9.96265 9.96265 28:e000000d4238007e4fbc4
+%%EndProlog
+%%Page: 1 1
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop [] 0 setdash
+ 1 setlinejoin 10 setmiterlimit
+newpath 0 106.29904 moveto
+63.84018 106.29904 lineto
+63.84018 120.47224 lineto
+0 120.47224 lineto
+ closepath stroke
+2.83464 109.92639 moveto
+(man) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+21.37624 109.92639 moveto
+(ufacturer) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+newpath 95.76027 141.73206 moveto
+158.12236 141.73206 lineto
+158.12236 155.90526 lineto
+95.76027 155.90526 lineto
+ closepath stroke
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap
+newpath 152.45308 141.73206 moveto
+152.45308 155.90526 lineto stroke
+104.63104 145.41476 moveto
+(STRING) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 190.04245 106.29904 moveto
+253.88263 106.29904 lineto
+253.88263 120.47224 lineto
+190.04245 120.47224 lineto
+ closepath stroke
+200.36848 109.92639 moveto
+(car) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap
+newpath 214.27739 110.1256 moveto
+217.26628 110.1256 lineto stroke
+217.26628 109.92639 moveto
+(mo) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+230.82658 109.92639 moveto
+(del) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 190.04245 70.86603 moveto
+253.88263 70.86603 lineto
+253.88263 85.03923 lineto
+190.04245 85.03923 lineto
+ closepath stroke
+215.30693 75.80788 moveto
+(car) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+newpath 95.76027 35.43301 moveto
+158.12236 35.43301 lineto
+158.12236 49.60622 lineto
+95.76027 49.60622 lineto
+ closepath stroke
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap
+newpath 152.45308 35.43301 moveto
+152.45308 49.60622 lineto stroke
+100.6183 39.11572 moveto
+(INTEGER) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 95.76027 0 moveto
+158.12236 0 lineto
+158.12236 14.1732 lineto
+95.76027 14.1732 lineto
+ closepath stroke
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth
+newpath 152.45308 0 moveto
+152.45308 14.1732 lineto stroke
+104.63104 3.68271 moveto
+(STRING) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+newpath 31.92009 120.47224 moveto
+31.92009 148.81866 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 31.92009 148.81866 moveto
+90.09087 148.81866 lineto stroke
+newpath 95.76021 148.81866 moveto
+95.76021 149.5705 95.4615 150.29144 94.92992 150.82301 curveto
+94.39835 151.3546 93.6774 151.6533 92.92557 151.6533 curveto
+92.17374 151.6533 91.45279 151.3546 90.92122 150.82301 curveto
+90.38963 150.29144 90.09093 149.5705 90.09093 148.81866 curveto
+90.09093 148.06683 90.38963 147.34589 90.92122 146.81432 curveto
+91.45279 146.28273 92.17374 145.98402 92.92557 145.98402 curveto
+93.6774 145.98402 94.39835 146.28273 94.92992 146.81432 curveto
+95.4615 147.34589 95.76021 148.06683 95.76021 148.81866 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+34.02008 150.91866 moveto
+(*name) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth
+newpath 221.96254 120.47224 moveto
+221.96254 148.81866 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 221.96254 148.81866 moveto
+163.79176 148.81866 lineto stroke
+newpath 163.7917 148.81866 moveto
+163.7917 149.5705 163.493 150.29144 162.96141 150.82301 curveto
+162.42984 151.3546 161.7089 151.6533 160.95706 151.6533 curveto
+160.20523 151.6533 159.48428 151.3546 158.95271 150.82301 curveto
+158.42113 150.29144 158.12242 149.5705 158.12242 148.81866 curveto
+158.12242 148.06683 158.42113 147.34589 158.95271 146.81432 curveto
+159.48428 146.28273 160.20523 145.98402 160.95706 145.98402 curveto
+161.7089 145.98402 162.42984 146.28273 162.96141 146.81432 curveto
+163.493 147.34589 163.7917 148.06683 163.7917 148.81866 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+191.63495 150.91866 moveto
+(*name) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+newpath 190.04245 113.38565 moveto
+69.50941 113.38565 lineto stroke
+newpath 69.50945 113.38565 moveto
+69.50945 114.13748 69.21074 114.85843 68.67915 115.39 curveto
+68.14758 115.92159 67.42664 116.22029 66.6748 116.22029 curveto
+65.92297 116.22029 65.20203 115.92159 64.67046 115.39 curveto
+64.13887 114.85843 63.84016 114.13748 63.84016 113.38565 curveto
+63.84016 112.63382 64.13887 111.91287 64.67046 111.3813 curveto
+65.20203 110.84972 65.92297 110.55101 66.6748 110.55101 curveto
+67.42664 110.55101 68.14758 110.84972 68.67915 111.3813 curveto
+69.21074 111.91287 69.50945 112.63382 69.50945 113.38565 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+150.59355 117.42284 moveto
+(made) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap
+newpath 174.43755 117.62204 moveto
+177.42635 117.62204 lineto stroke
+177.42635 117.42284 moveto
+(b) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+182.68436 117.42284 moveto
+(y) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap
+newpath 221.96254 85.03923 moveto
+221.96254 100.62985 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 224.79718 103.46445 moveto
+224.79718 104.21628 224.49847 104.93723 223.96689 105.4688 curveto
+223.43532 106.00038 222.71437 106.29909 221.96254 106.29909 curveto
+221.21071 106.29909 220.48976 106.00038 219.95819 105.4688 curveto
+219.4266 104.93723 219.1279 104.21628 219.1279 103.46445 curveto
+219.1279 102.71262 219.4266 101.99167 219.95819 101.4601 curveto
+220.48976 100.92851 221.21071 100.6298 221.96254 100.6298 curveto
+222.71437 100.6298 223.43532 100.92851 223.96689 101.4601 curveto
+224.49847 101.99167 224.79718 102.71262 224.79718 103.46445 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+224.06253 89.07642 moveto
+(mo) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+237.62283 89.07642 moveto
+(del) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap
+newpath 250.95064 89.27562 moveto
+253.93944 89.27562 lineto stroke
+253.93944 89.07642 moveto
+(t) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+257.53712 89.07642 moveto
+(yp) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+268.60674 89.07642 moveto
+(e) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 1 setlinecap
+newpath 190.04245 77.95264 moveto
+31.92009 77.95264 lineto stroke
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth
+newpath 31.92009 77.95264 moveto
+31.92009 100.62985 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 34.75473 103.46423 moveto
+34.75473 104.21606 34.45602 104.93701 33.92444 105.46858 curveto
+33.39287 106.00017 32.67192 106.29887 31.92009 106.29887 curveto
+31.16826 106.29887 30.44731 106.00017 29.91574 105.46858 curveto
+29.38416 104.93701 29.08545 104.21606 29.08545 103.46423 curveto
+29.08545 102.7124 29.38416 101.99146 29.91574 101.45988 curveto
+30.44731 100.9283 31.16826 100.6296 31.92009 100.6296 curveto
+32.67192 100.6296 33.39287 100.9283 33.92444 101.45988 curveto
+34.45602 101.99146 34.75473 102.7124 34.75473 103.46423 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+112.81847 82.54333 moveto
+(\(DER\)) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+145.61217 82.54333 moveto
+(*made) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap
+newpath 174.43747 82.74254 moveto
+177.42627 82.74254 lineto stroke
+177.42627 82.54333 moveto
+(b) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+182.68437 82.54333 moveto
+(y) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth 1 setlinecap
+newpath 211.32219 70.86603 moveto
+211.32219 42.51962 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 211.32219 42.51962 moveto
+163.79173 42.51962 lineto stroke
+newpath 163.79169 42.51962 moveto
+163.79169 43.27145 163.49298 43.9924 162.9614 44.52397 curveto
+162.42982 45.05556 161.70888 45.35426 160.95705 45.35426 curveto
+160.20522 45.35426 159.48427 45.05556 158.9527 44.52397 curveto
+158.42111 43.9924 158.1224 43.27145 158.1224 42.51962 curveto
+158.1224 41.76779 158.42111 41.04684 158.9527 40.51527 curveto
+159.48427 39.98369 160.20522 39.68498 160.95705 39.68498 curveto
+161.70888 39.68498 162.42982 39.98369 162.9614 40.51527 curveto
+163.49298 41.04684 163.79169 41.76779 163.79169 42.51962 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+190.9297 46.55681 moveto
+(y) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+195.911 46.55681 moveto
+(ear) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0.5 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth
+newpath 232.60289 70.86603 moveto
+232.60289 7.08661 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 232.60289 7.08661 moveto
+163.79114 7.08661 lineto stroke
+newpath 163.79138 7.08661 moveto
+163.79138 7.83844 163.49268 8.55939 162.96109 9.09096 curveto
+162.42952 9.62254 161.70857 9.92125 160.95674 9.92125 curveto
+160.20491 9.92125 159.48396 9.62254 158.9524 9.09096 curveto
+158.4208 8.55939 158.1221 7.83844 158.1221 7.08661 curveto
+158.1221 6.33478 158.4208 5.61383 158.9524 5.08226 curveto
+159.48396 4.55067 160.20491 4.25197 160.95674 4.25197 curveto
+161.70857 4.25197 162.42952 4.55067 162.96109 5.08226 curveto
+163.49268 5.61383 163.79138 6.33478 163.79138 7.08661 curveto closepath stroke
+188.6431 9.1866 moveto
+(*serial) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+ 0 0.3985 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap
+newpath 216.9979 9.3858 moveto
+219.9867 9.3858 lineto stroke
+219.9867 9.1866 moveto
+(no) cmr10 9.96265 fshow
+showpage
+%%EOF
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.css b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.css
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a952808a737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.css
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+
+/* start css.sty */
+.cmr-10{font-size:90%;}
+.cmr-10--109{font-size:99%;}
+.cmr-17{font-size:154%;}
+.cmr-12{font-size:109%;}
+.cmsy-8{font-size:72%;}
+.cmtt-12{font-size:109%;font-family: monospace;}
+.cmsy-10--109{font-size:99%;}
+.cmtt-10--109{font-size:99%;font-family: monospace;}
+.cmbx-10{font-size:90%; font-weight: bold;}
+.cmcsc-10--109{font-size:99%;}
+.cmss-10--109{font-size:99%; font-family: sans-serif;}
+.cmti-10--109{font-size:99%; font-style: italic;}
+.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; }
+p.noindent { text-indent: 0em }
+p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; }
+p.indent{ text-indent: 1.5em }
+a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }
+center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
+td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
+.Canvas { position:relative; }
+div.displaymath{text-align:center;}
+img.mathdisplay, div.displaymath, img.par-mathdisplay, div.par-displaymath { margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; }
+center img.mathdisplay, td img.mathdisplay, center img.par-mathdisplay, td img.par-mathdisplay { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom:0 ; }
+div.displaymath{text-align:center;}
+.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }
+.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }
+.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }
+span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;}
+div.center {text-align: center;}
+div.center div {text-align: left;}
+div.flushright {text-align: right;}
+div.flushright div {text-align: left;}
+div.flushleft {text-align: left;}
+div.td00{ margin-left:0; margin-right:0; }
+div.td01{ margin-left:0; margin-right:5; }
+div.td10{ margin-left:5; margin-right:0; }
+div.td11{ margin-left:5; margin-right:5; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; }
+li p.indent, li p.indent{ text-indent: 0em }
+div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}
+span.footnotetext{ font-size:75%; font-style:italic; }
+span.TEX {letter-spacing: -0.125em; }
+span.TEX span.E{ position:relative;top:0.5ex;left:-0.0417em;}
+a span.TEX span.E {text-decoration: none; }
+span.LATEX span.A{ position:relative; top:-0.5ex; left:-0.4em; font-size:85%;}
+span.LATEX span.TEX{ position:relative; left: -0.4em; }
+.marginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:1em; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;}
+.equation td{text-align:center; }
+td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
+p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; }
+h1.partHead{text-align: center}
+.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}
+.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}
+.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }
+.caption td.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }
+h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}
+div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }
+/* end css.sty */
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c1fd9f281b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.html
@@ -0,0 +1,874 @@
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html
+><head><!--webguide.html from webguide.tex (TeX4ht, 2000-03-10 10:44:00)-->
+<title>A Brief Guide to LaTeX{} Tools for Web Publishing</title><meta
+http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" ><link
+rel="stylesheet" type="text/css"
+href="webguide.css"></head> <body
+> <div align="center" class="maketitle">
+
+<h2 class="titleHead">A Brief Guide to LaTeX Tools for Web Publishing</h2>
+ <div class="author" align="center"><span
+class="cmr-12">Peter R. Wilson</span><sup ><span
+class="cmsy-8">*</span></sup>
+<br><span
+class="cmtt-12">peter.r.wilson@boeing.com</span></div>
+<br>
+<div class="date" align="center"><span
+class="cmr-12">11 March 2000</span></div>
+<span class="thanks"></span>
+ <br ><span class="footnotetext"><sup><span
+class="cmsy-10--109">*</span></sup>With helpful critiques by Eitan Gurari (<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">gurari@cis.ohio-state.edu</span>) and David Wilson
+ (<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">davidw@utopiatype.com.au</span>).</span></div><div><table width="100%"
+class="abstract"><tr><td
+>
+<div class="center"
+>
+<span
+class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span></div>
+ <!--53--><p class="noindent"><span
+class="cmr-10">This document provides a brief guide to converting LaTeX documents to forms more</span>
+ <span
+class="cmr-10">suitable for dissemination via the Web.</span>
+</td></tr></table></div>
+ <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a
+ name="x1-1000"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-1"></a>Contents</h3>
+ <div class="tableofcontents">
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">1 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-3" name="QQ2-1-3">Introduction</a></span>
+<br> &nbsp;<span class="subsectionToc">1.1 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-4" name="QQ2-1-4">URLs</a></span>
+<br> &nbsp;<span class="subsectionToc">1.2 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-5" name="QQ2-1-5">Disclaimer</a></span>
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">2 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-6" name="QQ2-1-6">PDF</a></span>
+<br> &nbsp;<span class="subsectionToc">2.1 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-7" name="QQ2-1-7">From PostScript to PDF</a></span>
+<br> &nbsp;<span class="subsectionToc">2.2 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-8" name="QQ2-1-8">From DVI to PDF</a></span>
+<br> &nbsp;<span class="subsectionToc">2.3 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-9" name="QQ2-1-9">From LaTeX to PDF</a></span>
+<br> &nbsp;<span class="subsectionToc">2.4 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-10" name="QQ2-1-10">Fonts</a></span>
+<br> &nbsp;<span class="subsectionToc">2.5 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-11" name="QQ2-1-11">MetaPost</a></span>
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">3 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-13" name="QQ2-1-13">HTML</a></span>
+<br> &nbsp;<span class="subsectionToc">3.1 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-14" name="QQ2-1-14">Self-parsing systems</a></span>
+<br> &nbsp;<span class="subsectionToc">3.2 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-15" name="QQ2-1-15">TeX-based parsing system</a></span>
+<br> <span class="sectionToc">4 <a
+ href="#QQ1-1-16" name="QQ2-1-16">Examples</a></span>
+
+ </div>
+ <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a
+ name="x1-2000"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-2"></a>List of Figures</h3>
+ <div class="tableofcontents"><span class="lofToc">1&nbsp;<a
+ href="#x1-110011">Metapost illustration of an <span
+class="cmcsc-10--109"><small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">X</small><small
+class="small-caps">P</small><small
+class="small-caps">R</small><small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">S</small><small
+class="small-caps">S</small>-<small
+class="small-caps">G</small> </span>diagram</a></span><br>
+ </div>
+
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"> 1 <a
+ name="x1-30001"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-3"></a>Introduction</h3>
+<!--63--><p class="noindent">Publishing on the Web has rapidly achieved significant importance, for example, the International
+Organization for Standardization (ISO) is moving towards electronic forms of International
+Standard documents that are suitable for publishing on the Web, and in particular, documents
+as PDF or HTML files rather than their traditional request for camera-ready paper
+copy.
+<!--70--><p class="indent"> Documents written using LaTeX&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XLAMPORT94">Lam94</a>] tagging can be easily converted to PostScript, PDF
+and HTML, all from the single electronic source. This guide briefly notes some of the ways that
+this can be accomplished. Most of the programs and systems mentioned here are described in
+more detail in&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XGOOSSENS99">GR99</a>].
+<!--77--><p class="indent"> I have made no attempt to design this document for Web publication. The typographical rules
+for printing on paper are well founded, having been developed over hundreds of years.
+Display on computer screens is a very different matter and requires a different set of
+rules, most of which, as yet, are either in a state of flux or unavailable. For LaTeXers
+who are interested in this topic I suggest a look at D.&nbsp;P.&nbsp;Story's work on AcroTeX (
+<a
+ href="http://www.math.uakron.edu/~dpstory/acrotex.html" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.math.uakron.edu/~dpstory/acrotex.html</span></a>). Further, for the example conversions I
+have used only the minimal tool options necessary. Many of the tools have extensive capabilities
+which are well documented in their accompanying user manuals; these should be consulted for
+further information.
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead">1.1 <a
+ name="x1-40001.1"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-4"></a>URLs</h4>
+<!--92--><p class="noindent">I have tried to provide URLs for the programs and systems mentioned here. Most LaTeX-related
+software is available from the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN). There are three
+sites, <a
+ href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive</span></a> in the USA, <a
+ href="ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive</span></a> in
+the UK, and <a
+ href="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive</span></a> in Germany, as well as several mirror sites.
+Usefully, the CTAN sites (but not necessarily a mirror site) supports on-the-fly zipping of files and
+entire directories, which makes downloading a group of files less tedious than having to get them
+one-by-one. Below, I have used <a
+ href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive</span></a> to stand for any of the three
+CTAN sites.
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead">1.2 <a
+ name="x1-50001.2"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-5"></a>Disclaimer</h4>
+<!--107--><p class="noindent">Nothing that is said in this document is meant to imply any endorsement or recommendation,
+either positive or negative, concerning any systems or programs mentioned herein.
+<!--111--><p class="indent"> Many of the systems or programs are `free' in the sense that they are either public domain or
+their licences are roughly equivalent to the GNU Public License. Others are either commercial or
+have more restricitive licenses or may require payment. Where known, programs and systems that
+are not `free' are noted.
+
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"> 2 <a
+ name="x1-60002"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-6"></a>PDF</h3>
+<!--120--><p class="noindent">The traditional output from a LaTeX (e.g., <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.tex</span>) file is a `device independent' <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>file. The <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi</span>
+file is then processed further to convert it to a format suitable for printing on a particular printing
+device. In the vast majority of cases the final printable format has been PostScript,
+obtained by running the <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>file through a program like <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">dvips</span>, to generate a <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.ps</span>
+file.
+<!--127--><p class="indent"> PostScript was developed by Adobe Systems. The Portable Document Format (PDF) has
+since also been developed by Adobe, and seems to be overtaking PostScript as the format of
+choice for printing, and especially for display via the Web.
+<!--132--><p class="indent"> DVI and PDF are somewhat similar in that they both describe where (electronic) ink is to be
+put on (electronic) paper. PostScript also does this but at the same time it is a complete
+programming language. This means that it is inherently more difficult, time consuming, and
+computer intensive, to process PostScript than either DVI or PDF. This is probably the reason
+behind the popularity of PDF on the Web.
+<!--139--><p class="indent"> There are now several methods of producing a PDF (e.g., <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf</span>) file from <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.tex</span>. These
+include:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Converting from PostScript to PDF; from <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.ps </span>to <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Generate PDF from the device independent file; from <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>to <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf</span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Generate PDF directly from the LaTeX source; from <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.tex </span>to <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf</span>.</li></ul>
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead">2.1 <a
+ name="x1-70002.1"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-7"></a>From PostScript to PDF</h4>
+<!--153--><p class="noindent">There are basically two routes to getting from PostScript to PDF. The first of these is to use
+Acrobat software from Adobe Systems, which essentially means the commercial <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">Distiller</span>
+program. <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">Distiller </span>can read in a PostScript file and output a PDF file where the visual results
+of printing the two files are identical. This, or any other, PDF file can be viewed and/or printed
+via the charge-free Acrobat <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">Reader </span>program. Note that when using <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">Reader </span>the `fit to
+paper' option may alter the page layout, for example by changing the height of the text
+block.
+<!--164--><p class="indent"> The second route is to use a non-Adobe converter program, like <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">Ghostscript </span>which runs on
+nearly all operating systems and which is obtainable from <a
+ href="http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost</span></a>.
+The <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">Ghostscript </span>distribution comes with a script called <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ps2pdf </span>which performs the conversion.
+The distribution also provides the popular <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">Ghostview </span>program, which is a viewer for both
+PostScript and PDF files.
+<!--172--><p class="indent"> Another converter program, which does have some licensing conditions that may not be suitable
+for all users, is <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">PStill</span>; it is available from <a
+ href="http://www.this.net/~frank/pstill.html" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.this.net/~frank/pstill.html</span></a>.
+
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead">2.2 <a
+ name="x1-80002.2"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-8"></a>From DVI to PDF</h4>
+<!--179--><p class="noindent">Mark Wicks' <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">dvipdfm </span>program ( <a
+ href="http://odo.kettering.edu/dvipdfm" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://odo.kettering.edu/dvipdfm</span></a>) converts a <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>file to a
+<span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf </span>file. The program is used in the same manner as <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">dvips </span>and provides similar
+capabilities.
+<!--184--><p class="indent"> PostScript illustrations are handled in one of two ways. Simple PostScript generated by
+the <span
+class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small><small
+class="small-caps">A</small>P<small
+class="small-caps">O</small><small
+class="small-caps">S</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small> </span>program&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XHOBBY92">Hob92</a>] is included natively. Any other PostScript file is first
+converted to PDF by using an external program like <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">Ghostscript </span>and then inserted
+into the output file. Illustrations in PDF, PNG and JPEG formats require no external
+aids.
+<!--191--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">dvipdfm </span>is written in C but there are some binaries for Linux systems.
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead">2.3 <a
+ name="x1-90002.3"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-9"></a>From LaTeX to PDF</h4>
+<!--197--><p class="noindent">The <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">pdfLaTeX </span>program being developed by H&agrave;n Th&ecirc; Th&agrave;nh is a modified version of TeX that
+generates <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf </span>instead of <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>output files. <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">pdfLaTeX </span>is distributed with many of the free LaTeX
+distributions, and is also obtainable from <a
+ href="ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex/local/cstug/thanh" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex/local/cstug/thanh</span></a>,
+although it may be better to try <a
+ href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex</span></a>.
+<!--204--><p class="indent"> Running <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">pdfLaTeX </span>is very similar to running LaTeX, but some minor changes are required to
+the <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.tex </span>file. For example: <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim">
+&nbsp;%&nbsp;&nbsp;example.tex&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;example&nbsp;latex&nbsp;file
+&nbsp;\documentclass[...]{...}
+&nbsp;\newif\ifpdf
+&nbsp;\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;\pdffalse
+&nbsp;\else
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;\pdftrue
+&nbsp;\fi
+&nbsp;
+&nbsp;\ifpdf
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;\pdfoutput=1
+&nbsp;%&nbsp;&nbsp;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&nbsp;&nbsp;%&nbsp;uncomment&nbsp;if&nbsp;using&nbsp;graphicx
+&nbsp;%&nbsp;&nbsp;\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}&nbsp;&nbsp;%&nbsp;uncomment&nbsp;if&nbsp;using&nbsp;hyperref
+&nbsp;\else
+&nbsp;%&nbsp;&nbsp;\usepackage{graphicx}&nbsp;&nbsp;%&nbsp;uncomment&nbsp;if&nbsp;using&nbsp;graphicx
+&nbsp;%&nbsp;&nbsp;\usepackage{hyperref}&nbsp;&nbsp;%&nbsp;uncomment&nbsp;if&nbsp;using&nbsp;hyperref
+&nbsp;\fi
+&nbsp;....
+</pre>
+</td></tr></table>
+<!--227--><p class="indent"> Running
+
+<br class="newline"><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">latex example</span>
+<br class="newline">will produce <span
+class="cmss-10--109">example.dvi</span>, while running
+<br class="newline"><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">pdflatex example</span>
+<br class="newline">will produce <span
+class="cmss-10--109">example.pdf</span>. It is thus very easy to generate both <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>and <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf </span>from the same
+LaTeX source file.
+<!--234--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">pdflatex </span>will handle graphics files in the following formats: PDF, PNG, JPEG and TIFF, but
+notice that (Encapsulated) PostScript is missing from this list. However, it can handle directly the
+simple Encapsulated PostScript output by <span
+class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small><small
+class="small-caps">A</small>P<small
+class="small-caps">O</small><small
+class="small-caps">S</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small></span>&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XHOBBY92">Hob92</a>]. It does, though, expect
+<span
+class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small><small
+class="small-caps">A</small>P<small
+class="small-caps">O</small><small
+class="small-caps">S</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small> </span>files to have a <span
+class="cmss-10--109">.mps </span>extension. To include PostScript from other sources it is necessary
+to convert the PostScript to PDF.
+<!--242--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">pdftex</span>, and hence <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">pdflatex</span>, has some extra primitive commands that are not available in
+TeX itself specifically for accessing aspects of the PDF format, for example to create hypertext
+links, bookmarks or article threads. Consult the manual for details.
+<!--248--><p class="indent"> Independently of <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">pdflatex </span>the <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">hyperref </span>package (
+<a
+ href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/hyperref" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/hyperref</span></a>) extends the
+functionality of the LaTeX cross-referencing commands to include hypertext links, and also ad hoc
+hypertext links to, for example, external documents and URLs.
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead">2.4 <a
+ name="x1-100002.4"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-10"></a>Fonts</h4>
+<!--256--><p class="noindent">The normal fonts used with LaTeX are the Computer Modern family developed by Knuth using
+<span
+class="cmcsc-10--109"><small
+class="small-caps">M</small><small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small><small
+class="small-caps">A</small><small
+class="small-caps">F</small><small
+class="small-caps">O</small><small
+class="small-caps">N</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small></span>&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XKNUTH86b">Knu86</a>]. All <span
+class="cmcsc-10--109"><small
+class="small-caps">M</small><small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small><small
+class="small-caps">A</small><small
+class="small-caps">F</small><small
+class="small-caps">O</small><small
+class="small-caps">N</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small> </span>fonts are in the form of bitmaps, which is unfortunate when it
+comes to PDF. Typically, PDF will only use one size of each font for a document, and will scale
+this if different font sizes are required. This normally works well as fonts used with PDF are
+typically `Type&nbsp;1' fonts (e.g., PostScript fonts) which are designed to be scaleable. Bitmap
+fonts look terrible when scaled or printed at a resolution that they were not designed
+for.
+<!--266--><p class="indent"> In other words, expect bad results if you generate a PDF file with the original Computer
+Modern fonts.
+<!--269--><p class="indent"> Perhaps the easiest method of dealing with this is to use the most common PostScript fonts,
+namely Times, Courier and Helvetica. All that is necessary is to add <span class="obeylines-h"><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">\usepackage{times}</span></span> to the
+document's preamble.
+<!--273--><p class="indent"> Alternatively, if you need to use the CM fonts, perhaps because a lot of mathematics is
+involved, many LaTeX distributions include Type&nbsp;1 versions of the CM fonts. If you don't have
+them they can be found at <a
+ href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/ps-type1/bluesky" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/ps-type1/bluesky</span></a>
+and at <a
+ href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/ps-type1" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/ps-type1</span></a> for the AMS
+fonts.
+<!--279--><p class="indent"> Goossens <span
+class="cmti-10--109">et al. </span>provide useful and general information on installing and using different fonts
+with LaTeX&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XGOOSSENS94">GMS94</a>], while for the fontophile, Alan Hoenig&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XHOENIG98">Hoe98</a>] delves much more deeply into
+the installation of PostScript fonts.
+<!--284--><p class="indent"> TeX doesn't care about the particular shape of any glyph, nor how it is constructed or
+represented, it only cares about the space occupied by each character (i.e., the <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.tfm </span>files). It is
+the DVI processor that needs to know in detail about the fonts in a document. So, the DVI
+
+processor has to be told to use Type&nbsp;1 CM PostScript fonts. The following is for the
+<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">dvips </span>program. For convenience, let <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">$TEXMF </span>stand for the root of the <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">texmf </span>tree (e.g.,
+<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">/usr/teTeX/texmf</span>).
+<!--294--><p class="indent"> <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">dvips </span>looks in the <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">$TEXMF/dvips/base/psfonts.map </span>to see if it can use any PostScript fonts.
+This file starts off something like: <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim">
+&nbsp;bchb8r&nbsp;CHarterBT-Bold&nbsp;&#34;TeXBase1Encoding&nbsp;ReEncodeFont&#34;&nbsp;&lt;8r.enc&nbsp;&lt;bchb8a.pfb
+&nbsp;...
+</pre>
+</td></tr></table> To get <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">dvips </span>to use Type&nbsp;1 versions of the CM fonts, additional lines must be added to
+<span
+class="cmss-10--109">psfonts.map </span>giving similar information about the fonts. The specification for CM fonts is simpler
+and consists of lines like: <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim">
+&nbsp;cmb10&nbsp;CMB10&nbsp;&lt;cmb10.pfb
+&nbsp;cmbsy10&nbsp;CMBSY10&nbsp;&lt;cmbsy10.pfb
+&nbsp;...
+</pre>
+</td></tr></table> In the version of <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">teTeX </span>that I use, this information is in files <span
+class="cmss-10--109">bsr.map</span>, <span
+class="cmss-10--109">bsr-interpolated.map</span>,
+<span
+class="cmss-10--109">cmcyr.map</span>, <span
+class="cmss-10--109">hoekwater.map</span>, and <span
+class="cmss-10--109">pl.map</span>, all in directory <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">$TEXMF/dvips/config</span>.
+<!--315--><p class="indent"> These files can either be copied by hand to the <span
+class="cmss-10--109">psfonts.map </span>file in <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">$TEXMF/dvips/base </span>or in a
+modern <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">teTeX </span>distribution (which should also have all the CM Type&nbsp;1 font data) it is easiest to do
+the following:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">In directory <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">$TEXMF/dvips/config </span>copy the script file <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">updmap </span>to, say, <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">updmap.orig</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Edit <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">updmap </span>to comment the line <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">type1</span>_<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">default=false </span>and uncomment the line
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">type1</span>_<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">default=true</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Run the script via <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">./updmap</span>.</li></ul>
+<!--327--><p class="noindent">Another more general method is to edit the file <span
+class="cmss-10--109">config.ps </span>in directory <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">$TEXMF/dvips/config </span>and
+at the appropriate place (which should be marked, but in any case after the line <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">p psfonts.map</span>)
+add lines like: <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim">
+&nbsp;p&nbsp;+bsr.map
+&nbsp;p&nbsp;+bsr-interpolated.map
+&nbsp;...
+</pre>
+</td></tr></table>
+
+<!--337--><p class="indent"> Another option when using <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">dvips </span>which avoids all of the above, is to call it with options,
+like:
+<br class="newline"><span class="obeylines-h"><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">dvips</span>&nbsp;<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">-Pamz</span>&nbsp;<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">-Pcmz</span>&nbsp;<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">-Ppdf</span>&nbsp;<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">-j0</span>&nbsp;<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">[other</span>&nbsp;<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">options]</span>&nbsp;<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">filename</span></span>
+<br class="newline">and then use your prefered <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.ps </span>to <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.pdf </span>conversion process.
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead">2.5 <a
+ name="x1-110002.5"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-11"></a>MetaPost</h4>
+<!--344--><p class="noindent">John Hobby's <span
+class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small><small
+class="small-caps">A</small>P<small
+class="small-caps">O</small><small
+class="small-caps">S</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small></span>&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XHOBBY92">Hob92</a>] is a language based drawing program based on Knuth's
+<span
+class="cmcsc-10--109"><small
+class="small-caps">M</small><small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small><small
+class="small-caps">A</small><small
+class="small-caps">F</small><small
+class="small-caps">O</small><small
+class="small-caps">N</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small></span>&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XKNUTH86b">Knu86</a>]. <span
+class="cmcsc-10--109"><small
+class="small-caps">M</small><small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small><small
+class="small-caps">A</small><small
+class="small-caps">F</small><small
+class="small-caps">O</small><small
+class="small-caps">N</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small> </span>was principally designed for creating fonts, and generates
+bitmapped output, while <span
+class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small><small
+class="small-caps">A</small>P<small
+class="small-caps">O</small><small
+class="small-caps">S</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small> </span>is principally for drawing general line illustrations and its
+output is a particularly simple form of Encapsulated PostScript.
+
+<a
+ name="x1-110011"></a>
+ <hr class="float"><div align="center" class="float"
+><table class="float"><tr class="float"><td class="float"
+>
+
+<img
+src="webguide0x.gif" alt="PIC" >
+<br> <div align="center" class="caption"><table class="caption"
+><tr valign="baseline" class="caption"><td class="id">Figure&nbsp;1: </td><td
+class="content">Metapost illustration of an <span
+class="cmcsc-10--109"><small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">X</small><small
+class="small-caps">P</small><small
+class="small-caps">R</small><small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">S</small><small
+class="small-caps">S</small>-<small
+class="small-caps">G</small> </span>diagram</td></tr></table></div>
+<a
+ name="x1-110011"></a>
+
+ </td></tr></table></div><hr class="endfloat">
+ This is not the place to describe <span
+class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small><small
+class="small-caps">A</small>P<small
+class="small-caps">O</small><small
+class="small-caps">S</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small></span>, but it can generate several output files, one for
+each drawing, from a single input file called, say, <span
+class="cmss-10--109">fred.mp</span>. The output files have a numeric
+extension correspond to the number of the drawing. So, for example, it may generate files <span
+class="cmss-10--109">fred.1</span>,
+<span
+class="cmss-10--109">fred.2 </span>and <span
+class="cmss-10--109">fred.3</span>. For a document that is to be processed via <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">LaTeX </span>these files can be included as
+is. However, for processing through <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">pdfLaTeX</span>, the files must have a <span
+class="cmss-10--109">.mps </span>extension; for example
+<span
+class="cmss-10--109">fred1.mps</span>, <span
+class="cmss-10--109">fred2.mps </span>and <span
+class="cmss-10--109">fred3.mps</span>.
+<!--371--><p class="indent"> Figure&nbsp;<a
+ href="#x1-110011">1</a> is a <span
+class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small><small
+class="small-caps">A</small>P<small
+class="small-caps">O</small><small
+class="small-caps">S</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small> </span>illustration that is included in this document by the code:
+<table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim">
+&nbsp;\begin{figure}
+&nbsp;\centering
+&nbsp;\ifpdf
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;\includegraphics{expeg6.mps}
+&nbsp;\else
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;\includegraphics{expeg.6}
+&nbsp;\fi
+&nbsp;\caption{Metapost&nbsp;illustration&nbsp;of&nbsp;an&nbsp;\textsc{express-g}&nbsp;diagram}
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;\label{fig:mp}
+&nbsp;\end{figure}
+</pre>
+</td></tr></table> where <span
+class="cmss-10--109">expeg6.mps </span>is a copy of <span
+class="cmss-10--109">expeg.6</span>, to cater for processing by either <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">LaTeX </span>or <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">pdfLaTeX</span>.
+Actually, the following will also work: <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim">
+&nbsp;\begin{figure}
+&nbsp;\centering
+&nbsp;\includegraphics{expeg6.mps}
+&nbsp;\caption{Metapost&nbsp;illustration&nbsp;of&nbsp;an&nbsp;\textsc{express-g}&nbsp;diagram}
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;\label{fig:mp}
+&nbsp;\end{figure}
+</pre>
+</td></tr></table>
+<!--397--><p class="indent"> The figure demonstrates part of the capabilities of the <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">expressg </span><span
+class="cmcsc-10--109">M<small
+class="small-caps">E</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small><small
+class="small-caps">A</small>P<small
+class="small-caps">O</small><small
+class="small-caps">S</small><small
+class="small-caps">T</small> </span>package (
+<a
+ href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/graphics/metapost/contrib/macros/expressg" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/graphics/metapost/contrib/macros/expressg</span></a>) for
+drawing diagrams consisting of boxes, lines and annotations, such as flowcharts or ER
+diagrams.
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"> 3 <a
+ name="x1-120003"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-13"></a>HTML</h3>
+
+<!--406--><p class="noindent">There are a number of systems that convert a LaTeX tagged document into an HTML tagged
+document. These can be divided into two classes:
+ <ol type="1" class="enumerate1"
+>
+ <li class="enumerate"><a
+ name="x1-12002x1"></a>Systems that parse the <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.tex </span>file themselves.
+ </li>
+ <li class="enumerate"><a
+ name="x1-12004x2"></a>Systems that use TeX as the file parser.</li></ol>
+<!--412--><p class="noindent">There are several that do their own parsing, but only one that I know of that uses TeX as the
+parser.
+<!--415--><p class="indent"> TeX is a macro language and the meaning of existing commands can be changed on the
+fly, and also new commands can be defined on the fly&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XKNUTH84a">Knu84</a>]. As perhaps the most
+extreme example of this is David Carlisle's <span
+class="cmss-10--109">xii.tex </span>TeX code, which is obtainable as
+<a
+ href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/contrib/xii.tex" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/contrib/xii.tex</span></a>: <table width="100%"
+class="verbatim"><tr class="verbatim"><td
+class="verbatim"><pre class="verbatim">
+&nbsp;\let~\catcode~`76~`A13~`F1~`j00~`P2jdefA71F~`7113jdefPALLF
+&nbsp;PA''FwPA;;FPAZZFLaLPA//71F71iPAHHFLPAzzFenPASSFthP;A$$FevP
+&nbsp;A@@FfPARR717273F737271P;ADDFRgniPAWW71FPATTFvePA**FstRsamP
+&nbsp;AGGFRruoPAqq71.72.F717271PAYY7172F727171PA??Fi*LmPA&amp;&amp;71jfi
+&nbsp;Fjfi71PAVVFjbigskipRPWGAUU71727374&nbsp;75,76Fjpar71727375Djifx
+&nbsp;:76jelse&amp;U76jfiPLAKK7172F71l7271PAXX71FVLnOSeL71SLRyadR@oL
+&nbsp;RrhC?yLRurtKFeLPFovPgaTLtReRomL;PABB71&nbsp;72,73:Fjif.73.jelse
+&nbsp;B73:jfiXF71PU71&nbsp;72,73:PWs;AMM71F71diPAJJFRdriPAQQFRsreLPAI
+&nbsp;I71Fo71dPA!!FRgiePBt'el@&nbsp;lTLqdrYmu.Q.,Ke;vz&nbsp;vzLqpip.Q.,tz;
+&nbsp;;Lql.IrsZ.eap,qn.i.&nbsp;i.eLlMaesLdRcna,;!;h&nbsp;htLqm.MRasZ.ilk,%
+&nbsp;s$;z&nbsp;zLqs'.ansZ.Ymi,/sx&nbsp;;LYegseZRyal,@i;@&nbsp;TLRlogdLrDsW,@;G
+&nbsp;LcYlaDLbJsW,SWXJW&nbsp;ree&nbsp;@rzchLhzsW,;WERcesInW&nbsp;qt.'oL.Rtrul;e
+&nbsp;doTsW,Wk;Rri@stW&nbsp;aHAHHFndZPpqar.tridgeLinZpe.LtYer.W,:jbye
+</pre>
+</td></tr></table> If you run this through TeX (not LaTeX) I'm sure you will be surprised at the result.
+<!--439--><p class="indent"> There is inevitably a problem when converting from LaTeX to HTML for a document that
+includes figures/illustrations or anything more than the most simple mathematical typesetting as,
+basically, HTML provides no support. Typically, mathematics and illustrations, are converted to a
+picture format and then inserted into the HTML document as graphics, usually with a very poor
+appearance.
+<!--447--><p class="indent"> However, for mathematics the situation is starting to change because of the advent of
+MathML ( <a
+ href="http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML2" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML2</span></a>). In particular the Milestone&nbsp;13 release of Mozilla (
+<a
+ href="http://www.mozilla.org/binaries.html" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.mozilla.org/binaries.html</span></a>) is a MathML-enabled browser. Some examples,
+generated by <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">TeX4ht</span>, are available at <a
+ href="http://www.maths.ox.ac.uk/~gartside/mozSuccess" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.maths.ox.ac.uk/~gartside/mozSuccess</span></a>.
+<!--454--><p class="indent"> All the systems generate HTML tagged documents, with the particular tagging `style' set by
+the system. It is advantageous to use a converter which either by default generates your desired
+style, or which can be modified in some manner to do so.
+
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead">3.1 <a
+ name="x1-130003.1"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-14"></a>Self-parsing systems</h4>
+<!--461--><p class="noindent">The self-parsing systems incorporate their own parsers for the TeX language. In essence, this
+means that they `know' the meaning of common TeX commands, but probably not all possible
+commands. It is advantageous to use a system that can be extended to deal with commands that
+were not anticipated by the author.
+<!--467--><p class="indent"> The only system I am familiar with in this class is Peter Wilson's <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ltx2x </span>program (
+<a
+ href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/ltx2x" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/ltx2x</span></a>). This program works by replacing known
+LaTeX commands, and their arguments, by user-specified text strings&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XPRW96h">Wil96</a>]. It is unable to
+handle anything more than very simple mathematics and ignores any pictures. The user-specified
+command texts are kept in a simple command-table file. Within limits, new LaTeX commands
+and environments may be specified within a command-table file and the command texts modified.
+The <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ltx2x </span>program has been used to `detex' (i.e., remove all LaTeX commands) files,
+convert to HTML, and convert to SGML. It cannot convert to XML due to a yet to be
+resolved technical problem in dealing with end of paragraph tags. The program is written
+in C and so requires a C compiler for installation. The system can be extended via
+some C programming, in which case the <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">flex </span>and <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">bison </span>programs are also required.
+There is no chance that <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ltx2x </span>would ever make any sense whatsoever of <span
+class="cmss-10--109">xii.tex </span>on
+page&nbsp;<a
+ href="#x1-120003">10</a>.
+<!--485--><p class="indent"> Perhaps the most venerable system is the <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">LaTeX2HTML </span>system
+( <a
+ href="http://www-texdev.mpce.mq.edu.au/l2h/docs/manual" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://www-texdev.mpce.mq.edu.au/l2h/docs/manual</span></a> or
+<a
+ href="ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latex2html" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latex2html</span></a>), originally by Nikos Drakos
+and now maintained by Ross Moore and others. This system is written using <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">Perl </span>(
+<a
+ href="ftp://ftp.uu.net/languages/perl" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ftp.uu.net/languages/perl</span></a>). It also requires a database management system such as the
+Unix DBM or NDBM, or the GNU GDBM system. Further, it requires <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">Ghostscript </span>and the
+<span
+class="cmtt-10--109">netpbm </span>library of graphics utilities ( <a
+ href="ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/utilities" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/utilities</span></a>). To extend or
+change the default conversion style requires, I think, some Perl programming. A fuller description
+and examples are given in&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XGOOSSENS99">GR99</a>].
+<!--497--><p class="indent"> Another converter is the <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">TtH </span>program by Ian Hutchinson ( <a
+ href="http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth</span></a>)
+which is cost-free for non-commercial use; commercial use in this case is roughly by anyone who gets
+paid while using it (but see <a
+ href="http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/tth-commercial/email.html" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/tth-commercial/email.html</span></a>
+for the actual wording). There is also another version, <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">TeX2HTML </span>( <a
+ href="http://www.tex2html.com" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.tex2html.com</span></a>)
+which is the `commercial GOLD version of the freeware <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">Tth </span>by Ian Hutchinson'. These programs
+run on the usual range of operating systems. An example of the output from <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">TtH </span>is given
+in&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XGOOSSENS99">GR99</a>].
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead">3.2 <a
+ name="x1-140003.2"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-15"></a>TeX-based parsing system</h4>
+<!--510--><p class="noindent">Eitan Gurari's <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">TeX4ht </span>system appears to be unique in that it uses TeX as the
+parser for the LaTeX document and instead effectively takes the <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.dvi </span>file as its
+starting point for conversion to HTML. That is, it does not have to understand TeX
+code and can, in fact, convert David Carlise's <span
+class="cmss-10--109">xii.tex </span>(page&nbsp;<a
+ href="#x1-120003">10</a>) to HTML. The system
+
+is available from <a
+ href="http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html</span></a>. It
+consists of two C programs, one package file, and a set of <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.4ht </span>configuration files, one
+for each of the typical LaTeX classes and packages. It also requires ImageMagick (
+<a
+ href="http://www.wizards.dupont.com/cristy/www/archives.html" class="url" ><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">http://www.wizards.dupont.com/cristy/www/archives.html</span></a>) for handling illustrations and
+non-simple mathematics. Simply speaking, the system is extended by writing new <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.4ht </span>file(s) and
+its output modified by writing simple <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.cfg </span>file(s) that override the <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.4ht </span>file(s). At the moment,
+the best and most detailed description is given in&nbsp;[<a
+ href="#XGOOSSENS99">GR99</a>].
+<!--528--><p class="indent"> By default, <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">TeX4ht </span>can generate a non-tagged file or a file tagged with either HTML3.2 or
+HTML4.0. By writing appropriate <span
+class="cmss-10--109">*.cfg </span>files it can be made to generate XML tagged files. The
+system comes with a script called <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">htlatex </span>which controls the conversion process from LaTeX;
+there is also the <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">httex </span>script for converting a TeX document. For instance, to convert the earlier
+example LaTeX file, <span
+class="cmss-10--109">example.tex </span>(page&nbsp;<a
+ href="#x1-90002.3">3</a>), to an HTML4.0 tagged document, it is enough to
+run:
+<br class="newline"><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">htlatex example</span>
+<br class="newline">which will then output <span
+class="cmss-10--109">example.html</span>. Similarly, to convert <span
+class="cmss-10--109">xii.tex </span>just run:
+<br class="newline"><span
+class="cmtt-10--109">httex xii</span>.
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"> 4 <a
+ name="x1-150004"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-16"></a>Examples</h3>
+<!--543--><p class="noindent">Hopefully, you should find several versions of this document, all of which have been generated
+from a single source file. These are:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="cmss-10--109">webguide.tex </span>-- the LaTeX source.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="cmss-10--109">webguide.ps </span>-- A PostScript version from running <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">latex </span>and <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">dvips </span>on <span
+class="cmss-10--109">webguide.tex</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="cmss-10--109">webguide.pdf </span>-- A PDF version from runnning <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">pdflatex </span>on <span
+class="cmss-10--109">webguide.tex</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="cmss-10--109">webguide.html </span>-- A HTML4.0 version from running <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">htlatex </span>on <span
+class="cmss-10--109">webguide.tex</span>.</li></ul>
+<!--554--><p class="noindent">The HTML version uses the GIF file <span
+class="cmss-10--109">webguide0x.gif </span>for the illustration; the file is automatically
+generated by <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">tex4ht </span>using the ImageMagick <span
+class="cmtt-10--109">convert </span>program. The quality of the picture in the
+viewed document depends on the particular viewer; different versions of Netscape, for example,
+may display and print the diagram with very different rendering qualities. I asked TeX4ht to
+generate this particular figure at 180dpi instead of the default 110dpi to improve the
+quality.
+ <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a
+ name="x1-160004"></a><a
+ name="QQ1-1-17"></a>References</h3>
+
+ <div class="thebibliography"><p class="bibitem">
+[GMS94]&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a
+ name="XGOOSSENS94"></a>Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. <span
+class="cmti-10--109">The LaTeX</span>
+ <span
+class="cmti-10--109">Companion</span>. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1994.
+ </p><p class="bibitem">
+[GR99] &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a
+ name="XGOOSSENS99"></a>Michel Goossens and Sebastion Rahtz. <span
+class="cmti-10--109">The LaTeX Web Companion - Integrating</span>
+ <span
+class="cmti-10--109">TeX, HTML, and XML</span>. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1999. (with Eitan
+ Gurari, Ross Moore, and Robert Sutor).
+ </p><p class="bibitem">
+[Hob92] &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a
+ name="XHOBBY92"></a>John Hobby. <span
+class="cmti-10--109">&#8216;A User&#8217;s Manual for MetaPost&#8217;</span>. Technical Report 162, AT&amp;T Bell
+ Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ, 1992.
+ </p><p class="bibitem">
+[Hoe98] &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a
+ name="XHOENIG98"></a>Alan Hoenig. <span
+class="cmti-10--109">TeX Unbound - LaTeX and TeX Strategies for Fonts, Graphics, &amp;</span>
+ <span
+class="cmti-10--109">More</span>. Oxford University Press, 1998.
+ </p><p class="bibitem">
+[Knu84] &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a
+ name="XKNUTH84a"></a>Donald&nbsp;E. Knuth. <span
+class="cmti-10--109">The TeXbook</span>. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1984.
+ </p><p class="bibitem">
+[Knu86] &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a
+ name="XKNUTH86b"></a>Donald&nbsp;E. Knuth. <span
+class="cmti-10--109">The METAFONTbook</span>. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company,
+ 1986.
+ </p><p class="bibitem">
+[Lam94] &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a
+ name="XLAMPORT94"></a>Leslie Lamport. <span
+class="cmti-10--109">LaTeX: A Document Preparation System</span>. Addison-Wesley
+ Publishing Company, second edition, 1994.
+ </p><p class="bibitem">
+[Wil96] &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a
+ name="XPRW96h"></a>Peter&nbsp;R. Wilson. <span
+class="cmti-10--109">ltx2x: A LaTeX to X Auto-tagger</span>. NIST Report NISTIR, June
+ 1996.
+ </p></div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
+
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ffdca467fa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.ps.gz b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.ps.gz
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..02f64e75d0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.ps.gz
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4b22433386e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,615 @@
+% webguide.tex Guide to LaTeX, STEP and the Web, etc
+
+\documentclass[11pt]{article}
+
+% a11pream.tex generic preamble
+\usepackage{url}
+%\usepackage{ltx2html}
+\setlength{\textheight}{8.0in}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{6.0in}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0.25in}
+\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0.25in}
+\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0.6in}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{4}
+
+%% \usepackage{times}
+
+\newif\ifpdf
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+ \pdffalse
+\else
+ \pdftrue
+\fi
+
+\ifpdf
+ \pdfoutput=1
+ \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}
+\else
+ \usepackage{graphicx}
+\fi
+
+\newcommand{\file}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+\newcommand{\program}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand{\package}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand{\mpost}{\textsc{MetaPost}}
+\newcommand{\mfont}{\textsc{metafont}}
+\newcommand{\Han}{H\`{a}n Th\^{e} Th\`{a}nh}
+\newcommand{\tex}{TeX}
+\newcommand{\latex}{LaTeX}
+
+\title{A Brief Guide to \latex{} Tools for Web Publishing}
+\author{Peter R. Wilson\thanks{With helpful critiques by
+Eitan Gurari (\texttt{gurari@cis.ohio-state.edu}) and
+David Wilson (\texttt{davidw@utopiatype.com.au}).} \\
+ \texttt{peter.r.wilson@boeing.com}}
+\date{11 March 2000}
+
+\begin{document}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\pagenumbering{roman}
+\maketitle
+\begin{abstract}
+This document provides a brief guide to converting \latex{} documents
+to forms more suitable for dissemination via the Web.
+\end{abstract}
+\tableofcontents
+\listoffigures
+\clearpage
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+ Publishing on the Web has rapidly achieved significant importance,
+for example, the International Organization for Standardization (ISO)
+is moving towards electronic forms of International Standard documents
+that are suitable for publishing on the Web, and in particular, documents
+as PDF or HTML files rather than their traditional request for camera-ready
+paper copy.
+
+ Documents written using \latex~\cite{LAMPORT94} tagging can be
+easily converted to
+PostScript, PDF and HTML, all from the single electronic source. This
+guide briefly notes some of the ways that this can be accomplished.
+ Most of the programs and systems mentioned here are described in more
+detail in~\cite{GOOSSENS99}.
+
+ I have made no attempt to design this document for Web publication. The
+typographical rules for printing on paper are well founded, having been
+developed over hundreds of years. Display on computer screens is a
+very different matter and requires a different set of rules, most of which,
+as yet, are either in a state of flux or unavailable. For LaTeXers who
+are interested in this topic I suggest a look at D.~P.~Story's work on
+AcroTeX (\url{http://www.math.uakron.edu/~dpstory/acrotex.html}). Further,
+for the example conversions I have used only the minimal tool options
+necessary. Many of the tools have extensive capabilities which are well
+documented in their accompanying user manuals; these should be consulted for
+further information.
+
+
+\subsection{URLs}
+
+ I have tried to provide URLs for the programs and systems mentioned
+here. Most \latex-related software is available from the Comprehensive
+TeX Archive Network (CTAN). There are three sites,
+\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive} in the USA,
+\url{ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive} in the UK, and
+\url{ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive} in Germany, as well as several mirror
+sites. Usefully, the CTAN sites (but not necessarily a mirror site) supports
+on-the-fly zipping of files and entire directories, which makes downloading
+a group of files less tedious than having to get them one-by-one. Below,
+I have used \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive} to stand for any of
+the three CTAN sites.
+
+
+\subsection{Disclaimer}
+
+ Nothing that is said in this document is meant to imply any endorsement
+or recommendation, either
+positive or negative, concerning any systems or programs mentioned herein.
+
+ Many of the systems or programs are `free' in the sense that they are
+either public domain or their licences are roughly equivalent to the GNU
+Public License.
+Others are either commercial or have more restricitive
+licenses or may require payment. Where known, programs and systems that are
+not `free' are noted.
+
+\section{PDF}
+
+ The traditional output from a \latex{} (e.g., \file{*.tex}) file is
+a `device independent' \file{*.dvi} file. The \file{*.dvi} file is then processed further to convert
+it to a format suitable for printing on a particular printing device.
+In the vast majority of cases the final printable format
+has been PostScript, obtained by running the \file{*.dvi} file through a
+program like \program{dvips}, to generate a \file{*.ps} file.
+
+ PostScript was developed by Adobe Systems. The Portable Document
+Format (PDF) has since also been developed by Adobe, and seems to be
+overtaking PostScript as the format of choice for printing, and especially
+for display via the Web.
+
+ DVI and PDF are somewhat similar in that they both describe where
+(electronic) ink is to be put on (electronic) paper. PostScript also
+does this but at the same time it is a complete programming language.
+This means that it is inherently more difficult, time consuming, and computer
+intensive, to process PostScript than either DVI or PDF. This is probably
+the reason behind the popularity of PDF on the Web.
+
+ There are now several methods of producing a PDF (e.g., \file{*.pdf})
+file from \file{*.tex}. These include:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Converting from PostScript to PDF;
+ from \file{*.ps} to \file{*.pdf}.
+\item Generate PDF from the device independent file;
+ from \file{*.dvi} to \file{*.pdf}
+\item Generate PDF directly from the \latex{} source;
+ from \file{*.tex} to \file{*.pdf}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\subsection{From PostScript to PDF}
+
+ There are basically two routes to getting from PostScript to PDF. The
+first of these is to use Acrobat software from Adobe Systems, which
+essentially means the commercial \program{Distiller} program.
+\program{Distiller} can read in a PostScript file and output a PDF file
+where the visual results of printing the two files are identical. This,
+or any other, PDF file can be viewed and/or printed via the charge-free
+Acrobat \program{Reader} program. Note that when using \program{Reader}
+the `fit to paper' option may alter the page layout, for example by changing
+the height of the text block.
+
+
+ The second route is to use a non-Adobe converter program,
+like \program{Ghostscript} which runs on nearly all operating systems and
+which is obtainable from
+\url{http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost}. The \program{Ghostscript} distribution
+comes with a script called \program{ps2pdf} which performs the conversion.
+The distribution also provides the popular \program{Ghostview} program,
+which is a viewer for both PostScript and PDF files.
+
+ Another
+converter program, which does have some licensing conditions that may not
+be suitable for all users, is \program{PStill}; it is available from
+\url{http://www.this.net/~frank/pstill.html}.
+
+\subsection{From DVI to PDF}
+
+ Mark Wicks' \program{dvipdfm} program
+(\url{http://odo.kettering.edu/dvipdfm}) converts a \file{*.dvi} file to a
+\file{*.pdf} file. The program is used in the same manner as \program{dvips}
+and provides similar capabilities.
+
+ PostScript illustrations are handled in one of two ways. Simple PostScript
+generated by the \mpost{} program~\cite{HOBBY92} is included natively.
+Any other PostScript file is first converted to PDF by using an external
+program like \program{Ghostscript} and then inserted
+into the output file. Illustrations in PDF, PNG and JPEG formats require
+no external aids.
+
+ \program{dvipdfm} is written in C but there are some binaries for Linux
+systems.
+
+
+\subsection{From LaTeX to PDF}
+
+ The \program{pdfLaTeX} program being developed by \Han{} is a modified
+version of \tex{} that generates \file{*.pdf} instead of \file{*.dvi} output
+files. \program{pdfLaTeX} is distributed with many of the free \latex{}
+distributions, and is also obtainable from
+\url{ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex/local/cstug/thanh}, although it may be
+better to try \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex}.
+
+ Running \program{pdfLaTeX} is very similar to running \latex, but some
+minor changes are required to the \file{*.tex} file. For example: \label{code:example}
+\begin{verbatim}
+% example.tex example latex file
+\documentclass[...]{...}
+\newif\ifpdf
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+ \pdffalse
+\else
+ \pdftrue
+\fi
+
+\ifpdf
+ \pdfoutput=1
+% \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} % uncomment if using graphicx
+% \usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} % uncomment if using hyperref
+\else
+% \usepackage{graphicx} % uncomment if using graphicx
+% \usepackage{hyperref} % uncomment if using hyperref
+\fi
+....
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Running \\
+\texttt{latex example} \\
+will produce \file{example.dvi}, while running \\
+\texttt{pdflatex example} \\
+will produce \file{example.pdf}. It is thus very easy to generate both
+\file{*.dvi} and \file{*.pdf} from the same \latex{} source file.
+
+ \program{pdflatex} will handle graphics files in the following formats:
+PDF, PNG, JPEG and TIFF, but notice that (Encapsulated) PostScript is
+missing from this list. However, it can handle directly the simple
+Encapsulated PostScript output by \mpost~\cite{HOBBY92}.
+It does, though, expect \mpost{} files to have a \file{.mps} extension.
+To include PostScript from other sources it is necessary to convert the
+PostScript to PDF.
+
+ \program{pdftex}, and hence \program{pdflatex}, has some extra
+primitive commands
+that are not available in \tex{} itself specifically for accessing aspects
+of the PDF format, for example to create hypertext links, bookmarks or
+article threads. Consult the manual for details.
+
+ Independently of \program{pdflatex} the \package{hyperref} package
+(\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/hyperref})
+extends the functionality of the \latex{} cross-referencing commands to
+include hypertext links, and also ad hoc hypertext links to, for example,
+external documents and URLs.
+
+\subsection{Fonts}
+
+ The normal fonts used with \latex{} are the Computer Modern family
+developed by Knuth using \mfont~\cite{KNUTH86b}.
+All \mfont{} fonts are in the form of
+bitmaps, which is unfortunate when it comes to PDF. Typically, PDF will
+only use one size of each font for a document, and will scale this if
+different font sizes are required. This normally works well as fonts
+used with PDF are typically `Type~1' fonts (e.g., PostScript fonts)
+which are designed to be scaleable. Bitmap fonts look terrible when scaled
+or printed at a resolution that they were not designed for.
+
+ In other words, expect bad results if you generate a PDF file with
+the original Computer Modern fonts.
+
+ Perhaps the easiest method of dealing with this is to use the most common
+PostScript fonts, namely Times, Courier and Helvetica. All that is
+necessary is to add \verb|\usepackage{times}| to the document's preamble.
+
+ Alternatively, if you need to use the CM fonts, perhaps because a lot
+of mathematics is involved, many \latex{} distributions include
+Type~1 versions of the CM fonts. If you don't have them they can be found at
+\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/ps-type1/bluesky} and
+at \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/ps-type1} for the AMS fonts.
+
+ Goossens \textit{et al.} provide useful and general information
+on installing and using different fonts with \latex~\cite{GOOSSENS94},
+while for the fontophile, Alan Hoenig~\cite{HOENIG98} delves much
+more deeply into the installation of PostScript fonts.
+
+ \tex{} doesn't care about the particular shape of any glyph, nor how it
+is constructed or represented, it only cares about the space occupied by
+each character (i.e., the \file{*.tfm} files).
+It is the DVI processor that needs to know in detail
+about the fonts in a document. So, the DVI processor has to be told to
+use Type~1 CM PostScript fonts.
+The following is for the \program{dvips} program.
+For convenience, let \path{$TEXMF} stand for the root of the
+\path{texmf} tree (e.g., \path{/usr/teTeX/texmf}).
+
+ \program{dvips} looks in the \path{$TEXMF/dvips/base/psfonts.map}
+to see if it can use any PostScript fonts. This file starts off something
+like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+bchb8r CHarterBT-Bold "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <bchb8a.pfb
+...
+\end{verbatim}
+To get \program{dvips} to use Type~1 versions of the CM fonts, additional
+lines must be added to \file{psfonts.map} giving similar information about
+the fonts. The specification for CM fonts is simpler and consists of
+lines like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+cmb10 CMB10 <cmb10.pfb
+cmbsy10 CMBSY10 <cmbsy10.pfb
+...
+\end{verbatim}
+In the version of \program{teTeX} that I use, this information is in
+files \file{bsr.map}, \file{bsr-interpolated.map}, \file{cmcyr.map},
+\file{hoekwater.map}, and \file{pl.map}, all in directory
+\path{$TEXMF/dvips/config}.
+
+ These files can either be copied by hand to the \file{psfonts.map}
+file in \path{$TEXMF/dvips/base} or in a modern \program{teTeX}
+distribution (which should also have all the CM Type~1 font data) it
+is easiest to do the following:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item In directory \path{$TEXMF/dvips/config} copy the script file
+ \path{updmap} to, say, \path{updmap.orig}.
+\item Edit \path{updmap} to comment the line \texttt{type1\_default=false}
+ and uncomment the line \texttt{type1\_default=true}.
+\item Run the script via \texttt{./updmap}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+ Another more general method is to edit the file \file{config.ps} in
+directory \path{$TEXMF/dvips/config} and at the appropriate place (which
+should be marked, but in any case after the line \texttt{p psfonts.map})
+add lines like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+p +bsr.map
+p +bsr-interpolated.map
+...
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ Another option when using \program{dvips} which avoids all of the above,
+is to call it with options, like: \\
+\verb|dvips -Pamz -Pcmz -Ppdf -j0 [other options] filename| \\
+and then use your prefered \file{*.ps} to \file{*.pdf} conversion process.
+
+\subsection{MetaPost}
+
+ John Hobby's \mpost{}~\cite{HOBBY92} is a language based drawing program
+based on Knuth's \mfont~\cite{KNUTH86b}. \mfont{} was principally designed
+for creating fonts, and generates bitmapped output, while \mpost{} is
+principally for drawing general line illustrations and its output is a
+particularly simple form of Encapsulated PostScript.
+
+
+\begin{figure}
+\centering
+\ifpdf
+ \includegraphics{expeg6.mps}
+\else
+ \includegraphics{expeg.6}
+\fi
+\caption{Metapost illustration of an \textsc{express-g} diagram}
+ \label{fig:mp}
+\end{figure}
+
+ This is not the place to describe \mpost, but it can generate several
+output files, one for each drawing, from a single input file called, say,
+\file{fred.mp}. The output files have a numeric extension correspond to the
+number of the drawing. So, for example, it may generate files \file{fred.1},
+\file{fred.2} and \file{fred.3}. For a document that is to be processed via
+\program{LaTeX} these files can be included as is. However, for processing
+through \program{pdfLaTeX}, the files must have a \file{.mps} extension; for
+example \file{fred1.mps}, \file{fred2.mps} and \file{fred3.mps}.
+
+ Figure~\ref{fig:mp} is a \mpost{} illustration that is included in
+this document by the code:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\centering
+\ifpdf
+ \includegraphics{expeg6.mps}
+\else
+ \includegraphics{expeg.6}
+\fi
+\caption{Metapost illustration of an \textsc{express-g} diagram}
+ \label{fig:mp}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+where \file{expeg6.mps} is a copy of \file{expeg.6},
+to cater for processing by either \program{LaTeX} or \program{pdfLaTeX}.
+Actually, the following will also work:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\centering
+\includegraphics{expeg6.mps}
+\caption{Metapost illustration of an \textsc{express-g} diagram}
+ \label{fig:mp}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The figure demonstrates part of the capabilities of the
+\program{expressg} \mpost{}
+package (\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/graphics/metapost/contrib/macros/expressg}) for
+drawing diagrams consisting of boxes, lines and annotations, such as flowcharts
+or ER diagrams.
+
+
+\section{HTML}
+
+ There are a number of systems that convert a \latex{} tagged document into
+an HTML tagged document. These can be divided into two classes:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Systems that parse the \file{*.tex} file themselves.
+\item Systems that use \tex{} as the file parser.
+\end{enumerate}
+There are several that do their own parsing, but only one that I know of that
+uses \tex{} as the parser.
+
+\tex{} is a macro language and the meaning of existing
+commands can be changed on the fly, and also new commands can be defined on
+the fly~\cite{KNUTH84a}.
+As perhaps the most extreme example of this is David Carlisle's
+\file{xii.tex} \tex{} code, which is obtainable as
+\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/contrib/xii.tex}: \label{code:xii}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\let~\catcode~`76~`A13~`F1~`j00~`P2jdefA71F~`7113jdefPALLF
+PA''FwPA;;FPAZZFLaLPA//71F71iPAHHFLPAzzFenPASSFthP;A$$FevP
+A@@FfPARR717273F737271P;ADDFRgniPAWW71FPATTFvePA**FstRsamP
+AGGFRruoPAqq71.72.F717271PAYY7172F727171PA??Fi*LmPA&&71jfi
+Fjfi71PAVVFjbigskipRPWGAUU71727374 75,76Fjpar71727375Djifx
+:76jelse&U76jfiPLAKK7172F71l7271PAXX71FVLnOSeL71SLRyadR@oL
+RrhC?yLRurtKFeLPFovPgaTLtReRomL;PABB71 72,73:Fjif.73.jelse
+B73:jfiXF71PU71 72,73:PWs;AMM71F71diPAJJFRdriPAQQFRsreLPAI
+I71Fo71dPA!!FRgiePBt'el@ lTLqdrYmu.Q.,Ke;vz vzLqpip.Q.,tz;
+;Lql.IrsZ.eap,qn.i. i.eLlMaesLdRcna,;!;h htLqm.MRasZ.ilk,%
+s$;z zLqs'.ansZ.Ymi,/sx ;LYegseZRyal,@i;@ TLRlogdLrDsW,@;G
+LcYlaDLbJsW,SWXJW ree @rzchLhzsW,;WERcesInW qt.'oL.Rtrul;e
+doTsW,Wk;Rri@stW aHAHHFndZPpqar.tridgeLinZpe.LtYer.W,:jbye
+\end{verbatim}
+If you run this through \tex{} (not \latex) I'm sure you will be surprised at
+the result.
+
+ There is inevitably a problem when converting from \latex{} to HTML for
+a document that includes figures/illustrations or anything more than the
+most simple mathematical
+typesetting as, basically, HTML provides no support. Typically, mathematics
+and illustrations, are converted to a picture format and then
+inserted into the HTML document as graphics, usually with a very poor
+appearance.
+
+ However, for mathematics the situation is starting to change
+because of the advent of MathML (\url{http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML2}).
+In particular the Milestone~13 release
+of Mozilla (\url{http://www.mozilla.org/binaries.html})
+is a MathML-enabled browser. Some examples, generated by \program{TeX4ht},
+are available at \url{http://www.maths.ox.ac.uk/~gartside/mozSuccess}.
+
+ All the systems generate HTML tagged documents, with the particular tagging
+`style' set by the system. It is advantageous to use a converter which either by
+default generates your desired style, or which can be modified in some manner
+to do so.
+
+\subsection{Self-parsing systems}
+
+ The self-parsing systems incorporate their own parsers for the \tex{}
+language. In essence, this means that they `know' the meaning of common
+\tex{} commands, but probably not all possible commands.
+It is advantageous to use a system that can be
+extended to deal with commands that were not anticipated by the author.
+
+ The only system I am familiar with in this class is Peter Wilson's
+\program{ltx2x} program (\url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/ltx2x}).
+This program works by replacing known \latex{}
+commands, and their arguments, by user-specified text strings~\cite{PRW96h}.
+It is unable
+to handle anything more than very simple mathematics and ignores any pictures.
+The user-specified command texts are kept in a simple command-table file.
+Within limits, new \latex{} commands and environments may be specified
+within a command-table file and the command texts modified. The \program{ltx2x}
+program has been used to `detex' (i.e., remove all \latex{} commands) files,
+convert to HTML, and convert to SGML. It cannot convert to XML due to a
+yet to be resolved technical problem in dealing with end of paragraph tags.
+The program is written in C and so requires a C compiler for installation.
+The system can be extended via some C programming, in which case
+the \program{flex} and \program{bison} programs are also required.
+There is no chance that \program{ltx2x} would ever make any sense whatsoever
+of \file{xii.tex} on page~\pageref{code:xii}.
+
+ Perhaps the most venerable system is the \program{LaTeX2HTML}
+system (\url{http://www-texdev.mpce.mq.edu.au/l2h/docs/manual}
+or \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latex2html}), originally
+by Nikos Drakos and now maintained by Ross Moore and others. This system
+is written using \program{Perl} (\url{ftp://ftp.uu.net/languages/perl}).
+It also requires a database management system such as the Unix DBM or NDBM,
+or the GNU GDBM system. Further, it requires \program{Ghostscript} and
+the \program{netpbm} library of graphics utilities
+(\url{ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/utilities}). To extend or change the default
+conversion style requires, I think, some Perl programming. A fuller description
+and examples are given in~\cite{GOOSSENS99}.
+
+ Another converter is the \program{TtH} program by Ian Hutchinson
+(\url{http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth}) which is cost-free for
+non-commercial use; commercial use in this case is roughly by anyone who gets
+paid while using it
+(but see \url{http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/tth-commercial/email.html}
+for the actual wording). There is also another version, \program{TeX2HTML}
+(\url{http://www.tex2html.com}) which is the `commercial GOLD version of
+the freeware \program{Tth} by Ian Hutchinson'. These programs run on the usual
+range of operating systems. An example of the output from \program{TtH} is
+given in~\cite{GOOSSENS99}.
+
+\subsection{TeX-based parsing system}
+
+ Eitan Gurari's \program{TeX4ht} system appears to be unique in that
+it uses \tex{} as the parser for the \latex{} document and instead effectively
+takes the \file{*.dvi} file as its starting point for conversion to HTML.
+That is, it does not have to understand \tex{} code and can, in fact, convert
+David Carlise's \file{xii.tex} (page~\pageref{code:xii}) to HTML.
+The system is available from
+\url{http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html}. It consists of
+two C programs, one package file, and a set of \file{*.4ht} configuration
+files, one for each of the typical LaTeX{} classes and packages. It also
+requires ImageMagick
+(\url{http://www.wizards.dupont.com/cristy/www/archives.html}) for handling
+illustrations and non-simple mathematics.
+Simply speaking, the system
+is extended by writing new \file{*.4ht} file(s) and its output modified
+by writing simple \file{*.cfg} file(s) that override the \file{*.4ht} file(s).
+At the moment, the best and most detailed description is given
+in~\cite{GOOSSENS99}.
+
+ By default, \program{TeX4ht} can generate a non-tagged file or a file
+tagged with either HTML3.2 or HTML4.0. By writing appropriate \file{*.cfg}
+files it can be made to generate XML tagged files. The system comes with a
+script called \program{htlatex} which controls the conversion process from
+\latex; there is also the \program{httex} script for converting a \tex{} document.
+For instance, to convert the earlier example LaTeX{} file,
+\file{example.tex} (page~\pageref{code:example}),
+ to an HTML4.0 tagged document, it is enough to run: \\
+\texttt{htlatex example} \\
+which will then output \file{example.html}. Similarly, to convert
+\file{xii.tex} just run: \\
+\texttt{httex xii}.
+
+\section{Examples}
+
+ Hopefully, you should find several versions of this document, all of
+which have been generated from a single source file. These are:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \file{webguide.tex} --- the \latex{} source.
+\item \file{webguide.ps} --- A PostScript version from running
+ \program{latex} and \program{dvips} on \file{webguide.tex}.
+\item \file{webguide.pdf} --- A PDF version from runnning
+ \program{pdflatex} on \file{webguide.tex}.
+\item \file{webguide.html} --- A HTML4.0 version from running
+ \program{htlatex} on \file{webguide.tex}.
+\end{itemize}
+ The HTML version uses the GIF file
+\file{webguide0x.gif} for the illustration; the file is automatically
+generated by \program{tex4ht} using the ImageMagick \program{convert}
+program. The quality of the picture in the viewed document depends on
+the particular viewer; different versions of Netscape, for example,
+may display and print the diagram with very different rendering qualities.
+I asked TeX4ht to generate this particular figure at 180dpi instead of
+the default 110dpi to improve the quality.
+
+
+\bibliographystyle{alpha}
+%%\bibliography{refs,prw}
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{GMS94}
+
+\bibitem[GMS94]{GOOSSENS94}
+Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin.
+\newblock {\em The LaTeX Companion}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1994.
+
+\bibitem[GR99]{GOOSSENS99}
+Michel Goossens and Sebastion Rahtz.
+\newblock {\em The LaTeX Web Companion -- Integrating TeX, HTML, and XML}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1999.
+\newblock (with Eitan Gurari, Ross Moore, and Robert Sutor).
+
+\bibitem[Hob92]{HOBBY92}
+John Hobby.
+\newblock {\em `{A User's Manual for MetaPost}'}.
+\newblock Technical Report 162, AT\&T Bell Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ, 1992.
+
+\bibitem[Hoe98]{HOENIG98}
+Alan Hoenig.
+\newblock {\em TeX Unbound -- LaTeX and TeX Strategies for Fonts, Graphics, \&
+ More}.
+\newblock Oxford University Press, 1998.
+
+\bibitem[Knu84]{KNUTH84a}
+Donald~E. Knuth.
+\newblock {\em The TeXbook}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1984.
+
+\bibitem[Knu86]{KNUTH86b}
+Donald~E. Knuth.
+\newblock {\em The METAFONTbook}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1986.
+
+\bibitem[Lam94]{LAMPORT94}
+Leslie Lamport.
+\newblock {\em LaTeX: A Document Preparation System}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, second edition, 1994.
+
+\bibitem[Wil96]{PRW96h}
+Peter~R. Wilson.
+\newblock {\em {ltx2x: A LaTeX to X Auto-tagger}}.
+\newblock NIST Report NISTIR, June 1996.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide0x.gif b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide0x.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e3c19233b35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/webguide/webguide0x.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/GPL.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/GPL.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..694ca984955
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/GPL.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ <http://www.gnu.org>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+ whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+ part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+ parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+ when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+ interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+ announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+ notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+ a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+ these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+ License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+ does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+ the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+ source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+ 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+ years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+ cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+ machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+ distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+ customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+ to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
+ allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+ received the program in object code or executable form with such
+ an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2LaTeX.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2LaTeX.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c0f2df7ca9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2LaTeX.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Filename: html2latex.zip
+
+Function: Creates LateX 2.09 files from html-files.
+
+Comments: Compiled from Unix sources version 0.9c with emx 0.9c fix 2.
+ Runs on DOS, Windows (3.x, 9x, NT), OS/2 Warp
+
+Recompiled by Roland Reimers (reimers@muffin.physik.uni-bremen.de)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2latex.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a11748e8240
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/html2latex.html
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>html2latex(1)</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>NAME</H1>
+
+<P>html2latex -- convert HTML markup to LaTeX markup </P>
+
+<P>The original author, Nathan Torrington, wrote:<BR>
+&quot;The source is available
+<A HREF="http://www.vuw.ac.nz/non-local/software/html2latex-0.9c.tar.Z">here</A>&quot;,
+<BR>
+but this is obviously no longer the case. <BR>
+Instead, I (W.Hennings) put it <A HREF="bin/html2ltx.zip">here</A>. This
+zip-file includes an msdos executable. <BR>
+There is another compiled version on CTAN which I also put
+<A HREF="bin/html2LaTeX.zip">here</A> (see <A
+HREF="html2LaTeX.txt">description</A>), but both result from the same source.
+</P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+<H1>SYNOPSIS</H1>
+
+<P><TT>html2latex <I>[opt ...] [file ...]</I></TT> </P>
+
+<H1>DESCRIPTION</H1>
+
+<P>For each file argument, <I>html2latex</I> converts the text as HTML markup
+to LaTeX markup. If no files are specified, a usage message is given. Input
+will be taken from standard input for files named <EM>-</EM>. Output will to a
+similarly named file with a <B>.tex</B> extension (<I>html2latex</I> recognises
+<B>.html</B> extensions). </P>
+
+<P>Options modify the action of <I>html2latex</I>. The options are: </P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT>-n</DT>
+<DD>Number sections. </DD>
+<DT>-p</DT>
+<DD>Place page breaks after the title page (if present) and the table of
+contents (if present). </DD>
+<DT>-c</DT>
+<DD>Generate a table of contents. </DD>
+<DT>-s</DT>
+<DD>Create no files -- LaTeX is output to stdout. </DD>
+<DT>-t Title</DT>
+<DD>Generate a title page, with the title 'Title'. </DD>
+<DT>-a Author</DT>
+<DD>Generate a title page, with the author 'Author'. </DD>
+</DL>
+
+<H1>EXAMPLES</H1>
+
+<P>An example of use is html2latex -n - &lt; file.html | less This converts
+<B>file.html</B> to LaTeX and pages through the output. The sections
+(corresponding to heading tags in the HTML source) will be numbered. </P>
+
+<P>Another example is html2latex -t 'Introduction to HTML' -a gnat -p -c
+html-intro This takes input from the file <B>html-intro</B>, writing to
+<B>html-intro.tex</B>, and adds a title page (with title <I>Introduction to
+HTML</I> and author <I>gnat</I>) and table of contents with page-breaks after
+both. The sections of the document are not numbered. </P>
+
+<H1>BUGS</H1>
+
+<P>Current the only HTML tags supported are: <B>TITLE, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, H6,
+UL, OL, DL, DT, DD, LI, B, I, U, EM, STRONG, CODE, SAMP, KBD, VAR, DFN, CITE,
+LISTING</B>. The only recognised SGML escapes are <B>&amp;amp, &amp;lt,
+&amp;gt</B>. <B>ADDRESS</B> tags are handled badly. </P>
+
+<P>The <B>COMPACT</B> attribute to a <B>DL</B> tag is not recognised.
+<B>MENU</B> and <B>DIR</B> styles are not handled well. <B>TITLE</B> text are
+ignored. </P>
+
+<P>Currently <B>PRE</B> tags are not handled at all. </P>
+
+<P>The entire file is read into memory. For long HTML documents on machines
+with little memory, this may cause problems. </P>
+
+<H1>CREDITS</H1>
+
+<P>Nathan Torkington adapted the HTML parser from NCSA's Xmosaic package
+(<B>file://ncsa.uiuc.edu/Web/xmosaic</B>) and wrote the conversion code. The
+HTML parser code is subject to the NCSA restrictions. The conversion code is
+subject to the VUW restrictions. Enquiries should be sent via e-mail to
+<TT>Nathan.Torkington "at" vuw.ac.nz</TT>. </P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/index.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..82f55f901cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<META NAME="description"
+ CONTENT="Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors" LANG="en">
+<META NAME="keywords"
+ CONTENT="FAQ, converter, LaTeX, winword, word perfect, textprocessor"
+ LANG="en">
+<TITLE>Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A></P>
+
+<H1>Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors</H1>
+
+<P>Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings &quot;at&quot; fz-juelich.de),
+<A HREF="http://www.fz-juelich.de/index-e.html">Forschungszentrum (Research
+Center) J&uuml;lich GmbH</A><BR>
+last update of this page or any of its subpages: April 16, 2004<BR>
+The url of this page is
+<A HREF="http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/index.html">http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/index.html</A>
+</P>
+
+<P><B><FONT SIZE="+1">To all PC users of the TeXconv FAQ pages: </FONT></B><BR>
+<B>Help! My and some other TeX experts' and companies' email addresses are
+continuously flooded with virus laden mails.</B><BR>
+<B>PLEASE check your systems with a virus scanner, remove the viruses, and from
+now on use a resident virus scanning engine and update virus data files at
+least twice a week.<BR>
+If you don't want this, please remove my email address from all your address
+books!!!</B></P>
+
+<P>The main list is divided into two parts:</P>
+
+<P><STRONG>Converters <A HREF="textopc.html">from LaTeX to PC
+textprocessors</A></STRONG></P>
+
+<P><STRONG>Converters <A HREF="pctotex.html">from PC textprocessors to
+LaTeX</A></STRONG></P>
+
+<P>Please also read the <A HREF="#copyright">copyright</A> and the
+<A HREF="#disclaimer">disclaimer</A></P>
+
+<P>You can also <STRONG>download the whole set of www pages</STRONG> in a
+<STRONG><A HREF="wp-conv.zip">zip file</A></STRONG>. This zip file is also
+available from <A HREF="#ctan">CTAN</A> (directory .../help/wp-conv/), but
+there it isn't updated as often as on this page. </P>
+
+<H2>Related external www pages</H2>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://www.esm.psu.edu/mac-tex/tools.html#Converters">List of
+converters ported to Macintosh</A></P>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://www.dante.de/faq/de-tex-faq/txt/faq.11.txt">TeX-FAQ (auf
+Deutsch), Abschnitt 11.3: Konverter</A> (nach Aufruf der Seite
+weiterbl&auml;ttern bis Abschnitt 11.3)</P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="ctan">CTAN</A></H3>
+
+<P>CTAN is &quot;The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network&quot;. The primary CTAN
+hosts -- which also allow uploading -- are the German, the British and the USA
+sites. There are many more full or partial CTAN mirrors. A list of CTAN
+(primary and mirror) hosts is available at
+<A
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/README.mirrors">ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/README.mirrors</A>.
+</P>
+
+<P>The following are links to the primary CTAN hosts: </P>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://www.dante.de/">Der deutsche CTAN Server (The German CTAN
+server)</A></P>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://www.tex.ac.uk/">The British CTAN server</A></P>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/">The USA CTAN Server</A></P>
+
+<P>and the directories on them where you find the converters:</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/support">Deutscher CTAN Server,
+freie Konverter</A></P>
+
+<P><A HREF="ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support">British CTAN server, free
+converters</A></P>
+
+<P><A HREF="ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/">USA CTAN Server, free
+converters</A></P>
+
+<P>It is also possible to order CD-ROM(s) from CTAN with the CTAN contents --
+<BR>
+description in German: <A
+HREF="http://www.dante.de/software/cdrom/">http://www.dante.de/software/cdrom/</A>,
+<BR>
+description in English: <A
+HREF="http://www.tug.org/texlive.html">http://www.tug.org/texlive.html</A>.</P>
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+<STRONG><A NAME="copyright">Copyright</A></STRONG> &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000,
+2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>It must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings &quot;at&quot; fz-juelich.de).
+Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as
+long as the contents are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>You may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution.</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<H2><FONT SIZE="-1"><A NAME="disclaimer">Disclaimer</A></FONT></H2>
+
+<P><FONT SIZE="-1">1. Because the information is licensed free of charge, there
+is no warranty for the information, to the extent permitted by applicable law.
+Except when otherwise stated in writing the copyright holders and/or other
+parties provide the information &quot;as is&quot; without warranty of any kind,
+either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied
+warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The entire
+risk as to the quality and performance of the information is with you. Should
+the information prove defective, you assume the cost of all necessary
+servicing, repair or correction. </FONT></P>
+
+<P><FONT SIZE="-1">2. At the time of putting a link in one of my pages, I found
+the linked content appropriate and probably helpful for readers of my pages.
+However in most cases I did not test whether the information on external pages
+is correct so I take no responsibility for its correctness. Moreover, external
+contents may be changed without my knowledge and an URL may be taken over by a
+different party without my knowledge. I therefore also take no responsibility
+for changes of external contents after adding a link to one of my webpages. If
+a link seems inappropriate, please inform me. (In this context, &quot;external
+contents&quot; means contents of webpages of which I am not the author.)</FONT>
+</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktalk.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktalk.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fc59ff7bf37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktalk.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Received via email on April 9, 1997 from lisa@ktalk.com
+citation begin>>
+
+We have two different products: Texport, which converts from LaTeX/TeX to
+Word, and Publishing Companion, which converts from Word to LaTeX/TeX.
+Equations (greek letters, math symbols, etc.) and text are converted, other
+kinds of graphics not. When converting from LaTeX to Word, equations are
+converted 90-95% well. From Word -> LaTeX they came out only 60-70% because
+Word equations format is encrypted.
+
+Both Texport and Publishing run under Windows 3.x or Win'95, using Word 6.x
+or later versions, on a IBM PC. Each of these products work together with
+our math editor, MathEdit, which let you create/edit/correct equations and
+then save them in various graphics format: WMF (which is the best for Word),
+BMP, TIFF, EPS and/or TeX/LaTeX code. In the conversion process, our macros
+insert the equations graphics into the final document (when convert from
+LaTeX to Word) or merge together the equations LaTeX code and the text (when
+convert from Word to LaTeX).
+
+For more information, please visit our web site at:
+http://www.ktalk.com
+
+We have also a working demo of MathEdit which you can download. (This demo
+permits you only equations not document conversion).
+If you don't have Internet access, call us back for more details.
+Please use the following:
+lisa@ktalk.com or
+ktalk@aol.com
+
+Looking forward to work with you!
+K-Talk Communications, Inc.
+Columbus, Ohio 43212 USA
+Fax: (614) 488-9505
+Phone: (614) 488-8818
+
+<<citation end
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..acb763bd03d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.html
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Why K-Talk's software doesn't work for me</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<H1>Why K-Talk's software doesn't work for me</H1>
+
+<P>last update: May 25, 1998</P>
+
+<P>Although this page resides on the official WWW server of
+<A HREF="http://www.fz-juelich.de/">Forschungszentrum J&uuml;lich GmbH</A>, it
+is NOT officially supported by Forschungszentrum J&uuml;lich but results from
+my personal work.</P>
+
+<P>Neither correctness nor completeness is guaranteed. <BR>
+All opinions mentioned (if any) are my own, not my employer's. Please send
+corrections, enhancements and supplements to the following address: </P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT>e-mail: </DT>
+<DD>W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de</DD>
+<DT>Fax:</DT>
+<DD>(+49) 2461 61 8254</DD>
+<DT>Mail:</DT>
+<DD>W. Hennings c./o. <BR>
+Forschungszentrum Juelich GmbH <BR>
+ISR <BR>
+D-52425 Juelich <BR>
+Germany </DD>
+</DL>
+
+<HR>
+
+<H3>Distinguish two groups of causes why K-Talk's software doesn't work for me:
+</H3>
+
+<H3>A. General Problems</H3>
+
+<P>1. K-Talk's software uses their own formula editor &quot;MathEdit&quot;,
+which is incompatible with Microsoft's equation editor. Therefore if I convert
+a LaTeX file to word, only users having K-Talk's MathEdit are able to use the
+converted file.</P>
+
+<P>2. On the PC wordprocessor side, K-Talk's software primarily uses the
+WordPerfect 5.1 format. MS Word users must install extra macros for conversion
+to a &quot;tagged document file&quot;. <BR>
+These macros however are written for Word6 and need some dlls belonging to
+word6 which I don't have because I have word7(95). So I could not get them
+running.</P>
+
+<P>3. Capacity: on converting the &quot;LaTeX2e Kurzbeschreibung&quot; (from
+CTAN, &quot;l2kurz.tex&quot; plus include-files) I get the error message
+&quot;file l2k2.tex too large to include&quot;.<BR>
+As LaTeX is intended for large documents, a professional converter should be
+able to convert large documents!</P>
+
+<H3>B. Localization Problems</H3>
+
+<P>1. In addition to being not compatible with MS word versions later than
+word6, the word macros need to be localized if one doesn't have the English
+version of Word.</P>
+
+<P>2. TexPort doesn't recognize German umlauts used in german.sty - see the
+converted example &quot;l2kurz&quot;</P>
+
+<H3>Sample of Converted Files (LaTeX -&gt; WP)</H3>
+
+<P><A HREF="bin/essent.zip">essent.zip</A> containing the files:<BR>
+essential.tex, hndout.sty=LaTeX source<BR>
+essent.wp5=wp5.1 file converted by TexPort </P>
+
+<P><A HREF="bin/l2kurz.zip">l2kurz.zip</A> containing the files:<BR>
+l2kurz.tex, l2k1.tex, l2k2.tex, l2k3.tex, l2k4.tex, l2ksym.tex, a4.sty,
+german.sty=LaTeX source<BR>
+l2kurz.wp5=wp5.1 file converted by TexPort</P>
+
+<P>where essential.tex and l2kurz.tex are originals from CTAN.</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..881199c3cb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ktbugs.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+Why K-Talk's software doesn't work for me
+Author: W.Hennings@fz-juelich.de
+last update: May 25, 1998
+
+Distinguish two groups of causes why K-Talk's software
+doesn't work for me:
+
+A. General Problems --
+
+1. K-Talk's software uses their own formula editor "MathEdit",
+ which is incompatible with Microsoft's equation editor.
+ Therefore if I convert a LaTeX file to word, only users
+ having K-Talk's MathEdit are able to use the converted file.
+
+2. On the PC wordprocessor side, K-Talk's software primarily uses
+ the WordPerfect 5.1 format. MS Word users must install
+ extra macros for conversion to a "tagged document file".
+ These macros however are written for Word6 and
+ need some dlls belonging to word6 which I don't have
+ because I have word7(95). So I could not get them running.
+
+3. Capacity: on converting the "LaTeX2e Kurzbeschreibung"
+ (from CTAN, "l2kurz.tex" plus include-files)
+ I get the error message "file l2k2.tex too large to include".
+ As LaTeX is intended for large documents, a professional converter
+ should be able to convert large documents!
+
+B. Localization Problems --
+
+1. In addition to being not compatible with MS word versions later than
+ word6, the word macros need to be localized if one doesn't have
+ the English version of Word.
+
+2. TexPort doesn't recognize German umlauts used in german.sty
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/la2mml.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/la2mml.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f7c5c5e58d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/la2mml.html
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>la2mml: LaTeX to FrameMaker</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>la2mml</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P>
+
+<P>Converts LaTeX documents to MML (Maker Markup Language), a format used by
+Adobe FrameMaker, a page layout program available for Unix, Windows, and Mac.
+</P>
+
+<P>USA site:
+<A
+ HREF="http://www.vasc.ri.cmu.edu/help/Document/Latex2fm/latex2fm.html">
+http://www.vasc.ri.cmu.edu/help/Document/Latex2fm/latex2fm.html</A>
+</P>
+
+<P>The site <A
+HREF="http://www.cs.stir.ac.uk/~kjt/software/framemaker/">
+http://www.cs.stir.ac.uk/~kjt/software/framemaker/</A>
+contains templates which make conversion from Framemaker to LaTeX more easy. It
+also supplies converters from Framemaker to LaTeX and from LaTeX to Framemaker.
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/laola.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/laola.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..470f7a81337
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/laola.html
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>LAOLA</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>LAOLA</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 28, 1998</P>
+
+<P>LAOLA can read Word6- and Word7-documents under Unix and extract the text.
+</P>
+
+<P>Excerpt from the WWW page: &quot;LAOLA is a collection of documentations and
+perl programs dealing with binary file formats of Windows program documents.
+LAOLA is giving access to the raw document streams of any program using
+&quot;structured storage&quot; technology to save its documents. ELSER is
+dealing especially with these streams as they are present in Word 6 and Word 7
+documents.&quot; </P>
+
+<P>See <A
+HREF="http://user.cs.tu-berlin.de/~schwartz/pmh/">
+http://user.cs.tu-berlin.de/~schwartz/pmh/</A>
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/latex2rtf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/latex2rtf.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2163539ff9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/latex2rtf.html
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>latex2rtf converter</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>latex2rtf converter </H1>
+
+<P>this page last updated on Aug 6, 2002</P>
+
+<P>latex2rtf, written in C. </P>
+
+<P>Converts LaTeX equations to Word's formula fields (EQ fields) or images.
+(Anyone who wants and is able to implement conversion to equation editor
+objects please contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de).)<BR>
+The default is conversion to formula fields. These generally display the
+equations in a reasonable quality. If double-clicked in Word, a formula field
+will be converted to an equation editor object, but often with really bad
+result (depending on which constructs are contained in the equation). <BR>
+Conversion to images requires a TeX installation, ImageMagick, and Ghostscript.
+</P>
+
+<P>References are converted to field functions which must be updated after
+loading the resulting rtf file into Word (mark complete document and press F9).
+As development is still going on, I am not sure in how far APA-style references
+are handled; if you need APA style references, also have a look at the
+preprocessor
+<A HREF="http://psych.colorado.edu/~oreilly/misc_software.html#ltxapa2rtf">ltxapa2rtf</A>.
+</P>
+
+<P>Still there are drawbacks in the conversion. In fact, don't expect any
+LaTeX-file to be converted like you want, don't expect it to be converted
+without errors or warnings, and: don't even expect it to be converted at all,
+since LaTeX2rtf is at most at a very experimental stage. LaTeX2rtf is known to
+have a lot of bugs. In fact we could state that there are some special cases,
+where a LaTeX-file can be translated to RTF satisfactorily by LaTeX2rtf. <BR>
+-- This was sort of disclaimer, ok? Ok! </P>
+
+<P>C-source and makefiles (compiles on Unix with gcc; MS-DOS/Windows with gcc;
+and Macintosh with the DropUnix environment) as well as executables for MS-DOS
+(compatible with win95, win98, winME, nt4.0, win2000, winXP) and Macintosh are
+available from <A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/">
+http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/</A>.
+</P>
+
+<P>A stable but not always the most recent release is also available from
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/pub/tex/CTAN.sites">CTAN sites</A>, directory
+.../support/latex2rtf <BR>
+(the ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either
+&quot;/pub/tex&quot; or &quot;/tex-archive&quot;). </P>
+
+<P>We still seek for people joining us as maintainer or developer. If you are
+interested, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de).</P>
+
+<H3> Copyright:</H3>
+
+<P>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
+later version. <BR>
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANT-ABILITY or FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the <A HREF="GPL.txt">GNU General Public License</A>
+for more details. </P>
+
+<P>Note that this Copyright note only applies to the changes made to get the
+actual version. The older versions have their own Copyright policy stated in
+their distribution. </P>
+
+<H3>History:</H3>
+
+<P> In 1994 the first Version of LaTeX2rtf was written by a group of students
+of the Viena University supervised by Ralf Schlatterbeck. They took up a LaTeX
+parser and added most of the functionality to the program. In 1995 work
+continued with a second group of students. The result was LaTeX2rtf Version
+1.5. </P>
+
+<P>Unfortunately, two different persons started further development of that
+program, not knowing of each other:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>In 1997, Daniel Taupin started updating this converter, and still is
+maintaining his version. </LI>
+<LI> In 1998, Georg Lehner found the reference to the original LaTeX2rtf on
+this webpage and added some functionality. Unfortunately we did not know about
+Daniel's developments. His work resulted in version 1.8aa.</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>In 2001, Scott Prahl started to make some significant enhancements, also
+including many of Daniel's additions. He is still working on it. So <B>this
+page is about Georg's and Scott's version</B>. Latest stable release is 1.9.12
+and includes many of the features of Daniel's version.</P>
+
+<P>Temporarily I (Wilfried Hennings) feel responsible for coordinating the
+exchange of development information. But <EM>we are still seeking for a person
+who can act as coordinator of future development, and we also need a person to
+take over the development.</EM> Anyone feeling able to do that please contact
+me by email to W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de. </P>
+
+<P>We got a project initiated at sourceforge.net which aids in further
+development. Visit its homepage at <A
+HREF="http://latex2rtf.sourceforge.net/">http://latex2rtf.sourceforge.net/</A>
+or its project page at <A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/">
+http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/</A>.
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c2ed7e98670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf.html
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ltx2rtf converter</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>ltx2rtf converter </H1>
+
+<P>this page last updated on Aug 6, 2002</P>
+
+<P>ltx2rtf, written in C. </P>
+
+<P>Converts LaTeX equations to images (requires emTeX and Ghostscript). </P>
+
+<P>Current version is 5-5. You can get it from
+<A
+ HREF="ftp://ftp.lps.u-psud.fr/pub/ltx2rtf/">ftp://ftp.lps.u-psud.fr/pub/ltx2rtf/</A>.
+NOTE: Netscape and Opera can not establish the connection to this link, but MS
+Internet Explorer can. (This may be caused by the fact that the server is
+Microsoft ftp service on Win2000 or WinXP). If you have such problems, try a
+plain ftp client instead.</P>
+
+<P>Look <A HREF="ltx2rtf3.html">here</A> for Daniel's description of his
+version - although this description is of Sept. 1999 and does not fully
+describe the features of the current version.</P>
+
+<P>ltx2rtf doesn't handle APA-style references correctly (up to ltx2rtf 5.4;
+later versions may handle these). So Randall C. O'Reilly wrote a preprocessor
+which handles APA-stuff and then invokes ltx2rtf to produce rtf output. See
+<A
+ HREF="http://psych.colorado.edu/~oreilly/misc_software.html#ltxapa2rtf">ltxapa2rtf</A>.
+</P>
+
+<H3>History:</H3>
+
+<P> In 1994 the first Version of LaTeX2rtf was written by a group of students
+of the Viena University supervised by Ralf Schlatterbeck. They took up a LaTeX
+parser and added most of the functionality to the program. In 1995 work
+continued with a second group of students. The result was LaTeX2rtf Version
+1.5. </P>
+
+<P>Unfortunately, two different persons started further development of that
+program, not knowing of each other:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>In 1997, Daniel Taupin started updating this converter, and still is
+maintaining his version. </LI>
+<LI> In 1998, Georg Lehner found the reference to the original LaTeX2rtf on
+this webpage, added some functionality and still is maintaining his version.
+Unfortunately he did not know about Daniel's developments.</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>So <B>this page is about Daniel's version</B>.</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf3.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf3.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..607e8edc4cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2rtf3.html
@@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="TtH 2.34">
+<TITLE> ltx2rtf: exporting LaTeX documents to Word addicts</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1><TT>ltx2rtf</TT> :<BR>
+exporting L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X documents to Word addicts </H1>
+
+<H3>Daniel Taupin<BR>
+laboratoire de Physique des Solides<BR>
+b&acirc;t. 510, centre universitaire<BR>
+F-91405 Orsay Cedex </H3>
+
+<P> Note (by W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de):<BR>
+This description is of Sept. 1999 and may not fully correspond to the features
+of the current version of the program.</P>
+
+<H3>Abstract</H3>
+
+<P> <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> is a compiler that translates
+L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X2<FONT FACE="symbol">e</FONT> source text into the
+RTF format used by several text processors, including Microsoft Word and Word
+for Windows. It was written by Fernando Dorner and Andreas Granzer in a
+one-semester course in Vienna (Austria) and is currently found as <TT>latex2rtf
+</TT> in CTAN servers. </P>
+
+<P> It was heavily corrected and adapted to L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X2e in
+1997 by Daniel Taupin. The distribution was intended mainly for use within the
+MS-DOS window of Win95 and Win3.11, but all sources can be compiled on unix
+computers having GCC compilers. </P>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="tth_sEc1"> 1</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;Introduction: the need for a converter
+to RTF</H2>
+
+<P> Like most of the audience of TUG and other T<SUB>E</SUB>Xperts' meetings, I
+usually write most of my papers in L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X2e. But problems
+arise when needing to transmit these documents to
+non-L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X users. </P>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="tth_sEc1.1"> 1.1</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;The various cul-de-sacs when
+transmitting L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X documents</H3>
+
+<P>Transmitting a L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X document to other
+L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X users is no problem, since all
+L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X formats at least recognise the 7-bit representation
+of accented letters. The problem arises only when the addressee is reluctant to
+use a L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X representation: </P>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc1.1.1"> 1.1.1</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;Sending plain text</H4>
+
+<P>This obvious (poor) solution fails because accented letters have at least
+three commonly used codings, the 850 for PCs, the Mac encoding and the
+ISO-latin1 coding, notwithstanding eastern European countries which use other
+ISO-8859 codings. Even the possible 7-bit bypass is often rejected since people
+who are not computer scientists seem allergic to the 7-bit representation
+&quot;<TT>r\'esum\'e</TT>&quot; instead of &quot;r&eacute;sum&eacute;&quot;.
+</P>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc1.1.2"> 1.1.2</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;Sending a PostScript file</H4>
+
+<P>This is the apparently &quot;good&quot; solution used by everyone in
+scientific areas. But it may fail for several reasons: </P>
+
+<OL>
+<LI> All <I>hard</I>-scientists have access to at least one PostScript printer,
+but administrative offices, as well as most private persons, do not due to the
+high cost of PostScript printers. </LI>
+<LI> Even if they can access a PostScript printer, people receiving such a file
+in an e-mail under Windows have no standard means to send a PostScript file to
+their PostScript printer: as a matter of fact, Windows provides several
+&quot;drivers&quot; for PostScript printers, but no driver doing nothing except
+plain transmission which is possible only by using the unix <TT>lp</TT> or
+<TT>lpr</TT> commands, or the MS-DOS <TT>copy</TT> command<A HREF="#tthFtNtAAB"
+NAME="tthFrefAAB"><SUP>1</SUP></A>. </LI>
+<LI> Other software can solve this problem, but you cannot reasonably ask your
+correspondent (all of your correspondents in the case of a mailing list) to
+install either GhostScript, GhostView or <TT>prfile10</TT>. </LI>
+</OL>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc1.1.3"> 1.1.3</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;Sending image files</H4>
+
+<P> One could think of sending images of the document, rather than the text
+with its layout. In fact, this is rather satisfactory if the document is one or
+two pages: a scanner can be used to produce GIF files, or several packages are
+available to help the knowledgeable producer of a complex document in
+converting it from DVI, PostScript, PCL to GIF, a format whose advantage is
+being compressed. However: </P>
+
+<OL>
+<LI> not all addressees are aware that they could use their Netscape or
+Microsoft Explorer to view a local GIF file; </LI>
+<LI> the GIF-bitmap file of a pure text page consumes much more space that the
+text it contains: the size is no problem for a few pages, but it is for dozens.
+</LI>
+</OL>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="tth_sEc1.2"> 1.2</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;How to think of portability</H3>
+
+<P> The sender of a L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X document - as well as the
+sender of a C or F77 source program - is therefore faced with a <I>portability
+</I> problem. </P>
+
+<P> Unfortunately, the person who exposes these difficulties is likely to get
+answers of the form: &quot;why don't you get rid of your Windows system and
+move to unix?&quot;, &quot;why don't you discard your old Epson printer and
+have a PostScript printer?&quot;, &quot;why don't you move from Microsoft's
+text editors and use L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X?&quot;, &quot;why don't you
+install GhostScript, GhostView, <TT>prfile10</TT>, or a Linux partition to your
+PC?&quot;, etc. </P>
+
+<P> All these common sense answers are right, but they just forget one thing:
+the problem is not <I><B>my </B></I> with personal installation when
+sending/mailing a document, the problem is with the installation of the
+addressees, whose skill I perhaps do not know at all, and who are probably
+unable to install software other than what they got when buying their personal
+computer or when registering on some multi-user workstation. </P>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="tth_sEc2"> 2</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;The idea of <TT>ltx2rtf</TT>: using
+Word as a DVI driver</H2>
+
+<P> When sending a document to a variety of addressees, one should think of
+which software is most wide-spread among them; the answer is &quot;thanks to
+Micro$oft's powerful advertisements, they all possess<A
+HREF="#tthFtNtAAC" NAME="tthFrefAAC"><SUP>2</SUP></A> a version of
+Word[perfect] which can read RTF files. </P>
+
+<P> In fact, whatever many people claim about Microsoft's way of managing its
+software, RTF specifications are published by this company, and are available
+at: </P>
+<CENTER>
+<TT>ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/GC0165.EXE</TT> ,
+</CENTER>
+
+<P> a self-extracting zipped file yielding a <TT>*.DOC</TT> file<A
+HREF="#tthFtNtAAD" NAME="tthFrefAAD"><SUP>3</SUP></A>. Thus, using this
+specification file (130 pages) and testing the actual behaviour of Word<A
+HREF="#tthFtNtAAE" NAME="tthFrefAAE"><SUP>4</SUP></A>, one can obtain a means
+of producing RTF from a L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X source. </P>
+
+<P> This was attempted in 1994 by students at an institution which appears to
+be a Technical University in Vienna (Austria) and widely posted on CTAN under
+the name <TT>latex2rtf</TT>. Their translator is provided as several C source
+files which can be easily compiled with a satisfactory &quot;makefile&quot;.
+</P>
+
+<P> The C coding is clean and well structured but, unfortunately, the students
+did not have a knowledge of L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X of the same quality as
+their C programming skill; thus many things had to be revised concerning font
+management, sectioning, <TT>itemize</TT>, <TT>enumerate</TT>, <TT>description
+</TT> and <TT>tabular</TT> environments, notwithstanding
+L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X2e more recent specifications. </P>
+
+<P> Anyway, even with its deficiencies, <TT>latex2rtf</TT> produces a RTF file
+which is quite satisfactory in the sense that it can be processed using Word,
+and nicely printed after several manual corrections, without the need to retype
+the whole of the text and add the font changes. </P>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="tth_sEc3"> 3</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;<TT>ltx2rtf</TT></H2>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="tth_sEc3.1"> 3.1</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;Features</H3>
+
+<P> In the same way as <TT>latex2html</TT>, <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> compiles the
+L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X source and directly produces RTF output, instead of
+HTML. </P>
+
+<P> Part, chapter and section numbering all use Word (and RTF) built-in macros
+to provide section numbers which can be updated when inserting new sections
+(i.e. &quot;title&quot; levels) as provided by Word. Optionally, these
+numberings can be computed by <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> itself, in such a way they are
+frozen for further Word updates. Conversely, <TT>enumerate</TT> environments
+produce frozen numbers, mainly because Word's built-in features inhibit
+unnumbered paragraphs within that environment. </P>
+
+<P> Western European accented letters - including capitals - are correctly
+treated, including the famous ISO-latin1 excluded &quot;&#156;&quot;. In the
+same way, additional abbreviation features provided by Bernard Gaulle's <TT>
+french.sty</TT> and Daniel Taupin's <TT>smallcap.sty</TT> (which enables a
+<TT>\scfamily</TT> command instead of <TT>\scshape</TT> to provide bold and/or
+slanted small capitals). </P>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="tth_sEc3.2"> 3.2</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;Implementation</H3>
+
+<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc3.2.1"> 3.2.1</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;Basic</H4>
+
+<OL>
+<LI> The input code can be either 7-bit, or ANSI (ISO-latin1) or 850. The Mac
+coding is not yet implemented but doing that would not be a problem. </LI>
+<LI> The source can be compiled with any GCC compiler (no serious problems with
+other normal C compilers). We tested it mainly with the DJGPP port of GCC to
+DOS (native, Win3.11 and Win95). </LI>
+<LI> Nothing more is needed, as long as one does not want to translate maths.
+</LI>
+<LI> Maths parts are tentatively translated using the few RTF mathematical
+features such as raising parts of the text and changing fonts (size and shape).
+</LI>
+</OL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc3.2.2"> 3.2.2</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;Maths handling</H4>
+
+<P>Two options are provided for maths handling. </P>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<OL>
+<LI> The <TT>-m</TT> option uses L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X-ing for
+<I>displayed equations</I>, namely those enclosed with <TT>$$</TT> (
+<TT>equation</TT> environment in the future). Then, nearly in the same way as
+<TT>latex2html</TT>:
+
+<UL>
+<LI> <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> calls <TT>latex</TT> to produce a DVI file for each
+equation; </LI>
+<LI> <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> calls an external procedure (<TT>DVI2PBM.BAT</TT>) under
+MSDOS) which, in turn, either calls emTeX's <TT>dvidrv&nbsp;dvidot</TT> to
+produce PCX files and then calls NETPBM routines to convert the PCX to PBM, or
+calls DVIPS to produce a PostScript file and then GhostScript to produce<A HREF="#tthFtNtAAF"
+NAME="tthFrefAAF"><SUP>5</SUP></A> a PBM file; </LI>
+<LI> finally, the PBM file is read by <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> itself and converted to
+&quot;wbitmap&quot; as specified in the RTF specification document<A
+HREF="#tthFtNtAAG" NAME="tthFrefAAG"><SUP>6</SUP></A>; </LI>
+</UL>
+</LI>
+<LI> The <TT>-M</TT> option not only uses L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X-ing for
+<I>displayed equations</I>, but also for single <TT>$</TT>-enclosed
+mathematical text. </LI>
+</OL>
+
+<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc3.2.3"> 3.2.3</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;Quality of the result</H4>
+
+<P>From the L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X-er's view point, output (text and
+moreover maths) is much better than the results obtained by average
+&quot;Wordists&quot;, especially with respect to lists. </P>
+
+<P> Therefore the RTF produced is very good when one wants to e-mail a
+L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X-typeset text to unkwnown (or known) addressees
+whose probability of possessing Word is 95%, but of having at least DVI
+printers/viewers or easy access to PostScript printers is only 5%. </P>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H4><A NAME="tth_sEc3.2.4"> 3.2.4</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;The inconveniences</H4>
+
+<P>From the producer's viewpoint, one sees the same installation difficulties
+as with <TT>latex2html</TT> with the exception that neither Perl nor GDBM/DBM
+are needed. </P>
+
+<P> But more major inconveniences are seen from the addressee's viewpoint: </P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI> Since Microsoft now rules the computation and networking world, any
+apparent deficiency in its products must be considered as &quot;not a bug, but
+a feature&quot;. Therefore, any layout different from what a Wordist usually
+gets (think of no paragraph hanging indentation in hierarchical lists) maybe
+considered as a negative feature, in the same way as accented capitals or
+non-english characters which are so difficult to type (4 clicks and 3 mouse
+moves to produce <TT>&aelig;</TT> or <TT>&#156;</TT> in French). </LI>
+<LI> Even worse, the L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X-like layout takes advantage of
+the powerful basic commands of RTF - something near to T<SUB>E</SUB>X
+primitives plus some plain-T<SUB>E</SUB>X facilities - but such results are
+nearly impossible to obtain with Word's ready-made clicking commands.
+
+<P> The reason is that the <TT>ltx2rtf</TT>-generated format
+(&quot;format&quot; in the Word sense) is definitely different from those which
+are provided as standard in Word's clicking windows. This results in the
+impossibility for the addressee to modify the RTF file except for pure text
+corrections and, perhaps, changes in sectioning (but not in section numbering
+style). </P>
+</LI>
+<LI> Obviously, math parts are frozen as images which can only be removed,
+moved, enlarged or shrunk, but not edited. </LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H3><A NAME="tth_sEc3.3"> 3.3</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;Availability</H3>
+
+<P>Software can be obtained from:
+<TT>ftp://ftp.lps.u-psud.fr/pub/ltx2rtf/ltx2rtf.zip</TT> </P>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="tth_sEc4"> 4</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;Conclusion</H2>
+
+<P>In the same way that DVIPS is not intended to help typesetters moving from
+LaTeX to PostScript, <TT>ltx2rtf</TT> is not intended to help them moving from
+L<SUP>A</SUP>T<SUB>E</SUB>X to Word, but to help them in sending or posting
+nicely typeset papers, thus multiplying by tens the number of persons able to
+display and print it on their own Microsoft-addicted devices. </P>
+
+<P> </P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<H3>Footnotes:</H3>
+
+<P><A NAME="tthFtNtAAB"></A><A HREF="#tthFrefAAB"><SUP>1</SUP></A> Which does
+not work with network connected printers. </P>
+
+<P><A NAME="tthFtNtAAC"></A><A HREF="#tthFrefAAC"><SUP>2</SUP></A> Whether they
+actually bought the license is the addressee's problem, not mine. </P>
+
+<P><A NAME="tthFtNtAAD"></A><A HREF="#tthFrefAAD"><SUP>3</SUP></A> Unzipping it
+seems however to fail since that last posting. No comment... </P>
+
+<P><A NAME="tthFtNtAAE"></A><A HREF="#tthFrefAAE"><SUP>4</SUP></A> An old Word
+6.0 did not exactly respect the specifications... </P>
+
+<P><A NAME="tthFtNtAAF"></A><A HREF="#tthFrefAAF"><SUP>5</SUP></A> Thanks to
+Emmanuel Bigler who provided this alternate solution. </P>
+
+<P><A NAME="tthFtNtAAG"></A><A HREF="#tthFrefAAG"><SUP>6</SUP></A> Other
+picture specifications are described, but they all fail with Word 6.0;
+therefore we kept to the only one succeeding. </P>
+
+<P></P>
+
+<HR>
+<INS><SMALL>File translated from T<SUB><FONT SIZE="-1">E</FONT></SUB>X by
+<A HREF="http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/">T<SUB><FONT
+SIZE="-1">T</FONT></SUB>H</A>, version 2.34.<BR>
+On 1 Sep 1999, 12:25.</SMALL> </INS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2word.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2word.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ea0feee1ba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/ltx2word.html
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ltx2word macros</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>ltx2word macros</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P>
+
+<P>LaTeX to WinWord 6, WinWord 7(95) and WinWord 97 converter, written as Word
+macros. </P>
+
+<P>Author: W. Hennings (myself) (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de)</P>
+
+<P>Caution! Quick-and-dirty &quot;pre-alpha&quot; version! <BR>
+The author grants no warranty of any kind, especially neither for functionality
+nor for any damage caused by use of the program, but suggestions for
+enhancement are welcome. </P>
+
+<P>New version June 11, 1997: More tags implemented, e.g. now also converts
+\begin{tabular} ... \end{tabular} to a table and \begin{center} ...
+\end{center} to centered text. Still no formulae!!</P>
+
+<P>Download: <A HREF="bin/ltx2word.zip">ltx2word.zip</A>. This zipfile
+contains: </P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT>ltx2w95.dot:</DT>
+<DD>Template for GERMAN WinWord 7, probably also WinWord 6. <BR>
+NOT designed for, but adaptable to non-German versions. </DD>
+<DT>ltx2w97.doc:</DT>
+<DD>Converted to Word97 by Carsten Schwartz &lt;smike "at" vip.cybercity.dk&gt;</DD>
+<DT>license.txt:</DT>
+<DD>The GNU Public License</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<P>Note: This macro set is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">GNU
+General Public License</A> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. </P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mathtype.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mathtype.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dae450f4fbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mathtype.html
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>MathType equation editor</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>MathType equation editor</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P>
+
+<P>The MathType equation editor, the full scale, commercial version of
+WinWord's equation editor, is capable of converting its equations to TeX
+format. Plain Tex, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX and several flavors of MathML are
+available in the new 4.0 release. <BR>
+MathType comes with a Word macro which will convert all the equations in a Word
+document into TeX. </P>
+
+<P>A special version of MathType, called TeXaide, is now available to be
+downloaded for free from the <A
+HREF="http://www.mathtype.com/mathtype/">mathtype homepage</A>. With TeXaide
+you can compose equations and output them in Plain TeX, AMS TeX, LaTeX, and AMS
+LaTeX. You can also select and copy a Word97 equation (with or without opening
+the equation editor), paste it into TeXaide and then output it in TeX format,
+one equation at a time. (I didn't try it with other Word versions.) It runs on
+Windows 95, 98, 2000 and NT 4.0 and newer. </P>
+
+<P>I personally have MathType 3.1 and 4.0, too, and it IS able to convert from its own
+format as well as from WinWord's EquationEditor format TO TeX. The backward
+direction (TeX to MathType) is ONLY possible for TeX code which was produced by
+MathType (containing a TeX comment which allows MathType to see how it was
+generated). It also IS possible to convert from MathType to EquationEditor.
+</P>
+
+<P>Design Science, 4028 Broadway, Long Beach, CA 90803. <BR>
+Phone (USA) 562-433-0685, Fax (USA) 562-433-6969 <BR>
+Sales USA 800-827-0685 (sales "at" mathtype.com)<BR>
+Sales Europe (+49) 6136 996090 (gregoryk "at" mathtype.com)<BR>
+email: info "at" mathtype.com, support: support "at" mathtype.com<BR>
+WWW: <A HREF="http://www.mathtype.com/mathtype/">http://www.mathtype.com/mathtype/</A>
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mswordview.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mswordview.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4a73e5ca93b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/mswordview.html
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//SQ//DTD HTML 2.0 + all extensions//EN" "hmpro3.dtd">
+
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>MSWordView</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+<P>Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+<H1>MSWordView</H1>
+<P>last update: July 28, 1998</P>
+<P>MSWordView is a program that can understand the microsofts word 8 binary
+file format (office97), it currently converts word into html, which can then be
+read with a browser. </P>
+<P>See <A
+HREF="http://www.csn.ul.ie/~caolan/docs/MSWordView.html">http://www.csn.ul.ie/~caolan/docs/MSWordView.html</A>
+</P>
+<P>Current Features include</P>
+<UL>
+<LI>ability to understand fastsaved files as well as non-fastsaved files. </LI>
+<LI>conversion of word header paragraph style into appropiate header levels of
+html. </LI>
+<LI>conversion of font attributes such as italic, bold and font size into html
+tags </LI>
+<LI>conversion of word tables into html tables. </LI>
+<LI>conversion of ms symbol and wingding font into gif pics for html output, so
+math done directly in word shows up fairly alright, note <B>not</B> equation
+editor, thats an ole embedded type </LI>
+<LI>encoding of non-west-european ascii languages into utf-8 encoding, which
+should work with at least netscape. </LI>
+<LI>some understanding of lists, lists are suprisingly difficult. </LI>
+<LI>slightly less understanding of headers and footers. </LI>
+</UL>
+<P>Non Supported Features include</P>
+<UL>
+<LI>text justification </LI>
+<LI>embedded graphics or other embedded types </LI>
+<LI>guaranteed proper handling of headers and footers </LI>
+<LI>fully correct conversion of tab stops and other formatting done by the user
+done with whitespace </LI>
+<LI>correct conversion of lists, all lists become bullet pointed lists
+(&lt;ul&gt;) </LI>
+<LI>word 6 and 7 etc arent currently supported, just word 8. mswordview cant
+understand these formats as they're somewhat different. </LI>
+</UL>
+<P>Defects are </P>
+<UL>
+<LI>mswordview uses laola to extract the ole streams from the document, and on
+occasion laola cant cope with some files, i.e corrupt docs and some large docs.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texcnv site.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me instead. Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some
+other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents are unchanged.
+</LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/nb4latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/nb4latex.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ada59b72f2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/nb4latex.html
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>NB4LATEX converter</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters between from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX
+- Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>NB4LATEX</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 24, 2000</P>
+
+<P>citation begin&gt;&gt;</P>
+
+<P>From: Guido Milanese &lt;MC1194 "at" mclink.it&gt; </P>
+
+<P>This is to inform that there is a new program that converts NotaBene files
+to LaTeX format. It is my NB4LATEX program, that converts files from NotaBene4
+(including ancient Greek and all the symbols of logic) to LaTeX2e format. The
+program may be downloaded from my homepage
+<A HREF="http://www.geocities.com/Vienna/3023/">
+http://www.geocities.com/Vienna/3023/</A>
+at the URL: </P>
+
+<P><A
+HREF="http://www.geocities.com/Vienna/3023/nb4latex.zip">
+http://www.geocities.com/Vienna/3023/nb4latex.zip</A>
+</P>
+
+<P>This is also a little contribution to the issue ov 'visual' editing for TeX.
+With this conversion program and its utilities, you can use NotaBene for
+editing (seeing all the accents, the Greek chars, etc.) and, at the very final
+stage of document preparation, convert it to LaTeX2e. </P>
+
+<P>It is a beta version. Please contact me for any problem. </P>
+
+<P>Thanks, gm </P>
+
+<P>&lt;&lt;citation end</P>
+
+<P>remark by the FAQ maintainer: </P>
+
+<P>Nota Bene's home page is <A
+HREF="http://www.notabene.com/">http://www.notabene.com/</A> </P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pc2txtbl.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pc2txtbl.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..40b0c8f1767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pc2txtbl.html
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>PC -&gt; LaTeX Converter Quick Comparison List</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>PC -&gt; LaTeX Converter Quick Comparison List</H1>
+
+<P><STRONG>Switch conversion direction: <A HREF="tx2pctbl.html">From LaTeX to
+PC</A></STRONG></P>
+
+<P>Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings &quot;at&quot; fz-juelich.de),
+Forschungszentrum (Research Center) J&uuml;lich GmbH<BR>
+last update: March 11, 2004</P>
+
+<P>NOTE: This table is still under construction. I only had time to include the
+most recent converters.</P>
+<TABLE WIDTH="100%" BORDER="1">
+<TR>
+<TH WIDTH="18%">Program<BR>
+Author(s)<BR>
+referred version</TH>
+<TH WIDTH="35%">Features</TH>
+<TH WIDTH="18%">supported Systems</TH>
+<TH>where on CTAN</TH>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">rtf2latex2e <BR>
+by Ujwal Sathyam and Scott Prahl (free)<BR>
+1.0 fc2 (May 18, 2001)</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">convert from RTF
+
+<UL>
+<LI> detects text style: bold, italic, color, big, small,... </LI>
+<LI> reads embedded figures: PICT, WMF, PNG, JPEG,... </LI>
+<LI> reads tables: simple to semi-complex </LI>
+<LI> equations: reads out Equation Editor equations</LI>
+<LI> symbols: converts most greek and math symbols </LI>
+<LI> reads footnotes</LI>
+<LI> support for use of the fontenc package </LI>
+<LI> translates hyperlinks using the hyperref package </LI>
+</UL>
+</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">all kinds of Unix <BR>
+DOS, MS Windows</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT">.../support/rtf2latex2e <BR>
+for most recent version see
+<A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/rtf2latex2e/"> sourceforge.net/
+projects/rtf2latex2e/</A></TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">wp2latex <BR>
+by J. Fojtik (free)<BR>
+3.12 (Feb. 28, 2004)</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">convert from WordPerfect 3.x, 4.x,
+5.x, and 6/7/8.x document files <BR>
+converts (among others):
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Equations</LI>
+<LI>Tables </LI>
+<LI>Footnotes, Endnotes, Cross-references</LI>
+<LI>Superscript, Subscript</LI>
+<LI>Extended characters (foreign language/accented, math, Greek - not
+linedrawing)</LI>
+</UL>
+</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">Linux<BR>
+DOS, MS Windows</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT">.../support/wp2latex (older version 2.111)<BR>
+for most recent version see
+<A HREF="http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/wp2latex.htm">
+www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/ wp2latex/wp2latex.htm</A> </TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">Word2TeX<BR>
+Chikrii Softlab. shareware, 99$ (45$ academic)<BR>
+version 3.0 (March 2003)</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">save as LaTeX from within Word<BR>
+converts:
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Equation Editor 2.x-3.x, Design Science MathType 1.x, 2.x, 3.x, 3.5, 4.0
+embedded objects (*)</LI>
+<LI>figures (to EPS or PDF)(*)</LI>
+<LI>tables (even very complicated) (*)</LI>
+<LI>footnotes</LI>
+<LI>endnotes (to bibliography)</LI>
+<LI>index</LI>
+<LI>cross-references</LI>
+<LI>paragraph styles (heading1 to heading4, custom styles)</LI>
+<LI>character attributes</LI>
+<LI>Greek-charset</LI>
+<LI>multibyte character encodings (Unicode)</LI>
+<LI>and many more (see <A HREF="http://www.word2tex.com/">homepage</A>)</LI>
+</UL>
+(*) some restrictions will apply in unregistered Word2TeX</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">MS Windows + Word 6, 7(95), 8(97),
+9(2000) or 10(XP) required</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"><A
+HREF="http://www.word2tex.com/">www.word2tex.com</A></TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">Writer2LaTeX<BR>
+converts OpenOffice.org / StarOffice 6 Writer documents into LaTeX2e (free)<BR>
+v. 0.3.3a, Feb. 20, 2004</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">The current version deals with plain
+text and formulas. <BR>
+3rd alpha test release of version 0.2 is available - now working as an export
+filter in OpenOffice.org and includes an experimental Writer to XHMTL+MathML
+converter.</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">all OS supporting Java </TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"><A
+HREF="http://www.hj-gym.dk/~hj/writer2latex/">http://www.hj-gym.dk/
+~hj/writer2latex/</A></TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">Publishing Companion<BR>
+KTalk Communications (commercial, 399 US$)<BR>
+v. 2.21</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">converts (among others):
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Automatic Indexes</LI>
+<LI>Footnotes, Endnotes</LI>
+<LI>Foreign Characters</LI>
+<LI>Running Headers &amp; Footers</LI>
+<LI>Superscripts &amp; Subscripts</LI>
+<LI>MathEdit Math Equations</LI>
+<LI>MS Word 6.0 Math Equations</LI>
+<LI>WordPerfect Math Equations</LI>
+</UL>
+</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">DOS / MS Windows</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"><A HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/pubcomp.html">
+www.ktalk.com/ pubcomp.html</A></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings &quot;at&quot; fz-juelich.de).
+Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as
+long as the contents are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pctotex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pctotex.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ee107d79b0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pctotex.html
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - Overview</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="index.html">Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors
+homepage</A></P>
+
+<H1>Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX - Overview</H1>
+
+<P><STRONG>Switch conversion direction: <A HREF="textopc.html">From LaTeX to
+PC</A></STRONG></P>
+
+<P>Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings &quot;at&quot; fz-juelich.de),
+<A HREF="http://www.fz-juelich.de/index-e.html">Forschungszentrum (Research
+Center) J&uuml;lich GmbH</A><BR>
+last update (including subpages): April 19, 2004<BR>
+The url of this page is
+<A HREF="http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/pctotex.html">
+http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/pctotex.html</A> </P>
+
+<P><B><FONT SIZE="+1">To all PC users of the TeXconv FAQ pages: </FONT></B><BR>
+<B>Help! My and some other TeX experts' and companies' email addresses are
+continuously flooded with virus laden mails.</B><BR>
+<B>PLEASE check your systems with a virus scanner, remove the viruses, and from
+now on use a resident virus scanning engine and update virus data files at
+least twice a week.<BR>
+If you don't want this, please remove my email address from all your address
+books!!!</B></P>
+
+<P>I maintain these pages because I need converters between LaTeX and PC
+Textprocessors for my work and I want to share the information with others who
+need it. Because I maintain them in my spare time (uh, what is spare time?), I
+can not answer individual questions.</P>
+
+<P><STRONG>This list is as good or as bad as its support, and I need YOUR
+support to update and supplement this list.</STRONG> Please supplement if you
+know more and/or better ones. There are some more converters on the CTAN sites,
+but the following seem to be most promising for conversion to and from the
+current versions of wordprocessors. </P>
+
+<P>Neither correctness nor completeness is guaranteed. <BR>
+All opinions mentioned (if any) are my own, not my employer's. Please send
+corrections, enhancements and supplements (auch in deutscher Sprache) to the
+following address: <BR>
+W.Hennings &quot;at&quot; fz-juelich.de</P>
+
+<P>Note that this FAQ list contains information about converters
+<STRONG>ONLY</STRONG> between PC word processors and LaTeX. Converters to and
+from <STRONG>other formats may have own FAQ lists</STRONG> - e.g. see the link
+for converters to and from HTML.</P>
+<HR>
+
+<P>For the impatient, here is a <A HREF="pc2txtbl.html">table with overview of
+features</A> of the most recent converters.</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>General Remarks</H2>
+
+<P>Before looking for a converter, stop and think about a principal question:
+</P>
+
+<H3>What do you want to be converted in which way?</H3>
+
+<P>Do you want to convert the <STRONG>document structure</STRONG>, i.e. a
+heading should remain a heading, a list should remain a list etc., no matter
+how it will look like in the target format?<BR>
+Or do you want to convert the <STRONG>appearance</STRONG>, i.e. how it looks
+like, no matter how it is represented in the target format?<BR>
+Or do you want a mixture of both?<BR>
+For using SGML as an intermediate format, you would have to specify the
+translation rules yourself (as far as I understood). This makes sense, and
+explains why different people have very different opinions about which
+converter best fits their needs: They simply have different demands and
+expectations on what should be converted and how. <BR>
+So, not only practically there is no converter which is good for everyone and
+every purpose, but this is even principally impossible because there are no
+well-defined requirements which a converter should meet. </P>
+
+<P>So keep this in mind when looking through the following list of converters,
+try yourself and decide what you need.</P>
+
+<H3>Principal problems of wordprocessor to LaTeX conversion</H3>
+
+<P>One advantage of LaTeX is that it forces to structure a document, whereas
+wordprocessors like Word/WordPerfect allow unstructured documents. It is hardly
+possible to automatically structure a document where there was no structure
+before. </P>
+
+<P>However it is nevertheless possible to write a structured document with a
+wordprocessor by consistently using styles. Therefore, wordprocessor documents
+using styles can be converted to a LaTeX with an equivalent (but not
+necessarily identical) structure. </P>
+
+<H3>There are several ways to convert</H3>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>use a Wordprocessor macro: search for formats, special characters and
+equations, tag them with LaTeX markup, then save as plain text <BR>
+<BR>
+</LI>
+<LI>use a Wordprocessor export filter<BR>
+<BR>
+</LI>
+<LI>use an external converter: </LI>
+</UL>
+<OL>
+<LI>Word binary format -&gt; LaTeX</LI>
+<LI>RTF (Word ASCII format, use Word's own RTF export) -&gt; LaTeX</LI>
+<LI>Open Office format -&gt; LaTeX</LI>
+<LI>WordPerfect 5.1 format -&gt; LaTeX</LI>
+<LI>HTML (use Wordprocessor's built-in or add-on html converter) -&gt; LaTeX
+</LI>
+<LI>maybe other external format(s)</LI>
+</OL>
+
+<P>The converters being most complete, undergoing further development and
+having support are:</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="#rtf2latex2e">rtf2latex2e</A> - free standalone converter for Mac,
+PC, and Unix, and</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="#word2tex">word2tex</A> - shareware, MS Word export filter for PC
+</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="#writer2latex">Writer2LaTeX</A> - free export filter and standalone
+Open Office converter</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="#wp2latex">WP2LaTeX</A> - free standalone Word Perfect converter
+for PC</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="#pubcomp">Publishing Companion</A> - commercial Word Perfect
+converter for PC </P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Using a Word macro</H2>
+
+<H3>Free:</H3>
+
+<P><A HREF="winw2ltx.html">winw2ltx</A>: A set of macros for WinWord 2, now
+also available for WinWord 6 and 7 (95)</P>
+
+<H3>Commercial:</H3>
+
+<P><A HREF="mathtype.html">MathType</A>: PC equation editor with export to
+LaTeX. <A HREF="http://www.mathtype.com/">MathType home page (USA)</A> </P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Using a Word export filter</H2>
+
+<H3>Shareware:</H3>
+
+<P><A NAME="word2tex"><U>Word2TeX:</U></A> This converter can save documents
+from Word6/Word7(=95) or later as LaTeX, <B>including equation editor (!)</B>
+objects and MathType objects. <BR>
+Converts:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Equation Editor 2.x-3.x, Design Science MathType 1.x, 2.x, 3.x, 3.5, 4.0
+embedded objects (*)</LI>
+<LI>figures (to EPS or PDF)(*)</LI>
+<LI>tables (even very complicated) (*)</LI>
+<LI>footnotes </LI>
+<LI>endnotes (to bibliography)</LI>
+<LI>index</LI>
+<LI>cross-references</LI>
+<LI>paragraph styles (heading1 to heading4, custom styles) -- customizable</LI>
+<LI>character attributes (bold, italic etc.) -- customizable</LI>
+<LI>Greek-charset</LI>
+<LI>multibyte character encodings (Unicode)</LI>
+<LI>and many more (see <A HREF="http://www.word2tex.com/">homepage</A>)</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>(*) restrictions will apply in unregistered Word2TeX: only 7 first equations
+will be translated, only 1 first table will be translated, only 1 first figure
+will be translated. Limited to 30 days of trial.</P>
+
+<P>For a complete list of features, visit its
+<A HREF="http://www.word2tex.com/">homepage</A>. </P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Converting from Word binary format</H2>
+
+<H3>Free:</H3>
+
+<P><A HREF="laola.html">LAOLA</A>: LAOLA can read Word6/Word7(=95) documents
+under Unix and extract the text.
+<A HREF="http://user.cs.tu-berlin.de/~schwartz/pmh/">LAOLA homepage (DE
+site)</A></P>
+
+<P><A HREF="word2x.html">word2x</A>: Converts Word6/Word7(=95) documents to
+LaTeX or plain text. <A HREF="http://word2x.sourceforge.net/">word2x
+homepage</A></P>
+
+<P><U>antiword</U>: A free MS Word reader for Linux, BeOS and RISC OS. It
+converts the binary files from Word 6, 7, 97 and 2000 to text and Postscript.
+See <A HREF="http://www.winfield.demon.nl/index.html">antiword homepage</A>. A
+user's comment: &quot;It is still a bit incomplete, but I found it to be rather
+useful. Moreover, it is available fore a wider-than-usual range of
+platforms.&quot;</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="wvlib.html">wvWare</A> is a library that can read the
+Word6/Word7(=95), Word8(=97) and Word9(=2000) binary file format. See
+<A HREF="http://wvware.sourceforge.net/">wvWare homepage (on sourceforge)</A>.
+It works under most Unix systems.<BR>
+The wvWare library is used as import library in the wordprocessor AbiWord (see
+below). <BR>
+Its predecessor MSWordView could only read Word8(=97) and convert word into
+html, which can then be read with a browser. </P>
+
+<P>The free (GPL) wordprocessor <A HREF="http://www.abisource.com/">AbiWord</A>
+can import Word format (by using the aforementioned wvWare) and export to LaTeX
+format. AbiWord runs on BeOS, several Unix's and also Windows95/98/NT and
+stores documents as XML.</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Converting from RTF</H2>
+
+<P>To use an RTF converter, the wordprocessor document must first be
+&quot;saved as&quot; Rich Text Format. However each new version of MS Word came
+with a new level of the RTF language. Most of the available converters cannot
+understand the current RTF version</P>
+
+<H3>Free:</H3>
+
+<P><A NAME="rtf2latex2e"></A><A HREF="rtf2latex2e.html">rtf2latex2e</A> new
+(2000) version which also can read current rtf levels. Now also converts
+equations (courtesy Steve Swanson,
+<A HREF="http://www.mackichan.com">http://www.mackichan.com</A>) <BR>
+<A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/rtf2latex2e/">rtf2latex2e download
+site</A> (USA site)</P>
+
+<P><U>RTF2LaTeX</U>, a patch for WP2LaTeX that allows it to convert also RTF
+documents. Experimental Release 0.4 (works, but it knows only small group of
+commands). See its
+<A HREF="http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/rtf2latex.htm">homepage</A></P>
+
+<P>older versions: <BR>
+<A HREF="rtflatex.html">rtflatex</A> understands only older RTF levels <BR>
+<A HREF="rtf2latex.html">rtf2latex</A> understands only older RTF levels.
+<A HREF="http://www.primate.wisc.edu/software/RTF">RTF utilities homepage (USA
+site)</A><BR>
+<A HREF="w2latex.html">w2latex</A> understands only older RTF levels </P>
+
+<P>The free (GPL) wordprocessor <A HREF="http://www.abisource.com/">AbiWord</A>
+can import rtf and export to LaTeX format. AbiWord runs on BeOS, several Unix's
+and also Windows95/98/NT and stores documents as XML.</P>
+
+<H3>Commercial:</H3>
+
+<P><A HREF="sciword.html">Scientific Word</A>: Win95/98/2000/NT4 based
+TeX/LaTeX system with graphical editor and rtf import capability including MS's
+equation editor equations. The rtf import converter is basically the same as
+the new rtf2latex2e. <BR>
+<A HREF="http://www.mackichan.com/">Scientific Word home page (USA)</A></P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Converting from Open Office format</H2>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://www.hj-gym.dk/~hj/writer2latex/">Writer2LaTeX</A>
+<A NAME="writer2latex">is</A> a commandline utility written in java. It
+converts OpenOffice.org/StarOffice 6 Writer documents into LaTeX2e. The current
+version deals with plain text and formulas. <BR>
+New: 3rd alpha test release of version 0.2 is available - now working as an
+export filter in OpenOffice.org and includes an experimental Writer to
+XHMTL+MathML converter.<BR>
+Supported operating systems: All on which Java is supported. Requires java
+runtime environment (JRE), version 1.4 to run Writer2LaTeX. JRE version 1.4 can
+be downloaded from java.sun.com.</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Converting from WordPerfect format</H2>
+
+<H3>Free:</H3>
+
+<P><A HREF="wp2latex.html">WP2LaTeX</A><A NAME="wp2latex">:</A> converts
+WordPerfect 3.x / 4.x / 5.x / 6.x / 7.x / 8.x, including equations, to LaTeX.
+<A HREF="http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/wp2latex.htm">homepage</A></P>
+
+<P><A HREF="texperf.html">TeXPerfect</A>: WordPerfect 5.1 for DOS -&gt; LaTeX
+Translater</P>
+
+<H3>Commercial:</H3>
+
+<P><A NAME="pubcomp"></A><A HREF="pubcomp.html">Publishing Companion</A>:
+converts Word/WordPerfect, including equations, to LaTeX. Comes with own
+equation editor. <A HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/">KTALK's home page (USA)</A>
+</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>HTML as intermediate format</H2>
+
+<H3>Wordprocessor to HTML</H3>
+
+<P>There are free HTML converters for Word 6 and 7(95) for Windows available
+from Microsoft: <BR>
+Download...
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/WORDIA.EXE">IA for Word 6</A> /
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/WDIA204Z.EXE">IA for Word 7 (95)</A> /
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/MACIA20Z.HQX">IA for Word for Mac</A>
+<BR>
+Word 8 (97) contains an html converter by default, but in contrary to the
+previous versions it only recognizes heading styles if they are first converted
+into the corresponding html styles. Also, it sometimes inserts unnecessary
+tags. <BR>
+Word 9 (2000) and up contain the html converter by default, but you should not
+use this default: It actually creates sort of XML with many Word-specific
+elements. Instead, for saving as &quot;clean&quot; html, download and install
+the <A HREF="http://office.microsoft.com/downloads/2000/Msohtmf2.aspx">add-on
+converter from Microsoft</A>. </P>
+
+<P>WordPerfect 7 and up have an integrated InternetPublisher. <BR>
+For WordPerfect 6.1 for Windows, the InternetPublisher is available separately:
+<BR>
+Download...
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.corel.com/pub/WordPerfect/wpwin/61/internetpublisher.exe">
+InternetPublisher for WPWin 6.1</A> </P>
+
+<P>There also is a tool for Unix which is intended to convert word6, word7(95)
+and word8(97) binary files to html. See
+<A HREF="http://www.su.shuttle.de/turbo/michael/projekte/software/word2html.c.gz">
+http://www.su.shuttle.de/turbo/michael/projekte/software/word2html.c.gz</A>
+</P>
+
+<P>Also see www.w3.org for a
+<A HREF="http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/Tools/Word_proc_filters.html">list of
+converters between word processors and HTML </A>. </P>
+
+<H3>HTML to LaTeX</H3>
+
+<P>Because HTML is a structured format, the conversion between HTML and LaTeX
+is rather straightforward. However there remain the limitations of HTML
+compared to LaTeX, i.e. there are many elements in LaTeX which can not (yet?)
+be represented in HTML. </P>
+
+<P>There are several HTML-to-LaTeX converters available. Without giving
+recommendations:</P>
+
+<P>Frans Faase's <A HREF="http://home.wxs.nl/~faase009/html2tex.html">html2tex
+(NL site)</A> (C source)</P>
+
+<P>Peter Thatcher's <A HREF="http://html2latex.sourceforge.net/">html2latex at
+sourceforge.net</A> (Perl script)</P>
+
+<P>Jeffrey Schaefer's
+<A HREF="http://www.geom.umn.edu/software/html2latex/welcome.html">html2latex
+at www.geom.umn.edu</A> (Perl script)</P>
+
+<P>Some converters are available from
+<A HREF="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/CTAN.sites">CTAN</A>
+(&quot;Comprehensive TeX Archive Network&quot;), e.g. in
+.../support/html2latex. However, what you can find in CTAN under
+.../support/html2latex/ is Nathan Torkington's converter of 1993 -- rather
+outdated.<BR>
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either
+&quot;/pub/tex&quot; or &quot;/tex-archive&quot;) </P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Other intermediate formats</H2>
+
+<P>There are ways to use <B>SGML</B> as intermediate format, and others have
+used it successfully. Having had a quick look at it, I found it rather
+complicated, especially it seems that you have to define the translation rules
+yourself. So I did not put more effort in trying to use it. If anyone can give
+me a ready-to-use cookbook solution, I will include it here. </P>
+
+<P>Another intermediate format is <B>TeXML</B>. It was designed to make
+conversion to (La)TeX as easy as possible, especially XSLT-conversion from XML
+format. A converter from TeXML to (La)TeX is available, see
+<A
+ HREF="http://getfo.sourceforge.net/texml/">http://getfo.sourceforge.net/texml/</A>.
+However I yet don't know of any converter from a texprocessor format to TeXML.
+</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Converting from PageMaker</H2>
+
+<P>Pmtolatex, a perl script to convert PageMaker files to LaTeX. See
+<A HREF="http://www.lightandmatter.com/pmtolatex/pmtolatex.html">homepage</A>.
+</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Converting from FrameMaker</H2>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://www.cs.stir.ac.uk/~kjt/software/framemaker/">FrameMaker
+Utilities (UK site)</A>: Contains converters for both directions (LaTeX
+&lt;-&gt; FrameMaker) as well as templates which make conversion from
+Framemaker to LaTeX more easy</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Converting from NotaBene</H2>
+
+<P><A HREF="nb4latex.html">NB4LATEX</A>: converts files from NotaBene4
+(including ancient Greek and all the symbols of logic) to LaTeX2e format.
+<A HREF="http://www.geocities.com/Vienna/3023/comphum.htm#NotaBene">homepage</A>
+</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Converting from ChiWriter</H2>
+
+<P>There are two converters on CTAN, but I don't know how good they are and
+whether they still work (they are DOS programs from 1993 and 1994). You find
+them on <A HREF="index.html#ctan">CTAN</A> in directory .../support/chi2ltx/
+and in directory .../support/chi2tex/</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Converting from Excel</H2>
+
+<P>Excel-macro to convert Excel to Latex:
+<A HREF="http://www.jam-software.com/software.html">
+http://www.jam-software.com/software.html</A>
+(open page and scroll down to &quot;Excel2LaTeX V2.0&quot;)</P>
+
+<P>On CTAN in .../support/excel2latex/</P>
+
+<P>The generated LaTeX code uses the tabular environment.</P>
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings &quot;at&quot; fz-juelich.de).
+Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as
+long as the contents are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pubcomp.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pubcomp.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2cb93559c55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/pubcomp.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Publishing Companion</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>Publishing Companion</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P>
+
+<P>Note: I tried an older version of this product, but it turned out not to be
+useful for me. Reasons: <A HREF="ktbugs.html">see here</A>. Maybe the current
+version does much better, but it's too expensive for me.</P>
+
+<P>citation from <A
+HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/pubcomp.html">http://www.ktalk.com/pubcomp.html</A>
+- citation begin&gt;&gt;</P>
+
+<TABLE BORDER="3" CELLPADDING="5" ALIGN="Center" BORDERCOLOR="#000080">
+<TR>
+<TH COLSPAN="2" BGCOLOR="#D9C8A6"><FONT COLOR="Maroon">Publishing Companion
+translates the following to plain TeX or LaTeX:</FONT></TH>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Automatic Indexes</TD>
+<TD>Newspaper-style Columns</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Boxes</TD>
+<TD>Non-break Hyphens &amp; Spaces</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Centering</TD>
+<TD>Outlines</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Endnotes</TD>
+<TD>Page Numbering</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Flush Right</TD>
+<TD>Paragraphs</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Footnotes</TD>
+<TD>Parallel Columns</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Foreign Characters</TD>
+<TD>Point Sizes</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Full Fonts</TD>
+<TD>Redlining</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Horizontal Lines</TD>
+<TD>Running Headers &amp; Footers</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Indents</TD>
+<TD>Soft Hyphens</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Justification</TD>
+<TD>Strikeout</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Mail Merge</TD>
+<TD>Superscripts &amp; Subscripts</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>MathEdit Math Equations</TD>
+<TD>Table of Contents</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>MS Word 6.0 Math Equations</TD>
+<TD>Type Styles (bold, italic)</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>WordPerfect Math Equations</TD>
+<TD>Widows &amp; Orphans on/off</TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P> &lt;&lt;citation end</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/readme.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..95f0fbaaf06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+The html files in this directory (=folder) or zipfile
+contain my FAQ list of
+converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors in HTML format.
+
+Because all html links between these pages are relative links,
+the files can be put into any directory of your choice ("base dir");
+but be sure to keep the directory structure,
+i.e. there should be a subdir "bin" in the base dir.
+
+Then start with the page "index.html".
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d1fae3204bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex.html
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>rtf2TeX and rtf2LaTeX converters</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P> Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>rtf2TeX and rtf2LaTeX</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 28, 1998</P>
+
+<P>(written in C). <BR>
+The Word document must first be saved to disk in RTF format. I'd like to hear
+of experiences with these. <BR>
+(They only handle RTF versions up to WinWord 2, not yet WinWord 6; there are
+great differences between these rtf versions and I definitely have problems
+with WinWord6-rtf with any rtf-converter.) </P>
+
+<P>First, Paul Dubois &lt;dubois "at" primate.wisc.edu&gt; wrote an RTF reader and
+converter to plain text or troff. The version is dated April 1991. </P>
+
+<P>a) Based on this reader, Robert Lupton &lt;rhl "at" astro.princeton.edu&gt; wrote
+the <STRONG>rtf2TeX</STRONG> converter. Last revision date: May 1992 </P>
+
+<P>He comments on this as follows (README-file): <BR>
+citation begin&gt;&gt; <BR>
+This is a first attempt at an RTF to TeX converter. The parts that handle fonts
+and such like seem to work pretty well, although they could be improved, but
+the table handling is a problem. I had a good deal of trouble trying to figure
+out what particular rtf control codes were supposed to do; this makes it hard
+to convert them into TeX. I have tried to produce good TeX, but this is not
+easy due to the sloppy way that many RTF writers generate redundant font and
+other changes. <BR>
+Many things are not handled at all, more due to my lacking motivation than to
+their intrinsic difficulty. For example, I don't support double columns, but it
+would be easy enough to do (I'd generate a control sequence to do it, and add
+the TeX code required to the TeX_defs file. I even have the TeX somewhere...).
+<BR>
+&lt;&lt;citation end</P>
+
+<P>So far the beginning of the README file. Later he commented: <BR>
+citation begin&gt;&gt; <BR>
+Most (all?) RTF is hopelessly unstructured <BR>
+(the equivalent of \bf \it Hello \rm World \bf He \it \rm said. ) <BR>
+and the code that I wrote tries valiantly to convert this to something
+sensible, in this case <BR>
+{\it Hello\/} World {\bf He} said. <BR>
+It is this attempt to make the output TeX usable that makes the code
+complicated... <BR>
+I did not try to convert equations or tables as I could find no adaquate
+description of either; I don't think that it would be very hard. <BR>
+&lt;&lt;citation end</P>
+
+<P>My comment is: Tables yes, but formulas will be difficult. <BR>
+Can be found on all CTAN sites, dir .../support/rtf2tex </P>
+
+<P>b) Based on these two, Erwin Wechtl wrote the rtf2LaTeX converter. <BR>
+Last revision date: Aug. 1993 </P>
+
+<P>He comments on this as follows (README-file): <BR>
+citation begin&gt;&gt; <BR>
+<STRONG>rtf2LaTeX</STRONG> is a filter built on Paul DuBois' RTF reader that
+converts RTF (Microsoft's Rich Text Format) into LaTeX. rtf2LaTeX expends a
+good deal of effort in an attempt to make the resulting LaTeX maintainable and
+modifiable. <BR>
+&lt;&lt;citation end</P>
+
+<P>At the moment converts text elements, but no formulas and no graphics. <BR>
+C-source and an executable for MSDOS can be found on all CTAN sites, dir
+.../support/rtf2latex <BR>
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either
+&quot;/pub/tex&quot; or &quot;/tex-archive&quot;) </P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex2e.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex2e.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..edb159ff684
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtf2latex2e.html
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>rtf2latex2e</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>rtf2latex2e</H1>
+
+<P>The contents of this page are excerpts from the
+<A HREF="http://members.home.net/setlur/rtf2latex2e/">rtf2latex2e homepage</A>
+which however isn't available any longer on Dec. 13, 2001. </P>
+
+<P>rtf2latex2e is a utility to convert RTF files from popular word processors
+to the LaTeX2e format for those who give a damn about quality typesetting.
+rtf2latex2e uses the <A HREF="http://www.primate.wisc.edu/software/RTF/">RTF
+reader</A> package by Paul DuBois to parse the RTF code and generates an
+appropriate <A HREF="http://www.tug.org/">LaTeX</A> file. </P>
+
+<P>rtf2latex2e was written on the Macintosh and ported to most major platforms
+including Linux, Solaris, and Win95/NT. Building a real Mac application while
+still maintaining cross-platform compatibility was made possible by the
+<A HREF="http://www.zenspider.com/ZSS/Products/DropUNIX/">DropUNIX</A>
+application framework. rtf2latex2e is distributed along with the source code
+under the <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">GNU General Public
+License</A>. </P>
+
+<P>The main features of rtf2latex2e are: </P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>detects text style: bold, italic, color, big, small,...</LI>
+<LI>reads embedded figures: PICT, WMF, PNG, JPEG,... </LI>
+<LI>reads tables: simple to semi-complex</LI>
+<LI>equations: reads out Equation Editor equations </LI>
+<LI>symbols: converts most greek and math symbols</LI>
+<LI>reads footnotes</LI>
+<LI>support for use of the fontenc package </LI>
+<LI>converts hypertext links using the hyperref package</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>The latest version of rtf2latex2e can be found
+<A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/rtf2latex2e/">here</A>.</P>
+
+<P>(c) Ujwal Sathyam 1999 </P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtflatex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtflatex.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4ab82b606fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/rtflatex.html
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>RTFLATEX converter</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>RTFLATEX</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 28, 1998</P>
+
+<P>RTFLATEX, a package consisting of a program in Pascal (also available as
+C-source) which translates RTF to LaTeX-like commands and a separate sty - file
+containing the TeX macro definitions for these commands. It does not yet
+support formulas or tables. </P>
+
+<P>Disadvantage: TeX file does not conform to LaTeX style. </P>
+
+<P>Can be found on all CTAN sites, dir .../support/rtflatex, <BR>
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either
+&quot;/pub/tex&quot; or &quot;/tex-archive&quot;) <BR>
+including source and MSDOS executable </P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/sciword.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/sciword.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dd8c8747d6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/sciword.html
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Scientific Word and Scientific WorkPlace</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>Scientific Word and Scientific WorkPlace</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P>
+
+<P>citation begin&gt;&gt;</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://www.mackichan.com/">MacKichan Software</A> publishes
+Scientific Word and Scientific WorkPlace. Included with these products is a
+conversion program that will input RTF and output LaTeX. This conversion will
+correctly convert Microsoft Word Equation Editor or MathType equations in the
+RTF file to LaTeX. The conversion program is not available separately, but it
+is based on the free <A HREF="rtf2latex2e.html">rtf2latex2e</A>. </P>
+
+<P>&lt;&lt;citation end</P>
+
+<P>There is a &quot;light&quot; (and cheaper) version available called
+<A HREF="http://www.scinotebook.com/">Scientific Notebook</A>, which is also
+capable of importing RTF and exporting (sort of) LaTeX. They also provide a
+free 30 day evaluation version.</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tex2rtf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tex2rtf.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d54e5cdb89c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tex2rtf.html
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>TeX2rtf converter</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>TeX2rtf converter</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P>
+
+<P>The following citation is extracted from the
+<A HREF="http://www.anthemion.co.uk/tex2rtf/index.htm">TeX2rtf homepage</A>.
+</P>
+
+<P>citation begin&gt;&gt; </P>
+
+<P> Tex2RTF is a program written by Julian Smart
+(julian.smart "at" ukonline.co.uk) to convert from a LaTeX subset to four other
+formats: </P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Linear RTF, for importing into a wide range of word processors. </LI>
+<LI>Windows Help hypertext RTF, for compilation with HC (Help Compiler). </LI>
+<LI>HTML (Hypertext Markup Language), as used on the World Wide Web. </LI>
+<LI>XLP wxHelp format (the wxWindows toolkit help format). </LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P> Once in MS Word RTF format, other formats can be generated, such as
+PostScript and Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format (PDF). PDF generation
+requires MS Word and the full, commercial version of
+<A HREF="http://www.adobe.com">Acrobat</A>.</P>
+
+<P> Tex2RTF parses a 'reasonable' subset of LaTeX, notable blind spots being
+the tabbing environment and maths. However, don't expect to translate your
+LaTeX files immediately with no alteration of your source files, since the
+objective is more to have a portable document source language than to convert
+old LaTeX files.</P>
+
+<P> Tex2RTF has been made freely available with no commercial restrictions.</P>
+
+<P>&lt;&lt;citation end</P>
+
+<P>Also available from CTAN sites, dir .../support/tex2rtf <BR>
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either
+&quot;/pub/tex&quot; or &quot;/tex-archive&quot;) </P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texcnv.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texcnv.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cff45b6dede
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texcnv.html
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//SQ//DTD HTML 2.0 HoTMetaL + extensions//EN">
+
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<META NAME="description"
+ CONTENT="Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors" LANG="en">
+<META NAME="keywords"
+ CONTENT="FAQ, converter, LaTeX, winword, word perfect, textprocessor"
+ LANG="en">
+<TITLE>Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+<H1>Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors</H1>
+<P>Author: <A HREF="mailto:W.Hennings@fz-juelich.de">Wilfried Hennings</A>,
+Forschungszentrum (Research Center) J&uuml;lich GmbH<BR>
+last update (including subpages): Feb. 8, 2000<BR>
+Although this page resides on the <A HREF="http://www.fz-juelich.de/">official
+WWW server of Forschungszentrum J&uuml;lich GmbH</A>, it is NOT officially
+supported by Forschungszentrum J&uuml;lich but results from my personal work.
+<BR>
+The url of this page is
+<A
+ HREF="http://www.fz-juelich.de/isr/1/texconv/texcnv.html">http://www.fz-juelich.de/isr/1/texconv/texcnv.html</A>
+<BR>
+NOTE: The url will be changed rather soon but the new one is not yet decided.
+</P>
+<P>Because this FAQ list grew to a size where it became difficult to manage, I
+restructured it. <BR>
+The detailed descriptions were stripped from the main part and put into
+separate html files, each of them containing the description of only one
+converter. Additionally, the main list is now divided into two parts:</P>
+<P><STRONG>Converters <A HREF="textopc.html">from LaTeX to PC
+textprocessors</A></STRONG></P>
+<P><STRONG>Converters <A HREF="pctotex.html">from PC textprocessors to
+LaTeX</A></STRONG></P>
+<P>Some of these converters have been ported to Macintosh, see
+<A
+ HREF="http://www.esm.psu.edu/mac-tex/tools.html#Converters">http://www.esm.psu.edu/mac-tex/tools.html#Converters</A><A
+HREF="http://www.esm.psu.edu/mac-tex/tools.html#Converters"></A></P>
+<HR>
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texcnv site.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me instead. Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some
+other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents are unchanged.
+</LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texperf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texperf.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b768f67783f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texperf.html
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>TeXPerfect</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>TeXPerfect</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 28, 1998</P>
+
+<P>citation begin&gt;&gt;</P>
+
+<P>From: John Forkosh &lt;forkosh "at" panix.com&gt; <BR>
+Subject: New WordPerfect -&gt; LaTeX Translater <BR>
+Date: Thu, 22 Aug 1996 09:16:36 -0400 (EDT) <BR>
+I recently uploaded my WordPerfect -&gt; LaTeX translater, called TeXPerfect,
+to CTAN. It's available in the support directory under texperf
+(.../support/texperf). <BR>
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either
+&quot;/pub/tex&quot; or &quot;/tex-archive&quot;) <BR>
+Full C source is provided, as are executables for both DOS and Linux. The
+00README file in the directory provides more details. John (forkosh "at" panix.com)
+<BR>
+&lt;&lt;citation end</P>
+
+<P>following extracted from the 00README file: </P>
+
+<P>citation begin&gt;&gt;</P>
+
+<P>Conversion functionality </P>
+
+<P>Some of the LaTeX conversions performed by TeXPerfect are: <BR>
+Suppose your input contains a greek alpha from the WordPerfect character set 8.
+The output will contain $\alpha$ instead. Most of the other special character
+sets provided by WordPerfect are similarly converted. (This conversion is
+table-driven by the data in wpchrset.h, and can be easily augmented or
+modified.) <BR>
+Superscripts, subscripts, bold, italics, etc, are all properly interpreted and
+handled. <BR>
+&quot;Hard&quot; returns in WordPerfect <STRONG>should</STRONG> generate an
+extra blank line, so that LaTeX will see them as paragraphs. That functionality
+is mostly programmed, but a last-minute difficulty prevented me from completing
+it. Also, no attempt is made to generate section/subsection/etc commands. <BR>
+If your running text contains an expression like f(x), TeXPerfect will
+recognize it and surround it with $'s. A variety of other ad hoc
+&quot;rules&quot; are hand-coded into the program to decide when to enter/exit
+math mode. Needless to say, the decision isn't always right. You'll need to
+correct tp's mistakes in Step 2 above. <BR>
+Equations written with WordPerfect's equation editor will be reproduced
+&quot;verbatim&quot; by TeXPerfect, surrounded by \[ and \]. The only
+correction applied is that 1 over 2 becomes 1 \over 2, and similarly for
+various other keywords. But no serious attempt to interpret and translate your
+equation is made. Matrices, etc, will require considerable hand-tweaking on
+your part. But at least you'll have what you originally wrote right in front of
+your eyes. <BR>
+A little LaTeX preamble, etc, is provided, primarily for &quot;cosmetic&quot;
+purposes. WordPerfect's margin settings, etc, are <STRONG>not</STRONG>
+interpreted to construct this preamble. You'll have to modify that information
+yourself. </P>
+
+<P>Warnings </P>
+
+<P>TeXPerfect was written to interpret files formatted by WordPerfect 5.1 for
+DOS. When run against 5.1 files, TeXPerfect is pretty robust. But, for this
+release, I commented out the lines that check the version number. If you're
+using WP/Win, it can prepare output in 5.1 format. I'd recommend you do that
+before using TeXPerfect. <BR>
+&lt;&lt;citation end</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texport.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texport.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e4d3308575c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/texport.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>TexPort</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P>
+
+<P>Note: I tried an older version of this product, but it turned out not to be
+useful for me. Reasons: <A HREF="ktbugs.html">see here</A>. Maybe the current
+version does much better, but it's too expensive for me.</P>
+
+<P>citation from <A HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/texport.html">
+http://www.ktalk.com/texport.html</A> - citation begin&gt;&gt; </P>
+
+<P><B>TexPort converts your TeX and LaTeX files to WordPerfect or Microsoft
+Word documents. </B></P>
+
+<TABLE BORDER="3" CELLPADDING="2" BORDERCOLOR="#000080" ALIGN="CENTER"
+ CELLSPACING="2">
+<TR>
+<TD COLSPAN="2" BGCOLOR="#d9c8a6">
+
+<P ALIGN="Center"><B><FONT COLOR="#800000">TexPort converts the
+following:</FONT></B></P>
+</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Equations</TD>
+<TD>Itemize and enumerate</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Greek characters</TD>
+<TD>Framebox, fbox, makebox and mbox <BR>
+commands</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Math/Scientific characters</TD>
+<TD>Indexes</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Bold and Italic styles</TD>
+<TD>Simple tables</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Footnotes</TD>
+<TD>European accent characters</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Verbatim and verb commands</TD>
+<TD>\def and \newcommand</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD>Itemize and Bib Item </TD>
+<TD><A HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/faq.html">Itemize, Bib Item, <BR>
+Cite Item.</A> <BR>
+Want to know how to convert Itemize, <BR>
+Bib Item, Cite Item for TexPort 2.00 E <BR>
+<A HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/faq.html">Click here</A></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+
+<P>&lt;&lt;citation end</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/textopc.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/textopc.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6736c8e2f27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/textopc.html
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - Overview</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="index.html">Converters between LaTeX and PC Textprocessors
+homepage</A></P>
+
+<H1>Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors - Overview</H1>
+
+<P><STRONG>Switch conversion direction: <A HREF="pctotex.html">From PC to
+LaTeX</A></STRONG></P>
+
+<P>Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings &quot;at&quot; fz-juelich.de),
+<A HREF="http://www.fz-juelich.de/index-e.html">Forschungszentrum (Research
+Center) J&uuml;lich GmbH</A><BR>
+this page last updated on April 1, 2004<BR>
+The url of this page is <A HREF="http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/textopc.html">
+http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/textopc.html</A> </P>
+
+<P><B><FONT SIZE="+1">To all PC users of the TeXconv FAQ pages: </FONT></B><BR>
+<B>Help! My and some other TeX experts' and companies' email addresses are
+continuously flooded with virus laden mails.</B><BR>
+<B>PLEASE check your systems with a virus scanner, remove the viruses, and from
+now on use a resident virus scanning engine and update virus data files at
+least twice a week.<BR>
+If you don't want this, please remove my email address from all your address
+books!!!</B></P>
+
+<P>I maintain these pages because I need converters between LaTeX and PC
+Textprocessors for my work and I want to share the information with others who
+need it. Because I maintain them in my spare time (uh, what is spare time?), I
+can not answer individual questions.</P>
+
+<P><STRONG>This list is as good or as bad as its support, and I need YOUR
+support to update and supplement this list.</STRONG> Please supplement if you
+know more and/or better ones. There are some more converters on the CTAN sites,
+but the following seem to be most promising for conversion to and from the
+current versions of wordprocessors. </P>
+
+<P>Neither correctness nor completeness is guaranteed. <BR>
+All opinions mentioned (if any) are my own, not my employer's. Please send
+corrections, enhancements and supplements (auch in deutscher Sprache) to the
+following address: <BR>
+W.Hennings &quot;at&quot; fz-juelich.de</P>
+
+<P>Note that this FAQ list contains information about converters
+<STRONG>ONLY</STRONG> between LaTeX and PC word processors. Converters to and
+from <STRONG>other formats may have own FAQ lists</STRONG> - e.g. see the link
+for converters to and from HTML.</P>
+<HR>
+
+<P>For the impatient, here is a <A HREF="tx2pctbl.html">table with overview of
+features</A> of the most recent converters.</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>General Remarks</H2>
+
+<P>Before looking for a converter, stop and think about a principal question:
+</P>
+
+<H3>What do you want to be converted in which way?</H3>
+
+<P>Do you want to convert the <STRONG>document structure</STRONG>, i.e. a
+heading should remain a heading, a list should remain a list etc., no matter
+how it will look like in the target format?<BR>
+Or do you want to convert the <STRONG>appearance</STRONG>, i.e. how it looks
+like, no matter how it is represented in the target format?<BR>
+Or do you want a mixture of both?<BR>
+For using SGML as an intermediate format, you would have to specify the
+translation rules yourself (as far as I understood). This makes sense, and
+explains why different people have very different opinions about which
+converter best fits their needs: They simply have different demands and
+expectations on what should be converted and how. <BR>
+So, not only practically there is no converter which is good for everyone and
+every purpose, but this is even principally impossible because there are no
+well-defined requirements which a converter should meet. </P>
+
+<P>An additional problem is that TeX/LaTeX can be extended by an unlimited
+number of macros. Unless the converter contains a full-scale TeX system, it can
+at best support the publicly available macro commands, not the ones privately
+written by individual users. There has not yet been an attempt to use TeX
+itself for producing a textprocessor compatible output, and I don't know
+whether this would be even principally possible. </P>
+
+<P>So the best you can expect is that a converter supports the standard LaTeX
+commands and perhaps a few more widely used packages. </P>
+
+<P>So keep this in mind when looking through the following list of converters,
+try yourself and decide what you need.</P>
+
+<H3>There are several ways to convert. </H3>
+
+<P>To illustrate these, let me restrict it to the Microsoft Word case:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>use a Word import filter <BR>
+<BR>
+</LI>
+<LI>use a Word macro: load LaTeX file as plain text, then search for LaTeX
+markup and replace the markup by formatting, special characters and equations.
+<BR>
+<BR>
+</LI>
+<LI>use an external converter: </LI>
+</UL>
+<OL>
+<LI>LaTeX -&gt; RTF (Word ASCII format), then use Word's own RTF import),</LI>
+<LI>LaTeX -&gt; HTML, then use Word's internet assistant or built-in html
+converter,</LI>
+<LI>maybe other external format(s).</LI>
+</OL>
+
+<P>The converters being most complete and currently maintained / supported are:
+</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="#tex2word">TeX2Word</A> - a shareware import filter for MS Word</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="#latex2rtf">latex2rtf</A> - a free standalone LaTeX -&gt; RTF
+converter for PC, Macintosh and Unix, </P>
+
+<P><A HREF="#TexPort">TexPort</A> - a commercial TeX/LaTeX to WordPerfect and
+Microsoft Word converter for PC.</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="#TeX4ht">TeX4ht</A> - a free LaTeX to html or XML converter for PC
+and Unix produces html which is good for loading into Word. TeX4ht relies on
+other software, it needs at least a full TeX system.</P>
+
+<P>There are also converters to Powerpoint and to FrameMaker (see further
+below).</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Use a Word import filter</H2>
+
+<P><A NAME="tex2word">TeX2Word:</A> Chikrii Softlab
+<A HREF="http://www.word2tex.com/">http://www.tex2word.com/</A> Shareware, 99$
+(45$ academic). <BR>
+Current version: 2.0, released March 2003.<BR>
+Support for more document styles and packages will be available with future
+versions. You can also supply support for document styles, packages and user
+defined macros by yourself (needs TeX programming knowledge).<BR>
+Needs:<BR>
+* MS Windows 95 or later (NT4, ME, Win2000, WinXP), <BR>
+* MS Word 95 or later (97, 2000, XP) and <BR>
+* <A HREF="http://www.mathtype.com/">MathType</A> 4 or later (full version of
+the Equation Editor which comes with MS Word).</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Convert to RTF</H2>
+
+<H3>Free:</H3>
+
+<P>The next two converters are based on the latex2rtf converter which was
+originally developed by a group of students supervised by Ralf Schlatterbeck at
+TU Wien (Vienna). Unfortunately, two different persons, not knowing of each
+other, had taken over this version and started implementing more features.</P>
+
+<P><A NAME="latex2rtf"></A><B>latex2rtf</B>: LaTeX-to-RTF-converter. See the
+<A HREF="latex2rtf.html">more detailed page</A>. </P>
+
+<P><B>ltx2rtf</B>: LaTeX-to-RTF-converter. See the <A HREF="ltx2rtf.html">more
+detailed page</A><BR>
+Nearly all features now merged into latex2rtf (see above). </P>
+
+<P><B>LEQ</B>: LaTeX-to-Word converter. Requires Python (free) and MS Word. See
+<A HREF="http://pantheon.yale.edu/~pmm34/leq.html">LEQ homepage</A>. Translates
+TeX equations to Word's formula fields first. If double-clicked in Word, a
+formula field will be converted to an equation editor object, but I have some
+bad experiences with this conversion from EQ fields to equation editor objects.
+</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="tex2rtf.html">TeX2RTF</A> is not intended as an all-purpose
+converter but to produce printed manuals as well as online help from a single
+LaTeX source (with a limited subset of LaTeX commands). See
+<A HREF="http://www.wxwindows.org/tex2rtf/index.htm">TeX2RTF homepage (UK
+site)</A></P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Convert to WordPerfect format</H2>
+
+<H3>Commercial:</H3>
+
+<P><A NAME="TexPort"></A><A HREF="texport.html">TexPort</A> converts your TeX
+and LaTeX files to WordPerfect or Microsoft Word documents.
+<A HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/">KTALK's home page (USA)</A></P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Use a Word macro</H2>
+
+<H3>Free:</H3>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://members.a1.net/t.link/tex2doc.html">tex2doc</A>, by
+<A HREF="http://members.a1.net/t.link/">Thomas Link</A>: LaTeX to WinWord 6 and
+WinWord 7(95) converter, written as Word macros. Also attempts to convert
+tables!</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="ltx2word.html">ltx2word</A>, by myself: LaTeX to WinWord 6, WinWord
+7(95) and WinWord 97 converter, written as Word macros. No tables yet.</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Use a Powerpoint add-in</H2>
+
+<P>TexPoint enables the easy use of Latex symbols and formulas in Powerpoint
+presentations. See <A HREF="http://raw.cs.berkeley.edu/texpoint/index.htm">homepage</A>.
+Latest version requires Powerpoint2000, does not work with earlier versions.</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>HTML as intermediate format</H2>
+
+<H3>LaTeX to HTML</H3>
+
+<P>Because HTML is a structured format, the conversion between HTML and LaTeX
+is rather straightforward. However there remain the limitations of HTML
+compared to LaTeX, i.e. there are many elements in LaTeX which can not (yet?)
+be represented in HTML. Converters from LaTeX to HTML are:</P>
+
+<P><A NAME="TeX4ht"></A><STRONG>Recommended</STRONG> if you have TeX installed
+or don't mind to install it:
+<STRONG><A HREF="http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html">TeX4ht</A></STRONG>
+is a highly configurable TeX-based converter to hypertext. It comes with a
+built-in default setting for plain TeX, LaTeX and TeXinfo, and it generates
+html with accompanying css stylesheet. The converter needs a full TeX
+installation, but this gives the advantage that TeX's full support for macros
+and styles is available (with a few exceptions) and need not be implemented in
+the converter.<BR>
+Equations are converted to either bitmaps or MathML. There are some different
+MathML flavors around which can be chosen by an option.<BR>
+The special command <BR>
+<TT>oolatex</TT><BR>
+is available for producing xhtml compatible with OpenOffice (formerly
+StarOffice). <BR>
+A command of the form <BR>
+<TT>htlatex filename &quot;html,word&quot;&nbsp;&quot;symbol/!&quot;</TT><BR>
+asks for HTML output tuned toward MicroSoft Word. Such a format, however,
+relies on bitmaps for mathematical formulas.<BR>
+Conversion to bitmaps additionally needs Ghostscript and ImageMagic or netpbm.
+</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/">tth (US site)</A>:
+LaTeX-to-HTML converter which translates LaTeX into HTML3.2 markup. Formulae
+are also translated into standard html markup. A version which translates maths
+to MathML is in the testing phase.</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://www.best.com/~quong/ltoh/">ltoh (US site)</A>: LaTeX-to-HTML
+converter which is highly customizable, i.e. you can define how the LaTeX
+macros which are used in your document are to be translated.</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://para.inria.fr/~maranget/hevea/">HEVEA (FR site)</A>:
+LaTeX-to-HTML converter which translates LaTeX into HTML4.0 markup. Formulae
+are also translated into standard html markup (not yet using MathML).</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://graphics.postech.ac.kr/otfried/html/hyperlatex.html">Hyperlatex</A>
+allows the use of a subset of LaTeX to produce documents in HTML .</P>
+
+<P>Some converters are available from
+<A HREF="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/CTAN.sites">CTAN</A>
+(&quot;Comprehensive TeX Archive Network&quot;), e.g. in
+.../support/latex2html. <BR>
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either
+&quot;/pub/tex&quot; or &quot;/tex-archive&quot;) </P>
+
+<H3>HTML to Wordprocessor</H3>
+
+<P>Word 8 (97) and up contain the html converter by default (but its
+installation may have to be explicitly chosen during the Word setup in
+user-defined mode). <BR>
+For Word 6 and 7 (95) for Windows and Mac there are free HTML converters
+available from Microsoft: <BR>
+Download...
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/WORDIA.EXE">IA for Word 6</A> /
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/WDIA204Z.EXE">IA for Word 7 (95)</A> /
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/MACIA20Z.HQX">IA for Word for Mac</A><BR>
+</P>
+
+<P>WordPerfect 7 and up have an integrated InternetPublisher. <BR>
+For WordPerfect 6.1 for Windows, the InternetPublisher is available separately:
+<BR>
+Download...
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.corel.com/pub/WordPerfect/wpwin/61/internetpublisher.exe">
+InternetPublisher for WPWin 6.1</A> </P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Other intermediate formats</H2>
+
+<P>There are ways to use <B>SGML</B> as intermediate format, and others have
+used it successfully. Having had a quick look at it, I found it rather
+complicated, especially it seems that you have to define the translation rules
+yourself. So I did not put more effort in trying to use it. If anyone can give
+me a ready-to-use cookbook solution, I will include it here.</P>
+
+<P>An upcoming format is <B>XML</B>, a subset of which can be exported and
+imported by Microsoft Office 2000 and up, OpenOffice uses it as its native
+format, and the browser programmers are working on implementing XML. It
+actually is an instance of SGML. As it is more powerful than HTML, conversion
+from LaTeX to XML would lose much less information than conversion from LaTeX
+to HTML. There are good chances that it could be used as a general exchange
+format in the future. <A HREF="#TeX4ht">TeX4ht</A> already has scripts for
+converting to XML (TEI or DOCBOOK) but Word 2000 can not import that. For
+producing output compatible to MS Word, convert to html+css using the xwtex and
+xwlatex scripts. </P>
+
+<P>Most astonishing, one could also use <B>PDF</B> as intermediate format.
+Generating PDF from LaTeX is straightforward if you have a full TeX
+implementation installed. If you also have the full commercial version of Adobe
+Acrobat, the commercial software BCLDrake can convert PDF to RTF which can be
+opened by Word and other wordprocessors. See
+<A HREF="http://www.bcltechnologies.com/products/drake/drake.htm">
+http://www.bcltechnologies.com/products/drake/drake.htm</A>.
+</P>
+<HR>
+
+<H2>Convert to FrameMaker</H2>
+
+<P><A HREF="la2mml.html">la2mml</A>: converts LaTeX to FrameMaker format. Maybe
+outdated, latest version was created Nov. 1995.
+<A HREF="http://www.vasc.ri.cmu.edu/help/Document/Latex2fm/latex2fm.html">homepage</A>
+</P>
+
+<P><A HREF="http://www.cs.stir.ac.uk/~kjt/software/framemaker/">FrameMaker
+Utilities (UK site)</A>: Contains converters for both directions (LaTeX
+&lt;-&gt; FrameMaker) as well as templates which make conversion from
+Framemaker to LaTeX more easy</P>
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings &quot;at&quot; fz-juelich.de).
+Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as
+long as the contents are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tx2pctbl.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tx2pctbl.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..04cf83724b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/tx2pctbl.html
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>LaTeX -&gt; PC Converter Quick Comparison List</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="textopc.html">Converters from LaTeX to PC Textprocessors -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>LaTeX -&gt; PC Converter Quick Comparison List</H1>
+
+<P><STRONG>Switch conversion direction: <A HREF="pc2txtbl.html">From PC to
+LaTeX</A></STRONG></P>
+
+<P>Author: Wilfried Hennings (W.Hennings &quot;at&quot; fz-juelich.de),
+Forschungszentrum (Research Center) J&uuml;lich GmbH<BR>
+last update of this page on March 11, 2004</P>
+
+<P>NOTE: This table is still under construction. I only had time to include the
+most recent converters.</P>
+<TABLE WIDTH="100%" BORDER="1">
+<TR>
+<TH WIDTH="18%">Program<BR>
+Author(s)<BR>
+referred version</TH>
+<TH WIDTH="35%">Features</TH>
+<TH WIDTH="18%">supported Systems</TH>
+<TH>where to get</TH>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">TeX2Word<BR>
+Chikrii Softlab. shareware, 99$ (45$ academic)<BR>
+2.0 </TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">load TeX file from within Word. Needs
+Word95 or later (97, 2000, XP) </TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">Windows 95, NT4 or later (ME, 2000,
+XP)</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"><A
+HREF="http://www.tex2word.com/">www.tex2word.com</A></TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">TeX4ht (free)</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">invokes TeX to convert to
+html+stylesheet which can be loaded into Word; converts equations to either
+bitmaps or MathML</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">DOS, MS Windows, all kinds of
+Unix</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"><A
+HREF="http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html">
+www.cis.ohio-state.edu/ ~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html</A></TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">latex2rtf (free)<BR>
+Scott Prahl<BR>
+v. 1.9.15, Feb. 9, 2004</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">LaTeX-to-RTF-converter. <BR>
+conversion of most equation elements to formula fields (or images, which
+requires any TeX, ImageMagick, and Ghostscript) </TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">DOS, MS Windows 95 / 98 / ME / NT4 /
+2000 / XP, Macintosh, all kinds of Unix</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT">CTAN: directory .../support/latex2rtf;<BR>
+for most recent versions and development see the
+<A HREF="http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/">project on
+sourceforge.net</A></TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">ltx2rtf (free)<BR>
+Daniel Taupin<BR>
+v. 5-5, 28. Dec 2001</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">LaTeX-to-RTF-converter. <BR>
+Equations are converted to bitmaps, needs emTeX and Ghostscript <BR>
+Nearly all features now merged into latex2rtf (see above)</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">DOS, Linux (other kinds of
+Unix?)</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT">see &quot;<A
+HREF="ftp://ftp.lps.u-psud.fr/pub/ltx2rtf/">homeserver</A>&quot; (connection to
+this server is only possible with MS IE and most ftp clients, not with Netscape
+or Opera)</TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">tool for converting APA-format LaTeX
+files (free)</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">pre-process the LaTeX file before
+handing it over to ltx2rtf</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">Linux</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT">
+<A HREF="http://psych.colorado.edu/~oreilly/misc_software.html#ltxapa2rtf">
+psych.colorado.edu/~oreilly/ misc_software.html#ltxapa2rtf</A> </TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">TexPort<BR>
+KTalk Communications (commercial, 1499 US$)<BR>
+v. 2.5</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="35%">LaTeX-to-WordPerfect (and Microsoft
+Word) converter. Converts (among others):
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Equations</LI>
+<LI>Greek, math, scientific characters</LI>
+<LI>Indexes</LI>
+<LI>Footnotes, Endnotes</LI>
+<LI>Simple tables</LI>
+<LI>Itemize and Bib Item</LI>
+<LI>\def and \newcommand</LI>
+<LI>Framebox, fbox, makebox and mbox commands</LI>
+</UL>
+</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT" WIDTH="18%">MS Windows</TD>
+<TD VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="LEFT"><A
+HREF="http://www.ktalk.com/texport.html">www.ktalk.com/texport.html</A></TD>
+</TR>
+</TABLE>
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings &quot;at&quot; fz-juelich.de).
+Reformatting (e.g. from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as
+long as the contents are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/w2latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/w2latex.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cc5639c3526
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/w2latex.html
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>w2latex converter</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>w2latex</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 28, 1998</P>
+
+<P>written in C. (C compiler necessary.) Actually converts RTF to LaTeX. <BR>
+The Word document must first be saved to disk in RTF format. </P>
+
+<P>Advantages: <BR>
+Converts text elements and formula fields. <BR>
+Converts nearly all special characters of the basic TrueType fonts (Arial,
+Courier New, Times New Roman) I personally made some changes to additionally
+support German left quotes and a few other special characters. </P>
+
+<P>Disadvantages: <BR>
+Does not convert the document structure (i.e. headings are not recognised as
+such). <BR>
+Does not handle other fields, equation editor objects, graphics. Table handling
+is rudimentary (conversion of table cells to minipages, but problems with
+borders). <BR>
+It only handles RTF versions up to WinWord 2, not yet WinWord 6. </P>
+
+<P>Can be found on all CTAN sites, dir .../support/w2latex <BR>
+German version is in dir .../support/w2latex/german <BR>
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either
+&quot;/pub/tex&quot; or &quot;/tex-archive&quot;) </P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/winw2ltx.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/winw2ltx.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2150cbdb2e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/winw2ltx.html
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>WINW2LTX macros</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>WINW2LTX</H1>
+
+<P>last update: July 24, 2001</P>
+
+<P>A set of macros for WinWord 2, now also available for WinWord 6 and 7 (95)
+<BR>
+by Allin Cottrell &lt;cottrell "at" wfu.edu&gt; </P>
+
+<P>Advantages: <BR>
+Converts the document structure, i.e. headings level 1 and 2 (and level 3 in
+German version), bulleted lists and numbered lists, and some of the special
+characters. <BR>
+I personally adapted the macros to the German WinWord versions. </P>
+
+<P>Can be found on all CTAN sites, directories <BR>
+.../support/winw2ltx/english/ww2, <BR>
+.../support/winw2ltx/english/ww6 <BR>
+.../support/winw2ltx/german/ww2, <BR>
+.../support/winw2ltx/german/ww6 (new version available, see above!)<BR>
+(5 files each in uncompressed form - download binary!) <BR>
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either
+&quot;/pub/tex&quot; or &quot;/tex-archive&quot;) </P>
+
+<P><B>New German Version 5. Feb. 1998:</B> <BR>
+Now supported: <BR>
+Heading levels 1 to 5 <BR>
+most special characters from the standard font and the symbol font.<BR>
+Formulas can not be converted by this macro, but after its completion they can
+be converted by MathType, the full version of the equation editor.<BR>
+<B>Download</B> latest German version <A
+HREF="bin/w95toltx.zip">w95toltx.zip</A>. This zipfile contains: </P>
+
+<DL>
+<DT>w95toltx.dot:</DT>
+<DD>Template for GERMAN WinWord 7, probably also WinWord 6. <BR>
+NOT designed for, but adaptable to non-German versions. </DD>
+<DT>license.txt:</DT>
+<DD>The GNU Public License</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<P>Note: This macro set is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">GNU
+General Public License</A> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. </P>
+
+<P>Disadvantages: <BR>
+No conversion of tables, graphics, formulas, most fields.<BR>
+(conversion of tables is planned for the near future)<BR>
+Only for WinWord 6 and 7 (95).</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/word2x.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/word2x.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c130ae092bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/word2x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>word2x</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>word2x</H1>
+
+<P>last update: Jan. 16, 2003</P>
+
+<P>&copy; D.P.Simpson 2000 (word2x "at" duncan.telstar.net)</P>
+
+<P>Converts MS Word for Windows 6.0 / 7.0(=95) documents (binary!) to LaTeX, plain text or html,
+without the necessity to have Word available, also on many non-PC systems.
+</P>
+
+<P>See <A HREF="http://word2x.sourceforge.net/">http://word2x.sourceforge.net/</A></P>
+
+<P>Written in C++</P>
+
+<P>Environments reported to work include</P>
+ <UL>
+ <LI>RS6000 running AIX (Unix)</LI>
+ <LI>cygwin32 (win 32 Microsoft platforms)</LI>
+ <LI>DEC Alpha AXP under OSF/1 (Unix)</LI>
+ <LI>IBM SP2 (Unix)</LI>
+ <LI><A HREF="http://www.linux.org/index.html">Linux</A> (Unix)</LI>
+ <LI>SunOS (Unix)< /LI>
+ <LI>gcc on solaris (unix)</LI>
+ <LI>FreeBSD (Unix)</LI>
+ <LI>SGI (Unix, some hacking reuqired)</LI>
+ <LI>OS/2 and EMX with <A
+ HREF="http://mars.aclcom.co.uk/download/word2x_os2.zip">this
+ patch</A> from Oleg V.Cat. Another <A
+ HREF="http://www.d3.net/joerg/word2x.html">port by Joerg
+ Klemenz</A> has a web page.</LI>
+ </UL>
+
+ <P>Environments reported <B>not</B> to work include</P>
+ <UL>
+ <LI>acc on Solaris (source ANSI violations, fixes wanted)</LI>
+ <LI>Microsoft Visual C++ (lots of problems, includng lack of
+ alloca and incapable make clone)</LI>
+ <LI>Borland C++</LI>
+ </UL>
+
+<P>Further development in progress. </P>
+
+<P>On CTAN sites, directory <BR>
+.../tools/word2x <BR>
+(The ... stands for a host specific base directory, which often is either
+&quot;/pub/tex&quot; or &quot;/tex-archive&quot;) </P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wp2latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wp2latex.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..52f62fa6108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wp2latex.html
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>WP2LaTeX</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>WP2LaTeX</H1>
+
+<P>last update: Aug. 26, 2003</P>
+
+<P>written in C. Current version converts WordPerfect 3.x, 4.x, 5.x and 6/7/8.x
+to LaTeX.</P>
+
+<P> Latest version is 3.7 (Aug. 11, 2003). Download from
+<A HREF="http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/wp2latex.htm">
+http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/wp2latex.htm</A> <BR>
+Older version 2.111 can be found on CTAN sites, dir .../support/wp2latex<BR>
+MSDOS, MSWIN and LINUX executables. </P>
+
+<P>converts (e.g.)</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>Equations</LI>
+<LI>Tables, Tabs (only WP5.x and up)</LI>
+<LI>Footnotes, Endnotes</LI>
+<LI>Cross-References (only WP5.x and up)</LI>
+<LI>Superscript, Subscript</LI>
+<LI>Extended characters (foreign language/accented, math, Greek - not
+linedrawing)</LI>
+<LI>Newspaper-style columns (using multicol.sty) (only WP5.x and up)</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>For more info on features, see homepage -&gt;
+<A HREF="http://www.penguin.cz/~fojtik/wp2latex/wp2l_features.htm">features</A>
+</P>
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wvlib.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wvlib.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8163246dd16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/wp-conv/wvlib.html
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<HTML>
+
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>wv library</TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+
+<BODY>
+
+<P>Up to the <A HREF="http://tug.org">TUG homepage</A><BR>
+Up to <A HREF="pctotex.html">Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX -
+Overview</A></P>
+
+<H1>wv library</H1>
+
+<P>last update: April 27, 2001</P>
+
+<P>Most of the following description was copied from the wvware homepage
+<A HREF="http://www.wvware.com/">http://www.wvware.com/</A></P>
+
+<P>---&gt; citation begin ---&gt;</P>
+
+<P>... wv library, the new name of the project previously known as
+<STRONG>mswordview</STRONG>. Seeing as that name is far too close to
+Microsoft's own product named
+<A HREF="http://officeupdate.microsoft.com/2000/downloadDetails/wdvw9716.htm">
+wordview</A> the library has been renamed to <STRONG>wv</STRONG>. </P>
+
+<P>wv is a library which allows access to Microsoft Word files. It can load and
+parse the word 2000, 97, 95 and 6 file formats. These are the file formats
+known internally as Word 9, 8, 7 and 6. Work is underway to support reading
+earlier formats as well: Word 2 docs are converted to plaintext. wv compiles
+and works under most operating systems, particularly Linux, BSD, Solaris, OS/2,
+AIX and OSF1. It is (to my knowledge) very portable. I have reports that it can
+be compiled under Windows using Cygwin32, and that it can compile under AmigaOS
+VMS with varying levels of success. It is known to compile and work on all of
+<A HREF="http://www.abisource.com/">Abiword's</A> supported platforms, which
+there are a lot of. </P>
+
+<P>wv allows other programs access to Word documents for the purpose of
+converting them to other formats, it is currently being used by
+<A HREF="http://www.abisource.com/">Abiword</A> as its word importer. Concepts
+and bits of code are being used by the KDE folks over at
+<A HREF="http://koffice.kde.org/">KWord</A> in their word importer. </P>
+
+<P> Provided with the wv distributions is an application caled wvWare. wvWare
+is a &quot;power-user&quot; application with lots of command-line options,
+doo-dads, bells, and whistles. Less interesting, but more convenient are the
+helper scripts that utilize wvWare. These are: </P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>wvHtml: convert your Word document into HTML4.0 </LI>
+<LI>wvLatex: convert your Word document into visually (pretty) correct LaTeX
+</LI>
+<LI>wvCleanLatex: convert into 'cleaner' LaTeX containing less visual mark-up,
+more suitable for further use and LyX import. Work in progress </LI>
+<LI>wvDVI: converts word to DVI. Requires 'latex' </LI>
+<LI>wvPS: converts word to PostScript. Requires 'dvips' </LI>
+<LI>wvPDF: converts word to Adobe PDF. Requires 'distill' from Adobe [Someone
+do a pdflatex or pdfhtml version :-)] </LI>
+<LI>wvText: converts word to plain text. Textually correct output requires
+'lynx.' For poor output, this doesn't require anything special. </LI>
+<LI>wvAbw: converts word to Abiword format. Abiword does a better job than
+this, in some respects. </LI>
+<LI>wvWml: converts word to WML for viewing on portable devices like WebPhones
+and Palm Pilots. </LI>
+<LI>wvRtf: a basic version exists </LI>
+<LI>wvMime: can be plugged as a MIME helper application into your browser/mail
+client; presents the document on-screen inside GhostView, while all
+intermediate files generated go into the /tmp directory. </LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>&lt;--- citation end &lt;---</P>
+
+<HR>
+
+<P>This HTML page is part of the texconv pages.<BR>
+Copyright &copy; 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Wilfried Hennings<BR>
+You may copy and redistribute it under the following conditions:</P>
+
+<UL>
+<LI>it must remain intact and the contents unchanged; if you'd like to have
+something changed, contact me (W.Hennings "at" fz-juelich.de). Reformatting (e.g.
+from HTML to some other presentation format) is granted as long as the contents
+are unchanged. </LI>
+<LI>you may NOT ask money for it except a reasonable cost for media and
+distribution</LI>
+</UL>
+
+<P>Please also note the <A HREF="index.html#disclaimer">disclaimer</A>.</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
+